Upload
others
View
3
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
A DESCRIPTIVE STUDY OF EDUCATIONAL PROFESSIONALSrsquo KNOWLEDGE
OF TRANSITION ASSESSMENT FOR INDIVIDUALS
WITH INTELLECTUAL DISABILITIES
A dissertation submitted
by
Kathryn J Tucker MEd
Texas Tech University
in partial fulfillment of
the requirement for the
degree of
DOCTOR OF EDUCATION
in
Special Education
This dissertation has been
accepted for the faculty of
Texas Tech University by
Dr Robin Lock Professor
Chair
Dr Donna Brown Assistant Professor
Dr Leann Elkins Assistant Professor
Dr Peggy Gordon Miller Dean
August 2012
August 2012
Copyright copy August 2012
Kathryn J Tucker
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
ii
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
There are numerous individuals who provided support to me throughout the
process of completing this dissertation Dr Lock words cannot express the gratitude I
feel for your support during my research and for serving as the chair of my committee
You have been an inspiration and more importantly a consistent role model and support
throughout this process It is through your steady practical and wise guidance that you
have allowed me to maneuver through this overwhelming process with steady diligence
Dr Donna Brown thank you so much for exemplifying compassion and teaching
me the skills and techniques for educational diagnostics Dr Leann Elkins it has been a
distinct honor to be surrounded by your expertise in transition while Irsquove completed this
research I am extremely privileged that you both agreed to serve as members of my
committee and grateful for the time and efforts you have given on my behalf
Dr Amy Parker I wish to thank you for your example in and out of the
classroom and your commitment to students with special needs Thank you for inspiring
me with my coursework
Kathy Sherriff Angie Elkins and Regina Wise my three compadres thank you
for being my peer supports your patience being my confidants and the hours of laughter
we shared I know I would not have completed this task without all of you as we shared
this journey together
To my amazing students that I have had the pleasure of teaching over the years
thank you for allowing me to be inspired and rejuvenated each and every day To all the
parents of the students with special needs thank you for allowing me to be a part of your
journey and the life of your child with special needs
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
iii
Clay and Betty Jane Bostic my parents I am so thankful for your years of support
and example for the process of lifelong learning Dad thank you for your role model as a
servant to those in need Mom thank you for your inspiration as an educator especially
your service to students with special needs
To my children I thank you for your support and continued encouragement
Adam thank you for our online chats that kept me going while you were off serving our
country Bailey Cody and little Channing thank you for your support and
encouragement throughout this entire process Michelle and Jonathan thank you for your
words of encouragement and sharing your dad with me Weston thank you for all of your
sacrifice because you endured the most these past few years as I completed this
dissertation I am so proud of all of you
Stan Tucker my husband and rock I know I never ever would have done this
without you by my side Your computer skills and assistance were amazing Thank you
for your patience and calm support as we embarked upon this journey together From the
start to the finish you have been there every step along the way Your love and
excitement have served to encourage me to continue as we developed our plans and goals
for our future together I love you
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
iv
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS ii
ABSTRACT viii
LIST OF TABLES ix
CHAPTER I 1
Purpose of the Study 1
Statement of the Problem 2
Research Questions 2
TheoreticalConceptual Framework 3
Assumptions 4
Definition of Terms 4
Delimitations 11
Limitations 12
Significance of the Study 12
Organization of the Study 13
Summary 15
CHAPTER II 16
Review of the Literature 16
Students with Intellectual Disabilities 18
Definition of Intellectual Disabilities 18
Characteristics of Students with Intellectual Disabilities 19
Statistical Data Regarding Prevalence of Students with Intellectual Disabilities 20
Historical Practices for Students with Intellectual Disabilities 21
Transition Needs for Secondary Special Needs Learners 22
Historical Influences on the Transition Process 23
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
v
Defining the Specifics of Transition Planning 25
Characteristics of Transition Needs 26
The Individualized Transition Plan Process and the Components 27
Latest Research on Individual Transition Planning 31
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities 39
Purpose of Transition Assessment 39
Types of Transition Assessment 43
Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual Disabilities 47
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities 47
Characteristics of Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual
Disabilities 49
Latest Research on Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual
Disabilities 50
Research Questions 53
Summary 54
CHAPTER III 55
Methodology 55
Research Questions 55
Rationale 56
Context of the Study 56
Data Sources 57
Data Collection Methods 58
Data Analysis 60
Data Management Plan 61
Reliability and Validity 61
Summary 62
CHAPTER IV 63
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
vi
Results 63
Research Questions 64
Characteristics of the Sample 64
Job Category 64
Gender 65
Age of Participant 66
Education Level 66
Total Experience Years 67
Current Position Experience 68
Comparison of Demographics 68
Education Site Location 69
Employment Setting 69
Research Questions 70
Research Question One 70
Research Question Two 73
Procedure Used with Open-Ended Questions 78
Question One 78
Question Two 79
Summary 80
CHAPTER V 82
Discussion 82
Summary of the Study 82
Discussion of the Findings 85
Impact of Demographics 86
Setting 86
Participants 86
Knowledge 88
Understanding 89
Grade Level Implementation 89
Responsibility 90
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
vii
Training 91
Trends for Assessment Practice 92
Areas of Assessment 92
Types of Assessment 94
Published Assessments 96
Perceived Impact 98
Thematic Results 98
Theme One Assessment Tools 99
Theme Two Parental Involvement 99
Theme Three Real-Life Situations 100
Theme Four Collaboration 101
Theme Five Isolated Comments 102
Practical Implications 102
Limitations of the Study 105
Directions for Future Research 106
Summary 106
References 108
APPENDICES 116
IRB 116
IRB Approval 119
Recruitment of Special Education Directors Letter 121
Recruitment of Participants Letter 123
Survey Instrument 125
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
viii
ABSTRACT
Transition planning requires implementation and direction by the findings of
transition assessment regarding the students needs strengths preferences and interests as
mandated in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act 2004 (IDEA
2004) Limited research is currently available that addresses what assessment tools
practitioners utilize to meet the mandates of transition assessment to aid in transition
planning for students with intellectual disabilities The descriptive study reported herein
attempted to determine educatorsrsquo knowledge about transition assessment practices and
what is being utilized specifically with students with intellectual disabilities as they
transition from secondary to postsecondary life This study employed the replication of a
previously published study
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
ix
LIST OF TABLES
41 Job Category Description 65
42 Gender 66
43 Age of the Participant 66
44 Level of Education 67
45 Years of Experience as an Educator 67
46 Years in the Current Position 68
47 Comparison of Demographics 68
48 EmploymentConsultation Location 69
49 Employment Setting 70
410 Perceived Grade Level Implementation of Transition Assessment 71
411 Perceived Person Responsible for Implementing Transition Assessment 71
412 Perceived Level of Understanding Regarding Transition Assessment 72
413 Interest in Additional Training 73
414 Perceived Areas Addressed with Transition Assessment 74
415 Level of Use for Types of Transition Assessments 75
416 Level of Use for Published Assessments 77
417 Perceived Impact of Transition Assessment 78
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
1
CHAPTER I
A DESCRIPTIVE STUDY OF EDUCATIONAL PROFESSIONALSrsquo
KNOWLEDGE OF TRANSITION ASSESSMENT FOR INDIVIDUALS
WITH INTELLECTUAL DISABILITIES
Transition planning is a mandate set forth in the Individuals with Disabilities
Education Improvement Act 2004 (IDEA 2004) The process of developing a
coordinated set of activities with regard to transition planning for students with
disabilities is the cornerstone of IDEA 2004(Lollar 2010) The federal Office of Special
Education Programs and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) issued mandates to track
transition services and progress at the secondary and postsecondary level (Mazotti et al
2009) Transition development is a critical issue for students with disabilities as they pass
from secondary to postsecondary life
A great deal of research is available that pertains to cognitive assessment and
achievement assessment as separate entities Transition planning is another unique and
important issue for students with disabilities that resulted in a wealth of literature
suggesting best practices for the implementation of transition services Likewise the
process of transition planning is guided by the assessment results however few studies
have been conducted that address the assessment trends and practices that drive the
transition planning process Little research dealing specifically with students with
intellectual disabilities as it pertains to transition assessment exists at the present time
Purpose of the Study
The purpose of this study was to determine educatorsrsquo knowledge of transition
assessment practices and what assessment mechanisms are being implemented with
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
2
students with intellectual disabilities The study reported herein has attempted to
determine educatorsrsquo knowledge about transition assessment practices being utilized
specifically with students with intellectual disabilities as they transition from secondary
to postsecondary life
Statement of the Problem
Transition planning is a mandate outlined in IDEA 2004 and by the Office of
Special Education Programs and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) through Indicator 13
Indicator 13 requires that a transition plan be developed implemented and driven by the
transition assessment process Current assessment trends are utilized on a continuous
basis for individuals with disabilities both formally and informally to address cognitive
and achievement skills Research studies that address transition assessment specifically
are limited Limited research is currently available that addresses what assessment tools
practitioners utilize to meet the mandates of transition assessment to aid in transition
planning for students with intellectual disabilities Research data that describe what
professionals are currently utilizing to address transition assessment would be beneficial
to assist practitioners and to aid in the development of high quality transition plans for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Research Questions
This study investigated educatorsrsquo knowledge of transition assessment practices
with individuals with intellectual disabilities A review of the literature was conducted to
reveal the issues and information available pertaining to transition assessment as it relates
to individuals with disabilities transition needs and mandates for individuals with
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
3
disabilities and current transition practices with educators This study sought to answer
the following questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
TheoreticalConceptual Framework
This study replicated a previously published study by Herbert Lorenz amp Trusty
(2010) from The Pennsylvania State University Descriptive statistical analysis was
required for the majority of the questions from their survey Descriptive statistics is a
process that presents quantitative information in a basic format (Trochim 2006)
Information is described utilizing summaries that will form the basis of the quantitative
analysis The descriptive analysis allows for a basic description of what the data reveals
Trochim (2006) wrote that descriptive analysis permits the data to be summarized in a
practical usable way
This study undertook the replication of an open-ended question in the Herbert et
al study (2010) This study used two open-ended questions and rephrased the questions
for greater clarification Subsequent analysis with the open-ended responses occurred
Qualitative research allows the researcher to get beyond their initial thoughts prejudices
preconceived notions and initial theories to delve into new realizations and syntheses of
knowledge (Miles amp Huberman 1994) Brantlinger Jimenez Klingner Pugach and
Richardson (2005) proclaimed that qualitative research is the mechanism for evaluating
the process of human behavior as it emerges within particular subject content The
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
4
purpose within an educational framework is to evoke change to improve the quality of
services education and programming with scientifically derived data Denzin and
Lincoln (1994) asserted that qualitative research is a set of various types of inferential
methods The research context for the open-ended survey questions will assume the
General Theory approach This type of practice attempts to analyze and interpret results
while seeking generalizations therefore allowing for discussion of the findings (Glezni
2006)
Assumptions
Students with intellectual disabilities must be met with the same stringent
assessment criteria as other disabled peers in order to meet the qualifications for special
education services All students with disabilities must participate in transition planning as
they begin the progression from secondary school settings to postsecondary options The
catalyst for the transition plan is the assessment process using formal and informal
approaches The literature that was available provided a plethora of information regarding
assessment methods and transition planning protocols Specific data should be
assimilated to address the specific transition assessment knowledge level of professionals
to meet the specific needs of students with intellectual disabilities
Definition of Terms
Adaptive Behavior Assessment is the assessment that when paired with
cognitive achievement assessment allows the child to be identified as a child with
an intellectual disability Adaptive behavior is characterized by the ability a child
has to be safe to interact with the environment and take into account the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
5
individualrsquos ability to interact with the physical environment and the world
around them (Salvia Ysseldyke amp Bolt 2007 2010)
Assessment is the process of gathering data and information to evaluate a
particular student or school The purpose is to provide information to make
instructional decisions (Salvia et al 2007 2010)
Diagnostician is the title of a position in the state of Texas for individuals who
are certified to administer testing and interpret intellectual and achievement
testing data for students to determine eligibility for special education services
(TEA 2011)
Disability is the results of impairment or medical conditions that adversely affect
a childrsquos education achievement There are 14 categories for individuals who are
identified as a child with a disability These include Other Health Impaired Deaf
and Hard of Hearing Visually Impaired Deafblind Health Impaired Emotional
Behavioral Impaired Autism Developmentally Delayed Learning Disabled
Speech and Language Impaired Multiple Severe Disabilities Physically
Disabled Traumatic Brain Injury and Intellectually Disabled (Bryant Smith amp
Bryant 2008)
Financial Planning involves the analysis of available resources and the
development of understanding the value of money and how to handle money
Individuals with disabilities require careful planning by family and community
agencies to ensure that financial matters are handled safely and in the best interest
of the individual with disabilities (Wehman 2009)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
6
Formal Assessment is characterized as standardized assessments This type of
assessment uses tests that are administered with specific instructions and
guidelines Included are interpretation procedures that require strict adherence to
specific protocols to receive correct and true results These tests are typically
manufactured assessments that test cognitive and achievement skills however
there are some manufactured formal assessments that evaluate transition skills and
aptitudes (Overton 2009)
Formal Transition Assessment includes a variety of published instruments to
assess skills aptitudes interests and preferences These include achievement
tests adaptive behavior and independent living assessments interest inventories
aptitude tests intelligence tests personality or preference tests career
development measures on-the-job or training evaluation and self-determination
assessments (University of North Carolina 2010)
Inclusive education is the process of educating students with disabilities in the
same class environment as their nondisabled peers (Salvia et al 2010)
Independent Living encompasses all the issues that surround a personrsquos life
pertaining to living on onersquos own The evaluation of this entity involves reflecting
on the continuum from residential living facilities to living on onersquos own All
aspects of life including transportation self-care money management
employment and community participation must be evaluated (Sitlington Clark amp
Kolstoe 2000)
Indictor 13 the ldquoU S Department of Education through the Office of Special
Education Rehabilitative Services required states to develop six-year State
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
7
Performance Plans in December 2005 around 20 indicators on which data is
submitted annually (beginning February 2007) in Annual Performance Reportsrdquo
Indicator 13 addresses secondary students (NSTTAC 2011)
Indicator 14 is the requirement by the OSERS to provide performance plans for
individuals with disabilities who are at the post-secondary level of their life
(NSTTAC 2011)
Individualized Education Plan (IEP) is a tool that is created after the child
meets eligibility criteria for special education This plan is specifically designed to
meet the individual needs of the child with a disability This plan outlines the
services the delivery of the services and the monitoring mechanisms that will be
utilized This document states the setting defines the length of programming
details methodology identifies evaluation modes documents the mode of
discipline determines the related services and sets the standard of progress for a
child with a disability (Hulett 2007)
Individualized Transition Plan (ITP) is the formal document that is developed
on an annual basis for a student who reaches the age of 16 and is identified as a
student with a disability The plan includes a coordinated set of goals and
objectives to address the individual childrsquos interests talents preferences and
strengths as they transition from secondary education to adulthood The ITP is the
plan that directs the annual IEP planning and course selection process (Miller et
al 2007)
Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act (IDEA 2004) is the
most recently reauthorized law that addresses providing a Free and Appropriate
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
8
Education for students with a disability The reauthorization in 2004 addressed
specifically the need and requirement for implementing a transition plan for
students when they reach the age of 16 (Hulett 2007)
Informal Assessment is the process of gathering non-standardized data to
evaluate progress Examples of informal assessment include checklists
interviews observations portfolios and teacher-made tests (Overton 2009)
Intellectual DisabilitiesMental Retardation is characterized by the American
Association on Mental Retardation as significantly subaverage intellectual
functioning which is paired with deficits in adaptive behavior and is manifested
during the developmental period (Crane 2002)
Local Education Agency (LEA) is local a district or school system that provides
public education to students with and without disabilities (Snell amp Brown 2006)
Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) is a federal
government agency that provides leadership and financial support to state
education agencies and local education agencies to improve the outcomes for
infants to youth with disabilities (US Department of Education 2009)
Person-centered planning is a nonthreatening approach to engaging the family
and the student into developing goals and objectives through active processes that
enhance the IEP (Sitlington et al 2010)
Postsecondary Education (PSE) is the period after high school when a student
engages in continuing or higher education This can include a vocational or trade
school two-year college or four-year college setting (Lichenstein Rusch amp
Chadsey 1998)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
9
Secondary Education (SE) is characterized as the high school years when
students begin ninth grade and move through to the twelfth grade It is at this
stage in education that students with disabilities not only address academic needs
but the process of developing the Individualized Transition Plan (ITP) is created
(Sitlington Neubert amp Clark 2010)
Self Determination is a skill that provides greater control and capacity for
students to be employed This involves tenacity and drive and the ability to strive
to reach ones potential via intrinsic motivation (Wehman 2011)
Special Education Manager is a computer software program that provides a
management system for writing reports and documentation of IEP reports to
school systems in Texas (GG Consulting LLC 2008)
State Education Agency (SEA) is the state education entity that governs the
local entities In Texas this is characterized as the Texas Education Agency
(TEA) (Texas Education Agency 20072011)
Supported Employment is paid employment that involves additional supports to
the individual to ensure success in the competitive employment arena This
involves at least 20 hours a week in real-work situations which differs from
sheltered employment (Wehman 2001)
Transition as it pertains to individuals with disabilities is the period of moving
toward postsecondary living and adulthood This includes various aspects
including employment postsecondary education community living and
involvement independent living and satisfactory social and personal
relationships This involves a set of coordinated and collaborative efforts between
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
10
the individual school family community resources and various stakeholders that
provide support (Halpern 1985 cited in Wehman 2011)
Transition Assessment is described as an ongoing process Information is
collected that includes the studentrsquos strengths interests preferences abilities and
a needs analysis This is the guiding information that directs the Individualized
Transition Planning process (Sitlington amp Clark 2006 cited in Luecking 2009)
Transition Planning is the process of developing a road map that provides
stepping stones to the future into adulthood for individuals with disabilities
(Flexer Baer Luft amp Simmons 2001)
Transition Services are defined by IDEA 2004 as a ldquocoordinated set of activities
for a child with a disability that is designed to be written with a results-oriented
process that is focused on improving the academic and functional achievement of
the child with a disability to facilitate the childrsquos movement from school to
postschool activities Included is postsecondary education vocational education
integrated employment including supported employment continuing and adult
education adult services independent living or community participation This is
based on the individual childrsquos needs taking into account the childrsquos strengths
preferences and interests This also includes instruction related services
community experiences the development of employment and other postschool
adult living objectives and when appropriate acquisition of daily living skills
and adaptive behavior evaluation (p 5)rdquo (Miller et al 2007)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
11
Vocational Adjustment Coordinator is a term used in the assigned region for
teachers who develop work habits skills training and employment opportunities
for individuals with disabilities in the secondary school setting
Vocational Education is the organized set of activities training and coursework
to prepare the individual with disabilities toward greater success in career choices
or postsecondary education options (Sitlington et al 2000)
Vocational Rehabilitation (VR) is a mandated requirement set forth in IDEA
2004 The process of VR is a collaborative effort with community agencies and
specialists to address employment and postsecondary educational options for
individuals with disabilities (Golden et al 2010)
Delimitations
This study replicated a previous study performed by Herbert et al (2010) from
The Pennsylvania State University The original survey employed was field tested to
allow for modifications and greater clarity Modifications were made to the replicated
study to gather specific data pertaining to transition assessment as a whole rather than just
career assessment staff training desires and knowledge about specific published
assessment tools Also the survey was designed to discover the knowledge of staff
working with students with intellectual disabilities as it pertains to transition assessment
The survey was disseminated to professionals in education including special educators
special education directors transition coordinators vocational adjustment coordinators
and diagnosticians working with students with intellectual disabilities The survey was
formatted to fit the online tool used to disseminate the survey An online format was
implemented similar to the original study Recommendations were provided in the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
12
original study which provided valuable advice to revise the study in order to refine the
process in order to achieve useful data Careful consideration by the researcher was
given to adhere to stringent protocols to gather accurate unbiased and useful data that
assisted with the findings of the research study
Limitations
Limitations included the following issues The study was originally conducted
with a group of 400 responders from across the state of Pennsylvania Limitations listed
in the original study included bias sample size and variability with variable awareness of
the participants Attempts to address these concerns were evaluated however certain
issues such as bias were difficult to control This study was conducted within the
specific region of West Texas The researcherrsquos involvement in special education in
particular the education of individuals with intellectual disabilities could have led to bias
and could have influenced the study however efforts were embarked upon to prevent
this confounding variable The relatively new use of the term intellectual disabilities to
characterize a student who was previously identified as a student with mental retardation
could have created some confusion
Significance of the Study
The study will add to the research findings associated with professionalsrsquo
knowledge about transition assessment as it pertains to individuals with intellectual
disabilities A great deal of research and literature is available pertaining to assessment
for both cognitive and achievement purposes There are also transition assessment
materials available and suggested practices for administering suggested assessment tools
Research information validating practice is missing from the transition assessment
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
13
process and indicating what practitioners actually utilize to meet the mandates of
Indicator 13 and IDEA 2004
Results of this study were utilized in several ways First the results were utilized
to substantiate or negate the findings of the original study The results will be
disseminated to the original researchers to verify or suggest revisions The results are
valuable to practitioners who utilize transition assessment tools with individuals with
disabilities In particular the results will aid those who work directly with individuals
with intellectual disabilities The results also add to the minimal available data with this
population of students which could stir further interest by other practitioners to replicate
even more research with transition assessment
School districts will utilize the data to develop appropriate transition assessment
strategies for individuals with disabilities in particular individuals with intellectual
disabilities From these data the professionals will develop a serviceable and appropriate
transition plan that meets the needs of the individual The goal of best practices for the
student as they transition from secondary to postsecondary venues was greatly fortified
In addition professionals will have valuable information allowing them to adhere to the
mandates outlined in Indicator 13 by the OSERS and through IDEA 2004
Organization of the Study
The literature review directed the emphasis of this study Few current research
studies exist that address professionalsrsquo knowledge level with regard to transition
assessment for individuals with disabilities This review included review of the literature
pertaining to historical influences on the transition plan components and mandates to the
transition process assessment practices and purposes transition assessment materials
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
14
and any available research studies that addressed the knowledge level of professionals
with regard to the transition assessment process
This study replicated a previously utilized research study that assessed current
assessment practices of professionals who interact with individuals with disabilities This
study was conducted through The Pennsylvania State University (Herbert et al 2010)
For this study a survey was disseminated to educators who deal specifically with
individuals with intellectual disabilities The purpose of utilizing a survey was to gather
additional information that was lacking on the research topic (American Association for
Public Opinion Research 2011) Modifications in the original format addressed unique
formatting specifications of the online survey modality Two open-ended questions
allowed a personal response which provided the respondent an opportunity to provide
additional insight to the researcher on the topic of knowledge of transition assessment for
individuals with disabilities
Analysis of the data occurred with several types of approaches as described in the
original survey report (Herbert et al 2010) Descriptive analysis occurred for the greater
portion of the survey questions Descriptive analysis was utilized to examine the
differences between responses across the various types of professionals such as self-
contained classroom teachers diagnosticians vocational adjustment coordinators and
special education administrators (Herbert et al 2010) Finally a qualitative analysis was
used to assimilate the data and to derive common themes and patterns from the open-
ended response questions
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
15
Summary
This study assessed educatorsrsquo knowledge of transition assessment strategies for
individuals with intellectual disabilities The study used a descriptive analysis approach
for 16 questions with two additional open-ended questions requiring qualitative analysis
to determine themes A review of the research addressed intellectual disabilities
transition practices transition assessment with disabilities in a general format and
specifically transition assessment for students with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
16
CHAPTER II
Review of the Literature
Special education began in the late 1700rsquos to the early 1800rsquos and is attributed to
Jean-Marc-Gaspard Itard (Bryant Smith amp Bryant 2008) He promoted the philosophy
that people with intellectual disabilitiesmental retardation are capable of learning (Crane
2002) From these early efforts the approach to educating and providing service to
individuals with intellectual disabilities emerged in the 20th
century when new laws
mandates and practices were introduced at a relatively fast rate Changes to services
paralleled many of the efforts of the Civil Rights movement of the 60rsquos and 70rsquos (Bryant
Smith amp Bryant 2008) The rights of individuals with intellectual disabilities were the
guiding principles influencing the introduction and further modifications to federal laws
that directed the treatment of these individuals
Several laws were enacted that guaranteed the rights of all individuals with
disabilities In 1973 the legislature passed the Vocational Rehabilitation Act in which
Section 504 set the stage for further legislation (Bryant et al 2008) This law guaranteed
basic civil rights to individuals with disabilities Furthermore accommodations were
made a requirement in public schools and society The intent was to prevent
discrimination against individuals with disabilities particularly within agencies receiving
federal funds
Perhaps one of the most powerful pieces of legislation that influenced the
education of individuals with disabilities was the Education for All Handicapped
Children Act better known as PL 94-142 of 1975 This law guaranteed that all students
with disabilities would receive at no cost a Free and Appropriate Public Education
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
17
(FAPE) This also established the Least Restrictive Environment (LRE) which
emphasized the education of children with their nondisabled peers (Bryant Smith amp
Bryant 2008) This law has undergone several changes and reauthorizations through the
years
The first reauthorization occurred in 1986 with the addition of services for infants
and toddlers The next reauthorization resulted in a title change to the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 1990 (IDEA) Two categories were added
autism and traumatic brain injury (Bryant et al 2008) Perhaps the most significant
change was the introduction of transition planning and services through the Individual
Transition Plan (ITP) (Bryant et al 2008)
Another monumental disability law was the Americans with Disabilities Act
(ADA) in 1990 Legislators and advocacy groups believed that Section 504 of the
Vocational Rehabilitation Act was not sufficient to protect the rights of individuals with
disabilities and further specifications needed to be defined This law went beyond the
classroom to community factors that influenced special needs individuals ADA
addressed discrimination ldquoin employment transportation public accommodations and
telecommunicationsrdquo (Bryant et al 2008 p 17)
Reauthorization of IDEA occurred in 1997 The reauthorization added behavioral
intervention plans (BIP) and functional behavioral assessments (FBA) as required
mandates The transition process for secondary special needs learners was also
strengthened by requiring that the ITP be a part of the studentrsquos Individualized Education
Program (IEP) (Bryant et al 2008)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
18
In 2001 No Child Left Behind (NCLB) was passed Some of the main features
addressed individuals with special needs Educators were now required to utilize
scientifically based programs and interventions Individuals with special needs would
have increased access to the general education curriculum Finally the evaluation of
student proficiency in any given subject area would require appropriate accommodations
(Bryant et al 2008)
The next reauthorization of the IDEA occurred in 2004 (IDEA 2004 US
Department of Education 2006 cited in Bryant et al 2008) Changes to the identification
of learning disabilities were specified and alternate education settings for disciplinary
actions were allowed Additionally a requirement that teachers would need to fulfill
provisions as a highly qualified teacher was also added Students with disabilities are now
required to participate in annual state and district testing while including appropriate
accommodations and alternative testing in certain instances for particular students with
intellectual disabilities (Bryant et al 2008)
Students with Intellectual Disabilities
Definition of Intellectual Disabilities
The American Association on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
(AAIDD 2011) formerly known at the as the American Association on Mental
Retardation defines intellectual disability as ldquoa disability characterized by significant
limitations both in intellectual functioning and in adaptive behavior which covers many
everyday social and practical skills This disability originates before the age of 18rdquo The
Centers for Disease Control (CDC 2005) further states that individuals with disabilities
perform below average on intelligence tests and display limitations in routines for daily
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
19
living and independent living skills These individuals display the ability to learn but at a
much slower pace
Individuals with intellectual disabilities perform at least two standard deviations
below the mean on a 100 average scale score on intelligence tests (Hogan 2007)
Categories for intellectual disabilities have been established to provide greater
understanding of intellectual functioning These include mild moderate severe and
profound intellectual disabilities Individuals classified as mildly intellectually disabled
perform at an intelligence quotient level of 50-55 to approximately 70 Individuals with
moderate intellectual disability display intelligence test scores from 35-40 to 50-55 The
severe intellectual disability category is classified as 20-25 to 35-40 Profound
Intellectual Disability is categorized as an IQ score below 20 or 25 (Hogan 2007)
In addition to sub-average performance on intelligence tests an evaluation of the
personrsquos adaptive skills is needed to determine that an individual meets the qualifications
for a diagnosis of intellectual disabilities An individual who is suspected of meeting the
criterion for intellectual disabilities within the intelligence testing process must also
display delays in the area of adaptive behavior Adaptive behavior includes social
intelligence and practical intelligence Social intelligence involves understanding social
situations Practical intelligence refers to independent living tasks and employability
skills (Hallahan et al 2012)
Characteristics of Students with Intellectual Disabilities
The CDC states that individuals with intellectual disabilities display the ability to
learn but at a much slower pace (CDC 2005) Hallahan and associates (2012) wrote that
with the proper supports the individual with intellectual disabilities can learn over time
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
20
According to Crane (2002) individuals with intelligence quotients in the mildly disabled
range perform typically at the second to fifth-grade level intellectually display a high
degree of daily living independence and are fully or partially employed Individuals with
moderate intellectual disabilities perform functional academic skills People performing
at the severely disabled level perform basic kindergarten and prekindergarten academics
require supervision for daily living skills and will typically require supervision in
community employment in a supported workshop setting Individuals performing at the
profoundly disabled level require intense supervised care in all areas of need (Crane
2002)
Statistical Data Regarding Prevalence of Students with Intellectual Disabilities
Nationwide 11 of individuals are identified as having some type of disability
(OSERS 2006 in Bryant et al 2008) Statistically about 214 of individuals will
measure two or more standard deviations below the normal average of 100 (Overton
2009) The prevalence of individuals with intellectual delays falling below 70 in public
school settings is about 227 (Hallahan et al 2012) Mild intellectual disabilities are
three times more prevalent than are severe intellectual disabilities (CDC 2005)
The economic cost associated with individuals with intellectual disabilities is
staggering Typically these individuals require long-term care and support to address all
areas of life The Centers for Disease Control (2005) reported that individuals with
intellectual disabilities average slightly more than one million dollars per person for
lifetime care Costs are incurred for medical care assistive devices home and automobile
modifications special education loss of revenue due to sub-average employment
opportunities and limited work opportunities Screenings and interventions need to be
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
21
employed to address the overwhelming reality of funding the care and education
individuals with intellectual disabilities (CDC 2004)
Historical Practices for Students with Intellectual Disabilities
In 1799 a French doctor by the name of Jean Marc-Gaspard Itard attempted to
educate a young boy known as a wild child who was believed to possess intellectual
disabilities (Bryant et al 2008) Itard established that those with intellectual disabilities
are able to learn (Crane 2002) Education underwent changes and developments over the
next two centuries Unfortunately some of the treatments for individuals included
barbaric practice through experimentation involuntary sterilization increased
segregation social control a type of ethnic cleansing and inhumane treatment (Crane
2002) Humanitarian reforms beginning in1960 were implemented that changed the
outlook for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Crane 2002)
In 1840 the first residential program for individuals with intellectual disabilities
was established In 1876 the American Association on Intellectual and Developmental
Disabilities (AAIDD) was created In 1896 the first class for students with all types of
intellectual disabilities was established By 1917 institutional settings were present for
most individuals with intellectual disabilities Edgar Doll proposed a definition for
intellectual disabilities that consisted of six criteria The Association for Retarded
Citizens known as the ARC was established in 1954 In 1959 a new groundbreaking
definition for intellectual disabilities was created By 1960 a unique project called the
Mimosa Project was created to work with girls with intellectual disabilities who
demonstrated they were able to learn many difficult tasks and daily living skills
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
22
President Kennedy initiated a national agenda which addressed the topic of intellectual
disabilities The state of New Hampshire in 1997 closed all institutional settings and
moved individuals with intellectual disabilities to group homes or private settings In
1999 the Disability Work Incentive Law was signed into action thereby eliminating
many of the barriers individuals with intellectual disabilities previously experienced
(Bryant et al 2008)
Transition Needs for Secondary Special Needs Learners
Transition planning and coordination of services for students with disabilities has
undergone a metamorphosis over the last two centuries Recent mandates changes and
requirements of the IDEA 2004 demanded that educators and service providers clarify
the individualrsquos needs and address the required mandates presented in the law (Schmitz
2008) The trend changed due to stakeholders including family members educators
service providers and most importantly the students desired quality outcomes for
postsecondary living Upon careful examination of the historical developments current
trends in transition planning and future needs and desires of students and caregivers now
require the implementation of best practices with regard to transition services
Transition planning for the student with disabilities is a critical area of concern
As the student with disabilities moves from high school to postsecondary life a
coordinated set of goals and objectives with defined implementation of services and
responsibilities for plausible outcomes must be implemented (IDEA 2004) Many of the
students with disabilities face a challenging road ahead and it is important that they be
provided with an Individualized Transition Plan (ITP) that includes their desires needs
strengths and preferences to afford greater positive outcomes Family members
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
23
educators students and community service providers must operate in a collaborative
manner to seek the best educational opportunities for the student with disabilities
(Wehman 2011)
Historical Influences on the Transition Process
Understanding historical developments that have transpired over the centuries
creates a greater awareness of the development of the person-centered approach that
exists in education today John Dewey a leader in curriculum theory from the
Progressive Era of the 19th
century developed the person-centered approach for
educating children He believed that education was a means to bolster social reform thus
encouraging the social intellectual and moral development of the child (Dewey 1916
cited in Flinders amp Thornton 2009) His person-centered approach directed the transition
process for the 21st century
Jane Addams a social reformer from the 19th
century transformed the social
work concept that existed with migrants coming to the United States She was known for
her social reform approach of providing services to her constituents at Hull House in
Chicago during the 19th
century Her enterprising concept of meeting the needs of her
constituents developed revolutionary changes for the immigrant child and family of the
Industrial Revolution Jane Addams recognized the need to educate all social classes to
meet the specific needs and interests of the immigrant populace (Addams cited in
Flinders amp Thornton 2009) Her enterprising holistic pursuit utilized a needs-assessment
approach accompanied by implementation of instruction in academic physical life skills
social and interests and preferences thereby affecting goals directed toward future adult
living objectives of Hull House Programming was created by assessing the needs
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
24
preferences and talents of those immigrant individuals who accessed Hull House
Although she was not an educator but a social worker her needs-assessment approach to
providing services to her immigrant constituents by evaluating the education vocational
social and independent living needs of the persons who attended Hull House improved
the quality of life in a holistic pursuit (Addams 1908 cited in Lagemann 1985)
Another individual from the 19th
century who influenced the transition planning
process that exists in special education today was Ralph Tyler Tyler believed that the
students learned best when they were able to experience learning in the natural
environment He surmised that the student must embrace a purpose for learning with the
objectives and experiences created in harmony with their life outside the classroom He
encouraged a study of ldquocontemporary life outside the classroom as the basis for deriving
objectivesrdquo (Tyler 1949 cited in Flinders amp Thornton 2009) He subsequently employed
a philosophy of experiential learning in and out of the classroom to reinforce the
purposeful continuum It was this experiential connection that attached profound meaning
to the learner Although not a direct contributor to the transition process for individuals
with special needs his philosophy provided a groundbreaking approach that paved the
way for current practices in special education with regard to transition planning
Examination of the mandates of IDEA 2004 pertaining to ITP reveals several
common comparisons to the aforementioned theorists The ITP is a person-centered plan
that includes the student and aligns postsecondary goals with transition services (Mazzoti
et al 2009) The goals are based on age-appropriate transition assessment related to
education employment training and independent living (Humphrey Johnson amp Albers
2010) Acknowledgment of the historical contributions of Addams Dewey and Tyler as
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
25
person-centered theorists allows one to opine that their beliefs have accelerated the
progress of education for students with disabilities This is particularly important with the
ITP process upon which the secondary student with disabilitiesrsquo annual individual
educational plan (IEP) is developed
Defining the Specifics of Transition Planning
In addition to historical perspectives interested stakeholders should be aware of
legal mandates and laws that pertain to individuals with disabilities Hulett (2007) has
described transition as the eighth component to the IEP process He states that IDEA
2004 demands that at the age of 16 the transition planning process is a requirement for
every studentrsquos annual IEP The transition plan must be reviewed annually The transition
planning process should be results driven to produce high-quality outcomes for
postsecondary living (Miller et al 2007) A statement of the needs or services must be
included in the IEP The ITP team must consider courses of study training supported
employment integrated employment adult services community participation and
independent living skills In addition they must look at community agencies that assist
with the child These services are at no cost to the student (Miller et al 2007)
Transition planning includes a coordinated set of goals and objectives to meet the
transition needs of students with disabilities as they transition into postsecondary life
(IDEA 2004) The ITP should include vocational education community living home
and family issues financial planning recreation and leisure mobility and health issues
Utilizing an authentic approach to implementation will increase the success of a
purposeful approach for the benefit of the student (Layton amp Lock 2008) The student
should be the focus by taking into account the desires talents interests and preferences
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
26
of the child (IDEA 2004 Wehman 2011) Vocational training postsecondary options
and continuing education opportunities should be included in the transition process (Snell
amp Brown 2006)
Transition planning requires that service providers develop and implement plans
that describe the services provided assessment and evaluation measures obligations of
team members person who are part of the plan and plausible service agencies (Overton
2009) Team members include the special educators general educators community
agencies student family members possible psychologists and counselors rehabilitation
specialists and other designated individuals who could provide support in the transition
planning ( Overton 2009 Wehman 2011) The student and parent should be included in
the transition planning process at all stages to secure greater positive outcomes at the
postsecondary level (Escheidt 2006)
Characteristics of Transition Needs
The student is the driving force of the transition planning process and its
subsequent annual goals and objectives This coordinated set of goals and objectives
becomes the model for the implementation of course selection vocational planning and
education for the student with regard to his or her annual IEP (Miller et al 2007) The
evaluation of the ability family structure community opportunities desires talents and
preferences of the student forms the basis for the transition plan (Wehman 2009)
Employment vocational training and postsecondary education are also carefully
considered in the ITP (Snell amp Brown 2006) The student should be given the tools to
live a successful life that is safe and provides the greatest opportunity for independence
(McNaughton amp Beulman 2010)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
27
Schmitz (2008) described the purpose of transition planning as a fundamental
requirement of IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 as outlined by the Office of Special
Education Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) In addition to the mandates presented in
IDEA 2004 pertaining to transition services there is an additional requirement that
schools and postsecondary agencies report on the results of transition services for
individuals with disabilities through Indicator 13 for secondary programs and Indicator
14 for postsecondary programs This has become the guiding structure when addressing
the needs and postsecondary planning of students with disabilities IDEA 2004 requires
that there must be a coordinated set of activities that focus on improving the academic
and functional achievement of the individual with disabilities Indicator 13 and Indicator
14 require that tracking mechanisms be put into place to assess the outcomes of
individuals with disabilities as they transition from secondary schooling to postsecondary
life
Statistics reveal that students with disabilities experience an unemployment rate
of 70 as opposed to their nondisabled peers at 22 (Schmitz 2008) The need to close
that gap is critical This is the reality that drives the mandates such as Indicator 13 for
educators to develop an appropriate transition IEP which includes age-appropriate
transition assessment and transition services that are to be delivered to students with
disabilities (Schmitz 2008)
The Individualized Transition Plan Process and Components
The foundation for the essential components and mandates associated with
transition come from IDEA 2004 which states the following
Transition services means a coordinated set of activities for a child with a
disability that is designed to be within a results-oriented process that is focused on
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
28
improving the academic and functional achievement of the child with a disability
to facilitate the childrsquos movement from school to postschool activities including
postsecondary education vocational education integrated employment (including
supported employment) continuing and adult education adult services
independent living or community participation is based on the individual childlsquos
needs taking into account the childrsquos strengths preferences and interests and
includes instruction related services community experiences the development of
employment and other postschool adult living objectives and if appropriate
acquisition of daily living skills and provision of a functional vocational
evaluation Transition services for children with disabilities may be special
education if provided as specially designed instruction or a related service if
required to assist a child with a disability to benefit from special education (TEA
cited in ESC 18 2011)
The process of including the student to a greater extent while engaging him or
her in greater collaboration with community agencies is emphasized in the transition
process The switch to a results-oriented approach as opposed to an input approach has
increased the need for greater accountability This is also evident with the
implementation of Indicator 13 pertaining to accountability for transition planning at the
secondary education stage and Indicator 14 at the postsecondary education stage Specific
changes to the IDEA 1997 to IDEA 2004 are the requirement of a coordinated set of
activities improvement with academic and functional achievement transition IEP age-
appropriate assessment and transition services (Schmitz 2008)
Components of the transition plan include a holistic approach to the education of
the student with disabilities Short-term goals should be developed with long range
planning as the over-all guiding purpose (Wehman 2009) The ITP should include the
assessment and development of critical life skills such as mobility recreation and leisure
opportunities health and safety training money management personal appearance skills
building social skills training and skills acquisition work habits and issues pertaining to
maintaining dignity (Wehman 2009)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
29
Assessment and evaluation results should take into account the strengths and
preferences of the child while being presented in user-friendly formats to the family
members and student The schedule of services time frames for implementation and
individual responsibilities and obligations for providers should be documented Efforts to
provide real-life vocational training to meet employability objectives should be outlined
Financial planning is a critical component and needs in this area should be included
Social skills training and access to increase full community participation and activities
are other important elements of the ITP process (Wehman 2009)
Critical life skills pertaining to self-help and self-determination independence
and socialization represent essential transition elements Access to community agencies
and possible acquisition of needed services should be outlined with contact information
available to the family members and student Recreation and leisure health and safety
money management work habits and maintaining dignity are additional areas that
should be addressed by the ITP team (Wehman 2009)
Real-life experiences in naturalist settings for all aspects of the personrsquos life
including employment education and life skills acquisition is recommended (Wehman
2011) National transition goals which are outlined in IDEA 2004 include promoting
self-determination and self-advocacy ensuring that students have access to the standards-
based curriculum increasing graduation rates providing access to full participation in
postsecondary education and employment increasing parent participation improving
collaboration for optimum school and postschool outcomes increasing the availability of
qualified workforce and encourages full participation in community life including
social recreation and leisure opportunities The ITP includes two major goals The first
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
30
is to identify outcomes students and parent desire which is the person-centered approach
by including the student and parent while respecting their values and beliefs The second
is community collaboration and participation through community resources program
development and interagency collaboration (Wehman 2011)
New resources are being developed and published continuously to encourage the
implementation of sound practices in transition planning and services Johnson (2002)
from the University of San Diego developed a sourcebook of books selected websites
aptitude tests vocational evaluations career planning resources information centers
curricular resources assessments life-centered education IEP planning interagency
links publishers postsecondary transition resources and selected reports and articles
These suggested resources are included to enhance the transition assessment
development and implementation process
Snell and Brown (2006) in Instruction of Students with Severe Disabilities
devoted a chapter to vocational preparation and transition They recommended that
individuals should develop valued employment skills and abilities through supportive
families vocational services and supports in the community They proposed that
Vocational Rehabilitation should be the primary facilitators of employment opportunities
for individuals with disabilities
It is necessary to include a review of Social Security benefits and Medicaid
sources The balanced school-based vocational preparation through collaborative efforts
should include a continuum of the studentrsquos interests and preferences The work-related
instruction should occur across grades and settings in real-world settings Community-
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
31
based training sites should be developed with systematic behavioral procedures with the
goal of paid employment with if needed supports after graduation
Finally vocational training is a necessary component of the transition process
Transition training should provide students with a curriculum that prepares them for the
job they intend to enter Broad-based knowledge and skills are necessary components to
the vocational training endeavor Some students require training with specific skills that
are needed for survival in the workplace as well as in the community These skills need
to be carefully and succinctly taught These include academic skills communication
skills social and interpersonal skills and occupational and vocational skills (Levinson amp
Palmer 2005)
Latest Research on Individual Transition Planning
Policy Furney Hasazi and Destefano (1997) conducted a policy study to review
transition services for youth with disabilities The cross-case analysis evaluated programs
that exemplified high-quality models for implementation of transition planning Furney
and his colleagues assessed the current trends that were present in existing transition
planning practices He surveyed 74 institutions pertaining to their implementation of
transition services during a two-year period from 1992-1994 His intent was to evaluate
services with the new mandates set forth in previously reauthorized version of IDEA
1997 A qualitative approach was implemented with site visits in three states The results
were analyzed using cross-case analysis The results revealed that the person-centered
approach must be implemented to a greater extent to meet the postsecondary needs
outcomes of students with disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
32
Etscheidt (2006) conducted a qualitative analysis to examine judicial decisions
regarding transition planning Thirty-six cases were reviewed that addressed the needs of
individuals with intellectual disabilities learning disabilities behavioral disorders
autism multiple disabilities physical disabilities other health impairment attention-
deficithyperactivity disorder traumatic brain injury and other unspecified disabilities
Five categories were established that addressed agency contacts student involvement
and individualization of the transition plan school district obligations and
appropriateness of the transition plan
Etscheidtrsquos finding revealed that litigation pertaining to transition planning for
students with disabilities centered on procedural issues and components of the transition
plan Ten issues were identified Agencies need to be in attendance and invited to
transition meetings Second student involvement must be included and must consider
student interests Third individualization of the ITP should be based on assessment and
meet the studentrsquos individual needs Fourth stakeholders need to examine the studentrsquos
and familyrsquos postsecondary goals and vision Fifth discussion and documentation of the
present level of performance should be included Sixth the team should formulate a
statement of needed transition services with goals and objectives Seventh
implementation of the transition plan needs to be monitored to evaluate effectiveness
Eighth the district has an obligation to make plans that meet the needs of the individuals
to promote movement from secondary to postsecondary settings Ninth stakeholders
need to evaluate the appropriateness of the transition plan Tenth the transition plan must
be developed and addressed to meet the needs of the student
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
33
Transition services Through OSERS a grant was awarded to create the National
Secondary Technical Training Assistance Center (NSTTAC) This organization addresses
concerns regarding transition for secondary students as they move into postsecondary
life Through this collaborative effort between the University of North Carolina in
Charlotte and Western Michigan University NSTTAC addressed and assisted with
implementation to consumers parents agencies and educators about transition policy
Expert panels were created and research was initiated that resulted in recommendations
to local education agencies (LEAs) and state education agencies (SEAs) regarding
transition practice and policy In addition to informational recommendations to the LEAs
and SEAs technical assistance was developed to assist educators administrators and
parents in implementing effective transition and education services to improve secondary
and postsecondary outcomes A website was developed that includes evidence-based
practices lesson plan starters products and resources transition toolkits and specific
student and parent resources (UNC amp WMU 2011)
King Baldwin Currie and Evans (2006) completed a review article analyzing
strategies that were utilized to implement planning for transition and transition education
for youth with disabilities The purpose of one review was to evaluate the quality of
services and to provide recommendations for improvement of services The strategies
were classified into three main categories personal-level strategies person-environment
fit and environmental level strategies
Results indicated that the strategies lacked significant evidenced-based research to
support the use of the strategies and the effectiveness of the strategies Four of the
strategies pertaining to direct experience contained sufficient research to warrant the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
34
effectiveness of these types of strategies A recommendation proposed the use of more
than skills-acquisition strategies including training and implementation of strategies in
the natural environment (King et al 2006)
Postsecondary education A study by Papay and Bambara (2011) examined
transition services for youth in postsecondary settings who possessed significant
intellectual disabilities This study utilized a survey with descriptive methods for
analysis The purpose of the study was to assess the over-all inclusion characteristics of
postsecondary programs on college campuses Eighty-seven institutions were identified
that provided opportunities for individuals with intellectual disabilities to participate in
postsecondary programs located on college campuses
The results suggested that students with disabilities participated in college courses
and in vocational training opportunities Twenty five percent of the students with
disabilities involved in postsecondary education were enrolled in college level courses
Only 2 of students with intellectual disabilities enrolled in the courses for credit Most
of the students who enrolled in the courses for credit were described as learning disabled
with reading levels that were near or slightly below those of nondisabled peers The
students with intellectual disabilities audited the courses primarily in the humanities and
basic entry level Reading level was a determining factor for these students as to whether
they were able to participate in the courses successfully for credit
Funding for these programs came primarily from the willingness of the higher
education institutions to sponsor the programs Some government resources were also
included to a lesser extent as well as partnerships with local school districts for students
who were past the age of majority but were still enrolled in high school Tuition revenue
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
35
was another slight source of income for the programs Grants were last on the list of
available sources of income At most institutions grants provided less that 10 of the
necessary budgetary demands of the postsecondary educational setting
Recommendations included conducting further research to gain a greater
understanding of the effectiveness of postsecondary education (PSE) programs
Additionally PSE institutions should continue to develop partnerships to promote
ldquolifelong inclusion and self-determinationrdquo (Papay amp Bambara 2011 p 93) Methods for
implementation were suggested as additional research agendas
Another research study (Neubert Moon amp Grigal 2002) focused attention on
postsecondary options for individuals with significant disabilities The purpose of the
article was to provide a review of the current literature available pertaining to secondary
educational opportunities for students aged 18-21 in their last year of high school A
descriptive approach was implemented to examine secondary education opportunities at
two-year and four-year institutions of higher education and community based settings
The results revealed three vocational training model approaches First students
attended 2-year schools with the intent to gain vocational skills and training while
experiencing college life A second model for students with significant disabilities
included attendance at four-year institutions A third model included programs in the
community to encourage employment and independent living options
Funding for these programs primarily came from local school districts and the
higher education institutions The need to assess logistic concerns pertaining to greater
collaboration and communication with community agencies was encouraged
Collaboration between local education agencies community settings and institutions of
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
36
higher learning should occur to allow families and caregivers various options for
secondary transition services to students nearing the transition phase into postsecondary
life
Transition process Levinson and Palmer (2005) undertook a descriptive study
that discussed general characteristics of the transition process for employment and
postsecondary life The authors described necessary components to implement transition
services as mandated by IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 The need to incorporate
assessment and comprehensive planning that utilized the transition assessment data was
highlighted The assessment should address academic skills daily living skills personal
and social skills and occupational and vocational skills
School staff should subsequently utilize the assessment data to implement a plan
that meets the needs and interests of the student Parental involvement is crucial for the
planning process Vocational training should incorporate the enhancement of academic
skills daily living skills personal and social skills and occupational and vocational skills
Schools should focus on a transdisciplinary approach to prepare students for successful
postsecondary life
Cobb and Alwell (2009) reviewed transition planning and coordination of
services for individuals in postsecondary settings The authors undertook a review of
existing studies to determine whether there had been sufficient research efforts to address
the issue of transition planning and intervention for youth with disabilities This
systematic review included studies published between 1984 and 2004 A total of 31
studies from 10 journals produced a total of 1461 individual participants
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
37
Studies were analyzed for employment and participation in postsecondary
education options Analysis included whether the student was maintained at home and the
satisfaction of experience with personal and social relationships for individuals with a
variety of disabilities including learning disability emotional disturbance intellectual
disability autism physical disabilities attention deficit disorder auditory impairment
and speech impairment The authors reviewed postschool environments student
development interagency and interdisciplinary planning family involvement and
program structure
Results demonstrated that student-focused planning demonstrated great promise
as an important outcome for students Studentsrsquo desires need to be heard at IEP meetings
and in the planning processes More time is needed for transition planning and this should
not be handled at IEP meeting They also stated that students gain insight when training is
involved There is a demand to develop talents and interests Individuals with disabilities
believe there is a need for real work experience and socialization skills training Efforts
should focus on needs to build specific job skills that continue after high school There is
a need for flexibility rather than fitting students into prescribed programs The emphasis
should be directed toward greater awareness of community resources for possible
employment education living options and community access according to the
consumers and family members
Transition compliance Grigal Hart and Magliore (2011) conducted a
secondary analysis using The National Longitudinal Transition Survey 2 to address the
mandates of Indicator 14 of IDEA 2004 In order to comply with Indicator 14
individuals must be enrolled in higher education employed or involved in another
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
38
postsecondary option The elements need to include high expectations person-centered or
student-directed goals and collaboration with partners and community agencies is
critical
In their comparative analysis Grigal et al (2011) ascertained that there were
disparaging differences between individuals with intellectual disabilities and other
individuals with disabilities regarding transition planning for those at the postsecondary
level One hundred eight families participated with fewer contributors who were
educators One hundred forty-nine programs for individuals with disabilities in 37 states
were included Programs varied in implementations and types of settings Data set
analysis included 11000 students from a random set from 500 LEAs and 30 special
schools with an 82 response rate
The study included five areas that influenced the mandates of Indicator 14 and is
addressed in the following sections First parent expectations were influenced by the
severity of disability of youth with intellectual disabilities autism and physical
disabilities Second students were less likely to graduate with a regular diploma This
increased to 62-70 if staff possessed higher expectations Third team members should
be more involved in the ITP planning process Fourth goals should focus more toward
sheltered or supportive employment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Fifth
goals most often identified included independent living competitive employment
supported employment sheltered employment vocational training and two-year to four-
year college programs
Additional findings noted that vocational rehabilitation (VR) counselor
participation was greater for individuals with intellectual disabilities for career planning
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
39
Participation in college level classes by individuals with intellectual disabilities was last
They noted that increased enrollment in postsecondary education has increased the
income levels for 73 of individuals with disabilities The authors suggested that causes
need to be evaluated for fewer individuals with intellectual disabilities enrolling in higher
education and that increased expectations at the secondary level should occur to change
the mind-set for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Grigal et al 2011)
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities
Transition planning is an important topic for the stakeholders and students with
disabilities as the students anticipate transitioning from secondary to postsecondary life
Transition planning is the eighth requirement of the Individual Education Plan (IEP)
process for students when they become 16 years of age (Hulett 2007) The transition
process begins with the assessment component to gain valuable information on which the
IEP is based (Hulett 2007) Transition assessment is a multidimensional process that
requires a collaborative approach to meet the specific needs of the student with a
disability who is receiving special education services (Miller et al 2007)
Purpose of Transition Assessment
Transition assessment meets the legal mandates of IDEA 2004 The requirement
decrees that students with an intellectual disability should be provided with an
appropriate evaluation (IDEA 2004) The purpose of transition assessment is to gather
ongoing data that leads to the development of a transition plan that meets the needs of the
student as they transition from secondary to postsecondary life Overton (2009) wrote
that assessment needs to be data-driven rather than relying on referral information alone
The data should be multidimensional and not reliant on just one piece of testing data
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
40
Data should reflect the studentrsquos needs strengths abilities interests and preferences
(IDEA 2004)
The National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (2001) states that
the transition assessment process should be ongoing in order to provide needed data to
guide the transition planning process for students as they look toward the future and to
aid in the development of the studentrsquos IEP It should be a collaborative endeavor with
input from a variety of stakeholders including the student and family or caregiver
involved in the process
Spinelli (2012) identified eight purposes of transition assessment for individuals
with disabilities The assessors should identify the studentrsquos a) career goals and interests
b) preferences c) independence level d) strengths e) hobbies f) interpersonal
relationships g) self-advocacy abilities and h) abilities in relation to postsecondary
goals These include employment education and training independent living community
involvement and personal social goals In addition there needs to be an ecological
assessment of new or future settings to determine psychological physical social
emotional and cognitive demands and requirements of the setting
In regard to employment Spinelli (2012) proposed that assessment should
evaluate the studentrsquos current skills and the desired skill levels to determine the studentrsquos
ability to deal with the demands of postsecondary employment ability to engage in
employment and community participation and independent living options The
assessment should seek to determine the particular curricular social-emotional and
physical skills that need addressing in the ITP and the studentrsquos self-determination skills
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
41
With regard to educational supports Spinelli (2012) wrote that the assessment
should determine appropriate placement within the education community in addition to
vocational and community settings in order for the student to attain postsecondary goals
Furthermore the assessment should seek to determine the accommodations supports and
services that are needed in order for the student to attain and maintain postsecondary
goals Finally the assessment should design a system for monitoring progress and
evaluating the success of the transition program
Miller et al (2007) has described transition assessment as ldquoa process that
determines the studentrsquos abilities attitudes aptitudes interests work behaviors levels of
self-determination and self-advocacy interpersonal skills academic skills level and
independent living skills over an extended period of time for the purpose of planning an
appropriate education program (p 5)rdquo This is an ongoing process Stakeholders must
gather data on the individual student Items that are necessary for the assessment include
the studentrsquos needs preferences strengths and interests These items should be evaluated
as these relate to the future and current programming of the individual with disabilities
The areas that should drive the evaluation include work education living personal and
social skills and environment of the individual with disabilities
Additionally Miller et al (2007) clarifies the components of the transition
assessment process He suggests that these components be intertwined in order to engage
in informed decision making The first component is future planning needs and goals
The second area to be addressed is self-determination and self-advocacy skills A third
area is academic strengths and deficits that include the studentrsquos learning styles and
behaviors that influence learning A fourth component is life-skills instruction when it is
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
42
deemed appropriate The fifth and final component is vocational interests aptitudes and
abilities both in the classroom and within the community environment
In 2004 with the reauthorization of IDEA OSERS required that states submit
additional data on 20 indicators Indicator 13 specifically addresses the transition
component More specifically this indicator requires that assessment must occur that
involves an ongoing process to collect transition-relevant data This assessment should
include the needs preferences strengths and interests of the student The requirement
states that the demands of current and future working educational and personal social
environments for the individual must evaluated (Mazotti et al 2009)
Mazotti et al (2009) proposed a six-component checklist for Indicator 13 The six
include the following first it is necessary to utilize user-friendly assessments to guide
parents students and other support personnel Second the goals for the ITP should focus
on employment education and training and when appropriate independent living Third
they suggest a simplified format that addresses where the student plans to work where he
or she will learn the necessary skills and where the student eventually lives Fourth
alignment of annual IEP goals should coincide with the transition services and
postsecondary goals This will allow the student the optimal opportunity to attain the
postsecondary goals
Schmitz (2008) identified seven areas that should be included in the transition
planning process in order to adhere to the mandates of Indicator 13 The components of
the transition assessment include interest assessment and career exploration assessment
measures It is crucial to include assessment of academic performance as it relates to the
workplace Essential is the process of career planning The practice of assessment and
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
43
skill building should be incorporated to evaluate self-determination social and emotional
learning and interventions for independent living
Types of Transition Assessment
Transition assessment is an ongoing process that involves a variety of sources in
order to create a data-driven plan that addresses the individual needs of the student with
disabilities Transition assessment includes assessment tools that are utilized to meet
eligibility requirements and to assist with the transition planning process Numerous
devices are available to provide valuable information that the Individualized Transition
Plan (ITP) team is able to access for transition assessment Assessment practice occurs
both formally and informally with the inclusion of adaptive measures (Miller et al
2007)
Assessment is employed for identifying individual student needs improving
instruction and program planning evaluating service delivery programs and
accountability The approach assumes a person-centered planning procedure The
assessment process must include the family Informal assessment procedures are valuable
and provide an abundant source of information (Sax amp Thoma 2002)
The National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (2010) described
an Assessment Toolkit that can be accessed by educators parents SEAs and LEAs to
gain knowledge about best practices with transition assessment The authors assert that
ldquothe results of transition assessment should be the basis for making recommendations for
instructional strategies and accommodations in instruction and environments to meet the
studentrsquos needsrdquo (National Secondary Technical Training Assistance Center 2010 p 3)
Formal and informal measures are listed with contact information and suggested
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
44
guidelines for the types of assessment Included are links to some of the recommended
assessments with examples to review
Schmitz (2008) states that transition assessment is best characterized as a
multifaceted approach Quality assessment involves interest assessment career
exploration assessment assessment of academic competencies career planning
assessment and skill-building for self-determination assessment and skill-building for
socialemotional learning and assessment and skill intervention for independent living
skills Through the implementation of these seven assessment modalities the individual
student will have the opportunity to participate in a transition assessment that is created
with fidelity to his or her needs
Informal versus formal measures of assessment All students receiving special
education services participate in assessment to meet eligibility requirements The
assessment measures fall into two basic categories informal and formal (CECIdeas that
Work 2011) Formal assessment tools include achievement tests high-stakes testing
intelligence tests and even career interest personality profile and self-determination
measures These tools produce quantitative results that are used to assess skills and
aptitudes interests and preferences
Examples of informal measures include curriculum- based assessments
interviews questionnaires observations authentic assessment and portfolios (Layton amp
Lock 2008) Informal measures require a qualitative approach to analyzing information
on an ongoing basis to provide guidance when creating the transition plan for the student
with a disability who receives special education services This information provides
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
45
valuable pieces of data which enhance the transition planning requirements for students
with disabilities
Informal assessment procedures are needed to identify the studentrsquos individual
needs and to develop an appropriate transition plan The ITP team must determine the
purpose of the assessment Individuals should assess the student in the natural
environment and in various settings and programs They should identify relevant
behaviors and verify the input from others The ITP team chooses the appropriate
measurement procedures such as observation interview questionnaires surveys
checklists interest inventories and self-assessments The team also evaluates social
support systems The assessment findings identify the transition goals and objectives
From this process curricular plans are implemented to achieve the goals and objectives
(Sax amp Thoma 2005)
Sitlington (2008) analyzed the process of utilizing informal assessment to
facilitate transition planning for students with significant reading and writing delays That
analysis addressed the use of informal assessment for high stakes testing exit
examinations diploma options and transition planning Outlined in the article are
competencies to address the needs from transition into adulthood Sitlington (2008)
identified 22 competencies needed to transition into adulthood which the planning team
must incorporate Transition planning was characterized as an ongoing process of
ldquocollecting information on the studentrsquos strengths needs preferences and interests as
they related to the demands of current and future livingrdquo (Sitlington 2008 p 87) She
suggested several tools to accomplish the assessment by gathering information to guide
the individualrsquos transition plan Analysis of the studentrsquos background information is
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
46
primary In addition interviews with parents should transpire to facilitate the assessment
component Psychometric instruments work samples and curriculum-based assessment
techniques are suggested assessment tools to aid in the planning process Sitlington
suggests situational assessment to gather real-life data that resembles the individualrsquos
future living conditions The approaches must be systematic and occur in a variety of
settings Transition assessment utilizing these measures directs the instructional
decisions
Vocationalcareer assessments A necessary part of the transition assessment
process is the use of career interests vocational aptitude measures personality profiles
self-determination measures and other assessment tools that aid in the vocational and
career component of transition assessment (Levinson 2001) These tools provide
valuable information about the studentrsquos skills in areas such as self-awareness awareness
of job skills interest seeking and abilities with social and emotional interactions The
types of assessments include interviews questionnaires observations ecological and
environmental situational and behavioral curriculum-based interest inventories
vocational profiles and portfolios
An additional area is the vocational profile Vocational profiles are described as
narratives that paint pictures These include biographical information educational
history work experience and current skills The studentrsquos learning and performing
characteristics should be included along with interests community-support connections
and necessary accommodations (Sax amp Thoma 2002)
An article from San Diego State University provided a list of suggested
assessment tools available to facilitate the transition process (Johnson 2002) Included
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
47
are resources for curriculum implementation for transition purposes A wide array of
career occupational and vocational assessment and evaluation resources are
characterized in addition to links addresses and pricing guides Training videos
curricular and planning resources for transition planning are included Family
involvement interagency guides and follow-up assessment tools to aid in the transition
planning process are also described
Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual Disabilities
In order for a child to meet the eligibility requirement as a student with an
intellectual disability an adaptive behavior assessment must be conducted (Overton
2009) This is one avenue whereby interested stakeholders may gather information about
life skills of students with intellectual disabilities That assessment tool alone does not
provide enough information needed to gather sufficient data to assist with the transition
planning process Assessment for the individuals with intellectual disabilities requires
assessment in the natural environment (Sitlington 2008) Sheltered or supported
employment arenas may be included utilizing qualitative measures to gather information
about a studentrsquos social emotional self-determination job skills and other pertinent data
necessary for assessment purposes (Overton 2009)
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities
IDEA 2004 states that with regard to the transition process the transition
assessment process for all students with disabilities involves the formal and informal
assessment-gathering mechanism on an ongoing basis (Mazotti et al 2010) As the child
reaches the age of 14 transition planning should begin At age 16 the formal process of
developing the transition plan takes place (Miller et al 2007)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
48
Assessment includes evaluating independent work skills planning and time
management skills and assessment of self-advocacy abilities For students with more
severe disabilities there must be an assessment for extended employment Assessment
includes the evaluation of vocational interests and aptitudes as well as the studentrsquos
ability and functional self-help skills The domains include cognitive ability social-
emotional adjustment communication skills academic functioning physical stamina and
adaptive behavior which are utilized by the multidisciplinary team to create the transition
plan (Spinelli 2012)
The transition assessment process can be conceived as a three-level approach
(Levinson 2001) Level one involves looking strictly at previously gathered assessment
data to prescribe a transition plan Data collection and interpretation of previous data is
the driving mechanism at this level Cumulative and confidential records are reviewed to
gather pertinent data This includes grades attendance academic achievement discipline
referrals and health records
The second level involves assessment of vocational interests and vocational
aptitudes using specific psychometric tests Assessment results and incorporating career
interest inventories and previously gathered formal and informal assessment data are
utilized in the creation of the transition plan
The third level occurs with individuals who require more information to gather a
realistic image of the studentrsquos abilities and interests This level is based on the
assessment of the first two levels This additional assessment includes work samples and
situational assessment techniques The implementation of any model must take into
consideration the available resources the characteristics and expertise of the available
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
49
personnel the population targeted for services the nature and availability of local
community services and the type of vocation placement options in the local area
(Levinson 2001)
Levinson and Palmer (2005) have written that assessment and planning are key
components to successful postschool living Assessment data can be gathered through
published tests and surveys as well as from direct interviews and observations of the
student Several areas are addressed including academic skills daily living skills
personal and social skills career maturity vocational interests and vocational aptitude
tests Additional assessment measures include occupational and vocational skills
assessments These are characterized as performance tests that assess a studentrsquos ability
to perform specific job-like tasks work samples that expose a student to natural job
responsibilities and situational assessments that measure a studentrsquos interests abilities
and work habits in actual and contrived environments
Characteristics of Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual Disabilities
Due to varying disability factors for individuals with intellectual disabilities
traditional methods do not meet the needs of transition assessment Many students with
more significant intellectual disabilities have difficulty with paper and pencil tasks
Alternative measures should be implemented to address the assessment component of the
transition plan (Grigal et al 2011) Questionnaires and interviews with family members
offer good sources of information (Moon et al 2011) Observations and skills analysis
should be incorporated into the standard informal and formal measurement protocols
(Wehman 2009) Of great importance in the assessment of students with more significant
disabilities are the critical life skills pertaining to self-help mobility self-determination
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
50
socialization health family and community supports self-awareness interests strengths
and preferences of the individual (Wehman 2011)
Latest Research on Transition Assessment for Students with Disabilities
Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities There is the lack of available research
on current assessment trends with students who have intellectual disabilities autism and
multiple-impairments There is considerable research available on assessment with
informal and formal measures in general contexts but not as much with regard to the
specific details regarding best practices for assessment of transition needs and services
including outcomes pertaining to students with intellectual disabilities One recent article
was discovered that dealt specifically with the assessment process for students with
intellectual disabilities sometimes described as developmentally delayed (Moon et al
2011)
A qualitative study was conducted by Moon et al (2011) to address the
perceptions of necessary skills experiences and information that youth with
developmental disabilities and their families perceive should exist for the student with
regard to supported employment in a postsecondary setting Discussed was the sheltered
work environment that many students with disabilities encounter as a postsecondary
option for employment Four research questions were introduced with one of the four
addressing transition assessment specifically A survey was developed that included
several open-ended questions The survey addressed recruiting skills needed
assessment and work experiences that are most important and suggestions for transition
planning Participants included community rehabilitation providers involved in intake and
service deployment The state that was targeted was subdivided into four regions Twelve
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
51
individuals from the four regions participated in the survey One-hour to two-hour
interviews ensued to gather qualitative data Data analysis followed to characterize
common themes
Results specific to transition assessment revealed that interests and preferences of
the client were important to consider however only three of the 12 revealed that this
information was obtained from the school or family They found it was important to
include the family to a greater extent in the assessment process Due to the disabling
conditions of the individuals with intellectual disabilities it was revealed that family input
was important There was concern expressed that transition assessment was lacking in the
secondary setting and results were not readily available Job trials and situational
assessment should be utilized in two of the settings for assessment purposes
Philosophical statements were discussed for implementation and acquisition of transition
assessment from high school to postsecondary sheltered settings to improve collaborative
efforts which results in better preparation of youth for supported employment services
(Moon et al 2011)
Individuals with all types of disabilities Current research pertaining to the
transition assessment component and process for students with disabilities is quite
limited One article by Herbert et al (2010) discussed the assessment process for students
with disabilities This article addressed the assessment process for all types of disabilities
The method involved an online questionnaire developed to assess respondent
demographic information career assessment practices type of services available and
career areas that are assessed with students Two groups were surveyed including the
Pennsylvania Office of Vocational Rehabilitation counselors working with high schools
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
52
possessing students with disabilities on their caseload and high school professionals
including administrators and educators who provided transition services to high school
students with disabilities The survey was disseminated over a two-month period More
than 400 teachers administrators and rehabilitation personnel responded to the survey
regarding assessment trends
Five research questions were identified with that study Current assessment trends
were revealed showing that a pluralistic approach was utilized rather than one specific
approach This included skills instruction self-awareness emotional support community
knowledge direct experience and community intervention rather than traditional
assessment Knowledge of available services was moderate overall Impact of career
services was moderate Collaboration was perceived at a moderate to minimal level
between families students and school officials and consultants Overall helpfulness of
career services was perceived as helpful by two thirds of the participants Areas assessed
were primarily vocational interest academic achievement and academic aptitude
Descriptive analysis was applied which revealed that school professionals
typically address career interests to the greatest extent Aptitude revealed slightly more
than 50 of programs addressed these aptitude assessments Achievement was at 48
Career decision making work values personality and world of work were close with
results from 37 to 29 Impact on transition service revealed moderate outcomes at
50 with the respondents and significant with only 21 of the respondents Four themes
emerged which included teamwork training needs parental involvement and unrealistic
career goals as issues that needed to be addressed Work samples were revealed as the
most infrequently utilized assessment tool They recommended that school professionals
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
53
need to give greater attention to the area of career and work decision-making which
should include career interests knowledge of work and also achievement aptitude and
personality which appears to be lacking in substantial emphasis with current transition
assessment according to the findings of that report (Herbert et al 2010)
Qualitative analysis was applied to one open-ended question Recommendations
were cited in the discussion portion of the article which supports transition assessment
early in the studentrsquos high school career Additional training opportunities were indicated
by the participants Collaboration with all stakeholders was a high-priority
recommendation Further knowledge of assessment areas and types of assessments was
recommended to increase the impact of transition assessment for students with
disabilities (Herbert et al 2010)
The lack of research-based information about transition assessment points to a
critical need in the field of special education Without data to clarify what transition
assessment practices are successful as well as studies that examine educatorrsquos
understanding about their use evidence-based transition assessment cannot progress
With this in mind the following research questions were addressed
Research Questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
54
Summary
Transition assessment does not involve exclusively the assessment of vocational
needs and abilities All stakeholders of the transition team must adhere to a holistic
approach to transition assessment for the individual with intellectual disabilities Informal
and formal measures must be utilized to gather ongoing data to develop an age-
appropriate transition plan for students as they transition into postsecondary life In order
to meet the needs of the individual with disabilities the interested stakeholders must
assess interests strengths aptitudes preferences social skills self-help skills self-
determination mobility community access and environmental concerns within the
natural environment When working with individuals with more significant intellectual
disabilities informal assessment should be the focus while taking into account formal
measures This should be the model for transition assessment Evaluating the individualrsquos
support system should be another source in order to provide a realistic holistic and
successful transition plan that will assist the students as they transition from secondary to
postsecondary life
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
55
CHAPTER III
Methodology
Transition assessment is the cornerstone for the development of the IEP Since the
reauthorization of the IDEA in 2004 the transition plan to meet the specific needs of the
student possessing a disability is required for a student who has reached the age of 16
The literature addresses the best-practice approaches to developing the transition plan for
the secondary student with a disability Essential components guidelines and
suggestions are highlighted Suggestions for implementation team planning
collaboration inputs outputs and curriculum goals saturate the literature on all levels
Additionally a wealth of information about the assessment process in general is
available Guidelines for achievement testing cognitive assessments behavioral
evaluations adaptive behavior curriculum-based measurements and dealing with high-
stakes testing within formal and informal categories are exhaustive Knowledge of what
is being utilized with regard to transition assessment is lacking It is important to
determine if educators possess knowledge regarding transition assessment and what is
being used to implement transition assessment especially for students with intellectual
disabilities
Research Questions
This study investigated two research questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
56
Rationale
In order to answer the research questions this study was conducted to gather
specific data that pertains to knowledge about transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities The study utilized a survey that was based on earlier research by
Herbert et al (2010) Gaining knowledge from a variety of professionals required the
selection of the individuals who best represented those who provide services to
individuals with intellectual disabilities who are involved in the transition planning phase
of their education (American Association for Public Opinion Research 2011)
To better answer the research questions it was necessary to conduct a descriptive
analysis of the survey results A qualitative analysis of the perceptions of the practitioners
who provide transition assessment to students with intellectual disabilities was used with
two open-ended questions Accordingly the previous survey was pilot tested and
administered with modifications following the pilot testing process (Herbert et al 2010)
The descriptive analysis conducted in the initial survey was replicated in order to provide
for reliability and validity
Context of the Study
The setting for this study was an area that included the western portion of Texas
characterized as West Texas This region is better known as a rural plains area with one
larger city that is surrounded by rural towns sprawling ranches and agricultural entities
(Texas Association of Counties 2003) According to the Texas Association of Counties
(2003) rural areas generally rely on agriculture that is more unstable which results in
higher unemployment and underemployment These areas show population that is more
sparsely populated as compared to urban regions The area is served by the Regional
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
57
Education Service Center Region 17 which includes Local Education Agencies
Logistics along with the researcherrsquos proximity to the research locale necessitated the
selection of the setting for the study
In addition to logistical concerns the data that was collected served the area that
is identified with a more regionalized specific purpose West Texas is a region that deals
with the unique needs of the plains and a rural locale that reflects different hurdles and
barriers that are different from those of a larger metroplex In addition to the wide spans
of the region as a whole the barriers that affect transition planning for individuals with
disabilities are affected by the rural setting the expanse of the region as a land mass and
the availability of services for individuals with disabilities
Data Sources
The group comprising the research participants included individuals in public
school settings that provide transition services to students with intellectual disabilities
This included special education teachers in self-contained settings special education
teachers in inclusive settings vocational adjustment coordinators diagnosticians special
education directors and transition coordinators who coordinate the transition planning
process and who work directly with individuals who have intellectual disabilities This
group best represented the parties that intervene with the chosen population of individuals
with intellectual disabilities West Texas residents and the persons who possess a vested
interest in the subject matter of transition assessment
Disadvantages to the choice of the participants were that the participants may not
have represented the community as a whole throughout the state of Texas who serve
individuals with intellectual disabilities In addition the goals and future outcomes for the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
58
individuals with intellectual disabilities in West Texas could vary from the future
outcomes for individuals in larger metroplex areas or who live in land areas not as vast as
West Texas Advantages could be that the rural setting could serve to provide information
that regions throughout the United States would be able to utilize to enhance the service
delivery for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Data Collection Methods
The process of collecting the data involved the use of an online survey for four
weeks that was replicated from a study that was conducted based out of The Pennsylvania
State University (Herbert et al 2010) The original plan was to disseminate the survey
for two weeks A reminder was sent after two weeks and another reminder was sent after
three weeks in order to obtain a sufficient number of participants
Included in the survey was basic demographic information such as job title years
of experience highest education level and area of concentration Additional data for the
present study was collected on types of current transition assessment practices being
utilized and what areas are assessed by the transition personnel The information
collected reflected who performed transition assessments to individuals with intellectual
disabilities what was the impact of transition assessment and their own level of
understanding by professionals regarding transition assessment
The original survey involved 13 questions that included demographic information
and knowledge of transition application procedures For the purpose of this study the
demographic component consisted of eight items including information about location
gender educational background and job title The survey questions directly associated
with transition assessment included a list of eight questions Two were open-ended
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
59
questions Sixteen of the questions required a descriptive analysis process The two open-
ended questions required qualitative analysis of the responses (Miles amp Huberman
1994)
The survey questions pertaining to transition also required a descriptive analysis
approach The questions included information from the respondents about their
understanding of services and their opinion about what was available and what was being
utilized with regard to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Respondents were asked about their understanding of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities The respondents had the opportunity to express
the level of effectiveness present in the current transition assessment practices they
experienced Respondents also responded to a portion of the survey that addressed the
level of impact that transition assessment had on assisting their students (Herbert et al
2010)
The Education Service Center Region 17 list-serve was accessed to identify the
directors of special education Those individuals were asked to forward the survey letter
and survey link to staff who work specifically with students with intellectual disabilities
and the transition process Additional list-serves were obtained through the Texas
Association of Vocational Adjustment Coordinators Texas Educational Diagnostician
Association Region 17 Education Service Center contacts and district e-mail contacts
More than one hundred participants were estimated as possible participants Possible
participants were contacted with the hopes of obtaining a sample of at least sixty Seventy
one participants submitted responses to the survey in the online format (Appendix C and
D)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
60
Data Analysis
Analysis of the data required a careful descriptive process The first step included
a best-practices analysis with regard to the data-collection process and the survey itself
The American Association for Public Opinion Research (2011) suggests 12 quality
standards for best practices with survey studies Some of these standards include
ldquopossessing specific goals for the survey considering alternatives to the survey approach
selecting samples that well represent the population to be studied and taking great care in
matching question wording to the concepts being measured and the population studiedrdquo
(AAPOR 2011 p1)
Descriptive analysis was ensued throughout the data analysis process for all but
the two open-ended questions Basic statistical analysis was reviewed using descriptive
analysis The purpose was to ldquoassign meaning to the descriptive or inferential
information compiled during the studyrdquo (Miles amp Huberman 1994 p 56) Descriptive
analysis involves ldquothe process of staying as close to the data as was originally recordedrdquo
(Glesne 2006)
Through the use of qualitative analysis further evolvement of recurring themes
and patterns was evaluated Lorenz and Trusty (2010) wrote ldquoa qualitative analysis must
be done to identify content themes to the open-ended questionrdquo (p20) A systematic
approach to review the given data for the two open-ended questions allowed for greater
usability of the common patterns themes and implications by interested stakeholders A
codification system was utilized to discover themes patterns and obscure outliers present
within the survey tool with the open-ended response questions (Miles amp Huberman
1994) Qualitative analysis was not simply a means to support the assumptions of the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
61
researcher Secondly care was adhered to so that the results of the initial study did not
lead to a biased approach to the data collected during this study
Data Management Plan
The initial step in the data management process required permission by the Texas
Tech University Institutional Review Board (IRB) to conduct the study Consent was
obtained from the participants through acknowledgment of their willingness to participate
in the online survey (Appendix A and B)
The data that was gathered required a carefully designed and organized data
management plan Following the data collection process the data was appropriately
securely and safely stored The data was password protected with access only by the
researcher The data was stored on a computer with password protection which was only
accessed by the researcher
Reliability and Validity
The reliability and validity of this study was enhanced due to the use of the survey
tool utilized in a former study (Herbert et al 2010) The survey tool was field tested and
later refined for greater clarification This was the second time this survey was utilized
There was a narrowing of the survey to specifically address the knowledge of assessment
practices of educational professionals with regard to transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities The online format was utilized for a four-week time span to
gather the data A smaller sampling of participants that better represented the West Texas
demographics was utilized to enhance the validity of the data from the selected region
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
62
Summary
This study investigated the knowledge that professionals possess regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities This study described
the knowledge of assessment practice within the West Texas region This was completed
using a mixed-methods approach of descriptive statistical analysis and a qualitative
analysis through the use of a replicated survey A review of the research in the areas of
transition planning and transition assessment was completed at the beginning
A survey that was previously conducted was replicated to address the research
questions pertaining to the knowledge that educational professionals possess with regard
to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The online survey
was available for a four-week period List-serves and district emails were used to identify
participants who best represented West Texas professionals and who best answered the
research questions for transition assessment pertaining to individuals with intellectual
disabilities
Data analysis required a mixed-methods approach of descriptive statistical
analysis for the majority of the survey responses and qualitative analysis for two open-
ended questions A carefully designed data management plan was used throughout the
study to adhere to a well-managed audit trail Careful protocol was followed to gather the
data organize the data and analyze the data
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
63
CHAPTER IV
Results
This study examined the level of knowledge professionals possessed regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Additionally
participants were asked what assessment tools were being utilized to address transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities including types of assessment and
specific assessment tools Questions explored areas examined during transition
assessment and who was responsible for implementing the assessment tools Participants
were contacted via e-mail to request their participation in the web-based survey
The process of contacting participants involved online requests to regional special
education directors diagnosticians transition personnel and vocational adjustment
coordinators serving students with intellectual disabilities in West Texas An initial
request was sent giving the participants two weeks to complete the survey A second
request was sent after the two week period A third and final request was sent as a
reminder giving the participants four more days to complete the survey A total of 71
participants completed the online survey
Modifications were made to the replicated study to gather specific data pertaining
to transition assessment as a whole rather than just career assessment staff training
desires and knowledge about specific published assessment tools Changes included
a) utilized descriptive statistics to increase practical understanding for educational
personnel in a usable format (Trochim 2006) b) changed from one to two open-ended
questions c) rephrased open-ended questions for greater clarification d) omitted
demographic question pertaining to race e) added a survey question related to training
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
64
desires due to overwhelming response in the original survey f) added additional
assessment areas types and mechanisms g) changed wording from career assessment to
transition assessment h) focused on education personnel versus rehabilitation personnel
and i) narrowed to two research questions
Data were obtained through the online survey utilizing descriptive data analysis
for 16 questions and qualitative analysis for two open-ended questions Participants were
asked if the assessment tools aided in identifying and meeting the potential of individuals
with intellectual disabilities Basic demographic questions were asked to gain an
understanding of the characteristics of the West Texas participants located in the Region
17 Education Service Center area
Research Questions
This study gathered information regarding knowledge of transition assessment for
students with intellectual disabilities located in West Texas and characterized as the
Region 17 Service Center area The following research questions were addressed
Research Questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Characteristics of the Sample
Job Category
The population for this study included 71 participants of whom 831 were
female and 169 were male This study included similar types of participants in the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
65
original study conducted at The Pennsylvania State University (Herbert et al 2010)
However emphasis for this study was directed toward education personnel rather than
rehabilitation personnel from the previous study Participants included district
administrators special education teachers district special education administrators
consultants diagnosticians transition coordinators vocational adjustment coordinators
campus administrators special education counselors and education service center
consultants Seventy-one individuals participated in the study which is reflected in Table
41
Table 41 Job Category Description (N = 71)
_______________________________________________________________________
Variability Category n
_______________________________________________________________________
Job Category Campus Educator 21 295
Educational Diagnostician 19 267
Vocational Adjustment Coordinator 8 112
Transition Coordinator 6 84
Special Education Administrator 5 70
District Administrator 3 42
Consultant 2 28
District Educator 2 28
Transition Vocational Counselor 2 28
Campus Administrator 1 14
Special Education Counselor 1 14
Rehabilitation Counselor 1 14
________________________________________________________________________
Gender
Gender was another demographic question asked of the participants Of the 71
participants fifty nine were female which equated to 831 Twelve of the participants
were male which equaled 169 These results were similar to the original study at
722 and 278 This is reflected in table 42
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
66
Table 42 Gender (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variability Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Gender Female 59 831
Male 12 169
________________________________________________________________________
Age of Participant
Age was also obtained from the participants Ten categories were used to organize
the ages of the participants The first category began with the age of 20 Ages 41-45
represented the largest age range with 225 of the participants in that group This was
followed closely by the age range of 51-55 years In original study 45 years old was the
average age of the participants which is similar to the findings in this study Three
categories had two participants The results are shown in Table 43
Table 43 Age of the Participant (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Age of Participant 20-25 2 28
26-30 3 42
31-35 6 85
36-40 2 28
41-45 16 225
46-50 8 113
51-55 14 197
56-60 10 141
61-65 8 113
66-70 2 28
________________________________________________________________________
Educational Level
Educational level was critical for understanding formal education that was
provided to the participants in their respective field A question was posed to the
participants in the online format to address this topic Table 44 demonstrates the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
67
education level of the participants A very large percentage of the participants 80
possessed a masterrsquos degree or higher Participants with a bachelorrsquos degree were
significantly lower at 20 This was similar to the findings in the original study with
687 for a masterrsquos degree and 247 for a bachelorrsquos degree
Table 44 Level of Education (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Level of Education Bachelorrsquos degree 15 217
Masterrsquos degree 51 732
Doctorate 1 14
Other (Post Masterrsquos) 4 56
________________________________________________________________________
Total Experience Years
A question was included that addressed total years as an educator The study
included a range of total years as an educator from 1-2 years up to 41 and above Twenty-
six percent of the participants possessed numerous years of experience ranging from 16-
20 years of experience An extremely high percentage of 788 of the participants
possessed more than 20 years of experience as an educator (Table 45) This was more
than the original survey which revealed 917 years of experience as the average
Table 45 Years of Experience as an Educator (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Total Years as an Educator 1-2 3 42
3-5 3 42
6-10 9 127
11-15 6 85
16-20 18 254
21-25 8 113
26-30 11 155
31-35 7 99
36-40 5 70
41 and above 1 14
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
68
Current Position Experience
Experience in the present position was another piece of demographic data
presented in the original study and in this online survey also Analysis of this survey
revealed that time in the present position included one to five years at 38 six to fifteen
years at 281 sixteen to thirty years at 267 and 7 at thirty-one or more years
(Table 46)
Table 46 Years in the Current Position (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Years in current position 1-5 27 380
6-15 20 281
16-30 19 267
31 or more 5 70
________________________________________________________________________
Comparison of Demographics
Descriptive statistics were utilized to provide a comparative analysis of the age of
the participant years as an educator and years in the current position The mean age for
the participants was 4842 years old Average years of experience were 2032 years
Average years in the participantsrsquo current position were 1230 years Each of these
comparisons demonstrates extensive longevity in all realms (Table 47)
Table 47 Comparison of Demographics (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable M SD Low High
________________________________________________________________________
Age 4842 1091 20-25 66-70
Total Years as an educator 2032 1037 1-2 41+
Years in current position 1230 954 1-5 31+
_______________________________________________________________________
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
69
Education Site Location
Participants were asked to select the type of location where they worked or
consulted (Table 48) The categories examined the various types of employment
scenarios for educators in the Region 17 Education Service Center area A good
sampling of participants was achieved across rural suburban and urban locations Forty
one percent of the participants are located in rural settings Twenty eight were located in
urban settings Twenty two of the participants were located in a combination of rural and
suburban settings Employment location that was the least was the suburban locale This
result would correlate with the reality that the West Texas region is primarily a rural
setting
Table 48 EmploymentConsultation Location (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
EmploymentConsultation Location Rural 28 406
Suburban 7 101
Urban 19 275
Combination (ruralsuburban) 15 217
No Response 2 28
________________________________________________________________________
Employment Setting
A frequency count was completed to determine the percentages as well as the
numbers of individuals in various consultation or employment settings The categories
examined the various types of employment scenarios for educators in the Region 17
Education Service Center area The largest number occurred for individuals working in
high school settings which was more than half (712) of the participants (Table 49)
Some participants remarked on other locales where they were also employed The lowest
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
70
numbers of employment settings occurred for Alternative State Facility Education
Service Center and an ldquootherrdquo response (n = 2 1 1 1)
Table 49 Employment Setting (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Employment Setting High School 42 512
Middle School 18 219
AdministrativeCentral Office 9 153
Alternative 2 34
Other Locations indicated State Facility 1 12
in addition to the ones surveyed All grade levels 6 73
District 2 24
Education Service Center 1 12
Elementary (other) 1 12
________________________________________________________________________
Research Questions
Research Question One
Grade level implementation What knowledge do educators possess regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities To answer this
question Table 410 displays the frequency count for grade level during which transition
assessment occurs Transition assessment should be administered at all grade levels
every year as mandated in the IDEA 2004 However implementation of transition
assessment at ldquoall grade levelsrdquo showed only to be 544 The participants marked
individual grade levels at 9th
grade 397 10th
grade 265 11th
grade 250 and
12th
grade 250 There were 49 of the participants who selected ldquonone providedrdquo
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
71
Table 410 Perceived Grade Level Implementation of Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Grade level transition assessments 9th
27
397
are conducted 10th
18 265
11th
17 250
12th
17 250
All grade levels 37 544
None provided 4 49
No response 3 42
________________________________________________________________________
Person responsible Persons responsible for transition assessment are displayed
in Table 411 The high school teacher was selelcted by the particpants as the individual
most likely to administer transition assessment at 521 Transition Coordinators and
Vocational Adjustment Coordinators were the next most likely individuals to be
conducting transition assessment (281 and 225) The school phsychologist was
selected as the least likely individual to administer transition assessments A significant
number participants did not know or skipped this question entirely (239)
Table 411 Person Responsible for Implementing Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Individual deemed High School Teacher 37 521
responsible for Transition Services ConsultantCoordinator 20 281
providing Vocational Adjustment Coordinator 16 225
transition Diagnostician 12 169
assessment High School Counselor 10 141
Career Counselor (School Employee) 7 98
Career Counselor Consultant (non-school
employee) 2 28
School Psychologist 1 14
No one assignednot available 3 42
Do not know 1 14
Varies 3 42
Skipped 16 225
________________________________________________________________________
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
72
Level of understanding The level of understanding regarding transition
assessment by participants is displayed in Table 412 Thirty-eight percent of the
participants marked a very clear understanding 45 marked moderately clear
understanding and 182 indicated little no or skipped the question pertaining to
understanding of transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Over-all 60 of the participants indicated they had moderate to little or no understanding
regarding transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities This result is
similar to the original study which indicated that education personnel perceive their level
of understanding to be less than optimal
Table 412 Perceived Level of Understanding Regarding Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Understanding about Very clear 27 380
transition assessment Moderately clear 32 450
Limited 9 126
Little or no 2 28
Skipped 2 28
Additional training In the original study an overwhelming number of
participants expressed a desire to obtain more training regarding transition assessment
through the open-ended response (Herbert et al 2010) A question was developed in this
study to allow the participants the opportunity to express what types of training they
would like to receive Table 413 displays the participantsrsquo desires to participate in
workshops and higher education opportunities pertaining to transition assessment An
extremely large number of participants expressed a desire to participate in one-day
workshops (912) Eighty-one percent of the participants desired one-day workshops
Training opportunities selected by participants in the 40-50 range were one-hour
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
73
workshops team collaborations on-going in-service training and online training
modules Twenty-one percent of the participants expressed interest in college-level
coursework Only three individuals indicated that they were not interested in any training
Table 413 Interest in Additional Training (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Training opportunities One-hour workshop 30 422
to increase knowledge of 1-day workshop 58 817
transition assessment Team Collaboration 34 479
Self-study 17 239
Multiple day workshops 18 253
Ongoing in-service training 29 408
Online training module 34 479
College course 15 211
College Course (onlinemedia-site) 9 126
TEA certification coursework 12 169
None 3 42
Other 1 14
Skipped 3 42
________________________________________________________________________
Research Question Two
Areas addressed What transition assessment practices are used by educational
personnel for individuals with intellectual disabilities To answer this question Table
414 describes the areas that the participants rated with regard to transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities Academic Achievement was rated at 563
Vocational Assessment at 676 Academic Aptitude at 366 Career Decision Making at
464 and the greatest amount at 887 was Interests In the original survey vocational
interest aptitude and achievement was noted as assessment area most used Additional
areas in this survey included Personality at 323 Work Values at 366 World of
Work Knowledge at 324 and ldquoDonrsquot know and No responserdquo a combined percentage
of 84 by the participants
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
74
Table 414 Perceived Areas Addressed with Transition Assessment (N = 71)
_______________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Areas addressed with Interests 63 887
transition assessment Vocational Aptitude 48 676
Academic Achievement 40 563
Career Decision Making 33 464
Academic Aptitude 26 366
Work Values 26 366
Personality 23 323
World of Work Knowledge 23 324
Donrsquot know 2 28
No response 4 56
________________________________________________________________________
Types of assessments Descriptive statistics were utilized for questions pertaining
to types of assessment areas as shown in Table 415 This question was added to this
survey to gather specific data pertaining to knowledge regarding types of transition
assessments used to assess students with intellectual disabilities Types of assessments
were rated from ldquoNot Used or Heard of to Heard of and Usedrdquo Frequency counts were
obtained for each area of assessments A scale of one was used for ldquoNot Used or Heard of
or Heard ofrdquo a score of two was given for ldquoHeard ofrdquo and a three was given for ldquoUsedrdquo
Mean scores ranged from the lowest at 16 for EcologicalEnvironment and Authentic
Assessment to the highest at 286 for Teacher Observation The next highest ratings were
for Interest Inventories at 277 Interviews and Student Surveys at 273 Academic
Achievement at 266 Intellectual Aptitude at 264 and Functional Skills Inventory at
253 A clear separation occurred with a 5050 ldquoUse and Heard ofrdquo result for Career
Aptitude Teacher Made Learning Styles and Curriculum-Based at 233 and 234 Types
of assessments that had been ldquoHeard ofrdquo but were ldquoNot Used or Heard ofrdquo as frequently
were Personality Profiles at 222 and Portfolio at 216 Several types of assessments
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
75
revealed limited ldquoUserdquo and ldquoHeard ofrdquo or ldquoNot Used or Heard ofrdquo to a greater extent
These included Self-determination measures at 193 Self-advocacy measures at 198
Situational at 181 Authentic at 168 and EcologicalEnvironmental at 160
Table 415 Level of Use for Types of Transition Assessments (N = 71)
____________________________________________________________________
Item Not Used (1) Heard of (2) Used (3) Rating M n
or Heard of
________________________________________________________________________
Teacher Observation 2 14 51 286 67
Interest Inventories 1 14 55 277 70
Student Survey 1 16 49 273 66
Interviews 3 13 54 273 70
Academic Achievement 0 22 42 266 64
Intellectual Aptitude 1 22 43 264 66
Functional Skills Inventory 4 22 38 253 64
Career Aptitude 2 31 31 245 64
Teacher Made 5 30 26 234 61
Curriculum-Based 7 27 27 233 61
Learning Styles 4 33 24 233 61
Personality Profiles 5 36 18 222 59
Portfolio 9 33 19 216 61
Self-advocacy measures 15 31 14 198 60
Self-determination measures 16 32 12 193 60
Situational 24 20 13 181 57
Authentic 26 27 7 168 60
EcologicalEnvironmental 30 21 7 160 58
________________________________________________________________________
Published assessments Descriptive statistics were employed for published
assessments as shown in Table 416 This was a question that was added to this survey to
gather information pertaining to knowledge regarding published assessment mechanisms
Frequency counts were obtained for 11 published transition assessment tools A rating
mean was obtained for each tool similar to the previous Areas Addressed question A
score of one was given for ldquoNot Used or Heard ofrdquo a score of two was given for ldquoHeard
ofrdquo and a three was given for ldquoUsedrdquo Score rating means ranged from 138 to 262
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
76
Special Education Manager (GG Consulting LLC 2008) received the highest
rating at 262 The next highest published tools included Transition Planning Inventory
(Clark amp Patton 2009) at 222 Moderate ratings went to the Reading-Free Vocational
Interest Inventory 2 (Becker 2005) at 205 and the Brigance Employability Skills
Inventory (Brigance 1995) at 208 The OrsquoNet Interest Survey (US Department of
Labor 2002) received a 187 rating score The Picture Interest Career Survey (PICS)
(Brady 2007) received a 182 rating score Lowest scores included the Arc Self-
determination Scale (Wehmeyer amp Kelchner 1995) at 138 and the MECA (Oakwood
Solutions LLC 2010) at 141 COPS-PIC (Knapp-Lee L (2007) at 144 Myers Briggs
Type Indicator (Myers amp Briggs 1988) at 158 and the WRIOT2 (Glutting amp Wilkinson
2006) at 153
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
77
Table 416 Level of Use for Published Assessments (N = 71) (ID=Insufficient Data)
________________________________________________________________________
Item Not Used (1) Heard of (2) Used (3) Rating M n
or Heard of
________________________________________________________________________
Special Education Manager (SEM) 3 19 44 262 66
Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) 8 19 36 222 63
Brigance Employability 12 33 17 208 62
Skills Inventory
Reading-Free Vocational Interest 23 19 20 205 59
Inventory 2 (R-FVII2)
O-Net Interest Inventory 45 11 15 187 60
Picture Interest Career Survey (PICS) 26 21 15 182 62
Myers Briggs Type Indicator 27 30 2 158 59
Wide Range Interest and 36 16 8 153 60
Occupation Test (WRIOT2
COPS-PIC Picture Inventory 31 17 8 144 62
Of Careers
Microcomputer Evaluation 34 14 11 141 59
Of Careers and Academics (MECA)
Arc Self-determination Scale 41 15 4 138 60
Other 0 0 10 ID 15
Unsure 2 0 0 ID 2
No Response 0 0 0 ID 3
________________________________________________________________________
Impact One question asked the participants to rate the impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Table 417) The participants
stated that transition assessment had a significant impact at 169 Moderate impact was
perceived by 468 Minimal impact was selected by 309 of the participants and little
or no impact by 56 of the participants Over-all participants rated current practices in
transition assessment as having Moderate to Minimal impact at an extremely high level
of 83 In the original study the results were similar with 503 indicating moderate
impact and 274 with minimal to no impact
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
78
Table 417 Perceived Impact of Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Impact of transition assessment Significant 12 169
Moderate 33 468
Minimal 22 309
Little or No Impact 2 56
No Response 3 42
________________________________________________________________________
Procedure Used with Open-Ended Questions
Qualitative analysis was used for two open-ended questions in the survey The
first question received 15 responses from the participants This question pertained to what
additional information the participant wanted to include with regard to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The second question resulted in
eight responses from the participants This question asked what the participant knew that
they wished they could use with students with intellectual disabilities with regard to
transition assessment The narrative responses were gathered and reviewed for similar
themes and content
Question One
Participants were asked ldquoWhat else do you use for transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilitiesrdquo Fifteen individualsrsquo responses were submitted
Specific assessment tools were identified by the participants in statements that included
the name of the assessment tool A coding system was utilized to clarify whether the
response was narrative or a specific assessment tool response Further analysis occurred
for the narrative responses to determine themes and common trends
Respondents suggested Career Cruising software (N = 4) (Anaca Technologies
2012) One response suggested the Career Clusters Interest Survey (Arizona State 2007)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
79
and one stated the Cops and Caps (CareerLife Skills Resources 2012) vocational
assessment measure One participant included the Student Styles Questionnaire Revised
(SSQR) (Oakland Glutting amp Horton 1996) Two people suggested the Bridges
Software (Xap Corporation 2009) which was also suggested by one person in the online
questionnaire section under ldquootherrdquo for specific assessment tools Two individuals
suggested questionnaires as a viable means to gather assessment data Participants
suggested parent input for transition and vocational assessment (N = 3) Individuals who
included narrative responses discussed the importance of conducting situational
assessments by including the input of other professionals including outside agencies and
other teachers (N = 2) Responses included observations to get to know the individual and
determining the specific needs of the student to determine what would benefit the student
after graduation (N = 3) One individual who actually answered the second open-ended
question suggested the Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) (Clark amp Patton 2009) as a
thorough tool for assessment
Question Two
Eight participants responded to question two about ldquoWhat do you know about
transition assessment that you wish you could use for students with intellectual
disabilitiesrdquo Two respondents expressed the need for more time to assess the students on
their caseload with regard to transition Another individual commented on the need for
more teacher involvement at each grade level Two individuals posited the need to assess
students in a variety of either job or real-life situational settings One participant stated
that the greatest tool for awareness by the student with regard to transition is receiving a
paycheck One respondent stated that parents need to be better educated with regard to
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
80
continuation of services after graduation This respondent stated that personal advocacy
time management and organization were major issues facing students as they transition
to postsecondary options One final respondent stated that the questionnaire they utilized
had little meaning for students in middle school
Summary
The purpose of this study was to survey educators responsible for implementing
transition assessment for secondary students with intellectual disabilities Participants
included educators from West Texas characterized as individuals located in the Region
17 Education Service Center area The total number of participants was 71 The
population for this study was district administrators special education teachers district
special education administrators consultants diagnosticians transition coordinators
vocational adjustment coordinators campus administrators special education counselors
and education service center consultants Participants were solicited via e-mail requests to
participate voluntarily and to answer the questions from the online survey provided by a
link to the questionnaire
This chapter reported the findings from the study about transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities An online survey was conducted pertaining to
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The first section of this
chapter included descriptive analysis for 16 items pertaining to demographics of the
sample areas and types of transition assessment tools perceived benefits of transition
assessment persons responsible for transition assessment and levels of knowledge
regarding transition assessment The next section of this chapter included a qualitative
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
81
analysis for two open-ended questions Data were described and grouped by common
themes from the participantsrsquo statements on the online format
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
82
CHAPTER V
Discussion
This chapter provides a brief background of the problem and includes a summary
of the study Also included is a description of the review of the literature that was the
foundation for the research study reported herein The methodology for this study is
summarized and followed by a discussion and analysis of the findings The significance
of the study is addressed with an emphasis on the conclusions and implications relevant
to the research pertaining to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities Additionally this chapter offers recommendations for further research based
on the findings Concluding thoughts included limitations of the study and suggestions
for further research
Summary of the Study
This descriptive study investigated the knowledge educators possessed with
regard to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The first four
chapters included an introduction to the study a review of the literature that centered on
the transition process and transition assessment a description of the methodology and an
analysis from the findings of the data that were collected through the study
Chapter I provided a brief overview regarding the mandate proposed with the
IDEA of 2004 which requires that all students in special education who reach the age of
16 must have an ITP which is directed by the transition assessment process In addition
to the purpose of the study this chapter included a statement of the problem the research
questions the theoreticalconceptual framework assumptions definitions of terms
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
83
utilized in the study the delimitations and limitations of the study a discussion of the
significance of the study and the over-all organization of the study
Chapter II provided a review of the literature as it pertains to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Definitions of intellectual
disabilities characteristics and historical practices related to individuals with intellectual
disabilities and transition planning for special needs learners were described
An overview of the research pertaining to transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities was presented Explanations of transition assessment
methods were presented A search of relevant research revealed that studies which
addressed transition planning were available however limited studies addressing
transition assessment existed Lesser studies pertaining specifically to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities existed
Chapter III outlined the methodology and the online survey utilized to complete
the research study Data were collected from education personnel working directly with
students with intellectual disabilities Data were collected over a 4 week period through
an online survey The survey was a replication of a previously utilized survey to address
transition assessment for individuals with disabilities (Herbert et al 2010) The
information from the literature review guided the development of the research as well as
refinement of a few of the survey questions to better address individuals with intellectual
disabilities
The survey replicated research conducted through The Pennsylvania State
University Career Assessment Practices for High School Students with Disabilities and
Perceived Value Reported by Transition Personnel (Herbert et al 2010) Modifications
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
84
were made to the replicated study to gather specific data pertaining to transition
assessment as a whole rather than just career assessment staff training desires and
knowledge about specific published assessment tools Changes included
a) utilized descriptive statistics to increase practical understanding for educational
personnel in a usable format (Trochim 2006) b) changed from one to two open-ended
questions c) rephrased open-ended questions for greater clarification d) omitted
demographic question pertaining to race e) added a survey question related to training
desires due to overwhelming response in original survey f) added additional assessment
areas types and mechanisms g) changed wording from career assessment to transition
assessment h) focused on education personnel versus rehabilitation personnel and
i) narrowed to two research questions Also the survey was designed to reveal the
knowledge of educational staff working with students with intellectual disabilities as it
pertains to transition assessment A copy of the survey is located in Appendix E
Chapter IV reported the findings of the study The chapter began with a review of
the mandates pertaining to transition assessment as outlined in IDEA 2004 best-practices
approach to transition planning and the limited available research pertaining to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Procedures utilized in analyzing
the descriptive data and the qualitative information produced by two open-ended
questions was explained Findings were presented with explanations of how the data
answered the following research questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
85
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Discussion of the Findings
An analysis evaluation and synthesis of the findings indicated that educators
who implement transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities utilize a
variety of assessment tools that address several areas pertaining to the transition process
Several topics emerged from the data regarding transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities The topics included demographics of participants that best
represent the West Texas region knowledge of transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities and types of assessment practices utilized by professionals
dealing with individuals with intellectual disabilities (Figure 51) A detailed discussion
of the topics will provide greater understanding of the answers to the research questions
and guide the implications for further research and practice in transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Figure 51 Transition Assessment Topics
Transition Assessment for Individuals with
Intellectual Disabilities
Demographics of the
Participants
Knowledge of Transition
Assessment
Assessment Practices
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
86
Impact of Demographics
Setting
In order to best represent the characteristics of the West Texas region it was
necessary to obtain a sampling from a variety of individuals who best represented the
West Texas region This area is better known as a rural plains area with one larger city
that is surrounded by rural towns sprawling ranches and agricultural entities (Texas
Association of Counties 2003) A large number of the participants (40) worked in
rural settings with equal numbers working in urban and suburban settings The variety of
settings that was obtained in the online survey format for this study represented an
excellent sampling of the West Texas region
The participants worked in various settings The majority of the participants
worked in high school settings This result was appropriate due to the requirement by the
IDEA of 2004 which states that when students reach the age of 16 a transition plan
should be developed which is directed by the findings of the transition assessment
Traditionally a student who is 16 years old is a high school student A portion of the
participants were from middle school settings which can be attributed to the awareness
that transition planning is recommended to begin at the age of 14 for individuals with
disabilities (Miller et al 2007) Typically students in middle school are introduced to the
transition planning process at this stage of their education career
Participants
The sample for this study included educators from West Texas characterized as
Education Service Center Region 17 The total number of participants was 71 Fifty nine
of the participants were female (831) and 12 were male (169) The population
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
87
included district administrators special education teachers district special education
administrators consultants diagnosticians transition coordinators vocational adjustment
coordinators campus administrators special education counselors and education service
center consultants Participants were solicited via e-mail requests to answer the questions
on the online survey provided by a link to the questionnaire
For the purposes of this study educators were the primary focus in order to gather
specific data pertaining to the level of knowledge they possessed regarding transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities School personnel who are
typically involved in the process were included such as vocational adjustment teachers
diagnosticians special education administrators district and campus educators transition
coordinators and district and campus administrators provided the greatest number of
those individuals who participated in the survey
Experience The research participants constituted a group representing vast years
of experience as educators All the participants possessed a college degree with the
majority of the participants possessing a masterrsquos degree or higher (n = 57) The age of
the participants provided a good sampling of age ranges with the majority of the
participants being over the age of 40 Obtaining the age years of experience and
education level of the participants was necessary in order to determine basic competency
levels of the participants
Job category A varied sampling was achieved pertaining to job categories Job
categories ranged from administrators educators diagnosticians and
counselorsconsultants The largest group was educators which included campus
educators and vocational adjustment coordinators A substantial number of diagnosticians
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
88
provided input on the online survey which added to the validity of the study Several
counselors and consultants provided input which increased the type of sampling that was
obtained for the study A lesser number of district and campus administrators provided
input to the survey Over-all the sampling varied and represented a variety of personnel
who addressed transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
The literature addressed the best-practices approach to developing a transition
plan for the secondary students with a disability The purpose of transition assessment is
to gather ongoing data that leads to the development of a transition plan that meets the
needs of the student as heshe transitions from secondary to postsecondary life The
development of the ITP is a team effort that should be a collaborative undertaking which
provides input from a variety of stakeholders (National Secondary Technical Training
Assistance Center 2010) Grigal Hart and Magliore (2011) stated that team members
should be more involved in the ITP planning process More input by all stakeholders with
regard to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities is needed in
order to develop a quality effective transition plan (IDEA 2004) Accordingly the
inclusion of a variety of education personnel for this study was appropriate
Knowledge
Research Question One asked ldquoWhat knowledge do educators possess regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilitiesrdquo Inconsistency is an
issue that persists with the practice of transition assessment (Morningstar 1997 cited in
Herbert et al 2010) Results from the study reported demonstrated that the same issue
still persists within the West Texas region among educators implementing transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
89
Understanding
Most of the participants indicated that their level of knowledge was moderate to
none regarding transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Thirty-
eight percent of the participants rated their level understanding of transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities as very clear However 45 stated they
possessed moderately clear understanding regarding transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities Eighteen percent of the participants reported they had
limited or little understanding regarding transition assessment Campus educators
expressed the greatest clarity with regard to understanding with 615 of the respondents
from that sector Data indicated that over-all staff perceptions pertaining to their own
level of understanding regarding transition assessment of individuals with intellectual
disabilities is not at the optimum level
Grade Level Implementation
Most of all the participants responded that some type of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities was performed in grades 9 10 11 and 12 Many
agreed that transition assessment was conducted either on their campus or the campus
they consulted with for all grade levels at 544 Equal numbers of participants
however chose specific grade levels Ninth grade (397) elicited the greatest number
when individual grade levels were chosen Seven participants 10 chose the ldquonone
providedrdquo or ldquono responserdquo selection Campus educators diagnosticians special
education administrators and vocational adjustment coordinators indicated transition
assessment took place at the 9th
grade level with 375-60 of the respondents
Variability in grade-level implementation and the ldquonone providedrdquo response indicated
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
90
that more knowledge is needed to address basic understanding regarding implementation
of transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities at all grade levels
Miller et al (2007) states that transition assessment is the process of gathering
information over an extended period of time in order to develop an appropriate IEP that
meets the studentrsquos needs Transition planning was characterized as an ongoing process
of ldquocollecting information on the studentrsquos strengths needs preferences and interests as
they related to the demands of current and future livingrdquo (Sitlington 2008 p 87) The
variability in the responses by the participants indicated a lack of awareness of the
mandates associated with IDEA 2004 Understanding that transition assessments as an
all-level ongoing process is needed for educators implementing a sound transition plan
that is directed by the transition assessment process (IDEA 2004 cited in Herbert et al
2010)
Responsibility
Several groups emerged from the analysis by those who answered this question
Campus educators constituted the largest group that was deemed the individual
responsible for implementing transition assessment of individuals with intellectual
disabilities (n = 53) Transition coordinators also emerged to a lesser extent as the
individual who provided transition assessment (n = 20) Counselors both school and
nonschool were identified by some of the participants as providing transition assessment
(n = 19) Thirteen individuals stated the diagnostician performed transition assessment to
individuals with disabilities The most revealing responses were ldquononerdquo ldquodo not knowrdquo
or participants simply skipped the item A total of 20 individuals were included with this
response
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
91
The literature and mandates of IDEA 2004 explicitly state that understanding the
role of the team member is critical when implementing transition assessment
Collaboration is required by all interested stakeholders including the school
administrators educators parents students and community agencies (Furney Hasazi
and Destafano 1997) Participants provided varied responses to the item that addressed
who was responsible for transition assessment The data revealed that knowledge
regarding who was responsible for the implementation of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities should be addressed
Training
In the original study the one open-ended question revealed an overwhelming
desire to seek further training and education pertaining to transition assessment for
individuals with disabilities (Herbert et al 2010) A question pertaining to training
options was added to the online format Participants in this study also expressed strong
desire to seek training opportunities to increase knowledge of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities by 91 of the participants Eighty-one percent of
the participants said they would participate in a one-day workshop Half of the
participants indicated they were interested in one-hour workshops team collaboration
ongoing in-service training and online training modules Participants indicated they were
also interested in self-study and multiple-day workshops
Several of the participants indicated they were interested in college-level
coursework Twenty percent of the participants were interested in face-to-face college
courses pertaining to transition A portion of the participants indicated they were
interested in online courses with a substantial portion of the participants interested in
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
92
obtaining transition teacher certification (169) There was a small percentage who did
not want any additional training (42) Over-all it was demonstrated through the data
that educators working with transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities expressed a strong desire to seek additional training opportunities to increase
their level of knowledge
Trends for Assessment Practice
Research Question Two asked ldquoWhat transition assessment practices are used by
educational personnel with individuals with intellectual disabilitiesrdquo Current trends
focus on employing a multifaceted approach to assessment (King Baldwin Currie and
Evans 2006) A systematic approach is needed (Neubert 2003) Assessment protocol
involves the use of formal and informal measures Types of information gathered in order
to develop a high-quality transition plan should include future needs and goals self-
determination and self-advocacy academic strengths learning styles behavioral issues
life skills needs and vocational interests attitudes and abilities (Miller et al 2007 p 5)
Levinson and Palmer (2005) described necessary components to implement transition
services as mandated by IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 They described the need to
incorporate assessment and comprehensive planning that utilized transition assessment
data that addressed academic skills daily living skills personal and social skills and
occupational and vocational skills
Areas of Assessment
Participants indicated strongly with an 886 response rate that interests
constituted the most common area addressed with transition assessment Vocational
aptitude resulted in 676 with academic achievement at 563 Falling within the 30-
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
93
40 percent range was academic aptitude personality profile work values and world of
work knowledge Vocational adjustment coordinators special education administrators
district administrators and diagnosticians indicated with 100 agreement that interests
was the area most assessed Vocational aptitude was indicated as an area assessed by a
rate of 84 to 100 by the campus administrator campus educator and special
education administrator Academic achievement was used to a greater extent in the
original study In this study this was indicated at a rate of 56 to 100 by the district
administrators special education directors and campus administrators It appears
administrators regard achievement as an important area of assessment The results if this
study revealed that greater awareness was needed to address all areas of assessment not
just interests vocational aptitude and academic achievement
Although interests are vital with regard to transition assessment it is necessary for
educators to address all the areas equally including those identified by Miller et al
(2007) future needs and goals self-determination and self-advocacy academic strengths
learning styles behavioral issues life skills needs and vocational interests attitudes and
abilities Several participants 84 indicated they did not know or chose not to answer
which indicates that greater knowledge pertaining to areas address with regard to
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities was needed
Overton (2009) wrote that assessment needed to be data driven rather than relying
on referral information alone The data should be multidimensional and not reliant on just
one set of test scores Data should reflect the studentrsquos strengths abilities interests and
preferences (IDEA 2004) Spinelli (2012) wrote that assessors should identify the
studentrsquos (a) career goals and interests (b) preferences (c) independence level
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
94
(d) strengths (e) hobbies (f) interpersonal relationships (g) self-advocacy abilities and
(h) abilities in relation to postsecondary goals
The research also found that Schmitz (2008) identified areas that should be
included in the transition planning process in order to adhere to the mandates of Indicator
13 The components of transition assessment include interest assessment and career
exploration assessment measures It is crucial to include assessment of academic
performance as it relates to the workplace The practice of assessment and skill building
should be incorporated to evaluate self-determination social and emotional learning and
interventions for independent living In order to accomplish Schmitzrsquos recommendations
ITP team members must expand their vision to include all aspects of the individualrsquos life
not just interests and academic achievement
Types of Assessment
ldquoGoals are developed based upon interests aptitudes abilities strengths and
limitations identified as significant and relevant to the student and family in the transition
planrdquo (Miller et al 2007 p 8) More specific types of assessment include interest
inventories career aptitude academic achievement teacher observation intellectual
aptitude student survey personality profiles self-determination measures self-advocacy
measures interviews ecologicalenvironmental factors authentic portfolio teacher
made curriculum-based functional skills inventories learning styles and situational
(Layton and Lock 2008 Miller et al 2007Moon 2011 Neubert 2003 Overton 2009
Sitlington 2006 Wehman 2009) Of great importance in the assessment of students with
more significant disabilities are the critical life skills pertaining to self-help mobility
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
95
self-determination socialization health family and community supports self-awareness
interests strengths and preferences of the individual (Wehman 2011)
Participants were allowed to rate types of assessments from ldquoNot used or heard of
heard of and usedrdquo Values of one two and three were attached to each response to allow
for descriptive analysis A rating mean was established for each type of assessment The
most popular type of assessment that participants used was teacher observation at a rating
mean of 286
Additional types of assessments that were indicated as ldquoused and heard ofrdquo
included interest inventories student surveys interviews academic achievement
intellectual aptitude tests and functional skills inventories These types of assessments
generate results that elicit the studentrsquos interests and preferences which are mandated in
IDEA 2004 Campus Educators vocational adjustment coordinators special education
administrators district administrators and diagnosticians rated interest inventories as one
of the more used types of assessments for 69 to 100 of these individuals
Falling into a range where less than half of the participants used the types of
measure yet they were a part of the participantrsquos awareness repertoire were career
aptitude teacher-made curriculum-based measures learning style inventories
personality profiles and portfolios Those types of assessments that fell within the mean
below 198 indicating that these have been ldquoheard of and or not used or heard ofrdquo are
self-advocacy measures self-determination measures situational authentic and
ecologicalenvironmental measures The data revealed that 65 of the types of transition
assessments were not being utilized by the majority of the participants This discovery
indicated that further education was needed to increase the knowledge regarding types of
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
96
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities These types of
assessments reveal strengths and needs which is mandated by IDEA 2004 Greater usage
was indicated in order to address assess the needs and strengths of the student with
intellectual disabilities
Located in the ldquonot used and not heard ofrdquo category were self-advocacy measures
self-determination measures situational authentic and ecological and environmental
types of assessments The lack of awareness of these measures was substantial In order
to gain valuable data pertaining to needs strengths interests and preferences for
individuals with intellectual disabilities it is important for all constituents to employ a
variety of types of assessments in order to develop a quality transition plan which is
directed by the transition assessment
The literature revealed that assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
required assessment in the natural environment (Sitlington 2008) Levinson and Palmer
(2005) emphasized the need for performance tests that assessed a studentrsquos ability to
perform specific job-like tasks work samples that expose a student to natural job
responsibilities and situational assessments that measure a studentrsquos interests abilities
and work habits in actual and contrived environments This should be included in the
transition assessment This was indicated by the participants in the open-ended question
format
Published Assessments
In the original study no question was included that addressed what specific tools
that were implemented to address transition assessment This item was added in order to
gather specific data pertaining to specific assessment trends being utilized and awareness
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
97
levels of available published assessment mechanisms Levinson and Palmer (2005) wrote
that assessment and planning are key components to successful post-school living
Assessment data can be gathered through published tests and surveys as well as from
direct interviews and observations of the student Several areas are addressed including
academic skills daily living skills personal and social skills career maturity vocational
interests and vocational aptitude tests
The National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (2010) has
developed an Assessment Toolkit that can be accessed by educators parents State
Education Agencies and Local Education Agencies to gain knowledge about best
practices with transition assessment From the results of this study information that is
contained in these types of resources is needed by educators to provide a comprehensive
contemporary assessment
Participants indicated that the Special Education Manager (GG Consulting LLC
2008) was overwhelmingly the most utilized published assessment measure in the West
Texas region with a rating mean of 262 Significantly lower utilization but was heard of
were the Reading-Free Vocational Interest Inventory 2 (R-FVII2) (Becker 2000) the
Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) (Clark amp Patton 2009) and the Brigance
Employability Skills Inventory (Brigance 1995) The majority of the remaining seven
specific published assessment tools were ldquoNot used or heard ofrdquo by the participants
Some of the participants indicated that they utilized other tools such as the Career
Cruising (Anaca Technologies Ltd 2012) Choices (Martin Huber-Marshall Maxson
Jerman Hughes Miller amp McGill 2000) and Bridges (Xap Corporation 2009) Over-
all the data revealed that participants require greater knowledge regarding published
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
98
transition assessment tools to meet the needs for transition planning with individual with
intellectual disabilities
Perceived Impact
Participants rated the impact of transition assessment for students with intellectual
disabilities Only 169 percent of the respondents selected significant as one of the
online survey choices Three-fourths of the respondents selected moderate to minimal
impact for students with intellectual disabilities Ten percent of the participants chose
little impact or chose not to answer The most revealing discovery from the research
transpired with the large response of moderate to minimal impact of transition assessment
with individuals with intellectual disabilities (833) Increased impact must be dealt
with in order to meet the mandates of IDEA 2004 and the OSERS requirements of
Indicator 13 regarding transition assessment (US Dept of Education 2009 and IDEA
2004)
Further training for educators is needed to increase the impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Transition assessment is the
driving mechanism for the ITP process Greater understanding of the areas addressed
typed of assessments purpose of assessments and published resources will provide a
greater foundation needed to develop a quality transition plan for students with
intellectual disabilities
Thematic Results
Qualitative analysis occurred for two open-ended items in the survey
Approximately one in five participants provided responses to the first open-ended
question on the survey One in nine of the participants responded to the second open-
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
99
ended question in the online format Five themes emerged from the two open-ended
questions
Theme One Assessment Tools
The largest group of respondents provided input with regard to other published
transition assessment tools that they would like to utilize or have utilized with individuals
with intellectual disabilities Four of the participants indicated that Career Cruising
(Anaca Technologies 2012) was a good choice One individual commented on a
transition assessment tool that was listed under the previously addressed published
assessment tools item on the online survey The participant commented on the
thoroughness of the Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) (Clark amp Patton 2009) Three
other participants included individual assessment tools which included the Student Styles
Questionnaire Revised (SSQR) (Oakland Glutting amp Horton 1996) Career Clusters
Interest Survey (Arizona State 2007) and the Cops and Caps assessments (CareerLife
Skills Resources 2012)
The research revealed that the National Secondary Transition Technical
Assistance Center (2010) provides a toolkit for assessment that can be accessed by
laymen and professionals with regard to transition assessment Greater utilization of a
variety of assessment mechanisms is needed to provide a quality all-inclusive assessment
to students with intellectual disabilities as outlined in IDEA 2004
Theme Two Parental Involvement
Four of the participants indicated that parental input was important when
implementing transition assessment One participant responded that it was important to
ask about the vision they had for their childrsquos future Two respondents commented on the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
100
need for parents to be interviewed and to allow the parents to provide input with
vocational assessment One participant stated that parents should be educated with what
is available to their child as a continuum of services from secondary to post-secondary
levels in order to prepare for the future
The research revealed numerous statements addressing parent involvement The
student and parent should be included in the transition planning process at all stages to
secure greater positive outcomes at the postsecondary level (Escheidt 2006) Levinson
and Palmer (2005) stated that parental involvement was important to the planning
process Moon et al (2011) found it was important to include the family to a greater
extent in the assessment process Due to the disabling conditions of the individuals with
intellectual disabilities it was revealed that family input was extremely important
Questionnaires and interviews with family members offer good sources of information
(Moon et al 2011)
Theme Three Real-life Situations
Four of the participants indicated that it was critical to provide hands-on activities
that were real-life and functional for the student Participants stated that students should
be exposed to a variety of real-life employment options Providing real work and
volunteer opportunities in various settings was emphasized One respondent commented
that the best real-life situation providing the greatest reinforcement was when the
student received a paycheck
The research revealed that assessing the student in the natural environment was
important Levinson and Palmer (2005) reported that assessments pertaining to
occupational and vocational skills are characterized as performance tests that assess a
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
101
studentrsquos ability to perform specific job-like tasks work samples that expose a student to
natural job responsibilities and situational assessments that measure a studentrsquos interests
abilities and work habits in actual and contrived environments Sitlington (2008) stated
that assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities requires assessment in the
natural environment
Theme Four Collaboration
Three of the participants discussed the need to develop teamwork between other
educators and community agencies One participant commented on the need to increase
teamwork with other educators in order to gather more input regarding transition
assessment Another respondent commented on the need to expose the student and family
to resources in the community and to enhance the contact with these agencies The
process of increasing collaboration with parents was discussed with six of the
participants Not only is this important to enhance parental involvement it also serves to
enhance the collaboration with the school to increase the outcomes of transition
assessment
As stated previously the research revealed that collaboration is required by all
interested stakeholders including the school administration educators and community
agencies (Furney et al 1997) Stated in IDEA 2004 is that the ITP process is a team
endeavor (IDEA 2004) Grigal et al (2011) emphasized the need to instill a collaborative
approach to assessment and the development of the ITP The original study emphasized
the need for all stakeholders including school and community agencies to collaborate to
a greater extent (Hebert et al 2010)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
102
Theme Five Isolated Comments
Time Two of the respondents indicated that they would like more time to
develop the transition plan In both instances the participants expressed sincere desire to
accomplish the task of assessing the student with the intent of providing a quality
transition assessment in order to develop a sound transition plan One of these
participants expressed a strong desire to assess the student with an authentic assessment
strategy One of the respondents stated that because they served in dual roles as both the
diagnostician and transition person they lacked the time to develop a transition plan in the
manner they deemed was appropriate
Practical Implications
Education personnel who implement transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities in West Texas as discovered in this study comprise a group of
individuals with extensive background higher education qualifications and longevity in
special education The findings for this study provide implications with regard to
mandates and implementation of transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities Because transition assessment is a mandate presented in IDEA 2004 and the
OSERSrsquo Indicator 13 it is important that educators possess sound knowledge and
understanding regarding transition assessment The findings from this study can benefit
the educator to assist the student with an intellectual disability to recognize their potential
as they transition from secondary to post-secondary options
Based upon the results of the study the researcher recommends that
Educators receive more training through self-study workshops college
coursework online training modules and team collaboration to increase
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
103
understanding regarding transition assessment Ninety-one percent of the
participants indicated that they desired further training This was similar to the
original study which was revealed in the open-ended question that participants
desired more training to obtain greater knowledge regarding transition assessment
(Herbert et al 2010)
Training should focus on providing knowledge to educators regarding mandates
of IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 The results indicated that 52 of the participants
noted that transition assessment is conducted at all grade levels from 9-12 IDEA
states that this should be an ongoing process with results reported at the annual
IEP meeting Also transition assessment is the cornerstone for developing the
transition plan and the IEP for the secondary student with a disability (IDEA
2004) Grigal et al (2011) and Hebert et al(2010)stated that compliance to the
law with regard to IDEA was needed
Training should focus on collaboration between all education personnel and
community agencies with regard to transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities as an ongoing collaborative venture Campus educators
were deemed the person most responsible when the effort should be considered a
multi-disciplinary collaborative team approach including the student and family
(Miller et al 2007)
Training endeavors need to delve into the characteristics of transition assessment
including the areas addressed with transition assessment types of transition
assessment and published assessments mechanisms (Wehman 2009) Thirty
eight percent of the participants indicated a clear understanding of transition
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
104
assessment with nearly sixty two percent indicating moderate to limited
understanding Additional training is needed to increase knowledge regarding
characteristics of transition assessment
Efforts should be made to increase the level of knowledge educators possess in
order to increase the types of assessment practices utilized for transition
assessment (Layton and Lock 2008 Miller et al 2007Moon 2011 Neubert
2003 Overton 2009 Sitlington 2006 Wehman 2009) Eighty eight percent of
the participants responded that interest inventories constituted the most common
area utilized with transition assessment Academic achievement was area utilized
by fifty six percent of the participants Sixty five percent of the various types of
assessments that were surveyed were not being utilized by the participants SEM
was the preferred mechanism for published tools This is due to the utilization of
SEM as a documentation tool for record keeping purposes by the districts in the
assigned region Many surveyed mechanisms had ldquonot been heard of or had been
heard ofrdquo however were not being utilized by the participants
Emphasis should be placed on increasing the overall impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities to reach their full
potential Over-all perceived impact of transition assessment for students with
intellectual disabilities was moderate to none Increased knowledge will allow for
greater impact by addressing the mandates of IDEA 2004 that transition
assessment includes the studentrsquos strengths needs interests and preferences
(IDEA 2004)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
105
Limitations of the Study
The following limitations were noted in this study The sample was composed of
educators who provided transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
The study was conducted in West Texas an area with unique transition constraints for
individuals with intellectual disabilities as compared with many other areas in Texas
This study was originally conducted with a group of 400 responders from across the state
of Pennsylvania Due to attempts to limit this survey to specific education personnel
ample input from all transition personnel including community personnel is lacking The
researcherrsquos involvement in special education in particular the education of individuals
with intellectual disabilities could have led to bias and could have influenced the study
The relatively new use of the term intellectual disabilities to characterize a student who
was previously identified as a student with mental retardation could have created some
confusion
The participants who agreed to participate in the online survey might indicate that
they possess different views not shared by all special education personnel Additionally
efforts to obtain a varied population of participants were attempted and obtained to meet
the initial criteria However the process of sending a request for participation to special
education directors and requesting them to forward the survey to possible participants
could have interfered with obtaining consistent participants Efforts to obtain input from
family members and students were not included in the online survey Therefore these
and other factors may have skewed the results and thereby restrict the generalizability to
an extent
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
106
Directions for Future Research
This study has provided additional understanding regarding transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities Review of the literature revealed that
although extensive research was available regarding transition development limited
research was available regarding transition assessment particularly with individuals who
have intellectual disabilities Other regions in Texas should be surveyed to address the
concerns expressed in this survey with regard to knowledge that educators possess
regarding transition assessment of individuals with intellectual disabilities
Also further research should include all disability categories which greater
parallels the original study Additionally a follow-up study to explore the benefits of
additional training should be utilized to provide insights regarding the benefits of training
and if positive perceptions regarding the impact of transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities increases
Summary
The purpose of this descriptive study was to evaluate educatorsrsquo knowledge of
transition assessment practices and what assessment mechanisms are being implemented
by education personnel with students who have intellectual disabilities Research was
completed through an online survey format that was disseminated to education personnel
providing transition assessment to individuals with intellectual disabilities in the West
Texas region Included was an introduction to the study a review of the literature that
centered on the transition process and transition assessment an extensive description of
the methodology and an analysis of the findings of the data that was collected through
the study
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
107
The online survey provided data concerning demographic characteristics
knowledge educators perceived they possessed level of implementation types of
assessments used interest in further training and overall perceived impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Descriptive statistics were
utilized to analyze the data Information suggested that further training was needed and
requested by education personnel to enhance the impact of increase the knowledge of
and improve appropriate utilization of assessment tools regarding transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities as mandated in IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13
The online survey provided two open-ended questions that required qualitative
analysis The data were analyzed and categorized Five themes resulted from the open-
ended questions which included (a) use of additional assessment tools utilized by school
personnel (b) the need to include parental involvement (c) pursuing real-life situations
(d) collaboration with school personnel and community agencies and (e) more time to
complete assessment tasks with efficacy The findings provided additional information
from the limited research available that addressed transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
108
REFERENCES
American Association for Public Opinion Research (2011) Retrieved from AAPOR
American Association for Public Opinion Research Web site wwwaapororg
American Association on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (2011 September
4) Retrieved from American Association on Intellectual and Developmental
Disabilities Web site httpaamrorg
Anaca Technologies Ltd (2012) Career Cruising (wwwpubliccareercrusingcom
Arizona State University (2007) Career Clusters Interest Survey (1st ed) [Brochure]
Retrieved May 1 2012 from Virtual Counseling Center Web site
wwwvccauedus
Becker R L (2000) Reading-free vocational Interest inventory (2nd Ed) Columbus
OH Elbern Publishing
Brantlinger E Jimenez R Klingner J Pugach M amp Richardson V (2005)
Qualitative studies in special education Council for Exceptional Children 71(2)
195-207
Brady R P (2007) Picture Interest Career Survey St Paul MN JIST Works
Brigance A R (1995) Brigance Employability Skills Inventory North Billerica MA
Curriculum Associates Inc
Bryant D Smith D amp Bryant B (2008) Teaching students with special needs in
inclusive classrooms New York Pearson Education
Centers for Disease Control (2004) Economic costs associated with mental retardation
cerebral palsy hearing loss and vision impairment--United States 2003 MMMR
Weekly 53(03) 57-59
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
109
Centers for Disease Control (2005 October 29) In National Center on Birth Defects amp
Developmental Disabilities Retrieved July 7 2011 from CDC Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention Web site wwwcdcgov
Clark GM amp Patton J R (2009) Transition Planning Inventory Updated version
Austin Pro‑Ed
Cobb B amp Alwell M (2009) Transition planningcoordination interventions for youth
with disabilities Career Development for Exceptional Individuals 32(2) 70-81
Crane L (2002) Mental retardation A community approach (1st ed) Belmont CA
WadsworthThomson Learning
Denzin N amp Lincoln Y (1994) Handbook of qualitative research Thousand Oaks
CA Sage
Dewey J (1916) The pedagogic creed In D Flinders amp S Thornton (Eds) The
curriculum studies reader (3rd ed pp 34-41) New York Routledge
Etscheidt S (2006) Issues in the transition planning Legal decisions Career
Development of Exceptional Individuals 29(1) 28-47
Flexer R Baer M Luft P amp Simmons T (2001) Transition planning for secondary
students with disabilities (3rd ed) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Flinders D J and Thornton S J (Editors) (2004) The curriculum studies reader (2nd
ed) New York Routledge
Furney K Hasazi S amp Destefano L (1997) Transition policies practices and
promises Lessons from three states Exceptional Children 63(3) 343-355
GG Consulting LLC (2008) Special Education Manager [Software] Boulder CO I-
Suite Available from GG Consulting LLC
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
110
Glesne C (2006) Becoming a Qualitative Researcher (3rd ed) Boston Pearson
Education Inc (Original work published 1992)
Glutting J J amp Wilkinson G (2006) Wide Range Interest and Opinion Test ndash Revised
Austin Pro-Ed
Golden T Swenson S von Schrader S amp Bruyere S (2010) Launching into
adulthood Meaningful work (1st ed) (D Lollar Ed) Baltimore Paul H
Brookes
Grigal M Hart D amp Migliore A (2011) Comparing the transition planning
postsecondary education and employment outcomes of students with intellectual
and other disabilities Career Development for Exceptional Individuals 34(1) 4-
17
Hallahan D Kauffman J amp Hullen P (2012) Exceptional learners An introduction
to special education (12th ed) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson
Herbert Lorenz amp Trusty J Lorenz D amp Trusty J (2010) Career assessment
practices for high school students with disabilities and perceived value reported
by transition personnel Journal of Rehabilitation 76(4) 28-26
Hogan T (2007) Psychological testing (2nd ed) Danvers MA John Wiley and Sons
Hulett K (2007) Legal aspects of special education Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson
Education
Humphrey P Johnson C amp Albers K (2010 October) Transition in Texas Paper
presented at the State Autism Conference Corpus Christi TX
Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004 (IDEA) PL 108-446
20 USC sectsect 1400 et seq
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
111
Johnson J (2002) Commercial and noncommercial resources for promoting the
transition of youth with disabilities from school-to-adult life San Diego CA San
Diego State University
King G Baldwin P Currie M amp Evans J (2006) The effectiveness of transition
strategies for youth with disabilities Childrens Health Care 35(2) 155-178
Knapp-Lee L (2007) COPS-PIC Picture Inventory of Careers San Diego CA
ERASEducational Research and Services
Lagemann C (Editors) (1985) Jane Addams on Education (Classics in Education No
51) Publ Teachers College Press 1985-08 Columbia University Series Classics
in Education Ser No 51 PP New York Press
Layton C amp Lock R (2008) Assessing students with special needs to produce quality
outcomes Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Levinson E (2001) Current vocational assessment models for students with disabilities
Journal of Counseling and Development 73 94-101
Levinson E amp Palmer E (2005) Preparing students with disabilities for school-to-
work transition and postschool Life Principal Leadership 5(8) 11-15
Lichenstein S Rusch R amp Chadsey J (1998) Beyond high school transition from
school to work Belmont CA Wadsworth
Lollar D (2010) Launching into adulthood (1st ed) Baltimore Paul H Brookes
Luecking R (2009) The way to work How to facilitate work experiences for youth in
transition Baltimore MD Paul H Brookes
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
112
Martin J E Huber-Marshall L H Maxson L Jerman P Hughes W Miller T amp
McGill T (2000) Choice Maker Set Tools for school-to-work transition
Frederick CO Sopris West
Mazotti V Rowe D Kelley K Test D Fowler C Kohler P amp Kortering L
(2009) Linking transition assessment and postsecondary goals key elements in
the secondary transition planning process Teaching Exceptional Children 42(2)
44-51
McNaughton D amp Beulman D (2010) Transition strategies for adolescents and young
adults who use AAC Baltimore Paul H Brookes
Miles M amp Huberman M (1994) Qualitative data analysis (2nd ed) Thousand Oaks
CA Sage
Miller R Lombard R amp Corbey S (2007) Transition assessment planning transition
and IEP development for youth with mild and moderate disabilities New York
Pearson Education
Moon S Simenson M amp Neubert D (2011) Perceptions of supported employment
providers What students with developmental disabilities families and educators
need to know for transition planning Education and Training in Autism and
Developmental Disabilities 46(1) 94-105
Myers J B amp Briggs K C (1988) Myers-Briggs Type Indicator Form M Palo Alto
CA Consulting Psychologists Press
Neubert D Moon S amp Grigal M (2002) Postsecondary education and transition
services for students ages 18-21 with significant disabilities Focus on
Exceptional Children 34(8) 1-9
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
113
Oakland T Glutting J amp Horton C (1996) Students styles questionnaire Revised
(SSQR) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Oakwood Solutions (2010) Microcomputer Evaluation of Careers and Academics
(MECA) Appleton WI The Conover Company
Overton T (2009) Assessing learners with special needs an applied approach (6th ed)
Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Papay C amp Bambara L (2011) Postsecondary education for transition-age students
with significant intellectual and other developmental disabilities A national
survey Education and Training in Autism and Developmental Disabilities 46(1)
78-93
Salvia J Ysseldyke J amp Bolt S (2010) Assessment in special and inclusive education
(11th ed) Belmont CA Wadsworth Cengage Learning
Sax C amp Thoma C (2002) Transition assessment--wise practices for quality lives
Baltimore Paul H Brookes
Schmitz T (2008 October) Transition planning special education law and its impact
on your child Exceptional Parent Magazine
Sitlington P (2008) Students with reading and writing challenges Using informal
assessment to assist in planning for the transition to adult life Reading and
Writing Quarterly 24 22-100
Sitlington P Clark G amp Kolstoe O (2000) Transition education and services for
adolescents with disabilities Needham Heights MA Allyn amp Bacon
Sitlington P Neubert D amp Clark G (2010) Transition education and services Upper
Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
114
Snell M amp Brown F (2006) Instruction of students with severe disabilities (6th ed)
Columbus Ohio Pearson Merrill Prentice Hall
Spinelli C (2012) Classroom assessment for students in special and general education
(3rd ed) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Texas Association of Counties (2003) Texas Association of Counties Retrieved
February 1 2012 from Texas Association of Counties Web site wwwcountyorg
Texas Education Agency (2011 July 14) In Division of IDEA 2004coordination (Ed)
Special education rules and regulations ESC 18 July 14 2011 The Legal
Framework for the Child-Centered Special Education Process Web site http
frameworkesc18net
Trochim W (2006 October) Social research methods Retrieved November 15 2011
from Research Methods Knowledge Base Web site
wwwsocialresearchmethodsnet
Tyler R (1949) Basic principles of curriculum and instruction In D Flinders amp S
Thornton (Eds) The Curriculum Studies Reader (3rd ed pp 69-77) New York
Routledge
US Department of Education (2009 December 29) In US Department of Education
(Ed) OSERS Office of special education and rehabilitative services Retrieved
from www2edgov
US Department of Labor (2002) ONet Career Interest Inventory St Paul MN JIST
Works
University of North Carolina amp Western Michigan University (2011 May 11) In
University of North Carolina amp Western Michigan University (Eds) National
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
115
secondary transition technical assistance center Retrieved July 11 2011 from
NSTTAC National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center Web site
httpwwwnsttacorg
Wehman P (2001) Life beyond the classroom (3rd ed) Baltimore MD Paul H
Brookes
Wehman P (2009) Autism and the transition to adulthood Baltimore MD Paul H
Brookes
Wehman P (2011) Essentials of transition planning Baltimore MD (Humphrey
Johnson amp Albers 2010) MD Paul H Brookes Publishing
Wehmeyer M L amp Kelchner K (1995) The ARCs Self-Determination Scale
Washington DC The ARC of the United States
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
116
APPENDIX A
IRB
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
117
A Descriptive Study of Educational Professionalsrsquo Knowledge of Transition Assessment
for Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities
Robin Lock PhD
Principal Investigator
Kathryn J Tucker
Co-Investigator amp Doctoral Student
I Rationale
Transition planning is a mandate set forth in the Individuals with Disabilities Education
Act-Reauthorized from 2004 (IDEA-R) Additionally the Office of Special Education Programs
and Rehabilitative Services (OSEP) has also issued mandates to track transition services and
progress at the secondary and post-secondary levels (Mazotti et al 2009) The process of
developing a coordinated set of activities is the cornerstone of IDEA-R with regard to transition
planning for students with disabilities (Lollar 2010) Transition development is a critical issue
for the student who possesses a disability as they pass from secondary to post-secondary living
A great deal of research is available that pertains to cognitive assessment and
achievement assessment for individuals with disabilities However few studies have been
conducted that address assessment trends and practices driving the transition planning process
from high school to adulthood especially for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Furthermore little research dealing specifically with transition assessment for students with
intellectual disabilities exists at the present time
Specific Aims and Objectives of Study
This aims of this descriptive study is to obtain information regarding the knowledge base
of educators with respect to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
The study will survey educators to determine the assessment practices used by practitioners to
meet the mandates of transition assessment for these students The survey will be based on
previous transition assessment research by Herbert Lorenz amp Trusty (2010) The following
research questions will be addressed
1 What is the basic knowledge that educators possess regarding career assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What types of assessments are used by educators to evaluate transition needs of
students with intellectual disabilities
II Subjects
Participants in the study will be educators at the district level including special
education directors transitions coordinators diagnosticians and special education teachers who
work with high school students with intellectual disabilities in the Education Service Center
(ESC) Region XVII Participants will be obtained by utilizing a listserv located on the ESC
Region XVII website This listserv identifies all high schools in the region as well as school
district special education administrators A cover letter will be sent via the internet to campus
and district administrators requesting that the information about the survey be forwarded to
special education directors district transition coordinators diagnosticians and high school special
education teachers working with students with intellectual disabilities Approximately 100
participants will be sought
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
118
III Procedures
bull The ESC listserv will be utilized to contact participants
bull A cover letter email will be sent to request participation from special education
directors and with a request to forward the link of the survey to district transition coordinators
diagnosticians and high school special education teachers working with students with intellectual
disabilities
bull Approximately 100 educators will be potential participants in the survey
bull A 15 question survey will be supplied through surveymonkeycom which
includes demographic and descriptive questions
bull The survey will be disseminated for two weeks through the survey monkey link
bull Descriptive analysis will be utilized to analyze the data with the exception of the
one open-ended question which will require qualitative analysis
bull Confidentiality of the participants will be adhered to by a strict standard through
the use of careful storage of the data on a computer with pass code protections Hard copy data
will be stored in a locked location
bull Only the researchers will have access to the data for analysis purposes
bull Respondents may choose to or not to participate in the survey
Cover letter See the attached cover letter
Survey See the attached survey
IV Adverse Events and Liability
There are no anticipated specific liabilities or adverse events anticipated with this
study No liability plan is offered
V Consent Form
The research presents no more than minimal risk of harm to subjects and
involves no procedures for which written consent is normally required outside the research
context (Waiver of Written Consent) therefore no waiver or liability plan is offered
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
119
APPENDIX B
IRB Approval
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
120
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
121
APPENDIX C
Recruitment of Special Education Directors
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
122
February 9 2012
Dear Special Education Director
Please forward the accompanying letter requesting participation of your special education
director transition coordinator educational diagnosticians and special education teachers who
work with students with intellectual disabilities We are trying to obtain information to enhance
our research about the knowledge that educators have regarding transition assessment practices
for these students Their participation is crucial in gaining greater information pertaining to the
knowledge of transition assessment for individuals with disabilities
If you would like to review the survey before passing the request on the survey is located
at
httpwwwsurveymonkeycomstransitionassessmentID
Thank you for your time and consideration in helping us answer this important question
If you have any questions please do not hesitate to call Dr Robin Lock or myself at
(806) 742-1997 ext 288
Sincerely
Kathryn J Tucker MEd
Doctoral Student
Texas Tech University
College of Education
Box 41071
Lubbock TX 79409-1071
8067421997 x288
Fax 8067422179
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
123
APPENDIX D
Recruitment of Participants
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
124
February 9 2012
Dear Participant
You are being asked to voluntarily complete a short 10 minute survey over transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities This survey is being sent to you by your
district administrator
Transition assessment is an important mandate included in the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Act-Reauthorized We are trying to learn more about educatorsrsquo
knowledge regarding transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Enclosed is a link to the survey asking questions that may help us with our research to
better understand this issue No information will be gathered that could personally identify you
and we would ask that you not put your name on the survey By filling out and returning the
survey online you may help us better understand the current level of understanding of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Please follow the link that is included to
answer the short survey
httpwwwsurveymonkeycomstransitionassessmentID
Thank you for your time and consideration in helping us answer this important question
If you have any questions please do not hesitate to call Dr Robin Lock or myself at
(806) 742-1997 ext 288
Sincerely
Kathryn J Tucker MEd
Doctoral Student
Texas Tech University
College of Education
Box 41071
Lubbock TX 79409-1071
8067421997 x288
Fax 8067422179
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
125
APPENDIX E
Survey Instrument
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
126
Research Survey Instrument
Transition Assessment Knowledge of Educators for
Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities
Directions Answer the questions as it applies to you in your educational setting Your
participation is voluntary You may quit at any time by closing the browser window The
responses that you provide are anonymous and confidential Please read each choice
before making your final selection This survey should only take 10-15 minutes of your
time
1 The high school(s) where I work or consult with isare located in a(n)___________
settings (check all that apply)
A) Rural
B) Suburban
C) Urban
D) Combination (ruralSuburban)
2 At the high school(s) where I work or consult with in most instances transition
assessments are conducted at the __________ grade(s) (check all that apply)
A) 9th
B) 10th
C) 11th
D) 12th
E) All grade levels
F) No grade level assessments are provided
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
127
3 The job category that best describes my position is
A) District Administrator
B) Campus Administrator
C) Special Education Administrator
D) Vocational Adjustment Coordinator
E) Consultant
F) Campus Educator
G) District Educator
H) Educational Diagnostician
I) Other (please specify)
4 The school or educational setting where I work can be classified as
A) Middle School
B) High School
C) Alternative
D) AdministrativeCentral Office
E) Other (please specify)
5 The person(s) responsible for providing transition assessment to students with
intellectual disabilities at the high school where I work or consult with isare the
_____(check all that apply)
A) Career Counselor (School employee)
B) Career Counselor Consultant (Non-school employee)
C) High School Teacher
D) High School Counselor
E) School Psychologist
F) Vocational Adjustment Coordinator
G) Transition Services ConsultantCoordinator
H) No one is assigned the duty as services are not available
I) Other (Please specify)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
128
6 Areas that are typically addressed as part of transition assessment provided at our
high school include
A) Academic Achievement
B) Vocational Aptitude
C) Academic Aptitude
D) Career decision-making skills
E) Interests
F) Personality
G) Work Values
H) World of work knowledge
I) Other (please specify)
7 Choose the types of assessments pertaining specifically to transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities that you use have heard of or do not use or
have heard of (Choose all that apply)
Type of Assessment Heard of
this
Use this Have not
heard of
or use
this
Interest Inventories
Career Aptitude
Academic Achievement
Teacher Observation
Intellectual Aptitude (IQ)
Student Survey
Personality Profiles
Self-determination measures
Self-Advocacy Skills measures
Interviews
EcologicalEnvironmental
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
129
Authentic
Portfolio
Teacher Made
Curriculum-Based
Functional Skills Inventories
Learning Styles
Situational
Other
8 Choose the published assessments pertaining specifically to transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities that you use have heard of or do not
use or have heard of (Choose all that apply)
Type of Assessment Heard of this Use this Have not heard of
or use this
Microcomputer
Evaluation of
Careers and
Academics (MECA)
Reading-Free
Vocational Interest
Inventory 2 (R-
FVII2)
Transition Planning
Inventory (TPI)
Brigance
Employability Skills
Inventory
SEM (Special Ed
Manager)
Myers Briggs Type
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
130
9 In my opinion transition assessment for students with intellectual disabilities
provided at our school or schools that I consult with have_____ impact on
helping students identify and realize their potential
A) Significant
B) Moderate
C) Minimal
D) Little or no
10 As part of my professional training and work experience I have a __________
understanding about transition assessment for high school students with
intellectual disabilities
A) Very Clear
B) Moderately Clear
C) Limited
D) Little or No
Indicator
O-Net Career
Interest Inventory
Picture Interest
Career Survey
(PICS)
Wide Range Interest
and Occupation Test
WRIOT2
Arc Self-
Determination Scale
COPS-PIC Picture
Inventory of Careers
CITE Learning
Styles Inventory
Other
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
131
11 Which of the following training opportunities would you participate in to
increase your knowledge and use of transition assessment tools and procedures
for individuals with intellectual disabilities (check all that apply)
A) One-hour workshop
B) 1-day workshop
C) Team Collaboration
D) Self -Study (Independent discovery)
E) Multiple day workshops
F) Ongoing in-service training
G) Online training module
H) Online college course
I) College course (on campus or media-site)
J) College coursework toward TEA certification in Transition
K) None
L) Other (please specify)
12 What else do you use for transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities If you do not want to make any further comment proceed to the
next question
(Enter up to 4000 characters)
13 What do you know about transition assessment that you wish you could use for
students with intellectual disabilities If you do not want to make any further
comment proceed to the final section of the survey that contains a few
remaining demographic questions
(Enter up to 4000 characters)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
132
Demographic Information
This section contains a few demographic questions needed to describe the sample
Please remember that the responses you provide are anonymous and confidential
14 What is your current age (rounded to the nearest year)
Age Range Response
20-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41-45
46-50
51-55
56-60
61-65
66-70
15 What is your gender
A) Male
B) Female
16 What is your highest level of education
A) Bachelorrsquos degree
B) Masterrsquos degree
C) Doctorate
D) Other
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
133
17 What is your total number of years as an educator including this year Please
check the appropriate box
Number of years Response
1-2
3-5
6-10
11-15
16-20
21-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41 and above
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
134
18 How long have you been employed in your current position including this
year Please check the appropriate box
Number of year(s) Response
1-2
3-5
6-10
11-15
16-20
21-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41-or more
August 2012
Copyright copy August 2012
Kathryn J Tucker
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
ii
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
There are numerous individuals who provided support to me throughout the
process of completing this dissertation Dr Lock words cannot express the gratitude I
feel for your support during my research and for serving as the chair of my committee
You have been an inspiration and more importantly a consistent role model and support
throughout this process It is through your steady practical and wise guidance that you
have allowed me to maneuver through this overwhelming process with steady diligence
Dr Donna Brown thank you so much for exemplifying compassion and teaching
me the skills and techniques for educational diagnostics Dr Leann Elkins it has been a
distinct honor to be surrounded by your expertise in transition while Irsquove completed this
research I am extremely privileged that you both agreed to serve as members of my
committee and grateful for the time and efforts you have given on my behalf
Dr Amy Parker I wish to thank you for your example in and out of the
classroom and your commitment to students with special needs Thank you for inspiring
me with my coursework
Kathy Sherriff Angie Elkins and Regina Wise my three compadres thank you
for being my peer supports your patience being my confidants and the hours of laughter
we shared I know I would not have completed this task without all of you as we shared
this journey together
To my amazing students that I have had the pleasure of teaching over the years
thank you for allowing me to be inspired and rejuvenated each and every day To all the
parents of the students with special needs thank you for allowing me to be a part of your
journey and the life of your child with special needs
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
iii
Clay and Betty Jane Bostic my parents I am so thankful for your years of support
and example for the process of lifelong learning Dad thank you for your role model as a
servant to those in need Mom thank you for your inspiration as an educator especially
your service to students with special needs
To my children I thank you for your support and continued encouragement
Adam thank you for our online chats that kept me going while you were off serving our
country Bailey Cody and little Channing thank you for your support and
encouragement throughout this entire process Michelle and Jonathan thank you for your
words of encouragement and sharing your dad with me Weston thank you for all of your
sacrifice because you endured the most these past few years as I completed this
dissertation I am so proud of all of you
Stan Tucker my husband and rock I know I never ever would have done this
without you by my side Your computer skills and assistance were amazing Thank you
for your patience and calm support as we embarked upon this journey together From the
start to the finish you have been there every step along the way Your love and
excitement have served to encourage me to continue as we developed our plans and goals
for our future together I love you
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
iv
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS ii
ABSTRACT viii
LIST OF TABLES ix
CHAPTER I 1
Purpose of the Study 1
Statement of the Problem 2
Research Questions 2
TheoreticalConceptual Framework 3
Assumptions 4
Definition of Terms 4
Delimitations 11
Limitations 12
Significance of the Study 12
Organization of the Study 13
Summary 15
CHAPTER II 16
Review of the Literature 16
Students with Intellectual Disabilities 18
Definition of Intellectual Disabilities 18
Characteristics of Students with Intellectual Disabilities 19
Statistical Data Regarding Prevalence of Students with Intellectual Disabilities 20
Historical Practices for Students with Intellectual Disabilities 21
Transition Needs for Secondary Special Needs Learners 22
Historical Influences on the Transition Process 23
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
v
Defining the Specifics of Transition Planning 25
Characteristics of Transition Needs 26
The Individualized Transition Plan Process and the Components 27
Latest Research on Individual Transition Planning 31
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities 39
Purpose of Transition Assessment 39
Types of Transition Assessment 43
Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual Disabilities 47
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities 47
Characteristics of Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual
Disabilities 49
Latest Research on Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual
Disabilities 50
Research Questions 53
Summary 54
CHAPTER III 55
Methodology 55
Research Questions 55
Rationale 56
Context of the Study 56
Data Sources 57
Data Collection Methods 58
Data Analysis 60
Data Management Plan 61
Reliability and Validity 61
Summary 62
CHAPTER IV 63
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
vi
Results 63
Research Questions 64
Characteristics of the Sample 64
Job Category 64
Gender 65
Age of Participant 66
Education Level 66
Total Experience Years 67
Current Position Experience 68
Comparison of Demographics 68
Education Site Location 69
Employment Setting 69
Research Questions 70
Research Question One 70
Research Question Two 73
Procedure Used with Open-Ended Questions 78
Question One 78
Question Two 79
Summary 80
CHAPTER V 82
Discussion 82
Summary of the Study 82
Discussion of the Findings 85
Impact of Demographics 86
Setting 86
Participants 86
Knowledge 88
Understanding 89
Grade Level Implementation 89
Responsibility 90
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
vii
Training 91
Trends for Assessment Practice 92
Areas of Assessment 92
Types of Assessment 94
Published Assessments 96
Perceived Impact 98
Thematic Results 98
Theme One Assessment Tools 99
Theme Two Parental Involvement 99
Theme Three Real-Life Situations 100
Theme Four Collaboration 101
Theme Five Isolated Comments 102
Practical Implications 102
Limitations of the Study 105
Directions for Future Research 106
Summary 106
References 108
APPENDICES 116
IRB 116
IRB Approval 119
Recruitment of Special Education Directors Letter 121
Recruitment of Participants Letter 123
Survey Instrument 125
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
viii
ABSTRACT
Transition planning requires implementation and direction by the findings of
transition assessment regarding the students needs strengths preferences and interests as
mandated in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act 2004 (IDEA
2004) Limited research is currently available that addresses what assessment tools
practitioners utilize to meet the mandates of transition assessment to aid in transition
planning for students with intellectual disabilities The descriptive study reported herein
attempted to determine educatorsrsquo knowledge about transition assessment practices and
what is being utilized specifically with students with intellectual disabilities as they
transition from secondary to postsecondary life This study employed the replication of a
previously published study
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
ix
LIST OF TABLES
41 Job Category Description 65
42 Gender 66
43 Age of the Participant 66
44 Level of Education 67
45 Years of Experience as an Educator 67
46 Years in the Current Position 68
47 Comparison of Demographics 68
48 EmploymentConsultation Location 69
49 Employment Setting 70
410 Perceived Grade Level Implementation of Transition Assessment 71
411 Perceived Person Responsible for Implementing Transition Assessment 71
412 Perceived Level of Understanding Regarding Transition Assessment 72
413 Interest in Additional Training 73
414 Perceived Areas Addressed with Transition Assessment 74
415 Level of Use for Types of Transition Assessments 75
416 Level of Use for Published Assessments 77
417 Perceived Impact of Transition Assessment 78
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
1
CHAPTER I
A DESCRIPTIVE STUDY OF EDUCATIONAL PROFESSIONALSrsquo
KNOWLEDGE OF TRANSITION ASSESSMENT FOR INDIVIDUALS
WITH INTELLECTUAL DISABILITIES
Transition planning is a mandate set forth in the Individuals with Disabilities
Education Improvement Act 2004 (IDEA 2004) The process of developing a
coordinated set of activities with regard to transition planning for students with
disabilities is the cornerstone of IDEA 2004(Lollar 2010) The federal Office of Special
Education Programs and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) issued mandates to track
transition services and progress at the secondary and postsecondary level (Mazotti et al
2009) Transition development is a critical issue for students with disabilities as they pass
from secondary to postsecondary life
A great deal of research is available that pertains to cognitive assessment and
achievement assessment as separate entities Transition planning is another unique and
important issue for students with disabilities that resulted in a wealth of literature
suggesting best practices for the implementation of transition services Likewise the
process of transition planning is guided by the assessment results however few studies
have been conducted that address the assessment trends and practices that drive the
transition planning process Little research dealing specifically with students with
intellectual disabilities as it pertains to transition assessment exists at the present time
Purpose of the Study
The purpose of this study was to determine educatorsrsquo knowledge of transition
assessment practices and what assessment mechanisms are being implemented with
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
2
students with intellectual disabilities The study reported herein has attempted to
determine educatorsrsquo knowledge about transition assessment practices being utilized
specifically with students with intellectual disabilities as they transition from secondary
to postsecondary life
Statement of the Problem
Transition planning is a mandate outlined in IDEA 2004 and by the Office of
Special Education Programs and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) through Indicator 13
Indicator 13 requires that a transition plan be developed implemented and driven by the
transition assessment process Current assessment trends are utilized on a continuous
basis for individuals with disabilities both formally and informally to address cognitive
and achievement skills Research studies that address transition assessment specifically
are limited Limited research is currently available that addresses what assessment tools
practitioners utilize to meet the mandates of transition assessment to aid in transition
planning for students with intellectual disabilities Research data that describe what
professionals are currently utilizing to address transition assessment would be beneficial
to assist practitioners and to aid in the development of high quality transition plans for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Research Questions
This study investigated educatorsrsquo knowledge of transition assessment practices
with individuals with intellectual disabilities A review of the literature was conducted to
reveal the issues and information available pertaining to transition assessment as it relates
to individuals with disabilities transition needs and mandates for individuals with
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
3
disabilities and current transition practices with educators This study sought to answer
the following questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
TheoreticalConceptual Framework
This study replicated a previously published study by Herbert Lorenz amp Trusty
(2010) from The Pennsylvania State University Descriptive statistical analysis was
required for the majority of the questions from their survey Descriptive statistics is a
process that presents quantitative information in a basic format (Trochim 2006)
Information is described utilizing summaries that will form the basis of the quantitative
analysis The descriptive analysis allows for a basic description of what the data reveals
Trochim (2006) wrote that descriptive analysis permits the data to be summarized in a
practical usable way
This study undertook the replication of an open-ended question in the Herbert et
al study (2010) This study used two open-ended questions and rephrased the questions
for greater clarification Subsequent analysis with the open-ended responses occurred
Qualitative research allows the researcher to get beyond their initial thoughts prejudices
preconceived notions and initial theories to delve into new realizations and syntheses of
knowledge (Miles amp Huberman 1994) Brantlinger Jimenez Klingner Pugach and
Richardson (2005) proclaimed that qualitative research is the mechanism for evaluating
the process of human behavior as it emerges within particular subject content The
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
4
purpose within an educational framework is to evoke change to improve the quality of
services education and programming with scientifically derived data Denzin and
Lincoln (1994) asserted that qualitative research is a set of various types of inferential
methods The research context for the open-ended survey questions will assume the
General Theory approach This type of practice attempts to analyze and interpret results
while seeking generalizations therefore allowing for discussion of the findings (Glezni
2006)
Assumptions
Students with intellectual disabilities must be met with the same stringent
assessment criteria as other disabled peers in order to meet the qualifications for special
education services All students with disabilities must participate in transition planning as
they begin the progression from secondary school settings to postsecondary options The
catalyst for the transition plan is the assessment process using formal and informal
approaches The literature that was available provided a plethora of information regarding
assessment methods and transition planning protocols Specific data should be
assimilated to address the specific transition assessment knowledge level of professionals
to meet the specific needs of students with intellectual disabilities
Definition of Terms
Adaptive Behavior Assessment is the assessment that when paired with
cognitive achievement assessment allows the child to be identified as a child with
an intellectual disability Adaptive behavior is characterized by the ability a child
has to be safe to interact with the environment and take into account the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
5
individualrsquos ability to interact with the physical environment and the world
around them (Salvia Ysseldyke amp Bolt 2007 2010)
Assessment is the process of gathering data and information to evaluate a
particular student or school The purpose is to provide information to make
instructional decisions (Salvia et al 2007 2010)
Diagnostician is the title of a position in the state of Texas for individuals who
are certified to administer testing and interpret intellectual and achievement
testing data for students to determine eligibility for special education services
(TEA 2011)
Disability is the results of impairment or medical conditions that adversely affect
a childrsquos education achievement There are 14 categories for individuals who are
identified as a child with a disability These include Other Health Impaired Deaf
and Hard of Hearing Visually Impaired Deafblind Health Impaired Emotional
Behavioral Impaired Autism Developmentally Delayed Learning Disabled
Speech and Language Impaired Multiple Severe Disabilities Physically
Disabled Traumatic Brain Injury and Intellectually Disabled (Bryant Smith amp
Bryant 2008)
Financial Planning involves the analysis of available resources and the
development of understanding the value of money and how to handle money
Individuals with disabilities require careful planning by family and community
agencies to ensure that financial matters are handled safely and in the best interest
of the individual with disabilities (Wehman 2009)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
6
Formal Assessment is characterized as standardized assessments This type of
assessment uses tests that are administered with specific instructions and
guidelines Included are interpretation procedures that require strict adherence to
specific protocols to receive correct and true results These tests are typically
manufactured assessments that test cognitive and achievement skills however
there are some manufactured formal assessments that evaluate transition skills and
aptitudes (Overton 2009)
Formal Transition Assessment includes a variety of published instruments to
assess skills aptitudes interests and preferences These include achievement
tests adaptive behavior and independent living assessments interest inventories
aptitude tests intelligence tests personality or preference tests career
development measures on-the-job or training evaluation and self-determination
assessments (University of North Carolina 2010)
Inclusive education is the process of educating students with disabilities in the
same class environment as their nondisabled peers (Salvia et al 2010)
Independent Living encompasses all the issues that surround a personrsquos life
pertaining to living on onersquos own The evaluation of this entity involves reflecting
on the continuum from residential living facilities to living on onersquos own All
aspects of life including transportation self-care money management
employment and community participation must be evaluated (Sitlington Clark amp
Kolstoe 2000)
Indictor 13 the ldquoU S Department of Education through the Office of Special
Education Rehabilitative Services required states to develop six-year State
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
7
Performance Plans in December 2005 around 20 indicators on which data is
submitted annually (beginning February 2007) in Annual Performance Reportsrdquo
Indicator 13 addresses secondary students (NSTTAC 2011)
Indicator 14 is the requirement by the OSERS to provide performance plans for
individuals with disabilities who are at the post-secondary level of their life
(NSTTAC 2011)
Individualized Education Plan (IEP) is a tool that is created after the child
meets eligibility criteria for special education This plan is specifically designed to
meet the individual needs of the child with a disability This plan outlines the
services the delivery of the services and the monitoring mechanisms that will be
utilized This document states the setting defines the length of programming
details methodology identifies evaluation modes documents the mode of
discipline determines the related services and sets the standard of progress for a
child with a disability (Hulett 2007)
Individualized Transition Plan (ITP) is the formal document that is developed
on an annual basis for a student who reaches the age of 16 and is identified as a
student with a disability The plan includes a coordinated set of goals and
objectives to address the individual childrsquos interests talents preferences and
strengths as they transition from secondary education to adulthood The ITP is the
plan that directs the annual IEP planning and course selection process (Miller et
al 2007)
Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act (IDEA 2004) is the
most recently reauthorized law that addresses providing a Free and Appropriate
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
8
Education for students with a disability The reauthorization in 2004 addressed
specifically the need and requirement for implementing a transition plan for
students when they reach the age of 16 (Hulett 2007)
Informal Assessment is the process of gathering non-standardized data to
evaluate progress Examples of informal assessment include checklists
interviews observations portfolios and teacher-made tests (Overton 2009)
Intellectual DisabilitiesMental Retardation is characterized by the American
Association on Mental Retardation as significantly subaverage intellectual
functioning which is paired with deficits in adaptive behavior and is manifested
during the developmental period (Crane 2002)
Local Education Agency (LEA) is local a district or school system that provides
public education to students with and without disabilities (Snell amp Brown 2006)
Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) is a federal
government agency that provides leadership and financial support to state
education agencies and local education agencies to improve the outcomes for
infants to youth with disabilities (US Department of Education 2009)
Person-centered planning is a nonthreatening approach to engaging the family
and the student into developing goals and objectives through active processes that
enhance the IEP (Sitlington et al 2010)
Postsecondary Education (PSE) is the period after high school when a student
engages in continuing or higher education This can include a vocational or trade
school two-year college or four-year college setting (Lichenstein Rusch amp
Chadsey 1998)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
9
Secondary Education (SE) is characterized as the high school years when
students begin ninth grade and move through to the twelfth grade It is at this
stage in education that students with disabilities not only address academic needs
but the process of developing the Individualized Transition Plan (ITP) is created
(Sitlington Neubert amp Clark 2010)
Self Determination is a skill that provides greater control and capacity for
students to be employed This involves tenacity and drive and the ability to strive
to reach ones potential via intrinsic motivation (Wehman 2011)
Special Education Manager is a computer software program that provides a
management system for writing reports and documentation of IEP reports to
school systems in Texas (GG Consulting LLC 2008)
State Education Agency (SEA) is the state education entity that governs the
local entities In Texas this is characterized as the Texas Education Agency
(TEA) (Texas Education Agency 20072011)
Supported Employment is paid employment that involves additional supports to
the individual to ensure success in the competitive employment arena This
involves at least 20 hours a week in real-work situations which differs from
sheltered employment (Wehman 2001)
Transition as it pertains to individuals with disabilities is the period of moving
toward postsecondary living and adulthood This includes various aspects
including employment postsecondary education community living and
involvement independent living and satisfactory social and personal
relationships This involves a set of coordinated and collaborative efforts between
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
10
the individual school family community resources and various stakeholders that
provide support (Halpern 1985 cited in Wehman 2011)
Transition Assessment is described as an ongoing process Information is
collected that includes the studentrsquos strengths interests preferences abilities and
a needs analysis This is the guiding information that directs the Individualized
Transition Planning process (Sitlington amp Clark 2006 cited in Luecking 2009)
Transition Planning is the process of developing a road map that provides
stepping stones to the future into adulthood for individuals with disabilities
(Flexer Baer Luft amp Simmons 2001)
Transition Services are defined by IDEA 2004 as a ldquocoordinated set of activities
for a child with a disability that is designed to be written with a results-oriented
process that is focused on improving the academic and functional achievement of
the child with a disability to facilitate the childrsquos movement from school to
postschool activities Included is postsecondary education vocational education
integrated employment including supported employment continuing and adult
education adult services independent living or community participation This is
based on the individual childrsquos needs taking into account the childrsquos strengths
preferences and interests This also includes instruction related services
community experiences the development of employment and other postschool
adult living objectives and when appropriate acquisition of daily living skills
and adaptive behavior evaluation (p 5)rdquo (Miller et al 2007)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
11
Vocational Adjustment Coordinator is a term used in the assigned region for
teachers who develop work habits skills training and employment opportunities
for individuals with disabilities in the secondary school setting
Vocational Education is the organized set of activities training and coursework
to prepare the individual with disabilities toward greater success in career choices
or postsecondary education options (Sitlington et al 2000)
Vocational Rehabilitation (VR) is a mandated requirement set forth in IDEA
2004 The process of VR is a collaborative effort with community agencies and
specialists to address employment and postsecondary educational options for
individuals with disabilities (Golden et al 2010)
Delimitations
This study replicated a previous study performed by Herbert et al (2010) from
The Pennsylvania State University The original survey employed was field tested to
allow for modifications and greater clarity Modifications were made to the replicated
study to gather specific data pertaining to transition assessment as a whole rather than just
career assessment staff training desires and knowledge about specific published
assessment tools Also the survey was designed to discover the knowledge of staff
working with students with intellectual disabilities as it pertains to transition assessment
The survey was disseminated to professionals in education including special educators
special education directors transition coordinators vocational adjustment coordinators
and diagnosticians working with students with intellectual disabilities The survey was
formatted to fit the online tool used to disseminate the survey An online format was
implemented similar to the original study Recommendations were provided in the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
12
original study which provided valuable advice to revise the study in order to refine the
process in order to achieve useful data Careful consideration by the researcher was
given to adhere to stringent protocols to gather accurate unbiased and useful data that
assisted with the findings of the research study
Limitations
Limitations included the following issues The study was originally conducted
with a group of 400 responders from across the state of Pennsylvania Limitations listed
in the original study included bias sample size and variability with variable awareness of
the participants Attempts to address these concerns were evaluated however certain
issues such as bias were difficult to control This study was conducted within the
specific region of West Texas The researcherrsquos involvement in special education in
particular the education of individuals with intellectual disabilities could have led to bias
and could have influenced the study however efforts were embarked upon to prevent
this confounding variable The relatively new use of the term intellectual disabilities to
characterize a student who was previously identified as a student with mental retardation
could have created some confusion
Significance of the Study
The study will add to the research findings associated with professionalsrsquo
knowledge about transition assessment as it pertains to individuals with intellectual
disabilities A great deal of research and literature is available pertaining to assessment
for both cognitive and achievement purposes There are also transition assessment
materials available and suggested practices for administering suggested assessment tools
Research information validating practice is missing from the transition assessment
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
13
process and indicating what practitioners actually utilize to meet the mandates of
Indicator 13 and IDEA 2004
Results of this study were utilized in several ways First the results were utilized
to substantiate or negate the findings of the original study The results will be
disseminated to the original researchers to verify or suggest revisions The results are
valuable to practitioners who utilize transition assessment tools with individuals with
disabilities In particular the results will aid those who work directly with individuals
with intellectual disabilities The results also add to the minimal available data with this
population of students which could stir further interest by other practitioners to replicate
even more research with transition assessment
School districts will utilize the data to develop appropriate transition assessment
strategies for individuals with disabilities in particular individuals with intellectual
disabilities From these data the professionals will develop a serviceable and appropriate
transition plan that meets the needs of the individual The goal of best practices for the
student as they transition from secondary to postsecondary venues was greatly fortified
In addition professionals will have valuable information allowing them to adhere to the
mandates outlined in Indicator 13 by the OSERS and through IDEA 2004
Organization of the Study
The literature review directed the emphasis of this study Few current research
studies exist that address professionalsrsquo knowledge level with regard to transition
assessment for individuals with disabilities This review included review of the literature
pertaining to historical influences on the transition plan components and mandates to the
transition process assessment practices and purposes transition assessment materials
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
14
and any available research studies that addressed the knowledge level of professionals
with regard to the transition assessment process
This study replicated a previously utilized research study that assessed current
assessment practices of professionals who interact with individuals with disabilities This
study was conducted through The Pennsylvania State University (Herbert et al 2010)
For this study a survey was disseminated to educators who deal specifically with
individuals with intellectual disabilities The purpose of utilizing a survey was to gather
additional information that was lacking on the research topic (American Association for
Public Opinion Research 2011) Modifications in the original format addressed unique
formatting specifications of the online survey modality Two open-ended questions
allowed a personal response which provided the respondent an opportunity to provide
additional insight to the researcher on the topic of knowledge of transition assessment for
individuals with disabilities
Analysis of the data occurred with several types of approaches as described in the
original survey report (Herbert et al 2010) Descriptive analysis occurred for the greater
portion of the survey questions Descriptive analysis was utilized to examine the
differences between responses across the various types of professionals such as self-
contained classroom teachers diagnosticians vocational adjustment coordinators and
special education administrators (Herbert et al 2010) Finally a qualitative analysis was
used to assimilate the data and to derive common themes and patterns from the open-
ended response questions
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
15
Summary
This study assessed educatorsrsquo knowledge of transition assessment strategies for
individuals with intellectual disabilities The study used a descriptive analysis approach
for 16 questions with two additional open-ended questions requiring qualitative analysis
to determine themes A review of the research addressed intellectual disabilities
transition practices transition assessment with disabilities in a general format and
specifically transition assessment for students with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
16
CHAPTER II
Review of the Literature
Special education began in the late 1700rsquos to the early 1800rsquos and is attributed to
Jean-Marc-Gaspard Itard (Bryant Smith amp Bryant 2008) He promoted the philosophy
that people with intellectual disabilitiesmental retardation are capable of learning (Crane
2002) From these early efforts the approach to educating and providing service to
individuals with intellectual disabilities emerged in the 20th
century when new laws
mandates and practices were introduced at a relatively fast rate Changes to services
paralleled many of the efforts of the Civil Rights movement of the 60rsquos and 70rsquos (Bryant
Smith amp Bryant 2008) The rights of individuals with intellectual disabilities were the
guiding principles influencing the introduction and further modifications to federal laws
that directed the treatment of these individuals
Several laws were enacted that guaranteed the rights of all individuals with
disabilities In 1973 the legislature passed the Vocational Rehabilitation Act in which
Section 504 set the stage for further legislation (Bryant et al 2008) This law guaranteed
basic civil rights to individuals with disabilities Furthermore accommodations were
made a requirement in public schools and society The intent was to prevent
discrimination against individuals with disabilities particularly within agencies receiving
federal funds
Perhaps one of the most powerful pieces of legislation that influenced the
education of individuals with disabilities was the Education for All Handicapped
Children Act better known as PL 94-142 of 1975 This law guaranteed that all students
with disabilities would receive at no cost a Free and Appropriate Public Education
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
17
(FAPE) This also established the Least Restrictive Environment (LRE) which
emphasized the education of children with their nondisabled peers (Bryant Smith amp
Bryant 2008) This law has undergone several changes and reauthorizations through the
years
The first reauthorization occurred in 1986 with the addition of services for infants
and toddlers The next reauthorization resulted in a title change to the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 1990 (IDEA) Two categories were added
autism and traumatic brain injury (Bryant et al 2008) Perhaps the most significant
change was the introduction of transition planning and services through the Individual
Transition Plan (ITP) (Bryant et al 2008)
Another monumental disability law was the Americans with Disabilities Act
(ADA) in 1990 Legislators and advocacy groups believed that Section 504 of the
Vocational Rehabilitation Act was not sufficient to protect the rights of individuals with
disabilities and further specifications needed to be defined This law went beyond the
classroom to community factors that influenced special needs individuals ADA
addressed discrimination ldquoin employment transportation public accommodations and
telecommunicationsrdquo (Bryant et al 2008 p 17)
Reauthorization of IDEA occurred in 1997 The reauthorization added behavioral
intervention plans (BIP) and functional behavioral assessments (FBA) as required
mandates The transition process for secondary special needs learners was also
strengthened by requiring that the ITP be a part of the studentrsquos Individualized Education
Program (IEP) (Bryant et al 2008)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
18
In 2001 No Child Left Behind (NCLB) was passed Some of the main features
addressed individuals with special needs Educators were now required to utilize
scientifically based programs and interventions Individuals with special needs would
have increased access to the general education curriculum Finally the evaluation of
student proficiency in any given subject area would require appropriate accommodations
(Bryant et al 2008)
The next reauthorization of the IDEA occurred in 2004 (IDEA 2004 US
Department of Education 2006 cited in Bryant et al 2008) Changes to the identification
of learning disabilities were specified and alternate education settings for disciplinary
actions were allowed Additionally a requirement that teachers would need to fulfill
provisions as a highly qualified teacher was also added Students with disabilities are now
required to participate in annual state and district testing while including appropriate
accommodations and alternative testing in certain instances for particular students with
intellectual disabilities (Bryant et al 2008)
Students with Intellectual Disabilities
Definition of Intellectual Disabilities
The American Association on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
(AAIDD 2011) formerly known at the as the American Association on Mental
Retardation defines intellectual disability as ldquoa disability characterized by significant
limitations both in intellectual functioning and in adaptive behavior which covers many
everyday social and practical skills This disability originates before the age of 18rdquo The
Centers for Disease Control (CDC 2005) further states that individuals with disabilities
perform below average on intelligence tests and display limitations in routines for daily
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
19
living and independent living skills These individuals display the ability to learn but at a
much slower pace
Individuals with intellectual disabilities perform at least two standard deviations
below the mean on a 100 average scale score on intelligence tests (Hogan 2007)
Categories for intellectual disabilities have been established to provide greater
understanding of intellectual functioning These include mild moderate severe and
profound intellectual disabilities Individuals classified as mildly intellectually disabled
perform at an intelligence quotient level of 50-55 to approximately 70 Individuals with
moderate intellectual disability display intelligence test scores from 35-40 to 50-55 The
severe intellectual disability category is classified as 20-25 to 35-40 Profound
Intellectual Disability is categorized as an IQ score below 20 or 25 (Hogan 2007)
In addition to sub-average performance on intelligence tests an evaluation of the
personrsquos adaptive skills is needed to determine that an individual meets the qualifications
for a diagnosis of intellectual disabilities An individual who is suspected of meeting the
criterion for intellectual disabilities within the intelligence testing process must also
display delays in the area of adaptive behavior Adaptive behavior includes social
intelligence and practical intelligence Social intelligence involves understanding social
situations Practical intelligence refers to independent living tasks and employability
skills (Hallahan et al 2012)
Characteristics of Students with Intellectual Disabilities
The CDC states that individuals with intellectual disabilities display the ability to
learn but at a much slower pace (CDC 2005) Hallahan and associates (2012) wrote that
with the proper supports the individual with intellectual disabilities can learn over time
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
20
According to Crane (2002) individuals with intelligence quotients in the mildly disabled
range perform typically at the second to fifth-grade level intellectually display a high
degree of daily living independence and are fully or partially employed Individuals with
moderate intellectual disabilities perform functional academic skills People performing
at the severely disabled level perform basic kindergarten and prekindergarten academics
require supervision for daily living skills and will typically require supervision in
community employment in a supported workshop setting Individuals performing at the
profoundly disabled level require intense supervised care in all areas of need (Crane
2002)
Statistical Data Regarding Prevalence of Students with Intellectual Disabilities
Nationwide 11 of individuals are identified as having some type of disability
(OSERS 2006 in Bryant et al 2008) Statistically about 214 of individuals will
measure two or more standard deviations below the normal average of 100 (Overton
2009) The prevalence of individuals with intellectual delays falling below 70 in public
school settings is about 227 (Hallahan et al 2012) Mild intellectual disabilities are
three times more prevalent than are severe intellectual disabilities (CDC 2005)
The economic cost associated with individuals with intellectual disabilities is
staggering Typically these individuals require long-term care and support to address all
areas of life The Centers for Disease Control (2005) reported that individuals with
intellectual disabilities average slightly more than one million dollars per person for
lifetime care Costs are incurred for medical care assistive devices home and automobile
modifications special education loss of revenue due to sub-average employment
opportunities and limited work opportunities Screenings and interventions need to be
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
21
employed to address the overwhelming reality of funding the care and education
individuals with intellectual disabilities (CDC 2004)
Historical Practices for Students with Intellectual Disabilities
In 1799 a French doctor by the name of Jean Marc-Gaspard Itard attempted to
educate a young boy known as a wild child who was believed to possess intellectual
disabilities (Bryant et al 2008) Itard established that those with intellectual disabilities
are able to learn (Crane 2002) Education underwent changes and developments over the
next two centuries Unfortunately some of the treatments for individuals included
barbaric practice through experimentation involuntary sterilization increased
segregation social control a type of ethnic cleansing and inhumane treatment (Crane
2002) Humanitarian reforms beginning in1960 were implemented that changed the
outlook for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Crane 2002)
In 1840 the first residential program for individuals with intellectual disabilities
was established In 1876 the American Association on Intellectual and Developmental
Disabilities (AAIDD) was created In 1896 the first class for students with all types of
intellectual disabilities was established By 1917 institutional settings were present for
most individuals with intellectual disabilities Edgar Doll proposed a definition for
intellectual disabilities that consisted of six criteria The Association for Retarded
Citizens known as the ARC was established in 1954 In 1959 a new groundbreaking
definition for intellectual disabilities was created By 1960 a unique project called the
Mimosa Project was created to work with girls with intellectual disabilities who
demonstrated they were able to learn many difficult tasks and daily living skills
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
22
President Kennedy initiated a national agenda which addressed the topic of intellectual
disabilities The state of New Hampshire in 1997 closed all institutional settings and
moved individuals with intellectual disabilities to group homes or private settings In
1999 the Disability Work Incentive Law was signed into action thereby eliminating
many of the barriers individuals with intellectual disabilities previously experienced
(Bryant et al 2008)
Transition Needs for Secondary Special Needs Learners
Transition planning and coordination of services for students with disabilities has
undergone a metamorphosis over the last two centuries Recent mandates changes and
requirements of the IDEA 2004 demanded that educators and service providers clarify
the individualrsquos needs and address the required mandates presented in the law (Schmitz
2008) The trend changed due to stakeholders including family members educators
service providers and most importantly the students desired quality outcomes for
postsecondary living Upon careful examination of the historical developments current
trends in transition planning and future needs and desires of students and caregivers now
require the implementation of best practices with regard to transition services
Transition planning for the student with disabilities is a critical area of concern
As the student with disabilities moves from high school to postsecondary life a
coordinated set of goals and objectives with defined implementation of services and
responsibilities for plausible outcomes must be implemented (IDEA 2004) Many of the
students with disabilities face a challenging road ahead and it is important that they be
provided with an Individualized Transition Plan (ITP) that includes their desires needs
strengths and preferences to afford greater positive outcomes Family members
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
23
educators students and community service providers must operate in a collaborative
manner to seek the best educational opportunities for the student with disabilities
(Wehman 2011)
Historical Influences on the Transition Process
Understanding historical developments that have transpired over the centuries
creates a greater awareness of the development of the person-centered approach that
exists in education today John Dewey a leader in curriculum theory from the
Progressive Era of the 19th
century developed the person-centered approach for
educating children He believed that education was a means to bolster social reform thus
encouraging the social intellectual and moral development of the child (Dewey 1916
cited in Flinders amp Thornton 2009) His person-centered approach directed the transition
process for the 21st century
Jane Addams a social reformer from the 19th
century transformed the social
work concept that existed with migrants coming to the United States She was known for
her social reform approach of providing services to her constituents at Hull House in
Chicago during the 19th
century Her enterprising concept of meeting the needs of her
constituents developed revolutionary changes for the immigrant child and family of the
Industrial Revolution Jane Addams recognized the need to educate all social classes to
meet the specific needs and interests of the immigrant populace (Addams cited in
Flinders amp Thornton 2009) Her enterprising holistic pursuit utilized a needs-assessment
approach accompanied by implementation of instruction in academic physical life skills
social and interests and preferences thereby affecting goals directed toward future adult
living objectives of Hull House Programming was created by assessing the needs
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
24
preferences and talents of those immigrant individuals who accessed Hull House
Although she was not an educator but a social worker her needs-assessment approach to
providing services to her immigrant constituents by evaluating the education vocational
social and independent living needs of the persons who attended Hull House improved
the quality of life in a holistic pursuit (Addams 1908 cited in Lagemann 1985)
Another individual from the 19th
century who influenced the transition planning
process that exists in special education today was Ralph Tyler Tyler believed that the
students learned best when they were able to experience learning in the natural
environment He surmised that the student must embrace a purpose for learning with the
objectives and experiences created in harmony with their life outside the classroom He
encouraged a study of ldquocontemporary life outside the classroom as the basis for deriving
objectivesrdquo (Tyler 1949 cited in Flinders amp Thornton 2009) He subsequently employed
a philosophy of experiential learning in and out of the classroom to reinforce the
purposeful continuum It was this experiential connection that attached profound meaning
to the learner Although not a direct contributor to the transition process for individuals
with special needs his philosophy provided a groundbreaking approach that paved the
way for current practices in special education with regard to transition planning
Examination of the mandates of IDEA 2004 pertaining to ITP reveals several
common comparisons to the aforementioned theorists The ITP is a person-centered plan
that includes the student and aligns postsecondary goals with transition services (Mazzoti
et al 2009) The goals are based on age-appropriate transition assessment related to
education employment training and independent living (Humphrey Johnson amp Albers
2010) Acknowledgment of the historical contributions of Addams Dewey and Tyler as
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
25
person-centered theorists allows one to opine that their beliefs have accelerated the
progress of education for students with disabilities This is particularly important with the
ITP process upon which the secondary student with disabilitiesrsquo annual individual
educational plan (IEP) is developed
Defining the Specifics of Transition Planning
In addition to historical perspectives interested stakeholders should be aware of
legal mandates and laws that pertain to individuals with disabilities Hulett (2007) has
described transition as the eighth component to the IEP process He states that IDEA
2004 demands that at the age of 16 the transition planning process is a requirement for
every studentrsquos annual IEP The transition plan must be reviewed annually The transition
planning process should be results driven to produce high-quality outcomes for
postsecondary living (Miller et al 2007) A statement of the needs or services must be
included in the IEP The ITP team must consider courses of study training supported
employment integrated employment adult services community participation and
independent living skills In addition they must look at community agencies that assist
with the child These services are at no cost to the student (Miller et al 2007)
Transition planning includes a coordinated set of goals and objectives to meet the
transition needs of students with disabilities as they transition into postsecondary life
(IDEA 2004) The ITP should include vocational education community living home
and family issues financial planning recreation and leisure mobility and health issues
Utilizing an authentic approach to implementation will increase the success of a
purposeful approach for the benefit of the student (Layton amp Lock 2008) The student
should be the focus by taking into account the desires talents interests and preferences
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
26
of the child (IDEA 2004 Wehman 2011) Vocational training postsecondary options
and continuing education opportunities should be included in the transition process (Snell
amp Brown 2006)
Transition planning requires that service providers develop and implement plans
that describe the services provided assessment and evaluation measures obligations of
team members person who are part of the plan and plausible service agencies (Overton
2009) Team members include the special educators general educators community
agencies student family members possible psychologists and counselors rehabilitation
specialists and other designated individuals who could provide support in the transition
planning ( Overton 2009 Wehman 2011) The student and parent should be included in
the transition planning process at all stages to secure greater positive outcomes at the
postsecondary level (Escheidt 2006)
Characteristics of Transition Needs
The student is the driving force of the transition planning process and its
subsequent annual goals and objectives This coordinated set of goals and objectives
becomes the model for the implementation of course selection vocational planning and
education for the student with regard to his or her annual IEP (Miller et al 2007) The
evaluation of the ability family structure community opportunities desires talents and
preferences of the student forms the basis for the transition plan (Wehman 2009)
Employment vocational training and postsecondary education are also carefully
considered in the ITP (Snell amp Brown 2006) The student should be given the tools to
live a successful life that is safe and provides the greatest opportunity for independence
(McNaughton amp Beulman 2010)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
27
Schmitz (2008) described the purpose of transition planning as a fundamental
requirement of IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 as outlined by the Office of Special
Education Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) In addition to the mandates presented in
IDEA 2004 pertaining to transition services there is an additional requirement that
schools and postsecondary agencies report on the results of transition services for
individuals with disabilities through Indicator 13 for secondary programs and Indicator
14 for postsecondary programs This has become the guiding structure when addressing
the needs and postsecondary planning of students with disabilities IDEA 2004 requires
that there must be a coordinated set of activities that focus on improving the academic
and functional achievement of the individual with disabilities Indicator 13 and Indicator
14 require that tracking mechanisms be put into place to assess the outcomes of
individuals with disabilities as they transition from secondary schooling to postsecondary
life
Statistics reveal that students with disabilities experience an unemployment rate
of 70 as opposed to their nondisabled peers at 22 (Schmitz 2008) The need to close
that gap is critical This is the reality that drives the mandates such as Indicator 13 for
educators to develop an appropriate transition IEP which includes age-appropriate
transition assessment and transition services that are to be delivered to students with
disabilities (Schmitz 2008)
The Individualized Transition Plan Process and Components
The foundation for the essential components and mandates associated with
transition come from IDEA 2004 which states the following
Transition services means a coordinated set of activities for a child with a
disability that is designed to be within a results-oriented process that is focused on
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
28
improving the academic and functional achievement of the child with a disability
to facilitate the childrsquos movement from school to postschool activities including
postsecondary education vocational education integrated employment (including
supported employment) continuing and adult education adult services
independent living or community participation is based on the individual childlsquos
needs taking into account the childrsquos strengths preferences and interests and
includes instruction related services community experiences the development of
employment and other postschool adult living objectives and if appropriate
acquisition of daily living skills and provision of a functional vocational
evaluation Transition services for children with disabilities may be special
education if provided as specially designed instruction or a related service if
required to assist a child with a disability to benefit from special education (TEA
cited in ESC 18 2011)
The process of including the student to a greater extent while engaging him or
her in greater collaboration with community agencies is emphasized in the transition
process The switch to a results-oriented approach as opposed to an input approach has
increased the need for greater accountability This is also evident with the
implementation of Indicator 13 pertaining to accountability for transition planning at the
secondary education stage and Indicator 14 at the postsecondary education stage Specific
changes to the IDEA 1997 to IDEA 2004 are the requirement of a coordinated set of
activities improvement with academic and functional achievement transition IEP age-
appropriate assessment and transition services (Schmitz 2008)
Components of the transition plan include a holistic approach to the education of
the student with disabilities Short-term goals should be developed with long range
planning as the over-all guiding purpose (Wehman 2009) The ITP should include the
assessment and development of critical life skills such as mobility recreation and leisure
opportunities health and safety training money management personal appearance skills
building social skills training and skills acquisition work habits and issues pertaining to
maintaining dignity (Wehman 2009)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
29
Assessment and evaluation results should take into account the strengths and
preferences of the child while being presented in user-friendly formats to the family
members and student The schedule of services time frames for implementation and
individual responsibilities and obligations for providers should be documented Efforts to
provide real-life vocational training to meet employability objectives should be outlined
Financial planning is a critical component and needs in this area should be included
Social skills training and access to increase full community participation and activities
are other important elements of the ITP process (Wehman 2009)
Critical life skills pertaining to self-help and self-determination independence
and socialization represent essential transition elements Access to community agencies
and possible acquisition of needed services should be outlined with contact information
available to the family members and student Recreation and leisure health and safety
money management work habits and maintaining dignity are additional areas that
should be addressed by the ITP team (Wehman 2009)
Real-life experiences in naturalist settings for all aspects of the personrsquos life
including employment education and life skills acquisition is recommended (Wehman
2011) National transition goals which are outlined in IDEA 2004 include promoting
self-determination and self-advocacy ensuring that students have access to the standards-
based curriculum increasing graduation rates providing access to full participation in
postsecondary education and employment increasing parent participation improving
collaboration for optimum school and postschool outcomes increasing the availability of
qualified workforce and encourages full participation in community life including
social recreation and leisure opportunities The ITP includes two major goals The first
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
30
is to identify outcomes students and parent desire which is the person-centered approach
by including the student and parent while respecting their values and beliefs The second
is community collaboration and participation through community resources program
development and interagency collaboration (Wehman 2011)
New resources are being developed and published continuously to encourage the
implementation of sound practices in transition planning and services Johnson (2002)
from the University of San Diego developed a sourcebook of books selected websites
aptitude tests vocational evaluations career planning resources information centers
curricular resources assessments life-centered education IEP planning interagency
links publishers postsecondary transition resources and selected reports and articles
These suggested resources are included to enhance the transition assessment
development and implementation process
Snell and Brown (2006) in Instruction of Students with Severe Disabilities
devoted a chapter to vocational preparation and transition They recommended that
individuals should develop valued employment skills and abilities through supportive
families vocational services and supports in the community They proposed that
Vocational Rehabilitation should be the primary facilitators of employment opportunities
for individuals with disabilities
It is necessary to include a review of Social Security benefits and Medicaid
sources The balanced school-based vocational preparation through collaborative efforts
should include a continuum of the studentrsquos interests and preferences The work-related
instruction should occur across grades and settings in real-world settings Community-
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
31
based training sites should be developed with systematic behavioral procedures with the
goal of paid employment with if needed supports after graduation
Finally vocational training is a necessary component of the transition process
Transition training should provide students with a curriculum that prepares them for the
job they intend to enter Broad-based knowledge and skills are necessary components to
the vocational training endeavor Some students require training with specific skills that
are needed for survival in the workplace as well as in the community These skills need
to be carefully and succinctly taught These include academic skills communication
skills social and interpersonal skills and occupational and vocational skills (Levinson amp
Palmer 2005)
Latest Research on Individual Transition Planning
Policy Furney Hasazi and Destefano (1997) conducted a policy study to review
transition services for youth with disabilities The cross-case analysis evaluated programs
that exemplified high-quality models for implementation of transition planning Furney
and his colleagues assessed the current trends that were present in existing transition
planning practices He surveyed 74 institutions pertaining to their implementation of
transition services during a two-year period from 1992-1994 His intent was to evaluate
services with the new mandates set forth in previously reauthorized version of IDEA
1997 A qualitative approach was implemented with site visits in three states The results
were analyzed using cross-case analysis The results revealed that the person-centered
approach must be implemented to a greater extent to meet the postsecondary needs
outcomes of students with disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
32
Etscheidt (2006) conducted a qualitative analysis to examine judicial decisions
regarding transition planning Thirty-six cases were reviewed that addressed the needs of
individuals with intellectual disabilities learning disabilities behavioral disorders
autism multiple disabilities physical disabilities other health impairment attention-
deficithyperactivity disorder traumatic brain injury and other unspecified disabilities
Five categories were established that addressed agency contacts student involvement
and individualization of the transition plan school district obligations and
appropriateness of the transition plan
Etscheidtrsquos finding revealed that litigation pertaining to transition planning for
students with disabilities centered on procedural issues and components of the transition
plan Ten issues were identified Agencies need to be in attendance and invited to
transition meetings Second student involvement must be included and must consider
student interests Third individualization of the ITP should be based on assessment and
meet the studentrsquos individual needs Fourth stakeholders need to examine the studentrsquos
and familyrsquos postsecondary goals and vision Fifth discussion and documentation of the
present level of performance should be included Sixth the team should formulate a
statement of needed transition services with goals and objectives Seventh
implementation of the transition plan needs to be monitored to evaluate effectiveness
Eighth the district has an obligation to make plans that meet the needs of the individuals
to promote movement from secondary to postsecondary settings Ninth stakeholders
need to evaluate the appropriateness of the transition plan Tenth the transition plan must
be developed and addressed to meet the needs of the student
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
33
Transition services Through OSERS a grant was awarded to create the National
Secondary Technical Training Assistance Center (NSTTAC) This organization addresses
concerns regarding transition for secondary students as they move into postsecondary
life Through this collaborative effort between the University of North Carolina in
Charlotte and Western Michigan University NSTTAC addressed and assisted with
implementation to consumers parents agencies and educators about transition policy
Expert panels were created and research was initiated that resulted in recommendations
to local education agencies (LEAs) and state education agencies (SEAs) regarding
transition practice and policy In addition to informational recommendations to the LEAs
and SEAs technical assistance was developed to assist educators administrators and
parents in implementing effective transition and education services to improve secondary
and postsecondary outcomes A website was developed that includes evidence-based
practices lesson plan starters products and resources transition toolkits and specific
student and parent resources (UNC amp WMU 2011)
King Baldwin Currie and Evans (2006) completed a review article analyzing
strategies that were utilized to implement planning for transition and transition education
for youth with disabilities The purpose of one review was to evaluate the quality of
services and to provide recommendations for improvement of services The strategies
were classified into three main categories personal-level strategies person-environment
fit and environmental level strategies
Results indicated that the strategies lacked significant evidenced-based research to
support the use of the strategies and the effectiveness of the strategies Four of the
strategies pertaining to direct experience contained sufficient research to warrant the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
34
effectiveness of these types of strategies A recommendation proposed the use of more
than skills-acquisition strategies including training and implementation of strategies in
the natural environment (King et al 2006)
Postsecondary education A study by Papay and Bambara (2011) examined
transition services for youth in postsecondary settings who possessed significant
intellectual disabilities This study utilized a survey with descriptive methods for
analysis The purpose of the study was to assess the over-all inclusion characteristics of
postsecondary programs on college campuses Eighty-seven institutions were identified
that provided opportunities for individuals with intellectual disabilities to participate in
postsecondary programs located on college campuses
The results suggested that students with disabilities participated in college courses
and in vocational training opportunities Twenty five percent of the students with
disabilities involved in postsecondary education were enrolled in college level courses
Only 2 of students with intellectual disabilities enrolled in the courses for credit Most
of the students who enrolled in the courses for credit were described as learning disabled
with reading levels that were near or slightly below those of nondisabled peers The
students with intellectual disabilities audited the courses primarily in the humanities and
basic entry level Reading level was a determining factor for these students as to whether
they were able to participate in the courses successfully for credit
Funding for these programs came primarily from the willingness of the higher
education institutions to sponsor the programs Some government resources were also
included to a lesser extent as well as partnerships with local school districts for students
who were past the age of majority but were still enrolled in high school Tuition revenue
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
35
was another slight source of income for the programs Grants were last on the list of
available sources of income At most institutions grants provided less that 10 of the
necessary budgetary demands of the postsecondary educational setting
Recommendations included conducting further research to gain a greater
understanding of the effectiveness of postsecondary education (PSE) programs
Additionally PSE institutions should continue to develop partnerships to promote
ldquolifelong inclusion and self-determinationrdquo (Papay amp Bambara 2011 p 93) Methods for
implementation were suggested as additional research agendas
Another research study (Neubert Moon amp Grigal 2002) focused attention on
postsecondary options for individuals with significant disabilities The purpose of the
article was to provide a review of the current literature available pertaining to secondary
educational opportunities for students aged 18-21 in their last year of high school A
descriptive approach was implemented to examine secondary education opportunities at
two-year and four-year institutions of higher education and community based settings
The results revealed three vocational training model approaches First students
attended 2-year schools with the intent to gain vocational skills and training while
experiencing college life A second model for students with significant disabilities
included attendance at four-year institutions A third model included programs in the
community to encourage employment and independent living options
Funding for these programs primarily came from local school districts and the
higher education institutions The need to assess logistic concerns pertaining to greater
collaboration and communication with community agencies was encouraged
Collaboration between local education agencies community settings and institutions of
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
36
higher learning should occur to allow families and caregivers various options for
secondary transition services to students nearing the transition phase into postsecondary
life
Transition process Levinson and Palmer (2005) undertook a descriptive study
that discussed general characteristics of the transition process for employment and
postsecondary life The authors described necessary components to implement transition
services as mandated by IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 The need to incorporate
assessment and comprehensive planning that utilized the transition assessment data was
highlighted The assessment should address academic skills daily living skills personal
and social skills and occupational and vocational skills
School staff should subsequently utilize the assessment data to implement a plan
that meets the needs and interests of the student Parental involvement is crucial for the
planning process Vocational training should incorporate the enhancement of academic
skills daily living skills personal and social skills and occupational and vocational skills
Schools should focus on a transdisciplinary approach to prepare students for successful
postsecondary life
Cobb and Alwell (2009) reviewed transition planning and coordination of
services for individuals in postsecondary settings The authors undertook a review of
existing studies to determine whether there had been sufficient research efforts to address
the issue of transition planning and intervention for youth with disabilities This
systematic review included studies published between 1984 and 2004 A total of 31
studies from 10 journals produced a total of 1461 individual participants
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
37
Studies were analyzed for employment and participation in postsecondary
education options Analysis included whether the student was maintained at home and the
satisfaction of experience with personal and social relationships for individuals with a
variety of disabilities including learning disability emotional disturbance intellectual
disability autism physical disabilities attention deficit disorder auditory impairment
and speech impairment The authors reviewed postschool environments student
development interagency and interdisciplinary planning family involvement and
program structure
Results demonstrated that student-focused planning demonstrated great promise
as an important outcome for students Studentsrsquo desires need to be heard at IEP meetings
and in the planning processes More time is needed for transition planning and this should
not be handled at IEP meeting They also stated that students gain insight when training is
involved There is a demand to develop talents and interests Individuals with disabilities
believe there is a need for real work experience and socialization skills training Efforts
should focus on needs to build specific job skills that continue after high school There is
a need for flexibility rather than fitting students into prescribed programs The emphasis
should be directed toward greater awareness of community resources for possible
employment education living options and community access according to the
consumers and family members
Transition compliance Grigal Hart and Magliore (2011) conducted a
secondary analysis using The National Longitudinal Transition Survey 2 to address the
mandates of Indicator 14 of IDEA 2004 In order to comply with Indicator 14
individuals must be enrolled in higher education employed or involved in another
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
38
postsecondary option The elements need to include high expectations person-centered or
student-directed goals and collaboration with partners and community agencies is
critical
In their comparative analysis Grigal et al (2011) ascertained that there were
disparaging differences between individuals with intellectual disabilities and other
individuals with disabilities regarding transition planning for those at the postsecondary
level One hundred eight families participated with fewer contributors who were
educators One hundred forty-nine programs for individuals with disabilities in 37 states
were included Programs varied in implementations and types of settings Data set
analysis included 11000 students from a random set from 500 LEAs and 30 special
schools with an 82 response rate
The study included five areas that influenced the mandates of Indicator 14 and is
addressed in the following sections First parent expectations were influenced by the
severity of disability of youth with intellectual disabilities autism and physical
disabilities Second students were less likely to graduate with a regular diploma This
increased to 62-70 if staff possessed higher expectations Third team members should
be more involved in the ITP planning process Fourth goals should focus more toward
sheltered or supportive employment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Fifth
goals most often identified included independent living competitive employment
supported employment sheltered employment vocational training and two-year to four-
year college programs
Additional findings noted that vocational rehabilitation (VR) counselor
participation was greater for individuals with intellectual disabilities for career planning
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
39
Participation in college level classes by individuals with intellectual disabilities was last
They noted that increased enrollment in postsecondary education has increased the
income levels for 73 of individuals with disabilities The authors suggested that causes
need to be evaluated for fewer individuals with intellectual disabilities enrolling in higher
education and that increased expectations at the secondary level should occur to change
the mind-set for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Grigal et al 2011)
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities
Transition planning is an important topic for the stakeholders and students with
disabilities as the students anticipate transitioning from secondary to postsecondary life
Transition planning is the eighth requirement of the Individual Education Plan (IEP)
process for students when they become 16 years of age (Hulett 2007) The transition
process begins with the assessment component to gain valuable information on which the
IEP is based (Hulett 2007) Transition assessment is a multidimensional process that
requires a collaborative approach to meet the specific needs of the student with a
disability who is receiving special education services (Miller et al 2007)
Purpose of Transition Assessment
Transition assessment meets the legal mandates of IDEA 2004 The requirement
decrees that students with an intellectual disability should be provided with an
appropriate evaluation (IDEA 2004) The purpose of transition assessment is to gather
ongoing data that leads to the development of a transition plan that meets the needs of the
student as they transition from secondary to postsecondary life Overton (2009) wrote
that assessment needs to be data-driven rather than relying on referral information alone
The data should be multidimensional and not reliant on just one piece of testing data
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
40
Data should reflect the studentrsquos needs strengths abilities interests and preferences
(IDEA 2004)
The National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (2001) states that
the transition assessment process should be ongoing in order to provide needed data to
guide the transition planning process for students as they look toward the future and to
aid in the development of the studentrsquos IEP It should be a collaborative endeavor with
input from a variety of stakeholders including the student and family or caregiver
involved in the process
Spinelli (2012) identified eight purposes of transition assessment for individuals
with disabilities The assessors should identify the studentrsquos a) career goals and interests
b) preferences c) independence level d) strengths e) hobbies f) interpersonal
relationships g) self-advocacy abilities and h) abilities in relation to postsecondary
goals These include employment education and training independent living community
involvement and personal social goals In addition there needs to be an ecological
assessment of new or future settings to determine psychological physical social
emotional and cognitive demands and requirements of the setting
In regard to employment Spinelli (2012) proposed that assessment should
evaluate the studentrsquos current skills and the desired skill levels to determine the studentrsquos
ability to deal with the demands of postsecondary employment ability to engage in
employment and community participation and independent living options The
assessment should seek to determine the particular curricular social-emotional and
physical skills that need addressing in the ITP and the studentrsquos self-determination skills
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
41
With regard to educational supports Spinelli (2012) wrote that the assessment
should determine appropriate placement within the education community in addition to
vocational and community settings in order for the student to attain postsecondary goals
Furthermore the assessment should seek to determine the accommodations supports and
services that are needed in order for the student to attain and maintain postsecondary
goals Finally the assessment should design a system for monitoring progress and
evaluating the success of the transition program
Miller et al (2007) has described transition assessment as ldquoa process that
determines the studentrsquos abilities attitudes aptitudes interests work behaviors levels of
self-determination and self-advocacy interpersonal skills academic skills level and
independent living skills over an extended period of time for the purpose of planning an
appropriate education program (p 5)rdquo This is an ongoing process Stakeholders must
gather data on the individual student Items that are necessary for the assessment include
the studentrsquos needs preferences strengths and interests These items should be evaluated
as these relate to the future and current programming of the individual with disabilities
The areas that should drive the evaluation include work education living personal and
social skills and environment of the individual with disabilities
Additionally Miller et al (2007) clarifies the components of the transition
assessment process He suggests that these components be intertwined in order to engage
in informed decision making The first component is future planning needs and goals
The second area to be addressed is self-determination and self-advocacy skills A third
area is academic strengths and deficits that include the studentrsquos learning styles and
behaviors that influence learning A fourth component is life-skills instruction when it is
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
42
deemed appropriate The fifth and final component is vocational interests aptitudes and
abilities both in the classroom and within the community environment
In 2004 with the reauthorization of IDEA OSERS required that states submit
additional data on 20 indicators Indicator 13 specifically addresses the transition
component More specifically this indicator requires that assessment must occur that
involves an ongoing process to collect transition-relevant data This assessment should
include the needs preferences strengths and interests of the student The requirement
states that the demands of current and future working educational and personal social
environments for the individual must evaluated (Mazotti et al 2009)
Mazotti et al (2009) proposed a six-component checklist for Indicator 13 The six
include the following first it is necessary to utilize user-friendly assessments to guide
parents students and other support personnel Second the goals for the ITP should focus
on employment education and training and when appropriate independent living Third
they suggest a simplified format that addresses where the student plans to work where he
or she will learn the necessary skills and where the student eventually lives Fourth
alignment of annual IEP goals should coincide with the transition services and
postsecondary goals This will allow the student the optimal opportunity to attain the
postsecondary goals
Schmitz (2008) identified seven areas that should be included in the transition
planning process in order to adhere to the mandates of Indicator 13 The components of
the transition assessment include interest assessment and career exploration assessment
measures It is crucial to include assessment of academic performance as it relates to the
workplace Essential is the process of career planning The practice of assessment and
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
43
skill building should be incorporated to evaluate self-determination social and emotional
learning and interventions for independent living
Types of Transition Assessment
Transition assessment is an ongoing process that involves a variety of sources in
order to create a data-driven plan that addresses the individual needs of the student with
disabilities Transition assessment includes assessment tools that are utilized to meet
eligibility requirements and to assist with the transition planning process Numerous
devices are available to provide valuable information that the Individualized Transition
Plan (ITP) team is able to access for transition assessment Assessment practice occurs
both formally and informally with the inclusion of adaptive measures (Miller et al
2007)
Assessment is employed for identifying individual student needs improving
instruction and program planning evaluating service delivery programs and
accountability The approach assumes a person-centered planning procedure The
assessment process must include the family Informal assessment procedures are valuable
and provide an abundant source of information (Sax amp Thoma 2002)
The National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (2010) described
an Assessment Toolkit that can be accessed by educators parents SEAs and LEAs to
gain knowledge about best practices with transition assessment The authors assert that
ldquothe results of transition assessment should be the basis for making recommendations for
instructional strategies and accommodations in instruction and environments to meet the
studentrsquos needsrdquo (National Secondary Technical Training Assistance Center 2010 p 3)
Formal and informal measures are listed with contact information and suggested
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
44
guidelines for the types of assessment Included are links to some of the recommended
assessments with examples to review
Schmitz (2008) states that transition assessment is best characterized as a
multifaceted approach Quality assessment involves interest assessment career
exploration assessment assessment of academic competencies career planning
assessment and skill-building for self-determination assessment and skill-building for
socialemotional learning and assessment and skill intervention for independent living
skills Through the implementation of these seven assessment modalities the individual
student will have the opportunity to participate in a transition assessment that is created
with fidelity to his or her needs
Informal versus formal measures of assessment All students receiving special
education services participate in assessment to meet eligibility requirements The
assessment measures fall into two basic categories informal and formal (CECIdeas that
Work 2011) Formal assessment tools include achievement tests high-stakes testing
intelligence tests and even career interest personality profile and self-determination
measures These tools produce quantitative results that are used to assess skills and
aptitudes interests and preferences
Examples of informal measures include curriculum- based assessments
interviews questionnaires observations authentic assessment and portfolios (Layton amp
Lock 2008) Informal measures require a qualitative approach to analyzing information
on an ongoing basis to provide guidance when creating the transition plan for the student
with a disability who receives special education services This information provides
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
45
valuable pieces of data which enhance the transition planning requirements for students
with disabilities
Informal assessment procedures are needed to identify the studentrsquos individual
needs and to develop an appropriate transition plan The ITP team must determine the
purpose of the assessment Individuals should assess the student in the natural
environment and in various settings and programs They should identify relevant
behaviors and verify the input from others The ITP team chooses the appropriate
measurement procedures such as observation interview questionnaires surveys
checklists interest inventories and self-assessments The team also evaluates social
support systems The assessment findings identify the transition goals and objectives
From this process curricular plans are implemented to achieve the goals and objectives
(Sax amp Thoma 2005)
Sitlington (2008) analyzed the process of utilizing informal assessment to
facilitate transition planning for students with significant reading and writing delays That
analysis addressed the use of informal assessment for high stakes testing exit
examinations diploma options and transition planning Outlined in the article are
competencies to address the needs from transition into adulthood Sitlington (2008)
identified 22 competencies needed to transition into adulthood which the planning team
must incorporate Transition planning was characterized as an ongoing process of
ldquocollecting information on the studentrsquos strengths needs preferences and interests as
they related to the demands of current and future livingrdquo (Sitlington 2008 p 87) She
suggested several tools to accomplish the assessment by gathering information to guide
the individualrsquos transition plan Analysis of the studentrsquos background information is
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
46
primary In addition interviews with parents should transpire to facilitate the assessment
component Psychometric instruments work samples and curriculum-based assessment
techniques are suggested assessment tools to aid in the planning process Sitlington
suggests situational assessment to gather real-life data that resembles the individualrsquos
future living conditions The approaches must be systematic and occur in a variety of
settings Transition assessment utilizing these measures directs the instructional
decisions
Vocationalcareer assessments A necessary part of the transition assessment
process is the use of career interests vocational aptitude measures personality profiles
self-determination measures and other assessment tools that aid in the vocational and
career component of transition assessment (Levinson 2001) These tools provide
valuable information about the studentrsquos skills in areas such as self-awareness awareness
of job skills interest seeking and abilities with social and emotional interactions The
types of assessments include interviews questionnaires observations ecological and
environmental situational and behavioral curriculum-based interest inventories
vocational profiles and portfolios
An additional area is the vocational profile Vocational profiles are described as
narratives that paint pictures These include biographical information educational
history work experience and current skills The studentrsquos learning and performing
characteristics should be included along with interests community-support connections
and necessary accommodations (Sax amp Thoma 2002)
An article from San Diego State University provided a list of suggested
assessment tools available to facilitate the transition process (Johnson 2002) Included
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
47
are resources for curriculum implementation for transition purposes A wide array of
career occupational and vocational assessment and evaluation resources are
characterized in addition to links addresses and pricing guides Training videos
curricular and planning resources for transition planning are included Family
involvement interagency guides and follow-up assessment tools to aid in the transition
planning process are also described
Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual Disabilities
In order for a child to meet the eligibility requirement as a student with an
intellectual disability an adaptive behavior assessment must be conducted (Overton
2009) This is one avenue whereby interested stakeholders may gather information about
life skills of students with intellectual disabilities That assessment tool alone does not
provide enough information needed to gather sufficient data to assist with the transition
planning process Assessment for the individuals with intellectual disabilities requires
assessment in the natural environment (Sitlington 2008) Sheltered or supported
employment arenas may be included utilizing qualitative measures to gather information
about a studentrsquos social emotional self-determination job skills and other pertinent data
necessary for assessment purposes (Overton 2009)
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities
IDEA 2004 states that with regard to the transition process the transition
assessment process for all students with disabilities involves the formal and informal
assessment-gathering mechanism on an ongoing basis (Mazotti et al 2010) As the child
reaches the age of 14 transition planning should begin At age 16 the formal process of
developing the transition plan takes place (Miller et al 2007)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
48
Assessment includes evaluating independent work skills planning and time
management skills and assessment of self-advocacy abilities For students with more
severe disabilities there must be an assessment for extended employment Assessment
includes the evaluation of vocational interests and aptitudes as well as the studentrsquos
ability and functional self-help skills The domains include cognitive ability social-
emotional adjustment communication skills academic functioning physical stamina and
adaptive behavior which are utilized by the multidisciplinary team to create the transition
plan (Spinelli 2012)
The transition assessment process can be conceived as a three-level approach
(Levinson 2001) Level one involves looking strictly at previously gathered assessment
data to prescribe a transition plan Data collection and interpretation of previous data is
the driving mechanism at this level Cumulative and confidential records are reviewed to
gather pertinent data This includes grades attendance academic achievement discipline
referrals and health records
The second level involves assessment of vocational interests and vocational
aptitudes using specific psychometric tests Assessment results and incorporating career
interest inventories and previously gathered formal and informal assessment data are
utilized in the creation of the transition plan
The third level occurs with individuals who require more information to gather a
realistic image of the studentrsquos abilities and interests This level is based on the
assessment of the first two levels This additional assessment includes work samples and
situational assessment techniques The implementation of any model must take into
consideration the available resources the characteristics and expertise of the available
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
49
personnel the population targeted for services the nature and availability of local
community services and the type of vocation placement options in the local area
(Levinson 2001)
Levinson and Palmer (2005) have written that assessment and planning are key
components to successful postschool living Assessment data can be gathered through
published tests and surveys as well as from direct interviews and observations of the
student Several areas are addressed including academic skills daily living skills
personal and social skills career maturity vocational interests and vocational aptitude
tests Additional assessment measures include occupational and vocational skills
assessments These are characterized as performance tests that assess a studentrsquos ability
to perform specific job-like tasks work samples that expose a student to natural job
responsibilities and situational assessments that measure a studentrsquos interests abilities
and work habits in actual and contrived environments
Characteristics of Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual Disabilities
Due to varying disability factors for individuals with intellectual disabilities
traditional methods do not meet the needs of transition assessment Many students with
more significant intellectual disabilities have difficulty with paper and pencil tasks
Alternative measures should be implemented to address the assessment component of the
transition plan (Grigal et al 2011) Questionnaires and interviews with family members
offer good sources of information (Moon et al 2011) Observations and skills analysis
should be incorporated into the standard informal and formal measurement protocols
(Wehman 2009) Of great importance in the assessment of students with more significant
disabilities are the critical life skills pertaining to self-help mobility self-determination
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
50
socialization health family and community supports self-awareness interests strengths
and preferences of the individual (Wehman 2011)
Latest Research on Transition Assessment for Students with Disabilities
Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities There is the lack of available research
on current assessment trends with students who have intellectual disabilities autism and
multiple-impairments There is considerable research available on assessment with
informal and formal measures in general contexts but not as much with regard to the
specific details regarding best practices for assessment of transition needs and services
including outcomes pertaining to students with intellectual disabilities One recent article
was discovered that dealt specifically with the assessment process for students with
intellectual disabilities sometimes described as developmentally delayed (Moon et al
2011)
A qualitative study was conducted by Moon et al (2011) to address the
perceptions of necessary skills experiences and information that youth with
developmental disabilities and their families perceive should exist for the student with
regard to supported employment in a postsecondary setting Discussed was the sheltered
work environment that many students with disabilities encounter as a postsecondary
option for employment Four research questions were introduced with one of the four
addressing transition assessment specifically A survey was developed that included
several open-ended questions The survey addressed recruiting skills needed
assessment and work experiences that are most important and suggestions for transition
planning Participants included community rehabilitation providers involved in intake and
service deployment The state that was targeted was subdivided into four regions Twelve
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
51
individuals from the four regions participated in the survey One-hour to two-hour
interviews ensued to gather qualitative data Data analysis followed to characterize
common themes
Results specific to transition assessment revealed that interests and preferences of
the client were important to consider however only three of the 12 revealed that this
information was obtained from the school or family They found it was important to
include the family to a greater extent in the assessment process Due to the disabling
conditions of the individuals with intellectual disabilities it was revealed that family input
was important There was concern expressed that transition assessment was lacking in the
secondary setting and results were not readily available Job trials and situational
assessment should be utilized in two of the settings for assessment purposes
Philosophical statements were discussed for implementation and acquisition of transition
assessment from high school to postsecondary sheltered settings to improve collaborative
efforts which results in better preparation of youth for supported employment services
(Moon et al 2011)
Individuals with all types of disabilities Current research pertaining to the
transition assessment component and process for students with disabilities is quite
limited One article by Herbert et al (2010) discussed the assessment process for students
with disabilities This article addressed the assessment process for all types of disabilities
The method involved an online questionnaire developed to assess respondent
demographic information career assessment practices type of services available and
career areas that are assessed with students Two groups were surveyed including the
Pennsylvania Office of Vocational Rehabilitation counselors working with high schools
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
52
possessing students with disabilities on their caseload and high school professionals
including administrators and educators who provided transition services to high school
students with disabilities The survey was disseminated over a two-month period More
than 400 teachers administrators and rehabilitation personnel responded to the survey
regarding assessment trends
Five research questions were identified with that study Current assessment trends
were revealed showing that a pluralistic approach was utilized rather than one specific
approach This included skills instruction self-awareness emotional support community
knowledge direct experience and community intervention rather than traditional
assessment Knowledge of available services was moderate overall Impact of career
services was moderate Collaboration was perceived at a moderate to minimal level
between families students and school officials and consultants Overall helpfulness of
career services was perceived as helpful by two thirds of the participants Areas assessed
were primarily vocational interest academic achievement and academic aptitude
Descriptive analysis was applied which revealed that school professionals
typically address career interests to the greatest extent Aptitude revealed slightly more
than 50 of programs addressed these aptitude assessments Achievement was at 48
Career decision making work values personality and world of work were close with
results from 37 to 29 Impact on transition service revealed moderate outcomes at
50 with the respondents and significant with only 21 of the respondents Four themes
emerged which included teamwork training needs parental involvement and unrealistic
career goals as issues that needed to be addressed Work samples were revealed as the
most infrequently utilized assessment tool They recommended that school professionals
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
53
need to give greater attention to the area of career and work decision-making which
should include career interests knowledge of work and also achievement aptitude and
personality which appears to be lacking in substantial emphasis with current transition
assessment according to the findings of that report (Herbert et al 2010)
Qualitative analysis was applied to one open-ended question Recommendations
were cited in the discussion portion of the article which supports transition assessment
early in the studentrsquos high school career Additional training opportunities were indicated
by the participants Collaboration with all stakeholders was a high-priority
recommendation Further knowledge of assessment areas and types of assessments was
recommended to increase the impact of transition assessment for students with
disabilities (Herbert et al 2010)
The lack of research-based information about transition assessment points to a
critical need in the field of special education Without data to clarify what transition
assessment practices are successful as well as studies that examine educatorrsquos
understanding about their use evidence-based transition assessment cannot progress
With this in mind the following research questions were addressed
Research Questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
54
Summary
Transition assessment does not involve exclusively the assessment of vocational
needs and abilities All stakeholders of the transition team must adhere to a holistic
approach to transition assessment for the individual with intellectual disabilities Informal
and formal measures must be utilized to gather ongoing data to develop an age-
appropriate transition plan for students as they transition into postsecondary life In order
to meet the needs of the individual with disabilities the interested stakeholders must
assess interests strengths aptitudes preferences social skills self-help skills self-
determination mobility community access and environmental concerns within the
natural environment When working with individuals with more significant intellectual
disabilities informal assessment should be the focus while taking into account formal
measures This should be the model for transition assessment Evaluating the individualrsquos
support system should be another source in order to provide a realistic holistic and
successful transition plan that will assist the students as they transition from secondary to
postsecondary life
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
55
CHAPTER III
Methodology
Transition assessment is the cornerstone for the development of the IEP Since the
reauthorization of the IDEA in 2004 the transition plan to meet the specific needs of the
student possessing a disability is required for a student who has reached the age of 16
The literature addresses the best-practice approaches to developing the transition plan for
the secondary student with a disability Essential components guidelines and
suggestions are highlighted Suggestions for implementation team planning
collaboration inputs outputs and curriculum goals saturate the literature on all levels
Additionally a wealth of information about the assessment process in general is
available Guidelines for achievement testing cognitive assessments behavioral
evaluations adaptive behavior curriculum-based measurements and dealing with high-
stakes testing within formal and informal categories are exhaustive Knowledge of what
is being utilized with regard to transition assessment is lacking It is important to
determine if educators possess knowledge regarding transition assessment and what is
being used to implement transition assessment especially for students with intellectual
disabilities
Research Questions
This study investigated two research questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
56
Rationale
In order to answer the research questions this study was conducted to gather
specific data that pertains to knowledge about transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities The study utilized a survey that was based on earlier research by
Herbert et al (2010) Gaining knowledge from a variety of professionals required the
selection of the individuals who best represented those who provide services to
individuals with intellectual disabilities who are involved in the transition planning phase
of their education (American Association for Public Opinion Research 2011)
To better answer the research questions it was necessary to conduct a descriptive
analysis of the survey results A qualitative analysis of the perceptions of the practitioners
who provide transition assessment to students with intellectual disabilities was used with
two open-ended questions Accordingly the previous survey was pilot tested and
administered with modifications following the pilot testing process (Herbert et al 2010)
The descriptive analysis conducted in the initial survey was replicated in order to provide
for reliability and validity
Context of the Study
The setting for this study was an area that included the western portion of Texas
characterized as West Texas This region is better known as a rural plains area with one
larger city that is surrounded by rural towns sprawling ranches and agricultural entities
(Texas Association of Counties 2003) According to the Texas Association of Counties
(2003) rural areas generally rely on agriculture that is more unstable which results in
higher unemployment and underemployment These areas show population that is more
sparsely populated as compared to urban regions The area is served by the Regional
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
57
Education Service Center Region 17 which includes Local Education Agencies
Logistics along with the researcherrsquos proximity to the research locale necessitated the
selection of the setting for the study
In addition to logistical concerns the data that was collected served the area that
is identified with a more regionalized specific purpose West Texas is a region that deals
with the unique needs of the plains and a rural locale that reflects different hurdles and
barriers that are different from those of a larger metroplex In addition to the wide spans
of the region as a whole the barriers that affect transition planning for individuals with
disabilities are affected by the rural setting the expanse of the region as a land mass and
the availability of services for individuals with disabilities
Data Sources
The group comprising the research participants included individuals in public
school settings that provide transition services to students with intellectual disabilities
This included special education teachers in self-contained settings special education
teachers in inclusive settings vocational adjustment coordinators diagnosticians special
education directors and transition coordinators who coordinate the transition planning
process and who work directly with individuals who have intellectual disabilities This
group best represented the parties that intervene with the chosen population of individuals
with intellectual disabilities West Texas residents and the persons who possess a vested
interest in the subject matter of transition assessment
Disadvantages to the choice of the participants were that the participants may not
have represented the community as a whole throughout the state of Texas who serve
individuals with intellectual disabilities In addition the goals and future outcomes for the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
58
individuals with intellectual disabilities in West Texas could vary from the future
outcomes for individuals in larger metroplex areas or who live in land areas not as vast as
West Texas Advantages could be that the rural setting could serve to provide information
that regions throughout the United States would be able to utilize to enhance the service
delivery for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Data Collection Methods
The process of collecting the data involved the use of an online survey for four
weeks that was replicated from a study that was conducted based out of The Pennsylvania
State University (Herbert et al 2010) The original plan was to disseminate the survey
for two weeks A reminder was sent after two weeks and another reminder was sent after
three weeks in order to obtain a sufficient number of participants
Included in the survey was basic demographic information such as job title years
of experience highest education level and area of concentration Additional data for the
present study was collected on types of current transition assessment practices being
utilized and what areas are assessed by the transition personnel The information
collected reflected who performed transition assessments to individuals with intellectual
disabilities what was the impact of transition assessment and their own level of
understanding by professionals regarding transition assessment
The original survey involved 13 questions that included demographic information
and knowledge of transition application procedures For the purpose of this study the
demographic component consisted of eight items including information about location
gender educational background and job title The survey questions directly associated
with transition assessment included a list of eight questions Two were open-ended
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
59
questions Sixteen of the questions required a descriptive analysis process The two open-
ended questions required qualitative analysis of the responses (Miles amp Huberman
1994)
The survey questions pertaining to transition also required a descriptive analysis
approach The questions included information from the respondents about their
understanding of services and their opinion about what was available and what was being
utilized with regard to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Respondents were asked about their understanding of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities The respondents had the opportunity to express
the level of effectiveness present in the current transition assessment practices they
experienced Respondents also responded to a portion of the survey that addressed the
level of impact that transition assessment had on assisting their students (Herbert et al
2010)
The Education Service Center Region 17 list-serve was accessed to identify the
directors of special education Those individuals were asked to forward the survey letter
and survey link to staff who work specifically with students with intellectual disabilities
and the transition process Additional list-serves were obtained through the Texas
Association of Vocational Adjustment Coordinators Texas Educational Diagnostician
Association Region 17 Education Service Center contacts and district e-mail contacts
More than one hundred participants were estimated as possible participants Possible
participants were contacted with the hopes of obtaining a sample of at least sixty Seventy
one participants submitted responses to the survey in the online format (Appendix C and
D)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
60
Data Analysis
Analysis of the data required a careful descriptive process The first step included
a best-practices analysis with regard to the data-collection process and the survey itself
The American Association for Public Opinion Research (2011) suggests 12 quality
standards for best practices with survey studies Some of these standards include
ldquopossessing specific goals for the survey considering alternatives to the survey approach
selecting samples that well represent the population to be studied and taking great care in
matching question wording to the concepts being measured and the population studiedrdquo
(AAPOR 2011 p1)
Descriptive analysis was ensued throughout the data analysis process for all but
the two open-ended questions Basic statistical analysis was reviewed using descriptive
analysis The purpose was to ldquoassign meaning to the descriptive or inferential
information compiled during the studyrdquo (Miles amp Huberman 1994 p 56) Descriptive
analysis involves ldquothe process of staying as close to the data as was originally recordedrdquo
(Glesne 2006)
Through the use of qualitative analysis further evolvement of recurring themes
and patterns was evaluated Lorenz and Trusty (2010) wrote ldquoa qualitative analysis must
be done to identify content themes to the open-ended questionrdquo (p20) A systematic
approach to review the given data for the two open-ended questions allowed for greater
usability of the common patterns themes and implications by interested stakeholders A
codification system was utilized to discover themes patterns and obscure outliers present
within the survey tool with the open-ended response questions (Miles amp Huberman
1994) Qualitative analysis was not simply a means to support the assumptions of the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
61
researcher Secondly care was adhered to so that the results of the initial study did not
lead to a biased approach to the data collected during this study
Data Management Plan
The initial step in the data management process required permission by the Texas
Tech University Institutional Review Board (IRB) to conduct the study Consent was
obtained from the participants through acknowledgment of their willingness to participate
in the online survey (Appendix A and B)
The data that was gathered required a carefully designed and organized data
management plan Following the data collection process the data was appropriately
securely and safely stored The data was password protected with access only by the
researcher The data was stored on a computer with password protection which was only
accessed by the researcher
Reliability and Validity
The reliability and validity of this study was enhanced due to the use of the survey
tool utilized in a former study (Herbert et al 2010) The survey tool was field tested and
later refined for greater clarification This was the second time this survey was utilized
There was a narrowing of the survey to specifically address the knowledge of assessment
practices of educational professionals with regard to transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities The online format was utilized for a four-week time span to
gather the data A smaller sampling of participants that better represented the West Texas
demographics was utilized to enhance the validity of the data from the selected region
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
62
Summary
This study investigated the knowledge that professionals possess regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities This study described
the knowledge of assessment practice within the West Texas region This was completed
using a mixed-methods approach of descriptive statistical analysis and a qualitative
analysis through the use of a replicated survey A review of the research in the areas of
transition planning and transition assessment was completed at the beginning
A survey that was previously conducted was replicated to address the research
questions pertaining to the knowledge that educational professionals possess with regard
to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The online survey
was available for a four-week period List-serves and district emails were used to identify
participants who best represented West Texas professionals and who best answered the
research questions for transition assessment pertaining to individuals with intellectual
disabilities
Data analysis required a mixed-methods approach of descriptive statistical
analysis for the majority of the survey responses and qualitative analysis for two open-
ended questions A carefully designed data management plan was used throughout the
study to adhere to a well-managed audit trail Careful protocol was followed to gather the
data organize the data and analyze the data
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
63
CHAPTER IV
Results
This study examined the level of knowledge professionals possessed regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Additionally
participants were asked what assessment tools were being utilized to address transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities including types of assessment and
specific assessment tools Questions explored areas examined during transition
assessment and who was responsible for implementing the assessment tools Participants
were contacted via e-mail to request their participation in the web-based survey
The process of contacting participants involved online requests to regional special
education directors diagnosticians transition personnel and vocational adjustment
coordinators serving students with intellectual disabilities in West Texas An initial
request was sent giving the participants two weeks to complete the survey A second
request was sent after the two week period A third and final request was sent as a
reminder giving the participants four more days to complete the survey A total of 71
participants completed the online survey
Modifications were made to the replicated study to gather specific data pertaining
to transition assessment as a whole rather than just career assessment staff training
desires and knowledge about specific published assessment tools Changes included
a) utilized descriptive statistics to increase practical understanding for educational
personnel in a usable format (Trochim 2006) b) changed from one to two open-ended
questions c) rephrased open-ended questions for greater clarification d) omitted
demographic question pertaining to race e) added a survey question related to training
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
64
desires due to overwhelming response in the original survey f) added additional
assessment areas types and mechanisms g) changed wording from career assessment to
transition assessment h) focused on education personnel versus rehabilitation personnel
and i) narrowed to two research questions
Data were obtained through the online survey utilizing descriptive data analysis
for 16 questions and qualitative analysis for two open-ended questions Participants were
asked if the assessment tools aided in identifying and meeting the potential of individuals
with intellectual disabilities Basic demographic questions were asked to gain an
understanding of the characteristics of the West Texas participants located in the Region
17 Education Service Center area
Research Questions
This study gathered information regarding knowledge of transition assessment for
students with intellectual disabilities located in West Texas and characterized as the
Region 17 Service Center area The following research questions were addressed
Research Questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Characteristics of the Sample
Job Category
The population for this study included 71 participants of whom 831 were
female and 169 were male This study included similar types of participants in the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
65
original study conducted at The Pennsylvania State University (Herbert et al 2010)
However emphasis for this study was directed toward education personnel rather than
rehabilitation personnel from the previous study Participants included district
administrators special education teachers district special education administrators
consultants diagnosticians transition coordinators vocational adjustment coordinators
campus administrators special education counselors and education service center
consultants Seventy-one individuals participated in the study which is reflected in Table
41
Table 41 Job Category Description (N = 71)
_______________________________________________________________________
Variability Category n
_______________________________________________________________________
Job Category Campus Educator 21 295
Educational Diagnostician 19 267
Vocational Adjustment Coordinator 8 112
Transition Coordinator 6 84
Special Education Administrator 5 70
District Administrator 3 42
Consultant 2 28
District Educator 2 28
Transition Vocational Counselor 2 28
Campus Administrator 1 14
Special Education Counselor 1 14
Rehabilitation Counselor 1 14
________________________________________________________________________
Gender
Gender was another demographic question asked of the participants Of the 71
participants fifty nine were female which equated to 831 Twelve of the participants
were male which equaled 169 These results were similar to the original study at
722 and 278 This is reflected in table 42
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
66
Table 42 Gender (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variability Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Gender Female 59 831
Male 12 169
________________________________________________________________________
Age of Participant
Age was also obtained from the participants Ten categories were used to organize
the ages of the participants The first category began with the age of 20 Ages 41-45
represented the largest age range with 225 of the participants in that group This was
followed closely by the age range of 51-55 years In original study 45 years old was the
average age of the participants which is similar to the findings in this study Three
categories had two participants The results are shown in Table 43
Table 43 Age of the Participant (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Age of Participant 20-25 2 28
26-30 3 42
31-35 6 85
36-40 2 28
41-45 16 225
46-50 8 113
51-55 14 197
56-60 10 141
61-65 8 113
66-70 2 28
________________________________________________________________________
Educational Level
Educational level was critical for understanding formal education that was
provided to the participants in their respective field A question was posed to the
participants in the online format to address this topic Table 44 demonstrates the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
67
education level of the participants A very large percentage of the participants 80
possessed a masterrsquos degree or higher Participants with a bachelorrsquos degree were
significantly lower at 20 This was similar to the findings in the original study with
687 for a masterrsquos degree and 247 for a bachelorrsquos degree
Table 44 Level of Education (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Level of Education Bachelorrsquos degree 15 217
Masterrsquos degree 51 732
Doctorate 1 14
Other (Post Masterrsquos) 4 56
________________________________________________________________________
Total Experience Years
A question was included that addressed total years as an educator The study
included a range of total years as an educator from 1-2 years up to 41 and above Twenty-
six percent of the participants possessed numerous years of experience ranging from 16-
20 years of experience An extremely high percentage of 788 of the participants
possessed more than 20 years of experience as an educator (Table 45) This was more
than the original survey which revealed 917 years of experience as the average
Table 45 Years of Experience as an Educator (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Total Years as an Educator 1-2 3 42
3-5 3 42
6-10 9 127
11-15 6 85
16-20 18 254
21-25 8 113
26-30 11 155
31-35 7 99
36-40 5 70
41 and above 1 14
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
68
Current Position Experience
Experience in the present position was another piece of demographic data
presented in the original study and in this online survey also Analysis of this survey
revealed that time in the present position included one to five years at 38 six to fifteen
years at 281 sixteen to thirty years at 267 and 7 at thirty-one or more years
(Table 46)
Table 46 Years in the Current Position (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Years in current position 1-5 27 380
6-15 20 281
16-30 19 267
31 or more 5 70
________________________________________________________________________
Comparison of Demographics
Descriptive statistics were utilized to provide a comparative analysis of the age of
the participant years as an educator and years in the current position The mean age for
the participants was 4842 years old Average years of experience were 2032 years
Average years in the participantsrsquo current position were 1230 years Each of these
comparisons demonstrates extensive longevity in all realms (Table 47)
Table 47 Comparison of Demographics (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable M SD Low High
________________________________________________________________________
Age 4842 1091 20-25 66-70
Total Years as an educator 2032 1037 1-2 41+
Years in current position 1230 954 1-5 31+
_______________________________________________________________________
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
69
Education Site Location
Participants were asked to select the type of location where they worked or
consulted (Table 48) The categories examined the various types of employment
scenarios for educators in the Region 17 Education Service Center area A good
sampling of participants was achieved across rural suburban and urban locations Forty
one percent of the participants are located in rural settings Twenty eight were located in
urban settings Twenty two of the participants were located in a combination of rural and
suburban settings Employment location that was the least was the suburban locale This
result would correlate with the reality that the West Texas region is primarily a rural
setting
Table 48 EmploymentConsultation Location (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
EmploymentConsultation Location Rural 28 406
Suburban 7 101
Urban 19 275
Combination (ruralsuburban) 15 217
No Response 2 28
________________________________________________________________________
Employment Setting
A frequency count was completed to determine the percentages as well as the
numbers of individuals in various consultation or employment settings The categories
examined the various types of employment scenarios for educators in the Region 17
Education Service Center area The largest number occurred for individuals working in
high school settings which was more than half (712) of the participants (Table 49)
Some participants remarked on other locales where they were also employed The lowest
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
70
numbers of employment settings occurred for Alternative State Facility Education
Service Center and an ldquootherrdquo response (n = 2 1 1 1)
Table 49 Employment Setting (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Employment Setting High School 42 512
Middle School 18 219
AdministrativeCentral Office 9 153
Alternative 2 34
Other Locations indicated State Facility 1 12
in addition to the ones surveyed All grade levels 6 73
District 2 24
Education Service Center 1 12
Elementary (other) 1 12
________________________________________________________________________
Research Questions
Research Question One
Grade level implementation What knowledge do educators possess regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities To answer this
question Table 410 displays the frequency count for grade level during which transition
assessment occurs Transition assessment should be administered at all grade levels
every year as mandated in the IDEA 2004 However implementation of transition
assessment at ldquoall grade levelsrdquo showed only to be 544 The participants marked
individual grade levels at 9th
grade 397 10th
grade 265 11th
grade 250 and
12th
grade 250 There were 49 of the participants who selected ldquonone providedrdquo
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
71
Table 410 Perceived Grade Level Implementation of Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Grade level transition assessments 9th
27
397
are conducted 10th
18 265
11th
17 250
12th
17 250
All grade levels 37 544
None provided 4 49
No response 3 42
________________________________________________________________________
Person responsible Persons responsible for transition assessment are displayed
in Table 411 The high school teacher was selelcted by the particpants as the individual
most likely to administer transition assessment at 521 Transition Coordinators and
Vocational Adjustment Coordinators were the next most likely individuals to be
conducting transition assessment (281 and 225) The school phsychologist was
selected as the least likely individual to administer transition assessments A significant
number participants did not know or skipped this question entirely (239)
Table 411 Person Responsible for Implementing Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Individual deemed High School Teacher 37 521
responsible for Transition Services ConsultantCoordinator 20 281
providing Vocational Adjustment Coordinator 16 225
transition Diagnostician 12 169
assessment High School Counselor 10 141
Career Counselor (School Employee) 7 98
Career Counselor Consultant (non-school
employee) 2 28
School Psychologist 1 14
No one assignednot available 3 42
Do not know 1 14
Varies 3 42
Skipped 16 225
________________________________________________________________________
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
72
Level of understanding The level of understanding regarding transition
assessment by participants is displayed in Table 412 Thirty-eight percent of the
participants marked a very clear understanding 45 marked moderately clear
understanding and 182 indicated little no or skipped the question pertaining to
understanding of transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Over-all 60 of the participants indicated they had moderate to little or no understanding
regarding transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities This result is
similar to the original study which indicated that education personnel perceive their level
of understanding to be less than optimal
Table 412 Perceived Level of Understanding Regarding Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Understanding about Very clear 27 380
transition assessment Moderately clear 32 450
Limited 9 126
Little or no 2 28
Skipped 2 28
Additional training In the original study an overwhelming number of
participants expressed a desire to obtain more training regarding transition assessment
through the open-ended response (Herbert et al 2010) A question was developed in this
study to allow the participants the opportunity to express what types of training they
would like to receive Table 413 displays the participantsrsquo desires to participate in
workshops and higher education opportunities pertaining to transition assessment An
extremely large number of participants expressed a desire to participate in one-day
workshops (912) Eighty-one percent of the participants desired one-day workshops
Training opportunities selected by participants in the 40-50 range were one-hour
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
73
workshops team collaborations on-going in-service training and online training
modules Twenty-one percent of the participants expressed interest in college-level
coursework Only three individuals indicated that they were not interested in any training
Table 413 Interest in Additional Training (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Training opportunities One-hour workshop 30 422
to increase knowledge of 1-day workshop 58 817
transition assessment Team Collaboration 34 479
Self-study 17 239
Multiple day workshops 18 253
Ongoing in-service training 29 408
Online training module 34 479
College course 15 211
College Course (onlinemedia-site) 9 126
TEA certification coursework 12 169
None 3 42
Other 1 14
Skipped 3 42
________________________________________________________________________
Research Question Two
Areas addressed What transition assessment practices are used by educational
personnel for individuals with intellectual disabilities To answer this question Table
414 describes the areas that the participants rated with regard to transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities Academic Achievement was rated at 563
Vocational Assessment at 676 Academic Aptitude at 366 Career Decision Making at
464 and the greatest amount at 887 was Interests In the original survey vocational
interest aptitude and achievement was noted as assessment area most used Additional
areas in this survey included Personality at 323 Work Values at 366 World of
Work Knowledge at 324 and ldquoDonrsquot know and No responserdquo a combined percentage
of 84 by the participants
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
74
Table 414 Perceived Areas Addressed with Transition Assessment (N = 71)
_______________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Areas addressed with Interests 63 887
transition assessment Vocational Aptitude 48 676
Academic Achievement 40 563
Career Decision Making 33 464
Academic Aptitude 26 366
Work Values 26 366
Personality 23 323
World of Work Knowledge 23 324
Donrsquot know 2 28
No response 4 56
________________________________________________________________________
Types of assessments Descriptive statistics were utilized for questions pertaining
to types of assessment areas as shown in Table 415 This question was added to this
survey to gather specific data pertaining to knowledge regarding types of transition
assessments used to assess students with intellectual disabilities Types of assessments
were rated from ldquoNot Used or Heard of to Heard of and Usedrdquo Frequency counts were
obtained for each area of assessments A scale of one was used for ldquoNot Used or Heard of
or Heard ofrdquo a score of two was given for ldquoHeard ofrdquo and a three was given for ldquoUsedrdquo
Mean scores ranged from the lowest at 16 for EcologicalEnvironment and Authentic
Assessment to the highest at 286 for Teacher Observation The next highest ratings were
for Interest Inventories at 277 Interviews and Student Surveys at 273 Academic
Achievement at 266 Intellectual Aptitude at 264 and Functional Skills Inventory at
253 A clear separation occurred with a 5050 ldquoUse and Heard ofrdquo result for Career
Aptitude Teacher Made Learning Styles and Curriculum-Based at 233 and 234 Types
of assessments that had been ldquoHeard ofrdquo but were ldquoNot Used or Heard ofrdquo as frequently
were Personality Profiles at 222 and Portfolio at 216 Several types of assessments
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
75
revealed limited ldquoUserdquo and ldquoHeard ofrdquo or ldquoNot Used or Heard ofrdquo to a greater extent
These included Self-determination measures at 193 Self-advocacy measures at 198
Situational at 181 Authentic at 168 and EcologicalEnvironmental at 160
Table 415 Level of Use for Types of Transition Assessments (N = 71)
____________________________________________________________________
Item Not Used (1) Heard of (2) Used (3) Rating M n
or Heard of
________________________________________________________________________
Teacher Observation 2 14 51 286 67
Interest Inventories 1 14 55 277 70
Student Survey 1 16 49 273 66
Interviews 3 13 54 273 70
Academic Achievement 0 22 42 266 64
Intellectual Aptitude 1 22 43 264 66
Functional Skills Inventory 4 22 38 253 64
Career Aptitude 2 31 31 245 64
Teacher Made 5 30 26 234 61
Curriculum-Based 7 27 27 233 61
Learning Styles 4 33 24 233 61
Personality Profiles 5 36 18 222 59
Portfolio 9 33 19 216 61
Self-advocacy measures 15 31 14 198 60
Self-determination measures 16 32 12 193 60
Situational 24 20 13 181 57
Authentic 26 27 7 168 60
EcologicalEnvironmental 30 21 7 160 58
________________________________________________________________________
Published assessments Descriptive statistics were employed for published
assessments as shown in Table 416 This was a question that was added to this survey to
gather information pertaining to knowledge regarding published assessment mechanisms
Frequency counts were obtained for 11 published transition assessment tools A rating
mean was obtained for each tool similar to the previous Areas Addressed question A
score of one was given for ldquoNot Used or Heard ofrdquo a score of two was given for ldquoHeard
ofrdquo and a three was given for ldquoUsedrdquo Score rating means ranged from 138 to 262
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
76
Special Education Manager (GG Consulting LLC 2008) received the highest
rating at 262 The next highest published tools included Transition Planning Inventory
(Clark amp Patton 2009) at 222 Moderate ratings went to the Reading-Free Vocational
Interest Inventory 2 (Becker 2005) at 205 and the Brigance Employability Skills
Inventory (Brigance 1995) at 208 The OrsquoNet Interest Survey (US Department of
Labor 2002) received a 187 rating score The Picture Interest Career Survey (PICS)
(Brady 2007) received a 182 rating score Lowest scores included the Arc Self-
determination Scale (Wehmeyer amp Kelchner 1995) at 138 and the MECA (Oakwood
Solutions LLC 2010) at 141 COPS-PIC (Knapp-Lee L (2007) at 144 Myers Briggs
Type Indicator (Myers amp Briggs 1988) at 158 and the WRIOT2 (Glutting amp Wilkinson
2006) at 153
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
77
Table 416 Level of Use for Published Assessments (N = 71) (ID=Insufficient Data)
________________________________________________________________________
Item Not Used (1) Heard of (2) Used (3) Rating M n
or Heard of
________________________________________________________________________
Special Education Manager (SEM) 3 19 44 262 66
Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) 8 19 36 222 63
Brigance Employability 12 33 17 208 62
Skills Inventory
Reading-Free Vocational Interest 23 19 20 205 59
Inventory 2 (R-FVII2)
O-Net Interest Inventory 45 11 15 187 60
Picture Interest Career Survey (PICS) 26 21 15 182 62
Myers Briggs Type Indicator 27 30 2 158 59
Wide Range Interest and 36 16 8 153 60
Occupation Test (WRIOT2
COPS-PIC Picture Inventory 31 17 8 144 62
Of Careers
Microcomputer Evaluation 34 14 11 141 59
Of Careers and Academics (MECA)
Arc Self-determination Scale 41 15 4 138 60
Other 0 0 10 ID 15
Unsure 2 0 0 ID 2
No Response 0 0 0 ID 3
________________________________________________________________________
Impact One question asked the participants to rate the impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Table 417) The participants
stated that transition assessment had a significant impact at 169 Moderate impact was
perceived by 468 Minimal impact was selected by 309 of the participants and little
or no impact by 56 of the participants Over-all participants rated current practices in
transition assessment as having Moderate to Minimal impact at an extremely high level
of 83 In the original study the results were similar with 503 indicating moderate
impact and 274 with minimal to no impact
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
78
Table 417 Perceived Impact of Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Impact of transition assessment Significant 12 169
Moderate 33 468
Minimal 22 309
Little or No Impact 2 56
No Response 3 42
________________________________________________________________________
Procedure Used with Open-Ended Questions
Qualitative analysis was used for two open-ended questions in the survey The
first question received 15 responses from the participants This question pertained to what
additional information the participant wanted to include with regard to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The second question resulted in
eight responses from the participants This question asked what the participant knew that
they wished they could use with students with intellectual disabilities with regard to
transition assessment The narrative responses were gathered and reviewed for similar
themes and content
Question One
Participants were asked ldquoWhat else do you use for transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilitiesrdquo Fifteen individualsrsquo responses were submitted
Specific assessment tools were identified by the participants in statements that included
the name of the assessment tool A coding system was utilized to clarify whether the
response was narrative or a specific assessment tool response Further analysis occurred
for the narrative responses to determine themes and common trends
Respondents suggested Career Cruising software (N = 4) (Anaca Technologies
2012) One response suggested the Career Clusters Interest Survey (Arizona State 2007)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
79
and one stated the Cops and Caps (CareerLife Skills Resources 2012) vocational
assessment measure One participant included the Student Styles Questionnaire Revised
(SSQR) (Oakland Glutting amp Horton 1996) Two people suggested the Bridges
Software (Xap Corporation 2009) which was also suggested by one person in the online
questionnaire section under ldquootherrdquo for specific assessment tools Two individuals
suggested questionnaires as a viable means to gather assessment data Participants
suggested parent input for transition and vocational assessment (N = 3) Individuals who
included narrative responses discussed the importance of conducting situational
assessments by including the input of other professionals including outside agencies and
other teachers (N = 2) Responses included observations to get to know the individual and
determining the specific needs of the student to determine what would benefit the student
after graduation (N = 3) One individual who actually answered the second open-ended
question suggested the Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) (Clark amp Patton 2009) as a
thorough tool for assessment
Question Two
Eight participants responded to question two about ldquoWhat do you know about
transition assessment that you wish you could use for students with intellectual
disabilitiesrdquo Two respondents expressed the need for more time to assess the students on
their caseload with regard to transition Another individual commented on the need for
more teacher involvement at each grade level Two individuals posited the need to assess
students in a variety of either job or real-life situational settings One participant stated
that the greatest tool for awareness by the student with regard to transition is receiving a
paycheck One respondent stated that parents need to be better educated with regard to
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
80
continuation of services after graduation This respondent stated that personal advocacy
time management and organization were major issues facing students as they transition
to postsecondary options One final respondent stated that the questionnaire they utilized
had little meaning for students in middle school
Summary
The purpose of this study was to survey educators responsible for implementing
transition assessment for secondary students with intellectual disabilities Participants
included educators from West Texas characterized as individuals located in the Region
17 Education Service Center area The total number of participants was 71 The
population for this study was district administrators special education teachers district
special education administrators consultants diagnosticians transition coordinators
vocational adjustment coordinators campus administrators special education counselors
and education service center consultants Participants were solicited via e-mail requests to
participate voluntarily and to answer the questions from the online survey provided by a
link to the questionnaire
This chapter reported the findings from the study about transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities An online survey was conducted pertaining to
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The first section of this
chapter included descriptive analysis for 16 items pertaining to demographics of the
sample areas and types of transition assessment tools perceived benefits of transition
assessment persons responsible for transition assessment and levels of knowledge
regarding transition assessment The next section of this chapter included a qualitative
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
81
analysis for two open-ended questions Data were described and grouped by common
themes from the participantsrsquo statements on the online format
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
82
CHAPTER V
Discussion
This chapter provides a brief background of the problem and includes a summary
of the study Also included is a description of the review of the literature that was the
foundation for the research study reported herein The methodology for this study is
summarized and followed by a discussion and analysis of the findings The significance
of the study is addressed with an emphasis on the conclusions and implications relevant
to the research pertaining to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities Additionally this chapter offers recommendations for further research based
on the findings Concluding thoughts included limitations of the study and suggestions
for further research
Summary of the Study
This descriptive study investigated the knowledge educators possessed with
regard to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The first four
chapters included an introduction to the study a review of the literature that centered on
the transition process and transition assessment a description of the methodology and an
analysis from the findings of the data that were collected through the study
Chapter I provided a brief overview regarding the mandate proposed with the
IDEA of 2004 which requires that all students in special education who reach the age of
16 must have an ITP which is directed by the transition assessment process In addition
to the purpose of the study this chapter included a statement of the problem the research
questions the theoreticalconceptual framework assumptions definitions of terms
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
83
utilized in the study the delimitations and limitations of the study a discussion of the
significance of the study and the over-all organization of the study
Chapter II provided a review of the literature as it pertains to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Definitions of intellectual
disabilities characteristics and historical practices related to individuals with intellectual
disabilities and transition planning for special needs learners were described
An overview of the research pertaining to transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities was presented Explanations of transition assessment
methods were presented A search of relevant research revealed that studies which
addressed transition planning were available however limited studies addressing
transition assessment existed Lesser studies pertaining specifically to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities existed
Chapter III outlined the methodology and the online survey utilized to complete
the research study Data were collected from education personnel working directly with
students with intellectual disabilities Data were collected over a 4 week period through
an online survey The survey was a replication of a previously utilized survey to address
transition assessment for individuals with disabilities (Herbert et al 2010) The
information from the literature review guided the development of the research as well as
refinement of a few of the survey questions to better address individuals with intellectual
disabilities
The survey replicated research conducted through The Pennsylvania State
University Career Assessment Practices for High School Students with Disabilities and
Perceived Value Reported by Transition Personnel (Herbert et al 2010) Modifications
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
84
were made to the replicated study to gather specific data pertaining to transition
assessment as a whole rather than just career assessment staff training desires and
knowledge about specific published assessment tools Changes included
a) utilized descriptive statistics to increase practical understanding for educational
personnel in a usable format (Trochim 2006) b) changed from one to two open-ended
questions c) rephrased open-ended questions for greater clarification d) omitted
demographic question pertaining to race e) added a survey question related to training
desires due to overwhelming response in original survey f) added additional assessment
areas types and mechanisms g) changed wording from career assessment to transition
assessment h) focused on education personnel versus rehabilitation personnel and
i) narrowed to two research questions Also the survey was designed to reveal the
knowledge of educational staff working with students with intellectual disabilities as it
pertains to transition assessment A copy of the survey is located in Appendix E
Chapter IV reported the findings of the study The chapter began with a review of
the mandates pertaining to transition assessment as outlined in IDEA 2004 best-practices
approach to transition planning and the limited available research pertaining to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Procedures utilized in analyzing
the descriptive data and the qualitative information produced by two open-ended
questions was explained Findings were presented with explanations of how the data
answered the following research questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
85
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Discussion of the Findings
An analysis evaluation and synthesis of the findings indicated that educators
who implement transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities utilize a
variety of assessment tools that address several areas pertaining to the transition process
Several topics emerged from the data regarding transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities The topics included demographics of participants that best
represent the West Texas region knowledge of transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities and types of assessment practices utilized by professionals
dealing with individuals with intellectual disabilities (Figure 51) A detailed discussion
of the topics will provide greater understanding of the answers to the research questions
and guide the implications for further research and practice in transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Figure 51 Transition Assessment Topics
Transition Assessment for Individuals with
Intellectual Disabilities
Demographics of the
Participants
Knowledge of Transition
Assessment
Assessment Practices
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
86
Impact of Demographics
Setting
In order to best represent the characteristics of the West Texas region it was
necessary to obtain a sampling from a variety of individuals who best represented the
West Texas region This area is better known as a rural plains area with one larger city
that is surrounded by rural towns sprawling ranches and agricultural entities (Texas
Association of Counties 2003) A large number of the participants (40) worked in
rural settings with equal numbers working in urban and suburban settings The variety of
settings that was obtained in the online survey format for this study represented an
excellent sampling of the West Texas region
The participants worked in various settings The majority of the participants
worked in high school settings This result was appropriate due to the requirement by the
IDEA of 2004 which states that when students reach the age of 16 a transition plan
should be developed which is directed by the findings of the transition assessment
Traditionally a student who is 16 years old is a high school student A portion of the
participants were from middle school settings which can be attributed to the awareness
that transition planning is recommended to begin at the age of 14 for individuals with
disabilities (Miller et al 2007) Typically students in middle school are introduced to the
transition planning process at this stage of their education career
Participants
The sample for this study included educators from West Texas characterized as
Education Service Center Region 17 The total number of participants was 71 Fifty nine
of the participants were female (831) and 12 were male (169) The population
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
87
included district administrators special education teachers district special education
administrators consultants diagnosticians transition coordinators vocational adjustment
coordinators campus administrators special education counselors and education service
center consultants Participants were solicited via e-mail requests to answer the questions
on the online survey provided by a link to the questionnaire
For the purposes of this study educators were the primary focus in order to gather
specific data pertaining to the level of knowledge they possessed regarding transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities School personnel who are
typically involved in the process were included such as vocational adjustment teachers
diagnosticians special education administrators district and campus educators transition
coordinators and district and campus administrators provided the greatest number of
those individuals who participated in the survey
Experience The research participants constituted a group representing vast years
of experience as educators All the participants possessed a college degree with the
majority of the participants possessing a masterrsquos degree or higher (n = 57) The age of
the participants provided a good sampling of age ranges with the majority of the
participants being over the age of 40 Obtaining the age years of experience and
education level of the participants was necessary in order to determine basic competency
levels of the participants
Job category A varied sampling was achieved pertaining to job categories Job
categories ranged from administrators educators diagnosticians and
counselorsconsultants The largest group was educators which included campus
educators and vocational adjustment coordinators A substantial number of diagnosticians
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
88
provided input on the online survey which added to the validity of the study Several
counselors and consultants provided input which increased the type of sampling that was
obtained for the study A lesser number of district and campus administrators provided
input to the survey Over-all the sampling varied and represented a variety of personnel
who addressed transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
The literature addressed the best-practices approach to developing a transition
plan for the secondary students with a disability The purpose of transition assessment is
to gather ongoing data that leads to the development of a transition plan that meets the
needs of the student as heshe transitions from secondary to postsecondary life The
development of the ITP is a team effort that should be a collaborative undertaking which
provides input from a variety of stakeholders (National Secondary Technical Training
Assistance Center 2010) Grigal Hart and Magliore (2011) stated that team members
should be more involved in the ITP planning process More input by all stakeholders with
regard to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities is needed in
order to develop a quality effective transition plan (IDEA 2004) Accordingly the
inclusion of a variety of education personnel for this study was appropriate
Knowledge
Research Question One asked ldquoWhat knowledge do educators possess regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilitiesrdquo Inconsistency is an
issue that persists with the practice of transition assessment (Morningstar 1997 cited in
Herbert et al 2010) Results from the study reported demonstrated that the same issue
still persists within the West Texas region among educators implementing transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
89
Understanding
Most of the participants indicated that their level of knowledge was moderate to
none regarding transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Thirty-
eight percent of the participants rated their level understanding of transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities as very clear However 45 stated they
possessed moderately clear understanding regarding transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities Eighteen percent of the participants reported they had
limited or little understanding regarding transition assessment Campus educators
expressed the greatest clarity with regard to understanding with 615 of the respondents
from that sector Data indicated that over-all staff perceptions pertaining to their own
level of understanding regarding transition assessment of individuals with intellectual
disabilities is not at the optimum level
Grade Level Implementation
Most of all the participants responded that some type of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities was performed in grades 9 10 11 and 12 Many
agreed that transition assessment was conducted either on their campus or the campus
they consulted with for all grade levels at 544 Equal numbers of participants
however chose specific grade levels Ninth grade (397) elicited the greatest number
when individual grade levels were chosen Seven participants 10 chose the ldquonone
providedrdquo or ldquono responserdquo selection Campus educators diagnosticians special
education administrators and vocational adjustment coordinators indicated transition
assessment took place at the 9th
grade level with 375-60 of the respondents
Variability in grade-level implementation and the ldquonone providedrdquo response indicated
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
90
that more knowledge is needed to address basic understanding regarding implementation
of transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities at all grade levels
Miller et al (2007) states that transition assessment is the process of gathering
information over an extended period of time in order to develop an appropriate IEP that
meets the studentrsquos needs Transition planning was characterized as an ongoing process
of ldquocollecting information on the studentrsquos strengths needs preferences and interests as
they related to the demands of current and future livingrdquo (Sitlington 2008 p 87) The
variability in the responses by the participants indicated a lack of awareness of the
mandates associated with IDEA 2004 Understanding that transition assessments as an
all-level ongoing process is needed for educators implementing a sound transition plan
that is directed by the transition assessment process (IDEA 2004 cited in Herbert et al
2010)
Responsibility
Several groups emerged from the analysis by those who answered this question
Campus educators constituted the largest group that was deemed the individual
responsible for implementing transition assessment of individuals with intellectual
disabilities (n = 53) Transition coordinators also emerged to a lesser extent as the
individual who provided transition assessment (n = 20) Counselors both school and
nonschool were identified by some of the participants as providing transition assessment
(n = 19) Thirteen individuals stated the diagnostician performed transition assessment to
individuals with disabilities The most revealing responses were ldquononerdquo ldquodo not knowrdquo
or participants simply skipped the item A total of 20 individuals were included with this
response
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
91
The literature and mandates of IDEA 2004 explicitly state that understanding the
role of the team member is critical when implementing transition assessment
Collaboration is required by all interested stakeholders including the school
administrators educators parents students and community agencies (Furney Hasazi
and Destafano 1997) Participants provided varied responses to the item that addressed
who was responsible for transition assessment The data revealed that knowledge
regarding who was responsible for the implementation of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities should be addressed
Training
In the original study the one open-ended question revealed an overwhelming
desire to seek further training and education pertaining to transition assessment for
individuals with disabilities (Herbert et al 2010) A question pertaining to training
options was added to the online format Participants in this study also expressed strong
desire to seek training opportunities to increase knowledge of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities by 91 of the participants Eighty-one percent of
the participants said they would participate in a one-day workshop Half of the
participants indicated they were interested in one-hour workshops team collaboration
ongoing in-service training and online training modules Participants indicated they were
also interested in self-study and multiple-day workshops
Several of the participants indicated they were interested in college-level
coursework Twenty percent of the participants were interested in face-to-face college
courses pertaining to transition A portion of the participants indicated they were
interested in online courses with a substantial portion of the participants interested in
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
92
obtaining transition teacher certification (169) There was a small percentage who did
not want any additional training (42) Over-all it was demonstrated through the data
that educators working with transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities expressed a strong desire to seek additional training opportunities to increase
their level of knowledge
Trends for Assessment Practice
Research Question Two asked ldquoWhat transition assessment practices are used by
educational personnel with individuals with intellectual disabilitiesrdquo Current trends
focus on employing a multifaceted approach to assessment (King Baldwin Currie and
Evans 2006) A systematic approach is needed (Neubert 2003) Assessment protocol
involves the use of formal and informal measures Types of information gathered in order
to develop a high-quality transition plan should include future needs and goals self-
determination and self-advocacy academic strengths learning styles behavioral issues
life skills needs and vocational interests attitudes and abilities (Miller et al 2007 p 5)
Levinson and Palmer (2005) described necessary components to implement transition
services as mandated by IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 They described the need to
incorporate assessment and comprehensive planning that utilized transition assessment
data that addressed academic skills daily living skills personal and social skills and
occupational and vocational skills
Areas of Assessment
Participants indicated strongly with an 886 response rate that interests
constituted the most common area addressed with transition assessment Vocational
aptitude resulted in 676 with academic achievement at 563 Falling within the 30-
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
93
40 percent range was academic aptitude personality profile work values and world of
work knowledge Vocational adjustment coordinators special education administrators
district administrators and diagnosticians indicated with 100 agreement that interests
was the area most assessed Vocational aptitude was indicated as an area assessed by a
rate of 84 to 100 by the campus administrator campus educator and special
education administrator Academic achievement was used to a greater extent in the
original study In this study this was indicated at a rate of 56 to 100 by the district
administrators special education directors and campus administrators It appears
administrators regard achievement as an important area of assessment The results if this
study revealed that greater awareness was needed to address all areas of assessment not
just interests vocational aptitude and academic achievement
Although interests are vital with regard to transition assessment it is necessary for
educators to address all the areas equally including those identified by Miller et al
(2007) future needs and goals self-determination and self-advocacy academic strengths
learning styles behavioral issues life skills needs and vocational interests attitudes and
abilities Several participants 84 indicated they did not know or chose not to answer
which indicates that greater knowledge pertaining to areas address with regard to
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities was needed
Overton (2009) wrote that assessment needed to be data driven rather than relying
on referral information alone The data should be multidimensional and not reliant on just
one set of test scores Data should reflect the studentrsquos strengths abilities interests and
preferences (IDEA 2004) Spinelli (2012) wrote that assessors should identify the
studentrsquos (a) career goals and interests (b) preferences (c) independence level
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
94
(d) strengths (e) hobbies (f) interpersonal relationships (g) self-advocacy abilities and
(h) abilities in relation to postsecondary goals
The research also found that Schmitz (2008) identified areas that should be
included in the transition planning process in order to adhere to the mandates of Indicator
13 The components of transition assessment include interest assessment and career
exploration assessment measures It is crucial to include assessment of academic
performance as it relates to the workplace The practice of assessment and skill building
should be incorporated to evaluate self-determination social and emotional learning and
interventions for independent living In order to accomplish Schmitzrsquos recommendations
ITP team members must expand their vision to include all aspects of the individualrsquos life
not just interests and academic achievement
Types of Assessment
ldquoGoals are developed based upon interests aptitudes abilities strengths and
limitations identified as significant and relevant to the student and family in the transition
planrdquo (Miller et al 2007 p 8) More specific types of assessment include interest
inventories career aptitude academic achievement teacher observation intellectual
aptitude student survey personality profiles self-determination measures self-advocacy
measures interviews ecologicalenvironmental factors authentic portfolio teacher
made curriculum-based functional skills inventories learning styles and situational
(Layton and Lock 2008 Miller et al 2007Moon 2011 Neubert 2003 Overton 2009
Sitlington 2006 Wehman 2009) Of great importance in the assessment of students with
more significant disabilities are the critical life skills pertaining to self-help mobility
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
95
self-determination socialization health family and community supports self-awareness
interests strengths and preferences of the individual (Wehman 2011)
Participants were allowed to rate types of assessments from ldquoNot used or heard of
heard of and usedrdquo Values of one two and three were attached to each response to allow
for descriptive analysis A rating mean was established for each type of assessment The
most popular type of assessment that participants used was teacher observation at a rating
mean of 286
Additional types of assessments that were indicated as ldquoused and heard ofrdquo
included interest inventories student surveys interviews academic achievement
intellectual aptitude tests and functional skills inventories These types of assessments
generate results that elicit the studentrsquos interests and preferences which are mandated in
IDEA 2004 Campus Educators vocational adjustment coordinators special education
administrators district administrators and diagnosticians rated interest inventories as one
of the more used types of assessments for 69 to 100 of these individuals
Falling into a range where less than half of the participants used the types of
measure yet they were a part of the participantrsquos awareness repertoire were career
aptitude teacher-made curriculum-based measures learning style inventories
personality profiles and portfolios Those types of assessments that fell within the mean
below 198 indicating that these have been ldquoheard of and or not used or heard ofrdquo are
self-advocacy measures self-determination measures situational authentic and
ecologicalenvironmental measures The data revealed that 65 of the types of transition
assessments were not being utilized by the majority of the participants This discovery
indicated that further education was needed to increase the knowledge regarding types of
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
96
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities These types of
assessments reveal strengths and needs which is mandated by IDEA 2004 Greater usage
was indicated in order to address assess the needs and strengths of the student with
intellectual disabilities
Located in the ldquonot used and not heard ofrdquo category were self-advocacy measures
self-determination measures situational authentic and ecological and environmental
types of assessments The lack of awareness of these measures was substantial In order
to gain valuable data pertaining to needs strengths interests and preferences for
individuals with intellectual disabilities it is important for all constituents to employ a
variety of types of assessments in order to develop a quality transition plan which is
directed by the transition assessment
The literature revealed that assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
required assessment in the natural environment (Sitlington 2008) Levinson and Palmer
(2005) emphasized the need for performance tests that assessed a studentrsquos ability to
perform specific job-like tasks work samples that expose a student to natural job
responsibilities and situational assessments that measure a studentrsquos interests abilities
and work habits in actual and contrived environments This should be included in the
transition assessment This was indicated by the participants in the open-ended question
format
Published Assessments
In the original study no question was included that addressed what specific tools
that were implemented to address transition assessment This item was added in order to
gather specific data pertaining to specific assessment trends being utilized and awareness
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
97
levels of available published assessment mechanisms Levinson and Palmer (2005) wrote
that assessment and planning are key components to successful post-school living
Assessment data can be gathered through published tests and surveys as well as from
direct interviews and observations of the student Several areas are addressed including
academic skills daily living skills personal and social skills career maturity vocational
interests and vocational aptitude tests
The National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (2010) has
developed an Assessment Toolkit that can be accessed by educators parents State
Education Agencies and Local Education Agencies to gain knowledge about best
practices with transition assessment From the results of this study information that is
contained in these types of resources is needed by educators to provide a comprehensive
contemporary assessment
Participants indicated that the Special Education Manager (GG Consulting LLC
2008) was overwhelmingly the most utilized published assessment measure in the West
Texas region with a rating mean of 262 Significantly lower utilization but was heard of
were the Reading-Free Vocational Interest Inventory 2 (R-FVII2) (Becker 2000) the
Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) (Clark amp Patton 2009) and the Brigance
Employability Skills Inventory (Brigance 1995) The majority of the remaining seven
specific published assessment tools were ldquoNot used or heard ofrdquo by the participants
Some of the participants indicated that they utilized other tools such as the Career
Cruising (Anaca Technologies Ltd 2012) Choices (Martin Huber-Marshall Maxson
Jerman Hughes Miller amp McGill 2000) and Bridges (Xap Corporation 2009) Over-
all the data revealed that participants require greater knowledge regarding published
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
98
transition assessment tools to meet the needs for transition planning with individual with
intellectual disabilities
Perceived Impact
Participants rated the impact of transition assessment for students with intellectual
disabilities Only 169 percent of the respondents selected significant as one of the
online survey choices Three-fourths of the respondents selected moderate to minimal
impact for students with intellectual disabilities Ten percent of the participants chose
little impact or chose not to answer The most revealing discovery from the research
transpired with the large response of moderate to minimal impact of transition assessment
with individuals with intellectual disabilities (833) Increased impact must be dealt
with in order to meet the mandates of IDEA 2004 and the OSERS requirements of
Indicator 13 regarding transition assessment (US Dept of Education 2009 and IDEA
2004)
Further training for educators is needed to increase the impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Transition assessment is the
driving mechanism for the ITP process Greater understanding of the areas addressed
typed of assessments purpose of assessments and published resources will provide a
greater foundation needed to develop a quality transition plan for students with
intellectual disabilities
Thematic Results
Qualitative analysis occurred for two open-ended items in the survey
Approximately one in five participants provided responses to the first open-ended
question on the survey One in nine of the participants responded to the second open-
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
99
ended question in the online format Five themes emerged from the two open-ended
questions
Theme One Assessment Tools
The largest group of respondents provided input with regard to other published
transition assessment tools that they would like to utilize or have utilized with individuals
with intellectual disabilities Four of the participants indicated that Career Cruising
(Anaca Technologies 2012) was a good choice One individual commented on a
transition assessment tool that was listed under the previously addressed published
assessment tools item on the online survey The participant commented on the
thoroughness of the Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) (Clark amp Patton 2009) Three
other participants included individual assessment tools which included the Student Styles
Questionnaire Revised (SSQR) (Oakland Glutting amp Horton 1996) Career Clusters
Interest Survey (Arizona State 2007) and the Cops and Caps assessments (CareerLife
Skills Resources 2012)
The research revealed that the National Secondary Transition Technical
Assistance Center (2010) provides a toolkit for assessment that can be accessed by
laymen and professionals with regard to transition assessment Greater utilization of a
variety of assessment mechanisms is needed to provide a quality all-inclusive assessment
to students with intellectual disabilities as outlined in IDEA 2004
Theme Two Parental Involvement
Four of the participants indicated that parental input was important when
implementing transition assessment One participant responded that it was important to
ask about the vision they had for their childrsquos future Two respondents commented on the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
100
need for parents to be interviewed and to allow the parents to provide input with
vocational assessment One participant stated that parents should be educated with what
is available to their child as a continuum of services from secondary to post-secondary
levels in order to prepare for the future
The research revealed numerous statements addressing parent involvement The
student and parent should be included in the transition planning process at all stages to
secure greater positive outcomes at the postsecondary level (Escheidt 2006) Levinson
and Palmer (2005) stated that parental involvement was important to the planning
process Moon et al (2011) found it was important to include the family to a greater
extent in the assessment process Due to the disabling conditions of the individuals with
intellectual disabilities it was revealed that family input was extremely important
Questionnaires and interviews with family members offer good sources of information
(Moon et al 2011)
Theme Three Real-life Situations
Four of the participants indicated that it was critical to provide hands-on activities
that were real-life and functional for the student Participants stated that students should
be exposed to a variety of real-life employment options Providing real work and
volunteer opportunities in various settings was emphasized One respondent commented
that the best real-life situation providing the greatest reinforcement was when the
student received a paycheck
The research revealed that assessing the student in the natural environment was
important Levinson and Palmer (2005) reported that assessments pertaining to
occupational and vocational skills are characterized as performance tests that assess a
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
101
studentrsquos ability to perform specific job-like tasks work samples that expose a student to
natural job responsibilities and situational assessments that measure a studentrsquos interests
abilities and work habits in actual and contrived environments Sitlington (2008) stated
that assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities requires assessment in the
natural environment
Theme Four Collaboration
Three of the participants discussed the need to develop teamwork between other
educators and community agencies One participant commented on the need to increase
teamwork with other educators in order to gather more input regarding transition
assessment Another respondent commented on the need to expose the student and family
to resources in the community and to enhance the contact with these agencies The
process of increasing collaboration with parents was discussed with six of the
participants Not only is this important to enhance parental involvement it also serves to
enhance the collaboration with the school to increase the outcomes of transition
assessment
As stated previously the research revealed that collaboration is required by all
interested stakeholders including the school administration educators and community
agencies (Furney et al 1997) Stated in IDEA 2004 is that the ITP process is a team
endeavor (IDEA 2004) Grigal et al (2011) emphasized the need to instill a collaborative
approach to assessment and the development of the ITP The original study emphasized
the need for all stakeholders including school and community agencies to collaborate to
a greater extent (Hebert et al 2010)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
102
Theme Five Isolated Comments
Time Two of the respondents indicated that they would like more time to
develop the transition plan In both instances the participants expressed sincere desire to
accomplish the task of assessing the student with the intent of providing a quality
transition assessment in order to develop a sound transition plan One of these
participants expressed a strong desire to assess the student with an authentic assessment
strategy One of the respondents stated that because they served in dual roles as both the
diagnostician and transition person they lacked the time to develop a transition plan in the
manner they deemed was appropriate
Practical Implications
Education personnel who implement transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities in West Texas as discovered in this study comprise a group of
individuals with extensive background higher education qualifications and longevity in
special education The findings for this study provide implications with regard to
mandates and implementation of transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities Because transition assessment is a mandate presented in IDEA 2004 and the
OSERSrsquo Indicator 13 it is important that educators possess sound knowledge and
understanding regarding transition assessment The findings from this study can benefit
the educator to assist the student with an intellectual disability to recognize their potential
as they transition from secondary to post-secondary options
Based upon the results of the study the researcher recommends that
Educators receive more training through self-study workshops college
coursework online training modules and team collaboration to increase
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
103
understanding regarding transition assessment Ninety-one percent of the
participants indicated that they desired further training This was similar to the
original study which was revealed in the open-ended question that participants
desired more training to obtain greater knowledge regarding transition assessment
(Herbert et al 2010)
Training should focus on providing knowledge to educators regarding mandates
of IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 The results indicated that 52 of the participants
noted that transition assessment is conducted at all grade levels from 9-12 IDEA
states that this should be an ongoing process with results reported at the annual
IEP meeting Also transition assessment is the cornerstone for developing the
transition plan and the IEP for the secondary student with a disability (IDEA
2004) Grigal et al (2011) and Hebert et al(2010)stated that compliance to the
law with regard to IDEA was needed
Training should focus on collaboration between all education personnel and
community agencies with regard to transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities as an ongoing collaborative venture Campus educators
were deemed the person most responsible when the effort should be considered a
multi-disciplinary collaborative team approach including the student and family
(Miller et al 2007)
Training endeavors need to delve into the characteristics of transition assessment
including the areas addressed with transition assessment types of transition
assessment and published assessments mechanisms (Wehman 2009) Thirty
eight percent of the participants indicated a clear understanding of transition
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
104
assessment with nearly sixty two percent indicating moderate to limited
understanding Additional training is needed to increase knowledge regarding
characteristics of transition assessment
Efforts should be made to increase the level of knowledge educators possess in
order to increase the types of assessment practices utilized for transition
assessment (Layton and Lock 2008 Miller et al 2007Moon 2011 Neubert
2003 Overton 2009 Sitlington 2006 Wehman 2009) Eighty eight percent of
the participants responded that interest inventories constituted the most common
area utilized with transition assessment Academic achievement was area utilized
by fifty six percent of the participants Sixty five percent of the various types of
assessments that were surveyed were not being utilized by the participants SEM
was the preferred mechanism for published tools This is due to the utilization of
SEM as a documentation tool for record keeping purposes by the districts in the
assigned region Many surveyed mechanisms had ldquonot been heard of or had been
heard ofrdquo however were not being utilized by the participants
Emphasis should be placed on increasing the overall impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities to reach their full
potential Over-all perceived impact of transition assessment for students with
intellectual disabilities was moderate to none Increased knowledge will allow for
greater impact by addressing the mandates of IDEA 2004 that transition
assessment includes the studentrsquos strengths needs interests and preferences
(IDEA 2004)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
105
Limitations of the Study
The following limitations were noted in this study The sample was composed of
educators who provided transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
The study was conducted in West Texas an area with unique transition constraints for
individuals with intellectual disabilities as compared with many other areas in Texas
This study was originally conducted with a group of 400 responders from across the state
of Pennsylvania Due to attempts to limit this survey to specific education personnel
ample input from all transition personnel including community personnel is lacking The
researcherrsquos involvement in special education in particular the education of individuals
with intellectual disabilities could have led to bias and could have influenced the study
The relatively new use of the term intellectual disabilities to characterize a student who
was previously identified as a student with mental retardation could have created some
confusion
The participants who agreed to participate in the online survey might indicate that
they possess different views not shared by all special education personnel Additionally
efforts to obtain a varied population of participants were attempted and obtained to meet
the initial criteria However the process of sending a request for participation to special
education directors and requesting them to forward the survey to possible participants
could have interfered with obtaining consistent participants Efforts to obtain input from
family members and students were not included in the online survey Therefore these
and other factors may have skewed the results and thereby restrict the generalizability to
an extent
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
106
Directions for Future Research
This study has provided additional understanding regarding transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities Review of the literature revealed that
although extensive research was available regarding transition development limited
research was available regarding transition assessment particularly with individuals who
have intellectual disabilities Other regions in Texas should be surveyed to address the
concerns expressed in this survey with regard to knowledge that educators possess
regarding transition assessment of individuals with intellectual disabilities
Also further research should include all disability categories which greater
parallels the original study Additionally a follow-up study to explore the benefits of
additional training should be utilized to provide insights regarding the benefits of training
and if positive perceptions regarding the impact of transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities increases
Summary
The purpose of this descriptive study was to evaluate educatorsrsquo knowledge of
transition assessment practices and what assessment mechanisms are being implemented
by education personnel with students who have intellectual disabilities Research was
completed through an online survey format that was disseminated to education personnel
providing transition assessment to individuals with intellectual disabilities in the West
Texas region Included was an introduction to the study a review of the literature that
centered on the transition process and transition assessment an extensive description of
the methodology and an analysis of the findings of the data that was collected through
the study
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
107
The online survey provided data concerning demographic characteristics
knowledge educators perceived they possessed level of implementation types of
assessments used interest in further training and overall perceived impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Descriptive statistics were
utilized to analyze the data Information suggested that further training was needed and
requested by education personnel to enhance the impact of increase the knowledge of
and improve appropriate utilization of assessment tools regarding transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities as mandated in IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13
The online survey provided two open-ended questions that required qualitative
analysis The data were analyzed and categorized Five themes resulted from the open-
ended questions which included (a) use of additional assessment tools utilized by school
personnel (b) the need to include parental involvement (c) pursuing real-life situations
(d) collaboration with school personnel and community agencies and (e) more time to
complete assessment tasks with efficacy The findings provided additional information
from the limited research available that addressed transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
108
REFERENCES
American Association for Public Opinion Research (2011) Retrieved from AAPOR
American Association for Public Opinion Research Web site wwwaapororg
American Association on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (2011 September
4) Retrieved from American Association on Intellectual and Developmental
Disabilities Web site httpaamrorg
Anaca Technologies Ltd (2012) Career Cruising (wwwpubliccareercrusingcom
Arizona State University (2007) Career Clusters Interest Survey (1st ed) [Brochure]
Retrieved May 1 2012 from Virtual Counseling Center Web site
wwwvccauedus
Becker R L (2000) Reading-free vocational Interest inventory (2nd Ed) Columbus
OH Elbern Publishing
Brantlinger E Jimenez R Klingner J Pugach M amp Richardson V (2005)
Qualitative studies in special education Council for Exceptional Children 71(2)
195-207
Brady R P (2007) Picture Interest Career Survey St Paul MN JIST Works
Brigance A R (1995) Brigance Employability Skills Inventory North Billerica MA
Curriculum Associates Inc
Bryant D Smith D amp Bryant B (2008) Teaching students with special needs in
inclusive classrooms New York Pearson Education
Centers for Disease Control (2004) Economic costs associated with mental retardation
cerebral palsy hearing loss and vision impairment--United States 2003 MMMR
Weekly 53(03) 57-59
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
109
Centers for Disease Control (2005 October 29) In National Center on Birth Defects amp
Developmental Disabilities Retrieved July 7 2011 from CDC Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention Web site wwwcdcgov
Clark GM amp Patton J R (2009) Transition Planning Inventory Updated version
Austin Pro‑Ed
Cobb B amp Alwell M (2009) Transition planningcoordination interventions for youth
with disabilities Career Development for Exceptional Individuals 32(2) 70-81
Crane L (2002) Mental retardation A community approach (1st ed) Belmont CA
WadsworthThomson Learning
Denzin N amp Lincoln Y (1994) Handbook of qualitative research Thousand Oaks
CA Sage
Dewey J (1916) The pedagogic creed In D Flinders amp S Thornton (Eds) The
curriculum studies reader (3rd ed pp 34-41) New York Routledge
Etscheidt S (2006) Issues in the transition planning Legal decisions Career
Development of Exceptional Individuals 29(1) 28-47
Flexer R Baer M Luft P amp Simmons T (2001) Transition planning for secondary
students with disabilities (3rd ed) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Flinders D J and Thornton S J (Editors) (2004) The curriculum studies reader (2nd
ed) New York Routledge
Furney K Hasazi S amp Destefano L (1997) Transition policies practices and
promises Lessons from three states Exceptional Children 63(3) 343-355
GG Consulting LLC (2008) Special Education Manager [Software] Boulder CO I-
Suite Available from GG Consulting LLC
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
110
Glesne C (2006) Becoming a Qualitative Researcher (3rd ed) Boston Pearson
Education Inc (Original work published 1992)
Glutting J J amp Wilkinson G (2006) Wide Range Interest and Opinion Test ndash Revised
Austin Pro-Ed
Golden T Swenson S von Schrader S amp Bruyere S (2010) Launching into
adulthood Meaningful work (1st ed) (D Lollar Ed) Baltimore Paul H
Brookes
Grigal M Hart D amp Migliore A (2011) Comparing the transition planning
postsecondary education and employment outcomes of students with intellectual
and other disabilities Career Development for Exceptional Individuals 34(1) 4-
17
Hallahan D Kauffman J amp Hullen P (2012) Exceptional learners An introduction
to special education (12th ed) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson
Herbert Lorenz amp Trusty J Lorenz D amp Trusty J (2010) Career assessment
practices for high school students with disabilities and perceived value reported
by transition personnel Journal of Rehabilitation 76(4) 28-26
Hogan T (2007) Psychological testing (2nd ed) Danvers MA John Wiley and Sons
Hulett K (2007) Legal aspects of special education Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson
Education
Humphrey P Johnson C amp Albers K (2010 October) Transition in Texas Paper
presented at the State Autism Conference Corpus Christi TX
Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004 (IDEA) PL 108-446
20 USC sectsect 1400 et seq
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
111
Johnson J (2002) Commercial and noncommercial resources for promoting the
transition of youth with disabilities from school-to-adult life San Diego CA San
Diego State University
King G Baldwin P Currie M amp Evans J (2006) The effectiveness of transition
strategies for youth with disabilities Childrens Health Care 35(2) 155-178
Knapp-Lee L (2007) COPS-PIC Picture Inventory of Careers San Diego CA
ERASEducational Research and Services
Lagemann C (Editors) (1985) Jane Addams on Education (Classics in Education No
51) Publ Teachers College Press 1985-08 Columbia University Series Classics
in Education Ser No 51 PP New York Press
Layton C amp Lock R (2008) Assessing students with special needs to produce quality
outcomes Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Levinson E (2001) Current vocational assessment models for students with disabilities
Journal of Counseling and Development 73 94-101
Levinson E amp Palmer E (2005) Preparing students with disabilities for school-to-
work transition and postschool Life Principal Leadership 5(8) 11-15
Lichenstein S Rusch R amp Chadsey J (1998) Beyond high school transition from
school to work Belmont CA Wadsworth
Lollar D (2010) Launching into adulthood (1st ed) Baltimore Paul H Brookes
Luecking R (2009) The way to work How to facilitate work experiences for youth in
transition Baltimore MD Paul H Brookes
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
112
Martin J E Huber-Marshall L H Maxson L Jerman P Hughes W Miller T amp
McGill T (2000) Choice Maker Set Tools for school-to-work transition
Frederick CO Sopris West
Mazotti V Rowe D Kelley K Test D Fowler C Kohler P amp Kortering L
(2009) Linking transition assessment and postsecondary goals key elements in
the secondary transition planning process Teaching Exceptional Children 42(2)
44-51
McNaughton D amp Beulman D (2010) Transition strategies for adolescents and young
adults who use AAC Baltimore Paul H Brookes
Miles M amp Huberman M (1994) Qualitative data analysis (2nd ed) Thousand Oaks
CA Sage
Miller R Lombard R amp Corbey S (2007) Transition assessment planning transition
and IEP development for youth with mild and moderate disabilities New York
Pearson Education
Moon S Simenson M amp Neubert D (2011) Perceptions of supported employment
providers What students with developmental disabilities families and educators
need to know for transition planning Education and Training in Autism and
Developmental Disabilities 46(1) 94-105
Myers J B amp Briggs K C (1988) Myers-Briggs Type Indicator Form M Palo Alto
CA Consulting Psychologists Press
Neubert D Moon S amp Grigal M (2002) Postsecondary education and transition
services for students ages 18-21 with significant disabilities Focus on
Exceptional Children 34(8) 1-9
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
113
Oakland T Glutting J amp Horton C (1996) Students styles questionnaire Revised
(SSQR) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Oakwood Solutions (2010) Microcomputer Evaluation of Careers and Academics
(MECA) Appleton WI The Conover Company
Overton T (2009) Assessing learners with special needs an applied approach (6th ed)
Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Papay C amp Bambara L (2011) Postsecondary education for transition-age students
with significant intellectual and other developmental disabilities A national
survey Education and Training in Autism and Developmental Disabilities 46(1)
78-93
Salvia J Ysseldyke J amp Bolt S (2010) Assessment in special and inclusive education
(11th ed) Belmont CA Wadsworth Cengage Learning
Sax C amp Thoma C (2002) Transition assessment--wise practices for quality lives
Baltimore Paul H Brookes
Schmitz T (2008 October) Transition planning special education law and its impact
on your child Exceptional Parent Magazine
Sitlington P (2008) Students with reading and writing challenges Using informal
assessment to assist in planning for the transition to adult life Reading and
Writing Quarterly 24 22-100
Sitlington P Clark G amp Kolstoe O (2000) Transition education and services for
adolescents with disabilities Needham Heights MA Allyn amp Bacon
Sitlington P Neubert D amp Clark G (2010) Transition education and services Upper
Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
114
Snell M amp Brown F (2006) Instruction of students with severe disabilities (6th ed)
Columbus Ohio Pearson Merrill Prentice Hall
Spinelli C (2012) Classroom assessment for students in special and general education
(3rd ed) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Texas Association of Counties (2003) Texas Association of Counties Retrieved
February 1 2012 from Texas Association of Counties Web site wwwcountyorg
Texas Education Agency (2011 July 14) In Division of IDEA 2004coordination (Ed)
Special education rules and regulations ESC 18 July 14 2011 The Legal
Framework for the Child-Centered Special Education Process Web site http
frameworkesc18net
Trochim W (2006 October) Social research methods Retrieved November 15 2011
from Research Methods Knowledge Base Web site
wwwsocialresearchmethodsnet
Tyler R (1949) Basic principles of curriculum and instruction In D Flinders amp S
Thornton (Eds) The Curriculum Studies Reader (3rd ed pp 69-77) New York
Routledge
US Department of Education (2009 December 29) In US Department of Education
(Ed) OSERS Office of special education and rehabilitative services Retrieved
from www2edgov
US Department of Labor (2002) ONet Career Interest Inventory St Paul MN JIST
Works
University of North Carolina amp Western Michigan University (2011 May 11) In
University of North Carolina amp Western Michigan University (Eds) National
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
115
secondary transition technical assistance center Retrieved July 11 2011 from
NSTTAC National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center Web site
httpwwwnsttacorg
Wehman P (2001) Life beyond the classroom (3rd ed) Baltimore MD Paul H
Brookes
Wehman P (2009) Autism and the transition to adulthood Baltimore MD Paul H
Brookes
Wehman P (2011) Essentials of transition planning Baltimore MD (Humphrey
Johnson amp Albers 2010) MD Paul H Brookes Publishing
Wehmeyer M L amp Kelchner K (1995) The ARCs Self-Determination Scale
Washington DC The ARC of the United States
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
116
APPENDIX A
IRB
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
117
A Descriptive Study of Educational Professionalsrsquo Knowledge of Transition Assessment
for Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities
Robin Lock PhD
Principal Investigator
Kathryn J Tucker
Co-Investigator amp Doctoral Student
I Rationale
Transition planning is a mandate set forth in the Individuals with Disabilities Education
Act-Reauthorized from 2004 (IDEA-R) Additionally the Office of Special Education Programs
and Rehabilitative Services (OSEP) has also issued mandates to track transition services and
progress at the secondary and post-secondary levels (Mazotti et al 2009) The process of
developing a coordinated set of activities is the cornerstone of IDEA-R with regard to transition
planning for students with disabilities (Lollar 2010) Transition development is a critical issue
for the student who possesses a disability as they pass from secondary to post-secondary living
A great deal of research is available that pertains to cognitive assessment and
achievement assessment for individuals with disabilities However few studies have been
conducted that address assessment trends and practices driving the transition planning process
from high school to adulthood especially for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Furthermore little research dealing specifically with transition assessment for students with
intellectual disabilities exists at the present time
Specific Aims and Objectives of Study
This aims of this descriptive study is to obtain information regarding the knowledge base
of educators with respect to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
The study will survey educators to determine the assessment practices used by practitioners to
meet the mandates of transition assessment for these students The survey will be based on
previous transition assessment research by Herbert Lorenz amp Trusty (2010) The following
research questions will be addressed
1 What is the basic knowledge that educators possess regarding career assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What types of assessments are used by educators to evaluate transition needs of
students with intellectual disabilities
II Subjects
Participants in the study will be educators at the district level including special
education directors transitions coordinators diagnosticians and special education teachers who
work with high school students with intellectual disabilities in the Education Service Center
(ESC) Region XVII Participants will be obtained by utilizing a listserv located on the ESC
Region XVII website This listserv identifies all high schools in the region as well as school
district special education administrators A cover letter will be sent via the internet to campus
and district administrators requesting that the information about the survey be forwarded to
special education directors district transition coordinators diagnosticians and high school special
education teachers working with students with intellectual disabilities Approximately 100
participants will be sought
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
118
III Procedures
bull The ESC listserv will be utilized to contact participants
bull A cover letter email will be sent to request participation from special education
directors and with a request to forward the link of the survey to district transition coordinators
diagnosticians and high school special education teachers working with students with intellectual
disabilities
bull Approximately 100 educators will be potential participants in the survey
bull A 15 question survey will be supplied through surveymonkeycom which
includes demographic and descriptive questions
bull The survey will be disseminated for two weeks through the survey monkey link
bull Descriptive analysis will be utilized to analyze the data with the exception of the
one open-ended question which will require qualitative analysis
bull Confidentiality of the participants will be adhered to by a strict standard through
the use of careful storage of the data on a computer with pass code protections Hard copy data
will be stored in a locked location
bull Only the researchers will have access to the data for analysis purposes
bull Respondents may choose to or not to participate in the survey
Cover letter See the attached cover letter
Survey See the attached survey
IV Adverse Events and Liability
There are no anticipated specific liabilities or adverse events anticipated with this
study No liability plan is offered
V Consent Form
The research presents no more than minimal risk of harm to subjects and
involves no procedures for which written consent is normally required outside the research
context (Waiver of Written Consent) therefore no waiver or liability plan is offered
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
119
APPENDIX B
IRB Approval
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
120
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
121
APPENDIX C
Recruitment of Special Education Directors
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
122
February 9 2012
Dear Special Education Director
Please forward the accompanying letter requesting participation of your special education
director transition coordinator educational diagnosticians and special education teachers who
work with students with intellectual disabilities We are trying to obtain information to enhance
our research about the knowledge that educators have regarding transition assessment practices
for these students Their participation is crucial in gaining greater information pertaining to the
knowledge of transition assessment for individuals with disabilities
If you would like to review the survey before passing the request on the survey is located
at
httpwwwsurveymonkeycomstransitionassessmentID
Thank you for your time and consideration in helping us answer this important question
If you have any questions please do not hesitate to call Dr Robin Lock or myself at
(806) 742-1997 ext 288
Sincerely
Kathryn J Tucker MEd
Doctoral Student
Texas Tech University
College of Education
Box 41071
Lubbock TX 79409-1071
8067421997 x288
Fax 8067422179
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
123
APPENDIX D
Recruitment of Participants
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
124
February 9 2012
Dear Participant
You are being asked to voluntarily complete a short 10 minute survey over transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities This survey is being sent to you by your
district administrator
Transition assessment is an important mandate included in the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Act-Reauthorized We are trying to learn more about educatorsrsquo
knowledge regarding transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Enclosed is a link to the survey asking questions that may help us with our research to
better understand this issue No information will be gathered that could personally identify you
and we would ask that you not put your name on the survey By filling out and returning the
survey online you may help us better understand the current level of understanding of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Please follow the link that is included to
answer the short survey
httpwwwsurveymonkeycomstransitionassessmentID
Thank you for your time and consideration in helping us answer this important question
If you have any questions please do not hesitate to call Dr Robin Lock or myself at
(806) 742-1997 ext 288
Sincerely
Kathryn J Tucker MEd
Doctoral Student
Texas Tech University
College of Education
Box 41071
Lubbock TX 79409-1071
8067421997 x288
Fax 8067422179
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
125
APPENDIX E
Survey Instrument
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
126
Research Survey Instrument
Transition Assessment Knowledge of Educators for
Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities
Directions Answer the questions as it applies to you in your educational setting Your
participation is voluntary You may quit at any time by closing the browser window The
responses that you provide are anonymous and confidential Please read each choice
before making your final selection This survey should only take 10-15 minutes of your
time
1 The high school(s) where I work or consult with isare located in a(n)___________
settings (check all that apply)
A) Rural
B) Suburban
C) Urban
D) Combination (ruralSuburban)
2 At the high school(s) where I work or consult with in most instances transition
assessments are conducted at the __________ grade(s) (check all that apply)
A) 9th
B) 10th
C) 11th
D) 12th
E) All grade levels
F) No grade level assessments are provided
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
127
3 The job category that best describes my position is
A) District Administrator
B) Campus Administrator
C) Special Education Administrator
D) Vocational Adjustment Coordinator
E) Consultant
F) Campus Educator
G) District Educator
H) Educational Diagnostician
I) Other (please specify)
4 The school or educational setting where I work can be classified as
A) Middle School
B) High School
C) Alternative
D) AdministrativeCentral Office
E) Other (please specify)
5 The person(s) responsible for providing transition assessment to students with
intellectual disabilities at the high school where I work or consult with isare the
_____(check all that apply)
A) Career Counselor (School employee)
B) Career Counselor Consultant (Non-school employee)
C) High School Teacher
D) High School Counselor
E) School Psychologist
F) Vocational Adjustment Coordinator
G) Transition Services ConsultantCoordinator
H) No one is assigned the duty as services are not available
I) Other (Please specify)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
128
6 Areas that are typically addressed as part of transition assessment provided at our
high school include
A) Academic Achievement
B) Vocational Aptitude
C) Academic Aptitude
D) Career decision-making skills
E) Interests
F) Personality
G) Work Values
H) World of work knowledge
I) Other (please specify)
7 Choose the types of assessments pertaining specifically to transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities that you use have heard of or do not use or
have heard of (Choose all that apply)
Type of Assessment Heard of
this
Use this Have not
heard of
or use
this
Interest Inventories
Career Aptitude
Academic Achievement
Teacher Observation
Intellectual Aptitude (IQ)
Student Survey
Personality Profiles
Self-determination measures
Self-Advocacy Skills measures
Interviews
EcologicalEnvironmental
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
129
Authentic
Portfolio
Teacher Made
Curriculum-Based
Functional Skills Inventories
Learning Styles
Situational
Other
8 Choose the published assessments pertaining specifically to transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities that you use have heard of or do not
use or have heard of (Choose all that apply)
Type of Assessment Heard of this Use this Have not heard of
or use this
Microcomputer
Evaluation of
Careers and
Academics (MECA)
Reading-Free
Vocational Interest
Inventory 2 (R-
FVII2)
Transition Planning
Inventory (TPI)
Brigance
Employability Skills
Inventory
SEM (Special Ed
Manager)
Myers Briggs Type
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
130
9 In my opinion transition assessment for students with intellectual disabilities
provided at our school or schools that I consult with have_____ impact on
helping students identify and realize their potential
A) Significant
B) Moderate
C) Minimal
D) Little or no
10 As part of my professional training and work experience I have a __________
understanding about transition assessment for high school students with
intellectual disabilities
A) Very Clear
B) Moderately Clear
C) Limited
D) Little or No
Indicator
O-Net Career
Interest Inventory
Picture Interest
Career Survey
(PICS)
Wide Range Interest
and Occupation Test
WRIOT2
Arc Self-
Determination Scale
COPS-PIC Picture
Inventory of Careers
CITE Learning
Styles Inventory
Other
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
131
11 Which of the following training opportunities would you participate in to
increase your knowledge and use of transition assessment tools and procedures
for individuals with intellectual disabilities (check all that apply)
A) One-hour workshop
B) 1-day workshop
C) Team Collaboration
D) Self -Study (Independent discovery)
E) Multiple day workshops
F) Ongoing in-service training
G) Online training module
H) Online college course
I) College course (on campus or media-site)
J) College coursework toward TEA certification in Transition
K) None
L) Other (please specify)
12 What else do you use for transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities If you do not want to make any further comment proceed to the
next question
(Enter up to 4000 characters)
13 What do you know about transition assessment that you wish you could use for
students with intellectual disabilities If you do not want to make any further
comment proceed to the final section of the survey that contains a few
remaining demographic questions
(Enter up to 4000 characters)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
132
Demographic Information
This section contains a few demographic questions needed to describe the sample
Please remember that the responses you provide are anonymous and confidential
14 What is your current age (rounded to the nearest year)
Age Range Response
20-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41-45
46-50
51-55
56-60
61-65
66-70
15 What is your gender
A) Male
B) Female
16 What is your highest level of education
A) Bachelorrsquos degree
B) Masterrsquos degree
C) Doctorate
D) Other
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
133
17 What is your total number of years as an educator including this year Please
check the appropriate box
Number of years Response
1-2
3-5
6-10
11-15
16-20
21-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41 and above
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
134
18 How long have you been employed in your current position including this
year Please check the appropriate box
Number of year(s) Response
1-2
3-5
6-10
11-15
16-20
21-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41-or more
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
ii
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
There are numerous individuals who provided support to me throughout the
process of completing this dissertation Dr Lock words cannot express the gratitude I
feel for your support during my research and for serving as the chair of my committee
You have been an inspiration and more importantly a consistent role model and support
throughout this process It is through your steady practical and wise guidance that you
have allowed me to maneuver through this overwhelming process with steady diligence
Dr Donna Brown thank you so much for exemplifying compassion and teaching
me the skills and techniques for educational diagnostics Dr Leann Elkins it has been a
distinct honor to be surrounded by your expertise in transition while Irsquove completed this
research I am extremely privileged that you both agreed to serve as members of my
committee and grateful for the time and efforts you have given on my behalf
Dr Amy Parker I wish to thank you for your example in and out of the
classroom and your commitment to students with special needs Thank you for inspiring
me with my coursework
Kathy Sherriff Angie Elkins and Regina Wise my three compadres thank you
for being my peer supports your patience being my confidants and the hours of laughter
we shared I know I would not have completed this task without all of you as we shared
this journey together
To my amazing students that I have had the pleasure of teaching over the years
thank you for allowing me to be inspired and rejuvenated each and every day To all the
parents of the students with special needs thank you for allowing me to be a part of your
journey and the life of your child with special needs
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
iii
Clay and Betty Jane Bostic my parents I am so thankful for your years of support
and example for the process of lifelong learning Dad thank you for your role model as a
servant to those in need Mom thank you for your inspiration as an educator especially
your service to students with special needs
To my children I thank you for your support and continued encouragement
Adam thank you for our online chats that kept me going while you were off serving our
country Bailey Cody and little Channing thank you for your support and
encouragement throughout this entire process Michelle and Jonathan thank you for your
words of encouragement and sharing your dad with me Weston thank you for all of your
sacrifice because you endured the most these past few years as I completed this
dissertation I am so proud of all of you
Stan Tucker my husband and rock I know I never ever would have done this
without you by my side Your computer skills and assistance were amazing Thank you
for your patience and calm support as we embarked upon this journey together From the
start to the finish you have been there every step along the way Your love and
excitement have served to encourage me to continue as we developed our plans and goals
for our future together I love you
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
iv
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS ii
ABSTRACT viii
LIST OF TABLES ix
CHAPTER I 1
Purpose of the Study 1
Statement of the Problem 2
Research Questions 2
TheoreticalConceptual Framework 3
Assumptions 4
Definition of Terms 4
Delimitations 11
Limitations 12
Significance of the Study 12
Organization of the Study 13
Summary 15
CHAPTER II 16
Review of the Literature 16
Students with Intellectual Disabilities 18
Definition of Intellectual Disabilities 18
Characteristics of Students with Intellectual Disabilities 19
Statistical Data Regarding Prevalence of Students with Intellectual Disabilities 20
Historical Practices for Students with Intellectual Disabilities 21
Transition Needs for Secondary Special Needs Learners 22
Historical Influences on the Transition Process 23
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
v
Defining the Specifics of Transition Planning 25
Characteristics of Transition Needs 26
The Individualized Transition Plan Process and the Components 27
Latest Research on Individual Transition Planning 31
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities 39
Purpose of Transition Assessment 39
Types of Transition Assessment 43
Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual Disabilities 47
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities 47
Characteristics of Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual
Disabilities 49
Latest Research on Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual
Disabilities 50
Research Questions 53
Summary 54
CHAPTER III 55
Methodology 55
Research Questions 55
Rationale 56
Context of the Study 56
Data Sources 57
Data Collection Methods 58
Data Analysis 60
Data Management Plan 61
Reliability and Validity 61
Summary 62
CHAPTER IV 63
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
vi
Results 63
Research Questions 64
Characteristics of the Sample 64
Job Category 64
Gender 65
Age of Participant 66
Education Level 66
Total Experience Years 67
Current Position Experience 68
Comparison of Demographics 68
Education Site Location 69
Employment Setting 69
Research Questions 70
Research Question One 70
Research Question Two 73
Procedure Used with Open-Ended Questions 78
Question One 78
Question Two 79
Summary 80
CHAPTER V 82
Discussion 82
Summary of the Study 82
Discussion of the Findings 85
Impact of Demographics 86
Setting 86
Participants 86
Knowledge 88
Understanding 89
Grade Level Implementation 89
Responsibility 90
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
vii
Training 91
Trends for Assessment Practice 92
Areas of Assessment 92
Types of Assessment 94
Published Assessments 96
Perceived Impact 98
Thematic Results 98
Theme One Assessment Tools 99
Theme Two Parental Involvement 99
Theme Three Real-Life Situations 100
Theme Four Collaboration 101
Theme Five Isolated Comments 102
Practical Implications 102
Limitations of the Study 105
Directions for Future Research 106
Summary 106
References 108
APPENDICES 116
IRB 116
IRB Approval 119
Recruitment of Special Education Directors Letter 121
Recruitment of Participants Letter 123
Survey Instrument 125
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
viii
ABSTRACT
Transition planning requires implementation and direction by the findings of
transition assessment regarding the students needs strengths preferences and interests as
mandated in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act 2004 (IDEA
2004) Limited research is currently available that addresses what assessment tools
practitioners utilize to meet the mandates of transition assessment to aid in transition
planning for students with intellectual disabilities The descriptive study reported herein
attempted to determine educatorsrsquo knowledge about transition assessment practices and
what is being utilized specifically with students with intellectual disabilities as they
transition from secondary to postsecondary life This study employed the replication of a
previously published study
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
ix
LIST OF TABLES
41 Job Category Description 65
42 Gender 66
43 Age of the Participant 66
44 Level of Education 67
45 Years of Experience as an Educator 67
46 Years in the Current Position 68
47 Comparison of Demographics 68
48 EmploymentConsultation Location 69
49 Employment Setting 70
410 Perceived Grade Level Implementation of Transition Assessment 71
411 Perceived Person Responsible for Implementing Transition Assessment 71
412 Perceived Level of Understanding Regarding Transition Assessment 72
413 Interest in Additional Training 73
414 Perceived Areas Addressed with Transition Assessment 74
415 Level of Use for Types of Transition Assessments 75
416 Level of Use for Published Assessments 77
417 Perceived Impact of Transition Assessment 78
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
1
CHAPTER I
A DESCRIPTIVE STUDY OF EDUCATIONAL PROFESSIONALSrsquo
KNOWLEDGE OF TRANSITION ASSESSMENT FOR INDIVIDUALS
WITH INTELLECTUAL DISABILITIES
Transition planning is a mandate set forth in the Individuals with Disabilities
Education Improvement Act 2004 (IDEA 2004) The process of developing a
coordinated set of activities with regard to transition planning for students with
disabilities is the cornerstone of IDEA 2004(Lollar 2010) The federal Office of Special
Education Programs and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) issued mandates to track
transition services and progress at the secondary and postsecondary level (Mazotti et al
2009) Transition development is a critical issue for students with disabilities as they pass
from secondary to postsecondary life
A great deal of research is available that pertains to cognitive assessment and
achievement assessment as separate entities Transition planning is another unique and
important issue for students with disabilities that resulted in a wealth of literature
suggesting best practices for the implementation of transition services Likewise the
process of transition planning is guided by the assessment results however few studies
have been conducted that address the assessment trends and practices that drive the
transition planning process Little research dealing specifically with students with
intellectual disabilities as it pertains to transition assessment exists at the present time
Purpose of the Study
The purpose of this study was to determine educatorsrsquo knowledge of transition
assessment practices and what assessment mechanisms are being implemented with
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
2
students with intellectual disabilities The study reported herein has attempted to
determine educatorsrsquo knowledge about transition assessment practices being utilized
specifically with students with intellectual disabilities as they transition from secondary
to postsecondary life
Statement of the Problem
Transition planning is a mandate outlined in IDEA 2004 and by the Office of
Special Education Programs and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) through Indicator 13
Indicator 13 requires that a transition plan be developed implemented and driven by the
transition assessment process Current assessment trends are utilized on a continuous
basis for individuals with disabilities both formally and informally to address cognitive
and achievement skills Research studies that address transition assessment specifically
are limited Limited research is currently available that addresses what assessment tools
practitioners utilize to meet the mandates of transition assessment to aid in transition
planning for students with intellectual disabilities Research data that describe what
professionals are currently utilizing to address transition assessment would be beneficial
to assist practitioners and to aid in the development of high quality transition plans for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Research Questions
This study investigated educatorsrsquo knowledge of transition assessment practices
with individuals with intellectual disabilities A review of the literature was conducted to
reveal the issues and information available pertaining to transition assessment as it relates
to individuals with disabilities transition needs and mandates for individuals with
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
3
disabilities and current transition practices with educators This study sought to answer
the following questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
TheoreticalConceptual Framework
This study replicated a previously published study by Herbert Lorenz amp Trusty
(2010) from The Pennsylvania State University Descriptive statistical analysis was
required for the majority of the questions from their survey Descriptive statistics is a
process that presents quantitative information in a basic format (Trochim 2006)
Information is described utilizing summaries that will form the basis of the quantitative
analysis The descriptive analysis allows for a basic description of what the data reveals
Trochim (2006) wrote that descriptive analysis permits the data to be summarized in a
practical usable way
This study undertook the replication of an open-ended question in the Herbert et
al study (2010) This study used two open-ended questions and rephrased the questions
for greater clarification Subsequent analysis with the open-ended responses occurred
Qualitative research allows the researcher to get beyond their initial thoughts prejudices
preconceived notions and initial theories to delve into new realizations and syntheses of
knowledge (Miles amp Huberman 1994) Brantlinger Jimenez Klingner Pugach and
Richardson (2005) proclaimed that qualitative research is the mechanism for evaluating
the process of human behavior as it emerges within particular subject content The
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
4
purpose within an educational framework is to evoke change to improve the quality of
services education and programming with scientifically derived data Denzin and
Lincoln (1994) asserted that qualitative research is a set of various types of inferential
methods The research context for the open-ended survey questions will assume the
General Theory approach This type of practice attempts to analyze and interpret results
while seeking generalizations therefore allowing for discussion of the findings (Glezni
2006)
Assumptions
Students with intellectual disabilities must be met with the same stringent
assessment criteria as other disabled peers in order to meet the qualifications for special
education services All students with disabilities must participate in transition planning as
they begin the progression from secondary school settings to postsecondary options The
catalyst for the transition plan is the assessment process using formal and informal
approaches The literature that was available provided a plethora of information regarding
assessment methods and transition planning protocols Specific data should be
assimilated to address the specific transition assessment knowledge level of professionals
to meet the specific needs of students with intellectual disabilities
Definition of Terms
Adaptive Behavior Assessment is the assessment that when paired with
cognitive achievement assessment allows the child to be identified as a child with
an intellectual disability Adaptive behavior is characterized by the ability a child
has to be safe to interact with the environment and take into account the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
5
individualrsquos ability to interact with the physical environment and the world
around them (Salvia Ysseldyke amp Bolt 2007 2010)
Assessment is the process of gathering data and information to evaluate a
particular student or school The purpose is to provide information to make
instructional decisions (Salvia et al 2007 2010)
Diagnostician is the title of a position in the state of Texas for individuals who
are certified to administer testing and interpret intellectual and achievement
testing data for students to determine eligibility for special education services
(TEA 2011)
Disability is the results of impairment or medical conditions that adversely affect
a childrsquos education achievement There are 14 categories for individuals who are
identified as a child with a disability These include Other Health Impaired Deaf
and Hard of Hearing Visually Impaired Deafblind Health Impaired Emotional
Behavioral Impaired Autism Developmentally Delayed Learning Disabled
Speech and Language Impaired Multiple Severe Disabilities Physically
Disabled Traumatic Brain Injury and Intellectually Disabled (Bryant Smith amp
Bryant 2008)
Financial Planning involves the analysis of available resources and the
development of understanding the value of money and how to handle money
Individuals with disabilities require careful planning by family and community
agencies to ensure that financial matters are handled safely and in the best interest
of the individual with disabilities (Wehman 2009)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
6
Formal Assessment is characterized as standardized assessments This type of
assessment uses tests that are administered with specific instructions and
guidelines Included are interpretation procedures that require strict adherence to
specific protocols to receive correct and true results These tests are typically
manufactured assessments that test cognitive and achievement skills however
there are some manufactured formal assessments that evaluate transition skills and
aptitudes (Overton 2009)
Formal Transition Assessment includes a variety of published instruments to
assess skills aptitudes interests and preferences These include achievement
tests adaptive behavior and independent living assessments interest inventories
aptitude tests intelligence tests personality or preference tests career
development measures on-the-job or training evaluation and self-determination
assessments (University of North Carolina 2010)
Inclusive education is the process of educating students with disabilities in the
same class environment as their nondisabled peers (Salvia et al 2010)
Independent Living encompasses all the issues that surround a personrsquos life
pertaining to living on onersquos own The evaluation of this entity involves reflecting
on the continuum from residential living facilities to living on onersquos own All
aspects of life including transportation self-care money management
employment and community participation must be evaluated (Sitlington Clark amp
Kolstoe 2000)
Indictor 13 the ldquoU S Department of Education through the Office of Special
Education Rehabilitative Services required states to develop six-year State
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
7
Performance Plans in December 2005 around 20 indicators on which data is
submitted annually (beginning February 2007) in Annual Performance Reportsrdquo
Indicator 13 addresses secondary students (NSTTAC 2011)
Indicator 14 is the requirement by the OSERS to provide performance plans for
individuals with disabilities who are at the post-secondary level of their life
(NSTTAC 2011)
Individualized Education Plan (IEP) is a tool that is created after the child
meets eligibility criteria for special education This plan is specifically designed to
meet the individual needs of the child with a disability This plan outlines the
services the delivery of the services and the monitoring mechanisms that will be
utilized This document states the setting defines the length of programming
details methodology identifies evaluation modes documents the mode of
discipline determines the related services and sets the standard of progress for a
child with a disability (Hulett 2007)
Individualized Transition Plan (ITP) is the formal document that is developed
on an annual basis for a student who reaches the age of 16 and is identified as a
student with a disability The plan includes a coordinated set of goals and
objectives to address the individual childrsquos interests talents preferences and
strengths as they transition from secondary education to adulthood The ITP is the
plan that directs the annual IEP planning and course selection process (Miller et
al 2007)
Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act (IDEA 2004) is the
most recently reauthorized law that addresses providing a Free and Appropriate
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
8
Education for students with a disability The reauthorization in 2004 addressed
specifically the need and requirement for implementing a transition plan for
students when they reach the age of 16 (Hulett 2007)
Informal Assessment is the process of gathering non-standardized data to
evaluate progress Examples of informal assessment include checklists
interviews observations portfolios and teacher-made tests (Overton 2009)
Intellectual DisabilitiesMental Retardation is characterized by the American
Association on Mental Retardation as significantly subaverage intellectual
functioning which is paired with deficits in adaptive behavior and is manifested
during the developmental period (Crane 2002)
Local Education Agency (LEA) is local a district or school system that provides
public education to students with and without disabilities (Snell amp Brown 2006)
Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) is a federal
government agency that provides leadership and financial support to state
education agencies and local education agencies to improve the outcomes for
infants to youth with disabilities (US Department of Education 2009)
Person-centered planning is a nonthreatening approach to engaging the family
and the student into developing goals and objectives through active processes that
enhance the IEP (Sitlington et al 2010)
Postsecondary Education (PSE) is the period after high school when a student
engages in continuing or higher education This can include a vocational or trade
school two-year college or four-year college setting (Lichenstein Rusch amp
Chadsey 1998)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
9
Secondary Education (SE) is characterized as the high school years when
students begin ninth grade and move through to the twelfth grade It is at this
stage in education that students with disabilities not only address academic needs
but the process of developing the Individualized Transition Plan (ITP) is created
(Sitlington Neubert amp Clark 2010)
Self Determination is a skill that provides greater control and capacity for
students to be employed This involves tenacity and drive and the ability to strive
to reach ones potential via intrinsic motivation (Wehman 2011)
Special Education Manager is a computer software program that provides a
management system for writing reports and documentation of IEP reports to
school systems in Texas (GG Consulting LLC 2008)
State Education Agency (SEA) is the state education entity that governs the
local entities In Texas this is characterized as the Texas Education Agency
(TEA) (Texas Education Agency 20072011)
Supported Employment is paid employment that involves additional supports to
the individual to ensure success in the competitive employment arena This
involves at least 20 hours a week in real-work situations which differs from
sheltered employment (Wehman 2001)
Transition as it pertains to individuals with disabilities is the period of moving
toward postsecondary living and adulthood This includes various aspects
including employment postsecondary education community living and
involvement independent living and satisfactory social and personal
relationships This involves a set of coordinated and collaborative efforts between
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
10
the individual school family community resources and various stakeholders that
provide support (Halpern 1985 cited in Wehman 2011)
Transition Assessment is described as an ongoing process Information is
collected that includes the studentrsquos strengths interests preferences abilities and
a needs analysis This is the guiding information that directs the Individualized
Transition Planning process (Sitlington amp Clark 2006 cited in Luecking 2009)
Transition Planning is the process of developing a road map that provides
stepping stones to the future into adulthood for individuals with disabilities
(Flexer Baer Luft amp Simmons 2001)
Transition Services are defined by IDEA 2004 as a ldquocoordinated set of activities
for a child with a disability that is designed to be written with a results-oriented
process that is focused on improving the academic and functional achievement of
the child with a disability to facilitate the childrsquos movement from school to
postschool activities Included is postsecondary education vocational education
integrated employment including supported employment continuing and adult
education adult services independent living or community participation This is
based on the individual childrsquos needs taking into account the childrsquos strengths
preferences and interests This also includes instruction related services
community experiences the development of employment and other postschool
adult living objectives and when appropriate acquisition of daily living skills
and adaptive behavior evaluation (p 5)rdquo (Miller et al 2007)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
11
Vocational Adjustment Coordinator is a term used in the assigned region for
teachers who develop work habits skills training and employment opportunities
for individuals with disabilities in the secondary school setting
Vocational Education is the organized set of activities training and coursework
to prepare the individual with disabilities toward greater success in career choices
or postsecondary education options (Sitlington et al 2000)
Vocational Rehabilitation (VR) is a mandated requirement set forth in IDEA
2004 The process of VR is a collaborative effort with community agencies and
specialists to address employment and postsecondary educational options for
individuals with disabilities (Golden et al 2010)
Delimitations
This study replicated a previous study performed by Herbert et al (2010) from
The Pennsylvania State University The original survey employed was field tested to
allow for modifications and greater clarity Modifications were made to the replicated
study to gather specific data pertaining to transition assessment as a whole rather than just
career assessment staff training desires and knowledge about specific published
assessment tools Also the survey was designed to discover the knowledge of staff
working with students with intellectual disabilities as it pertains to transition assessment
The survey was disseminated to professionals in education including special educators
special education directors transition coordinators vocational adjustment coordinators
and diagnosticians working with students with intellectual disabilities The survey was
formatted to fit the online tool used to disseminate the survey An online format was
implemented similar to the original study Recommendations were provided in the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
12
original study which provided valuable advice to revise the study in order to refine the
process in order to achieve useful data Careful consideration by the researcher was
given to adhere to stringent protocols to gather accurate unbiased and useful data that
assisted with the findings of the research study
Limitations
Limitations included the following issues The study was originally conducted
with a group of 400 responders from across the state of Pennsylvania Limitations listed
in the original study included bias sample size and variability with variable awareness of
the participants Attempts to address these concerns were evaluated however certain
issues such as bias were difficult to control This study was conducted within the
specific region of West Texas The researcherrsquos involvement in special education in
particular the education of individuals with intellectual disabilities could have led to bias
and could have influenced the study however efforts were embarked upon to prevent
this confounding variable The relatively new use of the term intellectual disabilities to
characterize a student who was previously identified as a student with mental retardation
could have created some confusion
Significance of the Study
The study will add to the research findings associated with professionalsrsquo
knowledge about transition assessment as it pertains to individuals with intellectual
disabilities A great deal of research and literature is available pertaining to assessment
for both cognitive and achievement purposes There are also transition assessment
materials available and suggested practices for administering suggested assessment tools
Research information validating practice is missing from the transition assessment
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
13
process and indicating what practitioners actually utilize to meet the mandates of
Indicator 13 and IDEA 2004
Results of this study were utilized in several ways First the results were utilized
to substantiate or negate the findings of the original study The results will be
disseminated to the original researchers to verify or suggest revisions The results are
valuable to practitioners who utilize transition assessment tools with individuals with
disabilities In particular the results will aid those who work directly with individuals
with intellectual disabilities The results also add to the minimal available data with this
population of students which could stir further interest by other practitioners to replicate
even more research with transition assessment
School districts will utilize the data to develop appropriate transition assessment
strategies for individuals with disabilities in particular individuals with intellectual
disabilities From these data the professionals will develop a serviceable and appropriate
transition plan that meets the needs of the individual The goal of best practices for the
student as they transition from secondary to postsecondary venues was greatly fortified
In addition professionals will have valuable information allowing them to adhere to the
mandates outlined in Indicator 13 by the OSERS and through IDEA 2004
Organization of the Study
The literature review directed the emphasis of this study Few current research
studies exist that address professionalsrsquo knowledge level with regard to transition
assessment for individuals with disabilities This review included review of the literature
pertaining to historical influences on the transition plan components and mandates to the
transition process assessment practices and purposes transition assessment materials
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
14
and any available research studies that addressed the knowledge level of professionals
with regard to the transition assessment process
This study replicated a previously utilized research study that assessed current
assessment practices of professionals who interact with individuals with disabilities This
study was conducted through The Pennsylvania State University (Herbert et al 2010)
For this study a survey was disseminated to educators who deal specifically with
individuals with intellectual disabilities The purpose of utilizing a survey was to gather
additional information that was lacking on the research topic (American Association for
Public Opinion Research 2011) Modifications in the original format addressed unique
formatting specifications of the online survey modality Two open-ended questions
allowed a personal response which provided the respondent an opportunity to provide
additional insight to the researcher on the topic of knowledge of transition assessment for
individuals with disabilities
Analysis of the data occurred with several types of approaches as described in the
original survey report (Herbert et al 2010) Descriptive analysis occurred for the greater
portion of the survey questions Descriptive analysis was utilized to examine the
differences between responses across the various types of professionals such as self-
contained classroom teachers diagnosticians vocational adjustment coordinators and
special education administrators (Herbert et al 2010) Finally a qualitative analysis was
used to assimilate the data and to derive common themes and patterns from the open-
ended response questions
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
15
Summary
This study assessed educatorsrsquo knowledge of transition assessment strategies for
individuals with intellectual disabilities The study used a descriptive analysis approach
for 16 questions with two additional open-ended questions requiring qualitative analysis
to determine themes A review of the research addressed intellectual disabilities
transition practices transition assessment with disabilities in a general format and
specifically transition assessment for students with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
16
CHAPTER II
Review of the Literature
Special education began in the late 1700rsquos to the early 1800rsquos and is attributed to
Jean-Marc-Gaspard Itard (Bryant Smith amp Bryant 2008) He promoted the philosophy
that people with intellectual disabilitiesmental retardation are capable of learning (Crane
2002) From these early efforts the approach to educating and providing service to
individuals with intellectual disabilities emerged in the 20th
century when new laws
mandates and practices were introduced at a relatively fast rate Changes to services
paralleled many of the efforts of the Civil Rights movement of the 60rsquos and 70rsquos (Bryant
Smith amp Bryant 2008) The rights of individuals with intellectual disabilities were the
guiding principles influencing the introduction and further modifications to federal laws
that directed the treatment of these individuals
Several laws were enacted that guaranteed the rights of all individuals with
disabilities In 1973 the legislature passed the Vocational Rehabilitation Act in which
Section 504 set the stage for further legislation (Bryant et al 2008) This law guaranteed
basic civil rights to individuals with disabilities Furthermore accommodations were
made a requirement in public schools and society The intent was to prevent
discrimination against individuals with disabilities particularly within agencies receiving
federal funds
Perhaps one of the most powerful pieces of legislation that influenced the
education of individuals with disabilities was the Education for All Handicapped
Children Act better known as PL 94-142 of 1975 This law guaranteed that all students
with disabilities would receive at no cost a Free and Appropriate Public Education
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
17
(FAPE) This also established the Least Restrictive Environment (LRE) which
emphasized the education of children with their nondisabled peers (Bryant Smith amp
Bryant 2008) This law has undergone several changes and reauthorizations through the
years
The first reauthorization occurred in 1986 with the addition of services for infants
and toddlers The next reauthorization resulted in a title change to the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 1990 (IDEA) Two categories were added
autism and traumatic brain injury (Bryant et al 2008) Perhaps the most significant
change was the introduction of transition planning and services through the Individual
Transition Plan (ITP) (Bryant et al 2008)
Another monumental disability law was the Americans with Disabilities Act
(ADA) in 1990 Legislators and advocacy groups believed that Section 504 of the
Vocational Rehabilitation Act was not sufficient to protect the rights of individuals with
disabilities and further specifications needed to be defined This law went beyond the
classroom to community factors that influenced special needs individuals ADA
addressed discrimination ldquoin employment transportation public accommodations and
telecommunicationsrdquo (Bryant et al 2008 p 17)
Reauthorization of IDEA occurred in 1997 The reauthorization added behavioral
intervention plans (BIP) and functional behavioral assessments (FBA) as required
mandates The transition process for secondary special needs learners was also
strengthened by requiring that the ITP be a part of the studentrsquos Individualized Education
Program (IEP) (Bryant et al 2008)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
18
In 2001 No Child Left Behind (NCLB) was passed Some of the main features
addressed individuals with special needs Educators were now required to utilize
scientifically based programs and interventions Individuals with special needs would
have increased access to the general education curriculum Finally the evaluation of
student proficiency in any given subject area would require appropriate accommodations
(Bryant et al 2008)
The next reauthorization of the IDEA occurred in 2004 (IDEA 2004 US
Department of Education 2006 cited in Bryant et al 2008) Changes to the identification
of learning disabilities were specified and alternate education settings for disciplinary
actions were allowed Additionally a requirement that teachers would need to fulfill
provisions as a highly qualified teacher was also added Students with disabilities are now
required to participate in annual state and district testing while including appropriate
accommodations and alternative testing in certain instances for particular students with
intellectual disabilities (Bryant et al 2008)
Students with Intellectual Disabilities
Definition of Intellectual Disabilities
The American Association on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
(AAIDD 2011) formerly known at the as the American Association on Mental
Retardation defines intellectual disability as ldquoa disability characterized by significant
limitations both in intellectual functioning and in adaptive behavior which covers many
everyday social and practical skills This disability originates before the age of 18rdquo The
Centers for Disease Control (CDC 2005) further states that individuals with disabilities
perform below average on intelligence tests and display limitations in routines for daily
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
19
living and independent living skills These individuals display the ability to learn but at a
much slower pace
Individuals with intellectual disabilities perform at least two standard deviations
below the mean on a 100 average scale score on intelligence tests (Hogan 2007)
Categories for intellectual disabilities have been established to provide greater
understanding of intellectual functioning These include mild moderate severe and
profound intellectual disabilities Individuals classified as mildly intellectually disabled
perform at an intelligence quotient level of 50-55 to approximately 70 Individuals with
moderate intellectual disability display intelligence test scores from 35-40 to 50-55 The
severe intellectual disability category is classified as 20-25 to 35-40 Profound
Intellectual Disability is categorized as an IQ score below 20 or 25 (Hogan 2007)
In addition to sub-average performance on intelligence tests an evaluation of the
personrsquos adaptive skills is needed to determine that an individual meets the qualifications
for a diagnosis of intellectual disabilities An individual who is suspected of meeting the
criterion for intellectual disabilities within the intelligence testing process must also
display delays in the area of adaptive behavior Adaptive behavior includes social
intelligence and practical intelligence Social intelligence involves understanding social
situations Practical intelligence refers to independent living tasks and employability
skills (Hallahan et al 2012)
Characteristics of Students with Intellectual Disabilities
The CDC states that individuals with intellectual disabilities display the ability to
learn but at a much slower pace (CDC 2005) Hallahan and associates (2012) wrote that
with the proper supports the individual with intellectual disabilities can learn over time
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
20
According to Crane (2002) individuals with intelligence quotients in the mildly disabled
range perform typically at the second to fifth-grade level intellectually display a high
degree of daily living independence and are fully or partially employed Individuals with
moderate intellectual disabilities perform functional academic skills People performing
at the severely disabled level perform basic kindergarten and prekindergarten academics
require supervision for daily living skills and will typically require supervision in
community employment in a supported workshop setting Individuals performing at the
profoundly disabled level require intense supervised care in all areas of need (Crane
2002)
Statistical Data Regarding Prevalence of Students with Intellectual Disabilities
Nationwide 11 of individuals are identified as having some type of disability
(OSERS 2006 in Bryant et al 2008) Statistically about 214 of individuals will
measure two or more standard deviations below the normal average of 100 (Overton
2009) The prevalence of individuals with intellectual delays falling below 70 in public
school settings is about 227 (Hallahan et al 2012) Mild intellectual disabilities are
three times more prevalent than are severe intellectual disabilities (CDC 2005)
The economic cost associated with individuals with intellectual disabilities is
staggering Typically these individuals require long-term care and support to address all
areas of life The Centers for Disease Control (2005) reported that individuals with
intellectual disabilities average slightly more than one million dollars per person for
lifetime care Costs are incurred for medical care assistive devices home and automobile
modifications special education loss of revenue due to sub-average employment
opportunities and limited work opportunities Screenings and interventions need to be
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
21
employed to address the overwhelming reality of funding the care and education
individuals with intellectual disabilities (CDC 2004)
Historical Practices for Students with Intellectual Disabilities
In 1799 a French doctor by the name of Jean Marc-Gaspard Itard attempted to
educate a young boy known as a wild child who was believed to possess intellectual
disabilities (Bryant et al 2008) Itard established that those with intellectual disabilities
are able to learn (Crane 2002) Education underwent changes and developments over the
next two centuries Unfortunately some of the treatments for individuals included
barbaric practice through experimentation involuntary sterilization increased
segregation social control a type of ethnic cleansing and inhumane treatment (Crane
2002) Humanitarian reforms beginning in1960 were implemented that changed the
outlook for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Crane 2002)
In 1840 the first residential program for individuals with intellectual disabilities
was established In 1876 the American Association on Intellectual and Developmental
Disabilities (AAIDD) was created In 1896 the first class for students with all types of
intellectual disabilities was established By 1917 institutional settings were present for
most individuals with intellectual disabilities Edgar Doll proposed a definition for
intellectual disabilities that consisted of six criteria The Association for Retarded
Citizens known as the ARC was established in 1954 In 1959 a new groundbreaking
definition for intellectual disabilities was created By 1960 a unique project called the
Mimosa Project was created to work with girls with intellectual disabilities who
demonstrated they were able to learn many difficult tasks and daily living skills
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
22
President Kennedy initiated a national agenda which addressed the topic of intellectual
disabilities The state of New Hampshire in 1997 closed all institutional settings and
moved individuals with intellectual disabilities to group homes or private settings In
1999 the Disability Work Incentive Law was signed into action thereby eliminating
many of the barriers individuals with intellectual disabilities previously experienced
(Bryant et al 2008)
Transition Needs for Secondary Special Needs Learners
Transition planning and coordination of services for students with disabilities has
undergone a metamorphosis over the last two centuries Recent mandates changes and
requirements of the IDEA 2004 demanded that educators and service providers clarify
the individualrsquos needs and address the required mandates presented in the law (Schmitz
2008) The trend changed due to stakeholders including family members educators
service providers and most importantly the students desired quality outcomes for
postsecondary living Upon careful examination of the historical developments current
trends in transition planning and future needs and desires of students and caregivers now
require the implementation of best practices with regard to transition services
Transition planning for the student with disabilities is a critical area of concern
As the student with disabilities moves from high school to postsecondary life a
coordinated set of goals and objectives with defined implementation of services and
responsibilities for plausible outcomes must be implemented (IDEA 2004) Many of the
students with disabilities face a challenging road ahead and it is important that they be
provided with an Individualized Transition Plan (ITP) that includes their desires needs
strengths and preferences to afford greater positive outcomes Family members
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
23
educators students and community service providers must operate in a collaborative
manner to seek the best educational opportunities for the student with disabilities
(Wehman 2011)
Historical Influences on the Transition Process
Understanding historical developments that have transpired over the centuries
creates a greater awareness of the development of the person-centered approach that
exists in education today John Dewey a leader in curriculum theory from the
Progressive Era of the 19th
century developed the person-centered approach for
educating children He believed that education was a means to bolster social reform thus
encouraging the social intellectual and moral development of the child (Dewey 1916
cited in Flinders amp Thornton 2009) His person-centered approach directed the transition
process for the 21st century
Jane Addams a social reformer from the 19th
century transformed the social
work concept that existed with migrants coming to the United States She was known for
her social reform approach of providing services to her constituents at Hull House in
Chicago during the 19th
century Her enterprising concept of meeting the needs of her
constituents developed revolutionary changes for the immigrant child and family of the
Industrial Revolution Jane Addams recognized the need to educate all social classes to
meet the specific needs and interests of the immigrant populace (Addams cited in
Flinders amp Thornton 2009) Her enterprising holistic pursuit utilized a needs-assessment
approach accompanied by implementation of instruction in academic physical life skills
social and interests and preferences thereby affecting goals directed toward future adult
living objectives of Hull House Programming was created by assessing the needs
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
24
preferences and talents of those immigrant individuals who accessed Hull House
Although she was not an educator but a social worker her needs-assessment approach to
providing services to her immigrant constituents by evaluating the education vocational
social and independent living needs of the persons who attended Hull House improved
the quality of life in a holistic pursuit (Addams 1908 cited in Lagemann 1985)
Another individual from the 19th
century who influenced the transition planning
process that exists in special education today was Ralph Tyler Tyler believed that the
students learned best when they were able to experience learning in the natural
environment He surmised that the student must embrace a purpose for learning with the
objectives and experiences created in harmony with their life outside the classroom He
encouraged a study of ldquocontemporary life outside the classroom as the basis for deriving
objectivesrdquo (Tyler 1949 cited in Flinders amp Thornton 2009) He subsequently employed
a philosophy of experiential learning in and out of the classroom to reinforce the
purposeful continuum It was this experiential connection that attached profound meaning
to the learner Although not a direct contributor to the transition process for individuals
with special needs his philosophy provided a groundbreaking approach that paved the
way for current practices in special education with regard to transition planning
Examination of the mandates of IDEA 2004 pertaining to ITP reveals several
common comparisons to the aforementioned theorists The ITP is a person-centered plan
that includes the student and aligns postsecondary goals with transition services (Mazzoti
et al 2009) The goals are based on age-appropriate transition assessment related to
education employment training and independent living (Humphrey Johnson amp Albers
2010) Acknowledgment of the historical contributions of Addams Dewey and Tyler as
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
25
person-centered theorists allows one to opine that their beliefs have accelerated the
progress of education for students with disabilities This is particularly important with the
ITP process upon which the secondary student with disabilitiesrsquo annual individual
educational plan (IEP) is developed
Defining the Specifics of Transition Planning
In addition to historical perspectives interested stakeholders should be aware of
legal mandates and laws that pertain to individuals with disabilities Hulett (2007) has
described transition as the eighth component to the IEP process He states that IDEA
2004 demands that at the age of 16 the transition planning process is a requirement for
every studentrsquos annual IEP The transition plan must be reviewed annually The transition
planning process should be results driven to produce high-quality outcomes for
postsecondary living (Miller et al 2007) A statement of the needs or services must be
included in the IEP The ITP team must consider courses of study training supported
employment integrated employment adult services community participation and
independent living skills In addition they must look at community agencies that assist
with the child These services are at no cost to the student (Miller et al 2007)
Transition planning includes a coordinated set of goals and objectives to meet the
transition needs of students with disabilities as they transition into postsecondary life
(IDEA 2004) The ITP should include vocational education community living home
and family issues financial planning recreation and leisure mobility and health issues
Utilizing an authentic approach to implementation will increase the success of a
purposeful approach for the benefit of the student (Layton amp Lock 2008) The student
should be the focus by taking into account the desires talents interests and preferences
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
26
of the child (IDEA 2004 Wehman 2011) Vocational training postsecondary options
and continuing education opportunities should be included in the transition process (Snell
amp Brown 2006)
Transition planning requires that service providers develop and implement plans
that describe the services provided assessment and evaluation measures obligations of
team members person who are part of the plan and plausible service agencies (Overton
2009) Team members include the special educators general educators community
agencies student family members possible psychologists and counselors rehabilitation
specialists and other designated individuals who could provide support in the transition
planning ( Overton 2009 Wehman 2011) The student and parent should be included in
the transition planning process at all stages to secure greater positive outcomes at the
postsecondary level (Escheidt 2006)
Characteristics of Transition Needs
The student is the driving force of the transition planning process and its
subsequent annual goals and objectives This coordinated set of goals and objectives
becomes the model for the implementation of course selection vocational planning and
education for the student with regard to his or her annual IEP (Miller et al 2007) The
evaluation of the ability family structure community opportunities desires talents and
preferences of the student forms the basis for the transition plan (Wehman 2009)
Employment vocational training and postsecondary education are also carefully
considered in the ITP (Snell amp Brown 2006) The student should be given the tools to
live a successful life that is safe and provides the greatest opportunity for independence
(McNaughton amp Beulman 2010)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
27
Schmitz (2008) described the purpose of transition planning as a fundamental
requirement of IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 as outlined by the Office of Special
Education Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) In addition to the mandates presented in
IDEA 2004 pertaining to transition services there is an additional requirement that
schools and postsecondary agencies report on the results of transition services for
individuals with disabilities through Indicator 13 for secondary programs and Indicator
14 for postsecondary programs This has become the guiding structure when addressing
the needs and postsecondary planning of students with disabilities IDEA 2004 requires
that there must be a coordinated set of activities that focus on improving the academic
and functional achievement of the individual with disabilities Indicator 13 and Indicator
14 require that tracking mechanisms be put into place to assess the outcomes of
individuals with disabilities as they transition from secondary schooling to postsecondary
life
Statistics reveal that students with disabilities experience an unemployment rate
of 70 as opposed to their nondisabled peers at 22 (Schmitz 2008) The need to close
that gap is critical This is the reality that drives the mandates such as Indicator 13 for
educators to develop an appropriate transition IEP which includes age-appropriate
transition assessment and transition services that are to be delivered to students with
disabilities (Schmitz 2008)
The Individualized Transition Plan Process and Components
The foundation for the essential components and mandates associated with
transition come from IDEA 2004 which states the following
Transition services means a coordinated set of activities for a child with a
disability that is designed to be within a results-oriented process that is focused on
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
28
improving the academic and functional achievement of the child with a disability
to facilitate the childrsquos movement from school to postschool activities including
postsecondary education vocational education integrated employment (including
supported employment) continuing and adult education adult services
independent living or community participation is based on the individual childlsquos
needs taking into account the childrsquos strengths preferences and interests and
includes instruction related services community experiences the development of
employment and other postschool adult living objectives and if appropriate
acquisition of daily living skills and provision of a functional vocational
evaluation Transition services for children with disabilities may be special
education if provided as specially designed instruction or a related service if
required to assist a child with a disability to benefit from special education (TEA
cited in ESC 18 2011)
The process of including the student to a greater extent while engaging him or
her in greater collaboration with community agencies is emphasized in the transition
process The switch to a results-oriented approach as opposed to an input approach has
increased the need for greater accountability This is also evident with the
implementation of Indicator 13 pertaining to accountability for transition planning at the
secondary education stage and Indicator 14 at the postsecondary education stage Specific
changes to the IDEA 1997 to IDEA 2004 are the requirement of a coordinated set of
activities improvement with academic and functional achievement transition IEP age-
appropriate assessment and transition services (Schmitz 2008)
Components of the transition plan include a holistic approach to the education of
the student with disabilities Short-term goals should be developed with long range
planning as the over-all guiding purpose (Wehman 2009) The ITP should include the
assessment and development of critical life skills such as mobility recreation and leisure
opportunities health and safety training money management personal appearance skills
building social skills training and skills acquisition work habits and issues pertaining to
maintaining dignity (Wehman 2009)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
29
Assessment and evaluation results should take into account the strengths and
preferences of the child while being presented in user-friendly formats to the family
members and student The schedule of services time frames for implementation and
individual responsibilities and obligations for providers should be documented Efforts to
provide real-life vocational training to meet employability objectives should be outlined
Financial planning is a critical component and needs in this area should be included
Social skills training and access to increase full community participation and activities
are other important elements of the ITP process (Wehman 2009)
Critical life skills pertaining to self-help and self-determination independence
and socialization represent essential transition elements Access to community agencies
and possible acquisition of needed services should be outlined with contact information
available to the family members and student Recreation and leisure health and safety
money management work habits and maintaining dignity are additional areas that
should be addressed by the ITP team (Wehman 2009)
Real-life experiences in naturalist settings for all aspects of the personrsquos life
including employment education and life skills acquisition is recommended (Wehman
2011) National transition goals which are outlined in IDEA 2004 include promoting
self-determination and self-advocacy ensuring that students have access to the standards-
based curriculum increasing graduation rates providing access to full participation in
postsecondary education and employment increasing parent participation improving
collaboration for optimum school and postschool outcomes increasing the availability of
qualified workforce and encourages full participation in community life including
social recreation and leisure opportunities The ITP includes two major goals The first
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
30
is to identify outcomes students and parent desire which is the person-centered approach
by including the student and parent while respecting their values and beliefs The second
is community collaboration and participation through community resources program
development and interagency collaboration (Wehman 2011)
New resources are being developed and published continuously to encourage the
implementation of sound practices in transition planning and services Johnson (2002)
from the University of San Diego developed a sourcebook of books selected websites
aptitude tests vocational evaluations career planning resources information centers
curricular resources assessments life-centered education IEP planning interagency
links publishers postsecondary transition resources and selected reports and articles
These suggested resources are included to enhance the transition assessment
development and implementation process
Snell and Brown (2006) in Instruction of Students with Severe Disabilities
devoted a chapter to vocational preparation and transition They recommended that
individuals should develop valued employment skills and abilities through supportive
families vocational services and supports in the community They proposed that
Vocational Rehabilitation should be the primary facilitators of employment opportunities
for individuals with disabilities
It is necessary to include a review of Social Security benefits and Medicaid
sources The balanced school-based vocational preparation through collaborative efforts
should include a continuum of the studentrsquos interests and preferences The work-related
instruction should occur across grades and settings in real-world settings Community-
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
31
based training sites should be developed with systematic behavioral procedures with the
goal of paid employment with if needed supports after graduation
Finally vocational training is a necessary component of the transition process
Transition training should provide students with a curriculum that prepares them for the
job they intend to enter Broad-based knowledge and skills are necessary components to
the vocational training endeavor Some students require training with specific skills that
are needed for survival in the workplace as well as in the community These skills need
to be carefully and succinctly taught These include academic skills communication
skills social and interpersonal skills and occupational and vocational skills (Levinson amp
Palmer 2005)
Latest Research on Individual Transition Planning
Policy Furney Hasazi and Destefano (1997) conducted a policy study to review
transition services for youth with disabilities The cross-case analysis evaluated programs
that exemplified high-quality models for implementation of transition planning Furney
and his colleagues assessed the current trends that were present in existing transition
planning practices He surveyed 74 institutions pertaining to their implementation of
transition services during a two-year period from 1992-1994 His intent was to evaluate
services with the new mandates set forth in previously reauthorized version of IDEA
1997 A qualitative approach was implemented with site visits in three states The results
were analyzed using cross-case analysis The results revealed that the person-centered
approach must be implemented to a greater extent to meet the postsecondary needs
outcomes of students with disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
32
Etscheidt (2006) conducted a qualitative analysis to examine judicial decisions
regarding transition planning Thirty-six cases were reviewed that addressed the needs of
individuals with intellectual disabilities learning disabilities behavioral disorders
autism multiple disabilities physical disabilities other health impairment attention-
deficithyperactivity disorder traumatic brain injury and other unspecified disabilities
Five categories were established that addressed agency contacts student involvement
and individualization of the transition plan school district obligations and
appropriateness of the transition plan
Etscheidtrsquos finding revealed that litigation pertaining to transition planning for
students with disabilities centered on procedural issues and components of the transition
plan Ten issues were identified Agencies need to be in attendance and invited to
transition meetings Second student involvement must be included and must consider
student interests Third individualization of the ITP should be based on assessment and
meet the studentrsquos individual needs Fourth stakeholders need to examine the studentrsquos
and familyrsquos postsecondary goals and vision Fifth discussion and documentation of the
present level of performance should be included Sixth the team should formulate a
statement of needed transition services with goals and objectives Seventh
implementation of the transition plan needs to be monitored to evaluate effectiveness
Eighth the district has an obligation to make plans that meet the needs of the individuals
to promote movement from secondary to postsecondary settings Ninth stakeholders
need to evaluate the appropriateness of the transition plan Tenth the transition plan must
be developed and addressed to meet the needs of the student
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
33
Transition services Through OSERS a grant was awarded to create the National
Secondary Technical Training Assistance Center (NSTTAC) This organization addresses
concerns regarding transition for secondary students as they move into postsecondary
life Through this collaborative effort between the University of North Carolina in
Charlotte and Western Michigan University NSTTAC addressed and assisted with
implementation to consumers parents agencies and educators about transition policy
Expert panels were created and research was initiated that resulted in recommendations
to local education agencies (LEAs) and state education agencies (SEAs) regarding
transition practice and policy In addition to informational recommendations to the LEAs
and SEAs technical assistance was developed to assist educators administrators and
parents in implementing effective transition and education services to improve secondary
and postsecondary outcomes A website was developed that includes evidence-based
practices lesson plan starters products and resources transition toolkits and specific
student and parent resources (UNC amp WMU 2011)
King Baldwin Currie and Evans (2006) completed a review article analyzing
strategies that were utilized to implement planning for transition and transition education
for youth with disabilities The purpose of one review was to evaluate the quality of
services and to provide recommendations for improvement of services The strategies
were classified into three main categories personal-level strategies person-environment
fit and environmental level strategies
Results indicated that the strategies lacked significant evidenced-based research to
support the use of the strategies and the effectiveness of the strategies Four of the
strategies pertaining to direct experience contained sufficient research to warrant the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
34
effectiveness of these types of strategies A recommendation proposed the use of more
than skills-acquisition strategies including training and implementation of strategies in
the natural environment (King et al 2006)
Postsecondary education A study by Papay and Bambara (2011) examined
transition services for youth in postsecondary settings who possessed significant
intellectual disabilities This study utilized a survey with descriptive methods for
analysis The purpose of the study was to assess the over-all inclusion characteristics of
postsecondary programs on college campuses Eighty-seven institutions were identified
that provided opportunities for individuals with intellectual disabilities to participate in
postsecondary programs located on college campuses
The results suggested that students with disabilities participated in college courses
and in vocational training opportunities Twenty five percent of the students with
disabilities involved in postsecondary education were enrolled in college level courses
Only 2 of students with intellectual disabilities enrolled in the courses for credit Most
of the students who enrolled in the courses for credit were described as learning disabled
with reading levels that were near or slightly below those of nondisabled peers The
students with intellectual disabilities audited the courses primarily in the humanities and
basic entry level Reading level was a determining factor for these students as to whether
they were able to participate in the courses successfully for credit
Funding for these programs came primarily from the willingness of the higher
education institutions to sponsor the programs Some government resources were also
included to a lesser extent as well as partnerships with local school districts for students
who were past the age of majority but were still enrolled in high school Tuition revenue
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
35
was another slight source of income for the programs Grants were last on the list of
available sources of income At most institutions grants provided less that 10 of the
necessary budgetary demands of the postsecondary educational setting
Recommendations included conducting further research to gain a greater
understanding of the effectiveness of postsecondary education (PSE) programs
Additionally PSE institutions should continue to develop partnerships to promote
ldquolifelong inclusion and self-determinationrdquo (Papay amp Bambara 2011 p 93) Methods for
implementation were suggested as additional research agendas
Another research study (Neubert Moon amp Grigal 2002) focused attention on
postsecondary options for individuals with significant disabilities The purpose of the
article was to provide a review of the current literature available pertaining to secondary
educational opportunities for students aged 18-21 in their last year of high school A
descriptive approach was implemented to examine secondary education opportunities at
two-year and four-year institutions of higher education and community based settings
The results revealed three vocational training model approaches First students
attended 2-year schools with the intent to gain vocational skills and training while
experiencing college life A second model for students with significant disabilities
included attendance at four-year institutions A third model included programs in the
community to encourage employment and independent living options
Funding for these programs primarily came from local school districts and the
higher education institutions The need to assess logistic concerns pertaining to greater
collaboration and communication with community agencies was encouraged
Collaboration between local education agencies community settings and institutions of
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
36
higher learning should occur to allow families and caregivers various options for
secondary transition services to students nearing the transition phase into postsecondary
life
Transition process Levinson and Palmer (2005) undertook a descriptive study
that discussed general characteristics of the transition process for employment and
postsecondary life The authors described necessary components to implement transition
services as mandated by IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 The need to incorporate
assessment and comprehensive planning that utilized the transition assessment data was
highlighted The assessment should address academic skills daily living skills personal
and social skills and occupational and vocational skills
School staff should subsequently utilize the assessment data to implement a plan
that meets the needs and interests of the student Parental involvement is crucial for the
planning process Vocational training should incorporate the enhancement of academic
skills daily living skills personal and social skills and occupational and vocational skills
Schools should focus on a transdisciplinary approach to prepare students for successful
postsecondary life
Cobb and Alwell (2009) reviewed transition planning and coordination of
services for individuals in postsecondary settings The authors undertook a review of
existing studies to determine whether there had been sufficient research efforts to address
the issue of transition planning and intervention for youth with disabilities This
systematic review included studies published between 1984 and 2004 A total of 31
studies from 10 journals produced a total of 1461 individual participants
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
37
Studies were analyzed for employment and participation in postsecondary
education options Analysis included whether the student was maintained at home and the
satisfaction of experience with personal and social relationships for individuals with a
variety of disabilities including learning disability emotional disturbance intellectual
disability autism physical disabilities attention deficit disorder auditory impairment
and speech impairment The authors reviewed postschool environments student
development interagency and interdisciplinary planning family involvement and
program structure
Results demonstrated that student-focused planning demonstrated great promise
as an important outcome for students Studentsrsquo desires need to be heard at IEP meetings
and in the planning processes More time is needed for transition planning and this should
not be handled at IEP meeting They also stated that students gain insight when training is
involved There is a demand to develop talents and interests Individuals with disabilities
believe there is a need for real work experience and socialization skills training Efforts
should focus on needs to build specific job skills that continue after high school There is
a need for flexibility rather than fitting students into prescribed programs The emphasis
should be directed toward greater awareness of community resources for possible
employment education living options and community access according to the
consumers and family members
Transition compliance Grigal Hart and Magliore (2011) conducted a
secondary analysis using The National Longitudinal Transition Survey 2 to address the
mandates of Indicator 14 of IDEA 2004 In order to comply with Indicator 14
individuals must be enrolled in higher education employed or involved in another
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
38
postsecondary option The elements need to include high expectations person-centered or
student-directed goals and collaboration with partners and community agencies is
critical
In their comparative analysis Grigal et al (2011) ascertained that there were
disparaging differences between individuals with intellectual disabilities and other
individuals with disabilities regarding transition planning for those at the postsecondary
level One hundred eight families participated with fewer contributors who were
educators One hundred forty-nine programs for individuals with disabilities in 37 states
were included Programs varied in implementations and types of settings Data set
analysis included 11000 students from a random set from 500 LEAs and 30 special
schools with an 82 response rate
The study included five areas that influenced the mandates of Indicator 14 and is
addressed in the following sections First parent expectations were influenced by the
severity of disability of youth with intellectual disabilities autism and physical
disabilities Second students were less likely to graduate with a regular diploma This
increased to 62-70 if staff possessed higher expectations Third team members should
be more involved in the ITP planning process Fourth goals should focus more toward
sheltered or supportive employment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Fifth
goals most often identified included independent living competitive employment
supported employment sheltered employment vocational training and two-year to four-
year college programs
Additional findings noted that vocational rehabilitation (VR) counselor
participation was greater for individuals with intellectual disabilities for career planning
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
39
Participation in college level classes by individuals with intellectual disabilities was last
They noted that increased enrollment in postsecondary education has increased the
income levels for 73 of individuals with disabilities The authors suggested that causes
need to be evaluated for fewer individuals with intellectual disabilities enrolling in higher
education and that increased expectations at the secondary level should occur to change
the mind-set for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Grigal et al 2011)
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities
Transition planning is an important topic for the stakeholders and students with
disabilities as the students anticipate transitioning from secondary to postsecondary life
Transition planning is the eighth requirement of the Individual Education Plan (IEP)
process for students when they become 16 years of age (Hulett 2007) The transition
process begins with the assessment component to gain valuable information on which the
IEP is based (Hulett 2007) Transition assessment is a multidimensional process that
requires a collaborative approach to meet the specific needs of the student with a
disability who is receiving special education services (Miller et al 2007)
Purpose of Transition Assessment
Transition assessment meets the legal mandates of IDEA 2004 The requirement
decrees that students with an intellectual disability should be provided with an
appropriate evaluation (IDEA 2004) The purpose of transition assessment is to gather
ongoing data that leads to the development of a transition plan that meets the needs of the
student as they transition from secondary to postsecondary life Overton (2009) wrote
that assessment needs to be data-driven rather than relying on referral information alone
The data should be multidimensional and not reliant on just one piece of testing data
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
40
Data should reflect the studentrsquos needs strengths abilities interests and preferences
(IDEA 2004)
The National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (2001) states that
the transition assessment process should be ongoing in order to provide needed data to
guide the transition planning process for students as they look toward the future and to
aid in the development of the studentrsquos IEP It should be a collaborative endeavor with
input from a variety of stakeholders including the student and family or caregiver
involved in the process
Spinelli (2012) identified eight purposes of transition assessment for individuals
with disabilities The assessors should identify the studentrsquos a) career goals and interests
b) preferences c) independence level d) strengths e) hobbies f) interpersonal
relationships g) self-advocacy abilities and h) abilities in relation to postsecondary
goals These include employment education and training independent living community
involvement and personal social goals In addition there needs to be an ecological
assessment of new or future settings to determine psychological physical social
emotional and cognitive demands and requirements of the setting
In regard to employment Spinelli (2012) proposed that assessment should
evaluate the studentrsquos current skills and the desired skill levels to determine the studentrsquos
ability to deal with the demands of postsecondary employment ability to engage in
employment and community participation and independent living options The
assessment should seek to determine the particular curricular social-emotional and
physical skills that need addressing in the ITP and the studentrsquos self-determination skills
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
41
With regard to educational supports Spinelli (2012) wrote that the assessment
should determine appropriate placement within the education community in addition to
vocational and community settings in order for the student to attain postsecondary goals
Furthermore the assessment should seek to determine the accommodations supports and
services that are needed in order for the student to attain and maintain postsecondary
goals Finally the assessment should design a system for monitoring progress and
evaluating the success of the transition program
Miller et al (2007) has described transition assessment as ldquoa process that
determines the studentrsquos abilities attitudes aptitudes interests work behaviors levels of
self-determination and self-advocacy interpersonal skills academic skills level and
independent living skills over an extended period of time for the purpose of planning an
appropriate education program (p 5)rdquo This is an ongoing process Stakeholders must
gather data on the individual student Items that are necessary for the assessment include
the studentrsquos needs preferences strengths and interests These items should be evaluated
as these relate to the future and current programming of the individual with disabilities
The areas that should drive the evaluation include work education living personal and
social skills and environment of the individual with disabilities
Additionally Miller et al (2007) clarifies the components of the transition
assessment process He suggests that these components be intertwined in order to engage
in informed decision making The first component is future planning needs and goals
The second area to be addressed is self-determination and self-advocacy skills A third
area is academic strengths and deficits that include the studentrsquos learning styles and
behaviors that influence learning A fourth component is life-skills instruction when it is
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
42
deemed appropriate The fifth and final component is vocational interests aptitudes and
abilities both in the classroom and within the community environment
In 2004 with the reauthorization of IDEA OSERS required that states submit
additional data on 20 indicators Indicator 13 specifically addresses the transition
component More specifically this indicator requires that assessment must occur that
involves an ongoing process to collect transition-relevant data This assessment should
include the needs preferences strengths and interests of the student The requirement
states that the demands of current and future working educational and personal social
environments for the individual must evaluated (Mazotti et al 2009)
Mazotti et al (2009) proposed a six-component checklist for Indicator 13 The six
include the following first it is necessary to utilize user-friendly assessments to guide
parents students and other support personnel Second the goals for the ITP should focus
on employment education and training and when appropriate independent living Third
they suggest a simplified format that addresses where the student plans to work where he
or she will learn the necessary skills and where the student eventually lives Fourth
alignment of annual IEP goals should coincide with the transition services and
postsecondary goals This will allow the student the optimal opportunity to attain the
postsecondary goals
Schmitz (2008) identified seven areas that should be included in the transition
planning process in order to adhere to the mandates of Indicator 13 The components of
the transition assessment include interest assessment and career exploration assessment
measures It is crucial to include assessment of academic performance as it relates to the
workplace Essential is the process of career planning The practice of assessment and
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
43
skill building should be incorporated to evaluate self-determination social and emotional
learning and interventions for independent living
Types of Transition Assessment
Transition assessment is an ongoing process that involves a variety of sources in
order to create a data-driven plan that addresses the individual needs of the student with
disabilities Transition assessment includes assessment tools that are utilized to meet
eligibility requirements and to assist with the transition planning process Numerous
devices are available to provide valuable information that the Individualized Transition
Plan (ITP) team is able to access for transition assessment Assessment practice occurs
both formally and informally with the inclusion of adaptive measures (Miller et al
2007)
Assessment is employed for identifying individual student needs improving
instruction and program planning evaluating service delivery programs and
accountability The approach assumes a person-centered planning procedure The
assessment process must include the family Informal assessment procedures are valuable
and provide an abundant source of information (Sax amp Thoma 2002)
The National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (2010) described
an Assessment Toolkit that can be accessed by educators parents SEAs and LEAs to
gain knowledge about best practices with transition assessment The authors assert that
ldquothe results of transition assessment should be the basis for making recommendations for
instructional strategies and accommodations in instruction and environments to meet the
studentrsquos needsrdquo (National Secondary Technical Training Assistance Center 2010 p 3)
Formal and informal measures are listed with contact information and suggested
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
44
guidelines for the types of assessment Included are links to some of the recommended
assessments with examples to review
Schmitz (2008) states that transition assessment is best characterized as a
multifaceted approach Quality assessment involves interest assessment career
exploration assessment assessment of academic competencies career planning
assessment and skill-building for self-determination assessment and skill-building for
socialemotional learning and assessment and skill intervention for independent living
skills Through the implementation of these seven assessment modalities the individual
student will have the opportunity to participate in a transition assessment that is created
with fidelity to his or her needs
Informal versus formal measures of assessment All students receiving special
education services participate in assessment to meet eligibility requirements The
assessment measures fall into two basic categories informal and formal (CECIdeas that
Work 2011) Formal assessment tools include achievement tests high-stakes testing
intelligence tests and even career interest personality profile and self-determination
measures These tools produce quantitative results that are used to assess skills and
aptitudes interests and preferences
Examples of informal measures include curriculum- based assessments
interviews questionnaires observations authentic assessment and portfolios (Layton amp
Lock 2008) Informal measures require a qualitative approach to analyzing information
on an ongoing basis to provide guidance when creating the transition plan for the student
with a disability who receives special education services This information provides
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
45
valuable pieces of data which enhance the transition planning requirements for students
with disabilities
Informal assessment procedures are needed to identify the studentrsquos individual
needs and to develop an appropriate transition plan The ITP team must determine the
purpose of the assessment Individuals should assess the student in the natural
environment and in various settings and programs They should identify relevant
behaviors and verify the input from others The ITP team chooses the appropriate
measurement procedures such as observation interview questionnaires surveys
checklists interest inventories and self-assessments The team also evaluates social
support systems The assessment findings identify the transition goals and objectives
From this process curricular plans are implemented to achieve the goals and objectives
(Sax amp Thoma 2005)
Sitlington (2008) analyzed the process of utilizing informal assessment to
facilitate transition planning for students with significant reading and writing delays That
analysis addressed the use of informal assessment for high stakes testing exit
examinations diploma options and transition planning Outlined in the article are
competencies to address the needs from transition into adulthood Sitlington (2008)
identified 22 competencies needed to transition into adulthood which the planning team
must incorporate Transition planning was characterized as an ongoing process of
ldquocollecting information on the studentrsquos strengths needs preferences and interests as
they related to the demands of current and future livingrdquo (Sitlington 2008 p 87) She
suggested several tools to accomplish the assessment by gathering information to guide
the individualrsquos transition plan Analysis of the studentrsquos background information is
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
46
primary In addition interviews with parents should transpire to facilitate the assessment
component Psychometric instruments work samples and curriculum-based assessment
techniques are suggested assessment tools to aid in the planning process Sitlington
suggests situational assessment to gather real-life data that resembles the individualrsquos
future living conditions The approaches must be systematic and occur in a variety of
settings Transition assessment utilizing these measures directs the instructional
decisions
Vocationalcareer assessments A necessary part of the transition assessment
process is the use of career interests vocational aptitude measures personality profiles
self-determination measures and other assessment tools that aid in the vocational and
career component of transition assessment (Levinson 2001) These tools provide
valuable information about the studentrsquos skills in areas such as self-awareness awareness
of job skills interest seeking and abilities with social and emotional interactions The
types of assessments include interviews questionnaires observations ecological and
environmental situational and behavioral curriculum-based interest inventories
vocational profiles and portfolios
An additional area is the vocational profile Vocational profiles are described as
narratives that paint pictures These include biographical information educational
history work experience and current skills The studentrsquos learning and performing
characteristics should be included along with interests community-support connections
and necessary accommodations (Sax amp Thoma 2002)
An article from San Diego State University provided a list of suggested
assessment tools available to facilitate the transition process (Johnson 2002) Included
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
47
are resources for curriculum implementation for transition purposes A wide array of
career occupational and vocational assessment and evaluation resources are
characterized in addition to links addresses and pricing guides Training videos
curricular and planning resources for transition planning are included Family
involvement interagency guides and follow-up assessment tools to aid in the transition
planning process are also described
Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual Disabilities
In order for a child to meet the eligibility requirement as a student with an
intellectual disability an adaptive behavior assessment must be conducted (Overton
2009) This is one avenue whereby interested stakeholders may gather information about
life skills of students with intellectual disabilities That assessment tool alone does not
provide enough information needed to gather sufficient data to assist with the transition
planning process Assessment for the individuals with intellectual disabilities requires
assessment in the natural environment (Sitlington 2008) Sheltered or supported
employment arenas may be included utilizing qualitative measures to gather information
about a studentrsquos social emotional self-determination job skills and other pertinent data
necessary for assessment purposes (Overton 2009)
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities
IDEA 2004 states that with regard to the transition process the transition
assessment process for all students with disabilities involves the formal and informal
assessment-gathering mechanism on an ongoing basis (Mazotti et al 2010) As the child
reaches the age of 14 transition planning should begin At age 16 the formal process of
developing the transition plan takes place (Miller et al 2007)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
48
Assessment includes evaluating independent work skills planning and time
management skills and assessment of self-advocacy abilities For students with more
severe disabilities there must be an assessment for extended employment Assessment
includes the evaluation of vocational interests and aptitudes as well as the studentrsquos
ability and functional self-help skills The domains include cognitive ability social-
emotional adjustment communication skills academic functioning physical stamina and
adaptive behavior which are utilized by the multidisciplinary team to create the transition
plan (Spinelli 2012)
The transition assessment process can be conceived as a three-level approach
(Levinson 2001) Level one involves looking strictly at previously gathered assessment
data to prescribe a transition plan Data collection and interpretation of previous data is
the driving mechanism at this level Cumulative and confidential records are reviewed to
gather pertinent data This includes grades attendance academic achievement discipline
referrals and health records
The second level involves assessment of vocational interests and vocational
aptitudes using specific psychometric tests Assessment results and incorporating career
interest inventories and previously gathered formal and informal assessment data are
utilized in the creation of the transition plan
The third level occurs with individuals who require more information to gather a
realistic image of the studentrsquos abilities and interests This level is based on the
assessment of the first two levels This additional assessment includes work samples and
situational assessment techniques The implementation of any model must take into
consideration the available resources the characteristics and expertise of the available
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
49
personnel the population targeted for services the nature and availability of local
community services and the type of vocation placement options in the local area
(Levinson 2001)
Levinson and Palmer (2005) have written that assessment and planning are key
components to successful postschool living Assessment data can be gathered through
published tests and surveys as well as from direct interviews and observations of the
student Several areas are addressed including academic skills daily living skills
personal and social skills career maturity vocational interests and vocational aptitude
tests Additional assessment measures include occupational and vocational skills
assessments These are characterized as performance tests that assess a studentrsquos ability
to perform specific job-like tasks work samples that expose a student to natural job
responsibilities and situational assessments that measure a studentrsquos interests abilities
and work habits in actual and contrived environments
Characteristics of Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual Disabilities
Due to varying disability factors for individuals with intellectual disabilities
traditional methods do not meet the needs of transition assessment Many students with
more significant intellectual disabilities have difficulty with paper and pencil tasks
Alternative measures should be implemented to address the assessment component of the
transition plan (Grigal et al 2011) Questionnaires and interviews with family members
offer good sources of information (Moon et al 2011) Observations and skills analysis
should be incorporated into the standard informal and formal measurement protocols
(Wehman 2009) Of great importance in the assessment of students with more significant
disabilities are the critical life skills pertaining to self-help mobility self-determination
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
50
socialization health family and community supports self-awareness interests strengths
and preferences of the individual (Wehman 2011)
Latest Research on Transition Assessment for Students with Disabilities
Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities There is the lack of available research
on current assessment trends with students who have intellectual disabilities autism and
multiple-impairments There is considerable research available on assessment with
informal and formal measures in general contexts but not as much with regard to the
specific details regarding best practices for assessment of transition needs and services
including outcomes pertaining to students with intellectual disabilities One recent article
was discovered that dealt specifically with the assessment process for students with
intellectual disabilities sometimes described as developmentally delayed (Moon et al
2011)
A qualitative study was conducted by Moon et al (2011) to address the
perceptions of necessary skills experiences and information that youth with
developmental disabilities and their families perceive should exist for the student with
regard to supported employment in a postsecondary setting Discussed was the sheltered
work environment that many students with disabilities encounter as a postsecondary
option for employment Four research questions were introduced with one of the four
addressing transition assessment specifically A survey was developed that included
several open-ended questions The survey addressed recruiting skills needed
assessment and work experiences that are most important and suggestions for transition
planning Participants included community rehabilitation providers involved in intake and
service deployment The state that was targeted was subdivided into four regions Twelve
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
51
individuals from the four regions participated in the survey One-hour to two-hour
interviews ensued to gather qualitative data Data analysis followed to characterize
common themes
Results specific to transition assessment revealed that interests and preferences of
the client were important to consider however only three of the 12 revealed that this
information was obtained from the school or family They found it was important to
include the family to a greater extent in the assessment process Due to the disabling
conditions of the individuals with intellectual disabilities it was revealed that family input
was important There was concern expressed that transition assessment was lacking in the
secondary setting and results were not readily available Job trials and situational
assessment should be utilized in two of the settings for assessment purposes
Philosophical statements were discussed for implementation and acquisition of transition
assessment from high school to postsecondary sheltered settings to improve collaborative
efforts which results in better preparation of youth for supported employment services
(Moon et al 2011)
Individuals with all types of disabilities Current research pertaining to the
transition assessment component and process for students with disabilities is quite
limited One article by Herbert et al (2010) discussed the assessment process for students
with disabilities This article addressed the assessment process for all types of disabilities
The method involved an online questionnaire developed to assess respondent
demographic information career assessment practices type of services available and
career areas that are assessed with students Two groups were surveyed including the
Pennsylvania Office of Vocational Rehabilitation counselors working with high schools
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
52
possessing students with disabilities on their caseload and high school professionals
including administrators and educators who provided transition services to high school
students with disabilities The survey was disseminated over a two-month period More
than 400 teachers administrators and rehabilitation personnel responded to the survey
regarding assessment trends
Five research questions were identified with that study Current assessment trends
were revealed showing that a pluralistic approach was utilized rather than one specific
approach This included skills instruction self-awareness emotional support community
knowledge direct experience and community intervention rather than traditional
assessment Knowledge of available services was moderate overall Impact of career
services was moderate Collaboration was perceived at a moderate to minimal level
between families students and school officials and consultants Overall helpfulness of
career services was perceived as helpful by two thirds of the participants Areas assessed
were primarily vocational interest academic achievement and academic aptitude
Descriptive analysis was applied which revealed that school professionals
typically address career interests to the greatest extent Aptitude revealed slightly more
than 50 of programs addressed these aptitude assessments Achievement was at 48
Career decision making work values personality and world of work were close with
results from 37 to 29 Impact on transition service revealed moderate outcomes at
50 with the respondents and significant with only 21 of the respondents Four themes
emerged which included teamwork training needs parental involvement and unrealistic
career goals as issues that needed to be addressed Work samples were revealed as the
most infrequently utilized assessment tool They recommended that school professionals
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
53
need to give greater attention to the area of career and work decision-making which
should include career interests knowledge of work and also achievement aptitude and
personality which appears to be lacking in substantial emphasis with current transition
assessment according to the findings of that report (Herbert et al 2010)
Qualitative analysis was applied to one open-ended question Recommendations
were cited in the discussion portion of the article which supports transition assessment
early in the studentrsquos high school career Additional training opportunities were indicated
by the participants Collaboration with all stakeholders was a high-priority
recommendation Further knowledge of assessment areas and types of assessments was
recommended to increase the impact of transition assessment for students with
disabilities (Herbert et al 2010)
The lack of research-based information about transition assessment points to a
critical need in the field of special education Without data to clarify what transition
assessment practices are successful as well as studies that examine educatorrsquos
understanding about their use evidence-based transition assessment cannot progress
With this in mind the following research questions were addressed
Research Questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
54
Summary
Transition assessment does not involve exclusively the assessment of vocational
needs and abilities All stakeholders of the transition team must adhere to a holistic
approach to transition assessment for the individual with intellectual disabilities Informal
and formal measures must be utilized to gather ongoing data to develop an age-
appropriate transition plan for students as they transition into postsecondary life In order
to meet the needs of the individual with disabilities the interested stakeholders must
assess interests strengths aptitudes preferences social skills self-help skills self-
determination mobility community access and environmental concerns within the
natural environment When working with individuals with more significant intellectual
disabilities informal assessment should be the focus while taking into account formal
measures This should be the model for transition assessment Evaluating the individualrsquos
support system should be another source in order to provide a realistic holistic and
successful transition plan that will assist the students as they transition from secondary to
postsecondary life
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
55
CHAPTER III
Methodology
Transition assessment is the cornerstone for the development of the IEP Since the
reauthorization of the IDEA in 2004 the transition plan to meet the specific needs of the
student possessing a disability is required for a student who has reached the age of 16
The literature addresses the best-practice approaches to developing the transition plan for
the secondary student with a disability Essential components guidelines and
suggestions are highlighted Suggestions for implementation team planning
collaboration inputs outputs and curriculum goals saturate the literature on all levels
Additionally a wealth of information about the assessment process in general is
available Guidelines for achievement testing cognitive assessments behavioral
evaluations adaptive behavior curriculum-based measurements and dealing with high-
stakes testing within formal and informal categories are exhaustive Knowledge of what
is being utilized with regard to transition assessment is lacking It is important to
determine if educators possess knowledge regarding transition assessment and what is
being used to implement transition assessment especially for students with intellectual
disabilities
Research Questions
This study investigated two research questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
56
Rationale
In order to answer the research questions this study was conducted to gather
specific data that pertains to knowledge about transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities The study utilized a survey that was based on earlier research by
Herbert et al (2010) Gaining knowledge from a variety of professionals required the
selection of the individuals who best represented those who provide services to
individuals with intellectual disabilities who are involved in the transition planning phase
of their education (American Association for Public Opinion Research 2011)
To better answer the research questions it was necessary to conduct a descriptive
analysis of the survey results A qualitative analysis of the perceptions of the practitioners
who provide transition assessment to students with intellectual disabilities was used with
two open-ended questions Accordingly the previous survey was pilot tested and
administered with modifications following the pilot testing process (Herbert et al 2010)
The descriptive analysis conducted in the initial survey was replicated in order to provide
for reliability and validity
Context of the Study
The setting for this study was an area that included the western portion of Texas
characterized as West Texas This region is better known as a rural plains area with one
larger city that is surrounded by rural towns sprawling ranches and agricultural entities
(Texas Association of Counties 2003) According to the Texas Association of Counties
(2003) rural areas generally rely on agriculture that is more unstable which results in
higher unemployment and underemployment These areas show population that is more
sparsely populated as compared to urban regions The area is served by the Regional
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
57
Education Service Center Region 17 which includes Local Education Agencies
Logistics along with the researcherrsquos proximity to the research locale necessitated the
selection of the setting for the study
In addition to logistical concerns the data that was collected served the area that
is identified with a more regionalized specific purpose West Texas is a region that deals
with the unique needs of the plains and a rural locale that reflects different hurdles and
barriers that are different from those of a larger metroplex In addition to the wide spans
of the region as a whole the barriers that affect transition planning for individuals with
disabilities are affected by the rural setting the expanse of the region as a land mass and
the availability of services for individuals with disabilities
Data Sources
The group comprising the research participants included individuals in public
school settings that provide transition services to students with intellectual disabilities
This included special education teachers in self-contained settings special education
teachers in inclusive settings vocational adjustment coordinators diagnosticians special
education directors and transition coordinators who coordinate the transition planning
process and who work directly with individuals who have intellectual disabilities This
group best represented the parties that intervene with the chosen population of individuals
with intellectual disabilities West Texas residents and the persons who possess a vested
interest in the subject matter of transition assessment
Disadvantages to the choice of the participants were that the participants may not
have represented the community as a whole throughout the state of Texas who serve
individuals with intellectual disabilities In addition the goals and future outcomes for the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
58
individuals with intellectual disabilities in West Texas could vary from the future
outcomes for individuals in larger metroplex areas or who live in land areas not as vast as
West Texas Advantages could be that the rural setting could serve to provide information
that regions throughout the United States would be able to utilize to enhance the service
delivery for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Data Collection Methods
The process of collecting the data involved the use of an online survey for four
weeks that was replicated from a study that was conducted based out of The Pennsylvania
State University (Herbert et al 2010) The original plan was to disseminate the survey
for two weeks A reminder was sent after two weeks and another reminder was sent after
three weeks in order to obtain a sufficient number of participants
Included in the survey was basic demographic information such as job title years
of experience highest education level and area of concentration Additional data for the
present study was collected on types of current transition assessment practices being
utilized and what areas are assessed by the transition personnel The information
collected reflected who performed transition assessments to individuals with intellectual
disabilities what was the impact of transition assessment and their own level of
understanding by professionals regarding transition assessment
The original survey involved 13 questions that included demographic information
and knowledge of transition application procedures For the purpose of this study the
demographic component consisted of eight items including information about location
gender educational background and job title The survey questions directly associated
with transition assessment included a list of eight questions Two were open-ended
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
59
questions Sixteen of the questions required a descriptive analysis process The two open-
ended questions required qualitative analysis of the responses (Miles amp Huberman
1994)
The survey questions pertaining to transition also required a descriptive analysis
approach The questions included information from the respondents about their
understanding of services and their opinion about what was available and what was being
utilized with regard to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Respondents were asked about their understanding of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities The respondents had the opportunity to express
the level of effectiveness present in the current transition assessment practices they
experienced Respondents also responded to a portion of the survey that addressed the
level of impact that transition assessment had on assisting their students (Herbert et al
2010)
The Education Service Center Region 17 list-serve was accessed to identify the
directors of special education Those individuals were asked to forward the survey letter
and survey link to staff who work specifically with students with intellectual disabilities
and the transition process Additional list-serves were obtained through the Texas
Association of Vocational Adjustment Coordinators Texas Educational Diagnostician
Association Region 17 Education Service Center contacts and district e-mail contacts
More than one hundred participants were estimated as possible participants Possible
participants were contacted with the hopes of obtaining a sample of at least sixty Seventy
one participants submitted responses to the survey in the online format (Appendix C and
D)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
60
Data Analysis
Analysis of the data required a careful descriptive process The first step included
a best-practices analysis with regard to the data-collection process and the survey itself
The American Association for Public Opinion Research (2011) suggests 12 quality
standards for best practices with survey studies Some of these standards include
ldquopossessing specific goals for the survey considering alternatives to the survey approach
selecting samples that well represent the population to be studied and taking great care in
matching question wording to the concepts being measured and the population studiedrdquo
(AAPOR 2011 p1)
Descriptive analysis was ensued throughout the data analysis process for all but
the two open-ended questions Basic statistical analysis was reviewed using descriptive
analysis The purpose was to ldquoassign meaning to the descriptive or inferential
information compiled during the studyrdquo (Miles amp Huberman 1994 p 56) Descriptive
analysis involves ldquothe process of staying as close to the data as was originally recordedrdquo
(Glesne 2006)
Through the use of qualitative analysis further evolvement of recurring themes
and patterns was evaluated Lorenz and Trusty (2010) wrote ldquoa qualitative analysis must
be done to identify content themes to the open-ended questionrdquo (p20) A systematic
approach to review the given data for the two open-ended questions allowed for greater
usability of the common patterns themes and implications by interested stakeholders A
codification system was utilized to discover themes patterns and obscure outliers present
within the survey tool with the open-ended response questions (Miles amp Huberman
1994) Qualitative analysis was not simply a means to support the assumptions of the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
61
researcher Secondly care was adhered to so that the results of the initial study did not
lead to a biased approach to the data collected during this study
Data Management Plan
The initial step in the data management process required permission by the Texas
Tech University Institutional Review Board (IRB) to conduct the study Consent was
obtained from the participants through acknowledgment of their willingness to participate
in the online survey (Appendix A and B)
The data that was gathered required a carefully designed and organized data
management plan Following the data collection process the data was appropriately
securely and safely stored The data was password protected with access only by the
researcher The data was stored on a computer with password protection which was only
accessed by the researcher
Reliability and Validity
The reliability and validity of this study was enhanced due to the use of the survey
tool utilized in a former study (Herbert et al 2010) The survey tool was field tested and
later refined for greater clarification This was the second time this survey was utilized
There was a narrowing of the survey to specifically address the knowledge of assessment
practices of educational professionals with regard to transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities The online format was utilized for a four-week time span to
gather the data A smaller sampling of participants that better represented the West Texas
demographics was utilized to enhance the validity of the data from the selected region
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
62
Summary
This study investigated the knowledge that professionals possess regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities This study described
the knowledge of assessment practice within the West Texas region This was completed
using a mixed-methods approach of descriptive statistical analysis and a qualitative
analysis through the use of a replicated survey A review of the research in the areas of
transition planning and transition assessment was completed at the beginning
A survey that was previously conducted was replicated to address the research
questions pertaining to the knowledge that educational professionals possess with regard
to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The online survey
was available for a four-week period List-serves and district emails were used to identify
participants who best represented West Texas professionals and who best answered the
research questions for transition assessment pertaining to individuals with intellectual
disabilities
Data analysis required a mixed-methods approach of descriptive statistical
analysis for the majority of the survey responses and qualitative analysis for two open-
ended questions A carefully designed data management plan was used throughout the
study to adhere to a well-managed audit trail Careful protocol was followed to gather the
data organize the data and analyze the data
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
63
CHAPTER IV
Results
This study examined the level of knowledge professionals possessed regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Additionally
participants were asked what assessment tools were being utilized to address transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities including types of assessment and
specific assessment tools Questions explored areas examined during transition
assessment and who was responsible for implementing the assessment tools Participants
were contacted via e-mail to request their participation in the web-based survey
The process of contacting participants involved online requests to regional special
education directors diagnosticians transition personnel and vocational adjustment
coordinators serving students with intellectual disabilities in West Texas An initial
request was sent giving the participants two weeks to complete the survey A second
request was sent after the two week period A third and final request was sent as a
reminder giving the participants four more days to complete the survey A total of 71
participants completed the online survey
Modifications were made to the replicated study to gather specific data pertaining
to transition assessment as a whole rather than just career assessment staff training
desires and knowledge about specific published assessment tools Changes included
a) utilized descriptive statistics to increase practical understanding for educational
personnel in a usable format (Trochim 2006) b) changed from one to two open-ended
questions c) rephrased open-ended questions for greater clarification d) omitted
demographic question pertaining to race e) added a survey question related to training
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
64
desires due to overwhelming response in the original survey f) added additional
assessment areas types and mechanisms g) changed wording from career assessment to
transition assessment h) focused on education personnel versus rehabilitation personnel
and i) narrowed to two research questions
Data were obtained through the online survey utilizing descriptive data analysis
for 16 questions and qualitative analysis for two open-ended questions Participants were
asked if the assessment tools aided in identifying and meeting the potential of individuals
with intellectual disabilities Basic demographic questions were asked to gain an
understanding of the characteristics of the West Texas participants located in the Region
17 Education Service Center area
Research Questions
This study gathered information regarding knowledge of transition assessment for
students with intellectual disabilities located in West Texas and characterized as the
Region 17 Service Center area The following research questions were addressed
Research Questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Characteristics of the Sample
Job Category
The population for this study included 71 participants of whom 831 were
female and 169 were male This study included similar types of participants in the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
65
original study conducted at The Pennsylvania State University (Herbert et al 2010)
However emphasis for this study was directed toward education personnel rather than
rehabilitation personnel from the previous study Participants included district
administrators special education teachers district special education administrators
consultants diagnosticians transition coordinators vocational adjustment coordinators
campus administrators special education counselors and education service center
consultants Seventy-one individuals participated in the study which is reflected in Table
41
Table 41 Job Category Description (N = 71)
_______________________________________________________________________
Variability Category n
_______________________________________________________________________
Job Category Campus Educator 21 295
Educational Diagnostician 19 267
Vocational Adjustment Coordinator 8 112
Transition Coordinator 6 84
Special Education Administrator 5 70
District Administrator 3 42
Consultant 2 28
District Educator 2 28
Transition Vocational Counselor 2 28
Campus Administrator 1 14
Special Education Counselor 1 14
Rehabilitation Counselor 1 14
________________________________________________________________________
Gender
Gender was another demographic question asked of the participants Of the 71
participants fifty nine were female which equated to 831 Twelve of the participants
were male which equaled 169 These results were similar to the original study at
722 and 278 This is reflected in table 42
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
66
Table 42 Gender (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variability Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Gender Female 59 831
Male 12 169
________________________________________________________________________
Age of Participant
Age was also obtained from the participants Ten categories were used to organize
the ages of the participants The first category began with the age of 20 Ages 41-45
represented the largest age range with 225 of the participants in that group This was
followed closely by the age range of 51-55 years In original study 45 years old was the
average age of the participants which is similar to the findings in this study Three
categories had two participants The results are shown in Table 43
Table 43 Age of the Participant (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Age of Participant 20-25 2 28
26-30 3 42
31-35 6 85
36-40 2 28
41-45 16 225
46-50 8 113
51-55 14 197
56-60 10 141
61-65 8 113
66-70 2 28
________________________________________________________________________
Educational Level
Educational level was critical for understanding formal education that was
provided to the participants in their respective field A question was posed to the
participants in the online format to address this topic Table 44 demonstrates the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
67
education level of the participants A very large percentage of the participants 80
possessed a masterrsquos degree or higher Participants with a bachelorrsquos degree were
significantly lower at 20 This was similar to the findings in the original study with
687 for a masterrsquos degree and 247 for a bachelorrsquos degree
Table 44 Level of Education (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Level of Education Bachelorrsquos degree 15 217
Masterrsquos degree 51 732
Doctorate 1 14
Other (Post Masterrsquos) 4 56
________________________________________________________________________
Total Experience Years
A question was included that addressed total years as an educator The study
included a range of total years as an educator from 1-2 years up to 41 and above Twenty-
six percent of the participants possessed numerous years of experience ranging from 16-
20 years of experience An extremely high percentage of 788 of the participants
possessed more than 20 years of experience as an educator (Table 45) This was more
than the original survey which revealed 917 years of experience as the average
Table 45 Years of Experience as an Educator (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Total Years as an Educator 1-2 3 42
3-5 3 42
6-10 9 127
11-15 6 85
16-20 18 254
21-25 8 113
26-30 11 155
31-35 7 99
36-40 5 70
41 and above 1 14
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
68
Current Position Experience
Experience in the present position was another piece of demographic data
presented in the original study and in this online survey also Analysis of this survey
revealed that time in the present position included one to five years at 38 six to fifteen
years at 281 sixteen to thirty years at 267 and 7 at thirty-one or more years
(Table 46)
Table 46 Years in the Current Position (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Years in current position 1-5 27 380
6-15 20 281
16-30 19 267
31 or more 5 70
________________________________________________________________________
Comparison of Demographics
Descriptive statistics were utilized to provide a comparative analysis of the age of
the participant years as an educator and years in the current position The mean age for
the participants was 4842 years old Average years of experience were 2032 years
Average years in the participantsrsquo current position were 1230 years Each of these
comparisons demonstrates extensive longevity in all realms (Table 47)
Table 47 Comparison of Demographics (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable M SD Low High
________________________________________________________________________
Age 4842 1091 20-25 66-70
Total Years as an educator 2032 1037 1-2 41+
Years in current position 1230 954 1-5 31+
_______________________________________________________________________
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
69
Education Site Location
Participants were asked to select the type of location where they worked or
consulted (Table 48) The categories examined the various types of employment
scenarios for educators in the Region 17 Education Service Center area A good
sampling of participants was achieved across rural suburban and urban locations Forty
one percent of the participants are located in rural settings Twenty eight were located in
urban settings Twenty two of the participants were located in a combination of rural and
suburban settings Employment location that was the least was the suburban locale This
result would correlate with the reality that the West Texas region is primarily a rural
setting
Table 48 EmploymentConsultation Location (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
EmploymentConsultation Location Rural 28 406
Suburban 7 101
Urban 19 275
Combination (ruralsuburban) 15 217
No Response 2 28
________________________________________________________________________
Employment Setting
A frequency count was completed to determine the percentages as well as the
numbers of individuals in various consultation or employment settings The categories
examined the various types of employment scenarios for educators in the Region 17
Education Service Center area The largest number occurred for individuals working in
high school settings which was more than half (712) of the participants (Table 49)
Some participants remarked on other locales where they were also employed The lowest
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
70
numbers of employment settings occurred for Alternative State Facility Education
Service Center and an ldquootherrdquo response (n = 2 1 1 1)
Table 49 Employment Setting (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Employment Setting High School 42 512
Middle School 18 219
AdministrativeCentral Office 9 153
Alternative 2 34
Other Locations indicated State Facility 1 12
in addition to the ones surveyed All grade levels 6 73
District 2 24
Education Service Center 1 12
Elementary (other) 1 12
________________________________________________________________________
Research Questions
Research Question One
Grade level implementation What knowledge do educators possess regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities To answer this
question Table 410 displays the frequency count for grade level during which transition
assessment occurs Transition assessment should be administered at all grade levels
every year as mandated in the IDEA 2004 However implementation of transition
assessment at ldquoall grade levelsrdquo showed only to be 544 The participants marked
individual grade levels at 9th
grade 397 10th
grade 265 11th
grade 250 and
12th
grade 250 There were 49 of the participants who selected ldquonone providedrdquo
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
71
Table 410 Perceived Grade Level Implementation of Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Grade level transition assessments 9th
27
397
are conducted 10th
18 265
11th
17 250
12th
17 250
All grade levels 37 544
None provided 4 49
No response 3 42
________________________________________________________________________
Person responsible Persons responsible for transition assessment are displayed
in Table 411 The high school teacher was selelcted by the particpants as the individual
most likely to administer transition assessment at 521 Transition Coordinators and
Vocational Adjustment Coordinators were the next most likely individuals to be
conducting transition assessment (281 and 225) The school phsychologist was
selected as the least likely individual to administer transition assessments A significant
number participants did not know or skipped this question entirely (239)
Table 411 Person Responsible for Implementing Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Individual deemed High School Teacher 37 521
responsible for Transition Services ConsultantCoordinator 20 281
providing Vocational Adjustment Coordinator 16 225
transition Diagnostician 12 169
assessment High School Counselor 10 141
Career Counselor (School Employee) 7 98
Career Counselor Consultant (non-school
employee) 2 28
School Psychologist 1 14
No one assignednot available 3 42
Do not know 1 14
Varies 3 42
Skipped 16 225
________________________________________________________________________
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
72
Level of understanding The level of understanding regarding transition
assessment by participants is displayed in Table 412 Thirty-eight percent of the
participants marked a very clear understanding 45 marked moderately clear
understanding and 182 indicated little no or skipped the question pertaining to
understanding of transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Over-all 60 of the participants indicated they had moderate to little or no understanding
regarding transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities This result is
similar to the original study which indicated that education personnel perceive their level
of understanding to be less than optimal
Table 412 Perceived Level of Understanding Regarding Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Understanding about Very clear 27 380
transition assessment Moderately clear 32 450
Limited 9 126
Little or no 2 28
Skipped 2 28
Additional training In the original study an overwhelming number of
participants expressed a desire to obtain more training regarding transition assessment
through the open-ended response (Herbert et al 2010) A question was developed in this
study to allow the participants the opportunity to express what types of training they
would like to receive Table 413 displays the participantsrsquo desires to participate in
workshops and higher education opportunities pertaining to transition assessment An
extremely large number of participants expressed a desire to participate in one-day
workshops (912) Eighty-one percent of the participants desired one-day workshops
Training opportunities selected by participants in the 40-50 range were one-hour
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
73
workshops team collaborations on-going in-service training and online training
modules Twenty-one percent of the participants expressed interest in college-level
coursework Only three individuals indicated that they were not interested in any training
Table 413 Interest in Additional Training (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Training opportunities One-hour workshop 30 422
to increase knowledge of 1-day workshop 58 817
transition assessment Team Collaboration 34 479
Self-study 17 239
Multiple day workshops 18 253
Ongoing in-service training 29 408
Online training module 34 479
College course 15 211
College Course (onlinemedia-site) 9 126
TEA certification coursework 12 169
None 3 42
Other 1 14
Skipped 3 42
________________________________________________________________________
Research Question Two
Areas addressed What transition assessment practices are used by educational
personnel for individuals with intellectual disabilities To answer this question Table
414 describes the areas that the participants rated with regard to transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities Academic Achievement was rated at 563
Vocational Assessment at 676 Academic Aptitude at 366 Career Decision Making at
464 and the greatest amount at 887 was Interests In the original survey vocational
interest aptitude and achievement was noted as assessment area most used Additional
areas in this survey included Personality at 323 Work Values at 366 World of
Work Knowledge at 324 and ldquoDonrsquot know and No responserdquo a combined percentage
of 84 by the participants
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
74
Table 414 Perceived Areas Addressed with Transition Assessment (N = 71)
_______________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Areas addressed with Interests 63 887
transition assessment Vocational Aptitude 48 676
Academic Achievement 40 563
Career Decision Making 33 464
Academic Aptitude 26 366
Work Values 26 366
Personality 23 323
World of Work Knowledge 23 324
Donrsquot know 2 28
No response 4 56
________________________________________________________________________
Types of assessments Descriptive statistics were utilized for questions pertaining
to types of assessment areas as shown in Table 415 This question was added to this
survey to gather specific data pertaining to knowledge regarding types of transition
assessments used to assess students with intellectual disabilities Types of assessments
were rated from ldquoNot Used or Heard of to Heard of and Usedrdquo Frequency counts were
obtained for each area of assessments A scale of one was used for ldquoNot Used or Heard of
or Heard ofrdquo a score of two was given for ldquoHeard ofrdquo and a three was given for ldquoUsedrdquo
Mean scores ranged from the lowest at 16 for EcologicalEnvironment and Authentic
Assessment to the highest at 286 for Teacher Observation The next highest ratings were
for Interest Inventories at 277 Interviews and Student Surveys at 273 Academic
Achievement at 266 Intellectual Aptitude at 264 and Functional Skills Inventory at
253 A clear separation occurred with a 5050 ldquoUse and Heard ofrdquo result for Career
Aptitude Teacher Made Learning Styles and Curriculum-Based at 233 and 234 Types
of assessments that had been ldquoHeard ofrdquo but were ldquoNot Used or Heard ofrdquo as frequently
were Personality Profiles at 222 and Portfolio at 216 Several types of assessments
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
75
revealed limited ldquoUserdquo and ldquoHeard ofrdquo or ldquoNot Used or Heard ofrdquo to a greater extent
These included Self-determination measures at 193 Self-advocacy measures at 198
Situational at 181 Authentic at 168 and EcologicalEnvironmental at 160
Table 415 Level of Use for Types of Transition Assessments (N = 71)
____________________________________________________________________
Item Not Used (1) Heard of (2) Used (3) Rating M n
or Heard of
________________________________________________________________________
Teacher Observation 2 14 51 286 67
Interest Inventories 1 14 55 277 70
Student Survey 1 16 49 273 66
Interviews 3 13 54 273 70
Academic Achievement 0 22 42 266 64
Intellectual Aptitude 1 22 43 264 66
Functional Skills Inventory 4 22 38 253 64
Career Aptitude 2 31 31 245 64
Teacher Made 5 30 26 234 61
Curriculum-Based 7 27 27 233 61
Learning Styles 4 33 24 233 61
Personality Profiles 5 36 18 222 59
Portfolio 9 33 19 216 61
Self-advocacy measures 15 31 14 198 60
Self-determination measures 16 32 12 193 60
Situational 24 20 13 181 57
Authentic 26 27 7 168 60
EcologicalEnvironmental 30 21 7 160 58
________________________________________________________________________
Published assessments Descriptive statistics were employed for published
assessments as shown in Table 416 This was a question that was added to this survey to
gather information pertaining to knowledge regarding published assessment mechanisms
Frequency counts were obtained for 11 published transition assessment tools A rating
mean was obtained for each tool similar to the previous Areas Addressed question A
score of one was given for ldquoNot Used or Heard ofrdquo a score of two was given for ldquoHeard
ofrdquo and a three was given for ldquoUsedrdquo Score rating means ranged from 138 to 262
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
76
Special Education Manager (GG Consulting LLC 2008) received the highest
rating at 262 The next highest published tools included Transition Planning Inventory
(Clark amp Patton 2009) at 222 Moderate ratings went to the Reading-Free Vocational
Interest Inventory 2 (Becker 2005) at 205 and the Brigance Employability Skills
Inventory (Brigance 1995) at 208 The OrsquoNet Interest Survey (US Department of
Labor 2002) received a 187 rating score The Picture Interest Career Survey (PICS)
(Brady 2007) received a 182 rating score Lowest scores included the Arc Self-
determination Scale (Wehmeyer amp Kelchner 1995) at 138 and the MECA (Oakwood
Solutions LLC 2010) at 141 COPS-PIC (Knapp-Lee L (2007) at 144 Myers Briggs
Type Indicator (Myers amp Briggs 1988) at 158 and the WRIOT2 (Glutting amp Wilkinson
2006) at 153
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
77
Table 416 Level of Use for Published Assessments (N = 71) (ID=Insufficient Data)
________________________________________________________________________
Item Not Used (1) Heard of (2) Used (3) Rating M n
or Heard of
________________________________________________________________________
Special Education Manager (SEM) 3 19 44 262 66
Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) 8 19 36 222 63
Brigance Employability 12 33 17 208 62
Skills Inventory
Reading-Free Vocational Interest 23 19 20 205 59
Inventory 2 (R-FVII2)
O-Net Interest Inventory 45 11 15 187 60
Picture Interest Career Survey (PICS) 26 21 15 182 62
Myers Briggs Type Indicator 27 30 2 158 59
Wide Range Interest and 36 16 8 153 60
Occupation Test (WRIOT2
COPS-PIC Picture Inventory 31 17 8 144 62
Of Careers
Microcomputer Evaluation 34 14 11 141 59
Of Careers and Academics (MECA)
Arc Self-determination Scale 41 15 4 138 60
Other 0 0 10 ID 15
Unsure 2 0 0 ID 2
No Response 0 0 0 ID 3
________________________________________________________________________
Impact One question asked the participants to rate the impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Table 417) The participants
stated that transition assessment had a significant impact at 169 Moderate impact was
perceived by 468 Minimal impact was selected by 309 of the participants and little
or no impact by 56 of the participants Over-all participants rated current practices in
transition assessment as having Moderate to Minimal impact at an extremely high level
of 83 In the original study the results were similar with 503 indicating moderate
impact and 274 with minimal to no impact
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
78
Table 417 Perceived Impact of Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Impact of transition assessment Significant 12 169
Moderate 33 468
Minimal 22 309
Little or No Impact 2 56
No Response 3 42
________________________________________________________________________
Procedure Used with Open-Ended Questions
Qualitative analysis was used for two open-ended questions in the survey The
first question received 15 responses from the participants This question pertained to what
additional information the participant wanted to include with regard to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The second question resulted in
eight responses from the participants This question asked what the participant knew that
they wished they could use with students with intellectual disabilities with regard to
transition assessment The narrative responses were gathered and reviewed for similar
themes and content
Question One
Participants were asked ldquoWhat else do you use for transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilitiesrdquo Fifteen individualsrsquo responses were submitted
Specific assessment tools were identified by the participants in statements that included
the name of the assessment tool A coding system was utilized to clarify whether the
response was narrative or a specific assessment tool response Further analysis occurred
for the narrative responses to determine themes and common trends
Respondents suggested Career Cruising software (N = 4) (Anaca Technologies
2012) One response suggested the Career Clusters Interest Survey (Arizona State 2007)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
79
and one stated the Cops and Caps (CareerLife Skills Resources 2012) vocational
assessment measure One participant included the Student Styles Questionnaire Revised
(SSQR) (Oakland Glutting amp Horton 1996) Two people suggested the Bridges
Software (Xap Corporation 2009) which was also suggested by one person in the online
questionnaire section under ldquootherrdquo for specific assessment tools Two individuals
suggested questionnaires as a viable means to gather assessment data Participants
suggested parent input for transition and vocational assessment (N = 3) Individuals who
included narrative responses discussed the importance of conducting situational
assessments by including the input of other professionals including outside agencies and
other teachers (N = 2) Responses included observations to get to know the individual and
determining the specific needs of the student to determine what would benefit the student
after graduation (N = 3) One individual who actually answered the second open-ended
question suggested the Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) (Clark amp Patton 2009) as a
thorough tool for assessment
Question Two
Eight participants responded to question two about ldquoWhat do you know about
transition assessment that you wish you could use for students with intellectual
disabilitiesrdquo Two respondents expressed the need for more time to assess the students on
their caseload with regard to transition Another individual commented on the need for
more teacher involvement at each grade level Two individuals posited the need to assess
students in a variety of either job or real-life situational settings One participant stated
that the greatest tool for awareness by the student with regard to transition is receiving a
paycheck One respondent stated that parents need to be better educated with regard to
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
80
continuation of services after graduation This respondent stated that personal advocacy
time management and organization were major issues facing students as they transition
to postsecondary options One final respondent stated that the questionnaire they utilized
had little meaning for students in middle school
Summary
The purpose of this study was to survey educators responsible for implementing
transition assessment for secondary students with intellectual disabilities Participants
included educators from West Texas characterized as individuals located in the Region
17 Education Service Center area The total number of participants was 71 The
population for this study was district administrators special education teachers district
special education administrators consultants diagnosticians transition coordinators
vocational adjustment coordinators campus administrators special education counselors
and education service center consultants Participants were solicited via e-mail requests to
participate voluntarily and to answer the questions from the online survey provided by a
link to the questionnaire
This chapter reported the findings from the study about transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities An online survey was conducted pertaining to
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The first section of this
chapter included descriptive analysis for 16 items pertaining to demographics of the
sample areas and types of transition assessment tools perceived benefits of transition
assessment persons responsible for transition assessment and levels of knowledge
regarding transition assessment The next section of this chapter included a qualitative
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
81
analysis for two open-ended questions Data were described and grouped by common
themes from the participantsrsquo statements on the online format
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
82
CHAPTER V
Discussion
This chapter provides a brief background of the problem and includes a summary
of the study Also included is a description of the review of the literature that was the
foundation for the research study reported herein The methodology for this study is
summarized and followed by a discussion and analysis of the findings The significance
of the study is addressed with an emphasis on the conclusions and implications relevant
to the research pertaining to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities Additionally this chapter offers recommendations for further research based
on the findings Concluding thoughts included limitations of the study and suggestions
for further research
Summary of the Study
This descriptive study investigated the knowledge educators possessed with
regard to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The first four
chapters included an introduction to the study a review of the literature that centered on
the transition process and transition assessment a description of the methodology and an
analysis from the findings of the data that were collected through the study
Chapter I provided a brief overview regarding the mandate proposed with the
IDEA of 2004 which requires that all students in special education who reach the age of
16 must have an ITP which is directed by the transition assessment process In addition
to the purpose of the study this chapter included a statement of the problem the research
questions the theoreticalconceptual framework assumptions definitions of terms
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
83
utilized in the study the delimitations and limitations of the study a discussion of the
significance of the study and the over-all organization of the study
Chapter II provided a review of the literature as it pertains to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Definitions of intellectual
disabilities characteristics and historical practices related to individuals with intellectual
disabilities and transition planning for special needs learners were described
An overview of the research pertaining to transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities was presented Explanations of transition assessment
methods were presented A search of relevant research revealed that studies which
addressed transition planning were available however limited studies addressing
transition assessment existed Lesser studies pertaining specifically to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities existed
Chapter III outlined the methodology and the online survey utilized to complete
the research study Data were collected from education personnel working directly with
students with intellectual disabilities Data were collected over a 4 week period through
an online survey The survey was a replication of a previously utilized survey to address
transition assessment for individuals with disabilities (Herbert et al 2010) The
information from the literature review guided the development of the research as well as
refinement of a few of the survey questions to better address individuals with intellectual
disabilities
The survey replicated research conducted through The Pennsylvania State
University Career Assessment Practices for High School Students with Disabilities and
Perceived Value Reported by Transition Personnel (Herbert et al 2010) Modifications
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
84
were made to the replicated study to gather specific data pertaining to transition
assessment as a whole rather than just career assessment staff training desires and
knowledge about specific published assessment tools Changes included
a) utilized descriptive statistics to increase practical understanding for educational
personnel in a usable format (Trochim 2006) b) changed from one to two open-ended
questions c) rephrased open-ended questions for greater clarification d) omitted
demographic question pertaining to race e) added a survey question related to training
desires due to overwhelming response in original survey f) added additional assessment
areas types and mechanisms g) changed wording from career assessment to transition
assessment h) focused on education personnel versus rehabilitation personnel and
i) narrowed to two research questions Also the survey was designed to reveal the
knowledge of educational staff working with students with intellectual disabilities as it
pertains to transition assessment A copy of the survey is located in Appendix E
Chapter IV reported the findings of the study The chapter began with a review of
the mandates pertaining to transition assessment as outlined in IDEA 2004 best-practices
approach to transition planning and the limited available research pertaining to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Procedures utilized in analyzing
the descriptive data and the qualitative information produced by two open-ended
questions was explained Findings were presented with explanations of how the data
answered the following research questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
85
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Discussion of the Findings
An analysis evaluation and synthesis of the findings indicated that educators
who implement transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities utilize a
variety of assessment tools that address several areas pertaining to the transition process
Several topics emerged from the data regarding transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities The topics included demographics of participants that best
represent the West Texas region knowledge of transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities and types of assessment practices utilized by professionals
dealing with individuals with intellectual disabilities (Figure 51) A detailed discussion
of the topics will provide greater understanding of the answers to the research questions
and guide the implications for further research and practice in transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Figure 51 Transition Assessment Topics
Transition Assessment for Individuals with
Intellectual Disabilities
Demographics of the
Participants
Knowledge of Transition
Assessment
Assessment Practices
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
86
Impact of Demographics
Setting
In order to best represent the characteristics of the West Texas region it was
necessary to obtain a sampling from a variety of individuals who best represented the
West Texas region This area is better known as a rural plains area with one larger city
that is surrounded by rural towns sprawling ranches and agricultural entities (Texas
Association of Counties 2003) A large number of the participants (40) worked in
rural settings with equal numbers working in urban and suburban settings The variety of
settings that was obtained in the online survey format for this study represented an
excellent sampling of the West Texas region
The participants worked in various settings The majority of the participants
worked in high school settings This result was appropriate due to the requirement by the
IDEA of 2004 which states that when students reach the age of 16 a transition plan
should be developed which is directed by the findings of the transition assessment
Traditionally a student who is 16 years old is a high school student A portion of the
participants were from middle school settings which can be attributed to the awareness
that transition planning is recommended to begin at the age of 14 for individuals with
disabilities (Miller et al 2007) Typically students in middle school are introduced to the
transition planning process at this stage of their education career
Participants
The sample for this study included educators from West Texas characterized as
Education Service Center Region 17 The total number of participants was 71 Fifty nine
of the participants were female (831) and 12 were male (169) The population
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
87
included district administrators special education teachers district special education
administrators consultants diagnosticians transition coordinators vocational adjustment
coordinators campus administrators special education counselors and education service
center consultants Participants were solicited via e-mail requests to answer the questions
on the online survey provided by a link to the questionnaire
For the purposes of this study educators were the primary focus in order to gather
specific data pertaining to the level of knowledge they possessed regarding transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities School personnel who are
typically involved in the process were included such as vocational adjustment teachers
diagnosticians special education administrators district and campus educators transition
coordinators and district and campus administrators provided the greatest number of
those individuals who participated in the survey
Experience The research participants constituted a group representing vast years
of experience as educators All the participants possessed a college degree with the
majority of the participants possessing a masterrsquos degree or higher (n = 57) The age of
the participants provided a good sampling of age ranges with the majority of the
participants being over the age of 40 Obtaining the age years of experience and
education level of the participants was necessary in order to determine basic competency
levels of the participants
Job category A varied sampling was achieved pertaining to job categories Job
categories ranged from administrators educators diagnosticians and
counselorsconsultants The largest group was educators which included campus
educators and vocational adjustment coordinators A substantial number of diagnosticians
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
88
provided input on the online survey which added to the validity of the study Several
counselors and consultants provided input which increased the type of sampling that was
obtained for the study A lesser number of district and campus administrators provided
input to the survey Over-all the sampling varied and represented a variety of personnel
who addressed transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
The literature addressed the best-practices approach to developing a transition
plan for the secondary students with a disability The purpose of transition assessment is
to gather ongoing data that leads to the development of a transition plan that meets the
needs of the student as heshe transitions from secondary to postsecondary life The
development of the ITP is a team effort that should be a collaborative undertaking which
provides input from a variety of stakeholders (National Secondary Technical Training
Assistance Center 2010) Grigal Hart and Magliore (2011) stated that team members
should be more involved in the ITP planning process More input by all stakeholders with
regard to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities is needed in
order to develop a quality effective transition plan (IDEA 2004) Accordingly the
inclusion of a variety of education personnel for this study was appropriate
Knowledge
Research Question One asked ldquoWhat knowledge do educators possess regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilitiesrdquo Inconsistency is an
issue that persists with the practice of transition assessment (Morningstar 1997 cited in
Herbert et al 2010) Results from the study reported demonstrated that the same issue
still persists within the West Texas region among educators implementing transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
89
Understanding
Most of the participants indicated that their level of knowledge was moderate to
none regarding transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Thirty-
eight percent of the participants rated their level understanding of transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities as very clear However 45 stated they
possessed moderately clear understanding regarding transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities Eighteen percent of the participants reported they had
limited or little understanding regarding transition assessment Campus educators
expressed the greatest clarity with regard to understanding with 615 of the respondents
from that sector Data indicated that over-all staff perceptions pertaining to their own
level of understanding regarding transition assessment of individuals with intellectual
disabilities is not at the optimum level
Grade Level Implementation
Most of all the participants responded that some type of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities was performed in grades 9 10 11 and 12 Many
agreed that transition assessment was conducted either on their campus or the campus
they consulted with for all grade levels at 544 Equal numbers of participants
however chose specific grade levels Ninth grade (397) elicited the greatest number
when individual grade levels were chosen Seven participants 10 chose the ldquonone
providedrdquo or ldquono responserdquo selection Campus educators diagnosticians special
education administrators and vocational adjustment coordinators indicated transition
assessment took place at the 9th
grade level with 375-60 of the respondents
Variability in grade-level implementation and the ldquonone providedrdquo response indicated
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
90
that more knowledge is needed to address basic understanding regarding implementation
of transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities at all grade levels
Miller et al (2007) states that transition assessment is the process of gathering
information over an extended period of time in order to develop an appropriate IEP that
meets the studentrsquos needs Transition planning was characterized as an ongoing process
of ldquocollecting information on the studentrsquos strengths needs preferences and interests as
they related to the demands of current and future livingrdquo (Sitlington 2008 p 87) The
variability in the responses by the participants indicated a lack of awareness of the
mandates associated with IDEA 2004 Understanding that transition assessments as an
all-level ongoing process is needed for educators implementing a sound transition plan
that is directed by the transition assessment process (IDEA 2004 cited in Herbert et al
2010)
Responsibility
Several groups emerged from the analysis by those who answered this question
Campus educators constituted the largest group that was deemed the individual
responsible for implementing transition assessment of individuals with intellectual
disabilities (n = 53) Transition coordinators also emerged to a lesser extent as the
individual who provided transition assessment (n = 20) Counselors both school and
nonschool were identified by some of the participants as providing transition assessment
(n = 19) Thirteen individuals stated the diagnostician performed transition assessment to
individuals with disabilities The most revealing responses were ldquononerdquo ldquodo not knowrdquo
or participants simply skipped the item A total of 20 individuals were included with this
response
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
91
The literature and mandates of IDEA 2004 explicitly state that understanding the
role of the team member is critical when implementing transition assessment
Collaboration is required by all interested stakeholders including the school
administrators educators parents students and community agencies (Furney Hasazi
and Destafano 1997) Participants provided varied responses to the item that addressed
who was responsible for transition assessment The data revealed that knowledge
regarding who was responsible for the implementation of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities should be addressed
Training
In the original study the one open-ended question revealed an overwhelming
desire to seek further training and education pertaining to transition assessment for
individuals with disabilities (Herbert et al 2010) A question pertaining to training
options was added to the online format Participants in this study also expressed strong
desire to seek training opportunities to increase knowledge of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities by 91 of the participants Eighty-one percent of
the participants said they would participate in a one-day workshop Half of the
participants indicated they were interested in one-hour workshops team collaboration
ongoing in-service training and online training modules Participants indicated they were
also interested in self-study and multiple-day workshops
Several of the participants indicated they were interested in college-level
coursework Twenty percent of the participants were interested in face-to-face college
courses pertaining to transition A portion of the participants indicated they were
interested in online courses with a substantial portion of the participants interested in
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
92
obtaining transition teacher certification (169) There was a small percentage who did
not want any additional training (42) Over-all it was demonstrated through the data
that educators working with transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities expressed a strong desire to seek additional training opportunities to increase
their level of knowledge
Trends for Assessment Practice
Research Question Two asked ldquoWhat transition assessment practices are used by
educational personnel with individuals with intellectual disabilitiesrdquo Current trends
focus on employing a multifaceted approach to assessment (King Baldwin Currie and
Evans 2006) A systematic approach is needed (Neubert 2003) Assessment protocol
involves the use of formal and informal measures Types of information gathered in order
to develop a high-quality transition plan should include future needs and goals self-
determination and self-advocacy academic strengths learning styles behavioral issues
life skills needs and vocational interests attitudes and abilities (Miller et al 2007 p 5)
Levinson and Palmer (2005) described necessary components to implement transition
services as mandated by IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 They described the need to
incorporate assessment and comprehensive planning that utilized transition assessment
data that addressed academic skills daily living skills personal and social skills and
occupational and vocational skills
Areas of Assessment
Participants indicated strongly with an 886 response rate that interests
constituted the most common area addressed with transition assessment Vocational
aptitude resulted in 676 with academic achievement at 563 Falling within the 30-
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
93
40 percent range was academic aptitude personality profile work values and world of
work knowledge Vocational adjustment coordinators special education administrators
district administrators and diagnosticians indicated with 100 agreement that interests
was the area most assessed Vocational aptitude was indicated as an area assessed by a
rate of 84 to 100 by the campus administrator campus educator and special
education administrator Academic achievement was used to a greater extent in the
original study In this study this was indicated at a rate of 56 to 100 by the district
administrators special education directors and campus administrators It appears
administrators regard achievement as an important area of assessment The results if this
study revealed that greater awareness was needed to address all areas of assessment not
just interests vocational aptitude and academic achievement
Although interests are vital with regard to transition assessment it is necessary for
educators to address all the areas equally including those identified by Miller et al
(2007) future needs and goals self-determination and self-advocacy academic strengths
learning styles behavioral issues life skills needs and vocational interests attitudes and
abilities Several participants 84 indicated they did not know or chose not to answer
which indicates that greater knowledge pertaining to areas address with regard to
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities was needed
Overton (2009) wrote that assessment needed to be data driven rather than relying
on referral information alone The data should be multidimensional and not reliant on just
one set of test scores Data should reflect the studentrsquos strengths abilities interests and
preferences (IDEA 2004) Spinelli (2012) wrote that assessors should identify the
studentrsquos (a) career goals and interests (b) preferences (c) independence level
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
94
(d) strengths (e) hobbies (f) interpersonal relationships (g) self-advocacy abilities and
(h) abilities in relation to postsecondary goals
The research also found that Schmitz (2008) identified areas that should be
included in the transition planning process in order to adhere to the mandates of Indicator
13 The components of transition assessment include interest assessment and career
exploration assessment measures It is crucial to include assessment of academic
performance as it relates to the workplace The practice of assessment and skill building
should be incorporated to evaluate self-determination social and emotional learning and
interventions for independent living In order to accomplish Schmitzrsquos recommendations
ITP team members must expand their vision to include all aspects of the individualrsquos life
not just interests and academic achievement
Types of Assessment
ldquoGoals are developed based upon interests aptitudes abilities strengths and
limitations identified as significant and relevant to the student and family in the transition
planrdquo (Miller et al 2007 p 8) More specific types of assessment include interest
inventories career aptitude academic achievement teacher observation intellectual
aptitude student survey personality profiles self-determination measures self-advocacy
measures interviews ecologicalenvironmental factors authentic portfolio teacher
made curriculum-based functional skills inventories learning styles and situational
(Layton and Lock 2008 Miller et al 2007Moon 2011 Neubert 2003 Overton 2009
Sitlington 2006 Wehman 2009) Of great importance in the assessment of students with
more significant disabilities are the critical life skills pertaining to self-help mobility
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
95
self-determination socialization health family and community supports self-awareness
interests strengths and preferences of the individual (Wehman 2011)
Participants were allowed to rate types of assessments from ldquoNot used or heard of
heard of and usedrdquo Values of one two and three were attached to each response to allow
for descriptive analysis A rating mean was established for each type of assessment The
most popular type of assessment that participants used was teacher observation at a rating
mean of 286
Additional types of assessments that were indicated as ldquoused and heard ofrdquo
included interest inventories student surveys interviews academic achievement
intellectual aptitude tests and functional skills inventories These types of assessments
generate results that elicit the studentrsquos interests and preferences which are mandated in
IDEA 2004 Campus Educators vocational adjustment coordinators special education
administrators district administrators and diagnosticians rated interest inventories as one
of the more used types of assessments for 69 to 100 of these individuals
Falling into a range where less than half of the participants used the types of
measure yet they were a part of the participantrsquos awareness repertoire were career
aptitude teacher-made curriculum-based measures learning style inventories
personality profiles and portfolios Those types of assessments that fell within the mean
below 198 indicating that these have been ldquoheard of and or not used or heard ofrdquo are
self-advocacy measures self-determination measures situational authentic and
ecologicalenvironmental measures The data revealed that 65 of the types of transition
assessments were not being utilized by the majority of the participants This discovery
indicated that further education was needed to increase the knowledge regarding types of
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
96
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities These types of
assessments reveal strengths and needs which is mandated by IDEA 2004 Greater usage
was indicated in order to address assess the needs and strengths of the student with
intellectual disabilities
Located in the ldquonot used and not heard ofrdquo category were self-advocacy measures
self-determination measures situational authentic and ecological and environmental
types of assessments The lack of awareness of these measures was substantial In order
to gain valuable data pertaining to needs strengths interests and preferences for
individuals with intellectual disabilities it is important for all constituents to employ a
variety of types of assessments in order to develop a quality transition plan which is
directed by the transition assessment
The literature revealed that assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
required assessment in the natural environment (Sitlington 2008) Levinson and Palmer
(2005) emphasized the need for performance tests that assessed a studentrsquos ability to
perform specific job-like tasks work samples that expose a student to natural job
responsibilities and situational assessments that measure a studentrsquos interests abilities
and work habits in actual and contrived environments This should be included in the
transition assessment This was indicated by the participants in the open-ended question
format
Published Assessments
In the original study no question was included that addressed what specific tools
that were implemented to address transition assessment This item was added in order to
gather specific data pertaining to specific assessment trends being utilized and awareness
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
97
levels of available published assessment mechanisms Levinson and Palmer (2005) wrote
that assessment and planning are key components to successful post-school living
Assessment data can be gathered through published tests and surveys as well as from
direct interviews and observations of the student Several areas are addressed including
academic skills daily living skills personal and social skills career maturity vocational
interests and vocational aptitude tests
The National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (2010) has
developed an Assessment Toolkit that can be accessed by educators parents State
Education Agencies and Local Education Agencies to gain knowledge about best
practices with transition assessment From the results of this study information that is
contained in these types of resources is needed by educators to provide a comprehensive
contemporary assessment
Participants indicated that the Special Education Manager (GG Consulting LLC
2008) was overwhelmingly the most utilized published assessment measure in the West
Texas region with a rating mean of 262 Significantly lower utilization but was heard of
were the Reading-Free Vocational Interest Inventory 2 (R-FVII2) (Becker 2000) the
Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) (Clark amp Patton 2009) and the Brigance
Employability Skills Inventory (Brigance 1995) The majority of the remaining seven
specific published assessment tools were ldquoNot used or heard ofrdquo by the participants
Some of the participants indicated that they utilized other tools such as the Career
Cruising (Anaca Technologies Ltd 2012) Choices (Martin Huber-Marshall Maxson
Jerman Hughes Miller amp McGill 2000) and Bridges (Xap Corporation 2009) Over-
all the data revealed that participants require greater knowledge regarding published
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
98
transition assessment tools to meet the needs for transition planning with individual with
intellectual disabilities
Perceived Impact
Participants rated the impact of transition assessment for students with intellectual
disabilities Only 169 percent of the respondents selected significant as one of the
online survey choices Three-fourths of the respondents selected moderate to minimal
impact for students with intellectual disabilities Ten percent of the participants chose
little impact or chose not to answer The most revealing discovery from the research
transpired with the large response of moderate to minimal impact of transition assessment
with individuals with intellectual disabilities (833) Increased impact must be dealt
with in order to meet the mandates of IDEA 2004 and the OSERS requirements of
Indicator 13 regarding transition assessment (US Dept of Education 2009 and IDEA
2004)
Further training for educators is needed to increase the impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Transition assessment is the
driving mechanism for the ITP process Greater understanding of the areas addressed
typed of assessments purpose of assessments and published resources will provide a
greater foundation needed to develop a quality transition plan for students with
intellectual disabilities
Thematic Results
Qualitative analysis occurred for two open-ended items in the survey
Approximately one in five participants provided responses to the first open-ended
question on the survey One in nine of the participants responded to the second open-
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
99
ended question in the online format Five themes emerged from the two open-ended
questions
Theme One Assessment Tools
The largest group of respondents provided input with regard to other published
transition assessment tools that they would like to utilize or have utilized with individuals
with intellectual disabilities Four of the participants indicated that Career Cruising
(Anaca Technologies 2012) was a good choice One individual commented on a
transition assessment tool that was listed under the previously addressed published
assessment tools item on the online survey The participant commented on the
thoroughness of the Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) (Clark amp Patton 2009) Three
other participants included individual assessment tools which included the Student Styles
Questionnaire Revised (SSQR) (Oakland Glutting amp Horton 1996) Career Clusters
Interest Survey (Arizona State 2007) and the Cops and Caps assessments (CareerLife
Skills Resources 2012)
The research revealed that the National Secondary Transition Technical
Assistance Center (2010) provides a toolkit for assessment that can be accessed by
laymen and professionals with regard to transition assessment Greater utilization of a
variety of assessment mechanisms is needed to provide a quality all-inclusive assessment
to students with intellectual disabilities as outlined in IDEA 2004
Theme Two Parental Involvement
Four of the participants indicated that parental input was important when
implementing transition assessment One participant responded that it was important to
ask about the vision they had for their childrsquos future Two respondents commented on the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
100
need for parents to be interviewed and to allow the parents to provide input with
vocational assessment One participant stated that parents should be educated with what
is available to their child as a continuum of services from secondary to post-secondary
levels in order to prepare for the future
The research revealed numerous statements addressing parent involvement The
student and parent should be included in the transition planning process at all stages to
secure greater positive outcomes at the postsecondary level (Escheidt 2006) Levinson
and Palmer (2005) stated that parental involvement was important to the planning
process Moon et al (2011) found it was important to include the family to a greater
extent in the assessment process Due to the disabling conditions of the individuals with
intellectual disabilities it was revealed that family input was extremely important
Questionnaires and interviews with family members offer good sources of information
(Moon et al 2011)
Theme Three Real-life Situations
Four of the participants indicated that it was critical to provide hands-on activities
that were real-life and functional for the student Participants stated that students should
be exposed to a variety of real-life employment options Providing real work and
volunteer opportunities in various settings was emphasized One respondent commented
that the best real-life situation providing the greatest reinforcement was when the
student received a paycheck
The research revealed that assessing the student in the natural environment was
important Levinson and Palmer (2005) reported that assessments pertaining to
occupational and vocational skills are characterized as performance tests that assess a
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
101
studentrsquos ability to perform specific job-like tasks work samples that expose a student to
natural job responsibilities and situational assessments that measure a studentrsquos interests
abilities and work habits in actual and contrived environments Sitlington (2008) stated
that assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities requires assessment in the
natural environment
Theme Four Collaboration
Three of the participants discussed the need to develop teamwork between other
educators and community agencies One participant commented on the need to increase
teamwork with other educators in order to gather more input regarding transition
assessment Another respondent commented on the need to expose the student and family
to resources in the community and to enhance the contact with these agencies The
process of increasing collaboration with parents was discussed with six of the
participants Not only is this important to enhance parental involvement it also serves to
enhance the collaboration with the school to increase the outcomes of transition
assessment
As stated previously the research revealed that collaboration is required by all
interested stakeholders including the school administration educators and community
agencies (Furney et al 1997) Stated in IDEA 2004 is that the ITP process is a team
endeavor (IDEA 2004) Grigal et al (2011) emphasized the need to instill a collaborative
approach to assessment and the development of the ITP The original study emphasized
the need for all stakeholders including school and community agencies to collaborate to
a greater extent (Hebert et al 2010)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
102
Theme Five Isolated Comments
Time Two of the respondents indicated that they would like more time to
develop the transition plan In both instances the participants expressed sincere desire to
accomplish the task of assessing the student with the intent of providing a quality
transition assessment in order to develop a sound transition plan One of these
participants expressed a strong desire to assess the student with an authentic assessment
strategy One of the respondents stated that because they served in dual roles as both the
diagnostician and transition person they lacked the time to develop a transition plan in the
manner they deemed was appropriate
Practical Implications
Education personnel who implement transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities in West Texas as discovered in this study comprise a group of
individuals with extensive background higher education qualifications and longevity in
special education The findings for this study provide implications with regard to
mandates and implementation of transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities Because transition assessment is a mandate presented in IDEA 2004 and the
OSERSrsquo Indicator 13 it is important that educators possess sound knowledge and
understanding regarding transition assessment The findings from this study can benefit
the educator to assist the student with an intellectual disability to recognize their potential
as they transition from secondary to post-secondary options
Based upon the results of the study the researcher recommends that
Educators receive more training through self-study workshops college
coursework online training modules and team collaboration to increase
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
103
understanding regarding transition assessment Ninety-one percent of the
participants indicated that they desired further training This was similar to the
original study which was revealed in the open-ended question that participants
desired more training to obtain greater knowledge regarding transition assessment
(Herbert et al 2010)
Training should focus on providing knowledge to educators regarding mandates
of IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 The results indicated that 52 of the participants
noted that transition assessment is conducted at all grade levels from 9-12 IDEA
states that this should be an ongoing process with results reported at the annual
IEP meeting Also transition assessment is the cornerstone for developing the
transition plan and the IEP for the secondary student with a disability (IDEA
2004) Grigal et al (2011) and Hebert et al(2010)stated that compliance to the
law with regard to IDEA was needed
Training should focus on collaboration between all education personnel and
community agencies with regard to transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities as an ongoing collaborative venture Campus educators
were deemed the person most responsible when the effort should be considered a
multi-disciplinary collaborative team approach including the student and family
(Miller et al 2007)
Training endeavors need to delve into the characteristics of transition assessment
including the areas addressed with transition assessment types of transition
assessment and published assessments mechanisms (Wehman 2009) Thirty
eight percent of the participants indicated a clear understanding of transition
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
104
assessment with nearly sixty two percent indicating moderate to limited
understanding Additional training is needed to increase knowledge regarding
characteristics of transition assessment
Efforts should be made to increase the level of knowledge educators possess in
order to increase the types of assessment practices utilized for transition
assessment (Layton and Lock 2008 Miller et al 2007Moon 2011 Neubert
2003 Overton 2009 Sitlington 2006 Wehman 2009) Eighty eight percent of
the participants responded that interest inventories constituted the most common
area utilized with transition assessment Academic achievement was area utilized
by fifty six percent of the participants Sixty five percent of the various types of
assessments that were surveyed were not being utilized by the participants SEM
was the preferred mechanism for published tools This is due to the utilization of
SEM as a documentation tool for record keeping purposes by the districts in the
assigned region Many surveyed mechanisms had ldquonot been heard of or had been
heard ofrdquo however were not being utilized by the participants
Emphasis should be placed on increasing the overall impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities to reach their full
potential Over-all perceived impact of transition assessment for students with
intellectual disabilities was moderate to none Increased knowledge will allow for
greater impact by addressing the mandates of IDEA 2004 that transition
assessment includes the studentrsquos strengths needs interests and preferences
(IDEA 2004)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
105
Limitations of the Study
The following limitations were noted in this study The sample was composed of
educators who provided transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
The study was conducted in West Texas an area with unique transition constraints for
individuals with intellectual disabilities as compared with many other areas in Texas
This study was originally conducted with a group of 400 responders from across the state
of Pennsylvania Due to attempts to limit this survey to specific education personnel
ample input from all transition personnel including community personnel is lacking The
researcherrsquos involvement in special education in particular the education of individuals
with intellectual disabilities could have led to bias and could have influenced the study
The relatively new use of the term intellectual disabilities to characterize a student who
was previously identified as a student with mental retardation could have created some
confusion
The participants who agreed to participate in the online survey might indicate that
they possess different views not shared by all special education personnel Additionally
efforts to obtain a varied population of participants were attempted and obtained to meet
the initial criteria However the process of sending a request for participation to special
education directors and requesting them to forward the survey to possible participants
could have interfered with obtaining consistent participants Efforts to obtain input from
family members and students were not included in the online survey Therefore these
and other factors may have skewed the results and thereby restrict the generalizability to
an extent
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
106
Directions for Future Research
This study has provided additional understanding regarding transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities Review of the literature revealed that
although extensive research was available regarding transition development limited
research was available regarding transition assessment particularly with individuals who
have intellectual disabilities Other regions in Texas should be surveyed to address the
concerns expressed in this survey with regard to knowledge that educators possess
regarding transition assessment of individuals with intellectual disabilities
Also further research should include all disability categories which greater
parallels the original study Additionally a follow-up study to explore the benefits of
additional training should be utilized to provide insights regarding the benefits of training
and if positive perceptions regarding the impact of transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities increases
Summary
The purpose of this descriptive study was to evaluate educatorsrsquo knowledge of
transition assessment practices and what assessment mechanisms are being implemented
by education personnel with students who have intellectual disabilities Research was
completed through an online survey format that was disseminated to education personnel
providing transition assessment to individuals with intellectual disabilities in the West
Texas region Included was an introduction to the study a review of the literature that
centered on the transition process and transition assessment an extensive description of
the methodology and an analysis of the findings of the data that was collected through
the study
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
107
The online survey provided data concerning demographic characteristics
knowledge educators perceived they possessed level of implementation types of
assessments used interest in further training and overall perceived impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Descriptive statistics were
utilized to analyze the data Information suggested that further training was needed and
requested by education personnel to enhance the impact of increase the knowledge of
and improve appropriate utilization of assessment tools regarding transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities as mandated in IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13
The online survey provided two open-ended questions that required qualitative
analysis The data were analyzed and categorized Five themes resulted from the open-
ended questions which included (a) use of additional assessment tools utilized by school
personnel (b) the need to include parental involvement (c) pursuing real-life situations
(d) collaboration with school personnel and community agencies and (e) more time to
complete assessment tasks with efficacy The findings provided additional information
from the limited research available that addressed transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
108
REFERENCES
American Association for Public Opinion Research (2011) Retrieved from AAPOR
American Association for Public Opinion Research Web site wwwaapororg
American Association on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (2011 September
4) Retrieved from American Association on Intellectual and Developmental
Disabilities Web site httpaamrorg
Anaca Technologies Ltd (2012) Career Cruising (wwwpubliccareercrusingcom
Arizona State University (2007) Career Clusters Interest Survey (1st ed) [Brochure]
Retrieved May 1 2012 from Virtual Counseling Center Web site
wwwvccauedus
Becker R L (2000) Reading-free vocational Interest inventory (2nd Ed) Columbus
OH Elbern Publishing
Brantlinger E Jimenez R Klingner J Pugach M amp Richardson V (2005)
Qualitative studies in special education Council for Exceptional Children 71(2)
195-207
Brady R P (2007) Picture Interest Career Survey St Paul MN JIST Works
Brigance A R (1995) Brigance Employability Skills Inventory North Billerica MA
Curriculum Associates Inc
Bryant D Smith D amp Bryant B (2008) Teaching students with special needs in
inclusive classrooms New York Pearson Education
Centers for Disease Control (2004) Economic costs associated with mental retardation
cerebral palsy hearing loss and vision impairment--United States 2003 MMMR
Weekly 53(03) 57-59
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
109
Centers for Disease Control (2005 October 29) In National Center on Birth Defects amp
Developmental Disabilities Retrieved July 7 2011 from CDC Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention Web site wwwcdcgov
Clark GM amp Patton J R (2009) Transition Planning Inventory Updated version
Austin Pro‑Ed
Cobb B amp Alwell M (2009) Transition planningcoordination interventions for youth
with disabilities Career Development for Exceptional Individuals 32(2) 70-81
Crane L (2002) Mental retardation A community approach (1st ed) Belmont CA
WadsworthThomson Learning
Denzin N amp Lincoln Y (1994) Handbook of qualitative research Thousand Oaks
CA Sage
Dewey J (1916) The pedagogic creed In D Flinders amp S Thornton (Eds) The
curriculum studies reader (3rd ed pp 34-41) New York Routledge
Etscheidt S (2006) Issues in the transition planning Legal decisions Career
Development of Exceptional Individuals 29(1) 28-47
Flexer R Baer M Luft P amp Simmons T (2001) Transition planning for secondary
students with disabilities (3rd ed) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Flinders D J and Thornton S J (Editors) (2004) The curriculum studies reader (2nd
ed) New York Routledge
Furney K Hasazi S amp Destefano L (1997) Transition policies practices and
promises Lessons from three states Exceptional Children 63(3) 343-355
GG Consulting LLC (2008) Special Education Manager [Software] Boulder CO I-
Suite Available from GG Consulting LLC
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
110
Glesne C (2006) Becoming a Qualitative Researcher (3rd ed) Boston Pearson
Education Inc (Original work published 1992)
Glutting J J amp Wilkinson G (2006) Wide Range Interest and Opinion Test ndash Revised
Austin Pro-Ed
Golden T Swenson S von Schrader S amp Bruyere S (2010) Launching into
adulthood Meaningful work (1st ed) (D Lollar Ed) Baltimore Paul H
Brookes
Grigal M Hart D amp Migliore A (2011) Comparing the transition planning
postsecondary education and employment outcomes of students with intellectual
and other disabilities Career Development for Exceptional Individuals 34(1) 4-
17
Hallahan D Kauffman J amp Hullen P (2012) Exceptional learners An introduction
to special education (12th ed) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson
Herbert Lorenz amp Trusty J Lorenz D amp Trusty J (2010) Career assessment
practices for high school students with disabilities and perceived value reported
by transition personnel Journal of Rehabilitation 76(4) 28-26
Hogan T (2007) Psychological testing (2nd ed) Danvers MA John Wiley and Sons
Hulett K (2007) Legal aspects of special education Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson
Education
Humphrey P Johnson C amp Albers K (2010 October) Transition in Texas Paper
presented at the State Autism Conference Corpus Christi TX
Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004 (IDEA) PL 108-446
20 USC sectsect 1400 et seq
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
111
Johnson J (2002) Commercial and noncommercial resources for promoting the
transition of youth with disabilities from school-to-adult life San Diego CA San
Diego State University
King G Baldwin P Currie M amp Evans J (2006) The effectiveness of transition
strategies for youth with disabilities Childrens Health Care 35(2) 155-178
Knapp-Lee L (2007) COPS-PIC Picture Inventory of Careers San Diego CA
ERASEducational Research and Services
Lagemann C (Editors) (1985) Jane Addams on Education (Classics in Education No
51) Publ Teachers College Press 1985-08 Columbia University Series Classics
in Education Ser No 51 PP New York Press
Layton C amp Lock R (2008) Assessing students with special needs to produce quality
outcomes Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Levinson E (2001) Current vocational assessment models for students with disabilities
Journal of Counseling and Development 73 94-101
Levinson E amp Palmer E (2005) Preparing students with disabilities for school-to-
work transition and postschool Life Principal Leadership 5(8) 11-15
Lichenstein S Rusch R amp Chadsey J (1998) Beyond high school transition from
school to work Belmont CA Wadsworth
Lollar D (2010) Launching into adulthood (1st ed) Baltimore Paul H Brookes
Luecking R (2009) The way to work How to facilitate work experiences for youth in
transition Baltimore MD Paul H Brookes
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
112
Martin J E Huber-Marshall L H Maxson L Jerman P Hughes W Miller T amp
McGill T (2000) Choice Maker Set Tools for school-to-work transition
Frederick CO Sopris West
Mazotti V Rowe D Kelley K Test D Fowler C Kohler P amp Kortering L
(2009) Linking transition assessment and postsecondary goals key elements in
the secondary transition planning process Teaching Exceptional Children 42(2)
44-51
McNaughton D amp Beulman D (2010) Transition strategies for adolescents and young
adults who use AAC Baltimore Paul H Brookes
Miles M amp Huberman M (1994) Qualitative data analysis (2nd ed) Thousand Oaks
CA Sage
Miller R Lombard R amp Corbey S (2007) Transition assessment planning transition
and IEP development for youth with mild and moderate disabilities New York
Pearson Education
Moon S Simenson M amp Neubert D (2011) Perceptions of supported employment
providers What students with developmental disabilities families and educators
need to know for transition planning Education and Training in Autism and
Developmental Disabilities 46(1) 94-105
Myers J B amp Briggs K C (1988) Myers-Briggs Type Indicator Form M Palo Alto
CA Consulting Psychologists Press
Neubert D Moon S amp Grigal M (2002) Postsecondary education and transition
services for students ages 18-21 with significant disabilities Focus on
Exceptional Children 34(8) 1-9
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
113
Oakland T Glutting J amp Horton C (1996) Students styles questionnaire Revised
(SSQR) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Oakwood Solutions (2010) Microcomputer Evaluation of Careers and Academics
(MECA) Appleton WI The Conover Company
Overton T (2009) Assessing learners with special needs an applied approach (6th ed)
Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Papay C amp Bambara L (2011) Postsecondary education for transition-age students
with significant intellectual and other developmental disabilities A national
survey Education and Training in Autism and Developmental Disabilities 46(1)
78-93
Salvia J Ysseldyke J amp Bolt S (2010) Assessment in special and inclusive education
(11th ed) Belmont CA Wadsworth Cengage Learning
Sax C amp Thoma C (2002) Transition assessment--wise practices for quality lives
Baltimore Paul H Brookes
Schmitz T (2008 October) Transition planning special education law and its impact
on your child Exceptional Parent Magazine
Sitlington P (2008) Students with reading and writing challenges Using informal
assessment to assist in planning for the transition to adult life Reading and
Writing Quarterly 24 22-100
Sitlington P Clark G amp Kolstoe O (2000) Transition education and services for
adolescents with disabilities Needham Heights MA Allyn amp Bacon
Sitlington P Neubert D amp Clark G (2010) Transition education and services Upper
Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
114
Snell M amp Brown F (2006) Instruction of students with severe disabilities (6th ed)
Columbus Ohio Pearson Merrill Prentice Hall
Spinelli C (2012) Classroom assessment for students in special and general education
(3rd ed) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Texas Association of Counties (2003) Texas Association of Counties Retrieved
February 1 2012 from Texas Association of Counties Web site wwwcountyorg
Texas Education Agency (2011 July 14) In Division of IDEA 2004coordination (Ed)
Special education rules and regulations ESC 18 July 14 2011 The Legal
Framework for the Child-Centered Special Education Process Web site http
frameworkesc18net
Trochim W (2006 October) Social research methods Retrieved November 15 2011
from Research Methods Knowledge Base Web site
wwwsocialresearchmethodsnet
Tyler R (1949) Basic principles of curriculum and instruction In D Flinders amp S
Thornton (Eds) The Curriculum Studies Reader (3rd ed pp 69-77) New York
Routledge
US Department of Education (2009 December 29) In US Department of Education
(Ed) OSERS Office of special education and rehabilitative services Retrieved
from www2edgov
US Department of Labor (2002) ONet Career Interest Inventory St Paul MN JIST
Works
University of North Carolina amp Western Michigan University (2011 May 11) In
University of North Carolina amp Western Michigan University (Eds) National
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
115
secondary transition technical assistance center Retrieved July 11 2011 from
NSTTAC National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center Web site
httpwwwnsttacorg
Wehman P (2001) Life beyond the classroom (3rd ed) Baltimore MD Paul H
Brookes
Wehman P (2009) Autism and the transition to adulthood Baltimore MD Paul H
Brookes
Wehman P (2011) Essentials of transition planning Baltimore MD (Humphrey
Johnson amp Albers 2010) MD Paul H Brookes Publishing
Wehmeyer M L amp Kelchner K (1995) The ARCs Self-Determination Scale
Washington DC The ARC of the United States
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
116
APPENDIX A
IRB
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
117
A Descriptive Study of Educational Professionalsrsquo Knowledge of Transition Assessment
for Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities
Robin Lock PhD
Principal Investigator
Kathryn J Tucker
Co-Investigator amp Doctoral Student
I Rationale
Transition planning is a mandate set forth in the Individuals with Disabilities Education
Act-Reauthorized from 2004 (IDEA-R) Additionally the Office of Special Education Programs
and Rehabilitative Services (OSEP) has also issued mandates to track transition services and
progress at the secondary and post-secondary levels (Mazotti et al 2009) The process of
developing a coordinated set of activities is the cornerstone of IDEA-R with regard to transition
planning for students with disabilities (Lollar 2010) Transition development is a critical issue
for the student who possesses a disability as they pass from secondary to post-secondary living
A great deal of research is available that pertains to cognitive assessment and
achievement assessment for individuals with disabilities However few studies have been
conducted that address assessment trends and practices driving the transition planning process
from high school to adulthood especially for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Furthermore little research dealing specifically with transition assessment for students with
intellectual disabilities exists at the present time
Specific Aims and Objectives of Study
This aims of this descriptive study is to obtain information regarding the knowledge base
of educators with respect to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
The study will survey educators to determine the assessment practices used by practitioners to
meet the mandates of transition assessment for these students The survey will be based on
previous transition assessment research by Herbert Lorenz amp Trusty (2010) The following
research questions will be addressed
1 What is the basic knowledge that educators possess regarding career assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What types of assessments are used by educators to evaluate transition needs of
students with intellectual disabilities
II Subjects
Participants in the study will be educators at the district level including special
education directors transitions coordinators diagnosticians and special education teachers who
work with high school students with intellectual disabilities in the Education Service Center
(ESC) Region XVII Participants will be obtained by utilizing a listserv located on the ESC
Region XVII website This listserv identifies all high schools in the region as well as school
district special education administrators A cover letter will be sent via the internet to campus
and district administrators requesting that the information about the survey be forwarded to
special education directors district transition coordinators diagnosticians and high school special
education teachers working with students with intellectual disabilities Approximately 100
participants will be sought
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
118
III Procedures
bull The ESC listserv will be utilized to contact participants
bull A cover letter email will be sent to request participation from special education
directors and with a request to forward the link of the survey to district transition coordinators
diagnosticians and high school special education teachers working with students with intellectual
disabilities
bull Approximately 100 educators will be potential participants in the survey
bull A 15 question survey will be supplied through surveymonkeycom which
includes demographic and descriptive questions
bull The survey will be disseminated for two weeks through the survey monkey link
bull Descriptive analysis will be utilized to analyze the data with the exception of the
one open-ended question which will require qualitative analysis
bull Confidentiality of the participants will be adhered to by a strict standard through
the use of careful storage of the data on a computer with pass code protections Hard copy data
will be stored in a locked location
bull Only the researchers will have access to the data for analysis purposes
bull Respondents may choose to or not to participate in the survey
Cover letter See the attached cover letter
Survey See the attached survey
IV Adverse Events and Liability
There are no anticipated specific liabilities or adverse events anticipated with this
study No liability plan is offered
V Consent Form
The research presents no more than minimal risk of harm to subjects and
involves no procedures for which written consent is normally required outside the research
context (Waiver of Written Consent) therefore no waiver or liability plan is offered
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
119
APPENDIX B
IRB Approval
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
120
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
121
APPENDIX C
Recruitment of Special Education Directors
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
122
February 9 2012
Dear Special Education Director
Please forward the accompanying letter requesting participation of your special education
director transition coordinator educational diagnosticians and special education teachers who
work with students with intellectual disabilities We are trying to obtain information to enhance
our research about the knowledge that educators have regarding transition assessment practices
for these students Their participation is crucial in gaining greater information pertaining to the
knowledge of transition assessment for individuals with disabilities
If you would like to review the survey before passing the request on the survey is located
at
httpwwwsurveymonkeycomstransitionassessmentID
Thank you for your time and consideration in helping us answer this important question
If you have any questions please do not hesitate to call Dr Robin Lock or myself at
(806) 742-1997 ext 288
Sincerely
Kathryn J Tucker MEd
Doctoral Student
Texas Tech University
College of Education
Box 41071
Lubbock TX 79409-1071
8067421997 x288
Fax 8067422179
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
123
APPENDIX D
Recruitment of Participants
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
124
February 9 2012
Dear Participant
You are being asked to voluntarily complete a short 10 minute survey over transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities This survey is being sent to you by your
district administrator
Transition assessment is an important mandate included in the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Act-Reauthorized We are trying to learn more about educatorsrsquo
knowledge regarding transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Enclosed is a link to the survey asking questions that may help us with our research to
better understand this issue No information will be gathered that could personally identify you
and we would ask that you not put your name on the survey By filling out and returning the
survey online you may help us better understand the current level of understanding of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Please follow the link that is included to
answer the short survey
httpwwwsurveymonkeycomstransitionassessmentID
Thank you for your time and consideration in helping us answer this important question
If you have any questions please do not hesitate to call Dr Robin Lock or myself at
(806) 742-1997 ext 288
Sincerely
Kathryn J Tucker MEd
Doctoral Student
Texas Tech University
College of Education
Box 41071
Lubbock TX 79409-1071
8067421997 x288
Fax 8067422179
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
125
APPENDIX E
Survey Instrument
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
126
Research Survey Instrument
Transition Assessment Knowledge of Educators for
Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities
Directions Answer the questions as it applies to you in your educational setting Your
participation is voluntary You may quit at any time by closing the browser window The
responses that you provide are anonymous and confidential Please read each choice
before making your final selection This survey should only take 10-15 minutes of your
time
1 The high school(s) where I work or consult with isare located in a(n)___________
settings (check all that apply)
A) Rural
B) Suburban
C) Urban
D) Combination (ruralSuburban)
2 At the high school(s) where I work or consult with in most instances transition
assessments are conducted at the __________ grade(s) (check all that apply)
A) 9th
B) 10th
C) 11th
D) 12th
E) All grade levels
F) No grade level assessments are provided
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
127
3 The job category that best describes my position is
A) District Administrator
B) Campus Administrator
C) Special Education Administrator
D) Vocational Adjustment Coordinator
E) Consultant
F) Campus Educator
G) District Educator
H) Educational Diagnostician
I) Other (please specify)
4 The school or educational setting where I work can be classified as
A) Middle School
B) High School
C) Alternative
D) AdministrativeCentral Office
E) Other (please specify)
5 The person(s) responsible for providing transition assessment to students with
intellectual disabilities at the high school where I work or consult with isare the
_____(check all that apply)
A) Career Counselor (School employee)
B) Career Counselor Consultant (Non-school employee)
C) High School Teacher
D) High School Counselor
E) School Psychologist
F) Vocational Adjustment Coordinator
G) Transition Services ConsultantCoordinator
H) No one is assigned the duty as services are not available
I) Other (Please specify)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
128
6 Areas that are typically addressed as part of transition assessment provided at our
high school include
A) Academic Achievement
B) Vocational Aptitude
C) Academic Aptitude
D) Career decision-making skills
E) Interests
F) Personality
G) Work Values
H) World of work knowledge
I) Other (please specify)
7 Choose the types of assessments pertaining specifically to transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities that you use have heard of or do not use or
have heard of (Choose all that apply)
Type of Assessment Heard of
this
Use this Have not
heard of
or use
this
Interest Inventories
Career Aptitude
Academic Achievement
Teacher Observation
Intellectual Aptitude (IQ)
Student Survey
Personality Profiles
Self-determination measures
Self-Advocacy Skills measures
Interviews
EcologicalEnvironmental
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
129
Authentic
Portfolio
Teacher Made
Curriculum-Based
Functional Skills Inventories
Learning Styles
Situational
Other
8 Choose the published assessments pertaining specifically to transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities that you use have heard of or do not
use or have heard of (Choose all that apply)
Type of Assessment Heard of this Use this Have not heard of
or use this
Microcomputer
Evaluation of
Careers and
Academics (MECA)
Reading-Free
Vocational Interest
Inventory 2 (R-
FVII2)
Transition Planning
Inventory (TPI)
Brigance
Employability Skills
Inventory
SEM (Special Ed
Manager)
Myers Briggs Type
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
130
9 In my opinion transition assessment for students with intellectual disabilities
provided at our school or schools that I consult with have_____ impact on
helping students identify and realize their potential
A) Significant
B) Moderate
C) Minimal
D) Little or no
10 As part of my professional training and work experience I have a __________
understanding about transition assessment for high school students with
intellectual disabilities
A) Very Clear
B) Moderately Clear
C) Limited
D) Little or No
Indicator
O-Net Career
Interest Inventory
Picture Interest
Career Survey
(PICS)
Wide Range Interest
and Occupation Test
WRIOT2
Arc Self-
Determination Scale
COPS-PIC Picture
Inventory of Careers
CITE Learning
Styles Inventory
Other
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
131
11 Which of the following training opportunities would you participate in to
increase your knowledge and use of transition assessment tools and procedures
for individuals with intellectual disabilities (check all that apply)
A) One-hour workshop
B) 1-day workshop
C) Team Collaboration
D) Self -Study (Independent discovery)
E) Multiple day workshops
F) Ongoing in-service training
G) Online training module
H) Online college course
I) College course (on campus or media-site)
J) College coursework toward TEA certification in Transition
K) None
L) Other (please specify)
12 What else do you use for transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities If you do not want to make any further comment proceed to the
next question
(Enter up to 4000 characters)
13 What do you know about transition assessment that you wish you could use for
students with intellectual disabilities If you do not want to make any further
comment proceed to the final section of the survey that contains a few
remaining demographic questions
(Enter up to 4000 characters)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
132
Demographic Information
This section contains a few demographic questions needed to describe the sample
Please remember that the responses you provide are anonymous and confidential
14 What is your current age (rounded to the nearest year)
Age Range Response
20-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41-45
46-50
51-55
56-60
61-65
66-70
15 What is your gender
A) Male
B) Female
16 What is your highest level of education
A) Bachelorrsquos degree
B) Masterrsquos degree
C) Doctorate
D) Other
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
133
17 What is your total number of years as an educator including this year Please
check the appropriate box
Number of years Response
1-2
3-5
6-10
11-15
16-20
21-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41 and above
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
134
18 How long have you been employed in your current position including this
year Please check the appropriate box
Number of year(s) Response
1-2
3-5
6-10
11-15
16-20
21-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41-or more
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
iii
Clay and Betty Jane Bostic my parents I am so thankful for your years of support
and example for the process of lifelong learning Dad thank you for your role model as a
servant to those in need Mom thank you for your inspiration as an educator especially
your service to students with special needs
To my children I thank you for your support and continued encouragement
Adam thank you for our online chats that kept me going while you were off serving our
country Bailey Cody and little Channing thank you for your support and
encouragement throughout this entire process Michelle and Jonathan thank you for your
words of encouragement and sharing your dad with me Weston thank you for all of your
sacrifice because you endured the most these past few years as I completed this
dissertation I am so proud of all of you
Stan Tucker my husband and rock I know I never ever would have done this
without you by my side Your computer skills and assistance were amazing Thank you
for your patience and calm support as we embarked upon this journey together From the
start to the finish you have been there every step along the way Your love and
excitement have served to encourage me to continue as we developed our plans and goals
for our future together I love you
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
iv
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS ii
ABSTRACT viii
LIST OF TABLES ix
CHAPTER I 1
Purpose of the Study 1
Statement of the Problem 2
Research Questions 2
TheoreticalConceptual Framework 3
Assumptions 4
Definition of Terms 4
Delimitations 11
Limitations 12
Significance of the Study 12
Organization of the Study 13
Summary 15
CHAPTER II 16
Review of the Literature 16
Students with Intellectual Disabilities 18
Definition of Intellectual Disabilities 18
Characteristics of Students with Intellectual Disabilities 19
Statistical Data Regarding Prevalence of Students with Intellectual Disabilities 20
Historical Practices for Students with Intellectual Disabilities 21
Transition Needs for Secondary Special Needs Learners 22
Historical Influences on the Transition Process 23
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
v
Defining the Specifics of Transition Planning 25
Characteristics of Transition Needs 26
The Individualized Transition Plan Process and the Components 27
Latest Research on Individual Transition Planning 31
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities 39
Purpose of Transition Assessment 39
Types of Transition Assessment 43
Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual Disabilities 47
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities 47
Characteristics of Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual
Disabilities 49
Latest Research on Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual
Disabilities 50
Research Questions 53
Summary 54
CHAPTER III 55
Methodology 55
Research Questions 55
Rationale 56
Context of the Study 56
Data Sources 57
Data Collection Methods 58
Data Analysis 60
Data Management Plan 61
Reliability and Validity 61
Summary 62
CHAPTER IV 63
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
vi
Results 63
Research Questions 64
Characteristics of the Sample 64
Job Category 64
Gender 65
Age of Participant 66
Education Level 66
Total Experience Years 67
Current Position Experience 68
Comparison of Demographics 68
Education Site Location 69
Employment Setting 69
Research Questions 70
Research Question One 70
Research Question Two 73
Procedure Used with Open-Ended Questions 78
Question One 78
Question Two 79
Summary 80
CHAPTER V 82
Discussion 82
Summary of the Study 82
Discussion of the Findings 85
Impact of Demographics 86
Setting 86
Participants 86
Knowledge 88
Understanding 89
Grade Level Implementation 89
Responsibility 90
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
vii
Training 91
Trends for Assessment Practice 92
Areas of Assessment 92
Types of Assessment 94
Published Assessments 96
Perceived Impact 98
Thematic Results 98
Theme One Assessment Tools 99
Theme Two Parental Involvement 99
Theme Three Real-Life Situations 100
Theme Four Collaboration 101
Theme Five Isolated Comments 102
Practical Implications 102
Limitations of the Study 105
Directions for Future Research 106
Summary 106
References 108
APPENDICES 116
IRB 116
IRB Approval 119
Recruitment of Special Education Directors Letter 121
Recruitment of Participants Letter 123
Survey Instrument 125
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
viii
ABSTRACT
Transition planning requires implementation and direction by the findings of
transition assessment regarding the students needs strengths preferences and interests as
mandated in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act 2004 (IDEA
2004) Limited research is currently available that addresses what assessment tools
practitioners utilize to meet the mandates of transition assessment to aid in transition
planning for students with intellectual disabilities The descriptive study reported herein
attempted to determine educatorsrsquo knowledge about transition assessment practices and
what is being utilized specifically with students with intellectual disabilities as they
transition from secondary to postsecondary life This study employed the replication of a
previously published study
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
ix
LIST OF TABLES
41 Job Category Description 65
42 Gender 66
43 Age of the Participant 66
44 Level of Education 67
45 Years of Experience as an Educator 67
46 Years in the Current Position 68
47 Comparison of Demographics 68
48 EmploymentConsultation Location 69
49 Employment Setting 70
410 Perceived Grade Level Implementation of Transition Assessment 71
411 Perceived Person Responsible for Implementing Transition Assessment 71
412 Perceived Level of Understanding Regarding Transition Assessment 72
413 Interest in Additional Training 73
414 Perceived Areas Addressed with Transition Assessment 74
415 Level of Use for Types of Transition Assessments 75
416 Level of Use for Published Assessments 77
417 Perceived Impact of Transition Assessment 78
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
1
CHAPTER I
A DESCRIPTIVE STUDY OF EDUCATIONAL PROFESSIONALSrsquo
KNOWLEDGE OF TRANSITION ASSESSMENT FOR INDIVIDUALS
WITH INTELLECTUAL DISABILITIES
Transition planning is a mandate set forth in the Individuals with Disabilities
Education Improvement Act 2004 (IDEA 2004) The process of developing a
coordinated set of activities with regard to transition planning for students with
disabilities is the cornerstone of IDEA 2004(Lollar 2010) The federal Office of Special
Education Programs and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) issued mandates to track
transition services and progress at the secondary and postsecondary level (Mazotti et al
2009) Transition development is a critical issue for students with disabilities as they pass
from secondary to postsecondary life
A great deal of research is available that pertains to cognitive assessment and
achievement assessment as separate entities Transition planning is another unique and
important issue for students with disabilities that resulted in a wealth of literature
suggesting best practices for the implementation of transition services Likewise the
process of transition planning is guided by the assessment results however few studies
have been conducted that address the assessment trends and practices that drive the
transition planning process Little research dealing specifically with students with
intellectual disabilities as it pertains to transition assessment exists at the present time
Purpose of the Study
The purpose of this study was to determine educatorsrsquo knowledge of transition
assessment practices and what assessment mechanisms are being implemented with
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
2
students with intellectual disabilities The study reported herein has attempted to
determine educatorsrsquo knowledge about transition assessment practices being utilized
specifically with students with intellectual disabilities as they transition from secondary
to postsecondary life
Statement of the Problem
Transition planning is a mandate outlined in IDEA 2004 and by the Office of
Special Education Programs and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) through Indicator 13
Indicator 13 requires that a transition plan be developed implemented and driven by the
transition assessment process Current assessment trends are utilized on a continuous
basis for individuals with disabilities both formally and informally to address cognitive
and achievement skills Research studies that address transition assessment specifically
are limited Limited research is currently available that addresses what assessment tools
practitioners utilize to meet the mandates of transition assessment to aid in transition
planning for students with intellectual disabilities Research data that describe what
professionals are currently utilizing to address transition assessment would be beneficial
to assist practitioners and to aid in the development of high quality transition plans for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Research Questions
This study investigated educatorsrsquo knowledge of transition assessment practices
with individuals with intellectual disabilities A review of the literature was conducted to
reveal the issues and information available pertaining to transition assessment as it relates
to individuals with disabilities transition needs and mandates for individuals with
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
3
disabilities and current transition practices with educators This study sought to answer
the following questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
TheoreticalConceptual Framework
This study replicated a previously published study by Herbert Lorenz amp Trusty
(2010) from The Pennsylvania State University Descriptive statistical analysis was
required for the majority of the questions from their survey Descriptive statistics is a
process that presents quantitative information in a basic format (Trochim 2006)
Information is described utilizing summaries that will form the basis of the quantitative
analysis The descriptive analysis allows for a basic description of what the data reveals
Trochim (2006) wrote that descriptive analysis permits the data to be summarized in a
practical usable way
This study undertook the replication of an open-ended question in the Herbert et
al study (2010) This study used two open-ended questions and rephrased the questions
for greater clarification Subsequent analysis with the open-ended responses occurred
Qualitative research allows the researcher to get beyond their initial thoughts prejudices
preconceived notions and initial theories to delve into new realizations and syntheses of
knowledge (Miles amp Huberman 1994) Brantlinger Jimenez Klingner Pugach and
Richardson (2005) proclaimed that qualitative research is the mechanism for evaluating
the process of human behavior as it emerges within particular subject content The
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
4
purpose within an educational framework is to evoke change to improve the quality of
services education and programming with scientifically derived data Denzin and
Lincoln (1994) asserted that qualitative research is a set of various types of inferential
methods The research context for the open-ended survey questions will assume the
General Theory approach This type of practice attempts to analyze and interpret results
while seeking generalizations therefore allowing for discussion of the findings (Glezni
2006)
Assumptions
Students with intellectual disabilities must be met with the same stringent
assessment criteria as other disabled peers in order to meet the qualifications for special
education services All students with disabilities must participate in transition planning as
they begin the progression from secondary school settings to postsecondary options The
catalyst for the transition plan is the assessment process using formal and informal
approaches The literature that was available provided a plethora of information regarding
assessment methods and transition planning protocols Specific data should be
assimilated to address the specific transition assessment knowledge level of professionals
to meet the specific needs of students with intellectual disabilities
Definition of Terms
Adaptive Behavior Assessment is the assessment that when paired with
cognitive achievement assessment allows the child to be identified as a child with
an intellectual disability Adaptive behavior is characterized by the ability a child
has to be safe to interact with the environment and take into account the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
5
individualrsquos ability to interact with the physical environment and the world
around them (Salvia Ysseldyke amp Bolt 2007 2010)
Assessment is the process of gathering data and information to evaluate a
particular student or school The purpose is to provide information to make
instructional decisions (Salvia et al 2007 2010)
Diagnostician is the title of a position in the state of Texas for individuals who
are certified to administer testing and interpret intellectual and achievement
testing data for students to determine eligibility for special education services
(TEA 2011)
Disability is the results of impairment or medical conditions that adversely affect
a childrsquos education achievement There are 14 categories for individuals who are
identified as a child with a disability These include Other Health Impaired Deaf
and Hard of Hearing Visually Impaired Deafblind Health Impaired Emotional
Behavioral Impaired Autism Developmentally Delayed Learning Disabled
Speech and Language Impaired Multiple Severe Disabilities Physically
Disabled Traumatic Brain Injury and Intellectually Disabled (Bryant Smith amp
Bryant 2008)
Financial Planning involves the analysis of available resources and the
development of understanding the value of money and how to handle money
Individuals with disabilities require careful planning by family and community
agencies to ensure that financial matters are handled safely and in the best interest
of the individual with disabilities (Wehman 2009)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
6
Formal Assessment is characterized as standardized assessments This type of
assessment uses tests that are administered with specific instructions and
guidelines Included are interpretation procedures that require strict adherence to
specific protocols to receive correct and true results These tests are typically
manufactured assessments that test cognitive and achievement skills however
there are some manufactured formal assessments that evaluate transition skills and
aptitudes (Overton 2009)
Formal Transition Assessment includes a variety of published instruments to
assess skills aptitudes interests and preferences These include achievement
tests adaptive behavior and independent living assessments interest inventories
aptitude tests intelligence tests personality or preference tests career
development measures on-the-job or training evaluation and self-determination
assessments (University of North Carolina 2010)
Inclusive education is the process of educating students with disabilities in the
same class environment as their nondisabled peers (Salvia et al 2010)
Independent Living encompasses all the issues that surround a personrsquos life
pertaining to living on onersquos own The evaluation of this entity involves reflecting
on the continuum from residential living facilities to living on onersquos own All
aspects of life including transportation self-care money management
employment and community participation must be evaluated (Sitlington Clark amp
Kolstoe 2000)
Indictor 13 the ldquoU S Department of Education through the Office of Special
Education Rehabilitative Services required states to develop six-year State
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
7
Performance Plans in December 2005 around 20 indicators on which data is
submitted annually (beginning February 2007) in Annual Performance Reportsrdquo
Indicator 13 addresses secondary students (NSTTAC 2011)
Indicator 14 is the requirement by the OSERS to provide performance plans for
individuals with disabilities who are at the post-secondary level of their life
(NSTTAC 2011)
Individualized Education Plan (IEP) is a tool that is created after the child
meets eligibility criteria for special education This plan is specifically designed to
meet the individual needs of the child with a disability This plan outlines the
services the delivery of the services and the monitoring mechanisms that will be
utilized This document states the setting defines the length of programming
details methodology identifies evaluation modes documents the mode of
discipline determines the related services and sets the standard of progress for a
child with a disability (Hulett 2007)
Individualized Transition Plan (ITP) is the formal document that is developed
on an annual basis for a student who reaches the age of 16 and is identified as a
student with a disability The plan includes a coordinated set of goals and
objectives to address the individual childrsquos interests talents preferences and
strengths as they transition from secondary education to adulthood The ITP is the
plan that directs the annual IEP planning and course selection process (Miller et
al 2007)
Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act (IDEA 2004) is the
most recently reauthorized law that addresses providing a Free and Appropriate
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
8
Education for students with a disability The reauthorization in 2004 addressed
specifically the need and requirement for implementing a transition plan for
students when they reach the age of 16 (Hulett 2007)
Informal Assessment is the process of gathering non-standardized data to
evaluate progress Examples of informal assessment include checklists
interviews observations portfolios and teacher-made tests (Overton 2009)
Intellectual DisabilitiesMental Retardation is characterized by the American
Association on Mental Retardation as significantly subaverage intellectual
functioning which is paired with deficits in adaptive behavior and is manifested
during the developmental period (Crane 2002)
Local Education Agency (LEA) is local a district or school system that provides
public education to students with and without disabilities (Snell amp Brown 2006)
Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) is a federal
government agency that provides leadership and financial support to state
education agencies and local education agencies to improve the outcomes for
infants to youth with disabilities (US Department of Education 2009)
Person-centered planning is a nonthreatening approach to engaging the family
and the student into developing goals and objectives through active processes that
enhance the IEP (Sitlington et al 2010)
Postsecondary Education (PSE) is the period after high school when a student
engages in continuing or higher education This can include a vocational or trade
school two-year college or four-year college setting (Lichenstein Rusch amp
Chadsey 1998)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
9
Secondary Education (SE) is characterized as the high school years when
students begin ninth grade and move through to the twelfth grade It is at this
stage in education that students with disabilities not only address academic needs
but the process of developing the Individualized Transition Plan (ITP) is created
(Sitlington Neubert amp Clark 2010)
Self Determination is a skill that provides greater control and capacity for
students to be employed This involves tenacity and drive and the ability to strive
to reach ones potential via intrinsic motivation (Wehman 2011)
Special Education Manager is a computer software program that provides a
management system for writing reports and documentation of IEP reports to
school systems in Texas (GG Consulting LLC 2008)
State Education Agency (SEA) is the state education entity that governs the
local entities In Texas this is characterized as the Texas Education Agency
(TEA) (Texas Education Agency 20072011)
Supported Employment is paid employment that involves additional supports to
the individual to ensure success in the competitive employment arena This
involves at least 20 hours a week in real-work situations which differs from
sheltered employment (Wehman 2001)
Transition as it pertains to individuals with disabilities is the period of moving
toward postsecondary living and adulthood This includes various aspects
including employment postsecondary education community living and
involvement independent living and satisfactory social and personal
relationships This involves a set of coordinated and collaborative efforts between
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
10
the individual school family community resources and various stakeholders that
provide support (Halpern 1985 cited in Wehman 2011)
Transition Assessment is described as an ongoing process Information is
collected that includes the studentrsquos strengths interests preferences abilities and
a needs analysis This is the guiding information that directs the Individualized
Transition Planning process (Sitlington amp Clark 2006 cited in Luecking 2009)
Transition Planning is the process of developing a road map that provides
stepping stones to the future into adulthood for individuals with disabilities
(Flexer Baer Luft amp Simmons 2001)
Transition Services are defined by IDEA 2004 as a ldquocoordinated set of activities
for a child with a disability that is designed to be written with a results-oriented
process that is focused on improving the academic and functional achievement of
the child with a disability to facilitate the childrsquos movement from school to
postschool activities Included is postsecondary education vocational education
integrated employment including supported employment continuing and adult
education adult services independent living or community participation This is
based on the individual childrsquos needs taking into account the childrsquos strengths
preferences and interests This also includes instruction related services
community experiences the development of employment and other postschool
adult living objectives and when appropriate acquisition of daily living skills
and adaptive behavior evaluation (p 5)rdquo (Miller et al 2007)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
11
Vocational Adjustment Coordinator is a term used in the assigned region for
teachers who develop work habits skills training and employment opportunities
for individuals with disabilities in the secondary school setting
Vocational Education is the organized set of activities training and coursework
to prepare the individual with disabilities toward greater success in career choices
or postsecondary education options (Sitlington et al 2000)
Vocational Rehabilitation (VR) is a mandated requirement set forth in IDEA
2004 The process of VR is a collaborative effort with community agencies and
specialists to address employment and postsecondary educational options for
individuals with disabilities (Golden et al 2010)
Delimitations
This study replicated a previous study performed by Herbert et al (2010) from
The Pennsylvania State University The original survey employed was field tested to
allow for modifications and greater clarity Modifications were made to the replicated
study to gather specific data pertaining to transition assessment as a whole rather than just
career assessment staff training desires and knowledge about specific published
assessment tools Also the survey was designed to discover the knowledge of staff
working with students with intellectual disabilities as it pertains to transition assessment
The survey was disseminated to professionals in education including special educators
special education directors transition coordinators vocational adjustment coordinators
and diagnosticians working with students with intellectual disabilities The survey was
formatted to fit the online tool used to disseminate the survey An online format was
implemented similar to the original study Recommendations were provided in the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
12
original study which provided valuable advice to revise the study in order to refine the
process in order to achieve useful data Careful consideration by the researcher was
given to adhere to stringent protocols to gather accurate unbiased and useful data that
assisted with the findings of the research study
Limitations
Limitations included the following issues The study was originally conducted
with a group of 400 responders from across the state of Pennsylvania Limitations listed
in the original study included bias sample size and variability with variable awareness of
the participants Attempts to address these concerns were evaluated however certain
issues such as bias were difficult to control This study was conducted within the
specific region of West Texas The researcherrsquos involvement in special education in
particular the education of individuals with intellectual disabilities could have led to bias
and could have influenced the study however efforts were embarked upon to prevent
this confounding variable The relatively new use of the term intellectual disabilities to
characterize a student who was previously identified as a student with mental retardation
could have created some confusion
Significance of the Study
The study will add to the research findings associated with professionalsrsquo
knowledge about transition assessment as it pertains to individuals with intellectual
disabilities A great deal of research and literature is available pertaining to assessment
for both cognitive and achievement purposes There are also transition assessment
materials available and suggested practices for administering suggested assessment tools
Research information validating practice is missing from the transition assessment
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
13
process and indicating what practitioners actually utilize to meet the mandates of
Indicator 13 and IDEA 2004
Results of this study were utilized in several ways First the results were utilized
to substantiate or negate the findings of the original study The results will be
disseminated to the original researchers to verify or suggest revisions The results are
valuable to practitioners who utilize transition assessment tools with individuals with
disabilities In particular the results will aid those who work directly with individuals
with intellectual disabilities The results also add to the minimal available data with this
population of students which could stir further interest by other practitioners to replicate
even more research with transition assessment
School districts will utilize the data to develop appropriate transition assessment
strategies for individuals with disabilities in particular individuals with intellectual
disabilities From these data the professionals will develop a serviceable and appropriate
transition plan that meets the needs of the individual The goal of best practices for the
student as they transition from secondary to postsecondary venues was greatly fortified
In addition professionals will have valuable information allowing them to adhere to the
mandates outlined in Indicator 13 by the OSERS and through IDEA 2004
Organization of the Study
The literature review directed the emphasis of this study Few current research
studies exist that address professionalsrsquo knowledge level with regard to transition
assessment for individuals with disabilities This review included review of the literature
pertaining to historical influences on the transition plan components and mandates to the
transition process assessment practices and purposes transition assessment materials
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
14
and any available research studies that addressed the knowledge level of professionals
with regard to the transition assessment process
This study replicated a previously utilized research study that assessed current
assessment practices of professionals who interact with individuals with disabilities This
study was conducted through The Pennsylvania State University (Herbert et al 2010)
For this study a survey was disseminated to educators who deal specifically with
individuals with intellectual disabilities The purpose of utilizing a survey was to gather
additional information that was lacking on the research topic (American Association for
Public Opinion Research 2011) Modifications in the original format addressed unique
formatting specifications of the online survey modality Two open-ended questions
allowed a personal response which provided the respondent an opportunity to provide
additional insight to the researcher on the topic of knowledge of transition assessment for
individuals with disabilities
Analysis of the data occurred with several types of approaches as described in the
original survey report (Herbert et al 2010) Descriptive analysis occurred for the greater
portion of the survey questions Descriptive analysis was utilized to examine the
differences between responses across the various types of professionals such as self-
contained classroom teachers diagnosticians vocational adjustment coordinators and
special education administrators (Herbert et al 2010) Finally a qualitative analysis was
used to assimilate the data and to derive common themes and patterns from the open-
ended response questions
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
15
Summary
This study assessed educatorsrsquo knowledge of transition assessment strategies for
individuals with intellectual disabilities The study used a descriptive analysis approach
for 16 questions with two additional open-ended questions requiring qualitative analysis
to determine themes A review of the research addressed intellectual disabilities
transition practices transition assessment with disabilities in a general format and
specifically transition assessment for students with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
16
CHAPTER II
Review of the Literature
Special education began in the late 1700rsquos to the early 1800rsquos and is attributed to
Jean-Marc-Gaspard Itard (Bryant Smith amp Bryant 2008) He promoted the philosophy
that people with intellectual disabilitiesmental retardation are capable of learning (Crane
2002) From these early efforts the approach to educating and providing service to
individuals with intellectual disabilities emerged in the 20th
century when new laws
mandates and practices were introduced at a relatively fast rate Changes to services
paralleled many of the efforts of the Civil Rights movement of the 60rsquos and 70rsquos (Bryant
Smith amp Bryant 2008) The rights of individuals with intellectual disabilities were the
guiding principles influencing the introduction and further modifications to federal laws
that directed the treatment of these individuals
Several laws were enacted that guaranteed the rights of all individuals with
disabilities In 1973 the legislature passed the Vocational Rehabilitation Act in which
Section 504 set the stage for further legislation (Bryant et al 2008) This law guaranteed
basic civil rights to individuals with disabilities Furthermore accommodations were
made a requirement in public schools and society The intent was to prevent
discrimination against individuals with disabilities particularly within agencies receiving
federal funds
Perhaps one of the most powerful pieces of legislation that influenced the
education of individuals with disabilities was the Education for All Handicapped
Children Act better known as PL 94-142 of 1975 This law guaranteed that all students
with disabilities would receive at no cost a Free and Appropriate Public Education
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
17
(FAPE) This also established the Least Restrictive Environment (LRE) which
emphasized the education of children with their nondisabled peers (Bryant Smith amp
Bryant 2008) This law has undergone several changes and reauthorizations through the
years
The first reauthorization occurred in 1986 with the addition of services for infants
and toddlers The next reauthorization resulted in a title change to the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 1990 (IDEA) Two categories were added
autism and traumatic brain injury (Bryant et al 2008) Perhaps the most significant
change was the introduction of transition planning and services through the Individual
Transition Plan (ITP) (Bryant et al 2008)
Another monumental disability law was the Americans with Disabilities Act
(ADA) in 1990 Legislators and advocacy groups believed that Section 504 of the
Vocational Rehabilitation Act was not sufficient to protect the rights of individuals with
disabilities and further specifications needed to be defined This law went beyond the
classroom to community factors that influenced special needs individuals ADA
addressed discrimination ldquoin employment transportation public accommodations and
telecommunicationsrdquo (Bryant et al 2008 p 17)
Reauthorization of IDEA occurred in 1997 The reauthorization added behavioral
intervention plans (BIP) and functional behavioral assessments (FBA) as required
mandates The transition process for secondary special needs learners was also
strengthened by requiring that the ITP be a part of the studentrsquos Individualized Education
Program (IEP) (Bryant et al 2008)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
18
In 2001 No Child Left Behind (NCLB) was passed Some of the main features
addressed individuals with special needs Educators were now required to utilize
scientifically based programs and interventions Individuals with special needs would
have increased access to the general education curriculum Finally the evaluation of
student proficiency in any given subject area would require appropriate accommodations
(Bryant et al 2008)
The next reauthorization of the IDEA occurred in 2004 (IDEA 2004 US
Department of Education 2006 cited in Bryant et al 2008) Changes to the identification
of learning disabilities were specified and alternate education settings for disciplinary
actions were allowed Additionally a requirement that teachers would need to fulfill
provisions as a highly qualified teacher was also added Students with disabilities are now
required to participate in annual state and district testing while including appropriate
accommodations and alternative testing in certain instances for particular students with
intellectual disabilities (Bryant et al 2008)
Students with Intellectual Disabilities
Definition of Intellectual Disabilities
The American Association on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
(AAIDD 2011) formerly known at the as the American Association on Mental
Retardation defines intellectual disability as ldquoa disability characterized by significant
limitations both in intellectual functioning and in adaptive behavior which covers many
everyday social and practical skills This disability originates before the age of 18rdquo The
Centers for Disease Control (CDC 2005) further states that individuals with disabilities
perform below average on intelligence tests and display limitations in routines for daily
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
19
living and independent living skills These individuals display the ability to learn but at a
much slower pace
Individuals with intellectual disabilities perform at least two standard deviations
below the mean on a 100 average scale score on intelligence tests (Hogan 2007)
Categories for intellectual disabilities have been established to provide greater
understanding of intellectual functioning These include mild moderate severe and
profound intellectual disabilities Individuals classified as mildly intellectually disabled
perform at an intelligence quotient level of 50-55 to approximately 70 Individuals with
moderate intellectual disability display intelligence test scores from 35-40 to 50-55 The
severe intellectual disability category is classified as 20-25 to 35-40 Profound
Intellectual Disability is categorized as an IQ score below 20 or 25 (Hogan 2007)
In addition to sub-average performance on intelligence tests an evaluation of the
personrsquos adaptive skills is needed to determine that an individual meets the qualifications
for a diagnosis of intellectual disabilities An individual who is suspected of meeting the
criterion for intellectual disabilities within the intelligence testing process must also
display delays in the area of adaptive behavior Adaptive behavior includes social
intelligence and practical intelligence Social intelligence involves understanding social
situations Practical intelligence refers to independent living tasks and employability
skills (Hallahan et al 2012)
Characteristics of Students with Intellectual Disabilities
The CDC states that individuals with intellectual disabilities display the ability to
learn but at a much slower pace (CDC 2005) Hallahan and associates (2012) wrote that
with the proper supports the individual with intellectual disabilities can learn over time
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
20
According to Crane (2002) individuals with intelligence quotients in the mildly disabled
range perform typically at the second to fifth-grade level intellectually display a high
degree of daily living independence and are fully or partially employed Individuals with
moderate intellectual disabilities perform functional academic skills People performing
at the severely disabled level perform basic kindergarten and prekindergarten academics
require supervision for daily living skills and will typically require supervision in
community employment in a supported workshop setting Individuals performing at the
profoundly disabled level require intense supervised care in all areas of need (Crane
2002)
Statistical Data Regarding Prevalence of Students with Intellectual Disabilities
Nationwide 11 of individuals are identified as having some type of disability
(OSERS 2006 in Bryant et al 2008) Statistically about 214 of individuals will
measure two or more standard deviations below the normal average of 100 (Overton
2009) The prevalence of individuals with intellectual delays falling below 70 in public
school settings is about 227 (Hallahan et al 2012) Mild intellectual disabilities are
three times more prevalent than are severe intellectual disabilities (CDC 2005)
The economic cost associated with individuals with intellectual disabilities is
staggering Typically these individuals require long-term care and support to address all
areas of life The Centers for Disease Control (2005) reported that individuals with
intellectual disabilities average slightly more than one million dollars per person for
lifetime care Costs are incurred for medical care assistive devices home and automobile
modifications special education loss of revenue due to sub-average employment
opportunities and limited work opportunities Screenings and interventions need to be
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
21
employed to address the overwhelming reality of funding the care and education
individuals with intellectual disabilities (CDC 2004)
Historical Practices for Students with Intellectual Disabilities
In 1799 a French doctor by the name of Jean Marc-Gaspard Itard attempted to
educate a young boy known as a wild child who was believed to possess intellectual
disabilities (Bryant et al 2008) Itard established that those with intellectual disabilities
are able to learn (Crane 2002) Education underwent changes and developments over the
next two centuries Unfortunately some of the treatments for individuals included
barbaric practice through experimentation involuntary sterilization increased
segregation social control a type of ethnic cleansing and inhumane treatment (Crane
2002) Humanitarian reforms beginning in1960 were implemented that changed the
outlook for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Crane 2002)
In 1840 the first residential program for individuals with intellectual disabilities
was established In 1876 the American Association on Intellectual and Developmental
Disabilities (AAIDD) was created In 1896 the first class for students with all types of
intellectual disabilities was established By 1917 institutional settings were present for
most individuals with intellectual disabilities Edgar Doll proposed a definition for
intellectual disabilities that consisted of six criteria The Association for Retarded
Citizens known as the ARC was established in 1954 In 1959 a new groundbreaking
definition for intellectual disabilities was created By 1960 a unique project called the
Mimosa Project was created to work with girls with intellectual disabilities who
demonstrated they were able to learn many difficult tasks and daily living skills
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
22
President Kennedy initiated a national agenda which addressed the topic of intellectual
disabilities The state of New Hampshire in 1997 closed all institutional settings and
moved individuals with intellectual disabilities to group homes or private settings In
1999 the Disability Work Incentive Law was signed into action thereby eliminating
many of the barriers individuals with intellectual disabilities previously experienced
(Bryant et al 2008)
Transition Needs for Secondary Special Needs Learners
Transition planning and coordination of services for students with disabilities has
undergone a metamorphosis over the last two centuries Recent mandates changes and
requirements of the IDEA 2004 demanded that educators and service providers clarify
the individualrsquos needs and address the required mandates presented in the law (Schmitz
2008) The trend changed due to stakeholders including family members educators
service providers and most importantly the students desired quality outcomes for
postsecondary living Upon careful examination of the historical developments current
trends in transition planning and future needs and desires of students and caregivers now
require the implementation of best practices with regard to transition services
Transition planning for the student with disabilities is a critical area of concern
As the student with disabilities moves from high school to postsecondary life a
coordinated set of goals and objectives with defined implementation of services and
responsibilities for plausible outcomes must be implemented (IDEA 2004) Many of the
students with disabilities face a challenging road ahead and it is important that they be
provided with an Individualized Transition Plan (ITP) that includes their desires needs
strengths and preferences to afford greater positive outcomes Family members
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
23
educators students and community service providers must operate in a collaborative
manner to seek the best educational opportunities for the student with disabilities
(Wehman 2011)
Historical Influences on the Transition Process
Understanding historical developments that have transpired over the centuries
creates a greater awareness of the development of the person-centered approach that
exists in education today John Dewey a leader in curriculum theory from the
Progressive Era of the 19th
century developed the person-centered approach for
educating children He believed that education was a means to bolster social reform thus
encouraging the social intellectual and moral development of the child (Dewey 1916
cited in Flinders amp Thornton 2009) His person-centered approach directed the transition
process for the 21st century
Jane Addams a social reformer from the 19th
century transformed the social
work concept that existed with migrants coming to the United States She was known for
her social reform approach of providing services to her constituents at Hull House in
Chicago during the 19th
century Her enterprising concept of meeting the needs of her
constituents developed revolutionary changes for the immigrant child and family of the
Industrial Revolution Jane Addams recognized the need to educate all social classes to
meet the specific needs and interests of the immigrant populace (Addams cited in
Flinders amp Thornton 2009) Her enterprising holistic pursuit utilized a needs-assessment
approach accompanied by implementation of instruction in academic physical life skills
social and interests and preferences thereby affecting goals directed toward future adult
living objectives of Hull House Programming was created by assessing the needs
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
24
preferences and talents of those immigrant individuals who accessed Hull House
Although she was not an educator but a social worker her needs-assessment approach to
providing services to her immigrant constituents by evaluating the education vocational
social and independent living needs of the persons who attended Hull House improved
the quality of life in a holistic pursuit (Addams 1908 cited in Lagemann 1985)
Another individual from the 19th
century who influenced the transition planning
process that exists in special education today was Ralph Tyler Tyler believed that the
students learned best when they were able to experience learning in the natural
environment He surmised that the student must embrace a purpose for learning with the
objectives and experiences created in harmony with their life outside the classroom He
encouraged a study of ldquocontemporary life outside the classroom as the basis for deriving
objectivesrdquo (Tyler 1949 cited in Flinders amp Thornton 2009) He subsequently employed
a philosophy of experiential learning in and out of the classroom to reinforce the
purposeful continuum It was this experiential connection that attached profound meaning
to the learner Although not a direct contributor to the transition process for individuals
with special needs his philosophy provided a groundbreaking approach that paved the
way for current practices in special education with regard to transition planning
Examination of the mandates of IDEA 2004 pertaining to ITP reveals several
common comparisons to the aforementioned theorists The ITP is a person-centered plan
that includes the student and aligns postsecondary goals with transition services (Mazzoti
et al 2009) The goals are based on age-appropriate transition assessment related to
education employment training and independent living (Humphrey Johnson amp Albers
2010) Acknowledgment of the historical contributions of Addams Dewey and Tyler as
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
25
person-centered theorists allows one to opine that their beliefs have accelerated the
progress of education for students with disabilities This is particularly important with the
ITP process upon which the secondary student with disabilitiesrsquo annual individual
educational plan (IEP) is developed
Defining the Specifics of Transition Planning
In addition to historical perspectives interested stakeholders should be aware of
legal mandates and laws that pertain to individuals with disabilities Hulett (2007) has
described transition as the eighth component to the IEP process He states that IDEA
2004 demands that at the age of 16 the transition planning process is a requirement for
every studentrsquos annual IEP The transition plan must be reviewed annually The transition
planning process should be results driven to produce high-quality outcomes for
postsecondary living (Miller et al 2007) A statement of the needs or services must be
included in the IEP The ITP team must consider courses of study training supported
employment integrated employment adult services community participation and
independent living skills In addition they must look at community agencies that assist
with the child These services are at no cost to the student (Miller et al 2007)
Transition planning includes a coordinated set of goals and objectives to meet the
transition needs of students with disabilities as they transition into postsecondary life
(IDEA 2004) The ITP should include vocational education community living home
and family issues financial planning recreation and leisure mobility and health issues
Utilizing an authentic approach to implementation will increase the success of a
purposeful approach for the benefit of the student (Layton amp Lock 2008) The student
should be the focus by taking into account the desires talents interests and preferences
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
26
of the child (IDEA 2004 Wehman 2011) Vocational training postsecondary options
and continuing education opportunities should be included in the transition process (Snell
amp Brown 2006)
Transition planning requires that service providers develop and implement plans
that describe the services provided assessment and evaluation measures obligations of
team members person who are part of the plan and plausible service agencies (Overton
2009) Team members include the special educators general educators community
agencies student family members possible psychologists and counselors rehabilitation
specialists and other designated individuals who could provide support in the transition
planning ( Overton 2009 Wehman 2011) The student and parent should be included in
the transition planning process at all stages to secure greater positive outcomes at the
postsecondary level (Escheidt 2006)
Characteristics of Transition Needs
The student is the driving force of the transition planning process and its
subsequent annual goals and objectives This coordinated set of goals and objectives
becomes the model for the implementation of course selection vocational planning and
education for the student with regard to his or her annual IEP (Miller et al 2007) The
evaluation of the ability family structure community opportunities desires talents and
preferences of the student forms the basis for the transition plan (Wehman 2009)
Employment vocational training and postsecondary education are also carefully
considered in the ITP (Snell amp Brown 2006) The student should be given the tools to
live a successful life that is safe and provides the greatest opportunity for independence
(McNaughton amp Beulman 2010)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
27
Schmitz (2008) described the purpose of transition planning as a fundamental
requirement of IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 as outlined by the Office of Special
Education Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) In addition to the mandates presented in
IDEA 2004 pertaining to transition services there is an additional requirement that
schools and postsecondary agencies report on the results of transition services for
individuals with disabilities through Indicator 13 for secondary programs and Indicator
14 for postsecondary programs This has become the guiding structure when addressing
the needs and postsecondary planning of students with disabilities IDEA 2004 requires
that there must be a coordinated set of activities that focus on improving the academic
and functional achievement of the individual with disabilities Indicator 13 and Indicator
14 require that tracking mechanisms be put into place to assess the outcomes of
individuals with disabilities as they transition from secondary schooling to postsecondary
life
Statistics reveal that students with disabilities experience an unemployment rate
of 70 as opposed to their nondisabled peers at 22 (Schmitz 2008) The need to close
that gap is critical This is the reality that drives the mandates such as Indicator 13 for
educators to develop an appropriate transition IEP which includes age-appropriate
transition assessment and transition services that are to be delivered to students with
disabilities (Schmitz 2008)
The Individualized Transition Plan Process and Components
The foundation for the essential components and mandates associated with
transition come from IDEA 2004 which states the following
Transition services means a coordinated set of activities for a child with a
disability that is designed to be within a results-oriented process that is focused on
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
28
improving the academic and functional achievement of the child with a disability
to facilitate the childrsquos movement from school to postschool activities including
postsecondary education vocational education integrated employment (including
supported employment) continuing and adult education adult services
independent living or community participation is based on the individual childlsquos
needs taking into account the childrsquos strengths preferences and interests and
includes instruction related services community experiences the development of
employment and other postschool adult living objectives and if appropriate
acquisition of daily living skills and provision of a functional vocational
evaluation Transition services for children with disabilities may be special
education if provided as specially designed instruction or a related service if
required to assist a child with a disability to benefit from special education (TEA
cited in ESC 18 2011)
The process of including the student to a greater extent while engaging him or
her in greater collaboration with community agencies is emphasized in the transition
process The switch to a results-oriented approach as opposed to an input approach has
increased the need for greater accountability This is also evident with the
implementation of Indicator 13 pertaining to accountability for transition planning at the
secondary education stage and Indicator 14 at the postsecondary education stage Specific
changes to the IDEA 1997 to IDEA 2004 are the requirement of a coordinated set of
activities improvement with academic and functional achievement transition IEP age-
appropriate assessment and transition services (Schmitz 2008)
Components of the transition plan include a holistic approach to the education of
the student with disabilities Short-term goals should be developed with long range
planning as the over-all guiding purpose (Wehman 2009) The ITP should include the
assessment and development of critical life skills such as mobility recreation and leisure
opportunities health and safety training money management personal appearance skills
building social skills training and skills acquisition work habits and issues pertaining to
maintaining dignity (Wehman 2009)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
29
Assessment and evaluation results should take into account the strengths and
preferences of the child while being presented in user-friendly formats to the family
members and student The schedule of services time frames for implementation and
individual responsibilities and obligations for providers should be documented Efforts to
provide real-life vocational training to meet employability objectives should be outlined
Financial planning is a critical component and needs in this area should be included
Social skills training and access to increase full community participation and activities
are other important elements of the ITP process (Wehman 2009)
Critical life skills pertaining to self-help and self-determination independence
and socialization represent essential transition elements Access to community agencies
and possible acquisition of needed services should be outlined with contact information
available to the family members and student Recreation and leisure health and safety
money management work habits and maintaining dignity are additional areas that
should be addressed by the ITP team (Wehman 2009)
Real-life experiences in naturalist settings for all aspects of the personrsquos life
including employment education and life skills acquisition is recommended (Wehman
2011) National transition goals which are outlined in IDEA 2004 include promoting
self-determination and self-advocacy ensuring that students have access to the standards-
based curriculum increasing graduation rates providing access to full participation in
postsecondary education and employment increasing parent participation improving
collaboration for optimum school and postschool outcomes increasing the availability of
qualified workforce and encourages full participation in community life including
social recreation and leisure opportunities The ITP includes two major goals The first
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
30
is to identify outcomes students and parent desire which is the person-centered approach
by including the student and parent while respecting their values and beliefs The second
is community collaboration and participation through community resources program
development and interagency collaboration (Wehman 2011)
New resources are being developed and published continuously to encourage the
implementation of sound practices in transition planning and services Johnson (2002)
from the University of San Diego developed a sourcebook of books selected websites
aptitude tests vocational evaluations career planning resources information centers
curricular resources assessments life-centered education IEP planning interagency
links publishers postsecondary transition resources and selected reports and articles
These suggested resources are included to enhance the transition assessment
development and implementation process
Snell and Brown (2006) in Instruction of Students with Severe Disabilities
devoted a chapter to vocational preparation and transition They recommended that
individuals should develop valued employment skills and abilities through supportive
families vocational services and supports in the community They proposed that
Vocational Rehabilitation should be the primary facilitators of employment opportunities
for individuals with disabilities
It is necessary to include a review of Social Security benefits and Medicaid
sources The balanced school-based vocational preparation through collaborative efforts
should include a continuum of the studentrsquos interests and preferences The work-related
instruction should occur across grades and settings in real-world settings Community-
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
31
based training sites should be developed with systematic behavioral procedures with the
goal of paid employment with if needed supports after graduation
Finally vocational training is a necessary component of the transition process
Transition training should provide students with a curriculum that prepares them for the
job they intend to enter Broad-based knowledge and skills are necessary components to
the vocational training endeavor Some students require training with specific skills that
are needed for survival in the workplace as well as in the community These skills need
to be carefully and succinctly taught These include academic skills communication
skills social and interpersonal skills and occupational and vocational skills (Levinson amp
Palmer 2005)
Latest Research on Individual Transition Planning
Policy Furney Hasazi and Destefano (1997) conducted a policy study to review
transition services for youth with disabilities The cross-case analysis evaluated programs
that exemplified high-quality models for implementation of transition planning Furney
and his colleagues assessed the current trends that were present in existing transition
planning practices He surveyed 74 institutions pertaining to their implementation of
transition services during a two-year period from 1992-1994 His intent was to evaluate
services with the new mandates set forth in previously reauthorized version of IDEA
1997 A qualitative approach was implemented with site visits in three states The results
were analyzed using cross-case analysis The results revealed that the person-centered
approach must be implemented to a greater extent to meet the postsecondary needs
outcomes of students with disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
32
Etscheidt (2006) conducted a qualitative analysis to examine judicial decisions
regarding transition planning Thirty-six cases were reviewed that addressed the needs of
individuals with intellectual disabilities learning disabilities behavioral disorders
autism multiple disabilities physical disabilities other health impairment attention-
deficithyperactivity disorder traumatic brain injury and other unspecified disabilities
Five categories were established that addressed agency contacts student involvement
and individualization of the transition plan school district obligations and
appropriateness of the transition plan
Etscheidtrsquos finding revealed that litigation pertaining to transition planning for
students with disabilities centered on procedural issues and components of the transition
plan Ten issues were identified Agencies need to be in attendance and invited to
transition meetings Second student involvement must be included and must consider
student interests Third individualization of the ITP should be based on assessment and
meet the studentrsquos individual needs Fourth stakeholders need to examine the studentrsquos
and familyrsquos postsecondary goals and vision Fifth discussion and documentation of the
present level of performance should be included Sixth the team should formulate a
statement of needed transition services with goals and objectives Seventh
implementation of the transition plan needs to be monitored to evaluate effectiveness
Eighth the district has an obligation to make plans that meet the needs of the individuals
to promote movement from secondary to postsecondary settings Ninth stakeholders
need to evaluate the appropriateness of the transition plan Tenth the transition plan must
be developed and addressed to meet the needs of the student
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
33
Transition services Through OSERS a grant was awarded to create the National
Secondary Technical Training Assistance Center (NSTTAC) This organization addresses
concerns regarding transition for secondary students as they move into postsecondary
life Through this collaborative effort between the University of North Carolina in
Charlotte and Western Michigan University NSTTAC addressed and assisted with
implementation to consumers parents agencies and educators about transition policy
Expert panels were created and research was initiated that resulted in recommendations
to local education agencies (LEAs) and state education agencies (SEAs) regarding
transition practice and policy In addition to informational recommendations to the LEAs
and SEAs technical assistance was developed to assist educators administrators and
parents in implementing effective transition and education services to improve secondary
and postsecondary outcomes A website was developed that includes evidence-based
practices lesson plan starters products and resources transition toolkits and specific
student and parent resources (UNC amp WMU 2011)
King Baldwin Currie and Evans (2006) completed a review article analyzing
strategies that were utilized to implement planning for transition and transition education
for youth with disabilities The purpose of one review was to evaluate the quality of
services and to provide recommendations for improvement of services The strategies
were classified into three main categories personal-level strategies person-environment
fit and environmental level strategies
Results indicated that the strategies lacked significant evidenced-based research to
support the use of the strategies and the effectiveness of the strategies Four of the
strategies pertaining to direct experience contained sufficient research to warrant the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
34
effectiveness of these types of strategies A recommendation proposed the use of more
than skills-acquisition strategies including training and implementation of strategies in
the natural environment (King et al 2006)
Postsecondary education A study by Papay and Bambara (2011) examined
transition services for youth in postsecondary settings who possessed significant
intellectual disabilities This study utilized a survey with descriptive methods for
analysis The purpose of the study was to assess the over-all inclusion characteristics of
postsecondary programs on college campuses Eighty-seven institutions were identified
that provided opportunities for individuals with intellectual disabilities to participate in
postsecondary programs located on college campuses
The results suggested that students with disabilities participated in college courses
and in vocational training opportunities Twenty five percent of the students with
disabilities involved in postsecondary education were enrolled in college level courses
Only 2 of students with intellectual disabilities enrolled in the courses for credit Most
of the students who enrolled in the courses for credit were described as learning disabled
with reading levels that were near or slightly below those of nondisabled peers The
students with intellectual disabilities audited the courses primarily in the humanities and
basic entry level Reading level was a determining factor for these students as to whether
they were able to participate in the courses successfully for credit
Funding for these programs came primarily from the willingness of the higher
education institutions to sponsor the programs Some government resources were also
included to a lesser extent as well as partnerships with local school districts for students
who were past the age of majority but were still enrolled in high school Tuition revenue
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
35
was another slight source of income for the programs Grants were last on the list of
available sources of income At most institutions grants provided less that 10 of the
necessary budgetary demands of the postsecondary educational setting
Recommendations included conducting further research to gain a greater
understanding of the effectiveness of postsecondary education (PSE) programs
Additionally PSE institutions should continue to develop partnerships to promote
ldquolifelong inclusion and self-determinationrdquo (Papay amp Bambara 2011 p 93) Methods for
implementation were suggested as additional research agendas
Another research study (Neubert Moon amp Grigal 2002) focused attention on
postsecondary options for individuals with significant disabilities The purpose of the
article was to provide a review of the current literature available pertaining to secondary
educational opportunities for students aged 18-21 in their last year of high school A
descriptive approach was implemented to examine secondary education opportunities at
two-year and four-year institutions of higher education and community based settings
The results revealed three vocational training model approaches First students
attended 2-year schools with the intent to gain vocational skills and training while
experiencing college life A second model for students with significant disabilities
included attendance at four-year institutions A third model included programs in the
community to encourage employment and independent living options
Funding for these programs primarily came from local school districts and the
higher education institutions The need to assess logistic concerns pertaining to greater
collaboration and communication with community agencies was encouraged
Collaboration between local education agencies community settings and institutions of
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
36
higher learning should occur to allow families and caregivers various options for
secondary transition services to students nearing the transition phase into postsecondary
life
Transition process Levinson and Palmer (2005) undertook a descriptive study
that discussed general characteristics of the transition process for employment and
postsecondary life The authors described necessary components to implement transition
services as mandated by IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 The need to incorporate
assessment and comprehensive planning that utilized the transition assessment data was
highlighted The assessment should address academic skills daily living skills personal
and social skills and occupational and vocational skills
School staff should subsequently utilize the assessment data to implement a plan
that meets the needs and interests of the student Parental involvement is crucial for the
planning process Vocational training should incorporate the enhancement of academic
skills daily living skills personal and social skills and occupational and vocational skills
Schools should focus on a transdisciplinary approach to prepare students for successful
postsecondary life
Cobb and Alwell (2009) reviewed transition planning and coordination of
services for individuals in postsecondary settings The authors undertook a review of
existing studies to determine whether there had been sufficient research efforts to address
the issue of transition planning and intervention for youth with disabilities This
systematic review included studies published between 1984 and 2004 A total of 31
studies from 10 journals produced a total of 1461 individual participants
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
37
Studies were analyzed for employment and participation in postsecondary
education options Analysis included whether the student was maintained at home and the
satisfaction of experience with personal and social relationships for individuals with a
variety of disabilities including learning disability emotional disturbance intellectual
disability autism physical disabilities attention deficit disorder auditory impairment
and speech impairment The authors reviewed postschool environments student
development interagency and interdisciplinary planning family involvement and
program structure
Results demonstrated that student-focused planning demonstrated great promise
as an important outcome for students Studentsrsquo desires need to be heard at IEP meetings
and in the planning processes More time is needed for transition planning and this should
not be handled at IEP meeting They also stated that students gain insight when training is
involved There is a demand to develop talents and interests Individuals with disabilities
believe there is a need for real work experience and socialization skills training Efforts
should focus on needs to build specific job skills that continue after high school There is
a need for flexibility rather than fitting students into prescribed programs The emphasis
should be directed toward greater awareness of community resources for possible
employment education living options and community access according to the
consumers and family members
Transition compliance Grigal Hart and Magliore (2011) conducted a
secondary analysis using The National Longitudinal Transition Survey 2 to address the
mandates of Indicator 14 of IDEA 2004 In order to comply with Indicator 14
individuals must be enrolled in higher education employed or involved in another
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
38
postsecondary option The elements need to include high expectations person-centered or
student-directed goals and collaboration with partners and community agencies is
critical
In their comparative analysis Grigal et al (2011) ascertained that there were
disparaging differences between individuals with intellectual disabilities and other
individuals with disabilities regarding transition planning for those at the postsecondary
level One hundred eight families participated with fewer contributors who were
educators One hundred forty-nine programs for individuals with disabilities in 37 states
were included Programs varied in implementations and types of settings Data set
analysis included 11000 students from a random set from 500 LEAs and 30 special
schools with an 82 response rate
The study included five areas that influenced the mandates of Indicator 14 and is
addressed in the following sections First parent expectations were influenced by the
severity of disability of youth with intellectual disabilities autism and physical
disabilities Second students were less likely to graduate with a regular diploma This
increased to 62-70 if staff possessed higher expectations Third team members should
be more involved in the ITP planning process Fourth goals should focus more toward
sheltered or supportive employment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Fifth
goals most often identified included independent living competitive employment
supported employment sheltered employment vocational training and two-year to four-
year college programs
Additional findings noted that vocational rehabilitation (VR) counselor
participation was greater for individuals with intellectual disabilities for career planning
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
39
Participation in college level classes by individuals with intellectual disabilities was last
They noted that increased enrollment in postsecondary education has increased the
income levels for 73 of individuals with disabilities The authors suggested that causes
need to be evaluated for fewer individuals with intellectual disabilities enrolling in higher
education and that increased expectations at the secondary level should occur to change
the mind-set for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Grigal et al 2011)
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities
Transition planning is an important topic for the stakeholders and students with
disabilities as the students anticipate transitioning from secondary to postsecondary life
Transition planning is the eighth requirement of the Individual Education Plan (IEP)
process for students when they become 16 years of age (Hulett 2007) The transition
process begins with the assessment component to gain valuable information on which the
IEP is based (Hulett 2007) Transition assessment is a multidimensional process that
requires a collaborative approach to meet the specific needs of the student with a
disability who is receiving special education services (Miller et al 2007)
Purpose of Transition Assessment
Transition assessment meets the legal mandates of IDEA 2004 The requirement
decrees that students with an intellectual disability should be provided with an
appropriate evaluation (IDEA 2004) The purpose of transition assessment is to gather
ongoing data that leads to the development of a transition plan that meets the needs of the
student as they transition from secondary to postsecondary life Overton (2009) wrote
that assessment needs to be data-driven rather than relying on referral information alone
The data should be multidimensional and not reliant on just one piece of testing data
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
40
Data should reflect the studentrsquos needs strengths abilities interests and preferences
(IDEA 2004)
The National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (2001) states that
the transition assessment process should be ongoing in order to provide needed data to
guide the transition planning process for students as they look toward the future and to
aid in the development of the studentrsquos IEP It should be a collaborative endeavor with
input from a variety of stakeholders including the student and family or caregiver
involved in the process
Spinelli (2012) identified eight purposes of transition assessment for individuals
with disabilities The assessors should identify the studentrsquos a) career goals and interests
b) preferences c) independence level d) strengths e) hobbies f) interpersonal
relationships g) self-advocacy abilities and h) abilities in relation to postsecondary
goals These include employment education and training independent living community
involvement and personal social goals In addition there needs to be an ecological
assessment of new or future settings to determine psychological physical social
emotional and cognitive demands and requirements of the setting
In regard to employment Spinelli (2012) proposed that assessment should
evaluate the studentrsquos current skills and the desired skill levels to determine the studentrsquos
ability to deal with the demands of postsecondary employment ability to engage in
employment and community participation and independent living options The
assessment should seek to determine the particular curricular social-emotional and
physical skills that need addressing in the ITP and the studentrsquos self-determination skills
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
41
With regard to educational supports Spinelli (2012) wrote that the assessment
should determine appropriate placement within the education community in addition to
vocational and community settings in order for the student to attain postsecondary goals
Furthermore the assessment should seek to determine the accommodations supports and
services that are needed in order for the student to attain and maintain postsecondary
goals Finally the assessment should design a system for monitoring progress and
evaluating the success of the transition program
Miller et al (2007) has described transition assessment as ldquoa process that
determines the studentrsquos abilities attitudes aptitudes interests work behaviors levels of
self-determination and self-advocacy interpersonal skills academic skills level and
independent living skills over an extended period of time for the purpose of planning an
appropriate education program (p 5)rdquo This is an ongoing process Stakeholders must
gather data on the individual student Items that are necessary for the assessment include
the studentrsquos needs preferences strengths and interests These items should be evaluated
as these relate to the future and current programming of the individual with disabilities
The areas that should drive the evaluation include work education living personal and
social skills and environment of the individual with disabilities
Additionally Miller et al (2007) clarifies the components of the transition
assessment process He suggests that these components be intertwined in order to engage
in informed decision making The first component is future planning needs and goals
The second area to be addressed is self-determination and self-advocacy skills A third
area is academic strengths and deficits that include the studentrsquos learning styles and
behaviors that influence learning A fourth component is life-skills instruction when it is
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
42
deemed appropriate The fifth and final component is vocational interests aptitudes and
abilities both in the classroom and within the community environment
In 2004 with the reauthorization of IDEA OSERS required that states submit
additional data on 20 indicators Indicator 13 specifically addresses the transition
component More specifically this indicator requires that assessment must occur that
involves an ongoing process to collect transition-relevant data This assessment should
include the needs preferences strengths and interests of the student The requirement
states that the demands of current and future working educational and personal social
environments for the individual must evaluated (Mazotti et al 2009)
Mazotti et al (2009) proposed a six-component checklist for Indicator 13 The six
include the following first it is necessary to utilize user-friendly assessments to guide
parents students and other support personnel Second the goals for the ITP should focus
on employment education and training and when appropriate independent living Third
they suggest a simplified format that addresses where the student plans to work where he
or she will learn the necessary skills and where the student eventually lives Fourth
alignment of annual IEP goals should coincide with the transition services and
postsecondary goals This will allow the student the optimal opportunity to attain the
postsecondary goals
Schmitz (2008) identified seven areas that should be included in the transition
planning process in order to adhere to the mandates of Indicator 13 The components of
the transition assessment include interest assessment and career exploration assessment
measures It is crucial to include assessment of academic performance as it relates to the
workplace Essential is the process of career planning The practice of assessment and
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
43
skill building should be incorporated to evaluate self-determination social and emotional
learning and interventions for independent living
Types of Transition Assessment
Transition assessment is an ongoing process that involves a variety of sources in
order to create a data-driven plan that addresses the individual needs of the student with
disabilities Transition assessment includes assessment tools that are utilized to meet
eligibility requirements and to assist with the transition planning process Numerous
devices are available to provide valuable information that the Individualized Transition
Plan (ITP) team is able to access for transition assessment Assessment practice occurs
both formally and informally with the inclusion of adaptive measures (Miller et al
2007)
Assessment is employed for identifying individual student needs improving
instruction and program planning evaluating service delivery programs and
accountability The approach assumes a person-centered planning procedure The
assessment process must include the family Informal assessment procedures are valuable
and provide an abundant source of information (Sax amp Thoma 2002)
The National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (2010) described
an Assessment Toolkit that can be accessed by educators parents SEAs and LEAs to
gain knowledge about best practices with transition assessment The authors assert that
ldquothe results of transition assessment should be the basis for making recommendations for
instructional strategies and accommodations in instruction and environments to meet the
studentrsquos needsrdquo (National Secondary Technical Training Assistance Center 2010 p 3)
Formal and informal measures are listed with contact information and suggested
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
44
guidelines for the types of assessment Included are links to some of the recommended
assessments with examples to review
Schmitz (2008) states that transition assessment is best characterized as a
multifaceted approach Quality assessment involves interest assessment career
exploration assessment assessment of academic competencies career planning
assessment and skill-building for self-determination assessment and skill-building for
socialemotional learning and assessment and skill intervention for independent living
skills Through the implementation of these seven assessment modalities the individual
student will have the opportunity to participate in a transition assessment that is created
with fidelity to his or her needs
Informal versus formal measures of assessment All students receiving special
education services participate in assessment to meet eligibility requirements The
assessment measures fall into two basic categories informal and formal (CECIdeas that
Work 2011) Formal assessment tools include achievement tests high-stakes testing
intelligence tests and even career interest personality profile and self-determination
measures These tools produce quantitative results that are used to assess skills and
aptitudes interests and preferences
Examples of informal measures include curriculum- based assessments
interviews questionnaires observations authentic assessment and portfolios (Layton amp
Lock 2008) Informal measures require a qualitative approach to analyzing information
on an ongoing basis to provide guidance when creating the transition plan for the student
with a disability who receives special education services This information provides
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
45
valuable pieces of data which enhance the transition planning requirements for students
with disabilities
Informal assessment procedures are needed to identify the studentrsquos individual
needs and to develop an appropriate transition plan The ITP team must determine the
purpose of the assessment Individuals should assess the student in the natural
environment and in various settings and programs They should identify relevant
behaviors and verify the input from others The ITP team chooses the appropriate
measurement procedures such as observation interview questionnaires surveys
checklists interest inventories and self-assessments The team also evaluates social
support systems The assessment findings identify the transition goals and objectives
From this process curricular plans are implemented to achieve the goals and objectives
(Sax amp Thoma 2005)
Sitlington (2008) analyzed the process of utilizing informal assessment to
facilitate transition planning for students with significant reading and writing delays That
analysis addressed the use of informal assessment for high stakes testing exit
examinations diploma options and transition planning Outlined in the article are
competencies to address the needs from transition into adulthood Sitlington (2008)
identified 22 competencies needed to transition into adulthood which the planning team
must incorporate Transition planning was characterized as an ongoing process of
ldquocollecting information on the studentrsquos strengths needs preferences and interests as
they related to the demands of current and future livingrdquo (Sitlington 2008 p 87) She
suggested several tools to accomplish the assessment by gathering information to guide
the individualrsquos transition plan Analysis of the studentrsquos background information is
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
46
primary In addition interviews with parents should transpire to facilitate the assessment
component Psychometric instruments work samples and curriculum-based assessment
techniques are suggested assessment tools to aid in the planning process Sitlington
suggests situational assessment to gather real-life data that resembles the individualrsquos
future living conditions The approaches must be systematic and occur in a variety of
settings Transition assessment utilizing these measures directs the instructional
decisions
Vocationalcareer assessments A necessary part of the transition assessment
process is the use of career interests vocational aptitude measures personality profiles
self-determination measures and other assessment tools that aid in the vocational and
career component of transition assessment (Levinson 2001) These tools provide
valuable information about the studentrsquos skills in areas such as self-awareness awareness
of job skills interest seeking and abilities with social and emotional interactions The
types of assessments include interviews questionnaires observations ecological and
environmental situational and behavioral curriculum-based interest inventories
vocational profiles and portfolios
An additional area is the vocational profile Vocational profiles are described as
narratives that paint pictures These include biographical information educational
history work experience and current skills The studentrsquos learning and performing
characteristics should be included along with interests community-support connections
and necessary accommodations (Sax amp Thoma 2002)
An article from San Diego State University provided a list of suggested
assessment tools available to facilitate the transition process (Johnson 2002) Included
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
47
are resources for curriculum implementation for transition purposes A wide array of
career occupational and vocational assessment and evaluation resources are
characterized in addition to links addresses and pricing guides Training videos
curricular and planning resources for transition planning are included Family
involvement interagency guides and follow-up assessment tools to aid in the transition
planning process are also described
Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual Disabilities
In order for a child to meet the eligibility requirement as a student with an
intellectual disability an adaptive behavior assessment must be conducted (Overton
2009) This is one avenue whereby interested stakeholders may gather information about
life skills of students with intellectual disabilities That assessment tool alone does not
provide enough information needed to gather sufficient data to assist with the transition
planning process Assessment for the individuals with intellectual disabilities requires
assessment in the natural environment (Sitlington 2008) Sheltered or supported
employment arenas may be included utilizing qualitative measures to gather information
about a studentrsquos social emotional self-determination job skills and other pertinent data
necessary for assessment purposes (Overton 2009)
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities
IDEA 2004 states that with regard to the transition process the transition
assessment process for all students with disabilities involves the formal and informal
assessment-gathering mechanism on an ongoing basis (Mazotti et al 2010) As the child
reaches the age of 14 transition planning should begin At age 16 the formal process of
developing the transition plan takes place (Miller et al 2007)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
48
Assessment includes evaluating independent work skills planning and time
management skills and assessment of self-advocacy abilities For students with more
severe disabilities there must be an assessment for extended employment Assessment
includes the evaluation of vocational interests and aptitudes as well as the studentrsquos
ability and functional self-help skills The domains include cognitive ability social-
emotional adjustment communication skills academic functioning physical stamina and
adaptive behavior which are utilized by the multidisciplinary team to create the transition
plan (Spinelli 2012)
The transition assessment process can be conceived as a three-level approach
(Levinson 2001) Level one involves looking strictly at previously gathered assessment
data to prescribe a transition plan Data collection and interpretation of previous data is
the driving mechanism at this level Cumulative and confidential records are reviewed to
gather pertinent data This includes grades attendance academic achievement discipline
referrals and health records
The second level involves assessment of vocational interests and vocational
aptitudes using specific psychometric tests Assessment results and incorporating career
interest inventories and previously gathered formal and informal assessment data are
utilized in the creation of the transition plan
The third level occurs with individuals who require more information to gather a
realistic image of the studentrsquos abilities and interests This level is based on the
assessment of the first two levels This additional assessment includes work samples and
situational assessment techniques The implementation of any model must take into
consideration the available resources the characteristics and expertise of the available
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
49
personnel the population targeted for services the nature and availability of local
community services and the type of vocation placement options in the local area
(Levinson 2001)
Levinson and Palmer (2005) have written that assessment and planning are key
components to successful postschool living Assessment data can be gathered through
published tests and surveys as well as from direct interviews and observations of the
student Several areas are addressed including academic skills daily living skills
personal and social skills career maturity vocational interests and vocational aptitude
tests Additional assessment measures include occupational and vocational skills
assessments These are characterized as performance tests that assess a studentrsquos ability
to perform specific job-like tasks work samples that expose a student to natural job
responsibilities and situational assessments that measure a studentrsquos interests abilities
and work habits in actual and contrived environments
Characteristics of Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual Disabilities
Due to varying disability factors for individuals with intellectual disabilities
traditional methods do not meet the needs of transition assessment Many students with
more significant intellectual disabilities have difficulty with paper and pencil tasks
Alternative measures should be implemented to address the assessment component of the
transition plan (Grigal et al 2011) Questionnaires and interviews with family members
offer good sources of information (Moon et al 2011) Observations and skills analysis
should be incorporated into the standard informal and formal measurement protocols
(Wehman 2009) Of great importance in the assessment of students with more significant
disabilities are the critical life skills pertaining to self-help mobility self-determination
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
50
socialization health family and community supports self-awareness interests strengths
and preferences of the individual (Wehman 2011)
Latest Research on Transition Assessment for Students with Disabilities
Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities There is the lack of available research
on current assessment trends with students who have intellectual disabilities autism and
multiple-impairments There is considerable research available on assessment with
informal and formal measures in general contexts but not as much with regard to the
specific details regarding best practices for assessment of transition needs and services
including outcomes pertaining to students with intellectual disabilities One recent article
was discovered that dealt specifically with the assessment process for students with
intellectual disabilities sometimes described as developmentally delayed (Moon et al
2011)
A qualitative study was conducted by Moon et al (2011) to address the
perceptions of necessary skills experiences and information that youth with
developmental disabilities and their families perceive should exist for the student with
regard to supported employment in a postsecondary setting Discussed was the sheltered
work environment that many students with disabilities encounter as a postsecondary
option for employment Four research questions were introduced with one of the four
addressing transition assessment specifically A survey was developed that included
several open-ended questions The survey addressed recruiting skills needed
assessment and work experiences that are most important and suggestions for transition
planning Participants included community rehabilitation providers involved in intake and
service deployment The state that was targeted was subdivided into four regions Twelve
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
51
individuals from the four regions participated in the survey One-hour to two-hour
interviews ensued to gather qualitative data Data analysis followed to characterize
common themes
Results specific to transition assessment revealed that interests and preferences of
the client were important to consider however only three of the 12 revealed that this
information was obtained from the school or family They found it was important to
include the family to a greater extent in the assessment process Due to the disabling
conditions of the individuals with intellectual disabilities it was revealed that family input
was important There was concern expressed that transition assessment was lacking in the
secondary setting and results were not readily available Job trials and situational
assessment should be utilized in two of the settings for assessment purposes
Philosophical statements were discussed for implementation and acquisition of transition
assessment from high school to postsecondary sheltered settings to improve collaborative
efforts which results in better preparation of youth for supported employment services
(Moon et al 2011)
Individuals with all types of disabilities Current research pertaining to the
transition assessment component and process for students with disabilities is quite
limited One article by Herbert et al (2010) discussed the assessment process for students
with disabilities This article addressed the assessment process for all types of disabilities
The method involved an online questionnaire developed to assess respondent
demographic information career assessment practices type of services available and
career areas that are assessed with students Two groups were surveyed including the
Pennsylvania Office of Vocational Rehabilitation counselors working with high schools
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
52
possessing students with disabilities on their caseload and high school professionals
including administrators and educators who provided transition services to high school
students with disabilities The survey was disseminated over a two-month period More
than 400 teachers administrators and rehabilitation personnel responded to the survey
regarding assessment trends
Five research questions were identified with that study Current assessment trends
were revealed showing that a pluralistic approach was utilized rather than one specific
approach This included skills instruction self-awareness emotional support community
knowledge direct experience and community intervention rather than traditional
assessment Knowledge of available services was moderate overall Impact of career
services was moderate Collaboration was perceived at a moderate to minimal level
between families students and school officials and consultants Overall helpfulness of
career services was perceived as helpful by two thirds of the participants Areas assessed
were primarily vocational interest academic achievement and academic aptitude
Descriptive analysis was applied which revealed that school professionals
typically address career interests to the greatest extent Aptitude revealed slightly more
than 50 of programs addressed these aptitude assessments Achievement was at 48
Career decision making work values personality and world of work were close with
results from 37 to 29 Impact on transition service revealed moderate outcomes at
50 with the respondents and significant with only 21 of the respondents Four themes
emerged which included teamwork training needs parental involvement and unrealistic
career goals as issues that needed to be addressed Work samples were revealed as the
most infrequently utilized assessment tool They recommended that school professionals
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
53
need to give greater attention to the area of career and work decision-making which
should include career interests knowledge of work and also achievement aptitude and
personality which appears to be lacking in substantial emphasis with current transition
assessment according to the findings of that report (Herbert et al 2010)
Qualitative analysis was applied to one open-ended question Recommendations
were cited in the discussion portion of the article which supports transition assessment
early in the studentrsquos high school career Additional training opportunities were indicated
by the participants Collaboration with all stakeholders was a high-priority
recommendation Further knowledge of assessment areas and types of assessments was
recommended to increase the impact of transition assessment for students with
disabilities (Herbert et al 2010)
The lack of research-based information about transition assessment points to a
critical need in the field of special education Without data to clarify what transition
assessment practices are successful as well as studies that examine educatorrsquos
understanding about their use evidence-based transition assessment cannot progress
With this in mind the following research questions were addressed
Research Questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
54
Summary
Transition assessment does not involve exclusively the assessment of vocational
needs and abilities All stakeholders of the transition team must adhere to a holistic
approach to transition assessment for the individual with intellectual disabilities Informal
and formal measures must be utilized to gather ongoing data to develop an age-
appropriate transition plan for students as they transition into postsecondary life In order
to meet the needs of the individual with disabilities the interested stakeholders must
assess interests strengths aptitudes preferences social skills self-help skills self-
determination mobility community access and environmental concerns within the
natural environment When working with individuals with more significant intellectual
disabilities informal assessment should be the focus while taking into account formal
measures This should be the model for transition assessment Evaluating the individualrsquos
support system should be another source in order to provide a realistic holistic and
successful transition plan that will assist the students as they transition from secondary to
postsecondary life
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
55
CHAPTER III
Methodology
Transition assessment is the cornerstone for the development of the IEP Since the
reauthorization of the IDEA in 2004 the transition plan to meet the specific needs of the
student possessing a disability is required for a student who has reached the age of 16
The literature addresses the best-practice approaches to developing the transition plan for
the secondary student with a disability Essential components guidelines and
suggestions are highlighted Suggestions for implementation team planning
collaboration inputs outputs and curriculum goals saturate the literature on all levels
Additionally a wealth of information about the assessment process in general is
available Guidelines for achievement testing cognitive assessments behavioral
evaluations adaptive behavior curriculum-based measurements and dealing with high-
stakes testing within formal and informal categories are exhaustive Knowledge of what
is being utilized with regard to transition assessment is lacking It is important to
determine if educators possess knowledge regarding transition assessment and what is
being used to implement transition assessment especially for students with intellectual
disabilities
Research Questions
This study investigated two research questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
56
Rationale
In order to answer the research questions this study was conducted to gather
specific data that pertains to knowledge about transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities The study utilized a survey that was based on earlier research by
Herbert et al (2010) Gaining knowledge from a variety of professionals required the
selection of the individuals who best represented those who provide services to
individuals with intellectual disabilities who are involved in the transition planning phase
of their education (American Association for Public Opinion Research 2011)
To better answer the research questions it was necessary to conduct a descriptive
analysis of the survey results A qualitative analysis of the perceptions of the practitioners
who provide transition assessment to students with intellectual disabilities was used with
two open-ended questions Accordingly the previous survey was pilot tested and
administered with modifications following the pilot testing process (Herbert et al 2010)
The descriptive analysis conducted in the initial survey was replicated in order to provide
for reliability and validity
Context of the Study
The setting for this study was an area that included the western portion of Texas
characterized as West Texas This region is better known as a rural plains area with one
larger city that is surrounded by rural towns sprawling ranches and agricultural entities
(Texas Association of Counties 2003) According to the Texas Association of Counties
(2003) rural areas generally rely on agriculture that is more unstable which results in
higher unemployment and underemployment These areas show population that is more
sparsely populated as compared to urban regions The area is served by the Regional
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
57
Education Service Center Region 17 which includes Local Education Agencies
Logistics along with the researcherrsquos proximity to the research locale necessitated the
selection of the setting for the study
In addition to logistical concerns the data that was collected served the area that
is identified with a more regionalized specific purpose West Texas is a region that deals
with the unique needs of the plains and a rural locale that reflects different hurdles and
barriers that are different from those of a larger metroplex In addition to the wide spans
of the region as a whole the barriers that affect transition planning for individuals with
disabilities are affected by the rural setting the expanse of the region as a land mass and
the availability of services for individuals with disabilities
Data Sources
The group comprising the research participants included individuals in public
school settings that provide transition services to students with intellectual disabilities
This included special education teachers in self-contained settings special education
teachers in inclusive settings vocational adjustment coordinators diagnosticians special
education directors and transition coordinators who coordinate the transition planning
process and who work directly with individuals who have intellectual disabilities This
group best represented the parties that intervene with the chosen population of individuals
with intellectual disabilities West Texas residents and the persons who possess a vested
interest in the subject matter of transition assessment
Disadvantages to the choice of the participants were that the participants may not
have represented the community as a whole throughout the state of Texas who serve
individuals with intellectual disabilities In addition the goals and future outcomes for the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
58
individuals with intellectual disabilities in West Texas could vary from the future
outcomes for individuals in larger metroplex areas or who live in land areas not as vast as
West Texas Advantages could be that the rural setting could serve to provide information
that regions throughout the United States would be able to utilize to enhance the service
delivery for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Data Collection Methods
The process of collecting the data involved the use of an online survey for four
weeks that was replicated from a study that was conducted based out of The Pennsylvania
State University (Herbert et al 2010) The original plan was to disseminate the survey
for two weeks A reminder was sent after two weeks and another reminder was sent after
three weeks in order to obtain a sufficient number of participants
Included in the survey was basic demographic information such as job title years
of experience highest education level and area of concentration Additional data for the
present study was collected on types of current transition assessment practices being
utilized and what areas are assessed by the transition personnel The information
collected reflected who performed transition assessments to individuals with intellectual
disabilities what was the impact of transition assessment and their own level of
understanding by professionals regarding transition assessment
The original survey involved 13 questions that included demographic information
and knowledge of transition application procedures For the purpose of this study the
demographic component consisted of eight items including information about location
gender educational background and job title The survey questions directly associated
with transition assessment included a list of eight questions Two were open-ended
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
59
questions Sixteen of the questions required a descriptive analysis process The two open-
ended questions required qualitative analysis of the responses (Miles amp Huberman
1994)
The survey questions pertaining to transition also required a descriptive analysis
approach The questions included information from the respondents about their
understanding of services and their opinion about what was available and what was being
utilized with regard to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Respondents were asked about their understanding of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities The respondents had the opportunity to express
the level of effectiveness present in the current transition assessment practices they
experienced Respondents also responded to a portion of the survey that addressed the
level of impact that transition assessment had on assisting their students (Herbert et al
2010)
The Education Service Center Region 17 list-serve was accessed to identify the
directors of special education Those individuals were asked to forward the survey letter
and survey link to staff who work specifically with students with intellectual disabilities
and the transition process Additional list-serves were obtained through the Texas
Association of Vocational Adjustment Coordinators Texas Educational Diagnostician
Association Region 17 Education Service Center contacts and district e-mail contacts
More than one hundred participants were estimated as possible participants Possible
participants were contacted with the hopes of obtaining a sample of at least sixty Seventy
one participants submitted responses to the survey in the online format (Appendix C and
D)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
60
Data Analysis
Analysis of the data required a careful descriptive process The first step included
a best-practices analysis with regard to the data-collection process and the survey itself
The American Association for Public Opinion Research (2011) suggests 12 quality
standards for best practices with survey studies Some of these standards include
ldquopossessing specific goals for the survey considering alternatives to the survey approach
selecting samples that well represent the population to be studied and taking great care in
matching question wording to the concepts being measured and the population studiedrdquo
(AAPOR 2011 p1)
Descriptive analysis was ensued throughout the data analysis process for all but
the two open-ended questions Basic statistical analysis was reviewed using descriptive
analysis The purpose was to ldquoassign meaning to the descriptive or inferential
information compiled during the studyrdquo (Miles amp Huberman 1994 p 56) Descriptive
analysis involves ldquothe process of staying as close to the data as was originally recordedrdquo
(Glesne 2006)
Through the use of qualitative analysis further evolvement of recurring themes
and patterns was evaluated Lorenz and Trusty (2010) wrote ldquoa qualitative analysis must
be done to identify content themes to the open-ended questionrdquo (p20) A systematic
approach to review the given data for the two open-ended questions allowed for greater
usability of the common patterns themes and implications by interested stakeholders A
codification system was utilized to discover themes patterns and obscure outliers present
within the survey tool with the open-ended response questions (Miles amp Huberman
1994) Qualitative analysis was not simply a means to support the assumptions of the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
61
researcher Secondly care was adhered to so that the results of the initial study did not
lead to a biased approach to the data collected during this study
Data Management Plan
The initial step in the data management process required permission by the Texas
Tech University Institutional Review Board (IRB) to conduct the study Consent was
obtained from the participants through acknowledgment of their willingness to participate
in the online survey (Appendix A and B)
The data that was gathered required a carefully designed and organized data
management plan Following the data collection process the data was appropriately
securely and safely stored The data was password protected with access only by the
researcher The data was stored on a computer with password protection which was only
accessed by the researcher
Reliability and Validity
The reliability and validity of this study was enhanced due to the use of the survey
tool utilized in a former study (Herbert et al 2010) The survey tool was field tested and
later refined for greater clarification This was the second time this survey was utilized
There was a narrowing of the survey to specifically address the knowledge of assessment
practices of educational professionals with regard to transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities The online format was utilized for a four-week time span to
gather the data A smaller sampling of participants that better represented the West Texas
demographics was utilized to enhance the validity of the data from the selected region
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
62
Summary
This study investigated the knowledge that professionals possess regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities This study described
the knowledge of assessment practice within the West Texas region This was completed
using a mixed-methods approach of descriptive statistical analysis and a qualitative
analysis through the use of a replicated survey A review of the research in the areas of
transition planning and transition assessment was completed at the beginning
A survey that was previously conducted was replicated to address the research
questions pertaining to the knowledge that educational professionals possess with regard
to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The online survey
was available for a four-week period List-serves and district emails were used to identify
participants who best represented West Texas professionals and who best answered the
research questions for transition assessment pertaining to individuals with intellectual
disabilities
Data analysis required a mixed-methods approach of descriptive statistical
analysis for the majority of the survey responses and qualitative analysis for two open-
ended questions A carefully designed data management plan was used throughout the
study to adhere to a well-managed audit trail Careful protocol was followed to gather the
data organize the data and analyze the data
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
63
CHAPTER IV
Results
This study examined the level of knowledge professionals possessed regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Additionally
participants were asked what assessment tools were being utilized to address transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities including types of assessment and
specific assessment tools Questions explored areas examined during transition
assessment and who was responsible for implementing the assessment tools Participants
were contacted via e-mail to request their participation in the web-based survey
The process of contacting participants involved online requests to regional special
education directors diagnosticians transition personnel and vocational adjustment
coordinators serving students with intellectual disabilities in West Texas An initial
request was sent giving the participants two weeks to complete the survey A second
request was sent after the two week period A third and final request was sent as a
reminder giving the participants four more days to complete the survey A total of 71
participants completed the online survey
Modifications were made to the replicated study to gather specific data pertaining
to transition assessment as a whole rather than just career assessment staff training
desires and knowledge about specific published assessment tools Changes included
a) utilized descriptive statistics to increase practical understanding for educational
personnel in a usable format (Trochim 2006) b) changed from one to two open-ended
questions c) rephrased open-ended questions for greater clarification d) omitted
demographic question pertaining to race e) added a survey question related to training
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
64
desires due to overwhelming response in the original survey f) added additional
assessment areas types and mechanisms g) changed wording from career assessment to
transition assessment h) focused on education personnel versus rehabilitation personnel
and i) narrowed to two research questions
Data were obtained through the online survey utilizing descriptive data analysis
for 16 questions and qualitative analysis for two open-ended questions Participants were
asked if the assessment tools aided in identifying and meeting the potential of individuals
with intellectual disabilities Basic demographic questions were asked to gain an
understanding of the characteristics of the West Texas participants located in the Region
17 Education Service Center area
Research Questions
This study gathered information regarding knowledge of transition assessment for
students with intellectual disabilities located in West Texas and characterized as the
Region 17 Service Center area The following research questions were addressed
Research Questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Characteristics of the Sample
Job Category
The population for this study included 71 participants of whom 831 were
female and 169 were male This study included similar types of participants in the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
65
original study conducted at The Pennsylvania State University (Herbert et al 2010)
However emphasis for this study was directed toward education personnel rather than
rehabilitation personnel from the previous study Participants included district
administrators special education teachers district special education administrators
consultants diagnosticians transition coordinators vocational adjustment coordinators
campus administrators special education counselors and education service center
consultants Seventy-one individuals participated in the study which is reflected in Table
41
Table 41 Job Category Description (N = 71)
_______________________________________________________________________
Variability Category n
_______________________________________________________________________
Job Category Campus Educator 21 295
Educational Diagnostician 19 267
Vocational Adjustment Coordinator 8 112
Transition Coordinator 6 84
Special Education Administrator 5 70
District Administrator 3 42
Consultant 2 28
District Educator 2 28
Transition Vocational Counselor 2 28
Campus Administrator 1 14
Special Education Counselor 1 14
Rehabilitation Counselor 1 14
________________________________________________________________________
Gender
Gender was another demographic question asked of the participants Of the 71
participants fifty nine were female which equated to 831 Twelve of the participants
were male which equaled 169 These results were similar to the original study at
722 and 278 This is reflected in table 42
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
66
Table 42 Gender (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variability Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Gender Female 59 831
Male 12 169
________________________________________________________________________
Age of Participant
Age was also obtained from the participants Ten categories were used to organize
the ages of the participants The first category began with the age of 20 Ages 41-45
represented the largest age range with 225 of the participants in that group This was
followed closely by the age range of 51-55 years In original study 45 years old was the
average age of the participants which is similar to the findings in this study Three
categories had two participants The results are shown in Table 43
Table 43 Age of the Participant (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Age of Participant 20-25 2 28
26-30 3 42
31-35 6 85
36-40 2 28
41-45 16 225
46-50 8 113
51-55 14 197
56-60 10 141
61-65 8 113
66-70 2 28
________________________________________________________________________
Educational Level
Educational level was critical for understanding formal education that was
provided to the participants in their respective field A question was posed to the
participants in the online format to address this topic Table 44 demonstrates the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
67
education level of the participants A very large percentage of the participants 80
possessed a masterrsquos degree or higher Participants with a bachelorrsquos degree were
significantly lower at 20 This was similar to the findings in the original study with
687 for a masterrsquos degree and 247 for a bachelorrsquos degree
Table 44 Level of Education (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Level of Education Bachelorrsquos degree 15 217
Masterrsquos degree 51 732
Doctorate 1 14
Other (Post Masterrsquos) 4 56
________________________________________________________________________
Total Experience Years
A question was included that addressed total years as an educator The study
included a range of total years as an educator from 1-2 years up to 41 and above Twenty-
six percent of the participants possessed numerous years of experience ranging from 16-
20 years of experience An extremely high percentage of 788 of the participants
possessed more than 20 years of experience as an educator (Table 45) This was more
than the original survey which revealed 917 years of experience as the average
Table 45 Years of Experience as an Educator (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Total Years as an Educator 1-2 3 42
3-5 3 42
6-10 9 127
11-15 6 85
16-20 18 254
21-25 8 113
26-30 11 155
31-35 7 99
36-40 5 70
41 and above 1 14
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
68
Current Position Experience
Experience in the present position was another piece of demographic data
presented in the original study and in this online survey also Analysis of this survey
revealed that time in the present position included one to five years at 38 six to fifteen
years at 281 sixteen to thirty years at 267 and 7 at thirty-one or more years
(Table 46)
Table 46 Years in the Current Position (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Years in current position 1-5 27 380
6-15 20 281
16-30 19 267
31 or more 5 70
________________________________________________________________________
Comparison of Demographics
Descriptive statistics were utilized to provide a comparative analysis of the age of
the participant years as an educator and years in the current position The mean age for
the participants was 4842 years old Average years of experience were 2032 years
Average years in the participantsrsquo current position were 1230 years Each of these
comparisons demonstrates extensive longevity in all realms (Table 47)
Table 47 Comparison of Demographics (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable M SD Low High
________________________________________________________________________
Age 4842 1091 20-25 66-70
Total Years as an educator 2032 1037 1-2 41+
Years in current position 1230 954 1-5 31+
_______________________________________________________________________
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
69
Education Site Location
Participants were asked to select the type of location where they worked or
consulted (Table 48) The categories examined the various types of employment
scenarios for educators in the Region 17 Education Service Center area A good
sampling of participants was achieved across rural suburban and urban locations Forty
one percent of the participants are located in rural settings Twenty eight were located in
urban settings Twenty two of the participants were located in a combination of rural and
suburban settings Employment location that was the least was the suburban locale This
result would correlate with the reality that the West Texas region is primarily a rural
setting
Table 48 EmploymentConsultation Location (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
EmploymentConsultation Location Rural 28 406
Suburban 7 101
Urban 19 275
Combination (ruralsuburban) 15 217
No Response 2 28
________________________________________________________________________
Employment Setting
A frequency count was completed to determine the percentages as well as the
numbers of individuals in various consultation or employment settings The categories
examined the various types of employment scenarios for educators in the Region 17
Education Service Center area The largest number occurred for individuals working in
high school settings which was more than half (712) of the participants (Table 49)
Some participants remarked on other locales where they were also employed The lowest
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
70
numbers of employment settings occurred for Alternative State Facility Education
Service Center and an ldquootherrdquo response (n = 2 1 1 1)
Table 49 Employment Setting (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Employment Setting High School 42 512
Middle School 18 219
AdministrativeCentral Office 9 153
Alternative 2 34
Other Locations indicated State Facility 1 12
in addition to the ones surveyed All grade levels 6 73
District 2 24
Education Service Center 1 12
Elementary (other) 1 12
________________________________________________________________________
Research Questions
Research Question One
Grade level implementation What knowledge do educators possess regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities To answer this
question Table 410 displays the frequency count for grade level during which transition
assessment occurs Transition assessment should be administered at all grade levels
every year as mandated in the IDEA 2004 However implementation of transition
assessment at ldquoall grade levelsrdquo showed only to be 544 The participants marked
individual grade levels at 9th
grade 397 10th
grade 265 11th
grade 250 and
12th
grade 250 There were 49 of the participants who selected ldquonone providedrdquo
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
71
Table 410 Perceived Grade Level Implementation of Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Grade level transition assessments 9th
27
397
are conducted 10th
18 265
11th
17 250
12th
17 250
All grade levels 37 544
None provided 4 49
No response 3 42
________________________________________________________________________
Person responsible Persons responsible for transition assessment are displayed
in Table 411 The high school teacher was selelcted by the particpants as the individual
most likely to administer transition assessment at 521 Transition Coordinators and
Vocational Adjustment Coordinators were the next most likely individuals to be
conducting transition assessment (281 and 225) The school phsychologist was
selected as the least likely individual to administer transition assessments A significant
number participants did not know or skipped this question entirely (239)
Table 411 Person Responsible for Implementing Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Individual deemed High School Teacher 37 521
responsible for Transition Services ConsultantCoordinator 20 281
providing Vocational Adjustment Coordinator 16 225
transition Diagnostician 12 169
assessment High School Counselor 10 141
Career Counselor (School Employee) 7 98
Career Counselor Consultant (non-school
employee) 2 28
School Psychologist 1 14
No one assignednot available 3 42
Do not know 1 14
Varies 3 42
Skipped 16 225
________________________________________________________________________
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
72
Level of understanding The level of understanding regarding transition
assessment by participants is displayed in Table 412 Thirty-eight percent of the
participants marked a very clear understanding 45 marked moderately clear
understanding and 182 indicated little no or skipped the question pertaining to
understanding of transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Over-all 60 of the participants indicated they had moderate to little or no understanding
regarding transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities This result is
similar to the original study which indicated that education personnel perceive their level
of understanding to be less than optimal
Table 412 Perceived Level of Understanding Regarding Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Understanding about Very clear 27 380
transition assessment Moderately clear 32 450
Limited 9 126
Little or no 2 28
Skipped 2 28
Additional training In the original study an overwhelming number of
participants expressed a desire to obtain more training regarding transition assessment
through the open-ended response (Herbert et al 2010) A question was developed in this
study to allow the participants the opportunity to express what types of training they
would like to receive Table 413 displays the participantsrsquo desires to participate in
workshops and higher education opportunities pertaining to transition assessment An
extremely large number of participants expressed a desire to participate in one-day
workshops (912) Eighty-one percent of the participants desired one-day workshops
Training opportunities selected by participants in the 40-50 range were one-hour
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
73
workshops team collaborations on-going in-service training and online training
modules Twenty-one percent of the participants expressed interest in college-level
coursework Only three individuals indicated that they were not interested in any training
Table 413 Interest in Additional Training (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Training opportunities One-hour workshop 30 422
to increase knowledge of 1-day workshop 58 817
transition assessment Team Collaboration 34 479
Self-study 17 239
Multiple day workshops 18 253
Ongoing in-service training 29 408
Online training module 34 479
College course 15 211
College Course (onlinemedia-site) 9 126
TEA certification coursework 12 169
None 3 42
Other 1 14
Skipped 3 42
________________________________________________________________________
Research Question Two
Areas addressed What transition assessment practices are used by educational
personnel for individuals with intellectual disabilities To answer this question Table
414 describes the areas that the participants rated with regard to transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities Academic Achievement was rated at 563
Vocational Assessment at 676 Academic Aptitude at 366 Career Decision Making at
464 and the greatest amount at 887 was Interests In the original survey vocational
interest aptitude and achievement was noted as assessment area most used Additional
areas in this survey included Personality at 323 Work Values at 366 World of
Work Knowledge at 324 and ldquoDonrsquot know and No responserdquo a combined percentage
of 84 by the participants
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
74
Table 414 Perceived Areas Addressed with Transition Assessment (N = 71)
_______________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Areas addressed with Interests 63 887
transition assessment Vocational Aptitude 48 676
Academic Achievement 40 563
Career Decision Making 33 464
Academic Aptitude 26 366
Work Values 26 366
Personality 23 323
World of Work Knowledge 23 324
Donrsquot know 2 28
No response 4 56
________________________________________________________________________
Types of assessments Descriptive statistics were utilized for questions pertaining
to types of assessment areas as shown in Table 415 This question was added to this
survey to gather specific data pertaining to knowledge regarding types of transition
assessments used to assess students with intellectual disabilities Types of assessments
were rated from ldquoNot Used or Heard of to Heard of and Usedrdquo Frequency counts were
obtained for each area of assessments A scale of one was used for ldquoNot Used or Heard of
or Heard ofrdquo a score of two was given for ldquoHeard ofrdquo and a three was given for ldquoUsedrdquo
Mean scores ranged from the lowest at 16 for EcologicalEnvironment and Authentic
Assessment to the highest at 286 for Teacher Observation The next highest ratings were
for Interest Inventories at 277 Interviews and Student Surveys at 273 Academic
Achievement at 266 Intellectual Aptitude at 264 and Functional Skills Inventory at
253 A clear separation occurred with a 5050 ldquoUse and Heard ofrdquo result for Career
Aptitude Teacher Made Learning Styles and Curriculum-Based at 233 and 234 Types
of assessments that had been ldquoHeard ofrdquo but were ldquoNot Used or Heard ofrdquo as frequently
were Personality Profiles at 222 and Portfolio at 216 Several types of assessments
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
75
revealed limited ldquoUserdquo and ldquoHeard ofrdquo or ldquoNot Used or Heard ofrdquo to a greater extent
These included Self-determination measures at 193 Self-advocacy measures at 198
Situational at 181 Authentic at 168 and EcologicalEnvironmental at 160
Table 415 Level of Use for Types of Transition Assessments (N = 71)
____________________________________________________________________
Item Not Used (1) Heard of (2) Used (3) Rating M n
or Heard of
________________________________________________________________________
Teacher Observation 2 14 51 286 67
Interest Inventories 1 14 55 277 70
Student Survey 1 16 49 273 66
Interviews 3 13 54 273 70
Academic Achievement 0 22 42 266 64
Intellectual Aptitude 1 22 43 264 66
Functional Skills Inventory 4 22 38 253 64
Career Aptitude 2 31 31 245 64
Teacher Made 5 30 26 234 61
Curriculum-Based 7 27 27 233 61
Learning Styles 4 33 24 233 61
Personality Profiles 5 36 18 222 59
Portfolio 9 33 19 216 61
Self-advocacy measures 15 31 14 198 60
Self-determination measures 16 32 12 193 60
Situational 24 20 13 181 57
Authentic 26 27 7 168 60
EcologicalEnvironmental 30 21 7 160 58
________________________________________________________________________
Published assessments Descriptive statistics were employed for published
assessments as shown in Table 416 This was a question that was added to this survey to
gather information pertaining to knowledge regarding published assessment mechanisms
Frequency counts were obtained for 11 published transition assessment tools A rating
mean was obtained for each tool similar to the previous Areas Addressed question A
score of one was given for ldquoNot Used or Heard ofrdquo a score of two was given for ldquoHeard
ofrdquo and a three was given for ldquoUsedrdquo Score rating means ranged from 138 to 262
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
76
Special Education Manager (GG Consulting LLC 2008) received the highest
rating at 262 The next highest published tools included Transition Planning Inventory
(Clark amp Patton 2009) at 222 Moderate ratings went to the Reading-Free Vocational
Interest Inventory 2 (Becker 2005) at 205 and the Brigance Employability Skills
Inventory (Brigance 1995) at 208 The OrsquoNet Interest Survey (US Department of
Labor 2002) received a 187 rating score The Picture Interest Career Survey (PICS)
(Brady 2007) received a 182 rating score Lowest scores included the Arc Self-
determination Scale (Wehmeyer amp Kelchner 1995) at 138 and the MECA (Oakwood
Solutions LLC 2010) at 141 COPS-PIC (Knapp-Lee L (2007) at 144 Myers Briggs
Type Indicator (Myers amp Briggs 1988) at 158 and the WRIOT2 (Glutting amp Wilkinson
2006) at 153
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
77
Table 416 Level of Use for Published Assessments (N = 71) (ID=Insufficient Data)
________________________________________________________________________
Item Not Used (1) Heard of (2) Used (3) Rating M n
or Heard of
________________________________________________________________________
Special Education Manager (SEM) 3 19 44 262 66
Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) 8 19 36 222 63
Brigance Employability 12 33 17 208 62
Skills Inventory
Reading-Free Vocational Interest 23 19 20 205 59
Inventory 2 (R-FVII2)
O-Net Interest Inventory 45 11 15 187 60
Picture Interest Career Survey (PICS) 26 21 15 182 62
Myers Briggs Type Indicator 27 30 2 158 59
Wide Range Interest and 36 16 8 153 60
Occupation Test (WRIOT2
COPS-PIC Picture Inventory 31 17 8 144 62
Of Careers
Microcomputer Evaluation 34 14 11 141 59
Of Careers and Academics (MECA)
Arc Self-determination Scale 41 15 4 138 60
Other 0 0 10 ID 15
Unsure 2 0 0 ID 2
No Response 0 0 0 ID 3
________________________________________________________________________
Impact One question asked the participants to rate the impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Table 417) The participants
stated that transition assessment had a significant impact at 169 Moderate impact was
perceived by 468 Minimal impact was selected by 309 of the participants and little
or no impact by 56 of the participants Over-all participants rated current practices in
transition assessment as having Moderate to Minimal impact at an extremely high level
of 83 In the original study the results were similar with 503 indicating moderate
impact and 274 with minimal to no impact
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
78
Table 417 Perceived Impact of Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Impact of transition assessment Significant 12 169
Moderate 33 468
Minimal 22 309
Little or No Impact 2 56
No Response 3 42
________________________________________________________________________
Procedure Used with Open-Ended Questions
Qualitative analysis was used for two open-ended questions in the survey The
first question received 15 responses from the participants This question pertained to what
additional information the participant wanted to include with regard to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The second question resulted in
eight responses from the participants This question asked what the participant knew that
they wished they could use with students with intellectual disabilities with regard to
transition assessment The narrative responses were gathered and reviewed for similar
themes and content
Question One
Participants were asked ldquoWhat else do you use for transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilitiesrdquo Fifteen individualsrsquo responses were submitted
Specific assessment tools were identified by the participants in statements that included
the name of the assessment tool A coding system was utilized to clarify whether the
response was narrative or a specific assessment tool response Further analysis occurred
for the narrative responses to determine themes and common trends
Respondents suggested Career Cruising software (N = 4) (Anaca Technologies
2012) One response suggested the Career Clusters Interest Survey (Arizona State 2007)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
79
and one stated the Cops and Caps (CareerLife Skills Resources 2012) vocational
assessment measure One participant included the Student Styles Questionnaire Revised
(SSQR) (Oakland Glutting amp Horton 1996) Two people suggested the Bridges
Software (Xap Corporation 2009) which was also suggested by one person in the online
questionnaire section under ldquootherrdquo for specific assessment tools Two individuals
suggested questionnaires as a viable means to gather assessment data Participants
suggested parent input for transition and vocational assessment (N = 3) Individuals who
included narrative responses discussed the importance of conducting situational
assessments by including the input of other professionals including outside agencies and
other teachers (N = 2) Responses included observations to get to know the individual and
determining the specific needs of the student to determine what would benefit the student
after graduation (N = 3) One individual who actually answered the second open-ended
question suggested the Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) (Clark amp Patton 2009) as a
thorough tool for assessment
Question Two
Eight participants responded to question two about ldquoWhat do you know about
transition assessment that you wish you could use for students with intellectual
disabilitiesrdquo Two respondents expressed the need for more time to assess the students on
their caseload with regard to transition Another individual commented on the need for
more teacher involvement at each grade level Two individuals posited the need to assess
students in a variety of either job or real-life situational settings One participant stated
that the greatest tool for awareness by the student with regard to transition is receiving a
paycheck One respondent stated that parents need to be better educated with regard to
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
80
continuation of services after graduation This respondent stated that personal advocacy
time management and organization were major issues facing students as they transition
to postsecondary options One final respondent stated that the questionnaire they utilized
had little meaning for students in middle school
Summary
The purpose of this study was to survey educators responsible for implementing
transition assessment for secondary students with intellectual disabilities Participants
included educators from West Texas characterized as individuals located in the Region
17 Education Service Center area The total number of participants was 71 The
population for this study was district administrators special education teachers district
special education administrators consultants diagnosticians transition coordinators
vocational adjustment coordinators campus administrators special education counselors
and education service center consultants Participants were solicited via e-mail requests to
participate voluntarily and to answer the questions from the online survey provided by a
link to the questionnaire
This chapter reported the findings from the study about transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities An online survey was conducted pertaining to
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The first section of this
chapter included descriptive analysis for 16 items pertaining to demographics of the
sample areas and types of transition assessment tools perceived benefits of transition
assessment persons responsible for transition assessment and levels of knowledge
regarding transition assessment The next section of this chapter included a qualitative
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
81
analysis for two open-ended questions Data were described and grouped by common
themes from the participantsrsquo statements on the online format
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
82
CHAPTER V
Discussion
This chapter provides a brief background of the problem and includes a summary
of the study Also included is a description of the review of the literature that was the
foundation for the research study reported herein The methodology for this study is
summarized and followed by a discussion and analysis of the findings The significance
of the study is addressed with an emphasis on the conclusions and implications relevant
to the research pertaining to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities Additionally this chapter offers recommendations for further research based
on the findings Concluding thoughts included limitations of the study and suggestions
for further research
Summary of the Study
This descriptive study investigated the knowledge educators possessed with
regard to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The first four
chapters included an introduction to the study a review of the literature that centered on
the transition process and transition assessment a description of the methodology and an
analysis from the findings of the data that were collected through the study
Chapter I provided a brief overview regarding the mandate proposed with the
IDEA of 2004 which requires that all students in special education who reach the age of
16 must have an ITP which is directed by the transition assessment process In addition
to the purpose of the study this chapter included a statement of the problem the research
questions the theoreticalconceptual framework assumptions definitions of terms
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
83
utilized in the study the delimitations and limitations of the study a discussion of the
significance of the study and the over-all organization of the study
Chapter II provided a review of the literature as it pertains to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Definitions of intellectual
disabilities characteristics and historical practices related to individuals with intellectual
disabilities and transition planning for special needs learners were described
An overview of the research pertaining to transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities was presented Explanations of transition assessment
methods were presented A search of relevant research revealed that studies which
addressed transition planning were available however limited studies addressing
transition assessment existed Lesser studies pertaining specifically to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities existed
Chapter III outlined the methodology and the online survey utilized to complete
the research study Data were collected from education personnel working directly with
students with intellectual disabilities Data were collected over a 4 week period through
an online survey The survey was a replication of a previously utilized survey to address
transition assessment for individuals with disabilities (Herbert et al 2010) The
information from the literature review guided the development of the research as well as
refinement of a few of the survey questions to better address individuals with intellectual
disabilities
The survey replicated research conducted through The Pennsylvania State
University Career Assessment Practices for High School Students with Disabilities and
Perceived Value Reported by Transition Personnel (Herbert et al 2010) Modifications
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
84
were made to the replicated study to gather specific data pertaining to transition
assessment as a whole rather than just career assessment staff training desires and
knowledge about specific published assessment tools Changes included
a) utilized descriptive statistics to increase practical understanding for educational
personnel in a usable format (Trochim 2006) b) changed from one to two open-ended
questions c) rephrased open-ended questions for greater clarification d) omitted
demographic question pertaining to race e) added a survey question related to training
desires due to overwhelming response in original survey f) added additional assessment
areas types and mechanisms g) changed wording from career assessment to transition
assessment h) focused on education personnel versus rehabilitation personnel and
i) narrowed to two research questions Also the survey was designed to reveal the
knowledge of educational staff working with students with intellectual disabilities as it
pertains to transition assessment A copy of the survey is located in Appendix E
Chapter IV reported the findings of the study The chapter began with a review of
the mandates pertaining to transition assessment as outlined in IDEA 2004 best-practices
approach to transition planning and the limited available research pertaining to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Procedures utilized in analyzing
the descriptive data and the qualitative information produced by two open-ended
questions was explained Findings were presented with explanations of how the data
answered the following research questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
85
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Discussion of the Findings
An analysis evaluation and synthesis of the findings indicated that educators
who implement transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities utilize a
variety of assessment tools that address several areas pertaining to the transition process
Several topics emerged from the data regarding transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities The topics included demographics of participants that best
represent the West Texas region knowledge of transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities and types of assessment practices utilized by professionals
dealing with individuals with intellectual disabilities (Figure 51) A detailed discussion
of the topics will provide greater understanding of the answers to the research questions
and guide the implications for further research and practice in transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Figure 51 Transition Assessment Topics
Transition Assessment for Individuals with
Intellectual Disabilities
Demographics of the
Participants
Knowledge of Transition
Assessment
Assessment Practices
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
86
Impact of Demographics
Setting
In order to best represent the characteristics of the West Texas region it was
necessary to obtain a sampling from a variety of individuals who best represented the
West Texas region This area is better known as a rural plains area with one larger city
that is surrounded by rural towns sprawling ranches and agricultural entities (Texas
Association of Counties 2003) A large number of the participants (40) worked in
rural settings with equal numbers working in urban and suburban settings The variety of
settings that was obtained in the online survey format for this study represented an
excellent sampling of the West Texas region
The participants worked in various settings The majority of the participants
worked in high school settings This result was appropriate due to the requirement by the
IDEA of 2004 which states that when students reach the age of 16 a transition plan
should be developed which is directed by the findings of the transition assessment
Traditionally a student who is 16 years old is a high school student A portion of the
participants were from middle school settings which can be attributed to the awareness
that transition planning is recommended to begin at the age of 14 for individuals with
disabilities (Miller et al 2007) Typically students in middle school are introduced to the
transition planning process at this stage of their education career
Participants
The sample for this study included educators from West Texas characterized as
Education Service Center Region 17 The total number of participants was 71 Fifty nine
of the participants were female (831) and 12 were male (169) The population
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
87
included district administrators special education teachers district special education
administrators consultants diagnosticians transition coordinators vocational adjustment
coordinators campus administrators special education counselors and education service
center consultants Participants were solicited via e-mail requests to answer the questions
on the online survey provided by a link to the questionnaire
For the purposes of this study educators were the primary focus in order to gather
specific data pertaining to the level of knowledge they possessed regarding transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities School personnel who are
typically involved in the process were included such as vocational adjustment teachers
diagnosticians special education administrators district and campus educators transition
coordinators and district and campus administrators provided the greatest number of
those individuals who participated in the survey
Experience The research participants constituted a group representing vast years
of experience as educators All the participants possessed a college degree with the
majority of the participants possessing a masterrsquos degree or higher (n = 57) The age of
the participants provided a good sampling of age ranges with the majority of the
participants being over the age of 40 Obtaining the age years of experience and
education level of the participants was necessary in order to determine basic competency
levels of the participants
Job category A varied sampling was achieved pertaining to job categories Job
categories ranged from administrators educators diagnosticians and
counselorsconsultants The largest group was educators which included campus
educators and vocational adjustment coordinators A substantial number of diagnosticians
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
88
provided input on the online survey which added to the validity of the study Several
counselors and consultants provided input which increased the type of sampling that was
obtained for the study A lesser number of district and campus administrators provided
input to the survey Over-all the sampling varied and represented a variety of personnel
who addressed transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
The literature addressed the best-practices approach to developing a transition
plan for the secondary students with a disability The purpose of transition assessment is
to gather ongoing data that leads to the development of a transition plan that meets the
needs of the student as heshe transitions from secondary to postsecondary life The
development of the ITP is a team effort that should be a collaborative undertaking which
provides input from a variety of stakeholders (National Secondary Technical Training
Assistance Center 2010) Grigal Hart and Magliore (2011) stated that team members
should be more involved in the ITP planning process More input by all stakeholders with
regard to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities is needed in
order to develop a quality effective transition plan (IDEA 2004) Accordingly the
inclusion of a variety of education personnel for this study was appropriate
Knowledge
Research Question One asked ldquoWhat knowledge do educators possess regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilitiesrdquo Inconsistency is an
issue that persists with the practice of transition assessment (Morningstar 1997 cited in
Herbert et al 2010) Results from the study reported demonstrated that the same issue
still persists within the West Texas region among educators implementing transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
89
Understanding
Most of the participants indicated that their level of knowledge was moderate to
none regarding transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Thirty-
eight percent of the participants rated their level understanding of transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities as very clear However 45 stated they
possessed moderately clear understanding regarding transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities Eighteen percent of the participants reported they had
limited or little understanding regarding transition assessment Campus educators
expressed the greatest clarity with regard to understanding with 615 of the respondents
from that sector Data indicated that over-all staff perceptions pertaining to their own
level of understanding regarding transition assessment of individuals with intellectual
disabilities is not at the optimum level
Grade Level Implementation
Most of all the participants responded that some type of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities was performed in grades 9 10 11 and 12 Many
agreed that transition assessment was conducted either on their campus or the campus
they consulted with for all grade levels at 544 Equal numbers of participants
however chose specific grade levels Ninth grade (397) elicited the greatest number
when individual grade levels were chosen Seven participants 10 chose the ldquonone
providedrdquo or ldquono responserdquo selection Campus educators diagnosticians special
education administrators and vocational adjustment coordinators indicated transition
assessment took place at the 9th
grade level with 375-60 of the respondents
Variability in grade-level implementation and the ldquonone providedrdquo response indicated
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
90
that more knowledge is needed to address basic understanding regarding implementation
of transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities at all grade levels
Miller et al (2007) states that transition assessment is the process of gathering
information over an extended period of time in order to develop an appropriate IEP that
meets the studentrsquos needs Transition planning was characterized as an ongoing process
of ldquocollecting information on the studentrsquos strengths needs preferences and interests as
they related to the demands of current and future livingrdquo (Sitlington 2008 p 87) The
variability in the responses by the participants indicated a lack of awareness of the
mandates associated with IDEA 2004 Understanding that transition assessments as an
all-level ongoing process is needed for educators implementing a sound transition plan
that is directed by the transition assessment process (IDEA 2004 cited in Herbert et al
2010)
Responsibility
Several groups emerged from the analysis by those who answered this question
Campus educators constituted the largest group that was deemed the individual
responsible for implementing transition assessment of individuals with intellectual
disabilities (n = 53) Transition coordinators also emerged to a lesser extent as the
individual who provided transition assessment (n = 20) Counselors both school and
nonschool were identified by some of the participants as providing transition assessment
(n = 19) Thirteen individuals stated the diagnostician performed transition assessment to
individuals with disabilities The most revealing responses were ldquononerdquo ldquodo not knowrdquo
or participants simply skipped the item A total of 20 individuals were included with this
response
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
91
The literature and mandates of IDEA 2004 explicitly state that understanding the
role of the team member is critical when implementing transition assessment
Collaboration is required by all interested stakeholders including the school
administrators educators parents students and community agencies (Furney Hasazi
and Destafano 1997) Participants provided varied responses to the item that addressed
who was responsible for transition assessment The data revealed that knowledge
regarding who was responsible for the implementation of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities should be addressed
Training
In the original study the one open-ended question revealed an overwhelming
desire to seek further training and education pertaining to transition assessment for
individuals with disabilities (Herbert et al 2010) A question pertaining to training
options was added to the online format Participants in this study also expressed strong
desire to seek training opportunities to increase knowledge of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities by 91 of the participants Eighty-one percent of
the participants said they would participate in a one-day workshop Half of the
participants indicated they were interested in one-hour workshops team collaboration
ongoing in-service training and online training modules Participants indicated they were
also interested in self-study and multiple-day workshops
Several of the participants indicated they were interested in college-level
coursework Twenty percent of the participants were interested in face-to-face college
courses pertaining to transition A portion of the participants indicated they were
interested in online courses with a substantial portion of the participants interested in
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
92
obtaining transition teacher certification (169) There was a small percentage who did
not want any additional training (42) Over-all it was demonstrated through the data
that educators working with transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities expressed a strong desire to seek additional training opportunities to increase
their level of knowledge
Trends for Assessment Practice
Research Question Two asked ldquoWhat transition assessment practices are used by
educational personnel with individuals with intellectual disabilitiesrdquo Current trends
focus on employing a multifaceted approach to assessment (King Baldwin Currie and
Evans 2006) A systematic approach is needed (Neubert 2003) Assessment protocol
involves the use of formal and informal measures Types of information gathered in order
to develop a high-quality transition plan should include future needs and goals self-
determination and self-advocacy academic strengths learning styles behavioral issues
life skills needs and vocational interests attitudes and abilities (Miller et al 2007 p 5)
Levinson and Palmer (2005) described necessary components to implement transition
services as mandated by IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 They described the need to
incorporate assessment and comprehensive planning that utilized transition assessment
data that addressed academic skills daily living skills personal and social skills and
occupational and vocational skills
Areas of Assessment
Participants indicated strongly with an 886 response rate that interests
constituted the most common area addressed with transition assessment Vocational
aptitude resulted in 676 with academic achievement at 563 Falling within the 30-
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
93
40 percent range was academic aptitude personality profile work values and world of
work knowledge Vocational adjustment coordinators special education administrators
district administrators and diagnosticians indicated with 100 agreement that interests
was the area most assessed Vocational aptitude was indicated as an area assessed by a
rate of 84 to 100 by the campus administrator campus educator and special
education administrator Academic achievement was used to a greater extent in the
original study In this study this was indicated at a rate of 56 to 100 by the district
administrators special education directors and campus administrators It appears
administrators regard achievement as an important area of assessment The results if this
study revealed that greater awareness was needed to address all areas of assessment not
just interests vocational aptitude and academic achievement
Although interests are vital with regard to transition assessment it is necessary for
educators to address all the areas equally including those identified by Miller et al
(2007) future needs and goals self-determination and self-advocacy academic strengths
learning styles behavioral issues life skills needs and vocational interests attitudes and
abilities Several participants 84 indicated they did not know or chose not to answer
which indicates that greater knowledge pertaining to areas address with regard to
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities was needed
Overton (2009) wrote that assessment needed to be data driven rather than relying
on referral information alone The data should be multidimensional and not reliant on just
one set of test scores Data should reflect the studentrsquos strengths abilities interests and
preferences (IDEA 2004) Spinelli (2012) wrote that assessors should identify the
studentrsquos (a) career goals and interests (b) preferences (c) independence level
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
94
(d) strengths (e) hobbies (f) interpersonal relationships (g) self-advocacy abilities and
(h) abilities in relation to postsecondary goals
The research also found that Schmitz (2008) identified areas that should be
included in the transition planning process in order to adhere to the mandates of Indicator
13 The components of transition assessment include interest assessment and career
exploration assessment measures It is crucial to include assessment of academic
performance as it relates to the workplace The practice of assessment and skill building
should be incorporated to evaluate self-determination social and emotional learning and
interventions for independent living In order to accomplish Schmitzrsquos recommendations
ITP team members must expand their vision to include all aspects of the individualrsquos life
not just interests and academic achievement
Types of Assessment
ldquoGoals are developed based upon interests aptitudes abilities strengths and
limitations identified as significant and relevant to the student and family in the transition
planrdquo (Miller et al 2007 p 8) More specific types of assessment include interest
inventories career aptitude academic achievement teacher observation intellectual
aptitude student survey personality profiles self-determination measures self-advocacy
measures interviews ecologicalenvironmental factors authentic portfolio teacher
made curriculum-based functional skills inventories learning styles and situational
(Layton and Lock 2008 Miller et al 2007Moon 2011 Neubert 2003 Overton 2009
Sitlington 2006 Wehman 2009) Of great importance in the assessment of students with
more significant disabilities are the critical life skills pertaining to self-help mobility
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
95
self-determination socialization health family and community supports self-awareness
interests strengths and preferences of the individual (Wehman 2011)
Participants were allowed to rate types of assessments from ldquoNot used or heard of
heard of and usedrdquo Values of one two and three were attached to each response to allow
for descriptive analysis A rating mean was established for each type of assessment The
most popular type of assessment that participants used was teacher observation at a rating
mean of 286
Additional types of assessments that were indicated as ldquoused and heard ofrdquo
included interest inventories student surveys interviews academic achievement
intellectual aptitude tests and functional skills inventories These types of assessments
generate results that elicit the studentrsquos interests and preferences which are mandated in
IDEA 2004 Campus Educators vocational adjustment coordinators special education
administrators district administrators and diagnosticians rated interest inventories as one
of the more used types of assessments for 69 to 100 of these individuals
Falling into a range where less than half of the participants used the types of
measure yet they were a part of the participantrsquos awareness repertoire were career
aptitude teacher-made curriculum-based measures learning style inventories
personality profiles and portfolios Those types of assessments that fell within the mean
below 198 indicating that these have been ldquoheard of and or not used or heard ofrdquo are
self-advocacy measures self-determination measures situational authentic and
ecologicalenvironmental measures The data revealed that 65 of the types of transition
assessments were not being utilized by the majority of the participants This discovery
indicated that further education was needed to increase the knowledge regarding types of
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
96
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities These types of
assessments reveal strengths and needs which is mandated by IDEA 2004 Greater usage
was indicated in order to address assess the needs and strengths of the student with
intellectual disabilities
Located in the ldquonot used and not heard ofrdquo category were self-advocacy measures
self-determination measures situational authentic and ecological and environmental
types of assessments The lack of awareness of these measures was substantial In order
to gain valuable data pertaining to needs strengths interests and preferences for
individuals with intellectual disabilities it is important for all constituents to employ a
variety of types of assessments in order to develop a quality transition plan which is
directed by the transition assessment
The literature revealed that assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
required assessment in the natural environment (Sitlington 2008) Levinson and Palmer
(2005) emphasized the need for performance tests that assessed a studentrsquos ability to
perform specific job-like tasks work samples that expose a student to natural job
responsibilities and situational assessments that measure a studentrsquos interests abilities
and work habits in actual and contrived environments This should be included in the
transition assessment This was indicated by the participants in the open-ended question
format
Published Assessments
In the original study no question was included that addressed what specific tools
that were implemented to address transition assessment This item was added in order to
gather specific data pertaining to specific assessment trends being utilized and awareness
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
97
levels of available published assessment mechanisms Levinson and Palmer (2005) wrote
that assessment and planning are key components to successful post-school living
Assessment data can be gathered through published tests and surveys as well as from
direct interviews and observations of the student Several areas are addressed including
academic skills daily living skills personal and social skills career maturity vocational
interests and vocational aptitude tests
The National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (2010) has
developed an Assessment Toolkit that can be accessed by educators parents State
Education Agencies and Local Education Agencies to gain knowledge about best
practices with transition assessment From the results of this study information that is
contained in these types of resources is needed by educators to provide a comprehensive
contemporary assessment
Participants indicated that the Special Education Manager (GG Consulting LLC
2008) was overwhelmingly the most utilized published assessment measure in the West
Texas region with a rating mean of 262 Significantly lower utilization but was heard of
were the Reading-Free Vocational Interest Inventory 2 (R-FVII2) (Becker 2000) the
Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) (Clark amp Patton 2009) and the Brigance
Employability Skills Inventory (Brigance 1995) The majority of the remaining seven
specific published assessment tools were ldquoNot used or heard ofrdquo by the participants
Some of the participants indicated that they utilized other tools such as the Career
Cruising (Anaca Technologies Ltd 2012) Choices (Martin Huber-Marshall Maxson
Jerman Hughes Miller amp McGill 2000) and Bridges (Xap Corporation 2009) Over-
all the data revealed that participants require greater knowledge regarding published
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
98
transition assessment tools to meet the needs for transition planning with individual with
intellectual disabilities
Perceived Impact
Participants rated the impact of transition assessment for students with intellectual
disabilities Only 169 percent of the respondents selected significant as one of the
online survey choices Three-fourths of the respondents selected moderate to minimal
impact for students with intellectual disabilities Ten percent of the participants chose
little impact or chose not to answer The most revealing discovery from the research
transpired with the large response of moderate to minimal impact of transition assessment
with individuals with intellectual disabilities (833) Increased impact must be dealt
with in order to meet the mandates of IDEA 2004 and the OSERS requirements of
Indicator 13 regarding transition assessment (US Dept of Education 2009 and IDEA
2004)
Further training for educators is needed to increase the impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Transition assessment is the
driving mechanism for the ITP process Greater understanding of the areas addressed
typed of assessments purpose of assessments and published resources will provide a
greater foundation needed to develop a quality transition plan for students with
intellectual disabilities
Thematic Results
Qualitative analysis occurred for two open-ended items in the survey
Approximately one in five participants provided responses to the first open-ended
question on the survey One in nine of the participants responded to the second open-
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
99
ended question in the online format Five themes emerged from the two open-ended
questions
Theme One Assessment Tools
The largest group of respondents provided input with regard to other published
transition assessment tools that they would like to utilize or have utilized with individuals
with intellectual disabilities Four of the participants indicated that Career Cruising
(Anaca Technologies 2012) was a good choice One individual commented on a
transition assessment tool that was listed under the previously addressed published
assessment tools item on the online survey The participant commented on the
thoroughness of the Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) (Clark amp Patton 2009) Three
other participants included individual assessment tools which included the Student Styles
Questionnaire Revised (SSQR) (Oakland Glutting amp Horton 1996) Career Clusters
Interest Survey (Arizona State 2007) and the Cops and Caps assessments (CareerLife
Skills Resources 2012)
The research revealed that the National Secondary Transition Technical
Assistance Center (2010) provides a toolkit for assessment that can be accessed by
laymen and professionals with regard to transition assessment Greater utilization of a
variety of assessment mechanisms is needed to provide a quality all-inclusive assessment
to students with intellectual disabilities as outlined in IDEA 2004
Theme Two Parental Involvement
Four of the participants indicated that parental input was important when
implementing transition assessment One participant responded that it was important to
ask about the vision they had for their childrsquos future Two respondents commented on the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
100
need for parents to be interviewed and to allow the parents to provide input with
vocational assessment One participant stated that parents should be educated with what
is available to their child as a continuum of services from secondary to post-secondary
levels in order to prepare for the future
The research revealed numerous statements addressing parent involvement The
student and parent should be included in the transition planning process at all stages to
secure greater positive outcomes at the postsecondary level (Escheidt 2006) Levinson
and Palmer (2005) stated that parental involvement was important to the planning
process Moon et al (2011) found it was important to include the family to a greater
extent in the assessment process Due to the disabling conditions of the individuals with
intellectual disabilities it was revealed that family input was extremely important
Questionnaires and interviews with family members offer good sources of information
(Moon et al 2011)
Theme Three Real-life Situations
Four of the participants indicated that it was critical to provide hands-on activities
that were real-life and functional for the student Participants stated that students should
be exposed to a variety of real-life employment options Providing real work and
volunteer opportunities in various settings was emphasized One respondent commented
that the best real-life situation providing the greatest reinforcement was when the
student received a paycheck
The research revealed that assessing the student in the natural environment was
important Levinson and Palmer (2005) reported that assessments pertaining to
occupational and vocational skills are characterized as performance tests that assess a
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
101
studentrsquos ability to perform specific job-like tasks work samples that expose a student to
natural job responsibilities and situational assessments that measure a studentrsquos interests
abilities and work habits in actual and contrived environments Sitlington (2008) stated
that assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities requires assessment in the
natural environment
Theme Four Collaboration
Three of the participants discussed the need to develop teamwork between other
educators and community agencies One participant commented on the need to increase
teamwork with other educators in order to gather more input regarding transition
assessment Another respondent commented on the need to expose the student and family
to resources in the community and to enhance the contact with these agencies The
process of increasing collaboration with parents was discussed with six of the
participants Not only is this important to enhance parental involvement it also serves to
enhance the collaboration with the school to increase the outcomes of transition
assessment
As stated previously the research revealed that collaboration is required by all
interested stakeholders including the school administration educators and community
agencies (Furney et al 1997) Stated in IDEA 2004 is that the ITP process is a team
endeavor (IDEA 2004) Grigal et al (2011) emphasized the need to instill a collaborative
approach to assessment and the development of the ITP The original study emphasized
the need for all stakeholders including school and community agencies to collaborate to
a greater extent (Hebert et al 2010)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
102
Theme Five Isolated Comments
Time Two of the respondents indicated that they would like more time to
develop the transition plan In both instances the participants expressed sincere desire to
accomplish the task of assessing the student with the intent of providing a quality
transition assessment in order to develop a sound transition plan One of these
participants expressed a strong desire to assess the student with an authentic assessment
strategy One of the respondents stated that because they served in dual roles as both the
diagnostician and transition person they lacked the time to develop a transition plan in the
manner they deemed was appropriate
Practical Implications
Education personnel who implement transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities in West Texas as discovered in this study comprise a group of
individuals with extensive background higher education qualifications and longevity in
special education The findings for this study provide implications with regard to
mandates and implementation of transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities Because transition assessment is a mandate presented in IDEA 2004 and the
OSERSrsquo Indicator 13 it is important that educators possess sound knowledge and
understanding regarding transition assessment The findings from this study can benefit
the educator to assist the student with an intellectual disability to recognize their potential
as they transition from secondary to post-secondary options
Based upon the results of the study the researcher recommends that
Educators receive more training through self-study workshops college
coursework online training modules and team collaboration to increase
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
103
understanding regarding transition assessment Ninety-one percent of the
participants indicated that they desired further training This was similar to the
original study which was revealed in the open-ended question that participants
desired more training to obtain greater knowledge regarding transition assessment
(Herbert et al 2010)
Training should focus on providing knowledge to educators regarding mandates
of IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 The results indicated that 52 of the participants
noted that transition assessment is conducted at all grade levels from 9-12 IDEA
states that this should be an ongoing process with results reported at the annual
IEP meeting Also transition assessment is the cornerstone for developing the
transition plan and the IEP for the secondary student with a disability (IDEA
2004) Grigal et al (2011) and Hebert et al(2010)stated that compliance to the
law with regard to IDEA was needed
Training should focus on collaboration between all education personnel and
community agencies with regard to transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities as an ongoing collaborative venture Campus educators
were deemed the person most responsible when the effort should be considered a
multi-disciplinary collaborative team approach including the student and family
(Miller et al 2007)
Training endeavors need to delve into the characteristics of transition assessment
including the areas addressed with transition assessment types of transition
assessment and published assessments mechanisms (Wehman 2009) Thirty
eight percent of the participants indicated a clear understanding of transition
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
104
assessment with nearly sixty two percent indicating moderate to limited
understanding Additional training is needed to increase knowledge regarding
characteristics of transition assessment
Efforts should be made to increase the level of knowledge educators possess in
order to increase the types of assessment practices utilized for transition
assessment (Layton and Lock 2008 Miller et al 2007Moon 2011 Neubert
2003 Overton 2009 Sitlington 2006 Wehman 2009) Eighty eight percent of
the participants responded that interest inventories constituted the most common
area utilized with transition assessment Academic achievement was area utilized
by fifty six percent of the participants Sixty five percent of the various types of
assessments that were surveyed were not being utilized by the participants SEM
was the preferred mechanism for published tools This is due to the utilization of
SEM as a documentation tool for record keeping purposes by the districts in the
assigned region Many surveyed mechanisms had ldquonot been heard of or had been
heard ofrdquo however were not being utilized by the participants
Emphasis should be placed on increasing the overall impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities to reach their full
potential Over-all perceived impact of transition assessment for students with
intellectual disabilities was moderate to none Increased knowledge will allow for
greater impact by addressing the mandates of IDEA 2004 that transition
assessment includes the studentrsquos strengths needs interests and preferences
(IDEA 2004)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
105
Limitations of the Study
The following limitations were noted in this study The sample was composed of
educators who provided transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
The study was conducted in West Texas an area with unique transition constraints for
individuals with intellectual disabilities as compared with many other areas in Texas
This study was originally conducted with a group of 400 responders from across the state
of Pennsylvania Due to attempts to limit this survey to specific education personnel
ample input from all transition personnel including community personnel is lacking The
researcherrsquos involvement in special education in particular the education of individuals
with intellectual disabilities could have led to bias and could have influenced the study
The relatively new use of the term intellectual disabilities to characterize a student who
was previously identified as a student with mental retardation could have created some
confusion
The participants who agreed to participate in the online survey might indicate that
they possess different views not shared by all special education personnel Additionally
efforts to obtain a varied population of participants were attempted and obtained to meet
the initial criteria However the process of sending a request for participation to special
education directors and requesting them to forward the survey to possible participants
could have interfered with obtaining consistent participants Efforts to obtain input from
family members and students were not included in the online survey Therefore these
and other factors may have skewed the results and thereby restrict the generalizability to
an extent
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
106
Directions for Future Research
This study has provided additional understanding regarding transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities Review of the literature revealed that
although extensive research was available regarding transition development limited
research was available regarding transition assessment particularly with individuals who
have intellectual disabilities Other regions in Texas should be surveyed to address the
concerns expressed in this survey with regard to knowledge that educators possess
regarding transition assessment of individuals with intellectual disabilities
Also further research should include all disability categories which greater
parallels the original study Additionally a follow-up study to explore the benefits of
additional training should be utilized to provide insights regarding the benefits of training
and if positive perceptions regarding the impact of transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities increases
Summary
The purpose of this descriptive study was to evaluate educatorsrsquo knowledge of
transition assessment practices and what assessment mechanisms are being implemented
by education personnel with students who have intellectual disabilities Research was
completed through an online survey format that was disseminated to education personnel
providing transition assessment to individuals with intellectual disabilities in the West
Texas region Included was an introduction to the study a review of the literature that
centered on the transition process and transition assessment an extensive description of
the methodology and an analysis of the findings of the data that was collected through
the study
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
107
The online survey provided data concerning demographic characteristics
knowledge educators perceived they possessed level of implementation types of
assessments used interest in further training and overall perceived impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Descriptive statistics were
utilized to analyze the data Information suggested that further training was needed and
requested by education personnel to enhance the impact of increase the knowledge of
and improve appropriate utilization of assessment tools regarding transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities as mandated in IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13
The online survey provided two open-ended questions that required qualitative
analysis The data were analyzed and categorized Five themes resulted from the open-
ended questions which included (a) use of additional assessment tools utilized by school
personnel (b) the need to include parental involvement (c) pursuing real-life situations
(d) collaboration with school personnel and community agencies and (e) more time to
complete assessment tasks with efficacy The findings provided additional information
from the limited research available that addressed transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
108
REFERENCES
American Association for Public Opinion Research (2011) Retrieved from AAPOR
American Association for Public Opinion Research Web site wwwaapororg
American Association on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (2011 September
4) Retrieved from American Association on Intellectual and Developmental
Disabilities Web site httpaamrorg
Anaca Technologies Ltd (2012) Career Cruising (wwwpubliccareercrusingcom
Arizona State University (2007) Career Clusters Interest Survey (1st ed) [Brochure]
Retrieved May 1 2012 from Virtual Counseling Center Web site
wwwvccauedus
Becker R L (2000) Reading-free vocational Interest inventory (2nd Ed) Columbus
OH Elbern Publishing
Brantlinger E Jimenez R Klingner J Pugach M amp Richardson V (2005)
Qualitative studies in special education Council for Exceptional Children 71(2)
195-207
Brady R P (2007) Picture Interest Career Survey St Paul MN JIST Works
Brigance A R (1995) Brigance Employability Skills Inventory North Billerica MA
Curriculum Associates Inc
Bryant D Smith D amp Bryant B (2008) Teaching students with special needs in
inclusive classrooms New York Pearson Education
Centers for Disease Control (2004) Economic costs associated with mental retardation
cerebral palsy hearing loss and vision impairment--United States 2003 MMMR
Weekly 53(03) 57-59
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
109
Centers for Disease Control (2005 October 29) In National Center on Birth Defects amp
Developmental Disabilities Retrieved July 7 2011 from CDC Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention Web site wwwcdcgov
Clark GM amp Patton J R (2009) Transition Planning Inventory Updated version
Austin Pro‑Ed
Cobb B amp Alwell M (2009) Transition planningcoordination interventions for youth
with disabilities Career Development for Exceptional Individuals 32(2) 70-81
Crane L (2002) Mental retardation A community approach (1st ed) Belmont CA
WadsworthThomson Learning
Denzin N amp Lincoln Y (1994) Handbook of qualitative research Thousand Oaks
CA Sage
Dewey J (1916) The pedagogic creed In D Flinders amp S Thornton (Eds) The
curriculum studies reader (3rd ed pp 34-41) New York Routledge
Etscheidt S (2006) Issues in the transition planning Legal decisions Career
Development of Exceptional Individuals 29(1) 28-47
Flexer R Baer M Luft P amp Simmons T (2001) Transition planning for secondary
students with disabilities (3rd ed) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Flinders D J and Thornton S J (Editors) (2004) The curriculum studies reader (2nd
ed) New York Routledge
Furney K Hasazi S amp Destefano L (1997) Transition policies practices and
promises Lessons from three states Exceptional Children 63(3) 343-355
GG Consulting LLC (2008) Special Education Manager [Software] Boulder CO I-
Suite Available from GG Consulting LLC
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
110
Glesne C (2006) Becoming a Qualitative Researcher (3rd ed) Boston Pearson
Education Inc (Original work published 1992)
Glutting J J amp Wilkinson G (2006) Wide Range Interest and Opinion Test ndash Revised
Austin Pro-Ed
Golden T Swenson S von Schrader S amp Bruyere S (2010) Launching into
adulthood Meaningful work (1st ed) (D Lollar Ed) Baltimore Paul H
Brookes
Grigal M Hart D amp Migliore A (2011) Comparing the transition planning
postsecondary education and employment outcomes of students with intellectual
and other disabilities Career Development for Exceptional Individuals 34(1) 4-
17
Hallahan D Kauffman J amp Hullen P (2012) Exceptional learners An introduction
to special education (12th ed) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson
Herbert Lorenz amp Trusty J Lorenz D amp Trusty J (2010) Career assessment
practices for high school students with disabilities and perceived value reported
by transition personnel Journal of Rehabilitation 76(4) 28-26
Hogan T (2007) Psychological testing (2nd ed) Danvers MA John Wiley and Sons
Hulett K (2007) Legal aspects of special education Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson
Education
Humphrey P Johnson C amp Albers K (2010 October) Transition in Texas Paper
presented at the State Autism Conference Corpus Christi TX
Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004 (IDEA) PL 108-446
20 USC sectsect 1400 et seq
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
111
Johnson J (2002) Commercial and noncommercial resources for promoting the
transition of youth with disabilities from school-to-adult life San Diego CA San
Diego State University
King G Baldwin P Currie M amp Evans J (2006) The effectiveness of transition
strategies for youth with disabilities Childrens Health Care 35(2) 155-178
Knapp-Lee L (2007) COPS-PIC Picture Inventory of Careers San Diego CA
ERASEducational Research and Services
Lagemann C (Editors) (1985) Jane Addams on Education (Classics in Education No
51) Publ Teachers College Press 1985-08 Columbia University Series Classics
in Education Ser No 51 PP New York Press
Layton C amp Lock R (2008) Assessing students with special needs to produce quality
outcomes Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Levinson E (2001) Current vocational assessment models for students with disabilities
Journal of Counseling and Development 73 94-101
Levinson E amp Palmer E (2005) Preparing students with disabilities for school-to-
work transition and postschool Life Principal Leadership 5(8) 11-15
Lichenstein S Rusch R amp Chadsey J (1998) Beyond high school transition from
school to work Belmont CA Wadsworth
Lollar D (2010) Launching into adulthood (1st ed) Baltimore Paul H Brookes
Luecking R (2009) The way to work How to facilitate work experiences for youth in
transition Baltimore MD Paul H Brookes
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
112
Martin J E Huber-Marshall L H Maxson L Jerman P Hughes W Miller T amp
McGill T (2000) Choice Maker Set Tools for school-to-work transition
Frederick CO Sopris West
Mazotti V Rowe D Kelley K Test D Fowler C Kohler P amp Kortering L
(2009) Linking transition assessment and postsecondary goals key elements in
the secondary transition planning process Teaching Exceptional Children 42(2)
44-51
McNaughton D amp Beulman D (2010) Transition strategies for adolescents and young
adults who use AAC Baltimore Paul H Brookes
Miles M amp Huberman M (1994) Qualitative data analysis (2nd ed) Thousand Oaks
CA Sage
Miller R Lombard R amp Corbey S (2007) Transition assessment planning transition
and IEP development for youth with mild and moderate disabilities New York
Pearson Education
Moon S Simenson M amp Neubert D (2011) Perceptions of supported employment
providers What students with developmental disabilities families and educators
need to know for transition planning Education and Training in Autism and
Developmental Disabilities 46(1) 94-105
Myers J B amp Briggs K C (1988) Myers-Briggs Type Indicator Form M Palo Alto
CA Consulting Psychologists Press
Neubert D Moon S amp Grigal M (2002) Postsecondary education and transition
services for students ages 18-21 with significant disabilities Focus on
Exceptional Children 34(8) 1-9
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
113
Oakland T Glutting J amp Horton C (1996) Students styles questionnaire Revised
(SSQR) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Oakwood Solutions (2010) Microcomputer Evaluation of Careers and Academics
(MECA) Appleton WI The Conover Company
Overton T (2009) Assessing learners with special needs an applied approach (6th ed)
Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Papay C amp Bambara L (2011) Postsecondary education for transition-age students
with significant intellectual and other developmental disabilities A national
survey Education and Training in Autism and Developmental Disabilities 46(1)
78-93
Salvia J Ysseldyke J amp Bolt S (2010) Assessment in special and inclusive education
(11th ed) Belmont CA Wadsworth Cengage Learning
Sax C amp Thoma C (2002) Transition assessment--wise practices for quality lives
Baltimore Paul H Brookes
Schmitz T (2008 October) Transition planning special education law and its impact
on your child Exceptional Parent Magazine
Sitlington P (2008) Students with reading and writing challenges Using informal
assessment to assist in planning for the transition to adult life Reading and
Writing Quarterly 24 22-100
Sitlington P Clark G amp Kolstoe O (2000) Transition education and services for
adolescents with disabilities Needham Heights MA Allyn amp Bacon
Sitlington P Neubert D amp Clark G (2010) Transition education and services Upper
Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
114
Snell M amp Brown F (2006) Instruction of students with severe disabilities (6th ed)
Columbus Ohio Pearson Merrill Prentice Hall
Spinelli C (2012) Classroom assessment for students in special and general education
(3rd ed) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Texas Association of Counties (2003) Texas Association of Counties Retrieved
February 1 2012 from Texas Association of Counties Web site wwwcountyorg
Texas Education Agency (2011 July 14) In Division of IDEA 2004coordination (Ed)
Special education rules and regulations ESC 18 July 14 2011 The Legal
Framework for the Child-Centered Special Education Process Web site http
frameworkesc18net
Trochim W (2006 October) Social research methods Retrieved November 15 2011
from Research Methods Knowledge Base Web site
wwwsocialresearchmethodsnet
Tyler R (1949) Basic principles of curriculum and instruction In D Flinders amp S
Thornton (Eds) The Curriculum Studies Reader (3rd ed pp 69-77) New York
Routledge
US Department of Education (2009 December 29) In US Department of Education
(Ed) OSERS Office of special education and rehabilitative services Retrieved
from www2edgov
US Department of Labor (2002) ONet Career Interest Inventory St Paul MN JIST
Works
University of North Carolina amp Western Michigan University (2011 May 11) In
University of North Carolina amp Western Michigan University (Eds) National
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
115
secondary transition technical assistance center Retrieved July 11 2011 from
NSTTAC National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center Web site
httpwwwnsttacorg
Wehman P (2001) Life beyond the classroom (3rd ed) Baltimore MD Paul H
Brookes
Wehman P (2009) Autism and the transition to adulthood Baltimore MD Paul H
Brookes
Wehman P (2011) Essentials of transition planning Baltimore MD (Humphrey
Johnson amp Albers 2010) MD Paul H Brookes Publishing
Wehmeyer M L amp Kelchner K (1995) The ARCs Self-Determination Scale
Washington DC The ARC of the United States
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
116
APPENDIX A
IRB
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
117
A Descriptive Study of Educational Professionalsrsquo Knowledge of Transition Assessment
for Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities
Robin Lock PhD
Principal Investigator
Kathryn J Tucker
Co-Investigator amp Doctoral Student
I Rationale
Transition planning is a mandate set forth in the Individuals with Disabilities Education
Act-Reauthorized from 2004 (IDEA-R) Additionally the Office of Special Education Programs
and Rehabilitative Services (OSEP) has also issued mandates to track transition services and
progress at the secondary and post-secondary levels (Mazotti et al 2009) The process of
developing a coordinated set of activities is the cornerstone of IDEA-R with regard to transition
planning for students with disabilities (Lollar 2010) Transition development is a critical issue
for the student who possesses a disability as they pass from secondary to post-secondary living
A great deal of research is available that pertains to cognitive assessment and
achievement assessment for individuals with disabilities However few studies have been
conducted that address assessment trends and practices driving the transition planning process
from high school to adulthood especially for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Furthermore little research dealing specifically with transition assessment for students with
intellectual disabilities exists at the present time
Specific Aims and Objectives of Study
This aims of this descriptive study is to obtain information regarding the knowledge base
of educators with respect to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
The study will survey educators to determine the assessment practices used by practitioners to
meet the mandates of transition assessment for these students The survey will be based on
previous transition assessment research by Herbert Lorenz amp Trusty (2010) The following
research questions will be addressed
1 What is the basic knowledge that educators possess regarding career assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What types of assessments are used by educators to evaluate transition needs of
students with intellectual disabilities
II Subjects
Participants in the study will be educators at the district level including special
education directors transitions coordinators diagnosticians and special education teachers who
work with high school students with intellectual disabilities in the Education Service Center
(ESC) Region XVII Participants will be obtained by utilizing a listserv located on the ESC
Region XVII website This listserv identifies all high schools in the region as well as school
district special education administrators A cover letter will be sent via the internet to campus
and district administrators requesting that the information about the survey be forwarded to
special education directors district transition coordinators diagnosticians and high school special
education teachers working with students with intellectual disabilities Approximately 100
participants will be sought
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
118
III Procedures
bull The ESC listserv will be utilized to contact participants
bull A cover letter email will be sent to request participation from special education
directors and with a request to forward the link of the survey to district transition coordinators
diagnosticians and high school special education teachers working with students with intellectual
disabilities
bull Approximately 100 educators will be potential participants in the survey
bull A 15 question survey will be supplied through surveymonkeycom which
includes demographic and descriptive questions
bull The survey will be disseminated for two weeks through the survey monkey link
bull Descriptive analysis will be utilized to analyze the data with the exception of the
one open-ended question which will require qualitative analysis
bull Confidentiality of the participants will be adhered to by a strict standard through
the use of careful storage of the data on a computer with pass code protections Hard copy data
will be stored in a locked location
bull Only the researchers will have access to the data for analysis purposes
bull Respondents may choose to or not to participate in the survey
Cover letter See the attached cover letter
Survey See the attached survey
IV Adverse Events and Liability
There are no anticipated specific liabilities or adverse events anticipated with this
study No liability plan is offered
V Consent Form
The research presents no more than minimal risk of harm to subjects and
involves no procedures for which written consent is normally required outside the research
context (Waiver of Written Consent) therefore no waiver or liability plan is offered
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
119
APPENDIX B
IRB Approval
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
120
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
121
APPENDIX C
Recruitment of Special Education Directors
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
122
February 9 2012
Dear Special Education Director
Please forward the accompanying letter requesting participation of your special education
director transition coordinator educational diagnosticians and special education teachers who
work with students with intellectual disabilities We are trying to obtain information to enhance
our research about the knowledge that educators have regarding transition assessment practices
for these students Their participation is crucial in gaining greater information pertaining to the
knowledge of transition assessment for individuals with disabilities
If you would like to review the survey before passing the request on the survey is located
at
httpwwwsurveymonkeycomstransitionassessmentID
Thank you for your time and consideration in helping us answer this important question
If you have any questions please do not hesitate to call Dr Robin Lock or myself at
(806) 742-1997 ext 288
Sincerely
Kathryn J Tucker MEd
Doctoral Student
Texas Tech University
College of Education
Box 41071
Lubbock TX 79409-1071
8067421997 x288
Fax 8067422179
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
123
APPENDIX D
Recruitment of Participants
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
124
February 9 2012
Dear Participant
You are being asked to voluntarily complete a short 10 minute survey over transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities This survey is being sent to you by your
district administrator
Transition assessment is an important mandate included in the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Act-Reauthorized We are trying to learn more about educatorsrsquo
knowledge regarding transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Enclosed is a link to the survey asking questions that may help us with our research to
better understand this issue No information will be gathered that could personally identify you
and we would ask that you not put your name on the survey By filling out and returning the
survey online you may help us better understand the current level of understanding of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Please follow the link that is included to
answer the short survey
httpwwwsurveymonkeycomstransitionassessmentID
Thank you for your time and consideration in helping us answer this important question
If you have any questions please do not hesitate to call Dr Robin Lock or myself at
(806) 742-1997 ext 288
Sincerely
Kathryn J Tucker MEd
Doctoral Student
Texas Tech University
College of Education
Box 41071
Lubbock TX 79409-1071
8067421997 x288
Fax 8067422179
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
125
APPENDIX E
Survey Instrument
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
126
Research Survey Instrument
Transition Assessment Knowledge of Educators for
Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities
Directions Answer the questions as it applies to you in your educational setting Your
participation is voluntary You may quit at any time by closing the browser window The
responses that you provide are anonymous and confidential Please read each choice
before making your final selection This survey should only take 10-15 minutes of your
time
1 The high school(s) where I work or consult with isare located in a(n)___________
settings (check all that apply)
A) Rural
B) Suburban
C) Urban
D) Combination (ruralSuburban)
2 At the high school(s) where I work or consult with in most instances transition
assessments are conducted at the __________ grade(s) (check all that apply)
A) 9th
B) 10th
C) 11th
D) 12th
E) All grade levels
F) No grade level assessments are provided
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
127
3 The job category that best describes my position is
A) District Administrator
B) Campus Administrator
C) Special Education Administrator
D) Vocational Adjustment Coordinator
E) Consultant
F) Campus Educator
G) District Educator
H) Educational Diagnostician
I) Other (please specify)
4 The school or educational setting where I work can be classified as
A) Middle School
B) High School
C) Alternative
D) AdministrativeCentral Office
E) Other (please specify)
5 The person(s) responsible for providing transition assessment to students with
intellectual disabilities at the high school where I work or consult with isare the
_____(check all that apply)
A) Career Counselor (School employee)
B) Career Counselor Consultant (Non-school employee)
C) High School Teacher
D) High School Counselor
E) School Psychologist
F) Vocational Adjustment Coordinator
G) Transition Services ConsultantCoordinator
H) No one is assigned the duty as services are not available
I) Other (Please specify)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
128
6 Areas that are typically addressed as part of transition assessment provided at our
high school include
A) Academic Achievement
B) Vocational Aptitude
C) Academic Aptitude
D) Career decision-making skills
E) Interests
F) Personality
G) Work Values
H) World of work knowledge
I) Other (please specify)
7 Choose the types of assessments pertaining specifically to transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities that you use have heard of or do not use or
have heard of (Choose all that apply)
Type of Assessment Heard of
this
Use this Have not
heard of
or use
this
Interest Inventories
Career Aptitude
Academic Achievement
Teacher Observation
Intellectual Aptitude (IQ)
Student Survey
Personality Profiles
Self-determination measures
Self-Advocacy Skills measures
Interviews
EcologicalEnvironmental
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
129
Authentic
Portfolio
Teacher Made
Curriculum-Based
Functional Skills Inventories
Learning Styles
Situational
Other
8 Choose the published assessments pertaining specifically to transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities that you use have heard of or do not
use or have heard of (Choose all that apply)
Type of Assessment Heard of this Use this Have not heard of
or use this
Microcomputer
Evaluation of
Careers and
Academics (MECA)
Reading-Free
Vocational Interest
Inventory 2 (R-
FVII2)
Transition Planning
Inventory (TPI)
Brigance
Employability Skills
Inventory
SEM (Special Ed
Manager)
Myers Briggs Type
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
130
9 In my opinion transition assessment for students with intellectual disabilities
provided at our school or schools that I consult with have_____ impact on
helping students identify and realize their potential
A) Significant
B) Moderate
C) Minimal
D) Little or no
10 As part of my professional training and work experience I have a __________
understanding about transition assessment for high school students with
intellectual disabilities
A) Very Clear
B) Moderately Clear
C) Limited
D) Little or No
Indicator
O-Net Career
Interest Inventory
Picture Interest
Career Survey
(PICS)
Wide Range Interest
and Occupation Test
WRIOT2
Arc Self-
Determination Scale
COPS-PIC Picture
Inventory of Careers
CITE Learning
Styles Inventory
Other
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
131
11 Which of the following training opportunities would you participate in to
increase your knowledge and use of transition assessment tools and procedures
for individuals with intellectual disabilities (check all that apply)
A) One-hour workshop
B) 1-day workshop
C) Team Collaboration
D) Self -Study (Independent discovery)
E) Multiple day workshops
F) Ongoing in-service training
G) Online training module
H) Online college course
I) College course (on campus or media-site)
J) College coursework toward TEA certification in Transition
K) None
L) Other (please specify)
12 What else do you use for transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities If you do not want to make any further comment proceed to the
next question
(Enter up to 4000 characters)
13 What do you know about transition assessment that you wish you could use for
students with intellectual disabilities If you do not want to make any further
comment proceed to the final section of the survey that contains a few
remaining demographic questions
(Enter up to 4000 characters)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
132
Demographic Information
This section contains a few demographic questions needed to describe the sample
Please remember that the responses you provide are anonymous and confidential
14 What is your current age (rounded to the nearest year)
Age Range Response
20-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41-45
46-50
51-55
56-60
61-65
66-70
15 What is your gender
A) Male
B) Female
16 What is your highest level of education
A) Bachelorrsquos degree
B) Masterrsquos degree
C) Doctorate
D) Other
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
133
17 What is your total number of years as an educator including this year Please
check the appropriate box
Number of years Response
1-2
3-5
6-10
11-15
16-20
21-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41 and above
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
134
18 How long have you been employed in your current position including this
year Please check the appropriate box
Number of year(s) Response
1-2
3-5
6-10
11-15
16-20
21-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41-or more
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
iv
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS ii
ABSTRACT viii
LIST OF TABLES ix
CHAPTER I 1
Purpose of the Study 1
Statement of the Problem 2
Research Questions 2
TheoreticalConceptual Framework 3
Assumptions 4
Definition of Terms 4
Delimitations 11
Limitations 12
Significance of the Study 12
Organization of the Study 13
Summary 15
CHAPTER II 16
Review of the Literature 16
Students with Intellectual Disabilities 18
Definition of Intellectual Disabilities 18
Characteristics of Students with Intellectual Disabilities 19
Statistical Data Regarding Prevalence of Students with Intellectual Disabilities 20
Historical Practices for Students with Intellectual Disabilities 21
Transition Needs for Secondary Special Needs Learners 22
Historical Influences on the Transition Process 23
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
v
Defining the Specifics of Transition Planning 25
Characteristics of Transition Needs 26
The Individualized Transition Plan Process and the Components 27
Latest Research on Individual Transition Planning 31
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities 39
Purpose of Transition Assessment 39
Types of Transition Assessment 43
Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual Disabilities 47
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities 47
Characteristics of Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual
Disabilities 49
Latest Research on Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual
Disabilities 50
Research Questions 53
Summary 54
CHAPTER III 55
Methodology 55
Research Questions 55
Rationale 56
Context of the Study 56
Data Sources 57
Data Collection Methods 58
Data Analysis 60
Data Management Plan 61
Reliability and Validity 61
Summary 62
CHAPTER IV 63
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
vi
Results 63
Research Questions 64
Characteristics of the Sample 64
Job Category 64
Gender 65
Age of Participant 66
Education Level 66
Total Experience Years 67
Current Position Experience 68
Comparison of Demographics 68
Education Site Location 69
Employment Setting 69
Research Questions 70
Research Question One 70
Research Question Two 73
Procedure Used with Open-Ended Questions 78
Question One 78
Question Two 79
Summary 80
CHAPTER V 82
Discussion 82
Summary of the Study 82
Discussion of the Findings 85
Impact of Demographics 86
Setting 86
Participants 86
Knowledge 88
Understanding 89
Grade Level Implementation 89
Responsibility 90
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
vii
Training 91
Trends for Assessment Practice 92
Areas of Assessment 92
Types of Assessment 94
Published Assessments 96
Perceived Impact 98
Thematic Results 98
Theme One Assessment Tools 99
Theme Two Parental Involvement 99
Theme Three Real-Life Situations 100
Theme Four Collaboration 101
Theme Five Isolated Comments 102
Practical Implications 102
Limitations of the Study 105
Directions for Future Research 106
Summary 106
References 108
APPENDICES 116
IRB 116
IRB Approval 119
Recruitment of Special Education Directors Letter 121
Recruitment of Participants Letter 123
Survey Instrument 125
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
viii
ABSTRACT
Transition planning requires implementation and direction by the findings of
transition assessment regarding the students needs strengths preferences and interests as
mandated in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act 2004 (IDEA
2004) Limited research is currently available that addresses what assessment tools
practitioners utilize to meet the mandates of transition assessment to aid in transition
planning for students with intellectual disabilities The descriptive study reported herein
attempted to determine educatorsrsquo knowledge about transition assessment practices and
what is being utilized specifically with students with intellectual disabilities as they
transition from secondary to postsecondary life This study employed the replication of a
previously published study
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
ix
LIST OF TABLES
41 Job Category Description 65
42 Gender 66
43 Age of the Participant 66
44 Level of Education 67
45 Years of Experience as an Educator 67
46 Years in the Current Position 68
47 Comparison of Demographics 68
48 EmploymentConsultation Location 69
49 Employment Setting 70
410 Perceived Grade Level Implementation of Transition Assessment 71
411 Perceived Person Responsible for Implementing Transition Assessment 71
412 Perceived Level of Understanding Regarding Transition Assessment 72
413 Interest in Additional Training 73
414 Perceived Areas Addressed with Transition Assessment 74
415 Level of Use for Types of Transition Assessments 75
416 Level of Use for Published Assessments 77
417 Perceived Impact of Transition Assessment 78
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
1
CHAPTER I
A DESCRIPTIVE STUDY OF EDUCATIONAL PROFESSIONALSrsquo
KNOWLEDGE OF TRANSITION ASSESSMENT FOR INDIVIDUALS
WITH INTELLECTUAL DISABILITIES
Transition planning is a mandate set forth in the Individuals with Disabilities
Education Improvement Act 2004 (IDEA 2004) The process of developing a
coordinated set of activities with regard to transition planning for students with
disabilities is the cornerstone of IDEA 2004(Lollar 2010) The federal Office of Special
Education Programs and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) issued mandates to track
transition services and progress at the secondary and postsecondary level (Mazotti et al
2009) Transition development is a critical issue for students with disabilities as they pass
from secondary to postsecondary life
A great deal of research is available that pertains to cognitive assessment and
achievement assessment as separate entities Transition planning is another unique and
important issue for students with disabilities that resulted in a wealth of literature
suggesting best practices for the implementation of transition services Likewise the
process of transition planning is guided by the assessment results however few studies
have been conducted that address the assessment trends and practices that drive the
transition planning process Little research dealing specifically with students with
intellectual disabilities as it pertains to transition assessment exists at the present time
Purpose of the Study
The purpose of this study was to determine educatorsrsquo knowledge of transition
assessment practices and what assessment mechanisms are being implemented with
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
2
students with intellectual disabilities The study reported herein has attempted to
determine educatorsrsquo knowledge about transition assessment practices being utilized
specifically with students with intellectual disabilities as they transition from secondary
to postsecondary life
Statement of the Problem
Transition planning is a mandate outlined in IDEA 2004 and by the Office of
Special Education Programs and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) through Indicator 13
Indicator 13 requires that a transition plan be developed implemented and driven by the
transition assessment process Current assessment trends are utilized on a continuous
basis for individuals with disabilities both formally and informally to address cognitive
and achievement skills Research studies that address transition assessment specifically
are limited Limited research is currently available that addresses what assessment tools
practitioners utilize to meet the mandates of transition assessment to aid in transition
planning for students with intellectual disabilities Research data that describe what
professionals are currently utilizing to address transition assessment would be beneficial
to assist practitioners and to aid in the development of high quality transition plans for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Research Questions
This study investigated educatorsrsquo knowledge of transition assessment practices
with individuals with intellectual disabilities A review of the literature was conducted to
reveal the issues and information available pertaining to transition assessment as it relates
to individuals with disabilities transition needs and mandates for individuals with
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
3
disabilities and current transition practices with educators This study sought to answer
the following questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
TheoreticalConceptual Framework
This study replicated a previously published study by Herbert Lorenz amp Trusty
(2010) from The Pennsylvania State University Descriptive statistical analysis was
required for the majority of the questions from their survey Descriptive statistics is a
process that presents quantitative information in a basic format (Trochim 2006)
Information is described utilizing summaries that will form the basis of the quantitative
analysis The descriptive analysis allows for a basic description of what the data reveals
Trochim (2006) wrote that descriptive analysis permits the data to be summarized in a
practical usable way
This study undertook the replication of an open-ended question in the Herbert et
al study (2010) This study used two open-ended questions and rephrased the questions
for greater clarification Subsequent analysis with the open-ended responses occurred
Qualitative research allows the researcher to get beyond their initial thoughts prejudices
preconceived notions and initial theories to delve into new realizations and syntheses of
knowledge (Miles amp Huberman 1994) Brantlinger Jimenez Klingner Pugach and
Richardson (2005) proclaimed that qualitative research is the mechanism for evaluating
the process of human behavior as it emerges within particular subject content The
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
4
purpose within an educational framework is to evoke change to improve the quality of
services education and programming with scientifically derived data Denzin and
Lincoln (1994) asserted that qualitative research is a set of various types of inferential
methods The research context for the open-ended survey questions will assume the
General Theory approach This type of practice attempts to analyze and interpret results
while seeking generalizations therefore allowing for discussion of the findings (Glezni
2006)
Assumptions
Students with intellectual disabilities must be met with the same stringent
assessment criteria as other disabled peers in order to meet the qualifications for special
education services All students with disabilities must participate in transition planning as
they begin the progression from secondary school settings to postsecondary options The
catalyst for the transition plan is the assessment process using formal and informal
approaches The literature that was available provided a plethora of information regarding
assessment methods and transition planning protocols Specific data should be
assimilated to address the specific transition assessment knowledge level of professionals
to meet the specific needs of students with intellectual disabilities
Definition of Terms
Adaptive Behavior Assessment is the assessment that when paired with
cognitive achievement assessment allows the child to be identified as a child with
an intellectual disability Adaptive behavior is characterized by the ability a child
has to be safe to interact with the environment and take into account the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
5
individualrsquos ability to interact with the physical environment and the world
around them (Salvia Ysseldyke amp Bolt 2007 2010)
Assessment is the process of gathering data and information to evaluate a
particular student or school The purpose is to provide information to make
instructional decisions (Salvia et al 2007 2010)
Diagnostician is the title of a position in the state of Texas for individuals who
are certified to administer testing and interpret intellectual and achievement
testing data for students to determine eligibility for special education services
(TEA 2011)
Disability is the results of impairment or medical conditions that adversely affect
a childrsquos education achievement There are 14 categories for individuals who are
identified as a child with a disability These include Other Health Impaired Deaf
and Hard of Hearing Visually Impaired Deafblind Health Impaired Emotional
Behavioral Impaired Autism Developmentally Delayed Learning Disabled
Speech and Language Impaired Multiple Severe Disabilities Physically
Disabled Traumatic Brain Injury and Intellectually Disabled (Bryant Smith amp
Bryant 2008)
Financial Planning involves the analysis of available resources and the
development of understanding the value of money and how to handle money
Individuals with disabilities require careful planning by family and community
agencies to ensure that financial matters are handled safely and in the best interest
of the individual with disabilities (Wehman 2009)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
6
Formal Assessment is characterized as standardized assessments This type of
assessment uses tests that are administered with specific instructions and
guidelines Included are interpretation procedures that require strict adherence to
specific protocols to receive correct and true results These tests are typically
manufactured assessments that test cognitive and achievement skills however
there are some manufactured formal assessments that evaluate transition skills and
aptitudes (Overton 2009)
Formal Transition Assessment includes a variety of published instruments to
assess skills aptitudes interests and preferences These include achievement
tests adaptive behavior and independent living assessments interest inventories
aptitude tests intelligence tests personality or preference tests career
development measures on-the-job or training evaluation and self-determination
assessments (University of North Carolina 2010)
Inclusive education is the process of educating students with disabilities in the
same class environment as their nondisabled peers (Salvia et al 2010)
Independent Living encompasses all the issues that surround a personrsquos life
pertaining to living on onersquos own The evaluation of this entity involves reflecting
on the continuum from residential living facilities to living on onersquos own All
aspects of life including transportation self-care money management
employment and community participation must be evaluated (Sitlington Clark amp
Kolstoe 2000)
Indictor 13 the ldquoU S Department of Education through the Office of Special
Education Rehabilitative Services required states to develop six-year State
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
7
Performance Plans in December 2005 around 20 indicators on which data is
submitted annually (beginning February 2007) in Annual Performance Reportsrdquo
Indicator 13 addresses secondary students (NSTTAC 2011)
Indicator 14 is the requirement by the OSERS to provide performance plans for
individuals with disabilities who are at the post-secondary level of their life
(NSTTAC 2011)
Individualized Education Plan (IEP) is a tool that is created after the child
meets eligibility criteria for special education This plan is specifically designed to
meet the individual needs of the child with a disability This plan outlines the
services the delivery of the services and the monitoring mechanisms that will be
utilized This document states the setting defines the length of programming
details methodology identifies evaluation modes documents the mode of
discipline determines the related services and sets the standard of progress for a
child with a disability (Hulett 2007)
Individualized Transition Plan (ITP) is the formal document that is developed
on an annual basis for a student who reaches the age of 16 and is identified as a
student with a disability The plan includes a coordinated set of goals and
objectives to address the individual childrsquos interests talents preferences and
strengths as they transition from secondary education to adulthood The ITP is the
plan that directs the annual IEP planning and course selection process (Miller et
al 2007)
Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act (IDEA 2004) is the
most recently reauthorized law that addresses providing a Free and Appropriate
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
8
Education for students with a disability The reauthorization in 2004 addressed
specifically the need and requirement for implementing a transition plan for
students when they reach the age of 16 (Hulett 2007)
Informal Assessment is the process of gathering non-standardized data to
evaluate progress Examples of informal assessment include checklists
interviews observations portfolios and teacher-made tests (Overton 2009)
Intellectual DisabilitiesMental Retardation is characterized by the American
Association on Mental Retardation as significantly subaverage intellectual
functioning which is paired with deficits in adaptive behavior and is manifested
during the developmental period (Crane 2002)
Local Education Agency (LEA) is local a district or school system that provides
public education to students with and without disabilities (Snell amp Brown 2006)
Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) is a federal
government agency that provides leadership and financial support to state
education agencies and local education agencies to improve the outcomes for
infants to youth with disabilities (US Department of Education 2009)
Person-centered planning is a nonthreatening approach to engaging the family
and the student into developing goals and objectives through active processes that
enhance the IEP (Sitlington et al 2010)
Postsecondary Education (PSE) is the period after high school when a student
engages in continuing or higher education This can include a vocational or trade
school two-year college or four-year college setting (Lichenstein Rusch amp
Chadsey 1998)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
9
Secondary Education (SE) is characterized as the high school years when
students begin ninth grade and move through to the twelfth grade It is at this
stage in education that students with disabilities not only address academic needs
but the process of developing the Individualized Transition Plan (ITP) is created
(Sitlington Neubert amp Clark 2010)
Self Determination is a skill that provides greater control and capacity for
students to be employed This involves tenacity and drive and the ability to strive
to reach ones potential via intrinsic motivation (Wehman 2011)
Special Education Manager is a computer software program that provides a
management system for writing reports and documentation of IEP reports to
school systems in Texas (GG Consulting LLC 2008)
State Education Agency (SEA) is the state education entity that governs the
local entities In Texas this is characterized as the Texas Education Agency
(TEA) (Texas Education Agency 20072011)
Supported Employment is paid employment that involves additional supports to
the individual to ensure success in the competitive employment arena This
involves at least 20 hours a week in real-work situations which differs from
sheltered employment (Wehman 2001)
Transition as it pertains to individuals with disabilities is the period of moving
toward postsecondary living and adulthood This includes various aspects
including employment postsecondary education community living and
involvement independent living and satisfactory social and personal
relationships This involves a set of coordinated and collaborative efforts between
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
10
the individual school family community resources and various stakeholders that
provide support (Halpern 1985 cited in Wehman 2011)
Transition Assessment is described as an ongoing process Information is
collected that includes the studentrsquos strengths interests preferences abilities and
a needs analysis This is the guiding information that directs the Individualized
Transition Planning process (Sitlington amp Clark 2006 cited in Luecking 2009)
Transition Planning is the process of developing a road map that provides
stepping stones to the future into adulthood for individuals with disabilities
(Flexer Baer Luft amp Simmons 2001)
Transition Services are defined by IDEA 2004 as a ldquocoordinated set of activities
for a child with a disability that is designed to be written with a results-oriented
process that is focused on improving the academic and functional achievement of
the child with a disability to facilitate the childrsquos movement from school to
postschool activities Included is postsecondary education vocational education
integrated employment including supported employment continuing and adult
education adult services independent living or community participation This is
based on the individual childrsquos needs taking into account the childrsquos strengths
preferences and interests This also includes instruction related services
community experiences the development of employment and other postschool
adult living objectives and when appropriate acquisition of daily living skills
and adaptive behavior evaluation (p 5)rdquo (Miller et al 2007)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
11
Vocational Adjustment Coordinator is a term used in the assigned region for
teachers who develop work habits skills training and employment opportunities
for individuals with disabilities in the secondary school setting
Vocational Education is the organized set of activities training and coursework
to prepare the individual with disabilities toward greater success in career choices
or postsecondary education options (Sitlington et al 2000)
Vocational Rehabilitation (VR) is a mandated requirement set forth in IDEA
2004 The process of VR is a collaborative effort with community agencies and
specialists to address employment and postsecondary educational options for
individuals with disabilities (Golden et al 2010)
Delimitations
This study replicated a previous study performed by Herbert et al (2010) from
The Pennsylvania State University The original survey employed was field tested to
allow for modifications and greater clarity Modifications were made to the replicated
study to gather specific data pertaining to transition assessment as a whole rather than just
career assessment staff training desires and knowledge about specific published
assessment tools Also the survey was designed to discover the knowledge of staff
working with students with intellectual disabilities as it pertains to transition assessment
The survey was disseminated to professionals in education including special educators
special education directors transition coordinators vocational adjustment coordinators
and diagnosticians working with students with intellectual disabilities The survey was
formatted to fit the online tool used to disseminate the survey An online format was
implemented similar to the original study Recommendations were provided in the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
12
original study which provided valuable advice to revise the study in order to refine the
process in order to achieve useful data Careful consideration by the researcher was
given to adhere to stringent protocols to gather accurate unbiased and useful data that
assisted with the findings of the research study
Limitations
Limitations included the following issues The study was originally conducted
with a group of 400 responders from across the state of Pennsylvania Limitations listed
in the original study included bias sample size and variability with variable awareness of
the participants Attempts to address these concerns were evaluated however certain
issues such as bias were difficult to control This study was conducted within the
specific region of West Texas The researcherrsquos involvement in special education in
particular the education of individuals with intellectual disabilities could have led to bias
and could have influenced the study however efforts were embarked upon to prevent
this confounding variable The relatively new use of the term intellectual disabilities to
characterize a student who was previously identified as a student with mental retardation
could have created some confusion
Significance of the Study
The study will add to the research findings associated with professionalsrsquo
knowledge about transition assessment as it pertains to individuals with intellectual
disabilities A great deal of research and literature is available pertaining to assessment
for both cognitive and achievement purposes There are also transition assessment
materials available and suggested practices for administering suggested assessment tools
Research information validating practice is missing from the transition assessment
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
13
process and indicating what practitioners actually utilize to meet the mandates of
Indicator 13 and IDEA 2004
Results of this study were utilized in several ways First the results were utilized
to substantiate or negate the findings of the original study The results will be
disseminated to the original researchers to verify or suggest revisions The results are
valuable to practitioners who utilize transition assessment tools with individuals with
disabilities In particular the results will aid those who work directly with individuals
with intellectual disabilities The results also add to the minimal available data with this
population of students which could stir further interest by other practitioners to replicate
even more research with transition assessment
School districts will utilize the data to develop appropriate transition assessment
strategies for individuals with disabilities in particular individuals with intellectual
disabilities From these data the professionals will develop a serviceable and appropriate
transition plan that meets the needs of the individual The goal of best practices for the
student as they transition from secondary to postsecondary venues was greatly fortified
In addition professionals will have valuable information allowing them to adhere to the
mandates outlined in Indicator 13 by the OSERS and through IDEA 2004
Organization of the Study
The literature review directed the emphasis of this study Few current research
studies exist that address professionalsrsquo knowledge level with regard to transition
assessment for individuals with disabilities This review included review of the literature
pertaining to historical influences on the transition plan components and mandates to the
transition process assessment practices and purposes transition assessment materials
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
14
and any available research studies that addressed the knowledge level of professionals
with regard to the transition assessment process
This study replicated a previously utilized research study that assessed current
assessment practices of professionals who interact with individuals with disabilities This
study was conducted through The Pennsylvania State University (Herbert et al 2010)
For this study a survey was disseminated to educators who deal specifically with
individuals with intellectual disabilities The purpose of utilizing a survey was to gather
additional information that was lacking on the research topic (American Association for
Public Opinion Research 2011) Modifications in the original format addressed unique
formatting specifications of the online survey modality Two open-ended questions
allowed a personal response which provided the respondent an opportunity to provide
additional insight to the researcher on the topic of knowledge of transition assessment for
individuals with disabilities
Analysis of the data occurred with several types of approaches as described in the
original survey report (Herbert et al 2010) Descriptive analysis occurred for the greater
portion of the survey questions Descriptive analysis was utilized to examine the
differences between responses across the various types of professionals such as self-
contained classroom teachers diagnosticians vocational adjustment coordinators and
special education administrators (Herbert et al 2010) Finally a qualitative analysis was
used to assimilate the data and to derive common themes and patterns from the open-
ended response questions
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
15
Summary
This study assessed educatorsrsquo knowledge of transition assessment strategies for
individuals with intellectual disabilities The study used a descriptive analysis approach
for 16 questions with two additional open-ended questions requiring qualitative analysis
to determine themes A review of the research addressed intellectual disabilities
transition practices transition assessment with disabilities in a general format and
specifically transition assessment for students with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
16
CHAPTER II
Review of the Literature
Special education began in the late 1700rsquos to the early 1800rsquos and is attributed to
Jean-Marc-Gaspard Itard (Bryant Smith amp Bryant 2008) He promoted the philosophy
that people with intellectual disabilitiesmental retardation are capable of learning (Crane
2002) From these early efforts the approach to educating and providing service to
individuals with intellectual disabilities emerged in the 20th
century when new laws
mandates and practices were introduced at a relatively fast rate Changes to services
paralleled many of the efforts of the Civil Rights movement of the 60rsquos and 70rsquos (Bryant
Smith amp Bryant 2008) The rights of individuals with intellectual disabilities were the
guiding principles influencing the introduction and further modifications to federal laws
that directed the treatment of these individuals
Several laws were enacted that guaranteed the rights of all individuals with
disabilities In 1973 the legislature passed the Vocational Rehabilitation Act in which
Section 504 set the stage for further legislation (Bryant et al 2008) This law guaranteed
basic civil rights to individuals with disabilities Furthermore accommodations were
made a requirement in public schools and society The intent was to prevent
discrimination against individuals with disabilities particularly within agencies receiving
federal funds
Perhaps one of the most powerful pieces of legislation that influenced the
education of individuals with disabilities was the Education for All Handicapped
Children Act better known as PL 94-142 of 1975 This law guaranteed that all students
with disabilities would receive at no cost a Free and Appropriate Public Education
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
17
(FAPE) This also established the Least Restrictive Environment (LRE) which
emphasized the education of children with their nondisabled peers (Bryant Smith amp
Bryant 2008) This law has undergone several changes and reauthorizations through the
years
The first reauthorization occurred in 1986 with the addition of services for infants
and toddlers The next reauthorization resulted in a title change to the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 1990 (IDEA) Two categories were added
autism and traumatic brain injury (Bryant et al 2008) Perhaps the most significant
change was the introduction of transition planning and services through the Individual
Transition Plan (ITP) (Bryant et al 2008)
Another monumental disability law was the Americans with Disabilities Act
(ADA) in 1990 Legislators and advocacy groups believed that Section 504 of the
Vocational Rehabilitation Act was not sufficient to protect the rights of individuals with
disabilities and further specifications needed to be defined This law went beyond the
classroom to community factors that influenced special needs individuals ADA
addressed discrimination ldquoin employment transportation public accommodations and
telecommunicationsrdquo (Bryant et al 2008 p 17)
Reauthorization of IDEA occurred in 1997 The reauthorization added behavioral
intervention plans (BIP) and functional behavioral assessments (FBA) as required
mandates The transition process for secondary special needs learners was also
strengthened by requiring that the ITP be a part of the studentrsquos Individualized Education
Program (IEP) (Bryant et al 2008)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
18
In 2001 No Child Left Behind (NCLB) was passed Some of the main features
addressed individuals with special needs Educators were now required to utilize
scientifically based programs and interventions Individuals with special needs would
have increased access to the general education curriculum Finally the evaluation of
student proficiency in any given subject area would require appropriate accommodations
(Bryant et al 2008)
The next reauthorization of the IDEA occurred in 2004 (IDEA 2004 US
Department of Education 2006 cited in Bryant et al 2008) Changes to the identification
of learning disabilities were specified and alternate education settings for disciplinary
actions were allowed Additionally a requirement that teachers would need to fulfill
provisions as a highly qualified teacher was also added Students with disabilities are now
required to participate in annual state and district testing while including appropriate
accommodations and alternative testing in certain instances for particular students with
intellectual disabilities (Bryant et al 2008)
Students with Intellectual Disabilities
Definition of Intellectual Disabilities
The American Association on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
(AAIDD 2011) formerly known at the as the American Association on Mental
Retardation defines intellectual disability as ldquoa disability characterized by significant
limitations both in intellectual functioning and in adaptive behavior which covers many
everyday social and practical skills This disability originates before the age of 18rdquo The
Centers for Disease Control (CDC 2005) further states that individuals with disabilities
perform below average on intelligence tests and display limitations in routines for daily
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
19
living and independent living skills These individuals display the ability to learn but at a
much slower pace
Individuals with intellectual disabilities perform at least two standard deviations
below the mean on a 100 average scale score on intelligence tests (Hogan 2007)
Categories for intellectual disabilities have been established to provide greater
understanding of intellectual functioning These include mild moderate severe and
profound intellectual disabilities Individuals classified as mildly intellectually disabled
perform at an intelligence quotient level of 50-55 to approximately 70 Individuals with
moderate intellectual disability display intelligence test scores from 35-40 to 50-55 The
severe intellectual disability category is classified as 20-25 to 35-40 Profound
Intellectual Disability is categorized as an IQ score below 20 or 25 (Hogan 2007)
In addition to sub-average performance on intelligence tests an evaluation of the
personrsquos adaptive skills is needed to determine that an individual meets the qualifications
for a diagnosis of intellectual disabilities An individual who is suspected of meeting the
criterion for intellectual disabilities within the intelligence testing process must also
display delays in the area of adaptive behavior Adaptive behavior includes social
intelligence and practical intelligence Social intelligence involves understanding social
situations Practical intelligence refers to independent living tasks and employability
skills (Hallahan et al 2012)
Characteristics of Students with Intellectual Disabilities
The CDC states that individuals with intellectual disabilities display the ability to
learn but at a much slower pace (CDC 2005) Hallahan and associates (2012) wrote that
with the proper supports the individual with intellectual disabilities can learn over time
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
20
According to Crane (2002) individuals with intelligence quotients in the mildly disabled
range perform typically at the second to fifth-grade level intellectually display a high
degree of daily living independence and are fully or partially employed Individuals with
moderate intellectual disabilities perform functional academic skills People performing
at the severely disabled level perform basic kindergarten and prekindergarten academics
require supervision for daily living skills and will typically require supervision in
community employment in a supported workshop setting Individuals performing at the
profoundly disabled level require intense supervised care in all areas of need (Crane
2002)
Statistical Data Regarding Prevalence of Students with Intellectual Disabilities
Nationwide 11 of individuals are identified as having some type of disability
(OSERS 2006 in Bryant et al 2008) Statistically about 214 of individuals will
measure two or more standard deviations below the normal average of 100 (Overton
2009) The prevalence of individuals with intellectual delays falling below 70 in public
school settings is about 227 (Hallahan et al 2012) Mild intellectual disabilities are
three times more prevalent than are severe intellectual disabilities (CDC 2005)
The economic cost associated with individuals with intellectual disabilities is
staggering Typically these individuals require long-term care and support to address all
areas of life The Centers for Disease Control (2005) reported that individuals with
intellectual disabilities average slightly more than one million dollars per person for
lifetime care Costs are incurred for medical care assistive devices home and automobile
modifications special education loss of revenue due to sub-average employment
opportunities and limited work opportunities Screenings and interventions need to be
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
21
employed to address the overwhelming reality of funding the care and education
individuals with intellectual disabilities (CDC 2004)
Historical Practices for Students with Intellectual Disabilities
In 1799 a French doctor by the name of Jean Marc-Gaspard Itard attempted to
educate a young boy known as a wild child who was believed to possess intellectual
disabilities (Bryant et al 2008) Itard established that those with intellectual disabilities
are able to learn (Crane 2002) Education underwent changes and developments over the
next two centuries Unfortunately some of the treatments for individuals included
barbaric practice through experimentation involuntary sterilization increased
segregation social control a type of ethnic cleansing and inhumane treatment (Crane
2002) Humanitarian reforms beginning in1960 were implemented that changed the
outlook for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Crane 2002)
In 1840 the first residential program for individuals with intellectual disabilities
was established In 1876 the American Association on Intellectual and Developmental
Disabilities (AAIDD) was created In 1896 the first class for students with all types of
intellectual disabilities was established By 1917 institutional settings were present for
most individuals with intellectual disabilities Edgar Doll proposed a definition for
intellectual disabilities that consisted of six criteria The Association for Retarded
Citizens known as the ARC was established in 1954 In 1959 a new groundbreaking
definition for intellectual disabilities was created By 1960 a unique project called the
Mimosa Project was created to work with girls with intellectual disabilities who
demonstrated they were able to learn many difficult tasks and daily living skills
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
22
President Kennedy initiated a national agenda which addressed the topic of intellectual
disabilities The state of New Hampshire in 1997 closed all institutional settings and
moved individuals with intellectual disabilities to group homes or private settings In
1999 the Disability Work Incentive Law was signed into action thereby eliminating
many of the barriers individuals with intellectual disabilities previously experienced
(Bryant et al 2008)
Transition Needs for Secondary Special Needs Learners
Transition planning and coordination of services for students with disabilities has
undergone a metamorphosis over the last two centuries Recent mandates changes and
requirements of the IDEA 2004 demanded that educators and service providers clarify
the individualrsquos needs and address the required mandates presented in the law (Schmitz
2008) The trend changed due to stakeholders including family members educators
service providers and most importantly the students desired quality outcomes for
postsecondary living Upon careful examination of the historical developments current
trends in transition planning and future needs and desires of students and caregivers now
require the implementation of best practices with regard to transition services
Transition planning for the student with disabilities is a critical area of concern
As the student with disabilities moves from high school to postsecondary life a
coordinated set of goals and objectives with defined implementation of services and
responsibilities for plausible outcomes must be implemented (IDEA 2004) Many of the
students with disabilities face a challenging road ahead and it is important that they be
provided with an Individualized Transition Plan (ITP) that includes their desires needs
strengths and preferences to afford greater positive outcomes Family members
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
23
educators students and community service providers must operate in a collaborative
manner to seek the best educational opportunities for the student with disabilities
(Wehman 2011)
Historical Influences on the Transition Process
Understanding historical developments that have transpired over the centuries
creates a greater awareness of the development of the person-centered approach that
exists in education today John Dewey a leader in curriculum theory from the
Progressive Era of the 19th
century developed the person-centered approach for
educating children He believed that education was a means to bolster social reform thus
encouraging the social intellectual and moral development of the child (Dewey 1916
cited in Flinders amp Thornton 2009) His person-centered approach directed the transition
process for the 21st century
Jane Addams a social reformer from the 19th
century transformed the social
work concept that existed with migrants coming to the United States She was known for
her social reform approach of providing services to her constituents at Hull House in
Chicago during the 19th
century Her enterprising concept of meeting the needs of her
constituents developed revolutionary changes for the immigrant child and family of the
Industrial Revolution Jane Addams recognized the need to educate all social classes to
meet the specific needs and interests of the immigrant populace (Addams cited in
Flinders amp Thornton 2009) Her enterprising holistic pursuit utilized a needs-assessment
approach accompanied by implementation of instruction in academic physical life skills
social and interests and preferences thereby affecting goals directed toward future adult
living objectives of Hull House Programming was created by assessing the needs
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
24
preferences and talents of those immigrant individuals who accessed Hull House
Although she was not an educator but a social worker her needs-assessment approach to
providing services to her immigrant constituents by evaluating the education vocational
social and independent living needs of the persons who attended Hull House improved
the quality of life in a holistic pursuit (Addams 1908 cited in Lagemann 1985)
Another individual from the 19th
century who influenced the transition planning
process that exists in special education today was Ralph Tyler Tyler believed that the
students learned best when they were able to experience learning in the natural
environment He surmised that the student must embrace a purpose for learning with the
objectives and experiences created in harmony with their life outside the classroom He
encouraged a study of ldquocontemporary life outside the classroom as the basis for deriving
objectivesrdquo (Tyler 1949 cited in Flinders amp Thornton 2009) He subsequently employed
a philosophy of experiential learning in and out of the classroom to reinforce the
purposeful continuum It was this experiential connection that attached profound meaning
to the learner Although not a direct contributor to the transition process for individuals
with special needs his philosophy provided a groundbreaking approach that paved the
way for current practices in special education with regard to transition planning
Examination of the mandates of IDEA 2004 pertaining to ITP reveals several
common comparisons to the aforementioned theorists The ITP is a person-centered plan
that includes the student and aligns postsecondary goals with transition services (Mazzoti
et al 2009) The goals are based on age-appropriate transition assessment related to
education employment training and independent living (Humphrey Johnson amp Albers
2010) Acknowledgment of the historical contributions of Addams Dewey and Tyler as
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
25
person-centered theorists allows one to opine that their beliefs have accelerated the
progress of education for students with disabilities This is particularly important with the
ITP process upon which the secondary student with disabilitiesrsquo annual individual
educational plan (IEP) is developed
Defining the Specifics of Transition Planning
In addition to historical perspectives interested stakeholders should be aware of
legal mandates and laws that pertain to individuals with disabilities Hulett (2007) has
described transition as the eighth component to the IEP process He states that IDEA
2004 demands that at the age of 16 the transition planning process is a requirement for
every studentrsquos annual IEP The transition plan must be reviewed annually The transition
planning process should be results driven to produce high-quality outcomes for
postsecondary living (Miller et al 2007) A statement of the needs or services must be
included in the IEP The ITP team must consider courses of study training supported
employment integrated employment adult services community participation and
independent living skills In addition they must look at community agencies that assist
with the child These services are at no cost to the student (Miller et al 2007)
Transition planning includes a coordinated set of goals and objectives to meet the
transition needs of students with disabilities as they transition into postsecondary life
(IDEA 2004) The ITP should include vocational education community living home
and family issues financial planning recreation and leisure mobility and health issues
Utilizing an authentic approach to implementation will increase the success of a
purposeful approach for the benefit of the student (Layton amp Lock 2008) The student
should be the focus by taking into account the desires talents interests and preferences
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
26
of the child (IDEA 2004 Wehman 2011) Vocational training postsecondary options
and continuing education opportunities should be included in the transition process (Snell
amp Brown 2006)
Transition planning requires that service providers develop and implement plans
that describe the services provided assessment and evaluation measures obligations of
team members person who are part of the plan and plausible service agencies (Overton
2009) Team members include the special educators general educators community
agencies student family members possible psychologists and counselors rehabilitation
specialists and other designated individuals who could provide support in the transition
planning ( Overton 2009 Wehman 2011) The student and parent should be included in
the transition planning process at all stages to secure greater positive outcomes at the
postsecondary level (Escheidt 2006)
Characteristics of Transition Needs
The student is the driving force of the transition planning process and its
subsequent annual goals and objectives This coordinated set of goals and objectives
becomes the model for the implementation of course selection vocational planning and
education for the student with regard to his or her annual IEP (Miller et al 2007) The
evaluation of the ability family structure community opportunities desires talents and
preferences of the student forms the basis for the transition plan (Wehman 2009)
Employment vocational training and postsecondary education are also carefully
considered in the ITP (Snell amp Brown 2006) The student should be given the tools to
live a successful life that is safe and provides the greatest opportunity for independence
(McNaughton amp Beulman 2010)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
27
Schmitz (2008) described the purpose of transition planning as a fundamental
requirement of IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 as outlined by the Office of Special
Education Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) In addition to the mandates presented in
IDEA 2004 pertaining to transition services there is an additional requirement that
schools and postsecondary agencies report on the results of transition services for
individuals with disabilities through Indicator 13 for secondary programs and Indicator
14 for postsecondary programs This has become the guiding structure when addressing
the needs and postsecondary planning of students with disabilities IDEA 2004 requires
that there must be a coordinated set of activities that focus on improving the academic
and functional achievement of the individual with disabilities Indicator 13 and Indicator
14 require that tracking mechanisms be put into place to assess the outcomes of
individuals with disabilities as they transition from secondary schooling to postsecondary
life
Statistics reveal that students with disabilities experience an unemployment rate
of 70 as opposed to their nondisabled peers at 22 (Schmitz 2008) The need to close
that gap is critical This is the reality that drives the mandates such as Indicator 13 for
educators to develop an appropriate transition IEP which includes age-appropriate
transition assessment and transition services that are to be delivered to students with
disabilities (Schmitz 2008)
The Individualized Transition Plan Process and Components
The foundation for the essential components and mandates associated with
transition come from IDEA 2004 which states the following
Transition services means a coordinated set of activities for a child with a
disability that is designed to be within a results-oriented process that is focused on
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
28
improving the academic and functional achievement of the child with a disability
to facilitate the childrsquos movement from school to postschool activities including
postsecondary education vocational education integrated employment (including
supported employment) continuing and adult education adult services
independent living or community participation is based on the individual childlsquos
needs taking into account the childrsquos strengths preferences and interests and
includes instruction related services community experiences the development of
employment and other postschool adult living objectives and if appropriate
acquisition of daily living skills and provision of a functional vocational
evaluation Transition services for children with disabilities may be special
education if provided as specially designed instruction or a related service if
required to assist a child with a disability to benefit from special education (TEA
cited in ESC 18 2011)
The process of including the student to a greater extent while engaging him or
her in greater collaboration with community agencies is emphasized in the transition
process The switch to a results-oriented approach as opposed to an input approach has
increased the need for greater accountability This is also evident with the
implementation of Indicator 13 pertaining to accountability for transition planning at the
secondary education stage and Indicator 14 at the postsecondary education stage Specific
changes to the IDEA 1997 to IDEA 2004 are the requirement of a coordinated set of
activities improvement with academic and functional achievement transition IEP age-
appropriate assessment and transition services (Schmitz 2008)
Components of the transition plan include a holistic approach to the education of
the student with disabilities Short-term goals should be developed with long range
planning as the over-all guiding purpose (Wehman 2009) The ITP should include the
assessment and development of critical life skills such as mobility recreation and leisure
opportunities health and safety training money management personal appearance skills
building social skills training and skills acquisition work habits and issues pertaining to
maintaining dignity (Wehman 2009)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
29
Assessment and evaluation results should take into account the strengths and
preferences of the child while being presented in user-friendly formats to the family
members and student The schedule of services time frames for implementation and
individual responsibilities and obligations for providers should be documented Efforts to
provide real-life vocational training to meet employability objectives should be outlined
Financial planning is a critical component and needs in this area should be included
Social skills training and access to increase full community participation and activities
are other important elements of the ITP process (Wehman 2009)
Critical life skills pertaining to self-help and self-determination independence
and socialization represent essential transition elements Access to community agencies
and possible acquisition of needed services should be outlined with contact information
available to the family members and student Recreation and leisure health and safety
money management work habits and maintaining dignity are additional areas that
should be addressed by the ITP team (Wehman 2009)
Real-life experiences in naturalist settings for all aspects of the personrsquos life
including employment education and life skills acquisition is recommended (Wehman
2011) National transition goals which are outlined in IDEA 2004 include promoting
self-determination and self-advocacy ensuring that students have access to the standards-
based curriculum increasing graduation rates providing access to full participation in
postsecondary education and employment increasing parent participation improving
collaboration for optimum school and postschool outcomes increasing the availability of
qualified workforce and encourages full participation in community life including
social recreation and leisure opportunities The ITP includes two major goals The first
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
30
is to identify outcomes students and parent desire which is the person-centered approach
by including the student and parent while respecting their values and beliefs The second
is community collaboration and participation through community resources program
development and interagency collaboration (Wehman 2011)
New resources are being developed and published continuously to encourage the
implementation of sound practices in transition planning and services Johnson (2002)
from the University of San Diego developed a sourcebook of books selected websites
aptitude tests vocational evaluations career planning resources information centers
curricular resources assessments life-centered education IEP planning interagency
links publishers postsecondary transition resources and selected reports and articles
These suggested resources are included to enhance the transition assessment
development and implementation process
Snell and Brown (2006) in Instruction of Students with Severe Disabilities
devoted a chapter to vocational preparation and transition They recommended that
individuals should develop valued employment skills and abilities through supportive
families vocational services and supports in the community They proposed that
Vocational Rehabilitation should be the primary facilitators of employment opportunities
for individuals with disabilities
It is necessary to include a review of Social Security benefits and Medicaid
sources The balanced school-based vocational preparation through collaborative efforts
should include a continuum of the studentrsquos interests and preferences The work-related
instruction should occur across grades and settings in real-world settings Community-
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
31
based training sites should be developed with systematic behavioral procedures with the
goal of paid employment with if needed supports after graduation
Finally vocational training is a necessary component of the transition process
Transition training should provide students with a curriculum that prepares them for the
job they intend to enter Broad-based knowledge and skills are necessary components to
the vocational training endeavor Some students require training with specific skills that
are needed for survival in the workplace as well as in the community These skills need
to be carefully and succinctly taught These include academic skills communication
skills social and interpersonal skills and occupational and vocational skills (Levinson amp
Palmer 2005)
Latest Research on Individual Transition Planning
Policy Furney Hasazi and Destefano (1997) conducted a policy study to review
transition services for youth with disabilities The cross-case analysis evaluated programs
that exemplified high-quality models for implementation of transition planning Furney
and his colleagues assessed the current trends that were present in existing transition
planning practices He surveyed 74 institutions pertaining to their implementation of
transition services during a two-year period from 1992-1994 His intent was to evaluate
services with the new mandates set forth in previously reauthorized version of IDEA
1997 A qualitative approach was implemented with site visits in three states The results
were analyzed using cross-case analysis The results revealed that the person-centered
approach must be implemented to a greater extent to meet the postsecondary needs
outcomes of students with disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
32
Etscheidt (2006) conducted a qualitative analysis to examine judicial decisions
regarding transition planning Thirty-six cases were reviewed that addressed the needs of
individuals with intellectual disabilities learning disabilities behavioral disorders
autism multiple disabilities physical disabilities other health impairment attention-
deficithyperactivity disorder traumatic brain injury and other unspecified disabilities
Five categories were established that addressed agency contacts student involvement
and individualization of the transition plan school district obligations and
appropriateness of the transition plan
Etscheidtrsquos finding revealed that litigation pertaining to transition planning for
students with disabilities centered on procedural issues and components of the transition
plan Ten issues were identified Agencies need to be in attendance and invited to
transition meetings Second student involvement must be included and must consider
student interests Third individualization of the ITP should be based on assessment and
meet the studentrsquos individual needs Fourth stakeholders need to examine the studentrsquos
and familyrsquos postsecondary goals and vision Fifth discussion and documentation of the
present level of performance should be included Sixth the team should formulate a
statement of needed transition services with goals and objectives Seventh
implementation of the transition plan needs to be monitored to evaluate effectiveness
Eighth the district has an obligation to make plans that meet the needs of the individuals
to promote movement from secondary to postsecondary settings Ninth stakeholders
need to evaluate the appropriateness of the transition plan Tenth the transition plan must
be developed and addressed to meet the needs of the student
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
33
Transition services Through OSERS a grant was awarded to create the National
Secondary Technical Training Assistance Center (NSTTAC) This organization addresses
concerns regarding transition for secondary students as they move into postsecondary
life Through this collaborative effort between the University of North Carolina in
Charlotte and Western Michigan University NSTTAC addressed and assisted with
implementation to consumers parents agencies and educators about transition policy
Expert panels were created and research was initiated that resulted in recommendations
to local education agencies (LEAs) and state education agencies (SEAs) regarding
transition practice and policy In addition to informational recommendations to the LEAs
and SEAs technical assistance was developed to assist educators administrators and
parents in implementing effective transition and education services to improve secondary
and postsecondary outcomes A website was developed that includes evidence-based
practices lesson plan starters products and resources transition toolkits and specific
student and parent resources (UNC amp WMU 2011)
King Baldwin Currie and Evans (2006) completed a review article analyzing
strategies that were utilized to implement planning for transition and transition education
for youth with disabilities The purpose of one review was to evaluate the quality of
services and to provide recommendations for improvement of services The strategies
were classified into three main categories personal-level strategies person-environment
fit and environmental level strategies
Results indicated that the strategies lacked significant evidenced-based research to
support the use of the strategies and the effectiveness of the strategies Four of the
strategies pertaining to direct experience contained sufficient research to warrant the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
34
effectiveness of these types of strategies A recommendation proposed the use of more
than skills-acquisition strategies including training and implementation of strategies in
the natural environment (King et al 2006)
Postsecondary education A study by Papay and Bambara (2011) examined
transition services for youth in postsecondary settings who possessed significant
intellectual disabilities This study utilized a survey with descriptive methods for
analysis The purpose of the study was to assess the over-all inclusion characteristics of
postsecondary programs on college campuses Eighty-seven institutions were identified
that provided opportunities for individuals with intellectual disabilities to participate in
postsecondary programs located on college campuses
The results suggested that students with disabilities participated in college courses
and in vocational training opportunities Twenty five percent of the students with
disabilities involved in postsecondary education were enrolled in college level courses
Only 2 of students with intellectual disabilities enrolled in the courses for credit Most
of the students who enrolled in the courses for credit were described as learning disabled
with reading levels that were near or slightly below those of nondisabled peers The
students with intellectual disabilities audited the courses primarily in the humanities and
basic entry level Reading level was a determining factor for these students as to whether
they were able to participate in the courses successfully for credit
Funding for these programs came primarily from the willingness of the higher
education institutions to sponsor the programs Some government resources were also
included to a lesser extent as well as partnerships with local school districts for students
who were past the age of majority but were still enrolled in high school Tuition revenue
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
35
was another slight source of income for the programs Grants were last on the list of
available sources of income At most institutions grants provided less that 10 of the
necessary budgetary demands of the postsecondary educational setting
Recommendations included conducting further research to gain a greater
understanding of the effectiveness of postsecondary education (PSE) programs
Additionally PSE institutions should continue to develop partnerships to promote
ldquolifelong inclusion and self-determinationrdquo (Papay amp Bambara 2011 p 93) Methods for
implementation were suggested as additional research agendas
Another research study (Neubert Moon amp Grigal 2002) focused attention on
postsecondary options for individuals with significant disabilities The purpose of the
article was to provide a review of the current literature available pertaining to secondary
educational opportunities for students aged 18-21 in their last year of high school A
descriptive approach was implemented to examine secondary education opportunities at
two-year and four-year institutions of higher education and community based settings
The results revealed three vocational training model approaches First students
attended 2-year schools with the intent to gain vocational skills and training while
experiencing college life A second model for students with significant disabilities
included attendance at four-year institutions A third model included programs in the
community to encourage employment and independent living options
Funding for these programs primarily came from local school districts and the
higher education institutions The need to assess logistic concerns pertaining to greater
collaboration and communication with community agencies was encouraged
Collaboration between local education agencies community settings and institutions of
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
36
higher learning should occur to allow families and caregivers various options for
secondary transition services to students nearing the transition phase into postsecondary
life
Transition process Levinson and Palmer (2005) undertook a descriptive study
that discussed general characteristics of the transition process for employment and
postsecondary life The authors described necessary components to implement transition
services as mandated by IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 The need to incorporate
assessment and comprehensive planning that utilized the transition assessment data was
highlighted The assessment should address academic skills daily living skills personal
and social skills and occupational and vocational skills
School staff should subsequently utilize the assessment data to implement a plan
that meets the needs and interests of the student Parental involvement is crucial for the
planning process Vocational training should incorporate the enhancement of academic
skills daily living skills personal and social skills and occupational and vocational skills
Schools should focus on a transdisciplinary approach to prepare students for successful
postsecondary life
Cobb and Alwell (2009) reviewed transition planning and coordination of
services for individuals in postsecondary settings The authors undertook a review of
existing studies to determine whether there had been sufficient research efforts to address
the issue of transition planning and intervention for youth with disabilities This
systematic review included studies published between 1984 and 2004 A total of 31
studies from 10 journals produced a total of 1461 individual participants
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
37
Studies were analyzed for employment and participation in postsecondary
education options Analysis included whether the student was maintained at home and the
satisfaction of experience with personal and social relationships for individuals with a
variety of disabilities including learning disability emotional disturbance intellectual
disability autism physical disabilities attention deficit disorder auditory impairment
and speech impairment The authors reviewed postschool environments student
development interagency and interdisciplinary planning family involvement and
program structure
Results demonstrated that student-focused planning demonstrated great promise
as an important outcome for students Studentsrsquo desires need to be heard at IEP meetings
and in the planning processes More time is needed for transition planning and this should
not be handled at IEP meeting They also stated that students gain insight when training is
involved There is a demand to develop talents and interests Individuals with disabilities
believe there is a need for real work experience and socialization skills training Efforts
should focus on needs to build specific job skills that continue after high school There is
a need for flexibility rather than fitting students into prescribed programs The emphasis
should be directed toward greater awareness of community resources for possible
employment education living options and community access according to the
consumers and family members
Transition compliance Grigal Hart and Magliore (2011) conducted a
secondary analysis using The National Longitudinal Transition Survey 2 to address the
mandates of Indicator 14 of IDEA 2004 In order to comply with Indicator 14
individuals must be enrolled in higher education employed or involved in another
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
38
postsecondary option The elements need to include high expectations person-centered or
student-directed goals and collaboration with partners and community agencies is
critical
In their comparative analysis Grigal et al (2011) ascertained that there were
disparaging differences between individuals with intellectual disabilities and other
individuals with disabilities regarding transition planning for those at the postsecondary
level One hundred eight families participated with fewer contributors who were
educators One hundred forty-nine programs for individuals with disabilities in 37 states
were included Programs varied in implementations and types of settings Data set
analysis included 11000 students from a random set from 500 LEAs and 30 special
schools with an 82 response rate
The study included five areas that influenced the mandates of Indicator 14 and is
addressed in the following sections First parent expectations were influenced by the
severity of disability of youth with intellectual disabilities autism and physical
disabilities Second students were less likely to graduate with a regular diploma This
increased to 62-70 if staff possessed higher expectations Third team members should
be more involved in the ITP planning process Fourth goals should focus more toward
sheltered or supportive employment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Fifth
goals most often identified included independent living competitive employment
supported employment sheltered employment vocational training and two-year to four-
year college programs
Additional findings noted that vocational rehabilitation (VR) counselor
participation was greater for individuals with intellectual disabilities for career planning
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
39
Participation in college level classes by individuals with intellectual disabilities was last
They noted that increased enrollment in postsecondary education has increased the
income levels for 73 of individuals with disabilities The authors suggested that causes
need to be evaluated for fewer individuals with intellectual disabilities enrolling in higher
education and that increased expectations at the secondary level should occur to change
the mind-set for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Grigal et al 2011)
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities
Transition planning is an important topic for the stakeholders and students with
disabilities as the students anticipate transitioning from secondary to postsecondary life
Transition planning is the eighth requirement of the Individual Education Plan (IEP)
process for students when they become 16 years of age (Hulett 2007) The transition
process begins with the assessment component to gain valuable information on which the
IEP is based (Hulett 2007) Transition assessment is a multidimensional process that
requires a collaborative approach to meet the specific needs of the student with a
disability who is receiving special education services (Miller et al 2007)
Purpose of Transition Assessment
Transition assessment meets the legal mandates of IDEA 2004 The requirement
decrees that students with an intellectual disability should be provided with an
appropriate evaluation (IDEA 2004) The purpose of transition assessment is to gather
ongoing data that leads to the development of a transition plan that meets the needs of the
student as they transition from secondary to postsecondary life Overton (2009) wrote
that assessment needs to be data-driven rather than relying on referral information alone
The data should be multidimensional and not reliant on just one piece of testing data
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
40
Data should reflect the studentrsquos needs strengths abilities interests and preferences
(IDEA 2004)
The National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (2001) states that
the transition assessment process should be ongoing in order to provide needed data to
guide the transition planning process for students as they look toward the future and to
aid in the development of the studentrsquos IEP It should be a collaborative endeavor with
input from a variety of stakeholders including the student and family or caregiver
involved in the process
Spinelli (2012) identified eight purposes of transition assessment for individuals
with disabilities The assessors should identify the studentrsquos a) career goals and interests
b) preferences c) independence level d) strengths e) hobbies f) interpersonal
relationships g) self-advocacy abilities and h) abilities in relation to postsecondary
goals These include employment education and training independent living community
involvement and personal social goals In addition there needs to be an ecological
assessment of new or future settings to determine psychological physical social
emotional and cognitive demands and requirements of the setting
In regard to employment Spinelli (2012) proposed that assessment should
evaluate the studentrsquos current skills and the desired skill levels to determine the studentrsquos
ability to deal with the demands of postsecondary employment ability to engage in
employment and community participation and independent living options The
assessment should seek to determine the particular curricular social-emotional and
physical skills that need addressing in the ITP and the studentrsquos self-determination skills
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
41
With regard to educational supports Spinelli (2012) wrote that the assessment
should determine appropriate placement within the education community in addition to
vocational and community settings in order for the student to attain postsecondary goals
Furthermore the assessment should seek to determine the accommodations supports and
services that are needed in order for the student to attain and maintain postsecondary
goals Finally the assessment should design a system for monitoring progress and
evaluating the success of the transition program
Miller et al (2007) has described transition assessment as ldquoa process that
determines the studentrsquos abilities attitudes aptitudes interests work behaviors levels of
self-determination and self-advocacy interpersonal skills academic skills level and
independent living skills over an extended period of time for the purpose of planning an
appropriate education program (p 5)rdquo This is an ongoing process Stakeholders must
gather data on the individual student Items that are necessary for the assessment include
the studentrsquos needs preferences strengths and interests These items should be evaluated
as these relate to the future and current programming of the individual with disabilities
The areas that should drive the evaluation include work education living personal and
social skills and environment of the individual with disabilities
Additionally Miller et al (2007) clarifies the components of the transition
assessment process He suggests that these components be intertwined in order to engage
in informed decision making The first component is future planning needs and goals
The second area to be addressed is self-determination and self-advocacy skills A third
area is academic strengths and deficits that include the studentrsquos learning styles and
behaviors that influence learning A fourth component is life-skills instruction when it is
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
42
deemed appropriate The fifth and final component is vocational interests aptitudes and
abilities both in the classroom and within the community environment
In 2004 with the reauthorization of IDEA OSERS required that states submit
additional data on 20 indicators Indicator 13 specifically addresses the transition
component More specifically this indicator requires that assessment must occur that
involves an ongoing process to collect transition-relevant data This assessment should
include the needs preferences strengths and interests of the student The requirement
states that the demands of current and future working educational and personal social
environments for the individual must evaluated (Mazotti et al 2009)
Mazotti et al (2009) proposed a six-component checklist for Indicator 13 The six
include the following first it is necessary to utilize user-friendly assessments to guide
parents students and other support personnel Second the goals for the ITP should focus
on employment education and training and when appropriate independent living Third
they suggest a simplified format that addresses where the student plans to work where he
or she will learn the necessary skills and where the student eventually lives Fourth
alignment of annual IEP goals should coincide with the transition services and
postsecondary goals This will allow the student the optimal opportunity to attain the
postsecondary goals
Schmitz (2008) identified seven areas that should be included in the transition
planning process in order to adhere to the mandates of Indicator 13 The components of
the transition assessment include interest assessment and career exploration assessment
measures It is crucial to include assessment of academic performance as it relates to the
workplace Essential is the process of career planning The practice of assessment and
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
43
skill building should be incorporated to evaluate self-determination social and emotional
learning and interventions for independent living
Types of Transition Assessment
Transition assessment is an ongoing process that involves a variety of sources in
order to create a data-driven plan that addresses the individual needs of the student with
disabilities Transition assessment includes assessment tools that are utilized to meet
eligibility requirements and to assist with the transition planning process Numerous
devices are available to provide valuable information that the Individualized Transition
Plan (ITP) team is able to access for transition assessment Assessment practice occurs
both formally and informally with the inclusion of adaptive measures (Miller et al
2007)
Assessment is employed for identifying individual student needs improving
instruction and program planning evaluating service delivery programs and
accountability The approach assumes a person-centered planning procedure The
assessment process must include the family Informal assessment procedures are valuable
and provide an abundant source of information (Sax amp Thoma 2002)
The National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (2010) described
an Assessment Toolkit that can be accessed by educators parents SEAs and LEAs to
gain knowledge about best practices with transition assessment The authors assert that
ldquothe results of transition assessment should be the basis for making recommendations for
instructional strategies and accommodations in instruction and environments to meet the
studentrsquos needsrdquo (National Secondary Technical Training Assistance Center 2010 p 3)
Formal and informal measures are listed with contact information and suggested
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
44
guidelines for the types of assessment Included are links to some of the recommended
assessments with examples to review
Schmitz (2008) states that transition assessment is best characterized as a
multifaceted approach Quality assessment involves interest assessment career
exploration assessment assessment of academic competencies career planning
assessment and skill-building for self-determination assessment and skill-building for
socialemotional learning and assessment and skill intervention for independent living
skills Through the implementation of these seven assessment modalities the individual
student will have the opportunity to participate in a transition assessment that is created
with fidelity to his or her needs
Informal versus formal measures of assessment All students receiving special
education services participate in assessment to meet eligibility requirements The
assessment measures fall into two basic categories informal and formal (CECIdeas that
Work 2011) Formal assessment tools include achievement tests high-stakes testing
intelligence tests and even career interest personality profile and self-determination
measures These tools produce quantitative results that are used to assess skills and
aptitudes interests and preferences
Examples of informal measures include curriculum- based assessments
interviews questionnaires observations authentic assessment and portfolios (Layton amp
Lock 2008) Informal measures require a qualitative approach to analyzing information
on an ongoing basis to provide guidance when creating the transition plan for the student
with a disability who receives special education services This information provides
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
45
valuable pieces of data which enhance the transition planning requirements for students
with disabilities
Informal assessment procedures are needed to identify the studentrsquos individual
needs and to develop an appropriate transition plan The ITP team must determine the
purpose of the assessment Individuals should assess the student in the natural
environment and in various settings and programs They should identify relevant
behaviors and verify the input from others The ITP team chooses the appropriate
measurement procedures such as observation interview questionnaires surveys
checklists interest inventories and self-assessments The team also evaluates social
support systems The assessment findings identify the transition goals and objectives
From this process curricular plans are implemented to achieve the goals and objectives
(Sax amp Thoma 2005)
Sitlington (2008) analyzed the process of utilizing informal assessment to
facilitate transition planning for students with significant reading and writing delays That
analysis addressed the use of informal assessment for high stakes testing exit
examinations diploma options and transition planning Outlined in the article are
competencies to address the needs from transition into adulthood Sitlington (2008)
identified 22 competencies needed to transition into adulthood which the planning team
must incorporate Transition planning was characterized as an ongoing process of
ldquocollecting information on the studentrsquos strengths needs preferences and interests as
they related to the demands of current and future livingrdquo (Sitlington 2008 p 87) She
suggested several tools to accomplish the assessment by gathering information to guide
the individualrsquos transition plan Analysis of the studentrsquos background information is
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
46
primary In addition interviews with parents should transpire to facilitate the assessment
component Psychometric instruments work samples and curriculum-based assessment
techniques are suggested assessment tools to aid in the planning process Sitlington
suggests situational assessment to gather real-life data that resembles the individualrsquos
future living conditions The approaches must be systematic and occur in a variety of
settings Transition assessment utilizing these measures directs the instructional
decisions
Vocationalcareer assessments A necessary part of the transition assessment
process is the use of career interests vocational aptitude measures personality profiles
self-determination measures and other assessment tools that aid in the vocational and
career component of transition assessment (Levinson 2001) These tools provide
valuable information about the studentrsquos skills in areas such as self-awareness awareness
of job skills interest seeking and abilities with social and emotional interactions The
types of assessments include interviews questionnaires observations ecological and
environmental situational and behavioral curriculum-based interest inventories
vocational profiles and portfolios
An additional area is the vocational profile Vocational profiles are described as
narratives that paint pictures These include biographical information educational
history work experience and current skills The studentrsquos learning and performing
characteristics should be included along with interests community-support connections
and necessary accommodations (Sax amp Thoma 2002)
An article from San Diego State University provided a list of suggested
assessment tools available to facilitate the transition process (Johnson 2002) Included
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
47
are resources for curriculum implementation for transition purposes A wide array of
career occupational and vocational assessment and evaluation resources are
characterized in addition to links addresses and pricing guides Training videos
curricular and planning resources for transition planning are included Family
involvement interagency guides and follow-up assessment tools to aid in the transition
planning process are also described
Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual Disabilities
In order for a child to meet the eligibility requirement as a student with an
intellectual disability an adaptive behavior assessment must be conducted (Overton
2009) This is one avenue whereby interested stakeholders may gather information about
life skills of students with intellectual disabilities That assessment tool alone does not
provide enough information needed to gather sufficient data to assist with the transition
planning process Assessment for the individuals with intellectual disabilities requires
assessment in the natural environment (Sitlington 2008) Sheltered or supported
employment arenas may be included utilizing qualitative measures to gather information
about a studentrsquos social emotional self-determination job skills and other pertinent data
necessary for assessment purposes (Overton 2009)
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities
IDEA 2004 states that with regard to the transition process the transition
assessment process for all students with disabilities involves the formal and informal
assessment-gathering mechanism on an ongoing basis (Mazotti et al 2010) As the child
reaches the age of 14 transition planning should begin At age 16 the formal process of
developing the transition plan takes place (Miller et al 2007)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
48
Assessment includes evaluating independent work skills planning and time
management skills and assessment of self-advocacy abilities For students with more
severe disabilities there must be an assessment for extended employment Assessment
includes the evaluation of vocational interests and aptitudes as well as the studentrsquos
ability and functional self-help skills The domains include cognitive ability social-
emotional adjustment communication skills academic functioning physical stamina and
adaptive behavior which are utilized by the multidisciplinary team to create the transition
plan (Spinelli 2012)
The transition assessment process can be conceived as a three-level approach
(Levinson 2001) Level one involves looking strictly at previously gathered assessment
data to prescribe a transition plan Data collection and interpretation of previous data is
the driving mechanism at this level Cumulative and confidential records are reviewed to
gather pertinent data This includes grades attendance academic achievement discipline
referrals and health records
The second level involves assessment of vocational interests and vocational
aptitudes using specific psychometric tests Assessment results and incorporating career
interest inventories and previously gathered formal and informal assessment data are
utilized in the creation of the transition plan
The third level occurs with individuals who require more information to gather a
realistic image of the studentrsquos abilities and interests This level is based on the
assessment of the first two levels This additional assessment includes work samples and
situational assessment techniques The implementation of any model must take into
consideration the available resources the characteristics and expertise of the available
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
49
personnel the population targeted for services the nature and availability of local
community services and the type of vocation placement options in the local area
(Levinson 2001)
Levinson and Palmer (2005) have written that assessment and planning are key
components to successful postschool living Assessment data can be gathered through
published tests and surveys as well as from direct interviews and observations of the
student Several areas are addressed including academic skills daily living skills
personal and social skills career maturity vocational interests and vocational aptitude
tests Additional assessment measures include occupational and vocational skills
assessments These are characterized as performance tests that assess a studentrsquos ability
to perform specific job-like tasks work samples that expose a student to natural job
responsibilities and situational assessments that measure a studentrsquos interests abilities
and work habits in actual and contrived environments
Characteristics of Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual Disabilities
Due to varying disability factors for individuals with intellectual disabilities
traditional methods do not meet the needs of transition assessment Many students with
more significant intellectual disabilities have difficulty with paper and pencil tasks
Alternative measures should be implemented to address the assessment component of the
transition plan (Grigal et al 2011) Questionnaires and interviews with family members
offer good sources of information (Moon et al 2011) Observations and skills analysis
should be incorporated into the standard informal and formal measurement protocols
(Wehman 2009) Of great importance in the assessment of students with more significant
disabilities are the critical life skills pertaining to self-help mobility self-determination
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
50
socialization health family and community supports self-awareness interests strengths
and preferences of the individual (Wehman 2011)
Latest Research on Transition Assessment for Students with Disabilities
Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities There is the lack of available research
on current assessment trends with students who have intellectual disabilities autism and
multiple-impairments There is considerable research available on assessment with
informal and formal measures in general contexts but not as much with regard to the
specific details regarding best practices for assessment of transition needs and services
including outcomes pertaining to students with intellectual disabilities One recent article
was discovered that dealt specifically with the assessment process for students with
intellectual disabilities sometimes described as developmentally delayed (Moon et al
2011)
A qualitative study was conducted by Moon et al (2011) to address the
perceptions of necessary skills experiences and information that youth with
developmental disabilities and their families perceive should exist for the student with
regard to supported employment in a postsecondary setting Discussed was the sheltered
work environment that many students with disabilities encounter as a postsecondary
option for employment Four research questions were introduced with one of the four
addressing transition assessment specifically A survey was developed that included
several open-ended questions The survey addressed recruiting skills needed
assessment and work experiences that are most important and suggestions for transition
planning Participants included community rehabilitation providers involved in intake and
service deployment The state that was targeted was subdivided into four regions Twelve
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
51
individuals from the four regions participated in the survey One-hour to two-hour
interviews ensued to gather qualitative data Data analysis followed to characterize
common themes
Results specific to transition assessment revealed that interests and preferences of
the client were important to consider however only three of the 12 revealed that this
information was obtained from the school or family They found it was important to
include the family to a greater extent in the assessment process Due to the disabling
conditions of the individuals with intellectual disabilities it was revealed that family input
was important There was concern expressed that transition assessment was lacking in the
secondary setting and results were not readily available Job trials and situational
assessment should be utilized in two of the settings for assessment purposes
Philosophical statements were discussed for implementation and acquisition of transition
assessment from high school to postsecondary sheltered settings to improve collaborative
efforts which results in better preparation of youth for supported employment services
(Moon et al 2011)
Individuals with all types of disabilities Current research pertaining to the
transition assessment component and process for students with disabilities is quite
limited One article by Herbert et al (2010) discussed the assessment process for students
with disabilities This article addressed the assessment process for all types of disabilities
The method involved an online questionnaire developed to assess respondent
demographic information career assessment practices type of services available and
career areas that are assessed with students Two groups were surveyed including the
Pennsylvania Office of Vocational Rehabilitation counselors working with high schools
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
52
possessing students with disabilities on their caseload and high school professionals
including administrators and educators who provided transition services to high school
students with disabilities The survey was disseminated over a two-month period More
than 400 teachers administrators and rehabilitation personnel responded to the survey
regarding assessment trends
Five research questions were identified with that study Current assessment trends
were revealed showing that a pluralistic approach was utilized rather than one specific
approach This included skills instruction self-awareness emotional support community
knowledge direct experience and community intervention rather than traditional
assessment Knowledge of available services was moderate overall Impact of career
services was moderate Collaboration was perceived at a moderate to minimal level
between families students and school officials and consultants Overall helpfulness of
career services was perceived as helpful by two thirds of the participants Areas assessed
were primarily vocational interest academic achievement and academic aptitude
Descriptive analysis was applied which revealed that school professionals
typically address career interests to the greatest extent Aptitude revealed slightly more
than 50 of programs addressed these aptitude assessments Achievement was at 48
Career decision making work values personality and world of work were close with
results from 37 to 29 Impact on transition service revealed moderate outcomes at
50 with the respondents and significant with only 21 of the respondents Four themes
emerged which included teamwork training needs parental involvement and unrealistic
career goals as issues that needed to be addressed Work samples were revealed as the
most infrequently utilized assessment tool They recommended that school professionals
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
53
need to give greater attention to the area of career and work decision-making which
should include career interests knowledge of work and also achievement aptitude and
personality which appears to be lacking in substantial emphasis with current transition
assessment according to the findings of that report (Herbert et al 2010)
Qualitative analysis was applied to one open-ended question Recommendations
were cited in the discussion portion of the article which supports transition assessment
early in the studentrsquos high school career Additional training opportunities were indicated
by the participants Collaboration with all stakeholders was a high-priority
recommendation Further knowledge of assessment areas and types of assessments was
recommended to increase the impact of transition assessment for students with
disabilities (Herbert et al 2010)
The lack of research-based information about transition assessment points to a
critical need in the field of special education Without data to clarify what transition
assessment practices are successful as well as studies that examine educatorrsquos
understanding about their use evidence-based transition assessment cannot progress
With this in mind the following research questions were addressed
Research Questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
54
Summary
Transition assessment does not involve exclusively the assessment of vocational
needs and abilities All stakeholders of the transition team must adhere to a holistic
approach to transition assessment for the individual with intellectual disabilities Informal
and formal measures must be utilized to gather ongoing data to develop an age-
appropriate transition plan for students as they transition into postsecondary life In order
to meet the needs of the individual with disabilities the interested stakeholders must
assess interests strengths aptitudes preferences social skills self-help skills self-
determination mobility community access and environmental concerns within the
natural environment When working with individuals with more significant intellectual
disabilities informal assessment should be the focus while taking into account formal
measures This should be the model for transition assessment Evaluating the individualrsquos
support system should be another source in order to provide a realistic holistic and
successful transition plan that will assist the students as they transition from secondary to
postsecondary life
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
55
CHAPTER III
Methodology
Transition assessment is the cornerstone for the development of the IEP Since the
reauthorization of the IDEA in 2004 the transition plan to meet the specific needs of the
student possessing a disability is required for a student who has reached the age of 16
The literature addresses the best-practice approaches to developing the transition plan for
the secondary student with a disability Essential components guidelines and
suggestions are highlighted Suggestions for implementation team planning
collaboration inputs outputs and curriculum goals saturate the literature on all levels
Additionally a wealth of information about the assessment process in general is
available Guidelines for achievement testing cognitive assessments behavioral
evaluations adaptive behavior curriculum-based measurements and dealing with high-
stakes testing within formal and informal categories are exhaustive Knowledge of what
is being utilized with regard to transition assessment is lacking It is important to
determine if educators possess knowledge regarding transition assessment and what is
being used to implement transition assessment especially for students with intellectual
disabilities
Research Questions
This study investigated two research questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
56
Rationale
In order to answer the research questions this study was conducted to gather
specific data that pertains to knowledge about transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities The study utilized a survey that was based on earlier research by
Herbert et al (2010) Gaining knowledge from a variety of professionals required the
selection of the individuals who best represented those who provide services to
individuals with intellectual disabilities who are involved in the transition planning phase
of their education (American Association for Public Opinion Research 2011)
To better answer the research questions it was necessary to conduct a descriptive
analysis of the survey results A qualitative analysis of the perceptions of the practitioners
who provide transition assessment to students with intellectual disabilities was used with
two open-ended questions Accordingly the previous survey was pilot tested and
administered with modifications following the pilot testing process (Herbert et al 2010)
The descriptive analysis conducted in the initial survey was replicated in order to provide
for reliability and validity
Context of the Study
The setting for this study was an area that included the western portion of Texas
characterized as West Texas This region is better known as a rural plains area with one
larger city that is surrounded by rural towns sprawling ranches and agricultural entities
(Texas Association of Counties 2003) According to the Texas Association of Counties
(2003) rural areas generally rely on agriculture that is more unstable which results in
higher unemployment and underemployment These areas show population that is more
sparsely populated as compared to urban regions The area is served by the Regional
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
57
Education Service Center Region 17 which includes Local Education Agencies
Logistics along with the researcherrsquos proximity to the research locale necessitated the
selection of the setting for the study
In addition to logistical concerns the data that was collected served the area that
is identified with a more regionalized specific purpose West Texas is a region that deals
with the unique needs of the plains and a rural locale that reflects different hurdles and
barriers that are different from those of a larger metroplex In addition to the wide spans
of the region as a whole the barriers that affect transition planning for individuals with
disabilities are affected by the rural setting the expanse of the region as a land mass and
the availability of services for individuals with disabilities
Data Sources
The group comprising the research participants included individuals in public
school settings that provide transition services to students with intellectual disabilities
This included special education teachers in self-contained settings special education
teachers in inclusive settings vocational adjustment coordinators diagnosticians special
education directors and transition coordinators who coordinate the transition planning
process and who work directly with individuals who have intellectual disabilities This
group best represented the parties that intervene with the chosen population of individuals
with intellectual disabilities West Texas residents and the persons who possess a vested
interest in the subject matter of transition assessment
Disadvantages to the choice of the participants were that the participants may not
have represented the community as a whole throughout the state of Texas who serve
individuals with intellectual disabilities In addition the goals and future outcomes for the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
58
individuals with intellectual disabilities in West Texas could vary from the future
outcomes for individuals in larger metroplex areas or who live in land areas not as vast as
West Texas Advantages could be that the rural setting could serve to provide information
that regions throughout the United States would be able to utilize to enhance the service
delivery for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Data Collection Methods
The process of collecting the data involved the use of an online survey for four
weeks that was replicated from a study that was conducted based out of The Pennsylvania
State University (Herbert et al 2010) The original plan was to disseminate the survey
for two weeks A reminder was sent after two weeks and another reminder was sent after
three weeks in order to obtain a sufficient number of participants
Included in the survey was basic demographic information such as job title years
of experience highest education level and area of concentration Additional data for the
present study was collected on types of current transition assessment practices being
utilized and what areas are assessed by the transition personnel The information
collected reflected who performed transition assessments to individuals with intellectual
disabilities what was the impact of transition assessment and their own level of
understanding by professionals regarding transition assessment
The original survey involved 13 questions that included demographic information
and knowledge of transition application procedures For the purpose of this study the
demographic component consisted of eight items including information about location
gender educational background and job title The survey questions directly associated
with transition assessment included a list of eight questions Two were open-ended
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
59
questions Sixteen of the questions required a descriptive analysis process The two open-
ended questions required qualitative analysis of the responses (Miles amp Huberman
1994)
The survey questions pertaining to transition also required a descriptive analysis
approach The questions included information from the respondents about their
understanding of services and their opinion about what was available and what was being
utilized with regard to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Respondents were asked about their understanding of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities The respondents had the opportunity to express
the level of effectiveness present in the current transition assessment practices they
experienced Respondents also responded to a portion of the survey that addressed the
level of impact that transition assessment had on assisting their students (Herbert et al
2010)
The Education Service Center Region 17 list-serve was accessed to identify the
directors of special education Those individuals were asked to forward the survey letter
and survey link to staff who work specifically with students with intellectual disabilities
and the transition process Additional list-serves were obtained through the Texas
Association of Vocational Adjustment Coordinators Texas Educational Diagnostician
Association Region 17 Education Service Center contacts and district e-mail contacts
More than one hundred participants were estimated as possible participants Possible
participants were contacted with the hopes of obtaining a sample of at least sixty Seventy
one participants submitted responses to the survey in the online format (Appendix C and
D)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
60
Data Analysis
Analysis of the data required a careful descriptive process The first step included
a best-practices analysis with regard to the data-collection process and the survey itself
The American Association for Public Opinion Research (2011) suggests 12 quality
standards for best practices with survey studies Some of these standards include
ldquopossessing specific goals for the survey considering alternatives to the survey approach
selecting samples that well represent the population to be studied and taking great care in
matching question wording to the concepts being measured and the population studiedrdquo
(AAPOR 2011 p1)
Descriptive analysis was ensued throughout the data analysis process for all but
the two open-ended questions Basic statistical analysis was reviewed using descriptive
analysis The purpose was to ldquoassign meaning to the descriptive or inferential
information compiled during the studyrdquo (Miles amp Huberman 1994 p 56) Descriptive
analysis involves ldquothe process of staying as close to the data as was originally recordedrdquo
(Glesne 2006)
Through the use of qualitative analysis further evolvement of recurring themes
and patterns was evaluated Lorenz and Trusty (2010) wrote ldquoa qualitative analysis must
be done to identify content themes to the open-ended questionrdquo (p20) A systematic
approach to review the given data for the two open-ended questions allowed for greater
usability of the common patterns themes and implications by interested stakeholders A
codification system was utilized to discover themes patterns and obscure outliers present
within the survey tool with the open-ended response questions (Miles amp Huberman
1994) Qualitative analysis was not simply a means to support the assumptions of the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
61
researcher Secondly care was adhered to so that the results of the initial study did not
lead to a biased approach to the data collected during this study
Data Management Plan
The initial step in the data management process required permission by the Texas
Tech University Institutional Review Board (IRB) to conduct the study Consent was
obtained from the participants through acknowledgment of their willingness to participate
in the online survey (Appendix A and B)
The data that was gathered required a carefully designed and organized data
management plan Following the data collection process the data was appropriately
securely and safely stored The data was password protected with access only by the
researcher The data was stored on a computer with password protection which was only
accessed by the researcher
Reliability and Validity
The reliability and validity of this study was enhanced due to the use of the survey
tool utilized in a former study (Herbert et al 2010) The survey tool was field tested and
later refined for greater clarification This was the second time this survey was utilized
There was a narrowing of the survey to specifically address the knowledge of assessment
practices of educational professionals with regard to transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities The online format was utilized for a four-week time span to
gather the data A smaller sampling of participants that better represented the West Texas
demographics was utilized to enhance the validity of the data from the selected region
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
62
Summary
This study investigated the knowledge that professionals possess regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities This study described
the knowledge of assessment practice within the West Texas region This was completed
using a mixed-methods approach of descriptive statistical analysis and a qualitative
analysis through the use of a replicated survey A review of the research in the areas of
transition planning and transition assessment was completed at the beginning
A survey that was previously conducted was replicated to address the research
questions pertaining to the knowledge that educational professionals possess with regard
to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The online survey
was available for a four-week period List-serves and district emails were used to identify
participants who best represented West Texas professionals and who best answered the
research questions for transition assessment pertaining to individuals with intellectual
disabilities
Data analysis required a mixed-methods approach of descriptive statistical
analysis for the majority of the survey responses and qualitative analysis for two open-
ended questions A carefully designed data management plan was used throughout the
study to adhere to a well-managed audit trail Careful protocol was followed to gather the
data organize the data and analyze the data
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
63
CHAPTER IV
Results
This study examined the level of knowledge professionals possessed regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Additionally
participants were asked what assessment tools were being utilized to address transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities including types of assessment and
specific assessment tools Questions explored areas examined during transition
assessment and who was responsible for implementing the assessment tools Participants
were contacted via e-mail to request their participation in the web-based survey
The process of contacting participants involved online requests to regional special
education directors diagnosticians transition personnel and vocational adjustment
coordinators serving students with intellectual disabilities in West Texas An initial
request was sent giving the participants two weeks to complete the survey A second
request was sent after the two week period A third and final request was sent as a
reminder giving the participants four more days to complete the survey A total of 71
participants completed the online survey
Modifications were made to the replicated study to gather specific data pertaining
to transition assessment as a whole rather than just career assessment staff training
desires and knowledge about specific published assessment tools Changes included
a) utilized descriptive statistics to increase practical understanding for educational
personnel in a usable format (Trochim 2006) b) changed from one to two open-ended
questions c) rephrased open-ended questions for greater clarification d) omitted
demographic question pertaining to race e) added a survey question related to training
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
64
desires due to overwhelming response in the original survey f) added additional
assessment areas types and mechanisms g) changed wording from career assessment to
transition assessment h) focused on education personnel versus rehabilitation personnel
and i) narrowed to two research questions
Data were obtained through the online survey utilizing descriptive data analysis
for 16 questions and qualitative analysis for two open-ended questions Participants were
asked if the assessment tools aided in identifying and meeting the potential of individuals
with intellectual disabilities Basic demographic questions were asked to gain an
understanding of the characteristics of the West Texas participants located in the Region
17 Education Service Center area
Research Questions
This study gathered information regarding knowledge of transition assessment for
students with intellectual disabilities located in West Texas and characterized as the
Region 17 Service Center area The following research questions were addressed
Research Questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Characteristics of the Sample
Job Category
The population for this study included 71 participants of whom 831 were
female and 169 were male This study included similar types of participants in the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
65
original study conducted at The Pennsylvania State University (Herbert et al 2010)
However emphasis for this study was directed toward education personnel rather than
rehabilitation personnel from the previous study Participants included district
administrators special education teachers district special education administrators
consultants diagnosticians transition coordinators vocational adjustment coordinators
campus administrators special education counselors and education service center
consultants Seventy-one individuals participated in the study which is reflected in Table
41
Table 41 Job Category Description (N = 71)
_______________________________________________________________________
Variability Category n
_______________________________________________________________________
Job Category Campus Educator 21 295
Educational Diagnostician 19 267
Vocational Adjustment Coordinator 8 112
Transition Coordinator 6 84
Special Education Administrator 5 70
District Administrator 3 42
Consultant 2 28
District Educator 2 28
Transition Vocational Counselor 2 28
Campus Administrator 1 14
Special Education Counselor 1 14
Rehabilitation Counselor 1 14
________________________________________________________________________
Gender
Gender was another demographic question asked of the participants Of the 71
participants fifty nine were female which equated to 831 Twelve of the participants
were male which equaled 169 These results were similar to the original study at
722 and 278 This is reflected in table 42
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
66
Table 42 Gender (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variability Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Gender Female 59 831
Male 12 169
________________________________________________________________________
Age of Participant
Age was also obtained from the participants Ten categories were used to organize
the ages of the participants The first category began with the age of 20 Ages 41-45
represented the largest age range with 225 of the participants in that group This was
followed closely by the age range of 51-55 years In original study 45 years old was the
average age of the participants which is similar to the findings in this study Three
categories had two participants The results are shown in Table 43
Table 43 Age of the Participant (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Age of Participant 20-25 2 28
26-30 3 42
31-35 6 85
36-40 2 28
41-45 16 225
46-50 8 113
51-55 14 197
56-60 10 141
61-65 8 113
66-70 2 28
________________________________________________________________________
Educational Level
Educational level was critical for understanding formal education that was
provided to the participants in their respective field A question was posed to the
participants in the online format to address this topic Table 44 demonstrates the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
67
education level of the participants A very large percentage of the participants 80
possessed a masterrsquos degree or higher Participants with a bachelorrsquos degree were
significantly lower at 20 This was similar to the findings in the original study with
687 for a masterrsquos degree and 247 for a bachelorrsquos degree
Table 44 Level of Education (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Level of Education Bachelorrsquos degree 15 217
Masterrsquos degree 51 732
Doctorate 1 14
Other (Post Masterrsquos) 4 56
________________________________________________________________________
Total Experience Years
A question was included that addressed total years as an educator The study
included a range of total years as an educator from 1-2 years up to 41 and above Twenty-
six percent of the participants possessed numerous years of experience ranging from 16-
20 years of experience An extremely high percentage of 788 of the participants
possessed more than 20 years of experience as an educator (Table 45) This was more
than the original survey which revealed 917 years of experience as the average
Table 45 Years of Experience as an Educator (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Total Years as an Educator 1-2 3 42
3-5 3 42
6-10 9 127
11-15 6 85
16-20 18 254
21-25 8 113
26-30 11 155
31-35 7 99
36-40 5 70
41 and above 1 14
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
68
Current Position Experience
Experience in the present position was another piece of demographic data
presented in the original study and in this online survey also Analysis of this survey
revealed that time in the present position included one to five years at 38 six to fifteen
years at 281 sixteen to thirty years at 267 and 7 at thirty-one or more years
(Table 46)
Table 46 Years in the Current Position (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Years in current position 1-5 27 380
6-15 20 281
16-30 19 267
31 or more 5 70
________________________________________________________________________
Comparison of Demographics
Descriptive statistics were utilized to provide a comparative analysis of the age of
the participant years as an educator and years in the current position The mean age for
the participants was 4842 years old Average years of experience were 2032 years
Average years in the participantsrsquo current position were 1230 years Each of these
comparisons demonstrates extensive longevity in all realms (Table 47)
Table 47 Comparison of Demographics (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable M SD Low High
________________________________________________________________________
Age 4842 1091 20-25 66-70
Total Years as an educator 2032 1037 1-2 41+
Years in current position 1230 954 1-5 31+
_______________________________________________________________________
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
69
Education Site Location
Participants were asked to select the type of location where they worked or
consulted (Table 48) The categories examined the various types of employment
scenarios for educators in the Region 17 Education Service Center area A good
sampling of participants was achieved across rural suburban and urban locations Forty
one percent of the participants are located in rural settings Twenty eight were located in
urban settings Twenty two of the participants were located in a combination of rural and
suburban settings Employment location that was the least was the suburban locale This
result would correlate with the reality that the West Texas region is primarily a rural
setting
Table 48 EmploymentConsultation Location (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
EmploymentConsultation Location Rural 28 406
Suburban 7 101
Urban 19 275
Combination (ruralsuburban) 15 217
No Response 2 28
________________________________________________________________________
Employment Setting
A frequency count was completed to determine the percentages as well as the
numbers of individuals in various consultation or employment settings The categories
examined the various types of employment scenarios for educators in the Region 17
Education Service Center area The largest number occurred for individuals working in
high school settings which was more than half (712) of the participants (Table 49)
Some participants remarked on other locales where they were also employed The lowest
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
70
numbers of employment settings occurred for Alternative State Facility Education
Service Center and an ldquootherrdquo response (n = 2 1 1 1)
Table 49 Employment Setting (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Employment Setting High School 42 512
Middle School 18 219
AdministrativeCentral Office 9 153
Alternative 2 34
Other Locations indicated State Facility 1 12
in addition to the ones surveyed All grade levels 6 73
District 2 24
Education Service Center 1 12
Elementary (other) 1 12
________________________________________________________________________
Research Questions
Research Question One
Grade level implementation What knowledge do educators possess regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities To answer this
question Table 410 displays the frequency count for grade level during which transition
assessment occurs Transition assessment should be administered at all grade levels
every year as mandated in the IDEA 2004 However implementation of transition
assessment at ldquoall grade levelsrdquo showed only to be 544 The participants marked
individual grade levels at 9th
grade 397 10th
grade 265 11th
grade 250 and
12th
grade 250 There were 49 of the participants who selected ldquonone providedrdquo
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
71
Table 410 Perceived Grade Level Implementation of Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Grade level transition assessments 9th
27
397
are conducted 10th
18 265
11th
17 250
12th
17 250
All grade levels 37 544
None provided 4 49
No response 3 42
________________________________________________________________________
Person responsible Persons responsible for transition assessment are displayed
in Table 411 The high school teacher was selelcted by the particpants as the individual
most likely to administer transition assessment at 521 Transition Coordinators and
Vocational Adjustment Coordinators were the next most likely individuals to be
conducting transition assessment (281 and 225) The school phsychologist was
selected as the least likely individual to administer transition assessments A significant
number participants did not know or skipped this question entirely (239)
Table 411 Person Responsible for Implementing Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Individual deemed High School Teacher 37 521
responsible for Transition Services ConsultantCoordinator 20 281
providing Vocational Adjustment Coordinator 16 225
transition Diagnostician 12 169
assessment High School Counselor 10 141
Career Counselor (School Employee) 7 98
Career Counselor Consultant (non-school
employee) 2 28
School Psychologist 1 14
No one assignednot available 3 42
Do not know 1 14
Varies 3 42
Skipped 16 225
________________________________________________________________________
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
72
Level of understanding The level of understanding regarding transition
assessment by participants is displayed in Table 412 Thirty-eight percent of the
participants marked a very clear understanding 45 marked moderately clear
understanding and 182 indicated little no or skipped the question pertaining to
understanding of transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Over-all 60 of the participants indicated they had moderate to little or no understanding
regarding transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities This result is
similar to the original study which indicated that education personnel perceive their level
of understanding to be less than optimal
Table 412 Perceived Level of Understanding Regarding Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Understanding about Very clear 27 380
transition assessment Moderately clear 32 450
Limited 9 126
Little or no 2 28
Skipped 2 28
Additional training In the original study an overwhelming number of
participants expressed a desire to obtain more training regarding transition assessment
through the open-ended response (Herbert et al 2010) A question was developed in this
study to allow the participants the opportunity to express what types of training they
would like to receive Table 413 displays the participantsrsquo desires to participate in
workshops and higher education opportunities pertaining to transition assessment An
extremely large number of participants expressed a desire to participate in one-day
workshops (912) Eighty-one percent of the participants desired one-day workshops
Training opportunities selected by participants in the 40-50 range were one-hour
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
73
workshops team collaborations on-going in-service training and online training
modules Twenty-one percent of the participants expressed interest in college-level
coursework Only three individuals indicated that they were not interested in any training
Table 413 Interest in Additional Training (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Training opportunities One-hour workshop 30 422
to increase knowledge of 1-day workshop 58 817
transition assessment Team Collaboration 34 479
Self-study 17 239
Multiple day workshops 18 253
Ongoing in-service training 29 408
Online training module 34 479
College course 15 211
College Course (onlinemedia-site) 9 126
TEA certification coursework 12 169
None 3 42
Other 1 14
Skipped 3 42
________________________________________________________________________
Research Question Two
Areas addressed What transition assessment practices are used by educational
personnel for individuals with intellectual disabilities To answer this question Table
414 describes the areas that the participants rated with regard to transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities Academic Achievement was rated at 563
Vocational Assessment at 676 Academic Aptitude at 366 Career Decision Making at
464 and the greatest amount at 887 was Interests In the original survey vocational
interest aptitude and achievement was noted as assessment area most used Additional
areas in this survey included Personality at 323 Work Values at 366 World of
Work Knowledge at 324 and ldquoDonrsquot know and No responserdquo a combined percentage
of 84 by the participants
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
74
Table 414 Perceived Areas Addressed with Transition Assessment (N = 71)
_______________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Areas addressed with Interests 63 887
transition assessment Vocational Aptitude 48 676
Academic Achievement 40 563
Career Decision Making 33 464
Academic Aptitude 26 366
Work Values 26 366
Personality 23 323
World of Work Knowledge 23 324
Donrsquot know 2 28
No response 4 56
________________________________________________________________________
Types of assessments Descriptive statistics were utilized for questions pertaining
to types of assessment areas as shown in Table 415 This question was added to this
survey to gather specific data pertaining to knowledge regarding types of transition
assessments used to assess students with intellectual disabilities Types of assessments
were rated from ldquoNot Used or Heard of to Heard of and Usedrdquo Frequency counts were
obtained for each area of assessments A scale of one was used for ldquoNot Used or Heard of
or Heard ofrdquo a score of two was given for ldquoHeard ofrdquo and a three was given for ldquoUsedrdquo
Mean scores ranged from the lowest at 16 for EcologicalEnvironment and Authentic
Assessment to the highest at 286 for Teacher Observation The next highest ratings were
for Interest Inventories at 277 Interviews and Student Surveys at 273 Academic
Achievement at 266 Intellectual Aptitude at 264 and Functional Skills Inventory at
253 A clear separation occurred with a 5050 ldquoUse and Heard ofrdquo result for Career
Aptitude Teacher Made Learning Styles and Curriculum-Based at 233 and 234 Types
of assessments that had been ldquoHeard ofrdquo but were ldquoNot Used or Heard ofrdquo as frequently
were Personality Profiles at 222 and Portfolio at 216 Several types of assessments
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
75
revealed limited ldquoUserdquo and ldquoHeard ofrdquo or ldquoNot Used or Heard ofrdquo to a greater extent
These included Self-determination measures at 193 Self-advocacy measures at 198
Situational at 181 Authentic at 168 and EcologicalEnvironmental at 160
Table 415 Level of Use for Types of Transition Assessments (N = 71)
____________________________________________________________________
Item Not Used (1) Heard of (2) Used (3) Rating M n
or Heard of
________________________________________________________________________
Teacher Observation 2 14 51 286 67
Interest Inventories 1 14 55 277 70
Student Survey 1 16 49 273 66
Interviews 3 13 54 273 70
Academic Achievement 0 22 42 266 64
Intellectual Aptitude 1 22 43 264 66
Functional Skills Inventory 4 22 38 253 64
Career Aptitude 2 31 31 245 64
Teacher Made 5 30 26 234 61
Curriculum-Based 7 27 27 233 61
Learning Styles 4 33 24 233 61
Personality Profiles 5 36 18 222 59
Portfolio 9 33 19 216 61
Self-advocacy measures 15 31 14 198 60
Self-determination measures 16 32 12 193 60
Situational 24 20 13 181 57
Authentic 26 27 7 168 60
EcologicalEnvironmental 30 21 7 160 58
________________________________________________________________________
Published assessments Descriptive statistics were employed for published
assessments as shown in Table 416 This was a question that was added to this survey to
gather information pertaining to knowledge regarding published assessment mechanisms
Frequency counts were obtained for 11 published transition assessment tools A rating
mean was obtained for each tool similar to the previous Areas Addressed question A
score of one was given for ldquoNot Used or Heard ofrdquo a score of two was given for ldquoHeard
ofrdquo and a three was given for ldquoUsedrdquo Score rating means ranged from 138 to 262
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
76
Special Education Manager (GG Consulting LLC 2008) received the highest
rating at 262 The next highest published tools included Transition Planning Inventory
(Clark amp Patton 2009) at 222 Moderate ratings went to the Reading-Free Vocational
Interest Inventory 2 (Becker 2005) at 205 and the Brigance Employability Skills
Inventory (Brigance 1995) at 208 The OrsquoNet Interest Survey (US Department of
Labor 2002) received a 187 rating score The Picture Interest Career Survey (PICS)
(Brady 2007) received a 182 rating score Lowest scores included the Arc Self-
determination Scale (Wehmeyer amp Kelchner 1995) at 138 and the MECA (Oakwood
Solutions LLC 2010) at 141 COPS-PIC (Knapp-Lee L (2007) at 144 Myers Briggs
Type Indicator (Myers amp Briggs 1988) at 158 and the WRIOT2 (Glutting amp Wilkinson
2006) at 153
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
77
Table 416 Level of Use for Published Assessments (N = 71) (ID=Insufficient Data)
________________________________________________________________________
Item Not Used (1) Heard of (2) Used (3) Rating M n
or Heard of
________________________________________________________________________
Special Education Manager (SEM) 3 19 44 262 66
Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) 8 19 36 222 63
Brigance Employability 12 33 17 208 62
Skills Inventory
Reading-Free Vocational Interest 23 19 20 205 59
Inventory 2 (R-FVII2)
O-Net Interest Inventory 45 11 15 187 60
Picture Interest Career Survey (PICS) 26 21 15 182 62
Myers Briggs Type Indicator 27 30 2 158 59
Wide Range Interest and 36 16 8 153 60
Occupation Test (WRIOT2
COPS-PIC Picture Inventory 31 17 8 144 62
Of Careers
Microcomputer Evaluation 34 14 11 141 59
Of Careers and Academics (MECA)
Arc Self-determination Scale 41 15 4 138 60
Other 0 0 10 ID 15
Unsure 2 0 0 ID 2
No Response 0 0 0 ID 3
________________________________________________________________________
Impact One question asked the participants to rate the impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Table 417) The participants
stated that transition assessment had a significant impact at 169 Moderate impact was
perceived by 468 Minimal impact was selected by 309 of the participants and little
or no impact by 56 of the participants Over-all participants rated current practices in
transition assessment as having Moderate to Minimal impact at an extremely high level
of 83 In the original study the results were similar with 503 indicating moderate
impact and 274 with minimal to no impact
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
78
Table 417 Perceived Impact of Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Impact of transition assessment Significant 12 169
Moderate 33 468
Minimal 22 309
Little or No Impact 2 56
No Response 3 42
________________________________________________________________________
Procedure Used with Open-Ended Questions
Qualitative analysis was used for two open-ended questions in the survey The
first question received 15 responses from the participants This question pertained to what
additional information the participant wanted to include with regard to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The second question resulted in
eight responses from the participants This question asked what the participant knew that
they wished they could use with students with intellectual disabilities with regard to
transition assessment The narrative responses were gathered and reviewed for similar
themes and content
Question One
Participants were asked ldquoWhat else do you use for transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilitiesrdquo Fifteen individualsrsquo responses were submitted
Specific assessment tools were identified by the participants in statements that included
the name of the assessment tool A coding system was utilized to clarify whether the
response was narrative or a specific assessment tool response Further analysis occurred
for the narrative responses to determine themes and common trends
Respondents suggested Career Cruising software (N = 4) (Anaca Technologies
2012) One response suggested the Career Clusters Interest Survey (Arizona State 2007)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
79
and one stated the Cops and Caps (CareerLife Skills Resources 2012) vocational
assessment measure One participant included the Student Styles Questionnaire Revised
(SSQR) (Oakland Glutting amp Horton 1996) Two people suggested the Bridges
Software (Xap Corporation 2009) which was also suggested by one person in the online
questionnaire section under ldquootherrdquo for specific assessment tools Two individuals
suggested questionnaires as a viable means to gather assessment data Participants
suggested parent input for transition and vocational assessment (N = 3) Individuals who
included narrative responses discussed the importance of conducting situational
assessments by including the input of other professionals including outside agencies and
other teachers (N = 2) Responses included observations to get to know the individual and
determining the specific needs of the student to determine what would benefit the student
after graduation (N = 3) One individual who actually answered the second open-ended
question suggested the Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) (Clark amp Patton 2009) as a
thorough tool for assessment
Question Two
Eight participants responded to question two about ldquoWhat do you know about
transition assessment that you wish you could use for students with intellectual
disabilitiesrdquo Two respondents expressed the need for more time to assess the students on
their caseload with regard to transition Another individual commented on the need for
more teacher involvement at each grade level Two individuals posited the need to assess
students in a variety of either job or real-life situational settings One participant stated
that the greatest tool for awareness by the student with regard to transition is receiving a
paycheck One respondent stated that parents need to be better educated with regard to
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
80
continuation of services after graduation This respondent stated that personal advocacy
time management and organization were major issues facing students as they transition
to postsecondary options One final respondent stated that the questionnaire they utilized
had little meaning for students in middle school
Summary
The purpose of this study was to survey educators responsible for implementing
transition assessment for secondary students with intellectual disabilities Participants
included educators from West Texas characterized as individuals located in the Region
17 Education Service Center area The total number of participants was 71 The
population for this study was district administrators special education teachers district
special education administrators consultants diagnosticians transition coordinators
vocational adjustment coordinators campus administrators special education counselors
and education service center consultants Participants were solicited via e-mail requests to
participate voluntarily and to answer the questions from the online survey provided by a
link to the questionnaire
This chapter reported the findings from the study about transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities An online survey was conducted pertaining to
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The first section of this
chapter included descriptive analysis for 16 items pertaining to demographics of the
sample areas and types of transition assessment tools perceived benefits of transition
assessment persons responsible for transition assessment and levels of knowledge
regarding transition assessment The next section of this chapter included a qualitative
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
81
analysis for two open-ended questions Data were described and grouped by common
themes from the participantsrsquo statements on the online format
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
82
CHAPTER V
Discussion
This chapter provides a brief background of the problem and includes a summary
of the study Also included is a description of the review of the literature that was the
foundation for the research study reported herein The methodology for this study is
summarized and followed by a discussion and analysis of the findings The significance
of the study is addressed with an emphasis on the conclusions and implications relevant
to the research pertaining to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities Additionally this chapter offers recommendations for further research based
on the findings Concluding thoughts included limitations of the study and suggestions
for further research
Summary of the Study
This descriptive study investigated the knowledge educators possessed with
regard to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The first four
chapters included an introduction to the study a review of the literature that centered on
the transition process and transition assessment a description of the methodology and an
analysis from the findings of the data that were collected through the study
Chapter I provided a brief overview regarding the mandate proposed with the
IDEA of 2004 which requires that all students in special education who reach the age of
16 must have an ITP which is directed by the transition assessment process In addition
to the purpose of the study this chapter included a statement of the problem the research
questions the theoreticalconceptual framework assumptions definitions of terms
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
83
utilized in the study the delimitations and limitations of the study a discussion of the
significance of the study and the over-all organization of the study
Chapter II provided a review of the literature as it pertains to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Definitions of intellectual
disabilities characteristics and historical practices related to individuals with intellectual
disabilities and transition planning for special needs learners were described
An overview of the research pertaining to transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities was presented Explanations of transition assessment
methods were presented A search of relevant research revealed that studies which
addressed transition planning were available however limited studies addressing
transition assessment existed Lesser studies pertaining specifically to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities existed
Chapter III outlined the methodology and the online survey utilized to complete
the research study Data were collected from education personnel working directly with
students with intellectual disabilities Data were collected over a 4 week period through
an online survey The survey was a replication of a previously utilized survey to address
transition assessment for individuals with disabilities (Herbert et al 2010) The
information from the literature review guided the development of the research as well as
refinement of a few of the survey questions to better address individuals with intellectual
disabilities
The survey replicated research conducted through The Pennsylvania State
University Career Assessment Practices for High School Students with Disabilities and
Perceived Value Reported by Transition Personnel (Herbert et al 2010) Modifications
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
84
were made to the replicated study to gather specific data pertaining to transition
assessment as a whole rather than just career assessment staff training desires and
knowledge about specific published assessment tools Changes included
a) utilized descriptive statistics to increase practical understanding for educational
personnel in a usable format (Trochim 2006) b) changed from one to two open-ended
questions c) rephrased open-ended questions for greater clarification d) omitted
demographic question pertaining to race e) added a survey question related to training
desires due to overwhelming response in original survey f) added additional assessment
areas types and mechanisms g) changed wording from career assessment to transition
assessment h) focused on education personnel versus rehabilitation personnel and
i) narrowed to two research questions Also the survey was designed to reveal the
knowledge of educational staff working with students with intellectual disabilities as it
pertains to transition assessment A copy of the survey is located in Appendix E
Chapter IV reported the findings of the study The chapter began with a review of
the mandates pertaining to transition assessment as outlined in IDEA 2004 best-practices
approach to transition planning and the limited available research pertaining to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Procedures utilized in analyzing
the descriptive data and the qualitative information produced by two open-ended
questions was explained Findings were presented with explanations of how the data
answered the following research questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
85
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Discussion of the Findings
An analysis evaluation and synthesis of the findings indicated that educators
who implement transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities utilize a
variety of assessment tools that address several areas pertaining to the transition process
Several topics emerged from the data regarding transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities The topics included demographics of participants that best
represent the West Texas region knowledge of transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities and types of assessment practices utilized by professionals
dealing with individuals with intellectual disabilities (Figure 51) A detailed discussion
of the topics will provide greater understanding of the answers to the research questions
and guide the implications for further research and practice in transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Figure 51 Transition Assessment Topics
Transition Assessment for Individuals with
Intellectual Disabilities
Demographics of the
Participants
Knowledge of Transition
Assessment
Assessment Practices
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
86
Impact of Demographics
Setting
In order to best represent the characteristics of the West Texas region it was
necessary to obtain a sampling from a variety of individuals who best represented the
West Texas region This area is better known as a rural plains area with one larger city
that is surrounded by rural towns sprawling ranches and agricultural entities (Texas
Association of Counties 2003) A large number of the participants (40) worked in
rural settings with equal numbers working in urban and suburban settings The variety of
settings that was obtained in the online survey format for this study represented an
excellent sampling of the West Texas region
The participants worked in various settings The majority of the participants
worked in high school settings This result was appropriate due to the requirement by the
IDEA of 2004 which states that when students reach the age of 16 a transition plan
should be developed which is directed by the findings of the transition assessment
Traditionally a student who is 16 years old is a high school student A portion of the
participants were from middle school settings which can be attributed to the awareness
that transition planning is recommended to begin at the age of 14 for individuals with
disabilities (Miller et al 2007) Typically students in middle school are introduced to the
transition planning process at this stage of their education career
Participants
The sample for this study included educators from West Texas characterized as
Education Service Center Region 17 The total number of participants was 71 Fifty nine
of the participants were female (831) and 12 were male (169) The population
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
87
included district administrators special education teachers district special education
administrators consultants diagnosticians transition coordinators vocational adjustment
coordinators campus administrators special education counselors and education service
center consultants Participants were solicited via e-mail requests to answer the questions
on the online survey provided by a link to the questionnaire
For the purposes of this study educators were the primary focus in order to gather
specific data pertaining to the level of knowledge they possessed regarding transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities School personnel who are
typically involved in the process were included such as vocational adjustment teachers
diagnosticians special education administrators district and campus educators transition
coordinators and district and campus administrators provided the greatest number of
those individuals who participated in the survey
Experience The research participants constituted a group representing vast years
of experience as educators All the participants possessed a college degree with the
majority of the participants possessing a masterrsquos degree or higher (n = 57) The age of
the participants provided a good sampling of age ranges with the majority of the
participants being over the age of 40 Obtaining the age years of experience and
education level of the participants was necessary in order to determine basic competency
levels of the participants
Job category A varied sampling was achieved pertaining to job categories Job
categories ranged from administrators educators diagnosticians and
counselorsconsultants The largest group was educators which included campus
educators and vocational adjustment coordinators A substantial number of diagnosticians
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
88
provided input on the online survey which added to the validity of the study Several
counselors and consultants provided input which increased the type of sampling that was
obtained for the study A lesser number of district and campus administrators provided
input to the survey Over-all the sampling varied and represented a variety of personnel
who addressed transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
The literature addressed the best-practices approach to developing a transition
plan for the secondary students with a disability The purpose of transition assessment is
to gather ongoing data that leads to the development of a transition plan that meets the
needs of the student as heshe transitions from secondary to postsecondary life The
development of the ITP is a team effort that should be a collaborative undertaking which
provides input from a variety of stakeholders (National Secondary Technical Training
Assistance Center 2010) Grigal Hart and Magliore (2011) stated that team members
should be more involved in the ITP planning process More input by all stakeholders with
regard to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities is needed in
order to develop a quality effective transition plan (IDEA 2004) Accordingly the
inclusion of a variety of education personnel for this study was appropriate
Knowledge
Research Question One asked ldquoWhat knowledge do educators possess regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilitiesrdquo Inconsistency is an
issue that persists with the practice of transition assessment (Morningstar 1997 cited in
Herbert et al 2010) Results from the study reported demonstrated that the same issue
still persists within the West Texas region among educators implementing transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
89
Understanding
Most of the participants indicated that their level of knowledge was moderate to
none regarding transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Thirty-
eight percent of the participants rated their level understanding of transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities as very clear However 45 stated they
possessed moderately clear understanding regarding transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities Eighteen percent of the participants reported they had
limited or little understanding regarding transition assessment Campus educators
expressed the greatest clarity with regard to understanding with 615 of the respondents
from that sector Data indicated that over-all staff perceptions pertaining to their own
level of understanding regarding transition assessment of individuals with intellectual
disabilities is not at the optimum level
Grade Level Implementation
Most of all the participants responded that some type of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities was performed in grades 9 10 11 and 12 Many
agreed that transition assessment was conducted either on their campus or the campus
they consulted with for all grade levels at 544 Equal numbers of participants
however chose specific grade levels Ninth grade (397) elicited the greatest number
when individual grade levels were chosen Seven participants 10 chose the ldquonone
providedrdquo or ldquono responserdquo selection Campus educators diagnosticians special
education administrators and vocational adjustment coordinators indicated transition
assessment took place at the 9th
grade level with 375-60 of the respondents
Variability in grade-level implementation and the ldquonone providedrdquo response indicated
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
90
that more knowledge is needed to address basic understanding regarding implementation
of transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities at all grade levels
Miller et al (2007) states that transition assessment is the process of gathering
information over an extended period of time in order to develop an appropriate IEP that
meets the studentrsquos needs Transition planning was characterized as an ongoing process
of ldquocollecting information on the studentrsquos strengths needs preferences and interests as
they related to the demands of current and future livingrdquo (Sitlington 2008 p 87) The
variability in the responses by the participants indicated a lack of awareness of the
mandates associated with IDEA 2004 Understanding that transition assessments as an
all-level ongoing process is needed for educators implementing a sound transition plan
that is directed by the transition assessment process (IDEA 2004 cited in Herbert et al
2010)
Responsibility
Several groups emerged from the analysis by those who answered this question
Campus educators constituted the largest group that was deemed the individual
responsible for implementing transition assessment of individuals with intellectual
disabilities (n = 53) Transition coordinators also emerged to a lesser extent as the
individual who provided transition assessment (n = 20) Counselors both school and
nonschool were identified by some of the participants as providing transition assessment
(n = 19) Thirteen individuals stated the diagnostician performed transition assessment to
individuals with disabilities The most revealing responses were ldquononerdquo ldquodo not knowrdquo
or participants simply skipped the item A total of 20 individuals were included with this
response
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
91
The literature and mandates of IDEA 2004 explicitly state that understanding the
role of the team member is critical when implementing transition assessment
Collaboration is required by all interested stakeholders including the school
administrators educators parents students and community agencies (Furney Hasazi
and Destafano 1997) Participants provided varied responses to the item that addressed
who was responsible for transition assessment The data revealed that knowledge
regarding who was responsible for the implementation of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities should be addressed
Training
In the original study the one open-ended question revealed an overwhelming
desire to seek further training and education pertaining to transition assessment for
individuals with disabilities (Herbert et al 2010) A question pertaining to training
options was added to the online format Participants in this study also expressed strong
desire to seek training opportunities to increase knowledge of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities by 91 of the participants Eighty-one percent of
the participants said they would participate in a one-day workshop Half of the
participants indicated they were interested in one-hour workshops team collaboration
ongoing in-service training and online training modules Participants indicated they were
also interested in self-study and multiple-day workshops
Several of the participants indicated they were interested in college-level
coursework Twenty percent of the participants were interested in face-to-face college
courses pertaining to transition A portion of the participants indicated they were
interested in online courses with a substantial portion of the participants interested in
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
92
obtaining transition teacher certification (169) There was a small percentage who did
not want any additional training (42) Over-all it was demonstrated through the data
that educators working with transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities expressed a strong desire to seek additional training opportunities to increase
their level of knowledge
Trends for Assessment Practice
Research Question Two asked ldquoWhat transition assessment practices are used by
educational personnel with individuals with intellectual disabilitiesrdquo Current trends
focus on employing a multifaceted approach to assessment (King Baldwin Currie and
Evans 2006) A systematic approach is needed (Neubert 2003) Assessment protocol
involves the use of formal and informal measures Types of information gathered in order
to develop a high-quality transition plan should include future needs and goals self-
determination and self-advocacy academic strengths learning styles behavioral issues
life skills needs and vocational interests attitudes and abilities (Miller et al 2007 p 5)
Levinson and Palmer (2005) described necessary components to implement transition
services as mandated by IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 They described the need to
incorporate assessment and comprehensive planning that utilized transition assessment
data that addressed academic skills daily living skills personal and social skills and
occupational and vocational skills
Areas of Assessment
Participants indicated strongly with an 886 response rate that interests
constituted the most common area addressed with transition assessment Vocational
aptitude resulted in 676 with academic achievement at 563 Falling within the 30-
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
93
40 percent range was academic aptitude personality profile work values and world of
work knowledge Vocational adjustment coordinators special education administrators
district administrators and diagnosticians indicated with 100 agreement that interests
was the area most assessed Vocational aptitude was indicated as an area assessed by a
rate of 84 to 100 by the campus administrator campus educator and special
education administrator Academic achievement was used to a greater extent in the
original study In this study this was indicated at a rate of 56 to 100 by the district
administrators special education directors and campus administrators It appears
administrators regard achievement as an important area of assessment The results if this
study revealed that greater awareness was needed to address all areas of assessment not
just interests vocational aptitude and academic achievement
Although interests are vital with regard to transition assessment it is necessary for
educators to address all the areas equally including those identified by Miller et al
(2007) future needs and goals self-determination and self-advocacy academic strengths
learning styles behavioral issues life skills needs and vocational interests attitudes and
abilities Several participants 84 indicated they did not know or chose not to answer
which indicates that greater knowledge pertaining to areas address with regard to
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities was needed
Overton (2009) wrote that assessment needed to be data driven rather than relying
on referral information alone The data should be multidimensional and not reliant on just
one set of test scores Data should reflect the studentrsquos strengths abilities interests and
preferences (IDEA 2004) Spinelli (2012) wrote that assessors should identify the
studentrsquos (a) career goals and interests (b) preferences (c) independence level
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
94
(d) strengths (e) hobbies (f) interpersonal relationships (g) self-advocacy abilities and
(h) abilities in relation to postsecondary goals
The research also found that Schmitz (2008) identified areas that should be
included in the transition planning process in order to adhere to the mandates of Indicator
13 The components of transition assessment include interest assessment and career
exploration assessment measures It is crucial to include assessment of academic
performance as it relates to the workplace The practice of assessment and skill building
should be incorporated to evaluate self-determination social and emotional learning and
interventions for independent living In order to accomplish Schmitzrsquos recommendations
ITP team members must expand their vision to include all aspects of the individualrsquos life
not just interests and academic achievement
Types of Assessment
ldquoGoals are developed based upon interests aptitudes abilities strengths and
limitations identified as significant and relevant to the student and family in the transition
planrdquo (Miller et al 2007 p 8) More specific types of assessment include interest
inventories career aptitude academic achievement teacher observation intellectual
aptitude student survey personality profiles self-determination measures self-advocacy
measures interviews ecologicalenvironmental factors authentic portfolio teacher
made curriculum-based functional skills inventories learning styles and situational
(Layton and Lock 2008 Miller et al 2007Moon 2011 Neubert 2003 Overton 2009
Sitlington 2006 Wehman 2009) Of great importance in the assessment of students with
more significant disabilities are the critical life skills pertaining to self-help mobility
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
95
self-determination socialization health family and community supports self-awareness
interests strengths and preferences of the individual (Wehman 2011)
Participants were allowed to rate types of assessments from ldquoNot used or heard of
heard of and usedrdquo Values of one two and three were attached to each response to allow
for descriptive analysis A rating mean was established for each type of assessment The
most popular type of assessment that participants used was teacher observation at a rating
mean of 286
Additional types of assessments that were indicated as ldquoused and heard ofrdquo
included interest inventories student surveys interviews academic achievement
intellectual aptitude tests and functional skills inventories These types of assessments
generate results that elicit the studentrsquos interests and preferences which are mandated in
IDEA 2004 Campus Educators vocational adjustment coordinators special education
administrators district administrators and diagnosticians rated interest inventories as one
of the more used types of assessments for 69 to 100 of these individuals
Falling into a range where less than half of the participants used the types of
measure yet they were a part of the participantrsquos awareness repertoire were career
aptitude teacher-made curriculum-based measures learning style inventories
personality profiles and portfolios Those types of assessments that fell within the mean
below 198 indicating that these have been ldquoheard of and or not used or heard ofrdquo are
self-advocacy measures self-determination measures situational authentic and
ecologicalenvironmental measures The data revealed that 65 of the types of transition
assessments were not being utilized by the majority of the participants This discovery
indicated that further education was needed to increase the knowledge regarding types of
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
96
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities These types of
assessments reveal strengths and needs which is mandated by IDEA 2004 Greater usage
was indicated in order to address assess the needs and strengths of the student with
intellectual disabilities
Located in the ldquonot used and not heard ofrdquo category were self-advocacy measures
self-determination measures situational authentic and ecological and environmental
types of assessments The lack of awareness of these measures was substantial In order
to gain valuable data pertaining to needs strengths interests and preferences for
individuals with intellectual disabilities it is important for all constituents to employ a
variety of types of assessments in order to develop a quality transition plan which is
directed by the transition assessment
The literature revealed that assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
required assessment in the natural environment (Sitlington 2008) Levinson and Palmer
(2005) emphasized the need for performance tests that assessed a studentrsquos ability to
perform specific job-like tasks work samples that expose a student to natural job
responsibilities and situational assessments that measure a studentrsquos interests abilities
and work habits in actual and contrived environments This should be included in the
transition assessment This was indicated by the participants in the open-ended question
format
Published Assessments
In the original study no question was included that addressed what specific tools
that were implemented to address transition assessment This item was added in order to
gather specific data pertaining to specific assessment trends being utilized and awareness
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
97
levels of available published assessment mechanisms Levinson and Palmer (2005) wrote
that assessment and planning are key components to successful post-school living
Assessment data can be gathered through published tests and surveys as well as from
direct interviews and observations of the student Several areas are addressed including
academic skills daily living skills personal and social skills career maturity vocational
interests and vocational aptitude tests
The National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (2010) has
developed an Assessment Toolkit that can be accessed by educators parents State
Education Agencies and Local Education Agencies to gain knowledge about best
practices with transition assessment From the results of this study information that is
contained in these types of resources is needed by educators to provide a comprehensive
contemporary assessment
Participants indicated that the Special Education Manager (GG Consulting LLC
2008) was overwhelmingly the most utilized published assessment measure in the West
Texas region with a rating mean of 262 Significantly lower utilization but was heard of
were the Reading-Free Vocational Interest Inventory 2 (R-FVII2) (Becker 2000) the
Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) (Clark amp Patton 2009) and the Brigance
Employability Skills Inventory (Brigance 1995) The majority of the remaining seven
specific published assessment tools were ldquoNot used or heard ofrdquo by the participants
Some of the participants indicated that they utilized other tools such as the Career
Cruising (Anaca Technologies Ltd 2012) Choices (Martin Huber-Marshall Maxson
Jerman Hughes Miller amp McGill 2000) and Bridges (Xap Corporation 2009) Over-
all the data revealed that participants require greater knowledge regarding published
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
98
transition assessment tools to meet the needs for transition planning with individual with
intellectual disabilities
Perceived Impact
Participants rated the impact of transition assessment for students with intellectual
disabilities Only 169 percent of the respondents selected significant as one of the
online survey choices Three-fourths of the respondents selected moderate to minimal
impact for students with intellectual disabilities Ten percent of the participants chose
little impact or chose not to answer The most revealing discovery from the research
transpired with the large response of moderate to minimal impact of transition assessment
with individuals with intellectual disabilities (833) Increased impact must be dealt
with in order to meet the mandates of IDEA 2004 and the OSERS requirements of
Indicator 13 regarding transition assessment (US Dept of Education 2009 and IDEA
2004)
Further training for educators is needed to increase the impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Transition assessment is the
driving mechanism for the ITP process Greater understanding of the areas addressed
typed of assessments purpose of assessments and published resources will provide a
greater foundation needed to develop a quality transition plan for students with
intellectual disabilities
Thematic Results
Qualitative analysis occurred for two open-ended items in the survey
Approximately one in five participants provided responses to the first open-ended
question on the survey One in nine of the participants responded to the second open-
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
99
ended question in the online format Five themes emerged from the two open-ended
questions
Theme One Assessment Tools
The largest group of respondents provided input with regard to other published
transition assessment tools that they would like to utilize or have utilized with individuals
with intellectual disabilities Four of the participants indicated that Career Cruising
(Anaca Technologies 2012) was a good choice One individual commented on a
transition assessment tool that was listed under the previously addressed published
assessment tools item on the online survey The participant commented on the
thoroughness of the Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) (Clark amp Patton 2009) Three
other participants included individual assessment tools which included the Student Styles
Questionnaire Revised (SSQR) (Oakland Glutting amp Horton 1996) Career Clusters
Interest Survey (Arizona State 2007) and the Cops and Caps assessments (CareerLife
Skills Resources 2012)
The research revealed that the National Secondary Transition Technical
Assistance Center (2010) provides a toolkit for assessment that can be accessed by
laymen and professionals with regard to transition assessment Greater utilization of a
variety of assessment mechanisms is needed to provide a quality all-inclusive assessment
to students with intellectual disabilities as outlined in IDEA 2004
Theme Two Parental Involvement
Four of the participants indicated that parental input was important when
implementing transition assessment One participant responded that it was important to
ask about the vision they had for their childrsquos future Two respondents commented on the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
100
need for parents to be interviewed and to allow the parents to provide input with
vocational assessment One participant stated that parents should be educated with what
is available to their child as a continuum of services from secondary to post-secondary
levels in order to prepare for the future
The research revealed numerous statements addressing parent involvement The
student and parent should be included in the transition planning process at all stages to
secure greater positive outcomes at the postsecondary level (Escheidt 2006) Levinson
and Palmer (2005) stated that parental involvement was important to the planning
process Moon et al (2011) found it was important to include the family to a greater
extent in the assessment process Due to the disabling conditions of the individuals with
intellectual disabilities it was revealed that family input was extremely important
Questionnaires and interviews with family members offer good sources of information
(Moon et al 2011)
Theme Three Real-life Situations
Four of the participants indicated that it was critical to provide hands-on activities
that were real-life and functional for the student Participants stated that students should
be exposed to a variety of real-life employment options Providing real work and
volunteer opportunities in various settings was emphasized One respondent commented
that the best real-life situation providing the greatest reinforcement was when the
student received a paycheck
The research revealed that assessing the student in the natural environment was
important Levinson and Palmer (2005) reported that assessments pertaining to
occupational and vocational skills are characterized as performance tests that assess a
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
101
studentrsquos ability to perform specific job-like tasks work samples that expose a student to
natural job responsibilities and situational assessments that measure a studentrsquos interests
abilities and work habits in actual and contrived environments Sitlington (2008) stated
that assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities requires assessment in the
natural environment
Theme Four Collaboration
Three of the participants discussed the need to develop teamwork between other
educators and community agencies One participant commented on the need to increase
teamwork with other educators in order to gather more input regarding transition
assessment Another respondent commented on the need to expose the student and family
to resources in the community and to enhance the contact with these agencies The
process of increasing collaboration with parents was discussed with six of the
participants Not only is this important to enhance parental involvement it also serves to
enhance the collaboration with the school to increase the outcomes of transition
assessment
As stated previously the research revealed that collaboration is required by all
interested stakeholders including the school administration educators and community
agencies (Furney et al 1997) Stated in IDEA 2004 is that the ITP process is a team
endeavor (IDEA 2004) Grigal et al (2011) emphasized the need to instill a collaborative
approach to assessment and the development of the ITP The original study emphasized
the need for all stakeholders including school and community agencies to collaborate to
a greater extent (Hebert et al 2010)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
102
Theme Five Isolated Comments
Time Two of the respondents indicated that they would like more time to
develop the transition plan In both instances the participants expressed sincere desire to
accomplish the task of assessing the student with the intent of providing a quality
transition assessment in order to develop a sound transition plan One of these
participants expressed a strong desire to assess the student with an authentic assessment
strategy One of the respondents stated that because they served in dual roles as both the
diagnostician and transition person they lacked the time to develop a transition plan in the
manner they deemed was appropriate
Practical Implications
Education personnel who implement transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities in West Texas as discovered in this study comprise a group of
individuals with extensive background higher education qualifications and longevity in
special education The findings for this study provide implications with regard to
mandates and implementation of transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities Because transition assessment is a mandate presented in IDEA 2004 and the
OSERSrsquo Indicator 13 it is important that educators possess sound knowledge and
understanding regarding transition assessment The findings from this study can benefit
the educator to assist the student with an intellectual disability to recognize their potential
as they transition from secondary to post-secondary options
Based upon the results of the study the researcher recommends that
Educators receive more training through self-study workshops college
coursework online training modules and team collaboration to increase
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
103
understanding regarding transition assessment Ninety-one percent of the
participants indicated that they desired further training This was similar to the
original study which was revealed in the open-ended question that participants
desired more training to obtain greater knowledge regarding transition assessment
(Herbert et al 2010)
Training should focus on providing knowledge to educators regarding mandates
of IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 The results indicated that 52 of the participants
noted that transition assessment is conducted at all grade levels from 9-12 IDEA
states that this should be an ongoing process with results reported at the annual
IEP meeting Also transition assessment is the cornerstone for developing the
transition plan and the IEP for the secondary student with a disability (IDEA
2004) Grigal et al (2011) and Hebert et al(2010)stated that compliance to the
law with regard to IDEA was needed
Training should focus on collaboration between all education personnel and
community agencies with regard to transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities as an ongoing collaborative venture Campus educators
were deemed the person most responsible when the effort should be considered a
multi-disciplinary collaborative team approach including the student and family
(Miller et al 2007)
Training endeavors need to delve into the characteristics of transition assessment
including the areas addressed with transition assessment types of transition
assessment and published assessments mechanisms (Wehman 2009) Thirty
eight percent of the participants indicated a clear understanding of transition
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
104
assessment with nearly sixty two percent indicating moderate to limited
understanding Additional training is needed to increase knowledge regarding
characteristics of transition assessment
Efforts should be made to increase the level of knowledge educators possess in
order to increase the types of assessment practices utilized for transition
assessment (Layton and Lock 2008 Miller et al 2007Moon 2011 Neubert
2003 Overton 2009 Sitlington 2006 Wehman 2009) Eighty eight percent of
the participants responded that interest inventories constituted the most common
area utilized with transition assessment Academic achievement was area utilized
by fifty six percent of the participants Sixty five percent of the various types of
assessments that were surveyed were not being utilized by the participants SEM
was the preferred mechanism for published tools This is due to the utilization of
SEM as a documentation tool for record keeping purposes by the districts in the
assigned region Many surveyed mechanisms had ldquonot been heard of or had been
heard ofrdquo however were not being utilized by the participants
Emphasis should be placed on increasing the overall impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities to reach their full
potential Over-all perceived impact of transition assessment for students with
intellectual disabilities was moderate to none Increased knowledge will allow for
greater impact by addressing the mandates of IDEA 2004 that transition
assessment includes the studentrsquos strengths needs interests and preferences
(IDEA 2004)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
105
Limitations of the Study
The following limitations were noted in this study The sample was composed of
educators who provided transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
The study was conducted in West Texas an area with unique transition constraints for
individuals with intellectual disabilities as compared with many other areas in Texas
This study was originally conducted with a group of 400 responders from across the state
of Pennsylvania Due to attempts to limit this survey to specific education personnel
ample input from all transition personnel including community personnel is lacking The
researcherrsquos involvement in special education in particular the education of individuals
with intellectual disabilities could have led to bias and could have influenced the study
The relatively new use of the term intellectual disabilities to characterize a student who
was previously identified as a student with mental retardation could have created some
confusion
The participants who agreed to participate in the online survey might indicate that
they possess different views not shared by all special education personnel Additionally
efforts to obtain a varied population of participants were attempted and obtained to meet
the initial criteria However the process of sending a request for participation to special
education directors and requesting them to forward the survey to possible participants
could have interfered with obtaining consistent participants Efforts to obtain input from
family members and students were not included in the online survey Therefore these
and other factors may have skewed the results and thereby restrict the generalizability to
an extent
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
106
Directions for Future Research
This study has provided additional understanding regarding transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities Review of the literature revealed that
although extensive research was available regarding transition development limited
research was available regarding transition assessment particularly with individuals who
have intellectual disabilities Other regions in Texas should be surveyed to address the
concerns expressed in this survey with regard to knowledge that educators possess
regarding transition assessment of individuals with intellectual disabilities
Also further research should include all disability categories which greater
parallels the original study Additionally a follow-up study to explore the benefits of
additional training should be utilized to provide insights regarding the benefits of training
and if positive perceptions regarding the impact of transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities increases
Summary
The purpose of this descriptive study was to evaluate educatorsrsquo knowledge of
transition assessment practices and what assessment mechanisms are being implemented
by education personnel with students who have intellectual disabilities Research was
completed through an online survey format that was disseminated to education personnel
providing transition assessment to individuals with intellectual disabilities in the West
Texas region Included was an introduction to the study a review of the literature that
centered on the transition process and transition assessment an extensive description of
the methodology and an analysis of the findings of the data that was collected through
the study
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
107
The online survey provided data concerning demographic characteristics
knowledge educators perceived they possessed level of implementation types of
assessments used interest in further training and overall perceived impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Descriptive statistics were
utilized to analyze the data Information suggested that further training was needed and
requested by education personnel to enhance the impact of increase the knowledge of
and improve appropriate utilization of assessment tools regarding transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities as mandated in IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13
The online survey provided two open-ended questions that required qualitative
analysis The data were analyzed and categorized Five themes resulted from the open-
ended questions which included (a) use of additional assessment tools utilized by school
personnel (b) the need to include parental involvement (c) pursuing real-life situations
(d) collaboration with school personnel and community agencies and (e) more time to
complete assessment tasks with efficacy The findings provided additional information
from the limited research available that addressed transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
108
REFERENCES
American Association for Public Opinion Research (2011) Retrieved from AAPOR
American Association for Public Opinion Research Web site wwwaapororg
American Association on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (2011 September
4) Retrieved from American Association on Intellectual and Developmental
Disabilities Web site httpaamrorg
Anaca Technologies Ltd (2012) Career Cruising (wwwpubliccareercrusingcom
Arizona State University (2007) Career Clusters Interest Survey (1st ed) [Brochure]
Retrieved May 1 2012 from Virtual Counseling Center Web site
wwwvccauedus
Becker R L (2000) Reading-free vocational Interest inventory (2nd Ed) Columbus
OH Elbern Publishing
Brantlinger E Jimenez R Klingner J Pugach M amp Richardson V (2005)
Qualitative studies in special education Council for Exceptional Children 71(2)
195-207
Brady R P (2007) Picture Interest Career Survey St Paul MN JIST Works
Brigance A R (1995) Brigance Employability Skills Inventory North Billerica MA
Curriculum Associates Inc
Bryant D Smith D amp Bryant B (2008) Teaching students with special needs in
inclusive classrooms New York Pearson Education
Centers for Disease Control (2004) Economic costs associated with mental retardation
cerebral palsy hearing loss and vision impairment--United States 2003 MMMR
Weekly 53(03) 57-59
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
109
Centers for Disease Control (2005 October 29) In National Center on Birth Defects amp
Developmental Disabilities Retrieved July 7 2011 from CDC Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention Web site wwwcdcgov
Clark GM amp Patton J R (2009) Transition Planning Inventory Updated version
Austin Pro‑Ed
Cobb B amp Alwell M (2009) Transition planningcoordination interventions for youth
with disabilities Career Development for Exceptional Individuals 32(2) 70-81
Crane L (2002) Mental retardation A community approach (1st ed) Belmont CA
WadsworthThomson Learning
Denzin N amp Lincoln Y (1994) Handbook of qualitative research Thousand Oaks
CA Sage
Dewey J (1916) The pedagogic creed In D Flinders amp S Thornton (Eds) The
curriculum studies reader (3rd ed pp 34-41) New York Routledge
Etscheidt S (2006) Issues in the transition planning Legal decisions Career
Development of Exceptional Individuals 29(1) 28-47
Flexer R Baer M Luft P amp Simmons T (2001) Transition planning for secondary
students with disabilities (3rd ed) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Flinders D J and Thornton S J (Editors) (2004) The curriculum studies reader (2nd
ed) New York Routledge
Furney K Hasazi S amp Destefano L (1997) Transition policies practices and
promises Lessons from three states Exceptional Children 63(3) 343-355
GG Consulting LLC (2008) Special Education Manager [Software] Boulder CO I-
Suite Available from GG Consulting LLC
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
110
Glesne C (2006) Becoming a Qualitative Researcher (3rd ed) Boston Pearson
Education Inc (Original work published 1992)
Glutting J J amp Wilkinson G (2006) Wide Range Interest and Opinion Test ndash Revised
Austin Pro-Ed
Golden T Swenson S von Schrader S amp Bruyere S (2010) Launching into
adulthood Meaningful work (1st ed) (D Lollar Ed) Baltimore Paul H
Brookes
Grigal M Hart D amp Migliore A (2011) Comparing the transition planning
postsecondary education and employment outcomes of students with intellectual
and other disabilities Career Development for Exceptional Individuals 34(1) 4-
17
Hallahan D Kauffman J amp Hullen P (2012) Exceptional learners An introduction
to special education (12th ed) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson
Herbert Lorenz amp Trusty J Lorenz D amp Trusty J (2010) Career assessment
practices for high school students with disabilities and perceived value reported
by transition personnel Journal of Rehabilitation 76(4) 28-26
Hogan T (2007) Psychological testing (2nd ed) Danvers MA John Wiley and Sons
Hulett K (2007) Legal aspects of special education Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson
Education
Humphrey P Johnson C amp Albers K (2010 October) Transition in Texas Paper
presented at the State Autism Conference Corpus Christi TX
Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004 (IDEA) PL 108-446
20 USC sectsect 1400 et seq
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
111
Johnson J (2002) Commercial and noncommercial resources for promoting the
transition of youth with disabilities from school-to-adult life San Diego CA San
Diego State University
King G Baldwin P Currie M amp Evans J (2006) The effectiveness of transition
strategies for youth with disabilities Childrens Health Care 35(2) 155-178
Knapp-Lee L (2007) COPS-PIC Picture Inventory of Careers San Diego CA
ERASEducational Research and Services
Lagemann C (Editors) (1985) Jane Addams on Education (Classics in Education No
51) Publ Teachers College Press 1985-08 Columbia University Series Classics
in Education Ser No 51 PP New York Press
Layton C amp Lock R (2008) Assessing students with special needs to produce quality
outcomes Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Levinson E (2001) Current vocational assessment models for students with disabilities
Journal of Counseling and Development 73 94-101
Levinson E amp Palmer E (2005) Preparing students with disabilities for school-to-
work transition and postschool Life Principal Leadership 5(8) 11-15
Lichenstein S Rusch R amp Chadsey J (1998) Beyond high school transition from
school to work Belmont CA Wadsworth
Lollar D (2010) Launching into adulthood (1st ed) Baltimore Paul H Brookes
Luecking R (2009) The way to work How to facilitate work experiences for youth in
transition Baltimore MD Paul H Brookes
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
112
Martin J E Huber-Marshall L H Maxson L Jerman P Hughes W Miller T amp
McGill T (2000) Choice Maker Set Tools for school-to-work transition
Frederick CO Sopris West
Mazotti V Rowe D Kelley K Test D Fowler C Kohler P amp Kortering L
(2009) Linking transition assessment and postsecondary goals key elements in
the secondary transition planning process Teaching Exceptional Children 42(2)
44-51
McNaughton D amp Beulman D (2010) Transition strategies for adolescents and young
adults who use AAC Baltimore Paul H Brookes
Miles M amp Huberman M (1994) Qualitative data analysis (2nd ed) Thousand Oaks
CA Sage
Miller R Lombard R amp Corbey S (2007) Transition assessment planning transition
and IEP development for youth with mild and moderate disabilities New York
Pearson Education
Moon S Simenson M amp Neubert D (2011) Perceptions of supported employment
providers What students with developmental disabilities families and educators
need to know for transition planning Education and Training in Autism and
Developmental Disabilities 46(1) 94-105
Myers J B amp Briggs K C (1988) Myers-Briggs Type Indicator Form M Palo Alto
CA Consulting Psychologists Press
Neubert D Moon S amp Grigal M (2002) Postsecondary education and transition
services for students ages 18-21 with significant disabilities Focus on
Exceptional Children 34(8) 1-9
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
113
Oakland T Glutting J amp Horton C (1996) Students styles questionnaire Revised
(SSQR) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Oakwood Solutions (2010) Microcomputer Evaluation of Careers and Academics
(MECA) Appleton WI The Conover Company
Overton T (2009) Assessing learners with special needs an applied approach (6th ed)
Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Papay C amp Bambara L (2011) Postsecondary education for transition-age students
with significant intellectual and other developmental disabilities A national
survey Education and Training in Autism and Developmental Disabilities 46(1)
78-93
Salvia J Ysseldyke J amp Bolt S (2010) Assessment in special and inclusive education
(11th ed) Belmont CA Wadsworth Cengage Learning
Sax C amp Thoma C (2002) Transition assessment--wise practices for quality lives
Baltimore Paul H Brookes
Schmitz T (2008 October) Transition planning special education law and its impact
on your child Exceptional Parent Magazine
Sitlington P (2008) Students with reading and writing challenges Using informal
assessment to assist in planning for the transition to adult life Reading and
Writing Quarterly 24 22-100
Sitlington P Clark G amp Kolstoe O (2000) Transition education and services for
adolescents with disabilities Needham Heights MA Allyn amp Bacon
Sitlington P Neubert D amp Clark G (2010) Transition education and services Upper
Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
114
Snell M amp Brown F (2006) Instruction of students with severe disabilities (6th ed)
Columbus Ohio Pearson Merrill Prentice Hall
Spinelli C (2012) Classroom assessment for students in special and general education
(3rd ed) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Texas Association of Counties (2003) Texas Association of Counties Retrieved
February 1 2012 from Texas Association of Counties Web site wwwcountyorg
Texas Education Agency (2011 July 14) In Division of IDEA 2004coordination (Ed)
Special education rules and regulations ESC 18 July 14 2011 The Legal
Framework for the Child-Centered Special Education Process Web site http
frameworkesc18net
Trochim W (2006 October) Social research methods Retrieved November 15 2011
from Research Methods Knowledge Base Web site
wwwsocialresearchmethodsnet
Tyler R (1949) Basic principles of curriculum and instruction In D Flinders amp S
Thornton (Eds) The Curriculum Studies Reader (3rd ed pp 69-77) New York
Routledge
US Department of Education (2009 December 29) In US Department of Education
(Ed) OSERS Office of special education and rehabilitative services Retrieved
from www2edgov
US Department of Labor (2002) ONet Career Interest Inventory St Paul MN JIST
Works
University of North Carolina amp Western Michigan University (2011 May 11) In
University of North Carolina amp Western Michigan University (Eds) National
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
115
secondary transition technical assistance center Retrieved July 11 2011 from
NSTTAC National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center Web site
httpwwwnsttacorg
Wehman P (2001) Life beyond the classroom (3rd ed) Baltimore MD Paul H
Brookes
Wehman P (2009) Autism and the transition to adulthood Baltimore MD Paul H
Brookes
Wehman P (2011) Essentials of transition planning Baltimore MD (Humphrey
Johnson amp Albers 2010) MD Paul H Brookes Publishing
Wehmeyer M L amp Kelchner K (1995) The ARCs Self-Determination Scale
Washington DC The ARC of the United States
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
116
APPENDIX A
IRB
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
117
A Descriptive Study of Educational Professionalsrsquo Knowledge of Transition Assessment
for Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities
Robin Lock PhD
Principal Investigator
Kathryn J Tucker
Co-Investigator amp Doctoral Student
I Rationale
Transition planning is a mandate set forth in the Individuals with Disabilities Education
Act-Reauthorized from 2004 (IDEA-R) Additionally the Office of Special Education Programs
and Rehabilitative Services (OSEP) has also issued mandates to track transition services and
progress at the secondary and post-secondary levels (Mazotti et al 2009) The process of
developing a coordinated set of activities is the cornerstone of IDEA-R with regard to transition
planning for students with disabilities (Lollar 2010) Transition development is a critical issue
for the student who possesses a disability as they pass from secondary to post-secondary living
A great deal of research is available that pertains to cognitive assessment and
achievement assessment for individuals with disabilities However few studies have been
conducted that address assessment trends and practices driving the transition planning process
from high school to adulthood especially for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Furthermore little research dealing specifically with transition assessment for students with
intellectual disabilities exists at the present time
Specific Aims and Objectives of Study
This aims of this descriptive study is to obtain information regarding the knowledge base
of educators with respect to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
The study will survey educators to determine the assessment practices used by practitioners to
meet the mandates of transition assessment for these students The survey will be based on
previous transition assessment research by Herbert Lorenz amp Trusty (2010) The following
research questions will be addressed
1 What is the basic knowledge that educators possess regarding career assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What types of assessments are used by educators to evaluate transition needs of
students with intellectual disabilities
II Subjects
Participants in the study will be educators at the district level including special
education directors transitions coordinators diagnosticians and special education teachers who
work with high school students with intellectual disabilities in the Education Service Center
(ESC) Region XVII Participants will be obtained by utilizing a listserv located on the ESC
Region XVII website This listserv identifies all high schools in the region as well as school
district special education administrators A cover letter will be sent via the internet to campus
and district administrators requesting that the information about the survey be forwarded to
special education directors district transition coordinators diagnosticians and high school special
education teachers working with students with intellectual disabilities Approximately 100
participants will be sought
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
118
III Procedures
bull The ESC listserv will be utilized to contact participants
bull A cover letter email will be sent to request participation from special education
directors and with a request to forward the link of the survey to district transition coordinators
diagnosticians and high school special education teachers working with students with intellectual
disabilities
bull Approximately 100 educators will be potential participants in the survey
bull A 15 question survey will be supplied through surveymonkeycom which
includes demographic and descriptive questions
bull The survey will be disseminated for two weeks through the survey monkey link
bull Descriptive analysis will be utilized to analyze the data with the exception of the
one open-ended question which will require qualitative analysis
bull Confidentiality of the participants will be adhered to by a strict standard through
the use of careful storage of the data on a computer with pass code protections Hard copy data
will be stored in a locked location
bull Only the researchers will have access to the data for analysis purposes
bull Respondents may choose to or not to participate in the survey
Cover letter See the attached cover letter
Survey See the attached survey
IV Adverse Events and Liability
There are no anticipated specific liabilities or adverse events anticipated with this
study No liability plan is offered
V Consent Form
The research presents no more than minimal risk of harm to subjects and
involves no procedures for which written consent is normally required outside the research
context (Waiver of Written Consent) therefore no waiver or liability plan is offered
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
119
APPENDIX B
IRB Approval
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
120
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
121
APPENDIX C
Recruitment of Special Education Directors
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
122
February 9 2012
Dear Special Education Director
Please forward the accompanying letter requesting participation of your special education
director transition coordinator educational diagnosticians and special education teachers who
work with students with intellectual disabilities We are trying to obtain information to enhance
our research about the knowledge that educators have regarding transition assessment practices
for these students Their participation is crucial in gaining greater information pertaining to the
knowledge of transition assessment for individuals with disabilities
If you would like to review the survey before passing the request on the survey is located
at
httpwwwsurveymonkeycomstransitionassessmentID
Thank you for your time and consideration in helping us answer this important question
If you have any questions please do not hesitate to call Dr Robin Lock or myself at
(806) 742-1997 ext 288
Sincerely
Kathryn J Tucker MEd
Doctoral Student
Texas Tech University
College of Education
Box 41071
Lubbock TX 79409-1071
8067421997 x288
Fax 8067422179
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
123
APPENDIX D
Recruitment of Participants
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
124
February 9 2012
Dear Participant
You are being asked to voluntarily complete a short 10 minute survey over transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities This survey is being sent to you by your
district administrator
Transition assessment is an important mandate included in the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Act-Reauthorized We are trying to learn more about educatorsrsquo
knowledge regarding transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Enclosed is a link to the survey asking questions that may help us with our research to
better understand this issue No information will be gathered that could personally identify you
and we would ask that you not put your name on the survey By filling out and returning the
survey online you may help us better understand the current level of understanding of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Please follow the link that is included to
answer the short survey
httpwwwsurveymonkeycomstransitionassessmentID
Thank you for your time and consideration in helping us answer this important question
If you have any questions please do not hesitate to call Dr Robin Lock or myself at
(806) 742-1997 ext 288
Sincerely
Kathryn J Tucker MEd
Doctoral Student
Texas Tech University
College of Education
Box 41071
Lubbock TX 79409-1071
8067421997 x288
Fax 8067422179
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
125
APPENDIX E
Survey Instrument
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
126
Research Survey Instrument
Transition Assessment Knowledge of Educators for
Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities
Directions Answer the questions as it applies to you in your educational setting Your
participation is voluntary You may quit at any time by closing the browser window The
responses that you provide are anonymous and confidential Please read each choice
before making your final selection This survey should only take 10-15 minutes of your
time
1 The high school(s) where I work or consult with isare located in a(n)___________
settings (check all that apply)
A) Rural
B) Suburban
C) Urban
D) Combination (ruralSuburban)
2 At the high school(s) where I work or consult with in most instances transition
assessments are conducted at the __________ grade(s) (check all that apply)
A) 9th
B) 10th
C) 11th
D) 12th
E) All grade levels
F) No grade level assessments are provided
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
127
3 The job category that best describes my position is
A) District Administrator
B) Campus Administrator
C) Special Education Administrator
D) Vocational Adjustment Coordinator
E) Consultant
F) Campus Educator
G) District Educator
H) Educational Diagnostician
I) Other (please specify)
4 The school or educational setting where I work can be classified as
A) Middle School
B) High School
C) Alternative
D) AdministrativeCentral Office
E) Other (please specify)
5 The person(s) responsible for providing transition assessment to students with
intellectual disabilities at the high school where I work or consult with isare the
_____(check all that apply)
A) Career Counselor (School employee)
B) Career Counselor Consultant (Non-school employee)
C) High School Teacher
D) High School Counselor
E) School Psychologist
F) Vocational Adjustment Coordinator
G) Transition Services ConsultantCoordinator
H) No one is assigned the duty as services are not available
I) Other (Please specify)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
128
6 Areas that are typically addressed as part of transition assessment provided at our
high school include
A) Academic Achievement
B) Vocational Aptitude
C) Academic Aptitude
D) Career decision-making skills
E) Interests
F) Personality
G) Work Values
H) World of work knowledge
I) Other (please specify)
7 Choose the types of assessments pertaining specifically to transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities that you use have heard of or do not use or
have heard of (Choose all that apply)
Type of Assessment Heard of
this
Use this Have not
heard of
or use
this
Interest Inventories
Career Aptitude
Academic Achievement
Teacher Observation
Intellectual Aptitude (IQ)
Student Survey
Personality Profiles
Self-determination measures
Self-Advocacy Skills measures
Interviews
EcologicalEnvironmental
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
129
Authentic
Portfolio
Teacher Made
Curriculum-Based
Functional Skills Inventories
Learning Styles
Situational
Other
8 Choose the published assessments pertaining specifically to transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities that you use have heard of or do not
use or have heard of (Choose all that apply)
Type of Assessment Heard of this Use this Have not heard of
or use this
Microcomputer
Evaluation of
Careers and
Academics (MECA)
Reading-Free
Vocational Interest
Inventory 2 (R-
FVII2)
Transition Planning
Inventory (TPI)
Brigance
Employability Skills
Inventory
SEM (Special Ed
Manager)
Myers Briggs Type
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
130
9 In my opinion transition assessment for students with intellectual disabilities
provided at our school or schools that I consult with have_____ impact on
helping students identify and realize their potential
A) Significant
B) Moderate
C) Minimal
D) Little or no
10 As part of my professional training and work experience I have a __________
understanding about transition assessment for high school students with
intellectual disabilities
A) Very Clear
B) Moderately Clear
C) Limited
D) Little or No
Indicator
O-Net Career
Interest Inventory
Picture Interest
Career Survey
(PICS)
Wide Range Interest
and Occupation Test
WRIOT2
Arc Self-
Determination Scale
COPS-PIC Picture
Inventory of Careers
CITE Learning
Styles Inventory
Other
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
131
11 Which of the following training opportunities would you participate in to
increase your knowledge and use of transition assessment tools and procedures
for individuals with intellectual disabilities (check all that apply)
A) One-hour workshop
B) 1-day workshop
C) Team Collaboration
D) Self -Study (Independent discovery)
E) Multiple day workshops
F) Ongoing in-service training
G) Online training module
H) Online college course
I) College course (on campus or media-site)
J) College coursework toward TEA certification in Transition
K) None
L) Other (please specify)
12 What else do you use for transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities If you do not want to make any further comment proceed to the
next question
(Enter up to 4000 characters)
13 What do you know about transition assessment that you wish you could use for
students with intellectual disabilities If you do not want to make any further
comment proceed to the final section of the survey that contains a few
remaining demographic questions
(Enter up to 4000 characters)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
132
Demographic Information
This section contains a few demographic questions needed to describe the sample
Please remember that the responses you provide are anonymous and confidential
14 What is your current age (rounded to the nearest year)
Age Range Response
20-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41-45
46-50
51-55
56-60
61-65
66-70
15 What is your gender
A) Male
B) Female
16 What is your highest level of education
A) Bachelorrsquos degree
B) Masterrsquos degree
C) Doctorate
D) Other
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
133
17 What is your total number of years as an educator including this year Please
check the appropriate box
Number of years Response
1-2
3-5
6-10
11-15
16-20
21-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41 and above
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
134
18 How long have you been employed in your current position including this
year Please check the appropriate box
Number of year(s) Response
1-2
3-5
6-10
11-15
16-20
21-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41-or more
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
v
Defining the Specifics of Transition Planning 25
Characteristics of Transition Needs 26
The Individualized Transition Plan Process and the Components 27
Latest Research on Individual Transition Planning 31
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities 39
Purpose of Transition Assessment 39
Types of Transition Assessment 43
Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual Disabilities 47
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities 47
Characteristics of Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual
Disabilities 49
Latest Research on Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual
Disabilities 50
Research Questions 53
Summary 54
CHAPTER III 55
Methodology 55
Research Questions 55
Rationale 56
Context of the Study 56
Data Sources 57
Data Collection Methods 58
Data Analysis 60
Data Management Plan 61
Reliability and Validity 61
Summary 62
CHAPTER IV 63
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
vi
Results 63
Research Questions 64
Characteristics of the Sample 64
Job Category 64
Gender 65
Age of Participant 66
Education Level 66
Total Experience Years 67
Current Position Experience 68
Comparison of Demographics 68
Education Site Location 69
Employment Setting 69
Research Questions 70
Research Question One 70
Research Question Two 73
Procedure Used with Open-Ended Questions 78
Question One 78
Question Two 79
Summary 80
CHAPTER V 82
Discussion 82
Summary of the Study 82
Discussion of the Findings 85
Impact of Demographics 86
Setting 86
Participants 86
Knowledge 88
Understanding 89
Grade Level Implementation 89
Responsibility 90
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
vii
Training 91
Trends for Assessment Practice 92
Areas of Assessment 92
Types of Assessment 94
Published Assessments 96
Perceived Impact 98
Thematic Results 98
Theme One Assessment Tools 99
Theme Two Parental Involvement 99
Theme Three Real-Life Situations 100
Theme Four Collaboration 101
Theme Five Isolated Comments 102
Practical Implications 102
Limitations of the Study 105
Directions for Future Research 106
Summary 106
References 108
APPENDICES 116
IRB 116
IRB Approval 119
Recruitment of Special Education Directors Letter 121
Recruitment of Participants Letter 123
Survey Instrument 125
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
viii
ABSTRACT
Transition planning requires implementation and direction by the findings of
transition assessment regarding the students needs strengths preferences and interests as
mandated in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act 2004 (IDEA
2004) Limited research is currently available that addresses what assessment tools
practitioners utilize to meet the mandates of transition assessment to aid in transition
planning for students with intellectual disabilities The descriptive study reported herein
attempted to determine educatorsrsquo knowledge about transition assessment practices and
what is being utilized specifically with students with intellectual disabilities as they
transition from secondary to postsecondary life This study employed the replication of a
previously published study
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
ix
LIST OF TABLES
41 Job Category Description 65
42 Gender 66
43 Age of the Participant 66
44 Level of Education 67
45 Years of Experience as an Educator 67
46 Years in the Current Position 68
47 Comparison of Demographics 68
48 EmploymentConsultation Location 69
49 Employment Setting 70
410 Perceived Grade Level Implementation of Transition Assessment 71
411 Perceived Person Responsible for Implementing Transition Assessment 71
412 Perceived Level of Understanding Regarding Transition Assessment 72
413 Interest in Additional Training 73
414 Perceived Areas Addressed with Transition Assessment 74
415 Level of Use for Types of Transition Assessments 75
416 Level of Use for Published Assessments 77
417 Perceived Impact of Transition Assessment 78
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
1
CHAPTER I
A DESCRIPTIVE STUDY OF EDUCATIONAL PROFESSIONALSrsquo
KNOWLEDGE OF TRANSITION ASSESSMENT FOR INDIVIDUALS
WITH INTELLECTUAL DISABILITIES
Transition planning is a mandate set forth in the Individuals with Disabilities
Education Improvement Act 2004 (IDEA 2004) The process of developing a
coordinated set of activities with regard to transition planning for students with
disabilities is the cornerstone of IDEA 2004(Lollar 2010) The federal Office of Special
Education Programs and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) issued mandates to track
transition services and progress at the secondary and postsecondary level (Mazotti et al
2009) Transition development is a critical issue for students with disabilities as they pass
from secondary to postsecondary life
A great deal of research is available that pertains to cognitive assessment and
achievement assessment as separate entities Transition planning is another unique and
important issue for students with disabilities that resulted in a wealth of literature
suggesting best practices for the implementation of transition services Likewise the
process of transition planning is guided by the assessment results however few studies
have been conducted that address the assessment trends and practices that drive the
transition planning process Little research dealing specifically with students with
intellectual disabilities as it pertains to transition assessment exists at the present time
Purpose of the Study
The purpose of this study was to determine educatorsrsquo knowledge of transition
assessment practices and what assessment mechanisms are being implemented with
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
2
students with intellectual disabilities The study reported herein has attempted to
determine educatorsrsquo knowledge about transition assessment practices being utilized
specifically with students with intellectual disabilities as they transition from secondary
to postsecondary life
Statement of the Problem
Transition planning is a mandate outlined in IDEA 2004 and by the Office of
Special Education Programs and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) through Indicator 13
Indicator 13 requires that a transition plan be developed implemented and driven by the
transition assessment process Current assessment trends are utilized on a continuous
basis for individuals with disabilities both formally and informally to address cognitive
and achievement skills Research studies that address transition assessment specifically
are limited Limited research is currently available that addresses what assessment tools
practitioners utilize to meet the mandates of transition assessment to aid in transition
planning for students with intellectual disabilities Research data that describe what
professionals are currently utilizing to address transition assessment would be beneficial
to assist practitioners and to aid in the development of high quality transition plans for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Research Questions
This study investigated educatorsrsquo knowledge of transition assessment practices
with individuals with intellectual disabilities A review of the literature was conducted to
reveal the issues and information available pertaining to transition assessment as it relates
to individuals with disabilities transition needs and mandates for individuals with
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
3
disabilities and current transition practices with educators This study sought to answer
the following questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
TheoreticalConceptual Framework
This study replicated a previously published study by Herbert Lorenz amp Trusty
(2010) from The Pennsylvania State University Descriptive statistical analysis was
required for the majority of the questions from their survey Descriptive statistics is a
process that presents quantitative information in a basic format (Trochim 2006)
Information is described utilizing summaries that will form the basis of the quantitative
analysis The descriptive analysis allows for a basic description of what the data reveals
Trochim (2006) wrote that descriptive analysis permits the data to be summarized in a
practical usable way
This study undertook the replication of an open-ended question in the Herbert et
al study (2010) This study used two open-ended questions and rephrased the questions
for greater clarification Subsequent analysis with the open-ended responses occurred
Qualitative research allows the researcher to get beyond their initial thoughts prejudices
preconceived notions and initial theories to delve into new realizations and syntheses of
knowledge (Miles amp Huberman 1994) Brantlinger Jimenez Klingner Pugach and
Richardson (2005) proclaimed that qualitative research is the mechanism for evaluating
the process of human behavior as it emerges within particular subject content The
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
4
purpose within an educational framework is to evoke change to improve the quality of
services education and programming with scientifically derived data Denzin and
Lincoln (1994) asserted that qualitative research is a set of various types of inferential
methods The research context for the open-ended survey questions will assume the
General Theory approach This type of practice attempts to analyze and interpret results
while seeking generalizations therefore allowing for discussion of the findings (Glezni
2006)
Assumptions
Students with intellectual disabilities must be met with the same stringent
assessment criteria as other disabled peers in order to meet the qualifications for special
education services All students with disabilities must participate in transition planning as
they begin the progression from secondary school settings to postsecondary options The
catalyst for the transition plan is the assessment process using formal and informal
approaches The literature that was available provided a plethora of information regarding
assessment methods and transition planning protocols Specific data should be
assimilated to address the specific transition assessment knowledge level of professionals
to meet the specific needs of students with intellectual disabilities
Definition of Terms
Adaptive Behavior Assessment is the assessment that when paired with
cognitive achievement assessment allows the child to be identified as a child with
an intellectual disability Adaptive behavior is characterized by the ability a child
has to be safe to interact with the environment and take into account the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
5
individualrsquos ability to interact with the physical environment and the world
around them (Salvia Ysseldyke amp Bolt 2007 2010)
Assessment is the process of gathering data and information to evaluate a
particular student or school The purpose is to provide information to make
instructional decisions (Salvia et al 2007 2010)
Diagnostician is the title of a position in the state of Texas for individuals who
are certified to administer testing and interpret intellectual and achievement
testing data for students to determine eligibility for special education services
(TEA 2011)
Disability is the results of impairment or medical conditions that adversely affect
a childrsquos education achievement There are 14 categories for individuals who are
identified as a child with a disability These include Other Health Impaired Deaf
and Hard of Hearing Visually Impaired Deafblind Health Impaired Emotional
Behavioral Impaired Autism Developmentally Delayed Learning Disabled
Speech and Language Impaired Multiple Severe Disabilities Physically
Disabled Traumatic Brain Injury and Intellectually Disabled (Bryant Smith amp
Bryant 2008)
Financial Planning involves the analysis of available resources and the
development of understanding the value of money and how to handle money
Individuals with disabilities require careful planning by family and community
agencies to ensure that financial matters are handled safely and in the best interest
of the individual with disabilities (Wehman 2009)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
6
Formal Assessment is characterized as standardized assessments This type of
assessment uses tests that are administered with specific instructions and
guidelines Included are interpretation procedures that require strict adherence to
specific protocols to receive correct and true results These tests are typically
manufactured assessments that test cognitive and achievement skills however
there are some manufactured formal assessments that evaluate transition skills and
aptitudes (Overton 2009)
Formal Transition Assessment includes a variety of published instruments to
assess skills aptitudes interests and preferences These include achievement
tests adaptive behavior and independent living assessments interest inventories
aptitude tests intelligence tests personality or preference tests career
development measures on-the-job or training evaluation and self-determination
assessments (University of North Carolina 2010)
Inclusive education is the process of educating students with disabilities in the
same class environment as their nondisabled peers (Salvia et al 2010)
Independent Living encompasses all the issues that surround a personrsquos life
pertaining to living on onersquos own The evaluation of this entity involves reflecting
on the continuum from residential living facilities to living on onersquos own All
aspects of life including transportation self-care money management
employment and community participation must be evaluated (Sitlington Clark amp
Kolstoe 2000)
Indictor 13 the ldquoU S Department of Education through the Office of Special
Education Rehabilitative Services required states to develop six-year State
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
7
Performance Plans in December 2005 around 20 indicators on which data is
submitted annually (beginning February 2007) in Annual Performance Reportsrdquo
Indicator 13 addresses secondary students (NSTTAC 2011)
Indicator 14 is the requirement by the OSERS to provide performance plans for
individuals with disabilities who are at the post-secondary level of their life
(NSTTAC 2011)
Individualized Education Plan (IEP) is a tool that is created after the child
meets eligibility criteria for special education This plan is specifically designed to
meet the individual needs of the child with a disability This plan outlines the
services the delivery of the services and the monitoring mechanisms that will be
utilized This document states the setting defines the length of programming
details methodology identifies evaluation modes documents the mode of
discipline determines the related services and sets the standard of progress for a
child with a disability (Hulett 2007)
Individualized Transition Plan (ITP) is the formal document that is developed
on an annual basis for a student who reaches the age of 16 and is identified as a
student with a disability The plan includes a coordinated set of goals and
objectives to address the individual childrsquos interests talents preferences and
strengths as they transition from secondary education to adulthood The ITP is the
plan that directs the annual IEP planning and course selection process (Miller et
al 2007)
Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act (IDEA 2004) is the
most recently reauthorized law that addresses providing a Free and Appropriate
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
8
Education for students with a disability The reauthorization in 2004 addressed
specifically the need and requirement for implementing a transition plan for
students when they reach the age of 16 (Hulett 2007)
Informal Assessment is the process of gathering non-standardized data to
evaluate progress Examples of informal assessment include checklists
interviews observations portfolios and teacher-made tests (Overton 2009)
Intellectual DisabilitiesMental Retardation is characterized by the American
Association on Mental Retardation as significantly subaverage intellectual
functioning which is paired with deficits in adaptive behavior and is manifested
during the developmental period (Crane 2002)
Local Education Agency (LEA) is local a district or school system that provides
public education to students with and without disabilities (Snell amp Brown 2006)
Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) is a federal
government agency that provides leadership and financial support to state
education agencies and local education agencies to improve the outcomes for
infants to youth with disabilities (US Department of Education 2009)
Person-centered planning is a nonthreatening approach to engaging the family
and the student into developing goals and objectives through active processes that
enhance the IEP (Sitlington et al 2010)
Postsecondary Education (PSE) is the period after high school when a student
engages in continuing or higher education This can include a vocational or trade
school two-year college or four-year college setting (Lichenstein Rusch amp
Chadsey 1998)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
9
Secondary Education (SE) is characterized as the high school years when
students begin ninth grade and move through to the twelfth grade It is at this
stage in education that students with disabilities not only address academic needs
but the process of developing the Individualized Transition Plan (ITP) is created
(Sitlington Neubert amp Clark 2010)
Self Determination is a skill that provides greater control and capacity for
students to be employed This involves tenacity and drive and the ability to strive
to reach ones potential via intrinsic motivation (Wehman 2011)
Special Education Manager is a computer software program that provides a
management system for writing reports and documentation of IEP reports to
school systems in Texas (GG Consulting LLC 2008)
State Education Agency (SEA) is the state education entity that governs the
local entities In Texas this is characterized as the Texas Education Agency
(TEA) (Texas Education Agency 20072011)
Supported Employment is paid employment that involves additional supports to
the individual to ensure success in the competitive employment arena This
involves at least 20 hours a week in real-work situations which differs from
sheltered employment (Wehman 2001)
Transition as it pertains to individuals with disabilities is the period of moving
toward postsecondary living and adulthood This includes various aspects
including employment postsecondary education community living and
involvement independent living and satisfactory social and personal
relationships This involves a set of coordinated and collaborative efforts between
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
10
the individual school family community resources and various stakeholders that
provide support (Halpern 1985 cited in Wehman 2011)
Transition Assessment is described as an ongoing process Information is
collected that includes the studentrsquos strengths interests preferences abilities and
a needs analysis This is the guiding information that directs the Individualized
Transition Planning process (Sitlington amp Clark 2006 cited in Luecking 2009)
Transition Planning is the process of developing a road map that provides
stepping stones to the future into adulthood for individuals with disabilities
(Flexer Baer Luft amp Simmons 2001)
Transition Services are defined by IDEA 2004 as a ldquocoordinated set of activities
for a child with a disability that is designed to be written with a results-oriented
process that is focused on improving the academic and functional achievement of
the child with a disability to facilitate the childrsquos movement from school to
postschool activities Included is postsecondary education vocational education
integrated employment including supported employment continuing and adult
education adult services independent living or community participation This is
based on the individual childrsquos needs taking into account the childrsquos strengths
preferences and interests This also includes instruction related services
community experiences the development of employment and other postschool
adult living objectives and when appropriate acquisition of daily living skills
and adaptive behavior evaluation (p 5)rdquo (Miller et al 2007)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
11
Vocational Adjustment Coordinator is a term used in the assigned region for
teachers who develop work habits skills training and employment opportunities
for individuals with disabilities in the secondary school setting
Vocational Education is the organized set of activities training and coursework
to prepare the individual with disabilities toward greater success in career choices
or postsecondary education options (Sitlington et al 2000)
Vocational Rehabilitation (VR) is a mandated requirement set forth in IDEA
2004 The process of VR is a collaborative effort with community agencies and
specialists to address employment and postsecondary educational options for
individuals with disabilities (Golden et al 2010)
Delimitations
This study replicated a previous study performed by Herbert et al (2010) from
The Pennsylvania State University The original survey employed was field tested to
allow for modifications and greater clarity Modifications were made to the replicated
study to gather specific data pertaining to transition assessment as a whole rather than just
career assessment staff training desires and knowledge about specific published
assessment tools Also the survey was designed to discover the knowledge of staff
working with students with intellectual disabilities as it pertains to transition assessment
The survey was disseminated to professionals in education including special educators
special education directors transition coordinators vocational adjustment coordinators
and diagnosticians working with students with intellectual disabilities The survey was
formatted to fit the online tool used to disseminate the survey An online format was
implemented similar to the original study Recommendations were provided in the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
12
original study which provided valuable advice to revise the study in order to refine the
process in order to achieve useful data Careful consideration by the researcher was
given to adhere to stringent protocols to gather accurate unbiased and useful data that
assisted with the findings of the research study
Limitations
Limitations included the following issues The study was originally conducted
with a group of 400 responders from across the state of Pennsylvania Limitations listed
in the original study included bias sample size and variability with variable awareness of
the participants Attempts to address these concerns were evaluated however certain
issues such as bias were difficult to control This study was conducted within the
specific region of West Texas The researcherrsquos involvement in special education in
particular the education of individuals with intellectual disabilities could have led to bias
and could have influenced the study however efforts were embarked upon to prevent
this confounding variable The relatively new use of the term intellectual disabilities to
characterize a student who was previously identified as a student with mental retardation
could have created some confusion
Significance of the Study
The study will add to the research findings associated with professionalsrsquo
knowledge about transition assessment as it pertains to individuals with intellectual
disabilities A great deal of research and literature is available pertaining to assessment
for both cognitive and achievement purposes There are also transition assessment
materials available and suggested practices for administering suggested assessment tools
Research information validating practice is missing from the transition assessment
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
13
process and indicating what practitioners actually utilize to meet the mandates of
Indicator 13 and IDEA 2004
Results of this study were utilized in several ways First the results were utilized
to substantiate or negate the findings of the original study The results will be
disseminated to the original researchers to verify or suggest revisions The results are
valuable to practitioners who utilize transition assessment tools with individuals with
disabilities In particular the results will aid those who work directly with individuals
with intellectual disabilities The results also add to the minimal available data with this
population of students which could stir further interest by other practitioners to replicate
even more research with transition assessment
School districts will utilize the data to develop appropriate transition assessment
strategies for individuals with disabilities in particular individuals with intellectual
disabilities From these data the professionals will develop a serviceable and appropriate
transition plan that meets the needs of the individual The goal of best practices for the
student as they transition from secondary to postsecondary venues was greatly fortified
In addition professionals will have valuable information allowing them to adhere to the
mandates outlined in Indicator 13 by the OSERS and through IDEA 2004
Organization of the Study
The literature review directed the emphasis of this study Few current research
studies exist that address professionalsrsquo knowledge level with regard to transition
assessment for individuals with disabilities This review included review of the literature
pertaining to historical influences on the transition plan components and mandates to the
transition process assessment practices and purposes transition assessment materials
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
14
and any available research studies that addressed the knowledge level of professionals
with regard to the transition assessment process
This study replicated a previously utilized research study that assessed current
assessment practices of professionals who interact with individuals with disabilities This
study was conducted through The Pennsylvania State University (Herbert et al 2010)
For this study a survey was disseminated to educators who deal specifically with
individuals with intellectual disabilities The purpose of utilizing a survey was to gather
additional information that was lacking on the research topic (American Association for
Public Opinion Research 2011) Modifications in the original format addressed unique
formatting specifications of the online survey modality Two open-ended questions
allowed a personal response which provided the respondent an opportunity to provide
additional insight to the researcher on the topic of knowledge of transition assessment for
individuals with disabilities
Analysis of the data occurred with several types of approaches as described in the
original survey report (Herbert et al 2010) Descriptive analysis occurred for the greater
portion of the survey questions Descriptive analysis was utilized to examine the
differences between responses across the various types of professionals such as self-
contained classroom teachers diagnosticians vocational adjustment coordinators and
special education administrators (Herbert et al 2010) Finally a qualitative analysis was
used to assimilate the data and to derive common themes and patterns from the open-
ended response questions
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
15
Summary
This study assessed educatorsrsquo knowledge of transition assessment strategies for
individuals with intellectual disabilities The study used a descriptive analysis approach
for 16 questions with two additional open-ended questions requiring qualitative analysis
to determine themes A review of the research addressed intellectual disabilities
transition practices transition assessment with disabilities in a general format and
specifically transition assessment for students with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
16
CHAPTER II
Review of the Literature
Special education began in the late 1700rsquos to the early 1800rsquos and is attributed to
Jean-Marc-Gaspard Itard (Bryant Smith amp Bryant 2008) He promoted the philosophy
that people with intellectual disabilitiesmental retardation are capable of learning (Crane
2002) From these early efforts the approach to educating and providing service to
individuals with intellectual disabilities emerged in the 20th
century when new laws
mandates and practices were introduced at a relatively fast rate Changes to services
paralleled many of the efforts of the Civil Rights movement of the 60rsquos and 70rsquos (Bryant
Smith amp Bryant 2008) The rights of individuals with intellectual disabilities were the
guiding principles influencing the introduction and further modifications to federal laws
that directed the treatment of these individuals
Several laws were enacted that guaranteed the rights of all individuals with
disabilities In 1973 the legislature passed the Vocational Rehabilitation Act in which
Section 504 set the stage for further legislation (Bryant et al 2008) This law guaranteed
basic civil rights to individuals with disabilities Furthermore accommodations were
made a requirement in public schools and society The intent was to prevent
discrimination against individuals with disabilities particularly within agencies receiving
federal funds
Perhaps one of the most powerful pieces of legislation that influenced the
education of individuals with disabilities was the Education for All Handicapped
Children Act better known as PL 94-142 of 1975 This law guaranteed that all students
with disabilities would receive at no cost a Free and Appropriate Public Education
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
17
(FAPE) This also established the Least Restrictive Environment (LRE) which
emphasized the education of children with their nondisabled peers (Bryant Smith amp
Bryant 2008) This law has undergone several changes and reauthorizations through the
years
The first reauthorization occurred in 1986 with the addition of services for infants
and toddlers The next reauthorization resulted in a title change to the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 1990 (IDEA) Two categories were added
autism and traumatic brain injury (Bryant et al 2008) Perhaps the most significant
change was the introduction of transition planning and services through the Individual
Transition Plan (ITP) (Bryant et al 2008)
Another monumental disability law was the Americans with Disabilities Act
(ADA) in 1990 Legislators and advocacy groups believed that Section 504 of the
Vocational Rehabilitation Act was not sufficient to protect the rights of individuals with
disabilities and further specifications needed to be defined This law went beyond the
classroom to community factors that influenced special needs individuals ADA
addressed discrimination ldquoin employment transportation public accommodations and
telecommunicationsrdquo (Bryant et al 2008 p 17)
Reauthorization of IDEA occurred in 1997 The reauthorization added behavioral
intervention plans (BIP) and functional behavioral assessments (FBA) as required
mandates The transition process for secondary special needs learners was also
strengthened by requiring that the ITP be a part of the studentrsquos Individualized Education
Program (IEP) (Bryant et al 2008)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
18
In 2001 No Child Left Behind (NCLB) was passed Some of the main features
addressed individuals with special needs Educators were now required to utilize
scientifically based programs and interventions Individuals with special needs would
have increased access to the general education curriculum Finally the evaluation of
student proficiency in any given subject area would require appropriate accommodations
(Bryant et al 2008)
The next reauthorization of the IDEA occurred in 2004 (IDEA 2004 US
Department of Education 2006 cited in Bryant et al 2008) Changes to the identification
of learning disabilities were specified and alternate education settings for disciplinary
actions were allowed Additionally a requirement that teachers would need to fulfill
provisions as a highly qualified teacher was also added Students with disabilities are now
required to participate in annual state and district testing while including appropriate
accommodations and alternative testing in certain instances for particular students with
intellectual disabilities (Bryant et al 2008)
Students with Intellectual Disabilities
Definition of Intellectual Disabilities
The American Association on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
(AAIDD 2011) formerly known at the as the American Association on Mental
Retardation defines intellectual disability as ldquoa disability characterized by significant
limitations both in intellectual functioning and in adaptive behavior which covers many
everyday social and practical skills This disability originates before the age of 18rdquo The
Centers for Disease Control (CDC 2005) further states that individuals with disabilities
perform below average on intelligence tests and display limitations in routines for daily
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
19
living and independent living skills These individuals display the ability to learn but at a
much slower pace
Individuals with intellectual disabilities perform at least two standard deviations
below the mean on a 100 average scale score on intelligence tests (Hogan 2007)
Categories for intellectual disabilities have been established to provide greater
understanding of intellectual functioning These include mild moderate severe and
profound intellectual disabilities Individuals classified as mildly intellectually disabled
perform at an intelligence quotient level of 50-55 to approximately 70 Individuals with
moderate intellectual disability display intelligence test scores from 35-40 to 50-55 The
severe intellectual disability category is classified as 20-25 to 35-40 Profound
Intellectual Disability is categorized as an IQ score below 20 or 25 (Hogan 2007)
In addition to sub-average performance on intelligence tests an evaluation of the
personrsquos adaptive skills is needed to determine that an individual meets the qualifications
for a diagnosis of intellectual disabilities An individual who is suspected of meeting the
criterion for intellectual disabilities within the intelligence testing process must also
display delays in the area of adaptive behavior Adaptive behavior includes social
intelligence and practical intelligence Social intelligence involves understanding social
situations Practical intelligence refers to independent living tasks and employability
skills (Hallahan et al 2012)
Characteristics of Students with Intellectual Disabilities
The CDC states that individuals with intellectual disabilities display the ability to
learn but at a much slower pace (CDC 2005) Hallahan and associates (2012) wrote that
with the proper supports the individual with intellectual disabilities can learn over time
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
20
According to Crane (2002) individuals with intelligence quotients in the mildly disabled
range perform typically at the second to fifth-grade level intellectually display a high
degree of daily living independence and are fully or partially employed Individuals with
moderate intellectual disabilities perform functional academic skills People performing
at the severely disabled level perform basic kindergarten and prekindergarten academics
require supervision for daily living skills and will typically require supervision in
community employment in a supported workshop setting Individuals performing at the
profoundly disabled level require intense supervised care in all areas of need (Crane
2002)
Statistical Data Regarding Prevalence of Students with Intellectual Disabilities
Nationwide 11 of individuals are identified as having some type of disability
(OSERS 2006 in Bryant et al 2008) Statistically about 214 of individuals will
measure two or more standard deviations below the normal average of 100 (Overton
2009) The prevalence of individuals with intellectual delays falling below 70 in public
school settings is about 227 (Hallahan et al 2012) Mild intellectual disabilities are
three times more prevalent than are severe intellectual disabilities (CDC 2005)
The economic cost associated with individuals with intellectual disabilities is
staggering Typically these individuals require long-term care and support to address all
areas of life The Centers for Disease Control (2005) reported that individuals with
intellectual disabilities average slightly more than one million dollars per person for
lifetime care Costs are incurred for medical care assistive devices home and automobile
modifications special education loss of revenue due to sub-average employment
opportunities and limited work opportunities Screenings and interventions need to be
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
21
employed to address the overwhelming reality of funding the care and education
individuals with intellectual disabilities (CDC 2004)
Historical Practices for Students with Intellectual Disabilities
In 1799 a French doctor by the name of Jean Marc-Gaspard Itard attempted to
educate a young boy known as a wild child who was believed to possess intellectual
disabilities (Bryant et al 2008) Itard established that those with intellectual disabilities
are able to learn (Crane 2002) Education underwent changes and developments over the
next two centuries Unfortunately some of the treatments for individuals included
barbaric practice through experimentation involuntary sterilization increased
segregation social control a type of ethnic cleansing and inhumane treatment (Crane
2002) Humanitarian reforms beginning in1960 were implemented that changed the
outlook for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Crane 2002)
In 1840 the first residential program for individuals with intellectual disabilities
was established In 1876 the American Association on Intellectual and Developmental
Disabilities (AAIDD) was created In 1896 the first class for students with all types of
intellectual disabilities was established By 1917 institutional settings were present for
most individuals with intellectual disabilities Edgar Doll proposed a definition for
intellectual disabilities that consisted of six criteria The Association for Retarded
Citizens known as the ARC was established in 1954 In 1959 a new groundbreaking
definition for intellectual disabilities was created By 1960 a unique project called the
Mimosa Project was created to work with girls with intellectual disabilities who
demonstrated they were able to learn many difficult tasks and daily living skills
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
22
President Kennedy initiated a national agenda which addressed the topic of intellectual
disabilities The state of New Hampshire in 1997 closed all institutional settings and
moved individuals with intellectual disabilities to group homes or private settings In
1999 the Disability Work Incentive Law was signed into action thereby eliminating
many of the barriers individuals with intellectual disabilities previously experienced
(Bryant et al 2008)
Transition Needs for Secondary Special Needs Learners
Transition planning and coordination of services for students with disabilities has
undergone a metamorphosis over the last two centuries Recent mandates changes and
requirements of the IDEA 2004 demanded that educators and service providers clarify
the individualrsquos needs and address the required mandates presented in the law (Schmitz
2008) The trend changed due to stakeholders including family members educators
service providers and most importantly the students desired quality outcomes for
postsecondary living Upon careful examination of the historical developments current
trends in transition planning and future needs and desires of students and caregivers now
require the implementation of best practices with regard to transition services
Transition planning for the student with disabilities is a critical area of concern
As the student with disabilities moves from high school to postsecondary life a
coordinated set of goals and objectives with defined implementation of services and
responsibilities for plausible outcomes must be implemented (IDEA 2004) Many of the
students with disabilities face a challenging road ahead and it is important that they be
provided with an Individualized Transition Plan (ITP) that includes their desires needs
strengths and preferences to afford greater positive outcomes Family members
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
23
educators students and community service providers must operate in a collaborative
manner to seek the best educational opportunities for the student with disabilities
(Wehman 2011)
Historical Influences on the Transition Process
Understanding historical developments that have transpired over the centuries
creates a greater awareness of the development of the person-centered approach that
exists in education today John Dewey a leader in curriculum theory from the
Progressive Era of the 19th
century developed the person-centered approach for
educating children He believed that education was a means to bolster social reform thus
encouraging the social intellectual and moral development of the child (Dewey 1916
cited in Flinders amp Thornton 2009) His person-centered approach directed the transition
process for the 21st century
Jane Addams a social reformer from the 19th
century transformed the social
work concept that existed with migrants coming to the United States She was known for
her social reform approach of providing services to her constituents at Hull House in
Chicago during the 19th
century Her enterprising concept of meeting the needs of her
constituents developed revolutionary changes for the immigrant child and family of the
Industrial Revolution Jane Addams recognized the need to educate all social classes to
meet the specific needs and interests of the immigrant populace (Addams cited in
Flinders amp Thornton 2009) Her enterprising holistic pursuit utilized a needs-assessment
approach accompanied by implementation of instruction in academic physical life skills
social and interests and preferences thereby affecting goals directed toward future adult
living objectives of Hull House Programming was created by assessing the needs
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
24
preferences and talents of those immigrant individuals who accessed Hull House
Although she was not an educator but a social worker her needs-assessment approach to
providing services to her immigrant constituents by evaluating the education vocational
social and independent living needs of the persons who attended Hull House improved
the quality of life in a holistic pursuit (Addams 1908 cited in Lagemann 1985)
Another individual from the 19th
century who influenced the transition planning
process that exists in special education today was Ralph Tyler Tyler believed that the
students learned best when they were able to experience learning in the natural
environment He surmised that the student must embrace a purpose for learning with the
objectives and experiences created in harmony with their life outside the classroom He
encouraged a study of ldquocontemporary life outside the classroom as the basis for deriving
objectivesrdquo (Tyler 1949 cited in Flinders amp Thornton 2009) He subsequently employed
a philosophy of experiential learning in and out of the classroom to reinforce the
purposeful continuum It was this experiential connection that attached profound meaning
to the learner Although not a direct contributor to the transition process for individuals
with special needs his philosophy provided a groundbreaking approach that paved the
way for current practices in special education with regard to transition planning
Examination of the mandates of IDEA 2004 pertaining to ITP reveals several
common comparisons to the aforementioned theorists The ITP is a person-centered plan
that includes the student and aligns postsecondary goals with transition services (Mazzoti
et al 2009) The goals are based on age-appropriate transition assessment related to
education employment training and independent living (Humphrey Johnson amp Albers
2010) Acknowledgment of the historical contributions of Addams Dewey and Tyler as
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
25
person-centered theorists allows one to opine that their beliefs have accelerated the
progress of education for students with disabilities This is particularly important with the
ITP process upon which the secondary student with disabilitiesrsquo annual individual
educational plan (IEP) is developed
Defining the Specifics of Transition Planning
In addition to historical perspectives interested stakeholders should be aware of
legal mandates and laws that pertain to individuals with disabilities Hulett (2007) has
described transition as the eighth component to the IEP process He states that IDEA
2004 demands that at the age of 16 the transition planning process is a requirement for
every studentrsquos annual IEP The transition plan must be reviewed annually The transition
planning process should be results driven to produce high-quality outcomes for
postsecondary living (Miller et al 2007) A statement of the needs or services must be
included in the IEP The ITP team must consider courses of study training supported
employment integrated employment adult services community participation and
independent living skills In addition they must look at community agencies that assist
with the child These services are at no cost to the student (Miller et al 2007)
Transition planning includes a coordinated set of goals and objectives to meet the
transition needs of students with disabilities as they transition into postsecondary life
(IDEA 2004) The ITP should include vocational education community living home
and family issues financial planning recreation and leisure mobility and health issues
Utilizing an authentic approach to implementation will increase the success of a
purposeful approach for the benefit of the student (Layton amp Lock 2008) The student
should be the focus by taking into account the desires talents interests and preferences
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
26
of the child (IDEA 2004 Wehman 2011) Vocational training postsecondary options
and continuing education opportunities should be included in the transition process (Snell
amp Brown 2006)
Transition planning requires that service providers develop and implement plans
that describe the services provided assessment and evaluation measures obligations of
team members person who are part of the plan and plausible service agencies (Overton
2009) Team members include the special educators general educators community
agencies student family members possible psychologists and counselors rehabilitation
specialists and other designated individuals who could provide support in the transition
planning ( Overton 2009 Wehman 2011) The student and parent should be included in
the transition planning process at all stages to secure greater positive outcomes at the
postsecondary level (Escheidt 2006)
Characteristics of Transition Needs
The student is the driving force of the transition planning process and its
subsequent annual goals and objectives This coordinated set of goals and objectives
becomes the model for the implementation of course selection vocational planning and
education for the student with regard to his or her annual IEP (Miller et al 2007) The
evaluation of the ability family structure community opportunities desires talents and
preferences of the student forms the basis for the transition plan (Wehman 2009)
Employment vocational training and postsecondary education are also carefully
considered in the ITP (Snell amp Brown 2006) The student should be given the tools to
live a successful life that is safe and provides the greatest opportunity for independence
(McNaughton amp Beulman 2010)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
27
Schmitz (2008) described the purpose of transition planning as a fundamental
requirement of IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 as outlined by the Office of Special
Education Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) In addition to the mandates presented in
IDEA 2004 pertaining to transition services there is an additional requirement that
schools and postsecondary agencies report on the results of transition services for
individuals with disabilities through Indicator 13 for secondary programs and Indicator
14 for postsecondary programs This has become the guiding structure when addressing
the needs and postsecondary planning of students with disabilities IDEA 2004 requires
that there must be a coordinated set of activities that focus on improving the academic
and functional achievement of the individual with disabilities Indicator 13 and Indicator
14 require that tracking mechanisms be put into place to assess the outcomes of
individuals with disabilities as they transition from secondary schooling to postsecondary
life
Statistics reveal that students with disabilities experience an unemployment rate
of 70 as opposed to their nondisabled peers at 22 (Schmitz 2008) The need to close
that gap is critical This is the reality that drives the mandates such as Indicator 13 for
educators to develop an appropriate transition IEP which includes age-appropriate
transition assessment and transition services that are to be delivered to students with
disabilities (Schmitz 2008)
The Individualized Transition Plan Process and Components
The foundation for the essential components and mandates associated with
transition come from IDEA 2004 which states the following
Transition services means a coordinated set of activities for a child with a
disability that is designed to be within a results-oriented process that is focused on
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
28
improving the academic and functional achievement of the child with a disability
to facilitate the childrsquos movement from school to postschool activities including
postsecondary education vocational education integrated employment (including
supported employment) continuing and adult education adult services
independent living or community participation is based on the individual childlsquos
needs taking into account the childrsquos strengths preferences and interests and
includes instruction related services community experiences the development of
employment and other postschool adult living objectives and if appropriate
acquisition of daily living skills and provision of a functional vocational
evaluation Transition services for children with disabilities may be special
education if provided as specially designed instruction or a related service if
required to assist a child with a disability to benefit from special education (TEA
cited in ESC 18 2011)
The process of including the student to a greater extent while engaging him or
her in greater collaboration with community agencies is emphasized in the transition
process The switch to a results-oriented approach as opposed to an input approach has
increased the need for greater accountability This is also evident with the
implementation of Indicator 13 pertaining to accountability for transition planning at the
secondary education stage and Indicator 14 at the postsecondary education stage Specific
changes to the IDEA 1997 to IDEA 2004 are the requirement of a coordinated set of
activities improvement with academic and functional achievement transition IEP age-
appropriate assessment and transition services (Schmitz 2008)
Components of the transition plan include a holistic approach to the education of
the student with disabilities Short-term goals should be developed with long range
planning as the over-all guiding purpose (Wehman 2009) The ITP should include the
assessment and development of critical life skills such as mobility recreation and leisure
opportunities health and safety training money management personal appearance skills
building social skills training and skills acquisition work habits and issues pertaining to
maintaining dignity (Wehman 2009)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
29
Assessment and evaluation results should take into account the strengths and
preferences of the child while being presented in user-friendly formats to the family
members and student The schedule of services time frames for implementation and
individual responsibilities and obligations for providers should be documented Efforts to
provide real-life vocational training to meet employability objectives should be outlined
Financial planning is a critical component and needs in this area should be included
Social skills training and access to increase full community participation and activities
are other important elements of the ITP process (Wehman 2009)
Critical life skills pertaining to self-help and self-determination independence
and socialization represent essential transition elements Access to community agencies
and possible acquisition of needed services should be outlined with contact information
available to the family members and student Recreation and leisure health and safety
money management work habits and maintaining dignity are additional areas that
should be addressed by the ITP team (Wehman 2009)
Real-life experiences in naturalist settings for all aspects of the personrsquos life
including employment education and life skills acquisition is recommended (Wehman
2011) National transition goals which are outlined in IDEA 2004 include promoting
self-determination and self-advocacy ensuring that students have access to the standards-
based curriculum increasing graduation rates providing access to full participation in
postsecondary education and employment increasing parent participation improving
collaboration for optimum school and postschool outcomes increasing the availability of
qualified workforce and encourages full participation in community life including
social recreation and leisure opportunities The ITP includes two major goals The first
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
30
is to identify outcomes students and parent desire which is the person-centered approach
by including the student and parent while respecting their values and beliefs The second
is community collaboration and participation through community resources program
development and interagency collaboration (Wehman 2011)
New resources are being developed and published continuously to encourage the
implementation of sound practices in transition planning and services Johnson (2002)
from the University of San Diego developed a sourcebook of books selected websites
aptitude tests vocational evaluations career planning resources information centers
curricular resources assessments life-centered education IEP planning interagency
links publishers postsecondary transition resources and selected reports and articles
These suggested resources are included to enhance the transition assessment
development and implementation process
Snell and Brown (2006) in Instruction of Students with Severe Disabilities
devoted a chapter to vocational preparation and transition They recommended that
individuals should develop valued employment skills and abilities through supportive
families vocational services and supports in the community They proposed that
Vocational Rehabilitation should be the primary facilitators of employment opportunities
for individuals with disabilities
It is necessary to include a review of Social Security benefits and Medicaid
sources The balanced school-based vocational preparation through collaborative efforts
should include a continuum of the studentrsquos interests and preferences The work-related
instruction should occur across grades and settings in real-world settings Community-
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
31
based training sites should be developed with systematic behavioral procedures with the
goal of paid employment with if needed supports after graduation
Finally vocational training is a necessary component of the transition process
Transition training should provide students with a curriculum that prepares them for the
job they intend to enter Broad-based knowledge and skills are necessary components to
the vocational training endeavor Some students require training with specific skills that
are needed for survival in the workplace as well as in the community These skills need
to be carefully and succinctly taught These include academic skills communication
skills social and interpersonal skills and occupational and vocational skills (Levinson amp
Palmer 2005)
Latest Research on Individual Transition Planning
Policy Furney Hasazi and Destefano (1997) conducted a policy study to review
transition services for youth with disabilities The cross-case analysis evaluated programs
that exemplified high-quality models for implementation of transition planning Furney
and his colleagues assessed the current trends that were present in existing transition
planning practices He surveyed 74 institutions pertaining to their implementation of
transition services during a two-year period from 1992-1994 His intent was to evaluate
services with the new mandates set forth in previously reauthorized version of IDEA
1997 A qualitative approach was implemented with site visits in three states The results
were analyzed using cross-case analysis The results revealed that the person-centered
approach must be implemented to a greater extent to meet the postsecondary needs
outcomes of students with disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
32
Etscheidt (2006) conducted a qualitative analysis to examine judicial decisions
regarding transition planning Thirty-six cases were reviewed that addressed the needs of
individuals with intellectual disabilities learning disabilities behavioral disorders
autism multiple disabilities physical disabilities other health impairment attention-
deficithyperactivity disorder traumatic brain injury and other unspecified disabilities
Five categories were established that addressed agency contacts student involvement
and individualization of the transition plan school district obligations and
appropriateness of the transition plan
Etscheidtrsquos finding revealed that litigation pertaining to transition planning for
students with disabilities centered on procedural issues and components of the transition
plan Ten issues were identified Agencies need to be in attendance and invited to
transition meetings Second student involvement must be included and must consider
student interests Third individualization of the ITP should be based on assessment and
meet the studentrsquos individual needs Fourth stakeholders need to examine the studentrsquos
and familyrsquos postsecondary goals and vision Fifth discussion and documentation of the
present level of performance should be included Sixth the team should formulate a
statement of needed transition services with goals and objectives Seventh
implementation of the transition plan needs to be monitored to evaluate effectiveness
Eighth the district has an obligation to make plans that meet the needs of the individuals
to promote movement from secondary to postsecondary settings Ninth stakeholders
need to evaluate the appropriateness of the transition plan Tenth the transition plan must
be developed and addressed to meet the needs of the student
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
33
Transition services Through OSERS a grant was awarded to create the National
Secondary Technical Training Assistance Center (NSTTAC) This organization addresses
concerns regarding transition for secondary students as they move into postsecondary
life Through this collaborative effort between the University of North Carolina in
Charlotte and Western Michigan University NSTTAC addressed and assisted with
implementation to consumers parents agencies and educators about transition policy
Expert panels were created and research was initiated that resulted in recommendations
to local education agencies (LEAs) and state education agencies (SEAs) regarding
transition practice and policy In addition to informational recommendations to the LEAs
and SEAs technical assistance was developed to assist educators administrators and
parents in implementing effective transition and education services to improve secondary
and postsecondary outcomes A website was developed that includes evidence-based
practices lesson plan starters products and resources transition toolkits and specific
student and parent resources (UNC amp WMU 2011)
King Baldwin Currie and Evans (2006) completed a review article analyzing
strategies that were utilized to implement planning for transition and transition education
for youth with disabilities The purpose of one review was to evaluate the quality of
services and to provide recommendations for improvement of services The strategies
were classified into three main categories personal-level strategies person-environment
fit and environmental level strategies
Results indicated that the strategies lacked significant evidenced-based research to
support the use of the strategies and the effectiveness of the strategies Four of the
strategies pertaining to direct experience contained sufficient research to warrant the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
34
effectiveness of these types of strategies A recommendation proposed the use of more
than skills-acquisition strategies including training and implementation of strategies in
the natural environment (King et al 2006)
Postsecondary education A study by Papay and Bambara (2011) examined
transition services for youth in postsecondary settings who possessed significant
intellectual disabilities This study utilized a survey with descriptive methods for
analysis The purpose of the study was to assess the over-all inclusion characteristics of
postsecondary programs on college campuses Eighty-seven institutions were identified
that provided opportunities for individuals with intellectual disabilities to participate in
postsecondary programs located on college campuses
The results suggested that students with disabilities participated in college courses
and in vocational training opportunities Twenty five percent of the students with
disabilities involved in postsecondary education were enrolled in college level courses
Only 2 of students with intellectual disabilities enrolled in the courses for credit Most
of the students who enrolled in the courses for credit were described as learning disabled
with reading levels that were near or slightly below those of nondisabled peers The
students with intellectual disabilities audited the courses primarily in the humanities and
basic entry level Reading level was a determining factor for these students as to whether
they were able to participate in the courses successfully for credit
Funding for these programs came primarily from the willingness of the higher
education institutions to sponsor the programs Some government resources were also
included to a lesser extent as well as partnerships with local school districts for students
who were past the age of majority but were still enrolled in high school Tuition revenue
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
35
was another slight source of income for the programs Grants were last on the list of
available sources of income At most institutions grants provided less that 10 of the
necessary budgetary demands of the postsecondary educational setting
Recommendations included conducting further research to gain a greater
understanding of the effectiveness of postsecondary education (PSE) programs
Additionally PSE institutions should continue to develop partnerships to promote
ldquolifelong inclusion and self-determinationrdquo (Papay amp Bambara 2011 p 93) Methods for
implementation were suggested as additional research agendas
Another research study (Neubert Moon amp Grigal 2002) focused attention on
postsecondary options for individuals with significant disabilities The purpose of the
article was to provide a review of the current literature available pertaining to secondary
educational opportunities for students aged 18-21 in their last year of high school A
descriptive approach was implemented to examine secondary education opportunities at
two-year and four-year institutions of higher education and community based settings
The results revealed three vocational training model approaches First students
attended 2-year schools with the intent to gain vocational skills and training while
experiencing college life A second model for students with significant disabilities
included attendance at four-year institutions A third model included programs in the
community to encourage employment and independent living options
Funding for these programs primarily came from local school districts and the
higher education institutions The need to assess logistic concerns pertaining to greater
collaboration and communication with community agencies was encouraged
Collaboration between local education agencies community settings and institutions of
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
36
higher learning should occur to allow families and caregivers various options for
secondary transition services to students nearing the transition phase into postsecondary
life
Transition process Levinson and Palmer (2005) undertook a descriptive study
that discussed general characteristics of the transition process for employment and
postsecondary life The authors described necessary components to implement transition
services as mandated by IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 The need to incorporate
assessment and comprehensive planning that utilized the transition assessment data was
highlighted The assessment should address academic skills daily living skills personal
and social skills and occupational and vocational skills
School staff should subsequently utilize the assessment data to implement a plan
that meets the needs and interests of the student Parental involvement is crucial for the
planning process Vocational training should incorporate the enhancement of academic
skills daily living skills personal and social skills and occupational and vocational skills
Schools should focus on a transdisciplinary approach to prepare students for successful
postsecondary life
Cobb and Alwell (2009) reviewed transition planning and coordination of
services for individuals in postsecondary settings The authors undertook a review of
existing studies to determine whether there had been sufficient research efforts to address
the issue of transition planning and intervention for youth with disabilities This
systematic review included studies published between 1984 and 2004 A total of 31
studies from 10 journals produced a total of 1461 individual participants
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
37
Studies were analyzed for employment and participation in postsecondary
education options Analysis included whether the student was maintained at home and the
satisfaction of experience with personal and social relationships for individuals with a
variety of disabilities including learning disability emotional disturbance intellectual
disability autism physical disabilities attention deficit disorder auditory impairment
and speech impairment The authors reviewed postschool environments student
development interagency and interdisciplinary planning family involvement and
program structure
Results demonstrated that student-focused planning demonstrated great promise
as an important outcome for students Studentsrsquo desires need to be heard at IEP meetings
and in the planning processes More time is needed for transition planning and this should
not be handled at IEP meeting They also stated that students gain insight when training is
involved There is a demand to develop talents and interests Individuals with disabilities
believe there is a need for real work experience and socialization skills training Efforts
should focus on needs to build specific job skills that continue after high school There is
a need for flexibility rather than fitting students into prescribed programs The emphasis
should be directed toward greater awareness of community resources for possible
employment education living options and community access according to the
consumers and family members
Transition compliance Grigal Hart and Magliore (2011) conducted a
secondary analysis using The National Longitudinal Transition Survey 2 to address the
mandates of Indicator 14 of IDEA 2004 In order to comply with Indicator 14
individuals must be enrolled in higher education employed or involved in another
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
38
postsecondary option The elements need to include high expectations person-centered or
student-directed goals and collaboration with partners and community agencies is
critical
In their comparative analysis Grigal et al (2011) ascertained that there were
disparaging differences between individuals with intellectual disabilities and other
individuals with disabilities regarding transition planning for those at the postsecondary
level One hundred eight families participated with fewer contributors who were
educators One hundred forty-nine programs for individuals with disabilities in 37 states
were included Programs varied in implementations and types of settings Data set
analysis included 11000 students from a random set from 500 LEAs and 30 special
schools with an 82 response rate
The study included five areas that influenced the mandates of Indicator 14 and is
addressed in the following sections First parent expectations were influenced by the
severity of disability of youth with intellectual disabilities autism and physical
disabilities Second students were less likely to graduate with a regular diploma This
increased to 62-70 if staff possessed higher expectations Third team members should
be more involved in the ITP planning process Fourth goals should focus more toward
sheltered or supportive employment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Fifth
goals most often identified included independent living competitive employment
supported employment sheltered employment vocational training and two-year to four-
year college programs
Additional findings noted that vocational rehabilitation (VR) counselor
participation was greater for individuals with intellectual disabilities for career planning
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
39
Participation in college level classes by individuals with intellectual disabilities was last
They noted that increased enrollment in postsecondary education has increased the
income levels for 73 of individuals with disabilities The authors suggested that causes
need to be evaluated for fewer individuals with intellectual disabilities enrolling in higher
education and that increased expectations at the secondary level should occur to change
the mind-set for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Grigal et al 2011)
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities
Transition planning is an important topic for the stakeholders and students with
disabilities as the students anticipate transitioning from secondary to postsecondary life
Transition planning is the eighth requirement of the Individual Education Plan (IEP)
process for students when they become 16 years of age (Hulett 2007) The transition
process begins with the assessment component to gain valuable information on which the
IEP is based (Hulett 2007) Transition assessment is a multidimensional process that
requires a collaborative approach to meet the specific needs of the student with a
disability who is receiving special education services (Miller et al 2007)
Purpose of Transition Assessment
Transition assessment meets the legal mandates of IDEA 2004 The requirement
decrees that students with an intellectual disability should be provided with an
appropriate evaluation (IDEA 2004) The purpose of transition assessment is to gather
ongoing data that leads to the development of a transition plan that meets the needs of the
student as they transition from secondary to postsecondary life Overton (2009) wrote
that assessment needs to be data-driven rather than relying on referral information alone
The data should be multidimensional and not reliant on just one piece of testing data
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
40
Data should reflect the studentrsquos needs strengths abilities interests and preferences
(IDEA 2004)
The National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (2001) states that
the transition assessment process should be ongoing in order to provide needed data to
guide the transition planning process for students as they look toward the future and to
aid in the development of the studentrsquos IEP It should be a collaborative endeavor with
input from a variety of stakeholders including the student and family or caregiver
involved in the process
Spinelli (2012) identified eight purposes of transition assessment for individuals
with disabilities The assessors should identify the studentrsquos a) career goals and interests
b) preferences c) independence level d) strengths e) hobbies f) interpersonal
relationships g) self-advocacy abilities and h) abilities in relation to postsecondary
goals These include employment education and training independent living community
involvement and personal social goals In addition there needs to be an ecological
assessment of new or future settings to determine psychological physical social
emotional and cognitive demands and requirements of the setting
In regard to employment Spinelli (2012) proposed that assessment should
evaluate the studentrsquos current skills and the desired skill levels to determine the studentrsquos
ability to deal with the demands of postsecondary employment ability to engage in
employment and community participation and independent living options The
assessment should seek to determine the particular curricular social-emotional and
physical skills that need addressing in the ITP and the studentrsquos self-determination skills
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
41
With regard to educational supports Spinelli (2012) wrote that the assessment
should determine appropriate placement within the education community in addition to
vocational and community settings in order for the student to attain postsecondary goals
Furthermore the assessment should seek to determine the accommodations supports and
services that are needed in order for the student to attain and maintain postsecondary
goals Finally the assessment should design a system for monitoring progress and
evaluating the success of the transition program
Miller et al (2007) has described transition assessment as ldquoa process that
determines the studentrsquos abilities attitudes aptitudes interests work behaviors levels of
self-determination and self-advocacy interpersonal skills academic skills level and
independent living skills over an extended period of time for the purpose of planning an
appropriate education program (p 5)rdquo This is an ongoing process Stakeholders must
gather data on the individual student Items that are necessary for the assessment include
the studentrsquos needs preferences strengths and interests These items should be evaluated
as these relate to the future and current programming of the individual with disabilities
The areas that should drive the evaluation include work education living personal and
social skills and environment of the individual with disabilities
Additionally Miller et al (2007) clarifies the components of the transition
assessment process He suggests that these components be intertwined in order to engage
in informed decision making The first component is future planning needs and goals
The second area to be addressed is self-determination and self-advocacy skills A third
area is academic strengths and deficits that include the studentrsquos learning styles and
behaviors that influence learning A fourth component is life-skills instruction when it is
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
42
deemed appropriate The fifth and final component is vocational interests aptitudes and
abilities both in the classroom and within the community environment
In 2004 with the reauthorization of IDEA OSERS required that states submit
additional data on 20 indicators Indicator 13 specifically addresses the transition
component More specifically this indicator requires that assessment must occur that
involves an ongoing process to collect transition-relevant data This assessment should
include the needs preferences strengths and interests of the student The requirement
states that the demands of current and future working educational and personal social
environments for the individual must evaluated (Mazotti et al 2009)
Mazotti et al (2009) proposed a six-component checklist for Indicator 13 The six
include the following first it is necessary to utilize user-friendly assessments to guide
parents students and other support personnel Second the goals for the ITP should focus
on employment education and training and when appropriate independent living Third
they suggest a simplified format that addresses where the student plans to work where he
or she will learn the necessary skills and where the student eventually lives Fourth
alignment of annual IEP goals should coincide with the transition services and
postsecondary goals This will allow the student the optimal opportunity to attain the
postsecondary goals
Schmitz (2008) identified seven areas that should be included in the transition
planning process in order to adhere to the mandates of Indicator 13 The components of
the transition assessment include interest assessment and career exploration assessment
measures It is crucial to include assessment of academic performance as it relates to the
workplace Essential is the process of career planning The practice of assessment and
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
43
skill building should be incorporated to evaluate self-determination social and emotional
learning and interventions for independent living
Types of Transition Assessment
Transition assessment is an ongoing process that involves a variety of sources in
order to create a data-driven plan that addresses the individual needs of the student with
disabilities Transition assessment includes assessment tools that are utilized to meet
eligibility requirements and to assist with the transition planning process Numerous
devices are available to provide valuable information that the Individualized Transition
Plan (ITP) team is able to access for transition assessment Assessment practice occurs
both formally and informally with the inclusion of adaptive measures (Miller et al
2007)
Assessment is employed for identifying individual student needs improving
instruction and program planning evaluating service delivery programs and
accountability The approach assumes a person-centered planning procedure The
assessment process must include the family Informal assessment procedures are valuable
and provide an abundant source of information (Sax amp Thoma 2002)
The National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (2010) described
an Assessment Toolkit that can be accessed by educators parents SEAs and LEAs to
gain knowledge about best practices with transition assessment The authors assert that
ldquothe results of transition assessment should be the basis for making recommendations for
instructional strategies and accommodations in instruction and environments to meet the
studentrsquos needsrdquo (National Secondary Technical Training Assistance Center 2010 p 3)
Formal and informal measures are listed with contact information and suggested
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
44
guidelines for the types of assessment Included are links to some of the recommended
assessments with examples to review
Schmitz (2008) states that transition assessment is best characterized as a
multifaceted approach Quality assessment involves interest assessment career
exploration assessment assessment of academic competencies career planning
assessment and skill-building for self-determination assessment and skill-building for
socialemotional learning and assessment and skill intervention for independent living
skills Through the implementation of these seven assessment modalities the individual
student will have the opportunity to participate in a transition assessment that is created
with fidelity to his or her needs
Informal versus formal measures of assessment All students receiving special
education services participate in assessment to meet eligibility requirements The
assessment measures fall into two basic categories informal and formal (CECIdeas that
Work 2011) Formal assessment tools include achievement tests high-stakes testing
intelligence tests and even career interest personality profile and self-determination
measures These tools produce quantitative results that are used to assess skills and
aptitudes interests and preferences
Examples of informal measures include curriculum- based assessments
interviews questionnaires observations authentic assessment and portfolios (Layton amp
Lock 2008) Informal measures require a qualitative approach to analyzing information
on an ongoing basis to provide guidance when creating the transition plan for the student
with a disability who receives special education services This information provides
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
45
valuable pieces of data which enhance the transition planning requirements for students
with disabilities
Informal assessment procedures are needed to identify the studentrsquos individual
needs and to develop an appropriate transition plan The ITP team must determine the
purpose of the assessment Individuals should assess the student in the natural
environment and in various settings and programs They should identify relevant
behaviors and verify the input from others The ITP team chooses the appropriate
measurement procedures such as observation interview questionnaires surveys
checklists interest inventories and self-assessments The team also evaluates social
support systems The assessment findings identify the transition goals and objectives
From this process curricular plans are implemented to achieve the goals and objectives
(Sax amp Thoma 2005)
Sitlington (2008) analyzed the process of utilizing informal assessment to
facilitate transition planning for students with significant reading and writing delays That
analysis addressed the use of informal assessment for high stakes testing exit
examinations diploma options and transition planning Outlined in the article are
competencies to address the needs from transition into adulthood Sitlington (2008)
identified 22 competencies needed to transition into adulthood which the planning team
must incorporate Transition planning was characterized as an ongoing process of
ldquocollecting information on the studentrsquos strengths needs preferences and interests as
they related to the demands of current and future livingrdquo (Sitlington 2008 p 87) She
suggested several tools to accomplish the assessment by gathering information to guide
the individualrsquos transition plan Analysis of the studentrsquos background information is
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
46
primary In addition interviews with parents should transpire to facilitate the assessment
component Psychometric instruments work samples and curriculum-based assessment
techniques are suggested assessment tools to aid in the planning process Sitlington
suggests situational assessment to gather real-life data that resembles the individualrsquos
future living conditions The approaches must be systematic and occur in a variety of
settings Transition assessment utilizing these measures directs the instructional
decisions
Vocationalcareer assessments A necessary part of the transition assessment
process is the use of career interests vocational aptitude measures personality profiles
self-determination measures and other assessment tools that aid in the vocational and
career component of transition assessment (Levinson 2001) These tools provide
valuable information about the studentrsquos skills in areas such as self-awareness awareness
of job skills interest seeking and abilities with social and emotional interactions The
types of assessments include interviews questionnaires observations ecological and
environmental situational and behavioral curriculum-based interest inventories
vocational profiles and portfolios
An additional area is the vocational profile Vocational profiles are described as
narratives that paint pictures These include biographical information educational
history work experience and current skills The studentrsquos learning and performing
characteristics should be included along with interests community-support connections
and necessary accommodations (Sax amp Thoma 2002)
An article from San Diego State University provided a list of suggested
assessment tools available to facilitate the transition process (Johnson 2002) Included
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
47
are resources for curriculum implementation for transition purposes A wide array of
career occupational and vocational assessment and evaluation resources are
characterized in addition to links addresses and pricing guides Training videos
curricular and planning resources for transition planning are included Family
involvement interagency guides and follow-up assessment tools to aid in the transition
planning process are also described
Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual Disabilities
In order for a child to meet the eligibility requirement as a student with an
intellectual disability an adaptive behavior assessment must be conducted (Overton
2009) This is one avenue whereby interested stakeholders may gather information about
life skills of students with intellectual disabilities That assessment tool alone does not
provide enough information needed to gather sufficient data to assist with the transition
planning process Assessment for the individuals with intellectual disabilities requires
assessment in the natural environment (Sitlington 2008) Sheltered or supported
employment arenas may be included utilizing qualitative measures to gather information
about a studentrsquos social emotional self-determination job skills and other pertinent data
necessary for assessment purposes (Overton 2009)
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities
IDEA 2004 states that with regard to the transition process the transition
assessment process for all students with disabilities involves the formal and informal
assessment-gathering mechanism on an ongoing basis (Mazotti et al 2010) As the child
reaches the age of 14 transition planning should begin At age 16 the formal process of
developing the transition plan takes place (Miller et al 2007)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
48
Assessment includes evaluating independent work skills planning and time
management skills and assessment of self-advocacy abilities For students with more
severe disabilities there must be an assessment for extended employment Assessment
includes the evaluation of vocational interests and aptitudes as well as the studentrsquos
ability and functional self-help skills The domains include cognitive ability social-
emotional adjustment communication skills academic functioning physical stamina and
adaptive behavior which are utilized by the multidisciplinary team to create the transition
plan (Spinelli 2012)
The transition assessment process can be conceived as a three-level approach
(Levinson 2001) Level one involves looking strictly at previously gathered assessment
data to prescribe a transition plan Data collection and interpretation of previous data is
the driving mechanism at this level Cumulative and confidential records are reviewed to
gather pertinent data This includes grades attendance academic achievement discipline
referrals and health records
The second level involves assessment of vocational interests and vocational
aptitudes using specific psychometric tests Assessment results and incorporating career
interest inventories and previously gathered formal and informal assessment data are
utilized in the creation of the transition plan
The third level occurs with individuals who require more information to gather a
realistic image of the studentrsquos abilities and interests This level is based on the
assessment of the first two levels This additional assessment includes work samples and
situational assessment techniques The implementation of any model must take into
consideration the available resources the characteristics and expertise of the available
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
49
personnel the population targeted for services the nature and availability of local
community services and the type of vocation placement options in the local area
(Levinson 2001)
Levinson and Palmer (2005) have written that assessment and planning are key
components to successful postschool living Assessment data can be gathered through
published tests and surveys as well as from direct interviews and observations of the
student Several areas are addressed including academic skills daily living skills
personal and social skills career maturity vocational interests and vocational aptitude
tests Additional assessment measures include occupational and vocational skills
assessments These are characterized as performance tests that assess a studentrsquos ability
to perform specific job-like tasks work samples that expose a student to natural job
responsibilities and situational assessments that measure a studentrsquos interests abilities
and work habits in actual and contrived environments
Characteristics of Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual Disabilities
Due to varying disability factors for individuals with intellectual disabilities
traditional methods do not meet the needs of transition assessment Many students with
more significant intellectual disabilities have difficulty with paper and pencil tasks
Alternative measures should be implemented to address the assessment component of the
transition plan (Grigal et al 2011) Questionnaires and interviews with family members
offer good sources of information (Moon et al 2011) Observations and skills analysis
should be incorporated into the standard informal and formal measurement protocols
(Wehman 2009) Of great importance in the assessment of students with more significant
disabilities are the critical life skills pertaining to self-help mobility self-determination
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
50
socialization health family and community supports self-awareness interests strengths
and preferences of the individual (Wehman 2011)
Latest Research on Transition Assessment for Students with Disabilities
Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities There is the lack of available research
on current assessment trends with students who have intellectual disabilities autism and
multiple-impairments There is considerable research available on assessment with
informal and formal measures in general contexts but not as much with regard to the
specific details regarding best practices for assessment of transition needs and services
including outcomes pertaining to students with intellectual disabilities One recent article
was discovered that dealt specifically with the assessment process for students with
intellectual disabilities sometimes described as developmentally delayed (Moon et al
2011)
A qualitative study was conducted by Moon et al (2011) to address the
perceptions of necessary skills experiences and information that youth with
developmental disabilities and their families perceive should exist for the student with
regard to supported employment in a postsecondary setting Discussed was the sheltered
work environment that many students with disabilities encounter as a postsecondary
option for employment Four research questions were introduced with one of the four
addressing transition assessment specifically A survey was developed that included
several open-ended questions The survey addressed recruiting skills needed
assessment and work experiences that are most important and suggestions for transition
planning Participants included community rehabilitation providers involved in intake and
service deployment The state that was targeted was subdivided into four regions Twelve
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
51
individuals from the four regions participated in the survey One-hour to two-hour
interviews ensued to gather qualitative data Data analysis followed to characterize
common themes
Results specific to transition assessment revealed that interests and preferences of
the client were important to consider however only three of the 12 revealed that this
information was obtained from the school or family They found it was important to
include the family to a greater extent in the assessment process Due to the disabling
conditions of the individuals with intellectual disabilities it was revealed that family input
was important There was concern expressed that transition assessment was lacking in the
secondary setting and results were not readily available Job trials and situational
assessment should be utilized in two of the settings for assessment purposes
Philosophical statements were discussed for implementation and acquisition of transition
assessment from high school to postsecondary sheltered settings to improve collaborative
efforts which results in better preparation of youth for supported employment services
(Moon et al 2011)
Individuals with all types of disabilities Current research pertaining to the
transition assessment component and process for students with disabilities is quite
limited One article by Herbert et al (2010) discussed the assessment process for students
with disabilities This article addressed the assessment process for all types of disabilities
The method involved an online questionnaire developed to assess respondent
demographic information career assessment practices type of services available and
career areas that are assessed with students Two groups were surveyed including the
Pennsylvania Office of Vocational Rehabilitation counselors working with high schools
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
52
possessing students with disabilities on their caseload and high school professionals
including administrators and educators who provided transition services to high school
students with disabilities The survey was disseminated over a two-month period More
than 400 teachers administrators and rehabilitation personnel responded to the survey
regarding assessment trends
Five research questions were identified with that study Current assessment trends
were revealed showing that a pluralistic approach was utilized rather than one specific
approach This included skills instruction self-awareness emotional support community
knowledge direct experience and community intervention rather than traditional
assessment Knowledge of available services was moderate overall Impact of career
services was moderate Collaboration was perceived at a moderate to minimal level
between families students and school officials and consultants Overall helpfulness of
career services was perceived as helpful by two thirds of the participants Areas assessed
were primarily vocational interest academic achievement and academic aptitude
Descriptive analysis was applied which revealed that school professionals
typically address career interests to the greatest extent Aptitude revealed slightly more
than 50 of programs addressed these aptitude assessments Achievement was at 48
Career decision making work values personality and world of work were close with
results from 37 to 29 Impact on transition service revealed moderate outcomes at
50 with the respondents and significant with only 21 of the respondents Four themes
emerged which included teamwork training needs parental involvement and unrealistic
career goals as issues that needed to be addressed Work samples were revealed as the
most infrequently utilized assessment tool They recommended that school professionals
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
53
need to give greater attention to the area of career and work decision-making which
should include career interests knowledge of work and also achievement aptitude and
personality which appears to be lacking in substantial emphasis with current transition
assessment according to the findings of that report (Herbert et al 2010)
Qualitative analysis was applied to one open-ended question Recommendations
were cited in the discussion portion of the article which supports transition assessment
early in the studentrsquos high school career Additional training opportunities were indicated
by the participants Collaboration with all stakeholders was a high-priority
recommendation Further knowledge of assessment areas and types of assessments was
recommended to increase the impact of transition assessment for students with
disabilities (Herbert et al 2010)
The lack of research-based information about transition assessment points to a
critical need in the field of special education Without data to clarify what transition
assessment practices are successful as well as studies that examine educatorrsquos
understanding about their use evidence-based transition assessment cannot progress
With this in mind the following research questions were addressed
Research Questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
54
Summary
Transition assessment does not involve exclusively the assessment of vocational
needs and abilities All stakeholders of the transition team must adhere to a holistic
approach to transition assessment for the individual with intellectual disabilities Informal
and formal measures must be utilized to gather ongoing data to develop an age-
appropriate transition plan for students as they transition into postsecondary life In order
to meet the needs of the individual with disabilities the interested stakeholders must
assess interests strengths aptitudes preferences social skills self-help skills self-
determination mobility community access and environmental concerns within the
natural environment When working with individuals with more significant intellectual
disabilities informal assessment should be the focus while taking into account formal
measures This should be the model for transition assessment Evaluating the individualrsquos
support system should be another source in order to provide a realistic holistic and
successful transition plan that will assist the students as they transition from secondary to
postsecondary life
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
55
CHAPTER III
Methodology
Transition assessment is the cornerstone for the development of the IEP Since the
reauthorization of the IDEA in 2004 the transition plan to meet the specific needs of the
student possessing a disability is required for a student who has reached the age of 16
The literature addresses the best-practice approaches to developing the transition plan for
the secondary student with a disability Essential components guidelines and
suggestions are highlighted Suggestions for implementation team planning
collaboration inputs outputs and curriculum goals saturate the literature on all levels
Additionally a wealth of information about the assessment process in general is
available Guidelines for achievement testing cognitive assessments behavioral
evaluations adaptive behavior curriculum-based measurements and dealing with high-
stakes testing within formal and informal categories are exhaustive Knowledge of what
is being utilized with regard to transition assessment is lacking It is important to
determine if educators possess knowledge regarding transition assessment and what is
being used to implement transition assessment especially for students with intellectual
disabilities
Research Questions
This study investigated two research questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
56
Rationale
In order to answer the research questions this study was conducted to gather
specific data that pertains to knowledge about transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities The study utilized a survey that was based on earlier research by
Herbert et al (2010) Gaining knowledge from a variety of professionals required the
selection of the individuals who best represented those who provide services to
individuals with intellectual disabilities who are involved in the transition planning phase
of their education (American Association for Public Opinion Research 2011)
To better answer the research questions it was necessary to conduct a descriptive
analysis of the survey results A qualitative analysis of the perceptions of the practitioners
who provide transition assessment to students with intellectual disabilities was used with
two open-ended questions Accordingly the previous survey was pilot tested and
administered with modifications following the pilot testing process (Herbert et al 2010)
The descriptive analysis conducted in the initial survey was replicated in order to provide
for reliability and validity
Context of the Study
The setting for this study was an area that included the western portion of Texas
characterized as West Texas This region is better known as a rural plains area with one
larger city that is surrounded by rural towns sprawling ranches and agricultural entities
(Texas Association of Counties 2003) According to the Texas Association of Counties
(2003) rural areas generally rely on agriculture that is more unstable which results in
higher unemployment and underemployment These areas show population that is more
sparsely populated as compared to urban regions The area is served by the Regional
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
57
Education Service Center Region 17 which includes Local Education Agencies
Logistics along with the researcherrsquos proximity to the research locale necessitated the
selection of the setting for the study
In addition to logistical concerns the data that was collected served the area that
is identified with a more regionalized specific purpose West Texas is a region that deals
with the unique needs of the plains and a rural locale that reflects different hurdles and
barriers that are different from those of a larger metroplex In addition to the wide spans
of the region as a whole the barriers that affect transition planning for individuals with
disabilities are affected by the rural setting the expanse of the region as a land mass and
the availability of services for individuals with disabilities
Data Sources
The group comprising the research participants included individuals in public
school settings that provide transition services to students with intellectual disabilities
This included special education teachers in self-contained settings special education
teachers in inclusive settings vocational adjustment coordinators diagnosticians special
education directors and transition coordinators who coordinate the transition planning
process and who work directly with individuals who have intellectual disabilities This
group best represented the parties that intervene with the chosen population of individuals
with intellectual disabilities West Texas residents and the persons who possess a vested
interest in the subject matter of transition assessment
Disadvantages to the choice of the participants were that the participants may not
have represented the community as a whole throughout the state of Texas who serve
individuals with intellectual disabilities In addition the goals and future outcomes for the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
58
individuals with intellectual disabilities in West Texas could vary from the future
outcomes for individuals in larger metroplex areas or who live in land areas not as vast as
West Texas Advantages could be that the rural setting could serve to provide information
that regions throughout the United States would be able to utilize to enhance the service
delivery for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Data Collection Methods
The process of collecting the data involved the use of an online survey for four
weeks that was replicated from a study that was conducted based out of The Pennsylvania
State University (Herbert et al 2010) The original plan was to disseminate the survey
for two weeks A reminder was sent after two weeks and another reminder was sent after
three weeks in order to obtain a sufficient number of participants
Included in the survey was basic demographic information such as job title years
of experience highest education level and area of concentration Additional data for the
present study was collected on types of current transition assessment practices being
utilized and what areas are assessed by the transition personnel The information
collected reflected who performed transition assessments to individuals with intellectual
disabilities what was the impact of transition assessment and their own level of
understanding by professionals regarding transition assessment
The original survey involved 13 questions that included demographic information
and knowledge of transition application procedures For the purpose of this study the
demographic component consisted of eight items including information about location
gender educational background and job title The survey questions directly associated
with transition assessment included a list of eight questions Two were open-ended
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
59
questions Sixteen of the questions required a descriptive analysis process The two open-
ended questions required qualitative analysis of the responses (Miles amp Huberman
1994)
The survey questions pertaining to transition also required a descriptive analysis
approach The questions included information from the respondents about their
understanding of services and their opinion about what was available and what was being
utilized with regard to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Respondents were asked about their understanding of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities The respondents had the opportunity to express
the level of effectiveness present in the current transition assessment practices they
experienced Respondents also responded to a portion of the survey that addressed the
level of impact that transition assessment had on assisting their students (Herbert et al
2010)
The Education Service Center Region 17 list-serve was accessed to identify the
directors of special education Those individuals were asked to forward the survey letter
and survey link to staff who work specifically with students with intellectual disabilities
and the transition process Additional list-serves were obtained through the Texas
Association of Vocational Adjustment Coordinators Texas Educational Diagnostician
Association Region 17 Education Service Center contacts and district e-mail contacts
More than one hundred participants were estimated as possible participants Possible
participants were contacted with the hopes of obtaining a sample of at least sixty Seventy
one participants submitted responses to the survey in the online format (Appendix C and
D)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
60
Data Analysis
Analysis of the data required a careful descriptive process The first step included
a best-practices analysis with regard to the data-collection process and the survey itself
The American Association for Public Opinion Research (2011) suggests 12 quality
standards for best practices with survey studies Some of these standards include
ldquopossessing specific goals for the survey considering alternatives to the survey approach
selecting samples that well represent the population to be studied and taking great care in
matching question wording to the concepts being measured and the population studiedrdquo
(AAPOR 2011 p1)
Descriptive analysis was ensued throughout the data analysis process for all but
the two open-ended questions Basic statistical analysis was reviewed using descriptive
analysis The purpose was to ldquoassign meaning to the descriptive or inferential
information compiled during the studyrdquo (Miles amp Huberman 1994 p 56) Descriptive
analysis involves ldquothe process of staying as close to the data as was originally recordedrdquo
(Glesne 2006)
Through the use of qualitative analysis further evolvement of recurring themes
and patterns was evaluated Lorenz and Trusty (2010) wrote ldquoa qualitative analysis must
be done to identify content themes to the open-ended questionrdquo (p20) A systematic
approach to review the given data for the two open-ended questions allowed for greater
usability of the common patterns themes and implications by interested stakeholders A
codification system was utilized to discover themes patterns and obscure outliers present
within the survey tool with the open-ended response questions (Miles amp Huberman
1994) Qualitative analysis was not simply a means to support the assumptions of the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
61
researcher Secondly care was adhered to so that the results of the initial study did not
lead to a biased approach to the data collected during this study
Data Management Plan
The initial step in the data management process required permission by the Texas
Tech University Institutional Review Board (IRB) to conduct the study Consent was
obtained from the participants through acknowledgment of their willingness to participate
in the online survey (Appendix A and B)
The data that was gathered required a carefully designed and organized data
management plan Following the data collection process the data was appropriately
securely and safely stored The data was password protected with access only by the
researcher The data was stored on a computer with password protection which was only
accessed by the researcher
Reliability and Validity
The reliability and validity of this study was enhanced due to the use of the survey
tool utilized in a former study (Herbert et al 2010) The survey tool was field tested and
later refined for greater clarification This was the second time this survey was utilized
There was a narrowing of the survey to specifically address the knowledge of assessment
practices of educational professionals with regard to transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities The online format was utilized for a four-week time span to
gather the data A smaller sampling of participants that better represented the West Texas
demographics was utilized to enhance the validity of the data from the selected region
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
62
Summary
This study investigated the knowledge that professionals possess regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities This study described
the knowledge of assessment practice within the West Texas region This was completed
using a mixed-methods approach of descriptive statistical analysis and a qualitative
analysis through the use of a replicated survey A review of the research in the areas of
transition planning and transition assessment was completed at the beginning
A survey that was previously conducted was replicated to address the research
questions pertaining to the knowledge that educational professionals possess with regard
to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The online survey
was available for a four-week period List-serves and district emails were used to identify
participants who best represented West Texas professionals and who best answered the
research questions for transition assessment pertaining to individuals with intellectual
disabilities
Data analysis required a mixed-methods approach of descriptive statistical
analysis for the majority of the survey responses and qualitative analysis for two open-
ended questions A carefully designed data management plan was used throughout the
study to adhere to a well-managed audit trail Careful protocol was followed to gather the
data organize the data and analyze the data
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
63
CHAPTER IV
Results
This study examined the level of knowledge professionals possessed regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Additionally
participants were asked what assessment tools were being utilized to address transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities including types of assessment and
specific assessment tools Questions explored areas examined during transition
assessment and who was responsible for implementing the assessment tools Participants
were contacted via e-mail to request their participation in the web-based survey
The process of contacting participants involved online requests to regional special
education directors diagnosticians transition personnel and vocational adjustment
coordinators serving students with intellectual disabilities in West Texas An initial
request was sent giving the participants two weeks to complete the survey A second
request was sent after the two week period A third and final request was sent as a
reminder giving the participants four more days to complete the survey A total of 71
participants completed the online survey
Modifications were made to the replicated study to gather specific data pertaining
to transition assessment as a whole rather than just career assessment staff training
desires and knowledge about specific published assessment tools Changes included
a) utilized descriptive statistics to increase practical understanding for educational
personnel in a usable format (Trochim 2006) b) changed from one to two open-ended
questions c) rephrased open-ended questions for greater clarification d) omitted
demographic question pertaining to race e) added a survey question related to training
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
64
desires due to overwhelming response in the original survey f) added additional
assessment areas types and mechanisms g) changed wording from career assessment to
transition assessment h) focused on education personnel versus rehabilitation personnel
and i) narrowed to two research questions
Data were obtained through the online survey utilizing descriptive data analysis
for 16 questions and qualitative analysis for two open-ended questions Participants were
asked if the assessment tools aided in identifying and meeting the potential of individuals
with intellectual disabilities Basic demographic questions were asked to gain an
understanding of the characteristics of the West Texas participants located in the Region
17 Education Service Center area
Research Questions
This study gathered information regarding knowledge of transition assessment for
students with intellectual disabilities located in West Texas and characterized as the
Region 17 Service Center area The following research questions were addressed
Research Questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Characteristics of the Sample
Job Category
The population for this study included 71 participants of whom 831 were
female and 169 were male This study included similar types of participants in the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
65
original study conducted at The Pennsylvania State University (Herbert et al 2010)
However emphasis for this study was directed toward education personnel rather than
rehabilitation personnel from the previous study Participants included district
administrators special education teachers district special education administrators
consultants diagnosticians transition coordinators vocational adjustment coordinators
campus administrators special education counselors and education service center
consultants Seventy-one individuals participated in the study which is reflected in Table
41
Table 41 Job Category Description (N = 71)
_______________________________________________________________________
Variability Category n
_______________________________________________________________________
Job Category Campus Educator 21 295
Educational Diagnostician 19 267
Vocational Adjustment Coordinator 8 112
Transition Coordinator 6 84
Special Education Administrator 5 70
District Administrator 3 42
Consultant 2 28
District Educator 2 28
Transition Vocational Counselor 2 28
Campus Administrator 1 14
Special Education Counselor 1 14
Rehabilitation Counselor 1 14
________________________________________________________________________
Gender
Gender was another demographic question asked of the participants Of the 71
participants fifty nine were female which equated to 831 Twelve of the participants
were male which equaled 169 These results were similar to the original study at
722 and 278 This is reflected in table 42
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
66
Table 42 Gender (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variability Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Gender Female 59 831
Male 12 169
________________________________________________________________________
Age of Participant
Age was also obtained from the participants Ten categories were used to organize
the ages of the participants The first category began with the age of 20 Ages 41-45
represented the largest age range with 225 of the participants in that group This was
followed closely by the age range of 51-55 years In original study 45 years old was the
average age of the participants which is similar to the findings in this study Three
categories had two participants The results are shown in Table 43
Table 43 Age of the Participant (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Age of Participant 20-25 2 28
26-30 3 42
31-35 6 85
36-40 2 28
41-45 16 225
46-50 8 113
51-55 14 197
56-60 10 141
61-65 8 113
66-70 2 28
________________________________________________________________________
Educational Level
Educational level was critical for understanding formal education that was
provided to the participants in their respective field A question was posed to the
participants in the online format to address this topic Table 44 demonstrates the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
67
education level of the participants A very large percentage of the participants 80
possessed a masterrsquos degree or higher Participants with a bachelorrsquos degree were
significantly lower at 20 This was similar to the findings in the original study with
687 for a masterrsquos degree and 247 for a bachelorrsquos degree
Table 44 Level of Education (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Level of Education Bachelorrsquos degree 15 217
Masterrsquos degree 51 732
Doctorate 1 14
Other (Post Masterrsquos) 4 56
________________________________________________________________________
Total Experience Years
A question was included that addressed total years as an educator The study
included a range of total years as an educator from 1-2 years up to 41 and above Twenty-
six percent of the participants possessed numerous years of experience ranging from 16-
20 years of experience An extremely high percentage of 788 of the participants
possessed more than 20 years of experience as an educator (Table 45) This was more
than the original survey which revealed 917 years of experience as the average
Table 45 Years of Experience as an Educator (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Total Years as an Educator 1-2 3 42
3-5 3 42
6-10 9 127
11-15 6 85
16-20 18 254
21-25 8 113
26-30 11 155
31-35 7 99
36-40 5 70
41 and above 1 14
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
68
Current Position Experience
Experience in the present position was another piece of demographic data
presented in the original study and in this online survey also Analysis of this survey
revealed that time in the present position included one to five years at 38 six to fifteen
years at 281 sixteen to thirty years at 267 and 7 at thirty-one or more years
(Table 46)
Table 46 Years in the Current Position (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Years in current position 1-5 27 380
6-15 20 281
16-30 19 267
31 or more 5 70
________________________________________________________________________
Comparison of Demographics
Descriptive statistics were utilized to provide a comparative analysis of the age of
the participant years as an educator and years in the current position The mean age for
the participants was 4842 years old Average years of experience were 2032 years
Average years in the participantsrsquo current position were 1230 years Each of these
comparisons demonstrates extensive longevity in all realms (Table 47)
Table 47 Comparison of Demographics (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable M SD Low High
________________________________________________________________________
Age 4842 1091 20-25 66-70
Total Years as an educator 2032 1037 1-2 41+
Years in current position 1230 954 1-5 31+
_______________________________________________________________________
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
69
Education Site Location
Participants were asked to select the type of location where they worked or
consulted (Table 48) The categories examined the various types of employment
scenarios for educators in the Region 17 Education Service Center area A good
sampling of participants was achieved across rural suburban and urban locations Forty
one percent of the participants are located in rural settings Twenty eight were located in
urban settings Twenty two of the participants were located in a combination of rural and
suburban settings Employment location that was the least was the suburban locale This
result would correlate with the reality that the West Texas region is primarily a rural
setting
Table 48 EmploymentConsultation Location (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
EmploymentConsultation Location Rural 28 406
Suburban 7 101
Urban 19 275
Combination (ruralsuburban) 15 217
No Response 2 28
________________________________________________________________________
Employment Setting
A frequency count was completed to determine the percentages as well as the
numbers of individuals in various consultation or employment settings The categories
examined the various types of employment scenarios for educators in the Region 17
Education Service Center area The largest number occurred for individuals working in
high school settings which was more than half (712) of the participants (Table 49)
Some participants remarked on other locales where they were also employed The lowest
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
70
numbers of employment settings occurred for Alternative State Facility Education
Service Center and an ldquootherrdquo response (n = 2 1 1 1)
Table 49 Employment Setting (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Employment Setting High School 42 512
Middle School 18 219
AdministrativeCentral Office 9 153
Alternative 2 34
Other Locations indicated State Facility 1 12
in addition to the ones surveyed All grade levels 6 73
District 2 24
Education Service Center 1 12
Elementary (other) 1 12
________________________________________________________________________
Research Questions
Research Question One
Grade level implementation What knowledge do educators possess regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities To answer this
question Table 410 displays the frequency count for grade level during which transition
assessment occurs Transition assessment should be administered at all grade levels
every year as mandated in the IDEA 2004 However implementation of transition
assessment at ldquoall grade levelsrdquo showed only to be 544 The participants marked
individual grade levels at 9th
grade 397 10th
grade 265 11th
grade 250 and
12th
grade 250 There were 49 of the participants who selected ldquonone providedrdquo
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
71
Table 410 Perceived Grade Level Implementation of Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Grade level transition assessments 9th
27
397
are conducted 10th
18 265
11th
17 250
12th
17 250
All grade levels 37 544
None provided 4 49
No response 3 42
________________________________________________________________________
Person responsible Persons responsible for transition assessment are displayed
in Table 411 The high school teacher was selelcted by the particpants as the individual
most likely to administer transition assessment at 521 Transition Coordinators and
Vocational Adjustment Coordinators were the next most likely individuals to be
conducting transition assessment (281 and 225) The school phsychologist was
selected as the least likely individual to administer transition assessments A significant
number participants did not know or skipped this question entirely (239)
Table 411 Person Responsible for Implementing Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Individual deemed High School Teacher 37 521
responsible for Transition Services ConsultantCoordinator 20 281
providing Vocational Adjustment Coordinator 16 225
transition Diagnostician 12 169
assessment High School Counselor 10 141
Career Counselor (School Employee) 7 98
Career Counselor Consultant (non-school
employee) 2 28
School Psychologist 1 14
No one assignednot available 3 42
Do not know 1 14
Varies 3 42
Skipped 16 225
________________________________________________________________________
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
72
Level of understanding The level of understanding regarding transition
assessment by participants is displayed in Table 412 Thirty-eight percent of the
participants marked a very clear understanding 45 marked moderately clear
understanding and 182 indicated little no or skipped the question pertaining to
understanding of transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Over-all 60 of the participants indicated they had moderate to little or no understanding
regarding transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities This result is
similar to the original study which indicated that education personnel perceive their level
of understanding to be less than optimal
Table 412 Perceived Level of Understanding Regarding Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Understanding about Very clear 27 380
transition assessment Moderately clear 32 450
Limited 9 126
Little or no 2 28
Skipped 2 28
Additional training In the original study an overwhelming number of
participants expressed a desire to obtain more training regarding transition assessment
through the open-ended response (Herbert et al 2010) A question was developed in this
study to allow the participants the opportunity to express what types of training they
would like to receive Table 413 displays the participantsrsquo desires to participate in
workshops and higher education opportunities pertaining to transition assessment An
extremely large number of participants expressed a desire to participate in one-day
workshops (912) Eighty-one percent of the participants desired one-day workshops
Training opportunities selected by participants in the 40-50 range were one-hour
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
73
workshops team collaborations on-going in-service training and online training
modules Twenty-one percent of the participants expressed interest in college-level
coursework Only three individuals indicated that they were not interested in any training
Table 413 Interest in Additional Training (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Training opportunities One-hour workshop 30 422
to increase knowledge of 1-day workshop 58 817
transition assessment Team Collaboration 34 479
Self-study 17 239
Multiple day workshops 18 253
Ongoing in-service training 29 408
Online training module 34 479
College course 15 211
College Course (onlinemedia-site) 9 126
TEA certification coursework 12 169
None 3 42
Other 1 14
Skipped 3 42
________________________________________________________________________
Research Question Two
Areas addressed What transition assessment practices are used by educational
personnel for individuals with intellectual disabilities To answer this question Table
414 describes the areas that the participants rated with regard to transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities Academic Achievement was rated at 563
Vocational Assessment at 676 Academic Aptitude at 366 Career Decision Making at
464 and the greatest amount at 887 was Interests In the original survey vocational
interest aptitude and achievement was noted as assessment area most used Additional
areas in this survey included Personality at 323 Work Values at 366 World of
Work Knowledge at 324 and ldquoDonrsquot know and No responserdquo a combined percentage
of 84 by the participants
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
74
Table 414 Perceived Areas Addressed with Transition Assessment (N = 71)
_______________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Areas addressed with Interests 63 887
transition assessment Vocational Aptitude 48 676
Academic Achievement 40 563
Career Decision Making 33 464
Academic Aptitude 26 366
Work Values 26 366
Personality 23 323
World of Work Knowledge 23 324
Donrsquot know 2 28
No response 4 56
________________________________________________________________________
Types of assessments Descriptive statistics were utilized for questions pertaining
to types of assessment areas as shown in Table 415 This question was added to this
survey to gather specific data pertaining to knowledge regarding types of transition
assessments used to assess students with intellectual disabilities Types of assessments
were rated from ldquoNot Used or Heard of to Heard of and Usedrdquo Frequency counts were
obtained for each area of assessments A scale of one was used for ldquoNot Used or Heard of
or Heard ofrdquo a score of two was given for ldquoHeard ofrdquo and a three was given for ldquoUsedrdquo
Mean scores ranged from the lowest at 16 for EcologicalEnvironment and Authentic
Assessment to the highest at 286 for Teacher Observation The next highest ratings were
for Interest Inventories at 277 Interviews and Student Surveys at 273 Academic
Achievement at 266 Intellectual Aptitude at 264 and Functional Skills Inventory at
253 A clear separation occurred with a 5050 ldquoUse and Heard ofrdquo result for Career
Aptitude Teacher Made Learning Styles and Curriculum-Based at 233 and 234 Types
of assessments that had been ldquoHeard ofrdquo but were ldquoNot Used or Heard ofrdquo as frequently
were Personality Profiles at 222 and Portfolio at 216 Several types of assessments
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
75
revealed limited ldquoUserdquo and ldquoHeard ofrdquo or ldquoNot Used or Heard ofrdquo to a greater extent
These included Self-determination measures at 193 Self-advocacy measures at 198
Situational at 181 Authentic at 168 and EcologicalEnvironmental at 160
Table 415 Level of Use for Types of Transition Assessments (N = 71)
____________________________________________________________________
Item Not Used (1) Heard of (2) Used (3) Rating M n
or Heard of
________________________________________________________________________
Teacher Observation 2 14 51 286 67
Interest Inventories 1 14 55 277 70
Student Survey 1 16 49 273 66
Interviews 3 13 54 273 70
Academic Achievement 0 22 42 266 64
Intellectual Aptitude 1 22 43 264 66
Functional Skills Inventory 4 22 38 253 64
Career Aptitude 2 31 31 245 64
Teacher Made 5 30 26 234 61
Curriculum-Based 7 27 27 233 61
Learning Styles 4 33 24 233 61
Personality Profiles 5 36 18 222 59
Portfolio 9 33 19 216 61
Self-advocacy measures 15 31 14 198 60
Self-determination measures 16 32 12 193 60
Situational 24 20 13 181 57
Authentic 26 27 7 168 60
EcologicalEnvironmental 30 21 7 160 58
________________________________________________________________________
Published assessments Descriptive statistics were employed for published
assessments as shown in Table 416 This was a question that was added to this survey to
gather information pertaining to knowledge regarding published assessment mechanisms
Frequency counts were obtained for 11 published transition assessment tools A rating
mean was obtained for each tool similar to the previous Areas Addressed question A
score of one was given for ldquoNot Used or Heard ofrdquo a score of two was given for ldquoHeard
ofrdquo and a three was given for ldquoUsedrdquo Score rating means ranged from 138 to 262
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
76
Special Education Manager (GG Consulting LLC 2008) received the highest
rating at 262 The next highest published tools included Transition Planning Inventory
(Clark amp Patton 2009) at 222 Moderate ratings went to the Reading-Free Vocational
Interest Inventory 2 (Becker 2005) at 205 and the Brigance Employability Skills
Inventory (Brigance 1995) at 208 The OrsquoNet Interest Survey (US Department of
Labor 2002) received a 187 rating score The Picture Interest Career Survey (PICS)
(Brady 2007) received a 182 rating score Lowest scores included the Arc Self-
determination Scale (Wehmeyer amp Kelchner 1995) at 138 and the MECA (Oakwood
Solutions LLC 2010) at 141 COPS-PIC (Knapp-Lee L (2007) at 144 Myers Briggs
Type Indicator (Myers amp Briggs 1988) at 158 and the WRIOT2 (Glutting amp Wilkinson
2006) at 153
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
77
Table 416 Level of Use for Published Assessments (N = 71) (ID=Insufficient Data)
________________________________________________________________________
Item Not Used (1) Heard of (2) Used (3) Rating M n
or Heard of
________________________________________________________________________
Special Education Manager (SEM) 3 19 44 262 66
Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) 8 19 36 222 63
Brigance Employability 12 33 17 208 62
Skills Inventory
Reading-Free Vocational Interest 23 19 20 205 59
Inventory 2 (R-FVII2)
O-Net Interest Inventory 45 11 15 187 60
Picture Interest Career Survey (PICS) 26 21 15 182 62
Myers Briggs Type Indicator 27 30 2 158 59
Wide Range Interest and 36 16 8 153 60
Occupation Test (WRIOT2
COPS-PIC Picture Inventory 31 17 8 144 62
Of Careers
Microcomputer Evaluation 34 14 11 141 59
Of Careers and Academics (MECA)
Arc Self-determination Scale 41 15 4 138 60
Other 0 0 10 ID 15
Unsure 2 0 0 ID 2
No Response 0 0 0 ID 3
________________________________________________________________________
Impact One question asked the participants to rate the impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Table 417) The participants
stated that transition assessment had a significant impact at 169 Moderate impact was
perceived by 468 Minimal impact was selected by 309 of the participants and little
or no impact by 56 of the participants Over-all participants rated current practices in
transition assessment as having Moderate to Minimal impact at an extremely high level
of 83 In the original study the results were similar with 503 indicating moderate
impact and 274 with minimal to no impact
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
78
Table 417 Perceived Impact of Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Impact of transition assessment Significant 12 169
Moderate 33 468
Minimal 22 309
Little or No Impact 2 56
No Response 3 42
________________________________________________________________________
Procedure Used with Open-Ended Questions
Qualitative analysis was used for two open-ended questions in the survey The
first question received 15 responses from the participants This question pertained to what
additional information the participant wanted to include with regard to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The second question resulted in
eight responses from the participants This question asked what the participant knew that
they wished they could use with students with intellectual disabilities with regard to
transition assessment The narrative responses were gathered and reviewed for similar
themes and content
Question One
Participants were asked ldquoWhat else do you use for transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilitiesrdquo Fifteen individualsrsquo responses were submitted
Specific assessment tools were identified by the participants in statements that included
the name of the assessment tool A coding system was utilized to clarify whether the
response was narrative or a specific assessment tool response Further analysis occurred
for the narrative responses to determine themes and common trends
Respondents suggested Career Cruising software (N = 4) (Anaca Technologies
2012) One response suggested the Career Clusters Interest Survey (Arizona State 2007)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
79
and one stated the Cops and Caps (CareerLife Skills Resources 2012) vocational
assessment measure One participant included the Student Styles Questionnaire Revised
(SSQR) (Oakland Glutting amp Horton 1996) Two people suggested the Bridges
Software (Xap Corporation 2009) which was also suggested by one person in the online
questionnaire section under ldquootherrdquo for specific assessment tools Two individuals
suggested questionnaires as a viable means to gather assessment data Participants
suggested parent input for transition and vocational assessment (N = 3) Individuals who
included narrative responses discussed the importance of conducting situational
assessments by including the input of other professionals including outside agencies and
other teachers (N = 2) Responses included observations to get to know the individual and
determining the specific needs of the student to determine what would benefit the student
after graduation (N = 3) One individual who actually answered the second open-ended
question suggested the Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) (Clark amp Patton 2009) as a
thorough tool for assessment
Question Two
Eight participants responded to question two about ldquoWhat do you know about
transition assessment that you wish you could use for students with intellectual
disabilitiesrdquo Two respondents expressed the need for more time to assess the students on
their caseload with regard to transition Another individual commented on the need for
more teacher involvement at each grade level Two individuals posited the need to assess
students in a variety of either job or real-life situational settings One participant stated
that the greatest tool for awareness by the student with regard to transition is receiving a
paycheck One respondent stated that parents need to be better educated with regard to
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
80
continuation of services after graduation This respondent stated that personal advocacy
time management and organization were major issues facing students as they transition
to postsecondary options One final respondent stated that the questionnaire they utilized
had little meaning for students in middle school
Summary
The purpose of this study was to survey educators responsible for implementing
transition assessment for secondary students with intellectual disabilities Participants
included educators from West Texas characterized as individuals located in the Region
17 Education Service Center area The total number of participants was 71 The
population for this study was district administrators special education teachers district
special education administrators consultants diagnosticians transition coordinators
vocational adjustment coordinators campus administrators special education counselors
and education service center consultants Participants were solicited via e-mail requests to
participate voluntarily and to answer the questions from the online survey provided by a
link to the questionnaire
This chapter reported the findings from the study about transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities An online survey was conducted pertaining to
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The first section of this
chapter included descriptive analysis for 16 items pertaining to demographics of the
sample areas and types of transition assessment tools perceived benefits of transition
assessment persons responsible for transition assessment and levels of knowledge
regarding transition assessment The next section of this chapter included a qualitative
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
81
analysis for two open-ended questions Data were described and grouped by common
themes from the participantsrsquo statements on the online format
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
82
CHAPTER V
Discussion
This chapter provides a brief background of the problem and includes a summary
of the study Also included is a description of the review of the literature that was the
foundation for the research study reported herein The methodology for this study is
summarized and followed by a discussion and analysis of the findings The significance
of the study is addressed with an emphasis on the conclusions and implications relevant
to the research pertaining to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities Additionally this chapter offers recommendations for further research based
on the findings Concluding thoughts included limitations of the study and suggestions
for further research
Summary of the Study
This descriptive study investigated the knowledge educators possessed with
regard to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The first four
chapters included an introduction to the study a review of the literature that centered on
the transition process and transition assessment a description of the methodology and an
analysis from the findings of the data that were collected through the study
Chapter I provided a brief overview regarding the mandate proposed with the
IDEA of 2004 which requires that all students in special education who reach the age of
16 must have an ITP which is directed by the transition assessment process In addition
to the purpose of the study this chapter included a statement of the problem the research
questions the theoreticalconceptual framework assumptions definitions of terms
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
83
utilized in the study the delimitations and limitations of the study a discussion of the
significance of the study and the over-all organization of the study
Chapter II provided a review of the literature as it pertains to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Definitions of intellectual
disabilities characteristics and historical practices related to individuals with intellectual
disabilities and transition planning for special needs learners were described
An overview of the research pertaining to transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities was presented Explanations of transition assessment
methods were presented A search of relevant research revealed that studies which
addressed transition planning were available however limited studies addressing
transition assessment existed Lesser studies pertaining specifically to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities existed
Chapter III outlined the methodology and the online survey utilized to complete
the research study Data were collected from education personnel working directly with
students with intellectual disabilities Data were collected over a 4 week period through
an online survey The survey was a replication of a previously utilized survey to address
transition assessment for individuals with disabilities (Herbert et al 2010) The
information from the literature review guided the development of the research as well as
refinement of a few of the survey questions to better address individuals with intellectual
disabilities
The survey replicated research conducted through The Pennsylvania State
University Career Assessment Practices for High School Students with Disabilities and
Perceived Value Reported by Transition Personnel (Herbert et al 2010) Modifications
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
84
were made to the replicated study to gather specific data pertaining to transition
assessment as a whole rather than just career assessment staff training desires and
knowledge about specific published assessment tools Changes included
a) utilized descriptive statistics to increase practical understanding for educational
personnel in a usable format (Trochim 2006) b) changed from one to two open-ended
questions c) rephrased open-ended questions for greater clarification d) omitted
demographic question pertaining to race e) added a survey question related to training
desires due to overwhelming response in original survey f) added additional assessment
areas types and mechanisms g) changed wording from career assessment to transition
assessment h) focused on education personnel versus rehabilitation personnel and
i) narrowed to two research questions Also the survey was designed to reveal the
knowledge of educational staff working with students with intellectual disabilities as it
pertains to transition assessment A copy of the survey is located in Appendix E
Chapter IV reported the findings of the study The chapter began with a review of
the mandates pertaining to transition assessment as outlined in IDEA 2004 best-practices
approach to transition planning and the limited available research pertaining to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Procedures utilized in analyzing
the descriptive data and the qualitative information produced by two open-ended
questions was explained Findings were presented with explanations of how the data
answered the following research questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
85
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Discussion of the Findings
An analysis evaluation and synthesis of the findings indicated that educators
who implement transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities utilize a
variety of assessment tools that address several areas pertaining to the transition process
Several topics emerged from the data regarding transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities The topics included demographics of participants that best
represent the West Texas region knowledge of transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities and types of assessment practices utilized by professionals
dealing with individuals with intellectual disabilities (Figure 51) A detailed discussion
of the topics will provide greater understanding of the answers to the research questions
and guide the implications for further research and practice in transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Figure 51 Transition Assessment Topics
Transition Assessment for Individuals with
Intellectual Disabilities
Demographics of the
Participants
Knowledge of Transition
Assessment
Assessment Practices
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
86
Impact of Demographics
Setting
In order to best represent the characteristics of the West Texas region it was
necessary to obtain a sampling from a variety of individuals who best represented the
West Texas region This area is better known as a rural plains area with one larger city
that is surrounded by rural towns sprawling ranches and agricultural entities (Texas
Association of Counties 2003) A large number of the participants (40) worked in
rural settings with equal numbers working in urban and suburban settings The variety of
settings that was obtained in the online survey format for this study represented an
excellent sampling of the West Texas region
The participants worked in various settings The majority of the participants
worked in high school settings This result was appropriate due to the requirement by the
IDEA of 2004 which states that when students reach the age of 16 a transition plan
should be developed which is directed by the findings of the transition assessment
Traditionally a student who is 16 years old is a high school student A portion of the
participants were from middle school settings which can be attributed to the awareness
that transition planning is recommended to begin at the age of 14 for individuals with
disabilities (Miller et al 2007) Typically students in middle school are introduced to the
transition planning process at this stage of their education career
Participants
The sample for this study included educators from West Texas characterized as
Education Service Center Region 17 The total number of participants was 71 Fifty nine
of the participants were female (831) and 12 were male (169) The population
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
87
included district administrators special education teachers district special education
administrators consultants diagnosticians transition coordinators vocational adjustment
coordinators campus administrators special education counselors and education service
center consultants Participants were solicited via e-mail requests to answer the questions
on the online survey provided by a link to the questionnaire
For the purposes of this study educators were the primary focus in order to gather
specific data pertaining to the level of knowledge they possessed regarding transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities School personnel who are
typically involved in the process were included such as vocational adjustment teachers
diagnosticians special education administrators district and campus educators transition
coordinators and district and campus administrators provided the greatest number of
those individuals who participated in the survey
Experience The research participants constituted a group representing vast years
of experience as educators All the participants possessed a college degree with the
majority of the participants possessing a masterrsquos degree or higher (n = 57) The age of
the participants provided a good sampling of age ranges with the majority of the
participants being over the age of 40 Obtaining the age years of experience and
education level of the participants was necessary in order to determine basic competency
levels of the participants
Job category A varied sampling was achieved pertaining to job categories Job
categories ranged from administrators educators diagnosticians and
counselorsconsultants The largest group was educators which included campus
educators and vocational adjustment coordinators A substantial number of diagnosticians
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
88
provided input on the online survey which added to the validity of the study Several
counselors and consultants provided input which increased the type of sampling that was
obtained for the study A lesser number of district and campus administrators provided
input to the survey Over-all the sampling varied and represented a variety of personnel
who addressed transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
The literature addressed the best-practices approach to developing a transition
plan for the secondary students with a disability The purpose of transition assessment is
to gather ongoing data that leads to the development of a transition plan that meets the
needs of the student as heshe transitions from secondary to postsecondary life The
development of the ITP is a team effort that should be a collaborative undertaking which
provides input from a variety of stakeholders (National Secondary Technical Training
Assistance Center 2010) Grigal Hart and Magliore (2011) stated that team members
should be more involved in the ITP planning process More input by all stakeholders with
regard to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities is needed in
order to develop a quality effective transition plan (IDEA 2004) Accordingly the
inclusion of a variety of education personnel for this study was appropriate
Knowledge
Research Question One asked ldquoWhat knowledge do educators possess regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilitiesrdquo Inconsistency is an
issue that persists with the practice of transition assessment (Morningstar 1997 cited in
Herbert et al 2010) Results from the study reported demonstrated that the same issue
still persists within the West Texas region among educators implementing transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
89
Understanding
Most of the participants indicated that their level of knowledge was moderate to
none regarding transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Thirty-
eight percent of the participants rated their level understanding of transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities as very clear However 45 stated they
possessed moderately clear understanding regarding transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities Eighteen percent of the participants reported they had
limited or little understanding regarding transition assessment Campus educators
expressed the greatest clarity with regard to understanding with 615 of the respondents
from that sector Data indicated that over-all staff perceptions pertaining to their own
level of understanding regarding transition assessment of individuals with intellectual
disabilities is not at the optimum level
Grade Level Implementation
Most of all the participants responded that some type of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities was performed in grades 9 10 11 and 12 Many
agreed that transition assessment was conducted either on their campus or the campus
they consulted with for all grade levels at 544 Equal numbers of participants
however chose specific grade levels Ninth grade (397) elicited the greatest number
when individual grade levels were chosen Seven participants 10 chose the ldquonone
providedrdquo or ldquono responserdquo selection Campus educators diagnosticians special
education administrators and vocational adjustment coordinators indicated transition
assessment took place at the 9th
grade level with 375-60 of the respondents
Variability in grade-level implementation and the ldquonone providedrdquo response indicated
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
90
that more knowledge is needed to address basic understanding regarding implementation
of transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities at all grade levels
Miller et al (2007) states that transition assessment is the process of gathering
information over an extended period of time in order to develop an appropriate IEP that
meets the studentrsquos needs Transition planning was characterized as an ongoing process
of ldquocollecting information on the studentrsquos strengths needs preferences and interests as
they related to the demands of current and future livingrdquo (Sitlington 2008 p 87) The
variability in the responses by the participants indicated a lack of awareness of the
mandates associated with IDEA 2004 Understanding that transition assessments as an
all-level ongoing process is needed for educators implementing a sound transition plan
that is directed by the transition assessment process (IDEA 2004 cited in Herbert et al
2010)
Responsibility
Several groups emerged from the analysis by those who answered this question
Campus educators constituted the largest group that was deemed the individual
responsible for implementing transition assessment of individuals with intellectual
disabilities (n = 53) Transition coordinators also emerged to a lesser extent as the
individual who provided transition assessment (n = 20) Counselors both school and
nonschool were identified by some of the participants as providing transition assessment
(n = 19) Thirteen individuals stated the diagnostician performed transition assessment to
individuals with disabilities The most revealing responses were ldquononerdquo ldquodo not knowrdquo
or participants simply skipped the item A total of 20 individuals were included with this
response
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
91
The literature and mandates of IDEA 2004 explicitly state that understanding the
role of the team member is critical when implementing transition assessment
Collaboration is required by all interested stakeholders including the school
administrators educators parents students and community agencies (Furney Hasazi
and Destafano 1997) Participants provided varied responses to the item that addressed
who was responsible for transition assessment The data revealed that knowledge
regarding who was responsible for the implementation of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities should be addressed
Training
In the original study the one open-ended question revealed an overwhelming
desire to seek further training and education pertaining to transition assessment for
individuals with disabilities (Herbert et al 2010) A question pertaining to training
options was added to the online format Participants in this study also expressed strong
desire to seek training opportunities to increase knowledge of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities by 91 of the participants Eighty-one percent of
the participants said they would participate in a one-day workshop Half of the
participants indicated they were interested in one-hour workshops team collaboration
ongoing in-service training and online training modules Participants indicated they were
also interested in self-study and multiple-day workshops
Several of the participants indicated they were interested in college-level
coursework Twenty percent of the participants were interested in face-to-face college
courses pertaining to transition A portion of the participants indicated they were
interested in online courses with a substantial portion of the participants interested in
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
92
obtaining transition teacher certification (169) There was a small percentage who did
not want any additional training (42) Over-all it was demonstrated through the data
that educators working with transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities expressed a strong desire to seek additional training opportunities to increase
their level of knowledge
Trends for Assessment Practice
Research Question Two asked ldquoWhat transition assessment practices are used by
educational personnel with individuals with intellectual disabilitiesrdquo Current trends
focus on employing a multifaceted approach to assessment (King Baldwin Currie and
Evans 2006) A systematic approach is needed (Neubert 2003) Assessment protocol
involves the use of formal and informal measures Types of information gathered in order
to develop a high-quality transition plan should include future needs and goals self-
determination and self-advocacy academic strengths learning styles behavioral issues
life skills needs and vocational interests attitudes and abilities (Miller et al 2007 p 5)
Levinson and Palmer (2005) described necessary components to implement transition
services as mandated by IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 They described the need to
incorporate assessment and comprehensive planning that utilized transition assessment
data that addressed academic skills daily living skills personal and social skills and
occupational and vocational skills
Areas of Assessment
Participants indicated strongly with an 886 response rate that interests
constituted the most common area addressed with transition assessment Vocational
aptitude resulted in 676 with academic achievement at 563 Falling within the 30-
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
93
40 percent range was academic aptitude personality profile work values and world of
work knowledge Vocational adjustment coordinators special education administrators
district administrators and diagnosticians indicated with 100 agreement that interests
was the area most assessed Vocational aptitude was indicated as an area assessed by a
rate of 84 to 100 by the campus administrator campus educator and special
education administrator Academic achievement was used to a greater extent in the
original study In this study this was indicated at a rate of 56 to 100 by the district
administrators special education directors and campus administrators It appears
administrators regard achievement as an important area of assessment The results if this
study revealed that greater awareness was needed to address all areas of assessment not
just interests vocational aptitude and academic achievement
Although interests are vital with regard to transition assessment it is necessary for
educators to address all the areas equally including those identified by Miller et al
(2007) future needs and goals self-determination and self-advocacy academic strengths
learning styles behavioral issues life skills needs and vocational interests attitudes and
abilities Several participants 84 indicated they did not know or chose not to answer
which indicates that greater knowledge pertaining to areas address with regard to
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities was needed
Overton (2009) wrote that assessment needed to be data driven rather than relying
on referral information alone The data should be multidimensional and not reliant on just
one set of test scores Data should reflect the studentrsquos strengths abilities interests and
preferences (IDEA 2004) Spinelli (2012) wrote that assessors should identify the
studentrsquos (a) career goals and interests (b) preferences (c) independence level
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
94
(d) strengths (e) hobbies (f) interpersonal relationships (g) self-advocacy abilities and
(h) abilities in relation to postsecondary goals
The research also found that Schmitz (2008) identified areas that should be
included in the transition planning process in order to adhere to the mandates of Indicator
13 The components of transition assessment include interest assessment and career
exploration assessment measures It is crucial to include assessment of academic
performance as it relates to the workplace The practice of assessment and skill building
should be incorporated to evaluate self-determination social and emotional learning and
interventions for independent living In order to accomplish Schmitzrsquos recommendations
ITP team members must expand their vision to include all aspects of the individualrsquos life
not just interests and academic achievement
Types of Assessment
ldquoGoals are developed based upon interests aptitudes abilities strengths and
limitations identified as significant and relevant to the student and family in the transition
planrdquo (Miller et al 2007 p 8) More specific types of assessment include interest
inventories career aptitude academic achievement teacher observation intellectual
aptitude student survey personality profiles self-determination measures self-advocacy
measures interviews ecologicalenvironmental factors authentic portfolio teacher
made curriculum-based functional skills inventories learning styles and situational
(Layton and Lock 2008 Miller et al 2007Moon 2011 Neubert 2003 Overton 2009
Sitlington 2006 Wehman 2009) Of great importance in the assessment of students with
more significant disabilities are the critical life skills pertaining to self-help mobility
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
95
self-determination socialization health family and community supports self-awareness
interests strengths and preferences of the individual (Wehman 2011)
Participants were allowed to rate types of assessments from ldquoNot used or heard of
heard of and usedrdquo Values of one two and three were attached to each response to allow
for descriptive analysis A rating mean was established for each type of assessment The
most popular type of assessment that participants used was teacher observation at a rating
mean of 286
Additional types of assessments that were indicated as ldquoused and heard ofrdquo
included interest inventories student surveys interviews academic achievement
intellectual aptitude tests and functional skills inventories These types of assessments
generate results that elicit the studentrsquos interests and preferences which are mandated in
IDEA 2004 Campus Educators vocational adjustment coordinators special education
administrators district administrators and diagnosticians rated interest inventories as one
of the more used types of assessments for 69 to 100 of these individuals
Falling into a range where less than half of the participants used the types of
measure yet they were a part of the participantrsquos awareness repertoire were career
aptitude teacher-made curriculum-based measures learning style inventories
personality profiles and portfolios Those types of assessments that fell within the mean
below 198 indicating that these have been ldquoheard of and or not used or heard ofrdquo are
self-advocacy measures self-determination measures situational authentic and
ecologicalenvironmental measures The data revealed that 65 of the types of transition
assessments were not being utilized by the majority of the participants This discovery
indicated that further education was needed to increase the knowledge regarding types of
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
96
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities These types of
assessments reveal strengths and needs which is mandated by IDEA 2004 Greater usage
was indicated in order to address assess the needs and strengths of the student with
intellectual disabilities
Located in the ldquonot used and not heard ofrdquo category were self-advocacy measures
self-determination measures situational authentic and ecological and environmental
types of assessments The lack of awareness of these measures was substantial In order
to gain valuable data pertaining to needs strengths interests and preferences for
individuals with intellectual disabilities it is important for all constituents to employ a
variety of types of assessments in order to develop a quality transition plan which is
directed by the transition assessment
The literature revealed that assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
required assessment in the natural environment (Sitlington 2008) Levinson and Palmer
(2005) emphasized the need for performance tests that assessed a studentrsquos ability to
perform specific job-like tasks work samples that expose a student to natural job
responsibilities and situational assessments that measure a studentrsquos interests abilities
and work habits in actual and contrived environments This should be included in the
transition assessment This was indicated by the participants in the open-ended question
format
Published Assessments
In the original study no question was included that addressed what specific tools
that were implemented to address transition assessment This item was added in order to
gather specific data pertaining to specific assessment trends being utilized and awareness
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
97
levels of available published assessment mechanisms Levinson and Palmer (2005) wrote
that assessment and planning are key components to successful post-school living
Assessment data can be gathered through published tests and surveys as well as from
direct interviews and observations of the student Several areas are addressed including
academic skills daily living skills personal and social skills career maturity vocational
interests and vocational aptitude tests
The National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (2010) has
developed an Assessment Toolkit that can be accessed by educators parents State
Education Agencies and Local Education Agencies to gain knowledge about best
practices with transition assessment From the results of this study information that is
contained in these types of resources is needed by educators to provide a comprehensive
contemporary assessment
Participants indicated that the Special Education Manager (GG Consulting LLC
2008) was overwhelmingly the most utilized published assessment measure in the West
Texas region with a rating mean of 262 Significantly lower utilization but was heard of
were the Reading-Free Vocational Interest Inventory 2 (R-FVII2) (Becker 2000) the
Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) (Clark amp Patton 2009) and the Brigance
Employability Skills Inventory (Brigance 1995) The majority of the remaining seven
specific published assessment tools were ldquoNot used or heard ofrdquo by the participants
Some of the participants indicated that they utilized other tools such as the Career
Cruising (Anaca Technologies Ltd 2012) Choices (Martin Huber-Marshall Maxson
Jerman Hughes Miller amp McGill 2000) and Bridges (Xap Corporation 2009) Over-
all the data revealed that participants require greater knowledge regarding published
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
98
transition assessment tools to meet the needs for transition planning with individual with
intellectual disabilities
Perceived Impact
Participants rated the impact of transition assessment for students with intellectual
disabilities Only 169 percent of the respondents selected significant as one of the
online survey choices Three-fourths of the respondents selected moderate to minimal
impact for students with intellectual disabilities Ten percent of the participants chose
little impact or chose not to answer The most revealing discovery from the research
transpired with the large response of moderate to minimal impact of transition assessment
with individuals with intellectual disabilities (833) Increased impact must be dealt
with in order to meet the mandates of IDEA 2004 and the OSERS requirements of
Indicator 13 regarding transition assessment (US Dept of Education 2009 and IDEA
2004)
Further training for educators is needed to increase the impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Transition assessment is the
driving mechanism for the ITP process Greater understanding of the areas addressed
typed of assessments purpose of assessments and published resources will provide a
greater foundation needed to develop a quality transition plan for students with
intellectual disabilities
Thematic Results
Qualitative analysis occurred for two open-ended items in the survey
Approximately one in five participants provided responses to the first open-ended
question on the survey One in nine of the participants responded to the second open-
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
99
ended question in the online format Five themes emerged from the two open-ended
questions
Theme One Assessment Tools
The largest group of respondents provided input with regard to other published
transition assessment tools that they would like to utilize or have utilized with individuals
with intellectual disabilities Four of the participants indicated that Career Cruising
(Anaca Technologies 2012) was a good choice One individual commented on a
transition assessment tool that was listed under the previously addressed published
assessment tools item on the online survey The participant commented on the
thoroughness of the Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) (Clark amp Patton 2009) Three
other participants included individual assessment tools which included the Student Styles
Questionnaire Revised (SSQR) (Oakland Glutting amp Horton 1996) Career Clusters
Interest Survey (Arizona State 2007) and the Cops and Caps assessments (CareerLife
Skills Resources 2012)
The research revealed that the National Secondary Transition Technical
Assistance Center (2010) provides a toolkit for assessment that can be accessed by
laymen and professionals with regard to transition assessment Greater utilization of a
variety of assessment mechanisms is needed to provide a quality all-inclusive assessment
to students with intellectual disabilities as outlined in IDEA 2004
Theme Two Parental Involvement
Four of the participants indicated that parental input was important when
implementing transition assessment One participant responded that it was important to
ask about the vision they had for their childrsquos future Two respondents commented on the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
100
need for parents to be interviewed and to allow the parents to provide input with
vocational assessment One participant stated that parents should be educated with what
is available to their child as a continuum of services from secondary to post-secondary
levels in order to prepare for the future
The research revealed numerous statements addressing parent involvement The
student and parent should be included in the transition planning process at all stages to
secure greater positive outcomes at the postsecondary level (Escheidt 2006) Levinson
and Palmer (2005) stated that parental involvement was important to the planning
process Moon et al (2011) found it was important to include the family to a greater
extent in the assessment process Due to the disabling conditions of the individuals with
intellectual disabilities it was revealed that family input was extremely important
Questionnaires and interviews with family members offer good sources of information
(Moon et al 2011)
Theme Three Real-life Situations
Four of the participants indicated that it was critical to provide hands-on activities
that were real-life and functional for the student Participants stated that students should
be exposed to a variety of real-life employment options Providing real work and
volunteer opportunities in various settings was emphasized One respondent commented
that the best real-life situation providing the greatest reinforcement was when the
student received a paycheck
The research revealed that assessing the student in the natural environment was
important Levinson and Palmer (2005) reported that assessments pertaining to
occupational and vocational skills are characterized as performance tests that assess a
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
101
studentrsquos ability to perform specific job-like tasks work samples that expose a student to
natural job responsibilities and situational assessments that measure a studentrsquos interests
abilities and work habits in actual and contrived environments Sitlington (2008) stated
that assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities requires assessment in the
natural environment
Theme Four Collaboration
Three of the participants discussed the need to develop teamwork between other
educators and community agencies One participant commented on the need to increase
teamwork with other educators in order to gather more input regarding transition
assessment Another respondent commented on the need to expose the student and family
to resources in the community and to enhance the contact with these agencies The
process of increasing collaboration with parents was discussed with six of the
participants Not only is this important to enhance parental involvement it also serves to
enhance the collaboration with the school to increase the outcomes of transition
assessment
As stated previously the research revealed that collaboration is required by all
interested stakeholders including the school administration educators and community
agencies (Furney et al 1997) Stated in IDEA 2004 is that the ITP process is a team
endeavor (IDEA 2004) Grigal et al (2011) emphasized the need to instill a collaborative
approach to assessment and the development of the ITP The original study emphasized
the need for all stakeholders including school and community agencies to collaborate to
a greater extent (Hebert et al 2010)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
102
Theme Five Isolated Comments
Time Two of the respondents indicated that they would like more time to
develop the transition plan In both instances the participants expressed sincere desire to
accomplish the task of assessing the student with the intent of providing a quality
transition assessment in order to develop a sound transition plan One of these
participants expressed a strong desire to assess the student with an authentic assessment
strategy One of the respondents stated that because they served in dual roles as both the
diagnostician and transition person they lacked the time to develop a transition plan in the
manner they deemed was appropriate
Practical Implications
Education personnel who implement transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities in West Texas as discovered in this study comprise a group of
individuals with extensive background higher education qualifications and longevity in
special education The findings for this study provide implications with regard to
mandates and implementation of transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities Because transition assessment is a mandate presented in IDEA 2004 and the
OSERSrsquo Indicator 13 it is important that educators possess sound knowledge and
understanding regarding transition assessment The findings from this study can benefit
the educator to assist the student with an intellectual disability to recognize their potential
as they transition from secondary to post-secondary options
Based upon the results of the study the researcher recommends that
Educators receive more training through self-study workshops college
coursework online training modules and team collaboration to increase
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
103
understanding regarding transition assessment Ninety-one percent of the
participants indicated that they desired further training This was similar to the
original study which was revealed in the open-ended question that participants
desired more training to obtain greater knowledge regarding transition assessment
(Herbert et al 2010)
Training should focus on providing knowledge to educators regarding mandates
of IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 The results indicated that 52 of the participants
noted that transition assessment is conducted at all grade levels from 9-12 IDEA
states that this should be an ongoing process with results reported at the annual
IEP meeting Also transition assessment is the cornerstone for developing the
transition plan and the IEP for the secondary student with a disability (IDEA
2004) Grigal et al (2011) and Hebert et al(2010)stated that compliance to the
law with regard to IDEA was needed
Training should focus on collaboration between all education personnel and
community agencies with regard to transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities as an ongoing collaborative venture Campus educators
were deemed the person most responsible when the effort should be considered a
multi-disciplinary collaborative team approach including the student and family
(Miller et al 2007)
Training endeavors need to delve into the characteristics of transition assessment
including the areas addressed with transition assessment types of transition
assessment and published assessments mechanisms (Wehman 2009) Thirty
eight percent of the participants indicated a clear understanding of transition
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
104
assessment with nearly sixty two percent indicating moderate to limited
understanding Additional training is needed to increase knowledge regarding
characteristics of transition assessment
Efforts should be made to increase the level of knowledge educators possess in
order to increase the types of assessment practices utilized for transition
assessment (Layton and Lock 2008 Miller et al 2007Moon 2011 Neubert
2003 Overton 2009 Sitlington 2006 Wehman 2009) Eighty eight percent of
the participants responded that interest inventories constituted the most common
area utilized with transition assessment Academic achievement was area utilized
by fifty six percent of the participants Sixty five percent of the various types of
assessments that were surveyed were not being utilized by the participants SEM
was the preferred mechanism for published tools This is due to the utilization of
SEM as a documentation tool for record keeping purposes by the districts in the
assigned region Many surveyed mechanisms had ldquonot been heard of or had been
heard ofrdquo however were not being utilized by the participants
Emphasis should be placed on increasing the overall impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities to reach their full
potential Over-all perceived impact of transition assessment for students with
intellectual disabilities was moderate to none Increased knowledge will allow for
greater impact by addressing the mandates of IDEA 2004 that transition
assessment includes the studentrsquos strengths needs interests and preferences
(IDEA 2004)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
105
Limitations of the Study
The following limitations were noted in this study The sample was composed of
educators who provided transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
The study was conducted in West Texas an area with unique transition constraints for
individuals with intellectual disabilities as compared with many other areas in Texas
This study was originally conducted with a group of 400 responders from across the state
of Pennsylvania Due to attempts to limit this survey to specific education personnel
ample input from all transition personnel including community personnel is lacking The
researcherrsquos involvement in special education in particular the education of individuals
with intellectual disabilities could have led to bias and could have influenced the study
The relatively new use of the term intellectual disabilities to characterize a student who
was previously identified as a student with mental retardation could have created some
confusion
The participants who agreed to participate in the online survey might indicate that
they possess different views not shared by all special education personnel Additionally
efforts to obtain a varied population of participants were attempted and obtained to meet
the initial criteria However the process of sending a request for participation to special
education directors and requesting them to forward the survey to possible participants
could have interfered with obtaining consistent participants Efforts to obtain input from
family members and students were not included in the online survey Therefore these
and other factors may have skewed the results and thereby restrict the generalizability to
an extent
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
106
Directions for Future Research
This study has provided additional understanding regarding transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities Review of the literature revealed that
although extensive research was available regarding transition development limited
research was available regarding transition assessment particularly with individuals who
have intellectual disabilities Other regions in Texas should be surveyed to address the
concerns expressed in this survey with regard to knowledge that educators possess
regarding transition assessment of individuals with intellectual disabilities
Also further research should include all disability categories which greater
parallels the original study Additionally a follow-up study to explore the benefits of
additional training should be utilized to provide insights regarding the benefits of training
and if positive perceptions regarding the impact of transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities increases
Summary
The purpose of this descriptive study was to evaluate educatorsrsquo knowledge of
transition assessment practices and what assessment mechanisms are being implemented
by education personnel with students who have intellectual disabilities Research was
completed through an online survey format that was disseminated to education personnel
providing transition assessment to individuals with intellectual disabilities in the West
Texas region Included was an introduction to the study a review of the literature that
centered on the transition process and transition assessment an extensive description of
the methodology and an analysis of the findings of the data that was collected through
the study
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
107
The online survey provided data concerning demographic characteristics
knowledge educators perceived they possessed level of implementation types of
assessments used interest in further training and overall perceived impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Descriptive statistics were
utilized to analyze the data Information suggested that further training was needed and
requested by education personnel to enhance the impact of increase the knowledge of
and improve appropriate utilization of assessment tools regarding transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities as mandated in IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13
The online survey provided two open-ended questions that required qualitative
analysis The data were analyzed and categorized Five themes resulted from the open-
ended questions which included (a) use of additional assessment tools utilized by school
personnel (b) the need to include parental involvement (c) pursuing real-life situations
(d) collaboration with school personnel and community agencies and (e) more time to
complete assessment tasks with efficacy The findings provided additional information
from the limited research available that addressed transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
108
REFERENCES
American Association for Public Opinion Research (2011) Retrieved from AAPOR
American Association for Public Opinion Research Web site wwwaapororg
American Association on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (2011 September
4) Retrieved from American Association on Intellectual and Developmental
Disabilities Web site httpaamrorg
Anaca Technologies Ltd (2012) Career Cruising (wwwpubliccareercrusingcom
Arizona State University (2007) Career Clusters Interest Survey (1st ed) [Brochure]
Retrieved May 1 2012 from Virtual Counseling Center Web site
wwwvccauedus
Becker R L (2000) Reading-free vocational Interest inventory (2nd Ed) Columbus
OH Elbern Publishing
Brantlinger E Jimenez R Klingner J Pugach M amp Richardson V (2005)
Qualitative studies in special education Council for Exceptional Children 71(2)
195-207
Brady R P (2007) Picture Interest Career Survey St Paul MN JIST Works
Brigance A R (1995) Brigance Employability Skills Inventory North Billerica MA
Curriculum Associates Inc
Bryant D Smith D amp Bryant B (2008) Teaching students with special needs in
inclusive classrooms New York Pearson Education
Centers for Disease Control (2004) Economic costs associated with mental retardation
cerebral palsy hearing loss and vision impairment--United States 2003 MMMR
Weekly 53(03) 57-59
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
109
Centers for Disease Control (2005 October 29) In National Center on Birth Defects amp
Developmental Disabilities Retrieved July 7 2011 from CDC Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention Web site wwwcdcgov
Clark GM amp Patton J R (2009) Transition Planning Inventory Updated version
Austin Pro‑Ed
Cobb B amp Alwell M (2009) Transition planningcoordination interventions for youth
with disabilities Career Development for Exceptional Individuals 32(2) 70-81
Crane L (2002) Mental retardation A community approach (1st ed) Belmont CA
WadsworthThomson Learning
Denzin N amp Lincoln Y (1994) Handbook of qualitative research Thousand Oaks
CA Sage
Dewey J (1916) The pedagogic creed In D Flinders amp S Thornton (Eds) The
curriculum studies reader (3rd ed pp 34-41) New York Routledge
Etscheidt S (2006) Issues in the transition planning Legal decisions Career
Development of Exceptional Individuals 29(1) 28-47
Flexer R Baer M Luft P amp Simmons T (2001) Transition planning for secondary
students with disabilities (3rd ed) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Flinders D J and Thornton S J (Editors) (2004) The curriculum studies reader (2nd
ed) New York Routledge
Furney K Hasazi S amp Destefano L (1997) Transition policies practices and
promises Lessons from three states Exceptional Children 63(3) 343-355
GG Consulting LLC (2008) Special Education Manager [Software] Boulder CO I-
Suite Available from GG Consulting LLC
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
110
Glesne C (2006) Becoming a Qualitative Researcher (3rd ed) Boston Pearson
Education Inc (Original work published 1992)
Glutting J J amp Wilkinson G (2006) Wide Range Interest and Opinion Test ndash Revised
Austin Pro-Ed
Golden T Swenson S von Schrader S amp Bruyere S (2010) Launching into
adulthood Meaningful work (1st ed) (D Lollar Ed) Baltimore Paul H
Brookes
Grigal M Hart D amp Migliore A (2011) Comparing the transition planning
postsecondary education and employment outcomes of students with intellectual
and other disabilities Career Development for Exceptional Individuals 34(1) 4-
17
Hallahan D Kauffman J amp Hullen P (2012) Exceptional learners An introduction
to special education (12th ed) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson
Herbert Lorenz amp Trusty J Lorenz D amp Trusty J (2010) Career assessment
practices for high school students with disabilities and perceived value reported
by transition personnel Journal of Rehabilitation 76(4) 28-26
Hogan T (2007) Psychological testing (2nd ed) Danvers MA John Wiley and Sons
Hulett K (2007) Legal aspects of special education Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson
Education
Humphrey P Johnson C amp Albers K (2010 October) Transition in Texas Paper
presented at the State Autism Conference Corpus Christi TX
Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004 (IDEA) PL 108-446
20 USC sectsect 1400 et seq
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
111
Johnson J (2002) Commercial and noncommercial resources for promoting the
transition of youth with disabilities from school-to-adult life San Diego CA San
Diego State University
King G Baldwin P Currie M amp Evans J (2006) The effectiveness of transition
strategies for youth with disabilities Childrens Health Care 35(2) 155-178
Knapp-Lee L (2007) COPS-PIC Picture Inventory of Careers San Diego CA
ERASEducational Research and Services
Lagemann C (Editors) (1985) Jane Addams on Education (Classics in Education No
51) Publ Teachers College Press 1985-08 Columbia University Series Classics
in Education Ser No 51 PP New York Press
Layton C amp Lock R (2008) Assessing students with special needs to produce quality
outcomes Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Levinson E (2001) Current vocational assessment models for students with disabilities
Journal of Counseling and Development 73 94-101
Levinson E amp Palmer E (2005) Preparing students with disabilities for school-to-
work transition and postschool Life Principal Leadership 5(8) 11-15
Lichenstein S Rusch R amp Chadsey J (1998) Beyond high school transition from
school to work Belmont CA Wadsworth
Lollar D (2010) Launching into adulthood (1st ed) Baltimore Paul H Brookes
Luecking R (2009) The way to work How to facilitate work experiences for youth in
transition Baltimore MD Paul H Brookes
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
112
Martin J E Huber-Marshall L H Maxson L Jerman P Hughes W Miller T amp
McGill T (2000) Choice Maker Set Tools for school-to-work transition
Frederick CO Sopris West
Mazotti V Rowe D Kelley K Test D Fowler C Kohler P amp Kortering L
(2009) Linking transition assessment and postsecondary goals key elements in
the secondary transition planning process Teaching Exceptional Children 42(2)
44-51
McNaughton D amp Beulman D (2010) Transition strategies for adolescents and young
adults who use AAC Baltimore Paul H Brookes
Miles M amp Huberman M (1994) Qualitative data analysis (2nd ed) Thousand Oaks
CA Sage
Miller R Lombard R amp Corbey S (2007) Transition assessment planning transition
and IEP development for youth with mild and moderate disabilities New York
Pearson Education
Moon S Simenson M amp Neubert D (2011) Perceptions of supported employment
providers What students with developmental disabilities families and educators
need to know for transition planning Education and Training in Autism and
Developmental Disabilities 46(1) 94-105
Myers J B amp Briggs K C (1988) Myers-Briggs Type Indicator Form M Palo Alto
CA Consulting Psychologists Press
Neubert D Moon S amp Grigal M (2002) Postsecondary education and transition
services for students ages 18-21 with significant disabilities Focus on
Exceptional Children 34(8) 1-9
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
113
Oakland T Glutting J amp Horton C (1996) Students styles questionnaire Revised
(SSQR) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Oakwood Solutions (2010) Microcomputer Evaluation of Careers and Academics
(MECA) Appleton WI The Conover Company
Overton T (2009) Assessing learners with special needs an applied approach (6th ed)
Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Papay C amp Bambara L (2011) Postsecondary education for transition-age students
with significant intellectual and other developmental disabilities A national
survey Education and Training in Autism and Developmental Disabilities 46(1)
78-93
Salvia J Ysseldyke J amp Bolt S (2010) Assessment in special and inclusive education
(11th ed) Belmont CA Wadsworth Cengage Learning
Sax C amp Thoma C (2002) Transition assessment--wise practices for quality lives
Baltimore Paul H Brookes
Schmitz T (2008 October) Transition planning special education law and its impact
on your child Exceptional Parent Magazine
Sitlington P (2008) Students with reading and writing challenges Using informal
assessment to assist in planning for the transition to adult life Reading and
Writing Quarterly 24 22-100
Sitlington P Clark G amp Kolstoe O (2000) Transition education and services for
adolescents with disabilities Needham Heights MA Allyn amp Bacon
Sitlington P Neubert D amp Clark G (2010) Transition education and services Upper
Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
114
Snell M amp Brown F (2006) Instruction of students with severe disabilities (6th ed)
Columbus Ohio Pearson Merrill Prentice Hall
Spinelli C (2012) Classroom assessment for students in special and general education
(3rd ed) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Texas Association of Counties (2003) Texas Association of Counties Retrieved
February 1 2012 from Texas Association of Counties Web site wwwcountyorg
Texas Education Agency (2011 July 14) In Division of IDEA 2004coordination (Ed)
Special education rules and regulations ESC 18 July 14 2011 The Legal
Framework for the Child-Centered Special Education Process Web site http
frameworkesc18net
Trochim W (2006 October) Social research methods Retrieved November 15 2011
from Research Methods Knowledge Base Web site
wwwsocialresearchmethodsnet
Tyler R (1949) Basic principles of curriculum and instruction In D Flinders amp S
Thornton (Eds) The Curriculum Studies Reader (3rd ed pp 69-77) New York
Routledge
US Department of Education (2009 December 29) In US Department of Education
(Ed) OSERS Office of special education and rehabilitative services Retrieved
from www2edgov
US Department of Labor (2002) ONet Career Interest Inventory St Paul MN JIST
Works
University of North Carolina amp Western Michigan University (2011 May 11) In
University of North Carolina amp Western Michigan University (Eds) National
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
115
secondary transition technical assistance center Retrieved July 11 2011 from
NSTTAC National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center Web site
httpwwwnsttacorg
Wehman P (2001) Life beyond the classroom (3rd ed) Baltimore MD Paul H
Brookes
Wehman P (2009) Autism and the transition to adulthood Baltimore MD Paul H
Brookes
Wehman P (2011) Essentials of transition planning Baltimore MD (Humphrey
Johnson amp Albers 2010) MD Paul H Brookes Publishing
Wehmeyer M L amp Kelchner K (1995) The ARCs Self-Determination Scale
Washington DC The ARC of the United States
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
116
APPENDIX A
IRB
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
117
A Descriptive Study of Educational Professionalsrsquo Knowledge of Transition Assessment
for Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities
Robin Lock PhD
Principal Investigator
Kathryn J Tucker
Co-Investigator amp Doctoral Student
I Rationale
Transition planning is a mandate set forth in the Individuals with Disabilities Education
Act-Reauthorized from 2004 (IDEA-R) Additionally the Office of Special Education Programs
and Rehabilitative Services (OSEP) has also issued mandates to track transition services and
progress at the secondary and post-secondary levels (Mazotti et al 2009) The process of
developing a coordinated set of activities is the cornerstone of IDEA-R with regard to transition
planning for students with disabilities (Lollar 2010) Transition development is a critical issue
for the student who possesses a disability as they pass from secondary to post-secondary living
A great deal of research is available that pertains to cognitive assessment and
achievement assessment for individuals with disabilities However few studies have been
conducted that address assessment trends and practices driving the transition planning process
from high school to adulthood especially for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Furthermore little research dealing specifically with transition assessment for students with
intellectual disabilities exists at the present time
Specific Aims and Objectives of Study
This aims of this descriptive study is to obtain information regarding the knowledge base
of educators with respect to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
The study will survey educators to determine the assessment practices used by practitioners to
meet the mandates of transition assessment for these students The survey will be based on
previous transition assessment research by Herbert Lorenz amp Trusty (2010) The following
research questions will be addressed
1 What is the basic knowledge that educators possess regarding career assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What types of assessments are used by educators to evaluate transition needs of
students with intellectual disabilities
II Subjects
Participants in the study will be educators at the district level including special
education directors transitions coordinators diagnosticians and special education teachers who
work with high school students with intellectual disabilities in the Education Service Center
(ESC) Region XVII Participants will be obtained by utilizing a listserv located on the ESC
Region XVII website This listserv identifies all high schools in the region as well as school
district special education administrators A cover letter will be sent via the internet to campus
and district administrators requesting that the information about the survey be forwarded to
special education directors district transition coordinators diagnosticians and high school special
education teachers working with students with intellectual disabilities Approximately 100
participants will be sought
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
118
III Procedures
bull The ESC listserv will be utilized to contact participants
bull A cover letter email will be sent to request participation from special education
directors and with a request to forward the link of the survey to district transition coordinators
diagnosticians and high school special education teachers working with students with intellectual
disabilities
bull Approximately 100 educators will be potential participants in the survey
bull A 15 question survey will be supplied through surveymonkeycom which
includes demographic and descriptive questions
bull The survey will be disseminated for two weeks through the survey monkey link
bull Descriptive analysis will be utilized to analyze the data with the exception of the
one open-ended question which will require qualitative analysis
bull Confidentiality of the participants will be adhered to by a strict standard through
the use of careful storage of the data on a computer with pass code protections Hard copy data
will be stored in a locked location
bull Only the researchers will have access to the data for analysis purposes
bull Respondents may choose to or not to participate in the survey
Cover letter See the attached cover letter
Survey See the attached survey
IV Adverse Events and Liability
There are no anticipated specific liabilities or adverse events anticipated with this
study No liability plan is offered
V Consent Form
The research presents no more than minimal risk of harm to subjects and
involves no procedures for which written consent is normally required outside the research
context (Waiver of Written Consent) therefore no waiver or liability plan is offered
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
119
APPENDIX B
IRB Approval
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
120
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
121
APPENDIX C
Recruitment of Special Education Directors
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
122
February 9 2012
Dear Special Education Director
Please forward the accompanying letter requesting participation of your special education
director transition coordinator educational diagnosticians and special education teachers who
work with students with intellectual disabilities We are trying to obtain information to enhance
our research about the knowledge that educators have regarding transition assessment practices
for these students Their participation is crucial in gaining greater information pertaining to the
knowledge of transition assessment for individuals with disabilities
If you would like to review the survey before passing the request on the survey is located
at
httpwwwsurveymonkeycomstransitionassessmentID
Thank you for your time and consideration in helping us answer this important question
If you have any questions please do not hesitate to call Dr Robin Lock or myself at
(806) 742-1997 ext 288
Sincerely
Kathryn J Tucker MEd
Doctoral Student
Texas Tech University
College of Education
Box 41071
Lubbock TX 79409-1071
8067421997 x288
Fax 8067422179
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
123
APPENDIX D
Recruitment of Participants
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
124
February 9 2012
Dear Participant
You are being asked to voluntarily complete a short 10 minute survey over transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities This survey is being sent to you by your
district administrator
Transition assessment is an important mandate included in the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Act-Reauthorized We are trying to learn more about educatorsrsquo
knowledge regarding transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Enclosed is a link to the survey asking questions that may help us with our research to
better understand this issue No information will be gathered that could personally identify you
and we would ask that you not put your name on the survey By filling out and returning the
survey online you may help us better understand the current level of understanding of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Please follow the link that is included to
answer the short survey
httpwwwsurveymonkeycomstransitionassessmentID
Thank you for your time and consideration in helping us answer this important question
If you have any questions please do not hesitate to call Dr Robin Lock or myself at
(806) 742-1997 ext 288
Sincerely
Kathryn J Tucker MEd
Doctoral Student
Texas Tech University
College of Education
Box 41071
Lubbock TX 79409-1071
8067421997 x288
Fax 8067422179
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
125
APPENDIX E
Survey Instrument
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
126
Research Survey Instrument
Transition Assessment Knowledge of Educators for
Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities
Directions Answer the questions as it applies to you in your educational setting Your
participation is voluntary You may quit at any time by closing the browser window The
responses that you provide are anonymous and confidential Please read each choice
before making your final selection This survey should only take 10-15 minutes of your
time
1 The high school(s) where I work or consult with isare located in a(n)___________
settings (check all that apply)
A) Rural
B) Suburban
C) Urban
D) Combination (ruralSuburban)
2 At the high school(s) where I work or consult with in most instances transition
assessments are conducted at the __________ grade(s) (check all that apply)
A) 9th
B) 10th
C) 11th
D) 12th
E) All grade levels
F) No grade level assessments are provided
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
127
3 The job category that best describes my position is
A) District Administrator
B) Campus Administrator
C) Special Education Administrator
D) Vocational Adjustment Coordinator
E) Consultant
F) Campus Educator
G) District Educator
H) Educational Diagnostician
I) Other (please specify)
4 The school or educational setting where I work can be classified as
A) Middle School
B) High School
C) Alternative
D) AdministrativeCentral Office
E) Other (please specify)
5 The person(s) responsible for providing transition assessment to students with
intellectual disabilities at the high school where I work or consult with isare the
_____(check all that apply)
A) Career Counselor (School employee)
B) Career Counselor Consultant (Non-school employee)
C) High School Teacher
D) High School Counselor
E) School Psychologist
F) Vocational Adjustment Coordinator
G) Transition Services ConsultantCoordinator
H) No one is assigned the duty as services are not available
I) Other (Please specify)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
128
6 Areas that are typically addressed as part of transition assessment provided at our
high school include
A) Academic Achievement
B) Vocational Aptitude
C) Academic Aptitude
D) Career decision-making skills
E) Interests
F) Personality
G) Work Values
H) World of work knowledge
I) Other (please specify)
7 Choose the types of assessments pertaining specifically to transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities that you use have heard of or do not use or
have heard of (Choose all that apply)
Type of Assessment Heard of
this
Use this Have not
heard of
or use
this
Interest Inventories
Career Aptitude
Academic Achievement
Teacher Observation
Intellectual Aptitude (IQ)
Student Survey
Personality Profiles
Self-determination measures
Self-Advocacy Skills measures
Interviews
EcologicalEnvironmental
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
129
Authentic
Portfolio
Teacher Made
Curriculum-Based
Functional Skills Inventories
Learning Styles
Situational
Other
8 Choose the published assessments pertaining specifically to transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities that you use have heard of or do not
use or have heard of (Choose all that apply)
Type of Assessment Heard of this Use this Have not heard of
or use this
Microcomputer
Evaluation of
Careers and
Academics (MECA)
Reading-Free
Vocational Interest
Inventory 2 (R-
FVII2)
Transition Planning
Inventory (TPI)
Brigance
Employability Skills
Inventory
SEM (Special Ed
Manager)
Myers Briggs Type
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
130
9 In my opinion transition assessment for students with intellectual disabilities
provided at our school or schools that I consult with have_____ impact on
helping students identify and realize their potential
A) Significant
B) Moderate
C) Minimal
D) Little or no
10 As part of my professional training and work experience I have a __________
understanding about transition assessment for high school students with
intellectual disabilities
A) Very Clear
B) Moderately Clear
C) Limited
D) Little or No
Indicator
O-Net Career
Interest Inventory
Picture Interest
Career Survey
(PICS)
Wide Range Interest
and Occupation Test
WRIOT2
Arc Self-
Determination Scale
COPS-PIC Picture
Inventory of Careers
CITE Learning
Styles Inventory
Other
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
131
11 Which of the following training opportunities would you participate in to
increase your knowledge and use of transition assessment tools and procedures
for individuals with intellectual disabilities (check all that apply)
A) One-hour workshop
B) 1-day workshop
C) Team Collaboration
D) Self -Study (Independent discovery)
E) Multiple day workshops
F) Ongoing in-service training
G) Online training module
H) Online college course
I) College course (on campus or media-site)
J) College coursework toward TEA certification in Transition
K) None
L) Other (please specify)
12 What else do you use for transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities If you do not want to make any further comment proceed to the
next question
(Enter up to 4000 characters)
13 What do you know about transition assessment that you wish you could use for
students with intellectual disabilities If you do not want to make any further
comment proceed to the final section of the survey that contains a few
remaining demographic questions
(Enter up to 4000 characters)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
132
Demographic Information
This section contains a few demographic questions needed to describe the sample
Please remember that the responses you provide are anonymous and confidential
14 What is your current age (rounded to the nearest year)
Age Range Response
20-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41-45
46-50
51-55
56-60
61-65
66-70
15 What is your gender
A) Male
B) Female
16 What is your highest level of education
A) Bachelorrsquos degree
B) Masterrsquos degree
C) Doctorate
D) Other
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
133
17 What is your total number of years as an educator including this year Please
check the appropriate box
Number of years Response
1-2
3-5
6-10
11-15
16-20
21-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41 and above
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
134
18 How long have you been employed in your current position including this
year Please check the appropriate box
Number of year(s) Response
1-2
3-5
6-10
11-15
16-20
21-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41-or more
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
vi
Results 63
Research Questions 64
Characteristics of the Sample 64
Job Category 64
Gender 65
Age of Participant 66
Education Level 66
Total Experience Years 67
Current Position Experience 68
Comparison of Demographics 68
Education Site Location 69
Employment Setting 69
Research Questions 70
Research Question One 70
Research Question Two 73
Procedure Used with Open-Ended Questions 78
Question One 78
Question Two 79
Summary 80
CHAPTER V 82
Discussion 82
Summary of the Study 82
Discussion of the Findings 85
Impact of Demographics 86
Setting 86
Participants 86
Knowledge 88
Understanding 89
Grade Level Implementation 89
Responsibility 90
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
vii
Training 91
Trends for Assessment Practice 92
Areas of Assessment 92
Types of Assessment 94
Published Assessments 96
Perceived Impact 98
Thematic Results 98
Theme One Assessment Tools 99
Theme Two Parental Involvement 99
Theme Three Real-Life Situations 100
Theme Four Collaboration 101
Theme Five Isolated Comments 102
Practical Implications 102
Limitations of the Study 105
Directions for Future Research 106
Summary 106
References 108
APPENDICES 116
IRB 116
IRB Approval 119
Recruitment of Special Education Directors Letter 121
Recruitment of Participants Letter 123
Survey Instrument 125
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
viii
ABSTRACT
Transition planning requires implementation and direction by the findings of
transition assessment regarding the students needs strengths preferences and interests as
mandated in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act 2004 (IDEA
2004) Limited research is currently available that addresses what assessment tools
practitioners utilize to meet the mandates of transition assessment to aid in transition
planning for students with intellectual disabilities The descriptive study reported herein
attempted to determine educatorsrsquo knowledge about transition assessment practices and
what is being utilized specifically with students with intellectual disabilities as they
transition from secondary to postsecondary life This study employed the replication of a
previously published study
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
ix
LIST OF TABLES
41 Job Category Description 65
42 Gender 66
43 Age of the Participant 66
44 Level of Education 67
45 Years of Experience as an Educator 67
46 Years in the Current Position 68
47 Comparison of Demographics 68
48 EmploymentConsultation Location 69
49 Employment Setting 70
410 Perceived Grade Level Implementation of Transition Assessment 71
411 Perceived Person Responsible for Implementing Transition Assessment 71
412 Perceived Level of Understanding Regarding Transition Assessment 72
413 Interest in Additional Training 73
414 Perceived Areas Addressed with Transition Assessment 74
415 Level of Use for Types of Transition Assessments 75
416 Level of Use for Published Assessments 77
417 Perceived Impact of Transition Assessment 78
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
1
CHAPTER I
A DESCRIPTIVE STUDY OF EDUCATIONAL PROFESSIONALSrsquo
KNOWLEDGE OF TRANSITION ASSESSMENT FOR INDIVIDUALS
WITH INTELLECTUAL DISABILITIES
Transition planning is a mandate set forth in the Individuals with Disabilities
Education Improvement Act 2004 (IDEA 2004) The process of developing a
coordinated set of activities with regard to transition planning for students with
disabilities is the cornerstone of IDEA 2004(Lollar 2010) The federal Office of Special
Education Programs and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) issued mandates to track
transition services and progress at the secondary and postsecondary level (Mazotti et al
2009) Transition development is a critical issue for students with disabilities as they pass
from secondary to postsecondary life
A great deal of research is available that pertains to cognitive assessment and
achievement assessment as separate entities Transition planning is another unique and
important issue for students with disabilities that resulted in a wealth of literature
suggesting best practices for the implementation of transition services Likewise the
process of transition planning is guided by the assessment results however few studies
have been conducted that address the assessment trends and practices that drive the
transition planning process Little research dealing specifically with students with
intellectual disabilities as it pertains to transition assessment exists at the present time
Purpose of the Study
The purpose of this study was to determine educatorsrsquo knowledge of transition
assessment practices and what assessment mechanisms are being implemented with
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
2
students with intellectual disabilities The study reported herein has attempted to
determine educatorsrsquo knowledge about transition assessment practices being utilized
specifically with students with intellectual disabilities as they transition from secondary
to postsecondary life
Statement of the Problem
Transition planning is a mandate outlined in IDEA 2004 and by the Office of
Special Education Programs and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) through Indicator 13
Indicator 13 requires that a transition plan be developed implemented and driven by the
transition assessment process Current assessment trends are utilized on a continuous
basis for individuals with disabilities both formally and informally to address cognitive
and achievement skills Research studies that address transition assessment specifically
are limited Limited research is currently available that addresses what assessment tools
practitioners utilize to meet the mandates of transition assessment to aid in transition
planning for students with intellectual disabilities Research data that describe what
professionals are currently utilizing to address transition assessment would be beneficial
to assist practitioners and to aid in the development of high quality transition plans for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Research Questions
This study investigated educatorsrsquo knowledge of transition assessment practices
with individuals with intellectual disabilities A review of the literature was conducted to
reveal the issues and information available pertaining to transition assessment as it relates
to individuals with disabilities transition needs and mandates for individuals with
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
3
disabilities and current transition practices with educators This study sought to answer
the following questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
TheoreticalConceptual Framework
This study replicated a previously published study by Herbert Lorenz amp Trusty
(2010) from The Pennsylvania State University Descriptive statistical analysis was
required for the majority of the questions from their survey Descriptive statistics is a
process that presents quantitative information in a basic format (Trochim 2006)
Information is described utilizing summaries that will form the basis of the quantitative
analysis The descriptive analysis allows for a basic description of what the data reveals
Trochim (2006) wrote that descriptive analysis permits the data to be summarized in a
practical usable way
This study undertook the replication of an open-ended question in the Herbert et
al study (2010) This study used two open-ended questions and rephrased the questions
for greater clarification Subsequent analysis with the open-ended responses occurred
Qualitative research allows the researcher to get beyond their initial thoughts prejudices
preconceived notions and initial theories to delve into new realizations and syntheses of
knowledge (Miles amp Huberman 1994) Brantlinger Jimenez Klingner Pugach and
Richardson (2005) proclaimed that qualitative research is the mechanism for evaluating
the process of human behavior as it emerges within particular subject content The
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
4
purpose within an educational framework is to evoke change to improve the quality of
services education and programming with scientifically derived data Denzin and
Lincoln (1994) asserted that qualitative research is a set of various types of inferential
methods The research context for the open-ended survey questions will assume the
General Theory approach This type of practice attempts to analyze and interpret results
while seeking generalizations therefore allowing for discussion of the findings (Glezni
2006)
Assumptions
Students with intellectual disabilities must be met with the same stringent
assessment criteria as other disabled peers in order to meet the qualifications for special
education services All students with disabilities must participate in transition planning as
they begin the progression from secondary school settings to postsecondary options The
catalyst for the transition plan is the assessment process using formal and informal
approaches The literature that was available provided a plethora of information regarding
assessment methods and transition planning protocols Specific data should be
assimilated to address the specific transition assessment knowledge level of professionals
to meet the specific needs of students with intellectual disabilities
Definition of Terms
Adaptive Behavior Assessment is the assessment that when paired with
cognitive achievement assessment allows the child to be identified as a child with
an intellectual disability Adaptive behavior is characterized by the ability a child
has to be safe to interact with the environment and take into account the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
5
individualrsquos ability to interact with the physical environment and the world
around them (Salvia Ysseldyke amp Bolt 2007 2010)
Assessment is the process of gathering data and information to evaluate a
particular student or school The purpose is to provide information to make
instructional decisions (Salvia et al 2007 2010)
Diagnostician is the title of a position in the state of Texas for individuals who
are certified to administer testing and interpret intellectual and achievement
testing data for students to determine eligibility for special education services
(TEA 2011)
Disability is the results of impairment or medical conditions that adversely affect
a childrsquos education achievement There are 14 categories for individuals who are
identified as a child with a disability These include Other Health Impaired Deaf
and Hard of Hearing Visually Impaired Deafblind Health Impaired Emotional
Behavioral Impaired Autism Developmentally Delayed Learning Disabled
Speech and Language Impaired Multiple Severe Disabilities Physically
Disabled Traumatic Brain Injury and Intellectually Disabled (Bryant Smith amp
Bryant 2008)
Financial Planning involves the analysis of available resources and the
development of understanding the value of money and how to handle money
Individuals with disabilities require careful planning by family and community
agencies to ensure that financial matters are handled safely and in the best interest
of the individual with disabilities (Wehman 2009)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
6
Formal Assessment is characterized as standardized assessments This type of
assessment uses tests that are administered with specific instructions and
guidelines Included are interpretation procedures that require strict adherence to
specific protocols to receive correct and true results These tests are typically
manufactured assessments that test cognitive and achievement skills however
there are some manufactured formal assessments that evaluate transition skills and
aptitudes (Overton 2009)
Formal Transition Assessment includes a variety of published instruments to
assess skills aptitudes interests and preferences These include achievement
tests adaptive behavior and independent living assessments interest inventories
aptitude tests intelligence tests personality or preference tests career
development measures on-the-job or training evaluation and self-determination
assessments (University of North Carolina 2010)
Inclusive education is the process of educating students with disabilities in the
same class environment as their nondisabled peers (Salvia et al 2010)
Independent Living encompasses all the issues that surround a personrsquos life
pertaining to living on onersquos own The evaluation of this entity involves reflecting
on the continuum from residential living facilities to living on onersquos own All
aspects of life including transportation self-care money management
employment and community participation must be evaluated (Sitlington Clark amp
Kolstoe 2000)
Indictor 13 the ldquoU S Department of Education through the Office of Special
Education Rehabilitative Services required states to develop six-year State
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
7
Performance Plans in December 2005 around 20 indicators on which data is
submitted annually (beginning February 2007) in Annual Performance Reportsrdquo
Indicator 13 addresses secondary students (NSTTAC 2011)
Indicator 14 is the requirement by the OSERS to provide performance plans for
individuals with disabilities who are at the post-secondary level of their life
(NSTTAC 2011)
Individualized Education Plan (IEP) is a tool that is created after the child
meets eligibility criteria for special education This plan is specifically designed to
meet the individual needs of the child with a disability This plan outlines the
services the delivery of the services and the monitoring mechanisms that will be
utilized This document states the setting defines the length of programming
details methodology identifies evaluation modes documents the mode of
discipline determines the related services and sets the standard of progress for a
child with a disability (Hulett 2007)
Individualized Transition Plan (ITP) is the formal document that is developed
on an annual basis for a student who reaches the age of 16 and is identified as a
student with a disability The plan includes a coordinated set of goals and
objectives to address the individual childrsquos interests talents preferences and
strengths as they transition from secondary education to adulthood The ITP is the
plan that directs the annual IEP planning and course selection process (Miller et
al 2007)
Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act (IDEA 2004) is the
most recently reauthorized law that addresses providing a Free and Appropriate
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
8
Education for students with a disability The reauthorization in 2004 addressed
specifically the need and requirement for implementing a transition plan for
students when they reach the age of 16 (Hulett 2007)
Informal Assessment is the process of gathering non-standardized data to
evaluate progress Examples of informal assessment include checklists
interviews observations portfolios and teacher-made tests (Overton 2009)
Intellectual DisabilitiesMental Retardation is characterized by the American
Association on Mental Retardation as significantly subaverage intellectual
functioning which is paired with deficits in adaptive behavior and is manifested
during the developmental period (Crane 2002)
Local Education Agency (LEA) is local a district or school system that provides
public education to students with and without disabilities (Snell amp Brown 2006)
Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) is a federal
government agency that provides leadership and financial support to state
education agencies and local education agencies to improve the outcomes for
infants to youth with disabilities (US Department of Education 2009)
Person-centered planning is a nonthreatening approach to engaging the family
and the student into developing goals and objectives through active processes that
enhance the IEP (Sitlington et al 2010)
Postsecondary Education (PSE) is the period after high school when a student
engages in continuing or higher education This can include a vocational or trade
school two-year college or four-year college setting (Lichenstein Rusch amp
Chadsey 1998)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
9
Secondary Education (SE) is characterized as the high school years when
students begin ninth grade and move through to the twelfth grade It is at this
stage in education that students with disabilities not only address academic needs
but the process of developing the Individualized Transition Plan (ITP) is created
(Sitlington Neubert amp Clark 2010)
Self Determination is a skill that provides greater control and capacity for
students to be employed This involves tenacity and drive and the ability to strive
to reach ones potential via intrinsic motivation (Wehman 2011)
Special Education Manager is a computer software program that provides a
management system for writing reports and documentation of IEP reports to
school systems in Texas (GG Consulting LLC 2008)
State Education Agency (SEA) is the state education entity that governs the
local entities In Texas this is characterized as the Texas Education Agency
(TEA) (Texas Education Agency 20072011)
Supported Employment is paid employment that involves additional supports to
the individual to ensure success in the competitive employment arena This
involves at least 20 hours a week in real-work situations which differs from
sheltered employment (Wehman 2001)
Transition as it pertains to individuals with disabilities is the period of moving
toward postsecondary living and adulthood This includes various aspects
including employment postsecondary education community living and
involvement independent living and satisfactory social and personal
relationships This involves a set of coordinated and collaborative efforts between
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
10
the individual school family community resources and various stakeholders that
provide support (Halpern 1985 cited in Wehman 2011)
Transition Assessment is described as an ongoing process Information is
collected that includes the studentrsquos strengths interests preferences abilities and
a needs analysis This is the guiding information that directs the Individualized
Transition Planning process (Sitlington amp Clark 2006 cited in Luecking 2009)
Transition Planning is the process of developing a road map that provides
stepping stones to the future into adulthood for individuals with disabilities
(Flexer Baer Luft amp Simmons 2001)
Transition Services are defined by IDEA 2004 as a ldquocoordinated set of activities
for a child with a disability that is designed to be written with a results-oriented
process that is focused on improving the academic and functional achievement of
the child with a disability to facilitate the childrsquos movement from school to
postschool activities Included is postsecondary education vocational education
integrated employment including supported employment continuing and adult
education adult services independent living or community participation This is
based on the individual childrsquos needs taking into account the childrsquos strengths
preferences and interests This also includes instruction related services
community experiences the development of employment and other postschool
adult living objectives and when appropriate acquisition of daily living skills
and adaptive behavior evaluation (p 5)rdquo (Miller et al 2007)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
11
Vocational Adjustment Coordinator is a term used in the assigned region for
teachers who develop work habits skills training and employment opportunities
for individuals with disabilities in the secondary school setting
Vocational Education is the organized set of activities training and coursework
to prepare the individual with disabilities toward greater success in career choices
or postsecondary education options (Sitlington et al 2000)
Vocational Rehabilitation (VR) is a mandated requirement set forth in IDEA
2004 The process of VR is a collaborative effort with community agencies and
specialists to address employment and postsecondary educational options for
individuals with disabilities (Golden et al 2010)
Delimitations
This study replicated a previous study performed by Herbert et al (2010) from
The Pennsylvania State University The original survey employed was field tested to
allow for modifications and greater clarity Modifications were made to the replicated
study to gather specific data pertaining to transition assessment as a whole rather than just
career assessment staff training desires and knowledge about specific published
assessment tools Also the survey was designed to discover the knowledge of staff
working with students with intellectual disabilities as it pertains to transition assessment
The survey was disseminated to professionals in education including special educators
special education directors transition coordinators vocational adjustment coordinators
and diagnosticians working with students with intellectual disabilities The survey was
formatted to fit the online tool used to disseminate the survey An online format was
implemented similar to the original study Recommendations were provided in the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
12
original study which provided valuable advice to revise the study in order to refine the
process in order to achieve useful data Careful consideration by the researcher was
given to adhere to stringent protocols to gather accurate unbiased and useful data that
assisted with the findings of the research study
Limitations
Limitations included the following issues The study was originally conducted
with a group of 400 responders from across the state of Pennsylvania Limitations listed
in the original study included bias sample size and variability with variable awareness of
the participants Attempts to address these concerns were evaluated however certain
issues such as bias were difficult to control This study was conducted within the
specific region of West Texas The researcherrsquos involvement in special education in
particular the education of individuals with intellectual disabilities could have led to bias
and could have influenced the study however efforts were embarked upon to prevent
this confounding variable The relatively new use of the term intellectual disabilities to
characterize a student who was previously identified as a student with mental retardation
could have created some confusion
Significance of the Study
The study will add to the research findings associated with professionalsrsquo
knowledge about transition assessment as it pertains to individuals with intellectual
disabilities A great deal of research and literature is available pertaining to assessment
for both cognitive and achievement purposes There are also transition assessment
materials available and suggested practices for administering suggested assessment tools
Research information validating practice is missing from the transition assessment
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
13
process and indicating what practitioners actually utilize to meet the mandates of
Indicator 13 and IDEA 2004
Results of this study were utilized in several ways First the results were utilized
to substantiate or negate the findings of the original study The results will be
disseminated to the original researchers to verify or suggest revisions The results are
valuable to practitioners who utilize transition assessment tools with individuals with
disabilities In particular the results will aid those who work directly with individuals
with intellectual disabilities The results also add to the minimal available data with this
population of students which could stir further interest by other practitioners to replicate
even more research with transition assessment
School districts will utilize the data to develop appropriate transition assessment
strategies for individuals with disabilities in particular individuals with intellectual
disabilities From these data the professionals will develop a serviceable and appropriate
transition plan that meets the needs of the individual The goal of best practices for the
student as they transition from secondary to postsecondary venues was greatly fortified
In addition professionals will have valuable information allowing them to adhere to the
mandates outlined in Indicator 13 by the OSERS and through IDEA 2004
Organization of the Study
The literature review directed the emphasis of this study Few current research
studies exist that address professionalsrsquo knowledge level with regard to transition
assessment for individuals with disabilities This review included review of the literature
pertaining to historical influences on the transition plan components and mandates to the
transition process assessment practices and purposes transition assessment materials
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
14
and any available research studies that addressed the knowledge level of professionals
with regard to the transition assessment process
This study replicated a previously utilized research study that assessed current
assessment practices of professionals who interact with individuals with disabilities This
study was conducted through The Pennsylvania State University (Herbert et al 2010)
For this study a survey was disseminated to educators who deal specifically with
individuals with intellectual disabilities The purpose of utilizing a survey was to gather
additional information that was lacking on the research topic (American Association for
Public Opinion Research 2011) Modifications in the original format addressed unique
formatting specifications of the online survey modality Two open-ended questions
allowed a personal response which provided the respondent an opportunity to provide
additional insight to the researcher on the topic of knowledge of transition assessment for
individuals with disabilities
Analysis of the data occurred with several types of approaches as described in the
original survey report (Herbert et al 2010) Descriptive analysis occurred for the greater
portion of the survey questions Descriptive analysis was utilized to examine the
differences between responses across the various types of professionals such as self-
contained classroom teachers diagnosticians vocational adjustment coordinators and
special education administrators (Herbert et al 2010) Finally a qualitative analysis was
used to assimilate the data and to derive common themes and patterns from the open-
ended response questions
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
15
Summary
This study assessed educatorsrsquo knowledge of transition assessment strategies for
individuals with intellectual disabilities The study used a descriptive analysis approach
for 16 questions with two additional open-ended questions requiring qualitative analysis
to determine themes A review of the research addressed intellectual disabilities
transition practices transition assessment with disabilities in a general format and
specifically transition assessment for students with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
16
CHAPTER II
Review of the Literature
Special education began in the late 1700rsquos to the early 1800rsquos and is attributed to
Jean-Marc-Gaspard Itard (Bryant Smith amp Bryant 2008) He promoted the philosophy
that people with intellectual disabilitiesmental retardation are capable of learning (Crane
2002) From these early efforts the approach to educating and providing service to
individuals with intellectual disabilities emerged in the 20th
century when new laws
mandates and practices were introduced at a relatively fast rate Changes to services
paralleled many of the efforts of the Civil Rights movement of the 60rsquos and 70rsquos (Bryant
Smith amp Bryant 2008) The rights of individuals with intellectual disabilities were the
guiding principles influencing the introduction and further modifications to federal laws
that directed the treatment of these individuals
Several laws were enacted that guaranteed the rights of all individuals with
disabilities In 1973 the legislature passed the Vocational Rehabilitation Act in which
Section 504 set the stage for further legislation (Bryant et al 2008) This law guaranteed
basic civil rights to individuals with disabilities Furthermore accommodations were
made a requirement in public schools and society The intent was to prevent
discrimination against individuals with disabilities particularly within agencies receiving
federal funds
Perhaps one of the most powerful pieces of legislation that influenced the
education of individuals with disabilities was the Education for All Handicapped
Children Act better known as PL 94-142 of 1975 This law guaranteed that all students
with disabilities would receive at no cost a Free and Appropriate Public Education
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
17
(FAPE) This also established the Least Restrictive Environment (LRE) which
emphasized the education of children with their nondisabled peers (Bryant Smith amp
Bryant 2008) This law has undergone several changes and reauthorizations through the
years
The first reauthorization occurred in 1986 with the addition of services for infants
and toddlers The next reauthorization resulted in a title change to the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 1990 (IDEA) Two categories were added
autism and traumatic brain injury (Bryant et al 2008) Perhaps the most significant
change was the introduction of transition planning and services through the Individual
Transition Plan (ITP) (Bryant et al 2008)
Another monumental disability law was the Americans with Disabilities Act
(ADA) in 1990 Legislators and advocacy groups believed that Section 504 of the
Vocational Rehabilitation Act was not sufficient to protect the rights of individuals with
disabilities and further specifications needed to be defined This law went beyond the
classroom to community factors that influenced special needs individuals ADA
addressed discrimination ldquoin employment transportation public accommodations and
telecommunicationsrdquo (Bryant et al 2008 p 17)
Reauthorization of IDEA occurred in 1997 The reauthorization added behavioral
intervention plans (BIP) and functional behavioral assessments (FBA) as required
mandates The transition process for secondary special needs learners was also
strengthened by requiring that the ITP be a part of the studentrsquos Individualized Education
Program (IEP) (Bryant et al 2008)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
18
In 2001 No Child Left Behind (NCLB) was passed Some of the main features
addressed individuals with special needs Educators were now required to utilize
scientifically based programs and interventions Individuals with special needs would
have increased access to the general education curriculum Finally the evaluation of
student proficiency in any given subject area would require appropriate accommodations
(Bryant et al 2008)
The next reauthorization of the IDEA occurred in 2004 (IDEA 2004 US
Department of Education 2006 cited in Bryant et al 2008) Changes to the identification
of learning disabilities were specified and alternate education settings for disciplinary
actions were allowed Additionally a requirement that teachers would need to fulfill
provisions as a highly qualified teacher was also added Students with disabilities are now
required to participate in annual state and district testing while including appropriate
accommodations and alternative testing in certain instances for particular students with
intellectual disabilities (Bryant et al 2008)
Students with Intellectual Disabilities
Definition of Intellectual Disabilities
The American Association on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
(AAIDD 2011) formerly known at the as the American Association on Mental
Retardation defines intellectual disability as ldquoa disability characterized by significant
limitations both in intellectual functioning and in adaptive behavior which covers many
everyday social and practical skills This disability originates before the age of 18rdquo The
Centers for Disease Control (CDC 2005) further states that individuals with disabilities
perform below average on intelligence tests and display limitations in routines for daily
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
19
living and independent living skills These individuals display the ability to learn but at a
much slower pace
Individuals with intellectual disabilities perform at least two standard deviations
below the mean on a 100 average scale score on intelligence tests (Hogan 2007)
Categories for intellectual disabilities have been established to provide greater
understanding of intellectual functioning These include mild moderate severe and
profound intellectual disabilities Individuals classified as mildly intellectually disabled
perform at an intelligence quotient level of 50-55 to approximately 70 Individuals with
moderate intellectual disability display intelligence test scores from 35-40 to 50-55 The
severe intellectual disability category is classified as 20-25 to 35-40 Profound
Intellectual Disability is categorized as an IQ score below 20 or 25 (Hogan 2007)
In addition to sub-average performance on intelligence tests an evaluation of the
personrsquos adaptive skills is needed to determine that an individual meets the qualifications
for a diagnosis of intellectual disabilities An individual who is suspected of meeting the
criterion for intellectual disabilities within the intelligence testing process must also
display delays in the area of adaptive behavior Adaptive behavior includes social
intelligence and practical intelligence Social intelligence involves understanding social
situations Practical intelligence refers to independent living tasks and employability
skills (Hallahan et al 2012)
Characteristics of Students with Intellectual Disabilities
The CDC states that individuals with intellectual disabilities display the ability to
learn but at a much slower pace (CDC 2005) Hallahan and associates (2012) wrote that
with the proper supports the individual with intellectual disabilities can learn over time
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
20
According to Crane (2002) individuals with intelligence quotients in the mildly disabled
range perform typically at the second to fifth-grade level intellectually display a high
degree of daily living independence and are fully or partially employed Individuals with
moderate intellectual disabilities perform functional academic skills People performing
at the severely disabled level perform basic kindergarten and prekindergarten academics
require supervision for daily living skills and will typically require supervision in
community employment in a supported workshop setting Individuals performing at the
profoundly disabled level require intense supervised care in all areas of need (Crane
2002)
Statistical Data Regarding Prevalence of Students with Intellectual Disabilities
Nationwide 11 of individuals are identified as having some type of disability
(OSERS 2006 in Bryant et al 2008) Statistically about 214 of individuals will
measure two or more standard deviations below the normal average of 100 (Overton
2009) The prevalence of individuals with intellectual delays falling below 70 in public
school settings is about 227 (Hallahan et al 2012) Mild intellectual disabilities are
three times more prevalent than are severe intellectual disabilities (CDC 2005)
The economic cost associated with individuals with intellectual disabilities is
staggering Typically these individuals require long-term care and support to address all
areas of life The Centers for Disease Control (2005) reported that individuals with
intellectual disabilities average slightly more than one million dollars per person for
lifetime care Costs are incurred for medical care assistive devices home and automobile
modifications special education loss of revenue due to sub-average employment
opportunities and limited work opportunities Screenings and interventions need to be
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
21
employed to address the overwhelming reality of funding the care and education
individuals with intellectual disabilities (CDC 2004)
Historical Practices for Students with Intellectual Disabilities
In 1799 a French doctor by the name of Jean Marc-Gaspard Itard attempted to
educate a young boy known as a wild child who was believed to possess intellectual
disabilities (Bryant et al 2008) Itard established that those with intellectual disabilities
are able to learn (Crane 2002) Education underwent changes and developments over the
next two centuries Unfortunately some of the treatments for individuals included
barbaric practice through experimentation involuntary sterilization increased
segregation social control a type of ethnic cleansing and inhumane treatment (Crane
2002) Humanitarian reforms beginning in1960 were implemented that changed the
outlook for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Crane 2002)
In 1840 the first residential program for individuals with intellectual disabilities
was established In 1876 the American Association on Intellectual and Developmental
Disabilities (AAIDD) was created In 1896 the first class for students with all types of
intellectual disabilities was established By 1917 institutional settings were present for
most individuals with intellectual disabilities Edgar Doll proposed a definition for
intellectual disabilities that consisted of six criteria The Association for Retarded
Citizens known as the ARC was established in 1954 In 1959 a new groundbreaking
definition for intellectual disabilities was created By 1960 a unique project called the
Mimosa Project was created to work with girls with intellectual disabilities who
demonstrated they were able to learn many difficult tasks and daily living skills
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
22
President Kennedy initiated a national agenda which addressed the topic of intellectual
disabilities The state of New Hampshire in 1997 closed all institutional settings and
moved individuals with intellectual disabilities to group homes or private settings In
1999 the Disability Work Incentive Law was signed into action thereby eliminating
many of the barriers individuals with intellectual disabilities previously experienced
(Bryant et al 2008)
Transition Needs for Secondary Special Needs Learners
Transition planning and coordination of services for students with disabilities has
undergone a metamorphosis over the last two centuries Recent mandates changes and
requirements of the IDEA 2004 demanded that educators and service providers clarify
the individualrsquos needs and address the required mandates presented in the law (Schmitz
2008) The trend changed due to stakeholders including family members educators
service providers and most importantly the students desired quality outcomes for
postsecondary living Upon careful examination of the historical developments current
trends in transition planning and future needs and desires of students and caregivers now
require the implementation of best practices with regard to transition services
Transition planning for the student with disabilities is a critical area of concern
As the student with disabilities moves from high school to postsecondary life a
coordinated set of goals and objectives with defined implementation of services and
responsibilities for plausible outcomes must be implemented (IDEA 2004) Many of the
students with disabilities face a challenging road ahead and it is important that they be
provided with an Individualized Transition Plan (ITP) that includes their desires needs
strengths and preferences to afford greater positive outcomes Family members
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
23
educators students and community service providers must operate in a collaborative
manner to seek the best educational opportunities for the student with disabilities
(Wehman 2011)
Historical Influences on the Transition Process
Understanding historical developments that have transpired over the centuries
creates a greater awareness of the development of the person-centered approach that
exists in education today John Dewey a leader in curriculum theory from the
Progressive Era of the 19th
century developed the person-centered approach for
educating children He believed that education was a means to bolster social reform thus
encouraging the social intellectual and moral development of the child (Dewey 1916
cited in Flinders amp Thornton 2009) His person-centered approach directed the transition
process for the 21st century
Jane Addams a social reformer from the 19th
century transformed the social
work concept that existed with migrants coming to the United States She was known for
her social reform approach of providing services to her constituents at Hull House in
Chicago during the 19th
century Her enterprising concept of meeting the needs of her
constituents developed revolutionary changes for the immigrant child and family of the
Industrial Revolution Jane Addams recognized the need to educate all social classes to
meet the specific needs and interests of the immigrant populace (Addams cited in
Flinders amp Thornton 2009) Her enterprising holistic pursuit utilized a needs-assessment
approach accompanied by implementation of instruction in academic physical life skills
social and interests and preferences thereby affecting goals directed toward future adult
living objectives of Hull House Programming was created by assessing the needs
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
24
preferences and talents of those immigrant individuals who accessed Hull House
Although she was not an educator but a social worker her needs-assessment approach to
providing services to her immigrant constituents by evaluating the education vocational
social and independent living needs of the persons who attended Hull House improved
the quality of life in a holistic pursuit (Addams 1908 cited in Lagemann 1985)
Another individual from the 19th
century who influenced the transition planning
process that exists in special education today was Ralph Tyler Tyler believed that the
students learned best when they were able to experience learning in the natural
environment He surmised that the student must embrace a purpose for learning with the
objectives and experiences created in harmony with their life outside the classroom He
encouraged a study of ldquocontemporary life outside the classroom as the basis for deriving
objectivesrdquo (Tyler 1949 cited in Flinders amp Thornton 2009) He subsequently employed
a philosophy of experiential learning in and out of the classroom to reinforce the
purposeful continuum It was this experiential connection that attached profound meaning
to the learner Although not a direct contributor to the transition process for individuals
with special needs his philosophy provided a groundbreaking approach that paved the
way for current practices in special education with regard to transition planning
Examination of the mandates of IDEA 2004 pertaining to ITP reveals several
common comparisons to the aforementioned theorists The ITP is a person-centered plan
that includes the student and aligns postsecondary goals with transition services (Mazzoti
et al 2009) The goals are based on age-appropriate transition assessment related to
education employment training and independent living (Humphrey Johnson amp Albers
2010) Acknowledgment of the historical contributions of Addams Dewey and Tyler as
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
25
person-centered theorists allows one to opine that their beliefs have accelerated the
progress of education for students with disabilities This is particularly important with the
ITP process upon which the secondary student with disabilitiesrsquo annual individual
educational plan (IEP) is developed
Defining the Specifics of Transition Planning
In addition to historical perspectives interested stakeholders should be aware of
legal mandates and laws that pertain to individuals with disabilities Hulett (2007) has
described transition as the eighth component to the IEP process He states that IDEA
2004 demands that at the age of 16 the transition planning process is a requirement for
every studentrsquos annual IEP The transition plan must be reviewed annually The transition
planning process should be results driven to produce high-quality outcomes for
postsecondary living (Miller et al 2007) A statement of the needs or services must be
included in the IEP The ITP team must consider courses of study training supported
employment integrated employment adult services community participation and
independent living skills In addition they must look at community agencies that assist
with the child These services are at no cost to the student (Miller et al 2007)
Transition planning includes a coordinated set of goals and objectives to meet the
transition needs of students with disabilities as they transition into postsecondary life
(IDEA 2004) The ITP should include vocational education community living home
and family issues financial planning recreation and leisure mobility and health issues
Utilizing an authentic approach to implementation will increase the success of a
purposeful approach for the benefit of the student (Layton amp Lock 2008) The student
should be the focus by taking into account the desires talents interests and preferences
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
26
of the child (IDEA 2004 Wehman 2011) Vocational training postsecondary options
and continuing education opportunities should be included in the transition process (Snell
amp Brown 2006)
Transition planning requires that service providers develop and implement plans
that describe the services provided assessment and evaluation measures obligations of
team members person who are part of the plan and plausible service agencies (Overton
2009) Team members include the special educators general educators community
agencies student family members possible psychologists and counselors rehabilitation
specialists and other designated individuals who could provide support in the transition
planning ( Overton 2009 Wehman 2011) The student and parent should be included in
the transition planning process at all stages to secure greater positive outcomes at the
postsecondary level (Escheidt 2006)
Characteristics of Transition Needs
The student is the driving force of the transition planning process and its
subsequent annual goals and objectives This coordinated set of goals and objectives
becomes the model for the implementation of course selection vocational planning and
education for the student with regard to his or her annual IEP (Miller et al 2007) The
evaluation of the ability family structure community opportunities desires talents and
preferences of the student forms the basis for the transition plan (Wehman 2009)
Employment vocational training and postsecondary education are also carefully
considered in the ITP (Snell amp Brown 2006) The student should be given the tools to
live a successful life that is safe and provides the greatest opportunity for independence
(McNaughton amp Beulman 2010)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
27
Schmitz (2008) described the purpose of transition planning as a fundamental
requirement of IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 as outlined by the Office of Special
Education Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) In addition to the mandates presented in
IDEA 2004 pertaining to transition services there is an additional requirement that
schools and postsecondary agencies report on the results of transition services for
individuals with disabilities through Indicator 13 for secondary programs and Indicator
14 for postsecondary programs This has become the guiding structure when addressing
the needs and postsecondary planning of students with disabilities IDEA 2004 requires
that there must be a coordinated set of activities that focus on improving the academic
and functional achievement of the individual with disabilities Indicator 13 and Indicator
14 require that tracking mechanisms be put into place to assess the outcomes of
individuals with disabilities as they transition from secondary schooling to postsecondary
life
Statistics reveal that students with disabilities experience an unemployment rate
of 70 as opposed to their nondisabled peers at 22 (Schmitz 2008) The need to close
that gap is critical This is the reality that drives the mandates such as Indicator 13 for
educators to develop an appropriate transition IEP which includes age-appropriate
transition assessment and transition services that are to be delivered to students with
disabilities (Schmitz 2008)
The Individualized Transition Plan Process and Components
The foundation for the essential components and mandates associated with
transition come from IDEA 2004 which states the following
Transition services means a coordinated set of activities for a child with a
disability that is designed to be within a results-oriented process that is focused on
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
28
improving the academic and functional achievement of the child with a disability
to facilitate the childrsquos movement from school to postschool activities including
postsecondary education vocational education integrated employment (including
supported employment) continuing and adult education adult services
independent living or community participation is based on the individual childlsquos
needs taking into account the childrsquos strengths preferences and interests and
includes instruction related services community experiences the development of
employment and other postschool adult living objectives and if appropriate
acquisition of daily living skills and provision of a functional vocational
evaluation Transition services for children with disabilities may be special
education if provided as specially designed instruction or a related service if
required to assist a child with a disability to benefit from special education (TEA
cited in ESC 18 2011)
The process of including the student to a greater extent while engaging him or
her in greater collaboration with community agencies is emphasized in the transition
process The switch to a results-oriented approach as opposed to an input approach has
increased the need for greater accountability This is also evident with the
implementation of Indicator 13 pertaining to accountability for transition planning at the
secondary education stage and Indicator 14 at the postsecondary education stage Specific
changes to the IDEA 1997 to IDEA 2004 are the requirement of a coordinated set of
activities improvement with academic and functional achievement transition IEP age-
appropriate assessment and transition services (Schmitz 2008)
Components of the transition plan include a holistic approach to the education of
the student with disabilities Short-term goals should be developed with long range
planning as the over-all guiding purpose (Wehman 2009) The ITP should include the
assessment and development of critical life skills such as mobility recreation and leisure
opportunities health and safety training money management personal appearance skills
building social skills training and skills acquisition work habits and issues pertaining to
maintaining dignity (Wehman 2009)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
29
Assessment and evaluation results should take into account the strengths and
preferences of the child while being presented in user-friendly formats to the family
members and student The schedule of services time frames for implementation and
individual responsibilities and obligations for providers should be documented Efforts to
provide real-life vocational training to meet employability objectives should be outlined
Financial planning is a critical component and needs in this area should be included
Social skills training and access to increase full community participation and activities
are other important elements of the ITP process (Wehman 2009)
Critical life skills pertaining to self-help and self-determination independence
and socialization represent essential transition elements Access to community agencies
and possible acquisition of needed services should be outlined with contact information
available to the family members and student Recreation and leisure health and safety
money management work habits and maintaining dignity are additional areas that
should be addressed by the ITP team (Wehman 2009)
Real-life experiences in naturalist settings for all aspects of the personrsquos life
including employment education and life skills acquisition is recommended (Wehman
2011) National transition goals which are outlined in IDEA 2004 include promoting
self-determination and self-advocacy ensuring that students have access to the standards-
based curriculum increasing graduation rates providing access to full participation in
postsecondary education and employment increasing parent participation improving
collaboration for optimum school and postschool outcomes increasing the availability of
qualified workforce and encourages full participation in community life including
social recreation and leisure opportunities The ITP includes two major goals The first
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
30
is to identify outcomes students and parent desire which is the person-centered approach
by including the student and parent while respecting their values and beliefs The second
is community collaboration and participation through community resources program
development and interagency collaboration (Wehman 2011)
New resources are being developed and published continuously to encourage the
implementation of sound practices in transition planning and services Johnson (2002)
from the University of San Diego developed a sourcebook of books selected websites
aptitude tests vocational evaluations career planning resources information centers
curricular resources assessments life-centered education IEP planning interagency
links publishers postsecondary transition resources and selected reports and articles
These suggested resources are included to enhance the transition assessment
development and implementation process
Snell and Brown (2006) in Instruction of Students with Severe Disabilities
devoted a chapter to vocational preparation and transition They recommended that
individuals should develop valued employment skills and abilities through supportive
families vocational services and supports in the community They proposed that
Vocational Rehabilitation should be the primary facilitators of employment opportunities
for individuals with disabilities
It is necessary to include a review of Social Security benefits and Medicaid
sources The balanced school-based vocational preparation through collaborative efforts
should include a continuum of the studentrsquos interests and preferences The work-related
instruction should occur across grades and settings in real-world settings Community-
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
31
based training sites should be developed with systematic behavioral procedures with the
goal of paid employment with if needed supports after graduation
Finally vocational training is a necessary component of the transition process
Transition training should provide students with a curriculum that prepares them for the
job they intend to enter Broad-based knowledge and skills are necessary components to
the vocational training endeavor Some students require training with specific skills that
are needed for survival in the workplace as well as in the community These skills need
to be carefully and succinctly taught These include academic skills communication
skills social and interpersonal skills and occupational and vocational skills (Levinson amp
Palmer 2005)
Latest Research on Individual Transition Planning
Policy Furney Hasazi and Destefano (1997) conducted a policy study to review
transition services for youth with disabilities The cross-case analysis evaluated programs
that exemplified high-quality models for implementation of transition planning Furney
and his colleagues assessed the current trends that were present in existing transition
planning practices He surveyed 74 institutions pertaining to their implementation of
transition services during a two-year period from 1992-1994 His intent was to evaluate
services with the new mandates set forth in previously reauthorized version of IDEA
1997 A qualitative approach was implemented with site visits in three states The results
were analyzed using cross-case analysis The results revealed that the person-centered
approach must be implemented to a greater extent to meet the postsecondary needs
outcomes of students with disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
32
Etscheidt (2006) conducted a qualitative analysis to examine judicial decisions
regarding transition planning Thirty-six cases were reviewed that addressed the needs of
individuals with intellectual disabilities learning disabilities behavioral disorders
autism multiple disabilities physical disabilities other health impairment attention-
deficithyperactivity disorder traumatic brain injury and other unspecified disabilities
Five categories were established that addressed agency contacts student involvement
and individualization of the transition plan school district obligations and
appropriateness of the transition plan
Etscheidtrsquos finding revealed that litigation pertaining to transition planning for
students with disabilities centered on procedural issues and components of the transition
plan Ten issues were identified Agencies need to be in attendance and invited to
transition meetings Second student involvement must be included and must consider
student interests Third individualization of the ITP should be based on assessment and
meet the studentrsquos individual needs Fourth stakeholders need to examine the studentrsquos
and familyrsquos postsecondary goals and vision Fifth discussion and documentation of the
present level of performance should be included Sixth the team should formulate a
statement of needed transition services with goals and objectives Seventh
implementation of the transition plan needs to be monitored to evaluate effectiveness
Eighth the district has an obligation to make plans that meet the needs of the individuals
to promote movement from secondary to postsecondary settings Ninth stakeholders
need to evaluate the appropriateness of the transition plan Tenth the transition plan must
be developed and addressed to meet the needs of the student
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
33
Transition services Through OSERS a grant was awarded to create the National
Secondary Technical Training Assistance Center (NSTTAC) This organization addresses
concerns regarding transition for secondary students as they move into postsecondary
life Through this collaborative effort between the University of North Carolina in
Charlotte and Western Michigan University NSTTAC addressed and assisted with
implementation to consumers parents agencies and educators about transition policy
Expert panels were created and research was initiated that resulted in recommendations
to local education agencies (LEAs) and state education agencies (SEAs) regarding
transition practice and policy In addition to informational recommendations to the LEAs
and SEAs technical assistance was developed to assist educators administrators and
parents in implementing effective transition and education services to improve secondary
and postsecondary outcomes A website was developed that includes evidence-based
practices lesson plan starters products and resources transition toolkits and specific
student and parent resources (UNC amp WMU 2011)
King Baldwin Currie and Evans (2006) completed a review article analyzing
strategies that were utilized to implement planning for transition and transition education
for youth with disabilities The purpose of one review was to evaluate the quality of
services and to provide recommendations for improvement of services The strategies
were classified into three main categories personal-level strategies person-environment
fit and environmental level strategies
Results indicated that the strategies lacked significant evidenced-based research to
support the use of the strategies and the effectiveness of the strategies Four of the
strategies pertaining to direct experience contained sufficient research to warrant the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
34
effectiveness of these types of strategies A recommendation proposed the use of more
than skills-acquisition strategies including training and implementation of strategies in
the natural environment (King et al 2006)
Postsecondary education A study by Papay and Bambara (2011) examined
transition services for youth in postsecondary settings who possessed significant
intellectual disabilities This study utilized a survey with descriptive methods for
analysis The purpose of the study was to assess the over-all inclusion characteristics of
postsecondary programs on college campuses Eighty-seven institutions were identified
that provided opportunities for individuals with intellectual disabilities to participate in
postsecondary programs located on college campuses
The results suggested that students with disabilities participated in college courses
and in vocational training opportunities Twenty five percent of the students with
disabilities involved in postsecondary education were enrolled in college level courses
Only 2 of students with intellectual disabilities enrolled in the courses for credit Most
of the students who enrolled in the courses for credit were described as learning disabled
with reading levels that were near or slightly below those of nondisabled peers The
students with intellectual disabilities audited the courses primarily in the humanities and
basic entry level Reading level was a determining factor for these students as to whether
they were able to participate in the courses successfully for credit
Funding for these programs came primarily from the willingness of the higher
education institutions to sponsor the programs Some government resources were also
included to a lesser extent as well as partnerships with local school districts for students
who were past the age of majority but were still enrolled in high school Tuition revenue
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
35
was another slight source of income for the programs Grants were last on the list of
available sources of income At most institutions grants provided less that 10 of the
necessary budgetary demands of the postsecondary educational setting
Recommendations included conducting further research to gain a greater
understanding of the effectiveness of postsecondary education (PSE) programs
Additionally PSE institutions should continue to develop partnerships to promote
ldquolifelong inclusion and self-determinationrdquo (Papay amp Bambara 2011 p 93) Methods for
implementation were suggested as additional research agendas
Another research study (Neubert Moon amp Grigal 2002) focused attention on
postsecondary options for individuals with significant disabilities The purpose of the
article was to provide a review of the current literature available pertaining to secondary
educational opportunities for students aged 18-21 in their last year of high school A
descriptive approach was implemented to examine secondary education opportunities at
two-year and four-year institutions of higher education and community based settings
The results revealed three vocational training model approaches First students
attended 2-year schools with the intent to gain vocational skills and training while
experiencing college life A second model for students with significant disabilities
included attendance at four-year institutions A third model included programs in the
community to encourage employment and independent living options
Funding for these programs primarily came from local school districts and the
higher education institutions The need to assess logistic concerns pertaining to greater
collaboration and communication with community agencies was encouraged
Collaboration between local education agencies community settings and institutions of
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
36
higher learning should occur to allow families and caregivers various options for
secondary transition services to students nearing the transition phase into postsecondary
life
Transition process Levinson and Palmer (2005) undertook a descriptive study
that discussed general characteristics of the transition process for employment and
postsecondary life The authors described necessary components to implement transition
services as mandated by IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 The need to incorporate
assessment and comprehensive planning that utilized the transition assessment data was
highlighted The assessment should address academic skills daily living skills personal
and social skills and occupational and vocational skills
School staff should subsequently utilize the assessment data to implement a plan
that meets the needs and interests of the student Parental involvement is crucial for the
planning process Vocational training should incorporate the enhancement of academic
skills daily living skills personal and social skills and occupational and vocational skills
Schools should focus on a transdisciplinary approach to prepare students for successful
postsecondary life
Cobb and Alwell (2009) reviewed transition planning and coordination of
services for individuals in postsecondary settings The authors undertook a review of
existing studies to determine whether there had been sufficient research efforts to address
the issue of transition planning and intervention for youth with disabilities This
systematic review included studies published between 1984 and 2004 A total of 31
studies from 10 journals produced a total of 1461 individual participants
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
37
Studies were analyzed for employment and participation in postsecondary
education options Analysis included whether the student was maintained at home and the
satisfaction of experience with personal and social relationships for individuals with a
variety of disabilities including learning disability emotional disturbance intellectual
disability autism physical disabilities attention deficit disorder auditory impairment
and speech impairment The authors reviewed postschool environments student
development interagency and interdisciplinary planning family involvement and
program structure
Results demonstrated that student-focused planning demonstrated great promise
as an important outcome for students Studentsrsquo desires need to be heard at IEP meetings
and in the planning processes More time is needed for transition planning and this should
not be handled at IEP meeting They also stated that students gain insight when training is
involved There is a demand to develop talents and interests Individuals with disabilities
believe there is a need for real work experience and socialization skills training Efforts
should focus on needs to build specific job skills that continue after high school There is
a need for flexibility rather than fitting students into prescribed programs The emphasis
should be directed toward greater awareness of community resources for possible
employment education living options and community access according to the
consumers and family members
Transition compliance Grigal Hart and Magliore (2011) conducted a
secondary analysis using The National Longitudinal Transition Survey 2 to address the
mandates of Indicator 14 of IDEA 2004 In order to comply with Indicator 14
individuals must be enrolled in higher education employed or involved in another
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
38
postsecondary option The elements need to include high expectations person-centered or
student-directed goals and collaboration with partners and community agencies is
critical
In their comparative analysis Grigal et al (2011) ascertained that there were
disparaging differences between individuals with intellectual disabilities and other
individuals with disabilities regarding transition planning for those at the postsecondary
level One hundred eight families participated with fewer contributors who were
educators One hundred forty-nine programs for individuals with disabilities in 37 states
were included Programs varied in implementations and types of settings Data set
analysis included 11000 students from a random set from 500 LEAs and 30 special
schools with an 82 response rate
The study included five areas that influenced the mandates of Indicator 14 and is
addressed in the following sections First parent expectations were influenced by the
severity of disability of youth with intellectual disabilities autism and physical
disabilities Second students were less likely to graduate with a regular diploma This
increased to 62-70 if staff possessed higher expectations Third team members should
be more involved in the ITP planning process Fourth goals should focus more toward
sheltered or supportive employment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Fifth
goals most often identified included independent living competitive employment
supported employment sheltered employment vocational training and two-year to four-
year college programs
Additional findings noted that vocational rehabilitation (VR) counselor
participation was greater for individuals with intellectual disabilities for career planning
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
39
Participation in college level classes by individuals with intellectual disabilities was last
They noted that increased enrollment in postsecondary education has increased the
income levels for 73 of individuals with disabilities The authors suggested that causes
need to be evaluated for fewer individuals with intellectual disabilities enrolling in higher
education and that increased expectations at the secondary level should occur to change
the mind-set for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Grigal et al 2011)
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities
Transition planning is an important topic for the stakeholders and students with
disabilities as the students anticipate transitioning from secondary to postsecondary life
Transition planning is the eighth requirement of the Individual Education Plan (IEP)
process for students when they become 16 years of age (Hulett 2007) The transition
process begins with the assessment component to gain valuable information on which the
IEP is based (Hulett 2007) Transition assessment is a multidimensional process that
requires a collaborative approach to meet the specific needs of the student with a
disability who is receiving special education services (Miller et al 2007)
Purpose of Transition Assessment
Transition assessment meets the legal mandates of IDEA 2004 The requirement
decrees that students with an intellectual disability should be provided with an
appropriate evaluation (IDEA 2004) The purpose of transition assessment is to gather
ongoing data that leads to the development of a transition plan that meets the needs of the
student as they transition from secondary to postsecondary life Overton (2009) wrote
that assessment needs to be data-driven rather than relying on referral information alone
The data should be multidimensional and not reliant on just one piece of testing data
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
40
Data should reflect the studentrsquos needs strengths abilities interests and preferences
(IDEA 2004)
The National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (2001) states that
the transition assessment process should be ongoing in order to provide needed data to
guide the transition planning process for students as they look toward the future and to
aid in the development of the studentrsquos IEP It should be a collaborative endeavor with
input from a variety of stakeholders including the student and family or caregiver
involved in the process
Spinelli (2012) identified eight purposes of transition assessment for individuals
with disabilities The assessors should identify the studentrsquos a) career goals and interests
b) preferences c) independence level d) strengths e) hobbies f) interpersonal
relationships g) self-advocacy abilities and h) abilities in relation to postsecondary
goals These include employment education and training independent living community
involvement and personal social goals In addition there needs to be an ecological
assessment of new or future settings to determine psychological physical social
emotional and cognitive demands and requirements of the setting
In regard to employment Spinelli (2012) proposed that assessment should
evaluate the studentrsquos current skills and the desired skill levels to determine the studentrsquos
ability to deal with the demands of postsecondary employment ability to engage in
employment and community participation and independent living options The
assessment should seek to determine the particular curricular social-emotional and
physical skills that need addressing in the ITP and the studentrsquos self-determination skills
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
41
With regard to educational supports Spinelli (2012) wrote that the assessment
should determine appropriate placement within the education community in addition to
vocational and community settings in order for the student to attain postsecondary goals
Furthermore the assessment should seek to determine the accommodations supports and
services that are needed in order for the student to attain and maintain postsecondary
goals Finally the assessment should design a system for monitoring progress and
evaluating the success of the transition program
Miller et al (2007) has described transition assessment as ldquoa process that
determines the studentrsquos abilities attitudes aptitudes interests work behaviors levels of
self-determination and self-advocacy interpersonal skills academic skills level and
independent living skills over an extended period of time for the purpose of planning an
appropriate education program (p 5)rdquo This is an ongoing process Stakeholders must
gather data on the individual student Items that are necessary for the assessment include
the studentrsquos needs preferences strengths and interests These items should be evaluated
as these relate to the future and current programming of the individual with disabilities
The areas that should drive the evaluation include work education living personal and
social skills and environment of the individual with disabilities
Additionally Miller et al (2007) clarifies the components of the transition
assessment process He suggests that these components be intertwined in order to engage
in informed decision making The first component is future planning needs and goals
The second area to be addressed is self-determination and self-advocacy skills A third
area is academic strengths and deficits that include the studentrsquos learning styles and
behaviors that influence learning A fourth component is life-skills instruction when it is
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
42
deemed appropriate The fifth and final component is vocational interests aptitudes and
abilities both in the classroom and within the community environment
In 2004 with the reauthorization of IDEA OSERS required that states submit
additional data on 20 indicators Indicator 13 specifically addresses the transition
component More specifically this indicator requires that assessment must occur that
involves an ongoing process to collect transition-relevant data This assessment should
include the needs preferences strengths and interests of the student The requirement
states that the demands of current and future working educational and personal social
environments for the individual must evaluated (Mazotti et al 2009)
Mazotti et al (2009) proposed a six-component checklist for Indicator 13 The six
include the following first it is necessary to utilize user-friendly assessments to guide
parents students and other support personnel Second the goals for the ITP should focus
on employment education and training and when appropriate independent living Third
they suggest a simplified format that addresses where the student plans to work where he
or she will learn the necessary skills and where the student eventually lives Fourth
alignment of annual IEP goals should coincide with the transition services and
postsecondary goals This will allow the student the optimal opportunity to attain the
postsecondary goals
Schmitz (2008) identified seven areas that should be included in the transition
planning process in order to adhere to the mandates of Indicator 13 The components of
the transition assessment include interest assessment and career exploration assessment
measures It is crucial to include assessment of academic performance as it relates to the
workplace Essential is the process of career planning The practice of assessment and
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
43
skill building should be incorporated to evaluate self-determination social and emotional
learning and interventions for independent living
Types of Transition Assessment
Transition assessment is an ongoing process that involves a variety of sources in
order to create a data-driven plan that addresses the individual needs of the student with
disabilities Transition assessment includes assessment tools that are utilized to meet
eligibility requirements and to assist with the transition planning process Numerous
devices are available to provide valuable information that the Individualized Transition
Plan (ITP) team is able to access for transition assessment Assessment practice occurs
both formally and informally with the inclusion of adaptive measures (Miller et al
2007)
Assessment is employed for identifying individual student needs improving
instruction and program planning evaluating service delivery programs and
accountability The approach assumes a person-centered planning procedure The
assessment process must include the family Informal assessment procedures are valuable
and provide an abundant source of information (Sax amp Thoma 2002)
The National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (2010) described
an Assessment Toolkit that can be accessed by educators parents SEAs and LEAs to
gain knowledge about best practices with transition assessment The authors assert that
ldquothe results of transition assessment should be the basis for making recommendations for
instructional strategies and accommodations in instruction and environments to meet the
studentrsquos needsrdquo (National Secondary Technical Training Assistance Center 2010 p 3)
Formal and informal measures are listed with contact information and suggested
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
44
guidelines for the types of assessment Included are links to some of the recommended
assessments with examples to review
Schmitz (2008) states that transition assessment is best characterized as a
multifaceted approach Quality assessment involves interest assessment career
exploration assessment assessment of academic competencies career planning
assessment and skill-building for self-determination assessment and skill-building for
socialemotional learning and assessment and skill intervention for independent living
skills Through the implementation of these seven assessment modalities the individual
student will have the opportunity to participate in a transition assessment that is created
with fidelity to his or her needs
Informal versus formal measures of assessment All students receiving special
education services participate in assessment to meet eligibility requirements The
assessment measures fall into two basic categories informal and formal (CECIdeas that
Work 2011) Formal assessment tools include achievement tests high-stakes testing
intelligence tests and even career interest personality profile and self-determination
measures These tools produce quantitative results that are used to assess skills and
aptitudes interests and preferences
Examples of informal measures include curriculum- based assessments
interviews questionnaires observations authentic assessment and portfolios (Layton amp
Lock 2008) Informal measures require a qualitative approach to analyzing information
on an ongoing basis to provide guidance when creating the transition plan for the student
with a disability who receives special education services This information provides
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
45
valuable pieces of data which enhance the transition planning requirements for students
with disabilities
Informal assessment procedures are needed to identify the studentrsquos individual
needs and to develop an appropriate transition plan The ITP team must determine the
purpose of the assessment Individuals should assess the student in the natural
environment and in various settings and programs They should identify relevant
behaviors and verify the input from others The ITP team chooses the appropriate
measurement procedures such as observation interview questionnaires surveys
checklists interest inventories and self-assessments The team also evaluates social
support systems The assessment findings identify the transition goals and objectives
From this process curricular plans are implemented to achieve the goals and objectives
(Sax amp Thoma 2005)
Sitlington (2008) analyzed the process of utilizing informal assessment to
facilitate transition planning for students with significant reading and writing delays That
analysis addressed the use of informal assessment for high stakes testing exit
examinations diploma options and transition planning Outlined in the article are
competencies to address the needs from transition into adulthood Sitlington (2008)
identified 22 competencies needed to transition into adulthood which the planning team
must incorporate Transition planning was characterized as an ongoing process of
ldquocollecting information on the studentrsquos strengths needs preferences and interests as
they related to the demands of current and future livingrdquo (Sitlington 2008 p 87) She
suggested several tools to accomplish the assessment by gathering information to guide
the individualrsquos transition plan Analysis of the studentrsquos background information is
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
46
primary In addition interviews with parents should transpire to facilitate the assessment
component Psychometric instruments work samples and curriculum-based assessment
techniques are suggested assessment tools to aid in the planning process Sitlington
suggests situational assessment to gather real-life data that resembles the individualrsquos
future living conditions The approaches must be systematic and occur in a variety of
settings Transition assessment utilizing these measures directs the instructional
decisions
Vocationalcareer assessments A necessary part of the transition assessment
process is the use of career interests vocational aptitude measures personality profiles
self-determination measures and other assessment tools that aid in the vocational and
career component of transition assessment (Levinson 2001) These tools provide
valuable information about the studentrsquos skills in areas such as self-awareness awareness
of job skills interest seeking and abilities with social and emotional interactions The
types of assessments include interviews questionnaires observations ecological and
environmental situational and behavioral curriculum-based interest inventories
vocational profiles and portfolios
An additional area is the vocational profile Vocational profiles are described as
narratives that paint pictures These include biographical information educational
history work experience and current skills The studentrsquos learning and performing
characteristics should be included along with interests community-support connections
and necessary accommodations (Sax amp Thoma 2002)
An article from San Diego State University provided a list of suggested
assessment tools available to facilitate the transition process (Johnson 2002) Included
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
47
are resources for curriculum implementation for transition purposes A wide array of
career occupational and vocational assessment and evaluation resources are
characterized in addition to links addresses and pricing guides Training videos
curricular and planning resources for transition planning are included Family
involvement interagency guides and follow-up assessment tools to aid in the transition
planning process are also described
Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual Disabilities
In order for a child to meet the eligibility requirement as a student with an
intellectual disability an adaptive behavior assessment must be conducted (Overton
2009) This is one avenue whereby interested stakeholders may gather information about
life skills of students with intellectual disabilities That assessment tool alone does not
provide enough information needed to gather sufficient data to assist with the transition
planning process Assessment for the individuals with intellectual disabilities requires
assessment in the natural environment (Sitlington 2008) Sheltered or supported
employment arenas may be included utilizing qualitative measures to gather information
about a studentrsquos social emotional self-determination job skills and other pertinent data
necessary for assessment purposes (Overton 2009)
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities
IDEA 2004 states that with regard to the transition process the transition
assessment process for all students with disabilities involves the formal and informal
assessment-gathering mechanism on an ongoing basis (Mazotti et al 2010) As the child
reaches the age of 14 transition planning should begin At age 16 the formal process of
developing the transition plan takes place (Miller et al 2007)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
48
Assessment includes evaluating independent work skills planning and time
management skills and assessment of self-advocacy abilities For students with more
severe disabilities there must be an assessment for extended employment Assessment
includes the evaluation of vocational interests and aptitudes as well as the studentrsquos
ability and functional self-help skills The domains include cognitive ability social-
emotional adjustment communication skills academic functioning physical stamina and
adaptive behavior which are utilized by the multidisciplinary team to create the transition
plan (Spinelli 2012)
The transition assessment process can be conceived as a three-level approach
(Levinson 2001) Level one involves looking strictly at previously gathered assessment
data to prescribe a transition plan Data collection and interpretation of previous data is
the driving mechanism at this level Cumulative and confidential records are reviewed to
gather pertinent data This includes grades attendance academic achievement discipline
referrals and health records
The second level involves assessment of vocational interests and vocational
aptitudes using specific psychometric tests Assessment results and incorporating career
interest inventories and previously gathered formal and informal assessment data are
utilized in the creation of the transition plan
The third level occurs with individuals who require more information to gather a
realistic image of the studentrsquos abilities and interests This level is based on the
assessment of the first two levels This additional assessment includes work samples and
situational assessment techniques The implementation of any model must take into
consideration the available resources the characteristics and expertise of the available
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
49
personnel the population targeted for services the nature and availability of local
community services and the type of vocation placement options in the local area
(Levinson 2001)
Levinson and Palmer (2005) have written that assessment and planning are key
components to successful postschool living Assessment data can be gathered through
published tests and surveys as well as from direct interviews and observations of the
student Several areas are addressed including academic skills daily living skills
personal and social skills career maturity vocational interests and vocational aptitude
tests Additional assessment measures include occupational and vocational skills
assessments These are characterized as performance tests that assess a studentrsquos ability
to perform specific job-like tasks work samples that expose a student to natural job
responsibilities and situational assessments that measure a studentrsquos interests abilities
and work habits in actual and contrived environments
Characteristics of Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual Disabilities
Due to varying disability factors for individuals with intellectual disabilities
traditional methods do not meet the needs of transition assessment Many students with
more significant intellectual disabilities have difficulty with paper and pencil tasks
Alternative measures should be implemented to address the assessment component of the
transition plan (Grigal et al 2011) Questionnaires and interviews with family members
offer good sources of information (Moon et al 2011) Observations and skills analysis
should be incorporated into the standard informal and formal measurement protocols
(Wehman 2009) Of great importance in the assessment of students with more significant
disabilities are the critical life skills pertaining to self-help mobility self-determination
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
50
socialization health family and community supports self-awareness interests strengths
and preferences of the individual (Wehman 2011)
Latest Research on Transition Assessment for Students with Disabilities
Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities There is the lack of available research
on current assessment trends with students who have intellectual disabilities autism and
multiple-impairments There is considerable research available on assessment with
informal and formal measures in general contexts but not as much with regard to the
specific details regarding best practices for assessment of transition needs and services
including outcomes pertaining to students with intellectual disabilities One recent article
was discovered that dealt specifically with the assessment process for students with
intellectual disabilities sometimes described as developmentally delayed (Moon et al
2011)
A qualitative study was conducted by Moon et al (2011) to address the
perceptions of necessary skills experiences and information that youth with
developmental disabilities and their families perceive should exist for the student with
regard to supported employment in a postsecondary setting Discussed was the sheltered
work environment that many students with disabilities encounter as a postsecondary
option for employment Four research questions were introduced with one of the four
addressing transition assessment specifically A survey was developed that included
several open-ended questions The survey addressed recruiting skills needed
assessment and work experiences that are most important and suggestions for transition
planning Participants included community rehabilitation providers involved in intake and
service deployment The state that was targeted was subdivided into four regions Twelve
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
51
individuals from the four regions participated in the survey One-hour to two-hour
interviews ensued to gather qualitative data Data analysis followed to characterize
common themes
Results specific to transition assessment revealed that interests and preferences of
the client were important to consider however only three of the 12 revealed that this
information was obtained from the school or family They found it was important to
include the family to a greater extent in the assessment process Due to the disabling
conditions of the individuals with intellectual disabilities it was revealed that family input
was important There was concern expressed that transition assessment was lacking in the
secondary setting and results were not readily available Job trials and situational
assessment should be utilized in two of the settings for assessment purposes
Philosophical statements were discussed for implementation and acquisition of transition
assessment from high school to postsecondary sheltered settings to improve collaborative
efforts which results in better preparation of youth for supported employment services
(Moon et al 2011)
Individuals with all types of disabilities Current research pertaining to the
transition assessment component and process for students with disabilities is quite
limited One article by Herbert et al (2010) discussed the assessment process for students
with disabilities This article addressed the assessment process for all types of disabilities
The method involved an online questionnaire developed to assess respondent
demographic information career assessment practices type of services available and
career areas that are assessed with students Two groups were surveyed including the
Pennsylvania Office of Vocational Rehabilitation counselors working with high schools
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
52
possessing students with disabilities on their caseload and high school professionals
including administrators and educators who provided transition services to high school
students with disabilities The survey was disseminated over a two-month period More
than 400 teachers administrators and rehabilitation personnel responded to the survey
regarding assessment trends
Five research questions were identified with that study Current assessment trends
were revealed showing that a pluralistic approach was utilized rather than one specific
approach This included skills instruction self-awareness emotional support community
knowledge direct experience and community intervention rather than traditional
assessment Knowledge of available services was moderate overall Impact of career
services was moderate Collaboration was perceived at a moderate to minimal level
between families students and school officials and consultants Overall helpfulness of
career services was perceived as helpful by two thirds of the participants Areas assessed
were primarily vocational interest academic achievement and academic aptitude
Descriptive analysis was applied which revealed that school professionals
typically address career interests to the greatest extent Aptitude revealed slightly more
than 50 of programs addressed these aptitude assessments Achievement was at 48
Career decision making work values personality and world of work were close with
results from 37 to 29 Impact on transition service revealed moderate outcomes at
50 with the respondents and significant with only 21 of the respondents Four themes
emerged which included teamwork training needs parental involvement and unrealistic
career goals as issues that needed to be addressed Work samples were revealed as the
most infrequently utilized assessment tool They recommended that school professionals
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
53
need to give greater attention to the area of career and work decision-making which
should include career interests knowledge of work and also achievement aptitude and
personality which appears to be lacking in substantial emphasis with current transition
assessment according to the findings of that report (Herbert et al 2010)
Qualitative analysis was applied to one open-ended question Recommendations
were cited in the discussion portion of the article which supports transition assessment
early in the studentrsquos high school career Additional training opportunities were indicated
by the participants Collaboration with all stakeholders was a high-priority
recommendation Further knowledge of assessment areas and types of assessments was
recommended to increase the impact of transition assessment for students with
disabilities (Herbert et al 2010)
The lack of research-based information about transition assessment points to a
critical need in the field of special education Without data to clarify what transition
assessment practices are successful as well as studies that examine educatorrsquos
understanding about their use evidence-based transition assessment cannot progress
With this in mind the following research questions were addressed
Research Questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
54
Summary
Transition assessment does not involve exclusively the assessment of vocational
needs and abilities All stakeholders of the transition team must adhere to a holistic
approach to transition assessment for the individual with intellectual disabilities Informal
and formal measures must be utilized to gather ongoing data to develop an age-
appropriate transition plan for students as they transition into postsecondary life In order
to meet the needs of the individual with disabilities the interested stakeholders must
assess interests strengths aptitudes preferences social skills self-help skills self-
determination mobility community access and environmental concerns within the
natural environment When working with individuals with more significant intellectual
disabilities informal assessment should be the focus while taking into account formal
measures This should be the model for transition assessment Evaluating the individualrsquos
support system should be another source in order to provide a realistic holistic and
successful transition plan that will assist the students as they transition from secondary to
postsecondary life
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
55
CHAPTER III
Methodology
Transition assessment is the cornerstone for the development of the IEP Since the
reauthorization of the IDEA in 2004 the transition plan to meet the specific needs of the
student possessing a disability is required for a student who has reached the age of 16
The literature addresses the best-practice approaches to developing the transition plan for
the secondary student with a disability Essential components guidelines and
suggestions are highlighted Suggestions for implementation team planning
collaboration inputs outputs and curriculum goals saturate the literature on all levels
Additionally a wealth of information about the assessment process in general is
available Guidelines for achievement testing cognitive assessments behavioral
evaluations adaptive behavior curriculum-based measurements and dealing with high-
stakes testing within formal and informal categories are exhaustive Knowledge of what
is being utilized with regard to transition assessment is lacking It is important to
determine if educators possess knowledge regarding transition assessment and what is
being used to implement transition assessment especially for students with intellectual
disabilities
Research Questions
This study investigated two research questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
56
Rationale
In order to answer the research questions this study was conducted to gather
specific data that pertains to knowledge about transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities The study utilized a survey that was based on earlier research by
Herbert et al (2010) Gaining knowledge from a variety of professionals required the
selection of the individuals who best represented those who provide services to
individuals with intellectual disabilities who are involved in the transition planning phase
of their education (American Association for Public Opinion Research 2011)
To better answer the research questions it was necessary to conduct a descriptive
analysis of the survey results A qualitative analysis of the perceptions of the practitioners
who provide transition assessment to students with intellectual disabilities was used with
two open-ended questions Accordingly the previous survey was pilot tested and
administered with modifications following the pilot testing process (Herbert et al 2010)
The descriptive analysis conducted in the initial survey was replicated in order to provide
for reliability and validity
Context of the Study
The setting for this study was an area that included the western portion of Texas
characterized as West Texas This region is better known as a rural plains area with one
larger city that is surrounded by rural towns sprawling ranches and agricultural entities
(Texas Association of Counties 2003) According to the Texas Association of Counties
(2003) rural areas generally rely on agriculture that is more unstable which results in
higher unemployment and underemployment These areas show population that is more
sparsely populated as compared to urban regions The area is served by the Regional
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
57
Education Service Center Region 17 which includes Local Education Agencies
Logistics along with the researcherrsquos proximity to the research locale necessitated the
selection of the setting for the study
In addition to logistical concerns the data that was collected served the area that
is identified with a more regionalized specific purpose West Texas is a region that deals
with the unique needs of the plains and a rural locale that reflects different hurdles and
barriers that are different from those of a larger metroplex In addition to the wide spans
of the region as a whole the barriers that affect transition planning for individuals with
disabilities are affected by the rural setting the expanse of the region as a land mass and
the availability of services for individuals with disabilities
Data Sources
The group comprising the research participants included individuals in public
school settings that provide transition services to students with intellectual disabilities
This included special education teachers in self-contained settings special education
teachers in inclusive settings vocational adjustment coordinators diagnosticians special
education directors and transition coordinators who coordinate the transition planning
process and who work directly with individuals who have intellectual disabilities This
group best represented the parties that intervene with the chosen population of individuals
with intellectual disabilities West Texas residents and the persons who possess a vested
interest in the subject matter of transition assessment
Disadvantages to the choice of the participants were that the participants may not
have represented the community as a whole throughout the state of Texas who serve
individuals with intellectual disabilities In addition the goals and future outcomes for the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
58
individuals with intellectual disabilities in West Texas could vary from the future
outcomes for individuals in larger metroplex areas or who live in land areas not as vast as
West Texas Advantages could be that the rural setting could serve to provide information
that regions throughout the United States would be able to utilize to enhance the service
delivery for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Data Collection Methods
The process of collecting the data involved the use of an online survey for four
weeks that was replicated from a study that was conducted based out of The Pennsylvania
State University (Herbert et al 2010) The original plan was to disseminate the survey
for two weeks A reminder was sent after two weeks and another reminder was sent after
three weeks in order to obtain a sufficient number of participants
Included in the survey was basic demographic information such as job title years
of experience highest education level and area of concentration Additional data for the
present study was collected on types of current transition assessment practices being
utilized and what areas are assessed by the transition personnel The information
collected reflected who performed transition assessments to individuals with intellectual
disabilities what was the impact of transition assessment and their own level of
understanding by professionals regarding transition assessment
The original survey involved 13 questions that included demographic information
and knowledge of transition application procedures For the purpose of this study the
demographic component consisted of eight items including information about location
gender educational background and job title The survey questions directly associated
with transition assessment included a list of eight questions Two were open-ended
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
59
questions Sixteen of the questions required a descriptive analysis process The two open-
ended questions required qualitative analysis of the responses (Miles amp Huberman
1994)
The survey questions pertaining to transition also required a descriptive analysis
approach The questions included information from the respondents about their
understanding of services and their opinion about what was available and what was being
utilized with regard to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Respondents were asked about their understanding of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities The respondents had the opportunity to express
the level of effectiveness present in the current transition assessment practices they
experienced Respondents also responded to a portion of the survey that addressed the
level of impact that transition assessment had on assisting their students (Herbert et al
2010)
The Education Service Center Region 17 list-serve was accessed to identify the
directors of special education Those individuals were asked to forward the survey letter
and survey link to staff who work specifically with students with intellectual disabilities
and the transition process Additional list-serves were obtained through the Texas
Association of Vocational Adjustment Coordinators Texas Educational Diagnostician
Association Region 17 Education Service Center contacts and district e-mail contacts
More than one hundred participants were estimated as possible participants Possible
participants were contacted with the hopes of obtaining a sample of at least sixty Seventy
one participants submitted responses to the survey in the online format (Appendix C and
D)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
60
Data Analysis
Analysis of the data required a careful descriptive process The first step included
a best-practices analysis with regard to the data-collection process and the survey itself
The American Association for Public Opinion Research (2011) suggests 12 quality
standards for best practices with survey studies Some of these standards include
ldquopossessing specific goals for the survey considering alternatives to the survey approach
selecting samples that well represent the population to be studied and taking great care in
matching question wording to the concepts being measured and the population studiedrdquo
(AAPOR 2011 p1)
Descriptive analysis was ensued throughout the data analysis process for all but
the two open-ended questions Basic statistical analysis was reviewed using descriptive
analysis The purpose was to ldquoassign meaning to the descriptive or inferential
information compiled during the studyrdquo (Miles amp Huberman 1994 p 56) Descriptive
analysis involves ldquothe process of staying as close to the data as was originally recordedrdquo
(Glesne 2006)
Through the use of qualitative analysis further evolvement of recurring themes
and patterns was evaluated Lorenz and Trusty (2010) wrote ldquoa qualitative analysis must
be done to identify content themes to the open-ended questionrdquo (p20) A systematic
approach to review the given data for the two open-ended questions allowed for greater
usability of the common patterns themes and implications by interested stakeholders A
codification system was utilized to discover themes patterns and obscure outliers present
within the survey tool with the open-ended response questions (Miles amp Huberman
1994) Qualitative analysis was not simply a means to support the assumptions of the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
61
researcher Secondly care was adhered to so that the results of the initial study did not
lead to a biased approach to the data collected during this study
Data Management Plan
The initial step in the data management process required permission by the Texas
Tech University Institutional Review Board (IRB) to conduct the study Consent was
obtained from the participants through acknowledgment of their willingness to participate
in the online survey (Appendix A and B)
The data that was gathered required a carefully designed and organized data
management plan Following the data collection process the data was appropriately
securely and safely stored The data was password protected with access only by the
researcher The data was stored on a computer with password protection which was only
accessed by the researcher
Reliability and Validity
The reliability and validity of this study was enhanced due to the use of the survey
tool utilized in a former study (Herbert et al 2010) The survey tool was field tested and
later refined for greater clarification This was the second time this survey was utilized
There was a narrowing of the survey to specifically address the knowledge of assessment
practices of educational professionals with regard to transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities The online format was utilized for a four-week time span to
gather the data A smaller sampling of participants that better represented the West Texas
demographics was utilized to enhance the validity of the data from the selected region
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
62
Summary
This study investigated the knowledge that professionals possess regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities This study described
the knowledge of assessment practice within the West Texas region This was completed
using a mixed-methods approach of descriptive statistical analysis and a qualitative
analysis through the use of a replicated survey A review of the research in the areas of
transition planning and transition assessment was completed at the beginning
A survey that was previously conducted was replicated to address the research
questions pertaining to the knowledge that educational professionals possess with regard
to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The online survey
was available for a four-week period List-serves and district emails were used to identify
participants who best represented West Texas professionals and who best answered the
research questions for transition assessment pertaining to individuals with intellectual
disabilities
Data analysis required a mixed-methods approach of descriptive statistical
analysis for the majority of the survey responses and qualitative analysis for two open-
ended questions A carefully designed data management plan was used throughout the
study to adhere to a well-managed audit trail Careful protocol was followed to gather the
data organize the data and analyze the data
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
63
CHAPTER IV
Results
This study examined the level of knowledge professionals possessed regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Additionally
participants were asked what assessment tools were being utilized to address transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities including types of assessment and
specific assessment tools Questions explored areas examined during transition
assessment and who was responsible for implementing the assessment tools Participants
were contacted via e-mail to request their participation in the web-based survey
The process of contacting participants involved online requests to regional special
education directors diagnosticians transition personnel and vocational adjustment
coordinators serving students with intellectual disabilities in West Texas An initial
request was sent giving the participants two weeks to complete the survey A second
request was sent after the two week period A third and final request was sent as a
reminder giving the participants four more days to complete the survey A total of 71
participants completed the online survey
Modifications were made to the replicated study to gather specific data pertaining
to transition assessment as a whole rather than just career assessment staff training
desires and knowledge about specific published assessment tools Changes included
a) utilized descriptive statistics to increase practical understanding for educational
personnel in a usable format (Trochim 2006) b) changed from one to two open-ended
questions c) rephrased open-ended questions for greater clarification d) omitted
demographic question pertaining to race e) added a survey question related to training
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
64
desires due to overwhelming response in the original survey f) added additional
assessment areas types and mechanisms g) changed wording from career assessment to
transition assessment h) focused on education personnel versus rehabilitation personnel
and i) narrowed to two research questions
Data were obtained through the online survey utilizing descriptive data analysis
for 16 questions and qualitative analysis for two open-ended questions Participants were
asked if the assessment tools aided in identifying and meeting the potential of individuals
with intellectual disabilities Basic demographic questions were asked to gain an
understanding of the characteristics of the West Texas participants located in the Region
17 Education Service Center area
Research Questions
This study gathered information regarding knowledge of transition assessment for
students with intellectual disabilities located in West Texas and characterized as the
Region 17 Service Center area The following research questions were addressed
Research Questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Characteristics of the Sample
Job Category
The population for this study included 71 participants of whom 831 were
female and 169 were male This study included similar types of participants in the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
65
original study conducted at The Pennsylvania State University (Herbert et al 2010)
However emphasis for this study was directed toward education personnel rather than
rehabilitation personnel from the previous study Participants included district
administrators special education teachers district special education administrators
consultants diagnosticians transition coordinators vocational adjustment coordinators
campus administrators special education counselors and education service center
consultants Seventy-one individuals participated in the study which is reflected in Table
41
Table 41 Job Category Description (N = 71)
_______________________________________________________________________
Variability Category n
_______________________________________________________________________
Job Category Campus Educator 21 295
Educational Diagnostician 19 267
Vocational Adjustment Coordinator 8 112
Transition Coordinator 6 84
Special Education Administrator 5 70
District Administrator 3 42
Consultant 2 28
District Educator 2 28
Transition Vocational Counselor 2 28
Campus Administrator 1 14
Special Education Counselor 1 14
Rehabilitation Counselor 1 14
________________________________________________________________________
Gender
Gender was another demographic question asked of the participants Of the 71
participants fifty nine were female which equated to 831 Twelve of the participants
were male which equaled 169 These results were similar to the original study at
722 and 278 This is reflected in table 42
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
66
Table 42 Gender (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variability Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Gender Female 59 831
Male 12 169
________________________________________________________________________
Age of Participant
Age was also obtained from the participants Ten categories were used to organize
the ages of the participants The first category began with the age of 20 Ages 41-45
represented the largest age range with 225 of the participants in that group This was
followed closely by the age range of 51-55 years In original study 45 years old was the
average age of the participants which is similar to the findings in this study Three
categories had two participants The results are shown in Table 43
Table 43 Age of the Participant (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Age of Participant 20-25 2 28
26-30 3 42
31-35 6 85
36-40 2 28
41-45 16 225
46-50 8 113
51-55 14 197
56-60 10 141
61-65 8 113
66-70 2 28
________________________________________________________________________
Educational Level
Educational level was critical for understanding formal education that was
provided to the participants in their respective field A question was posed to the
participants in the online format to address this topic Table 44 demonstrates the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
67
education level of the participants A very large percentage of the participants 80
possessed a masterrsquos degree or higher Participants with a bachelorrsquos degree were
significantly lower at 20 This was similar to the findings in the original study with
687 for a masterrsquos degree and 247 for a bachelorrsquos degree
Table 44 Level of Education (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Level of Education Bachelorrsquos degree 15 217
Masterrsquos degree 51 732
Doctorate 1 14
Other (Post Masterrsquos) 4 56
________________________________________________________________________
Total Experience Years
A question was included that addressed total years as an educator The study
included a range of total years as an educator from 1-2 years up to 41 and above Twenty-
six percent of the participants possessed numerous years of experience ranging from 16-
20 years of experience An extremely high percentage of 788 of the participants
possessed more than 20 years of experience as an educator (Table 45) This was more
than the original survey which revealed 917 years of experience as the average
Table 45 Years of Experience as an Educator (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Total Years as an Educator 1-2 3 42
3-5 3 42
6-10 9 127
11-15 6 85
16-20 18 254
21-25 8 113
26-30 11 155
31-35 7 99
36-40 5 70
41 and above 1 14
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
68
Current Position Experience
Experience in the present position was another piece of demographic data
presented in the original study and in this online survey also Analysis of this survey
revealed that time in the present position included one to five years at 38 six to fifteen
years at 281 sixteen to thirty years at 267 and 7 at thirty-one or more years
(Table 46)
Table 46 Years in the Current Position (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Years in current position 1-5 27 380
6-15 20 281
16-30 19 267
31 or more 5 70
________________________________________________________________________
Comparison of Demographics
Descriptive statistics were utilized to provide a comparative analysis of the age of
the participant years as an educator and years in the current position The mean age for
the participants was 4842 years old Average years of experience were 2032 years
Average years in the participantsrsquo current position were 1230 years Each of these
comparisons demonstrates extensive longevity in all realms (Table 47)
Table 47 Comparison of Demographics (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable M SD Low High
________________________________________________________________________
Age 4842 1091 20-25 66-70
Total Years as an educator 2032 1037 1-2 41+
Years in current position 1230 954 1-5 31+
_______________________________________________________________________
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
69
Education Site Location
Participants were asked to select the type of location where they worked or
consulted (Table 48) The categories examined the various types of employment
scenarios for educators in the Region 17 Education Service Center area A good
sampling of participants was achieved across rural suburban and urban locations Forty
one percent of the participants are located in rural settings Twenty eight were located in
urban settings Twenty two of the participants were located in a combination of rural and
suburban settings Employment location that was the least was the suburban locale This
result would correlate with the reality that the West Texas region is primarily a rural
setting
Table 48 EmploymentConsultation Location (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
EmploymentConsultation Location Rural 28 406
Suburban 7 101
Urban 19 275
Combination (ruralsuburban) 15 217
No Response 2 28
________________________________________________________________________
Employment Setting
A frequency count was completed to determine the percentages as well as the
numbers of individuals in various consultation or employment settings The categories
examined the various types of employment scenarios for educators in the Region 17
Education Service Center area The largest number occurred for individuals working in
high school settings which was more than half (712) of the participants (Table 49)
Some participants remarked on other locales where they were also employed The lowest
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
70
numbers of employment settings occurred for Alternative State Facility Education
Service Center and an ldquootherrdquo response (n = 2 1 1 1)
Table 49 Employment Setting (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Employment Setting High School 42 512
Middle School 18 219
AdministrativeCentral Office 9 153
Alternative 2 34
Other Locations indicated State Facility 1 12
in addition to the ones surveyed All grade levels 6 73
District 2 24
Education Service Center 1 12
Elementary (other) 1 12
________________________________________________________________________
Research Questions
Research Question One
Grade level implementation What knowledge do educators possess regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities To answer this
question Table 410 displays the frequency count for grade level during which transition
assessment occurs Transition assessment should be administered at all grade levels
every year as mandated in the IDEA 2004 However implementation of transition
assessment at ldquoall grade levelsrdquo showed only to be 544 The participants marked
individual grade levels at 9th
grade 397 10th
grade 265 11th
grade 250 and
12th
grade 250 There were 49 of the participants who selected ldquonone providedrdquo
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
71
Table 410 Perceived Grade Level Implementation of Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Grade level transition assessments 9th
27
397
are conducted 10th
18 265
11th
17 250
12th
17 250
All grade levels 37 544
None provided 4 49
No response 3 42
________________________________________________________________________
Person responsible Persons responsible for transition assessment are displayed
in Table 411 The high school teacher was selelcted by the particpants as the individual
most likely to administer transition assessment at 521 Transition Coordinators and
Vocational Adjustment Coordinators were the next most likely individuals to be
conducting transition assessment (281 and 225) The school phsychologist was
selected as the least likely individual to administer transition assessments A significant
number participants did not know or skipped this question entirely (239)
Table 411 Person Responsible for Implementing Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Individual deemed High School Teacher 37 521
responsible for Transition Services ConsultantCoordinator 20 281
providing Vocational Adjustment Coordinator 16 225
transition Diagnostician 12 169
assessment High School Counselor 10 141
Career Counselor (School Employee) 7 98
Career Counselor Consultant (non-school
employee) 2 28
School Psychologist 1 14
No one assignednot available 3 42
Do not know 1 14
Varies 3 42
Skipped 16 225
________________________________________________________________________
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
72
Level of understanding The level of understanding regarding transition
assessment by participants is displayed in Table 412 Thirty-eight percent of the
participants marked a very clear understanding 45 marked moderately clear
understanding and 182 indicated little no or skipped the question pertaining to
understanding of transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Over-all 60 of the participants indicated they had moderate to little or no understanding
regarding transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities This result is
similar to the original study which indicated that education personnel perceive their level
of understanding to be less than optimal
Table 412 Perceived Level of Understanding Regarding Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Understanding about Very clear 27 380
transition assessment Moderately clear 32 450
Limited 9 126
Little or no 2 28
Skipped 2 28
Additional training In the original study an overwhelming number of
participants expressed a desire to obtain more training regarding transition assessment
through the open-ended response (Herbert et al 2010) A question was developed in this
study to allow the participants the opportunity to express what types of training they
would like to receive Table 413 displays the participantsrsquo desires to participate in
workshops and higher education opportunities pertaining to transition assessment An
extremely large number of participants expressed a desire to participate in one-day
workshops (912) Eighty-one percent of the participants desired one-day workshops
Training opportunities selected by participants in the 40-50 range were one-hour
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
73
workshops team collaborations on-going in-service training and online training
modules Twenty-one percent of the participants expressed interest in college-level
coursework Only three individuals indicated that they were not interested in any training
Table 413 Interest in Additional Training (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Training opportunities One-hour workshop 30 422
to increase knowledge of 1-day workshop 58 817
transition assessment Team Collaboration 34 479
Self-study 17 239
Multiple day workshops 18 253
Ongoing in-service training 29 408
Online training module 34 479
College course 15 211
College Course (onlinemedia-site) 9 126
TEA certification coursework 12 169
None 3 42
Other 1 14
Skipped 3 42
________________________________________________________________________
Research Question Two
Areas addressed What transition assessment practices are used by educational
personnel for individuals with intellectual disabilities To answer this question Table
414 describes the areas that the participants rated with regard to transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities Academic Achievement was rated at 563
Vocational Assessment at 676 Academic Aptitude at 366 Career Decision Making at
464 and the greatest amount at 887 was Interests In the original survey vocational
interest aptitude and achievement was noted as assessment area most used Additional
areas in this survey included Personality at 323 Work Values at 366 World of
Work Knowledge at 324 and ldquoDonrsquot know and No responserdquo a combined percentage
of 84 by the participants
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
74
Table 414 Perceived Areas Addressed with Transition Assessment (N = 71)
_______________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Areas addressed with Interests 63 887
transition assessment Vocational Aptitude 48 676
Academic Achievement 40 563
Career Decision Making 33 464
Academic Aptitude 26 366
Work Values 26 366
Personality 23 323
World of Work Knowledge 23 324
Donrsquot know 2 28
No response 4 56
________________________________________________________________________
Types of assessments Descriptive statistics were utilized for questions pertaining
to types of assessment areas as shown in Table 415 This question was added to this
survey to gather specific data pertaining to knowledge regarding types of transition
assessments used to assess students with intellectual disabilities Types of assessments
were rated from ldquoNot Used or Heard of to Heard of and Usedrdquo Frequency counts were
obtained for each area of assessments A scale of one was used for ldquoNot Used or Heard of
or Heard ofrdquo a score of two was given for ldquoHeard ofrdquo and a three was given for ldquoUsedrdquo
Mean scores ranged from the lowest at 16 for EcologicalEnvironment and Authentic
Assessment to the highest at 286 for Teacher Observation The next highest ratings were
for Interest Inventories at 277 Interviews and Student Surveys at 273 Academic
Achievement at 266 Intellectual Aptitude at 264 and Functional Skills Inventory at
253 A clear separation occurred with a 5050 ldquoUse and Heard ofrdquo result for Career
Aptitude Teacher Made Learning Styles and Curriculum-Based at 233 and 234 Types
of assessments that had been ldquoHeard ofrdquo but were ldquoNot Used or Heard ofrdquo as frequently
were Personality Profiles at 222 and Portfolio at 216 Several types of assessments
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
75
revealed limited ldquoUserdquo and ldquoHeard ofrdquo or ldquoNot Used or Heard ofrdquo to a greater extent
These included Self-determination measures at 193 Self-advocacy measures at 198
Situational at 181 Authentic at 168 and EcologicalEnvironmental at 160
Table 415 Level of Use for Types of Transition Assessments (N = 71)
____________________________________________________________________
Item Not Used (1) Heard of (2) Used (3) Rating M n
or Heard of
________________________________________________________________________
Teacher Observation 2 14 51 286 67
Interest Inventories 1 14 55 277 70
Student Survey 1 16 49 273 66
Interviews 3 13 54 273 70
Academic Achievement 0 22 42 266 64
Intellectual Aptitude 1 22 43 264 66
Functional Skills Inventory 4 22 38 253 64
Career Aptitude 2 31 31 245 64
Teacher Made 5 30 26 234 61
Curriculum-Based 7 27 27 233 61
Learning Styles 4 33 24 233 61
Personality Profiles 5 36 18 222 59
Portfolio 9 33 19 216 61
Self-advocacy measures 15 31 14 198 60
Self-determination measures 16 32 12 193 60
Situational 24 20 13 181 57
Authentic 26 27 7 168 60
EcologicalEnvironmental 30 21 7 160 58
________________________________________________________________________
Published assessments Descriptive statistics were employed for published
assessments as shown in Table 416 This was a question that was added to this survey to
gather information pertaining to knowledge regarding published assessment mechanisms
Frequency counts were obtained for 11 published transition assessment tools A rating
mean was obtained for each tool similar to the previous Areas Addressed question A
score of one was given for ldquoNot Used or Heard ofrdquo a score of two was given for ldquoHeard
ofrdquo and a three was given for ldquoUsedrdquo Score rating means ranged from 138 to 262
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
76
Special Education Manager (GG Consulting LLC 2008) received the highest
rating at 262 The next highest published tools included Transition Planning Inventory
(Clark amp Patton 2009) at 222 Moderate ratings went to the Reading-Free Vocational
Interest Inventory 2 (Becker 2005) at 205 and the Brigance Employability Skills
Inventory (Brigance 1995) at 208 The OrsquoNet Interest Survey (US Department of
Labor 2002) received a 187 rating score The Picture Interest Career Survey (PICS)
(Brady 2007) received a 182 rating score Lowest scores included the Arc Self-
determination Scale (Wehmeyer amp Kelchner 1995) at 138 and the MECA (Oakwood
Solutions LLC 2010) at 141 COPS-PIC (Knapp-Lee L (2007) at 144 Myers Briggs
Type Indicator (Myers amp Briggs 1988) at 158 and the WRIOT2 (Glutting amp Wilkinson
2006) at 153
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
77
Table 416 Level of Use for Published Assessments (N = 71) (ID=Insufficient Data)
________________________________________________________________________
Item Not Used (1) Heard of (2) Used (3) Rating M n
or Heard of
________________________________________________________________________
Special Education Manager (SEM) 3 19 44 262 66
Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) 8 19 36 222 63
Brigance Employability 12 33 17 208 62
Skills Inventory
Reading-Free Vocational Interest 23 19 20 205 59
Inventory 2 (R-FVII2)
O-Net Interest Inventory 45 11 15 187 60
Picture Interest Career Survey (PICS) 26 21 15 182 62
Myers Briggs Type Indicator 27 30 2 158 59
Wide Range Interest and 36 16 8 153 60
Occupation Test (WRIOT2
COPS-PIC Picture Inventory 31 17 8 144 62
Of Careers
Microcomputer Evaluation 34 14 11 141 59
Of Careers and Academics (MECA)
Arc Self-determination Scale 41 15 4 138 60
Other 0 0 10 ID 15
Unsure 2 0 0 ID 2
No Response 0 0 0 ID 3
________________________________________________________________________
Impact One question asked the participants to rate the impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Table 417) The participants
stated that transition assessment had a significant impact at 169 Moderate impact was
perceived by 468 Minimal impact was selected by 309 of the participants and little
or no impact by 56 of the participants Over-all participants rated current practices in
transition assessment as having Moderate to Minimal impact at an extremely high level
of 83 In the original study the results were similar with 503 indicating moderate
impact and 274 with minimal to no impact
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
78
Table 417 Perceived Impact of Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Impact of transition assessment Significant 12 169
Moderate 33 468
Minimal 22 309
Little or No Impact 2 56
No Response 3 42
________________________________________________________________________
Procedure Used with Open-Ended Questions
Qualitative analysis was used for two open-ended questions in the survey The
first question received 15 responses from the participants This question pertained to what
additional information the participant wanted to include with regard to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The second question resulted in
eight responses from the participants This question asked what the participant knew that
they wished they could use with students with intellectual disabilities with regard to
transition assessment The narrative responses were gathered and reviewed for similar
themes and content
Question One
Participants were asked ldquoWhat else do you use for transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilitiesrdquo Fifteen individualsrsquo responses were submitted
Specific assessment tools were identified by the participants in statements that included
the name of the assessment tool A coding system was utilized to clarify whether the
response was narrative or a specific assessment tool response Further analysis occurred
for the narrative responses to determine themes and common trends
Respondents suggested Career Cruising software (N = 4) (Anaca Technologies
2012) One response suggested the Career Clusters Interest Survey (Arizona State 2007)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
79
and one stated the Cops and Caps (CareerLife Skills Resources 2012) vocational
assessment measure One participant included the Student Styles Questionnaire Revised
(SSQR) (Oakland Glutting amp Horton 1996) Two people suggested the Bridges
Software (Xap Corporation 2009) which was also suggested by one person in the online
questionnaire section under ldquootherrdquo for specific assessment tools Two individuals
suggested questionnaires as a viable means to gather assessment data Participants
suggested parent input for transition and vocational assessment (N = 3) Individuals who
included narrative responses discussed the importance of conducting situational
assessments by including the input of other professionals including outside agencies and
other teachers (N = 2) Responses included observations to get to know the individual and
determining the specific needs of the student to determine what would benefit the student
after graduation (N = 3) One individual who actually answered the second open-ended
question suggested the Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) (Clark amp Patton 2009) as a
thorough tool for assessment
Question Two
Eight participants responded to question two about ldquoWhat do you know about
transition assessment that you wish you could use for students with intellectual
disabilitiesrdquo Two respondents expressed the need for more time to assess the students on
their caseload with regard to transition Another individual commented on the need for
more teacher involvement at each grade level Two individuals posited the need to assess
students in a variety of either job or real-life situational settings One participant stated
that the greatest tool for awareness by the student with regard to transition is receiving a
paycheck One respondent stated that parents need to be better educated with regard to
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
80
continuation of services after graduation This respondent stated that personal advocacy
time management and organization were major issues facing students as they transition
to postsecondary options One final respondent stated that the questionnaire they utilized
had little meaning for students in middle school
Summary
The purpose of this study was to survey educators responsible for implementing
transition assessment for secondary students with intellectual disabilities Participants
included educators from West Texas characterized as individuals located in the Region
17 Education Service Center area The total number of participants was 71 The
population for this study was district administrators special education teachers district
special education administrators consultants diagnosticians transition coordinators
vocational adjustment coordinators campus administrators special education counselors
and education service center consultants Participants were solicited via e-mail requests to
participate voluntarily and to answer the questions from the online survey provided by a
link to the questionnaire
This chapter reported the findings from the study about transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities An online survey was conducted pertaining to
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The first section of this
chapter included descriptive analysis for 16 items pertaining to demographics of the
sample areas and types of transition assessment tools perceived benefits of transition
assessment persons responsible for transition assessment and levels of knowledge
regarding transition assessment The next section of this chapter included a qualitative
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
81
analysis for two open-ended questions Data were described and grouped by common
themes from the participantsrsquo statements on the online format
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
82
CHAPTER V
Discussion
This chapter provides a brief background of the problem and includes a summary
of the study Also included is a description of the review of the literature that was the
foundation for the research study reported herein The methodology for this study is
summarized and followed by a discussion and analysis of the findings The significance
of the study is addressed with an emphasis on the conclusions and implications relevant
to the research pertaining to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities Additionally this chapter offers recommendations for further research based
on the findings Concluding thoughts included limitations of the study and suggestions
for further research
Summary of the Study
This descriptive study investigated the knowledge educators possessed with
regard to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The first four
chapters included an introduction to the study a review of the literature that centered on
the transition process and transition assessment a description of the methodology and an
analysis from the findings of the data that were collected through the study
Chapter I provided a brief overview regarding the mandate proposed with the
IDEA of 2004 which requires that all students in special education who reach the age of
16 must have an ITP which is directed by the transition assessment process In addition
to the purpose of the study this chapter included a statement of the problem the research
questions the theoreticalconceptual framework assumptions definitions of terms
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
83
utilized in the study the delimitations and limitations of the study a discussion of the
significance of the study and the over-all organization of the study
Chapter II provided a review of the literature as it pertains to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Definitions of intellectual
disabilities characteristics and historical practices related to individuals with intellectual
disabilities and transition planning for special needs learners were described
An overview of the research pertaining to transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities was presented Explanations of transition assessment
methods were presented A search of relevant research revealed that studies which
addressed transition planning were available however limited studies addressing
transition assessment existed Lesser studies pertaining specifically to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities existed
Chapter III outlined the methodology and the online survey utilized to complete
the research study Data were collected from education personnel working directly with
students with intellectual disabilities Data were collected over a 4 week period through
an online survey The survey was a replication of a previously utilized survey to address
transition assessment for individuals with disabilities (Herbert et al 2010) The
information from the literature review guided the development of the research as well as
refinement of a few of the survey questions to better address individuals with intellectual
disabilities
The survey replicated research conducted through The Pennsylvania State
University Career Assessment Practices for High School Students with Disabilities and
Perceived Value Reported by Transition Personnel (Herbert et al 2010) Modifications
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
84
were made to the replicated study to gather specific data pertaining to transition
assessment as a whole rather than just career assessment staff training desires and
knowledge about specific published assessment tools Changes included
a) utilized descriptive statistics to increase practical understanding for educational
personnel in a usable format (Trochim 2006) b) changed from one to two open-ended
questions c) rephrased open-ended questions for greater clarification d) omitted
demographic question pertaining to race e) added a survey question related to training
desires due to overwhelming response in original survey f) added additional assessment
areas types and mechanisms g) changed wording from career assessment to transition
assessment h) focused on education personnel versus rehabilitation personnel and
i) narrowed to two research questions Also the survey was designed to reveal the
knowledge of educational staff working with students with intellectual disabilities as it
pertains to transition assessment A copy of the survey is located in Appendix E
Chapter IV reported the findings of the study The chapter began with a review of
the mandates pertaining to transition assessment as outlined in IDEA 2004 best-practices
approach to transition planning and the limited available research pertaining to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Procedures utilized in analyzing
the descriptive data and the qualitative information produced by two open-ended
questions was explained Findings were presented with explanations of how the data
answered the following research questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
85
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Discussion of the Findings
An analysis evaluation and synthesis of the findings indicated that educators
who implement transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities utilize a
variety of assessment tools that address several areas pertaining to the transition process
Several topics emerged from the data regarding transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities The topics included demographics of participants that best
represent the West Texas region knowledge of transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities and types of assessment practices utilized by professionals
dealing with individuals with intellectual disabilities (Figure 51) A detailed discussion
of the topics will provide greater understanding of the answers to the research questions
and guide the implications for further research and practice in transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Figure 51 Transition Assessment Topics
Transition Assessment for Individuals with
Intellectual Disabilities
Demographics of the
Participants
Knowledge of Transition
Assessment
Assessment Practices
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
86
Impact of Demographics
Setting
In order to best represent the characteristics of the West Texas region it was
necessary to obtain a sampling from a variety of individuals who best represented the
West Texas region This area is better known as a rural plains area with one larger city
that is surrounded by rural towns sprawling ranches and agricultural entities (Texas
Association of Counties 2003) A large number of the participants (40) worked in
rural settings with equal numbers working in urban and suburban settings The variety of
settings that was obtained in the online survey format for this study represented an
excellent sampling of the West Texas region
The participants worked in various settings The majority of the participants
worked in high school settings This result was appropriate due to the requirement by the
IDEA of 2004 which states that when students reach the age of 16 a transition plan
should be developed which is directed by the findings of the transition assessment
Traditionally a student who is 16 years old is a high school student A portion of the
participants were from middle school settings which can be attributed to the awareness
that transition planning is recommended to begin at the age of 14 for individuals with
disabilities (Miller et al 2007) Typically students in middle school are introduced to the
transition planning process at this stage of their education career
Participants
The sample for this study included educators from West Texas characterized as
Education Service Center Region 17 The total number of participants was 71 Fifty nine
of the participants were female (831) and 12 were male (169) The population
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
87
included district administrators special education teachers district special education
administrators consultants diagnosticians transition coordinators vocational adjustment
coordinators campus administrators special education counselors and education service
center consultants Participants were solicited via e-mail requests to answer the questions
on the online survey provided by a link to the questionnaire
For the purposes of this study educators were the primary focus in order to gather
specific data pertaining to the level of knowledge they possessed regarding transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities School personnel who are
typically involved in the process were included such as vocational adjustment teachers
diagnosticians special education administrators district and campus educators transition
coordinators and district and campus administrators provided the greatest number of
those individuals who participated in the survey
Experience The research participants constituted a group representing vast years
of experience as educators All the participants possessed a college degree with the
majority of the participants possessing a masterrsquos degree or higher (n = 57) The age of
the participants provided a good sampling of age ranges with the majority of the
participants being over the age of 40 Obtaining the age years of experience and
education level of the participants was necessary in order to determine basic competency
levels of the participants
Job category A varied sampling was achieved pertaining to job categories Job
categories ranged from administrators educators diagnosticians and
counselorsconsultants The largest group was educators which included campus
educators and vocational adjustment coordinators A substantial number of diagnosticians
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
88
provided input on the online survey which added to the validity of the study Several
counselors and consultants provided input which increased the type of sampling that was
obtained for the study A lesser number of district and campus administrators provided
input to the survey Over-all the sampling varied and represented a variety of personnel
who addressed transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
The literature addressed the best-practices approach to developing a transition
plan for the secondary students with a disability The purpose of transition assessment is
to gather ongoing data that leads to the development of a transition plan that meets the
needs of the student as heshe transitions from secondary to postsecondary life The
development of the ITP is a team effort that should be a collaborative undertaking which
provides input from a variety of stakeholders (National Secondary Technical Training
Assistance Center 2010) Grigal Hart and Magliore (2011) stated that team members
should be more involved in the ITP planning process More input by all stakeholders with
regard to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities is needed in
order to develop a quality effective transition plan (IDEA 2004) Accordingly the
inclusion of a variety of education personnel for this study was appropriate
Knowledge
Research Question One asked ldquoWhat knowledge do educators possess regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilitiesrdquo Inconsistency is an
issue that persists with the practice of transition assessment (Morningstar 1997 cited in
Herbert et al 2010) Results from the study reported demonstrated that the same issue
still persists within the West Texas region among educators implementing transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
89
Understanding
Most of the participants indicated that their level of knowledge was moderate to
none regarding transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Thirty-
eight percent of the participants rated their level understanding of transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities as very clear However 45 stated they
possessed moderately clear understanding regarding transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities Eighteen percent of the participants reported they had
limited or little understanding regarding transition assessment Campus educators
expressed the greatest clarity with regard to understanding with 615 of the respondents
from that sector Data indicated that over-all staff perceptions pertaining to their own
level of understanding regarding transition assessment of individuals with intellectual
disabilities is not at the optimum level
Grade Level Implementation
Most of all the participants responded that some type of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities was performed in grades 9 10 11 and 12 Many
agreed that transition assessment was conducted either on their campus or the campus
they consulted with for all grade levels at 544 Equal numbers of participants
however chose specific grade levels Ninth grade (397) elicited the greatest number
when individual grade levels were chosen Seven participants 10 chose the ldquonone
providedrdquo or ldquono responserdquo selection Campus educators diagnosticians special
education administrators and vocational adjustment coordinators indicated transition
assessment took place at the 9th
grade level with 375-60 of the respondents
Variability in grade-level implementation and the ldquonone providedrdquo response indicated
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
90
that more knowledge is needed to address basic understanding regarding implementation
of transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities at all grade levels
Miller et al (2007) states that transition assessment is the process of gathering
information over an extended period of time in order to develop an appropriate IEP that
meets the studentrsquos needs Transition planning was characterized as an ongoing process
of ldquocollecting information on the studentrsquos strengths needs preferences and interests as
they related to the demands of current and future livingrdquo (Sitlington 2008 p 87) The
variability in the responses by the participants indicated a lack of awareness of the
mandates associated with IDEA 2004 Understanding that transition assessments as an
all-level ongoing process is needed for educators implementing a sound transition plan
that is directed by the transition assessment process (IDEA 2004 cited in Herbert et al
2010)
Responsibility
Several groups emerged from the analysis by those who answered this question
Campus educators constituted the largest group that was deemed the individual
responsible for implementing transition assessment of individuals with intellectual
disabilities (n = 53) Transition coordinators also emerged to a lesser extent as the
individual who provided transition assessment (n = 20) Counselors both school and
nonschool were identified by some of the participants as providing transition assessment
(n = 19) Thirteen individuals stated the diagnostician performed transition assessment to
individuals with disabilities The most revealing responses were ldquononerdquo ldquodo not knowrdquo
or participants simply skipped the item A total of 20 individuals were included with this
response
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
91
The literature and mandates of IDEA 2004 explicitly state that understanding the
role of the team member is critical when implementing transition assessment
Collaboration is required by all interested stakeholders including the school
administrators educators parents students and community agencies (Furney Hasazi
and Destafano 1997) Participants provided varied responses to the item that addressed
who was responsible for transition assessment The data revealed that knowledge
regarding who was responsible for the implementation of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities should be addressed
Training
In the original study the one open-ended question revealed an overwhelming
desire to seek further training and education pertaining to transition assessment for
individuals with disabilities (Herbert et al 2010) A question pertaining to training
options was added to the online format Participants in this study also expressed strong
desire to seek training opportunities to increase knowledge of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities by 91 of the participants Eighty-one percent of
the participants said they would participate in a one-day workshop Half of the
participants indicated they were interested in one-hour workshops team collaboration
ongoing in-service training and online training modules Participants indicated they were
also interested in self-study and multiple-day workshops
Several of the participants indicated they were interested in college-level
coursework Twenty percent of the participants were interested in face-to-face college
courses pertaining to transition A portion of the participants indicated they were
interested in online courses with a substantial portion of the participants interested in
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
92
obtaining transition teacher certification (169) There was a small percentage who did
not want any additional training (42) Over-all it was demonstrated through the data
that educators working with transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities expressed a strong desire to seek additional training opportunities to increase
their level of knowledge
Trends for Assessment Practice
Research Question Two asked ldquoWhat transition assessment practices are used by
educational personnel with individuals with intellectual disabilitiesrdquo Current trends
focus on employing a multifaceted approach to assessment (King Baldwin Currie and
Evans 2006) A systematic approach is needed (Neubert 2003) Assessment protocol
involves the use of formal and informal measures Types of information gathered in order
to develop a high-quality transition plan should include future needs and goals self-
determination and self-advocacy academic strengths learning styles behavioral issues
life skills needs and vocational interests attitudes and abilities (Miller et al 2007 p 5)
Levinson and Palmer (2005) described necessary components to implement transition
services as mandated by IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 They described the need to
incorporate assessment and comprehensive planning that utilized transition assessment
data that addressed academic skills daily living skills personal and social skills and
occupational and vocational skills
Areas of Assessment
Participants indicated strongly with an 886 response rate that interests
constituted the most common area addressed with transition assessment Vocational
aptitude resulted in 676 with academic achievement at 563 Falling within the 30-
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
93
40 percent range was academic aptitude personality profile work values and world of
work knowledge Vocational adjustment coordinators special education administrators
district administrators and diagnosticians indicated with 100 agreement that interests
was the area most assessed Vocational aptitude was indicated as an area assessed by a
rate of 84 to 100 by the campus administrator campus educator and special
education administrator Academic achievement was used to a greater extent in the
original study In this study this was indicated at a rate of 56 to 100 by the district
administrators special education directors and campus administrators It appears
administrators regard achievement as an important area of assessment The results if this
study revealed that greater awareness was needed to address all areas of assessment not
just interests vocational aptitude and academic achievement
Although interests are vital with regard to transition assessment it is necessary for
educators to address all the areas equally including those identified by Miller et al
(2007) future needs and goals self-determination and self-advocacy academic strengths
learning styles behavioral issues life skills needs and vocational interests attitudes and
abilities Several participants 84 indicated they did not know or chose not to answer
which indicates that greater knowledge pertaining to areas address with regard to
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities was needed
Overton (2009) wrote that assessment needed to be data driven rather than relying
on referral information alone The data should be multidimensional and not reliant on just
one set of test scores Data should reflect the studentrsquos strengths abilities interests and
preferences (IDEA 2004) Spinelli (2012) wrote that assessors should identify the
studentrsquos (a) career goals and interests (b) preferences (c) independence level
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
94
(d) strengths (e) hobbies (f) interpersonal relationships (g) self-advocacy abilities and
(h) abilities in relation to postsecondary goals
The research also found that Schmitz (2008) identified areas that should be
included in the transition planning process in order to adhere to the mandates of Indicator
13 The components of transition assessment include interest assessment and career
exploration assessment measures It is crucial to include assessment of academic
performance as it relates to the workplace The practice of assessment and skill building
should be incorporated to evaluate self-determination social and emotional learning and
interventions for independent living In order to accomplish Schmitzrsquos recommendations
ITP team members must expand their vision to include all aspects of the individualrsquos life
not just interests and academic achievement
Types of Assessment
ldquoGoals are developed based upon interests aptitudes abilities strengths and
limitations identified as significant and relevant to the student and family in the transition
planrdquo (Miller et al 2007 p 8) More specific types of assessment include interest
inventories career aptitude academic achievement teacher observation intellectual
aptitude student survey personality profiles self-determination measures self-advocacy
measures interviews ecologicalenvironmental factors authentic portfolio teacher
made curriculum-based functional skills inventories learning styles and situational
(Layton and Lock 2008 Miller et al 2007Moon 2011 Neubert 2003 Overton 2009
Sitlington 2006 Wehman 2009) Of great importance in the assessment of students with
more significant disabilities are the critical life skills pertaining to self-help mobility
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
95
self-determination socialization health family and community supports self-awareness
interests strengths and preferences of the individual (Wehman 2011)
Participants were allowed to rate types of assessments from ldquoNot used or heard of
heard of and usedrdquo Values of one two and three were attached to each response to allow
for descriptive analysis A rating mean was established for each type of assessment The
most popular type of assessment that participants used was teacher observation at a rating
mean of 286
Additional types of assessments that were indicated as ldquoused and heard ofrdquo
included interest inventories student surveys interviews academic achievement
intellectual aptitude tests and functional skills inventories These types of assessments
generate results that elicit the studentrsquos interests and preferences which are mandated in
IDEA 2004 Campus Educators vocational adjustment coordinators special education
administrators district administrators and diagnosticians rated interest inventories as one
of the more used types of assessments for 69 to 100 of these individuals
Falling into a range where less than half of the participants used the types of
measure yet they were a part of the participantrsquos awareness repertoire were career
aptitude teacher-made curriculum-based measures learning style inventories
personality profiles and portfolios Those types of assessments that fell within the mean
below 198 indicating that these have been ldquoheard of and or not used or heard ofrdquo are
self-advocacy measures self-determination measures situational authentic and
ecologicalenvironmental measures The data revealed that 65 of the types of transition
assessments were not being utilized by the majority of the participants This discovery
indicated that further education was needed to increase the knowledge regarding types of
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
96
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities These types of
assessments reveal strengths and needs which is mandated by IDEA 2004 Greater usage
was indicated in order to address assess the needs and strengths of the student with
intellectual disabilities
Located in the ldquonot used and not heard ofrdquo category were self-advocacy measures
self-determination measures situational authentic and ecological and environmental
types of assessments The lack of awareness of these measures was substantial In order
to gain valuable data pertaining to needs strengths interests and preferences for
individuals with intellectual disabilities it is important for all constituents to employ a
variety of types of assessments in order to develop a quality transition plan which is
directed by the transition assessment
The literature revealed that assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
required assessment in the natural environment (Sitlington 2008) Levinson and Palmer
(2005) emphasized the need for performance tests that assessed a studentrsquos ability to
perform specific job-like tasks work samples that expose a student to natural job
responsibilities and situational assessments that measure a studentrsquos interests abilities
and work habits in actual and contrived environments This should be included in the
transition assessment This was indicated by the participants in the open-ended question
format
Published Assessments
In the original study no question was included that addressed what specific tools
that were implemented to address transition assessment This item was added in order to
gather specific data pertaining to specific assessment trends being utilized and awareness
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
97
levels of available published assessment mechanisms Levinson and Palmer (2005) wrote
that assessment and planning are key components to successful post-school living
Assessment data can be gathered through published tests and surveys as well as from
direct interviews and observations of the student Several areas are addressed including
academic skills daily living skills personal and social skills career maturity vocational
interests and vocational aptitude tests
The National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (2010) has
developed an Assessment Toolkit that can be accessed by educators parents State
Education Agencies and Local Education Agencies to gain knowledge about best
practices with transition assessment From the results of this study information that is
contained in these types of resources is needed by educators to provide a comprehensive
contemporary assessment
Participants indicated that the Special Education Manager (GG Consulting LLC
2008) was overwhelmingly the most utilized published assessment measure in the West
Texas region with a rating mean of 262 Significantly lower utilization but was heard of
were the Reading-Free Vocational Interest Inventory 2 (R-FVII2) (Becker 2000) the
Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) (Clark amp Patton 2009) and the Brigance
Employability Skills Inventory (Brigance 1995) The majority of the remaining seven
specific published assessment tools were ldquoNot used or heard ofrdquo by the participants
Some of the participants indicated that they utilized other tools such as the Career
Cruising (Anaca Technologies Ltd 2012) Choices (Martin Huber-Marshall Maxson
Jerman Hughes Miller amp McGill 2000) and Bridges (Xap Corporation 2009) Over-
all the data revealed that participants require greater knowledge regarding published
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
98
transition assessment tools to meet the needs for transition planning with individual with
intellectual disabilities
Perceived Impact
Participants rated the impact of transition assessment for students with intellectual
disabilities Only 169 percent of the respondents selected significant as one of the
online survey choices Three-fourths of the respondents selected moderate to minimal
impact for students with intellectual disabilities Ten percent of the participants chose
little impact or chose not to answer The most revealing discovery from the research
transpired with the large response of moderate to minimal impact of transition assessment
with individuals with intellectual disabilities (833) Increased impact must be dealt
with in order to meet the mandates of IDEA 2004 and the OSERS requirements of
Indicator 13 regarding transition assessment (US Dept of Education 2009 and IDEA
2004)
Further training for educators is needed to increase the impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Transition assessment is the
driving mechanism for the ITP process Greater understanding of the areas addressed
typed of assessments purpose of assessments and published resources will provide a
greater foundation needed to develop a quality transition plan for students with
intellectual disabilities
Thematic Results
Qualitative analysis occurred for two open-ended items in the survey
Approximately one in five participants provided responses to the first open-ended
question on the survey One in nine of the participants responded to the second open-
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
99
ended question in the online format Five themes emerged from the two open-ended
questions
Theme One Assessment Tools
The largest group of respondents provided input with regard to other published
transition assessment tools that they would like to utilize or have utilized with individuals
with intellectual disabilities Four of the participants indicated that Career Cruising
(Anaca Technologies 2012) was a good choice One individual commented on a
transition assessment tool that was listed under the previously addressed published
assessment tools item on the online survey The participant commented on the
thoroughness of the Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) (Clark amp Patton 2009) Three
other participants included individual assessment tools which included the Student Styles
Questionnaire Revised (SSQR) (Oakland Glutting amp Horton 1996) Career Clusters
Interest Survey (Arizona State 2007) and the Cops and Caps assessments (CareerLife
Skills Resources 2012)
The research revealed that the National Secondary Transition Technical
Assistance Center (2010) provides a toolkit for assessment that can be accessed by
laymen and professionals with regard to transition assessment Greater utilization of a
variety of assessment mechanisms is needed to provide a quality all-inclusive assessment
to students with intellectual disabilities as outlined in IDEA 2004
Theme Two Parental Involvement
Four of the participants indicated that parental input was important when
implementing transition assessment One participant responded that it was important to
ask about the vision they had for their childrsquos future Two respondents commented on the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
100
need for parents to be interviewed and to allow the parents to provide input with
vocational assessment One participant stated that parents should be educated with what
is available to their child as a continuum of services from secondary to post-secondary
levels in order to prepare for the future
The research revealed numerous statements addressing parent involvement The
student and parent should be included in the transition planning process at all stages to
secure greater positive outcomes at the postsecondary level (Escheidt 2006) Levinson
and Palmer (2005) stated that parental involvement was important to the planning
process Moon et al (2011) found it was important to include the family to a greater
extent in the assessment process Due to the disabling conditions of the individuals with
intellectual disabilities it was revealed that family input was extremely important
Questionnaires and interviews with family members offer good sources of information
(Moon et al 2011)
Theme Three Real-life Situations
Four of the participants indicated that it was critical to provide hands-on activities
that were real-life and functional for the student Participants stated that students should
be exposed to a variety of real-life employment options Providing real work and
volunteer opportunities in various settings was emphasized One respondent commented
that the best real-life situation providing the greatest reinforcement was when the
student received a paycheck
The research revealed that assessing the student in the natural environment was
important Levinson and Palmer (2005) reported that assessments pertaining to
occupational and vocational skills are characterized as performance tests that assess a
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
101
studentrsquos ability to perform specific job-like tasks work samples that expose a student to
natural job responsibilities and situational assessments that measure a studentrsquos interests
abilities and work habits in actual and contrived environments Sitlington (2008) stated
that assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities requires assessment in the
natural environment
Theme Four Collaboration
Three of the participants discussed the need to develop teamwork between other
educators and community agencies One participant commented on the need to increase
teamwork with other educators in order to gather more input regarding transition
assessment Another respondent commented on the need to expose the student and family
to resources in the community and to enhance the contact with these agencies The
process of increasing collaboration with parents was discussed with six of the
participants Not only is this important to enhance parental involvement it also serves to
enhance the collaboration with the school to increase the outcomes of transition
assessment
As stated previously the research revealed that collaboration is required by all
interested stakeholders including the school administration educators and community
agencies (Furney et al 1997) Stated in IDEA 2004 is that the ITP process is a team
endeavor (IDEA 2004) Grigal et al (2011) emphasized the need to instill a collaborative
approach to assessment and the development of the ITP The original study emphasized
the need for all stakeholders including school and community agencies to collaborate to
a greater extent (Hebert et al 2010)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
102
Theme Five Isolated Comments
Time Two of the respondents indicated that they would like more time to
develop the transition plan In both instances the participants expressed sincere desire to
accomplish the task of assessing the student with the intent of providing a quality
transition assessment in order to develop a sound transition plan One of these
participants expressed a strong desire to assess the student with an authentic assessment
strategy One of the respondents stated that because they served in dual roles as both the
diagnostician and transition person they lacked the time to develop a transition plan in the
manner they deemed was appropriate
Practical Implications
Education personnel who implement transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities in West Texas as discovered in this study comprise a group of
individuals with extensive background higher education qualifications and longevity in
special education The findings for this study provide implications with regard to
mandates and implementation of transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities Because transition assessment is a mandate presented in IDEA 2004 and the
OSERSrsquo Indicator 13 it is important that educators possess sound knowledge and
understanding regarding transition assessment The findings from this study can benefit
the educator to assist the student with an intellectual disability to recognize their potential
as they transition from secondary to post-secondary options
Based upon the results of the study the researcher recommends that
Educators receive more training through self-study workshops college
coursework online training modules and team collaboration to increase
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
103
understanding regarding transition assessment Ninety-one percent of the
participants indicated that they desired further training This was similar to the
original study which was revealed in the open-ended question that participants
desired more training to obtain greater knowledge regarding transition assessment
(Herbert et al 2010)
Training should focus on providing knowledge to educators regarding mandates
of IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 The results indicated that 52 of the participants
noted that transition assessment is conducted at all grade levels from 9-12 IDEA
states that this should be an ongoing process with results reported at the annual
IEP meeting Also transition assessment is the cornerstone for developing the
transition plan and the IEP for the secondary student with a disability (IDEA
2004) Grigal et al (2011) and Hebert et al(2010)stated that compliance to the
law with regard to IDEA was needed
Training should focus on collaboration between all education personnel and
community agencies with regard to transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities as an ongoing collaborative venture Campus educators
were deemed the person most responsible when the effort should be considered a
multi-disciplinary collaborative team approach including the student and family
(Miller et al 2007)
Training endeavors need to delve into the characteristics of transition assessment
including the areas addressed with transition assessment types of transition
assessment and published assessments mechanisms (Wehman 2009) Thirty
eight percent of the participants indicated a clear understanding of transition
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
104
assessment with nearly sixty two percent indicating moderate to limited
understanding Additional training is needed to increase knowledge regarding
characteristics of transition assessment
Efforts should be made to increase the level of knowledge educators possess in
order to increase the types of assessment practices utilized for transition
assessment (Layton and Lock 2008 Miller et al 2007Moon 2011 Neubert
2003 Overton 2009 Sitlington 2006 Wehman 2009) Eighty eight percent of
the participants responded that interest inventories constituted the most common
area utilized with transition assessment Academic achievement was area utilized
by fifty six percent of the participants Sixty five percent of the various types of
assessments that were surveyed were not being utilized by the participants SEM
was the preferred mechanism for published tools This is due to the utilization of
SEM as a documentation tool for record keeping purposes by the districts in the
assigned region Many surveyed mechanisms had ldquonot been heard of or had been
heard ofrdquo however were not being utilized by the participants
Emphasis should be placed on increasing the overall impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities to reach their full
potential Over-all perceived impact of transition assessment for students with
intellectual disabilities was moderate to none Increased knowledge will allow for
greater impact by addressing the mandates of IDEA 2004 that transition
assessment includes the studentrsquos strengths needs interests and preferences
(IDEA 2004)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
105
Limitations of the Study
The following limitations were noted in this study The sample was composed of
educators who provided transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
The study was conducted in West Texas an area with unique transition constraints for
individuals with intellectual disabilities as compared with many other areas in Texas
This study was originally conducted with a group of 400 responders from across the state
of Pennsylvania Due to attempts to limit this survey to specific education personnel
ample input from all transition personnel including community personnel is lacking The
researcherrsquos involvement in special education in particular the education of individuals
with intellectual disabilities could have led to bias and could have influenced the study
The relatively new use of the term intellectual disabilities to characterize a student who
was previously identified as a student with mental retardation could have created some
confusion
The participants who agreed to participate in the online survey might indicate that
they possess different views not shared by all special education personnel Additionally
efforts to obtain a varied population of participants were attempted and obtained to meet
the initial criteria However the process of sending a request for participation to special
education directors and requesting them to forward the survey to possible participants
could have interfered with obtaining consistent participants Efforts to obtain input from
family members and students were not included in the online survey Therefore these
and other factors may have skewed the results and thereby restrict the generalizability to
an extent
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
106
Directions for Future Research
This study has provided additional understanding regarding transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities Review of the literature revealed that
although extensive research was available regarding transition development limited
research was available regarding transition assessment particularly with individuals who
have intellectual disabilities Other regions in Texas should be surveyed to address the
concerns expressed in this survey with regard to knowledge that educators possess
regarding transition assessment of individuals with intellectual disabilities
Also further research should include all disability categories which greater
parallels the original study Additionally a follow-up study to explore the benefits of
additional training should be utilized to provide insights regarding the benefits of training
and if positive perceptions regarding the impact of transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities increases
Summary
The purpose of this descriptive study was to evaluate educatorsrsquo knowledge of
transition assessment practices and what assessment mechanisms are being implemented
by education personnel with students who have intellectual disabilities Research was
completed through an online survey format that was disseminated to education personnel
providing transition assessment to individuals with intellectual disabilities in the West
Texas region Included was an introduction to the study a review of the literature that
centered on the transition process and transition assessment an extensive description of
the methodology and an analysis of the findings of the data that was collected through
the study
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
107
The online survey provided data concerning demographic characteristics
knowledge educators perceived they possessed level of implementation types of
assessments used interest in further training and overall perceived impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Descriptive statistics were
utilized to analyze the data Information suggested that further training was needed and
requested by education personnel to enhance the impact of increase the knowledge of
and improve appropriate utilization of assessment tools regarding transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities as mandated in IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13
The online survey provided two open-ended questions that required qualitative
analysis The data were analyzed and categorized Five themes resulted from the open-
ended questions which included (a) use of additional assessment tools utilized by school
personnel (b) the need to include parental involvement (c) pursuing real-life situations
(d) collaboration with school personnel and community agencies and (e) more time to
complete assessment tasks with efficacy The findings provided additional information
from the limited research available that addressed transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
108
REFERENCES
American Association for Public Opinion Research (2011) Retrieved from AAPOR
American Association for Public Opinion Research Web site wwwaapororg
American Association on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (2011 September
4) Retrieved from American Association on Intellectual and Developmental
Disabilities Web site httpaamrorg
Anaca Technologies Ltd (2012) Career Cruising (wwwpubliccareercrusingcom
Arizona State University (2007) Career Clusters Interest Survey (1st ed) [Brochure]
Retrieved May 1 2012 from Virtual Counseling Center Web site
wwwvccauedus
Becker R L (2000) Reading-free vocational Interest inventory (2nd Ed) Columbus
OH Elbern Publishing
Brantlinger E Jimenez R Klingner J Pugach M amp Richardson V (2005)
Qualitative studies in special education Council for Exceptional Children 71(2)
195-207
Brady R P (2007) Picture Interest Career Survey St Paul MN JIST Works
Brigance A R (1995) Brigance Employability Skills Inventory North Billerica MA
Curriculum Associates Inc
Bryant D Smith D amp Bryant B (2008) Teaching students with special needs in
inclusive classrooms New York Pearson Education
Centers for Disease Control (2004) Economic costs associated with mental retardation
cerebral palsy hearing loss and vision impairment--United States 2003 MMMR
Weekly 53(03) 57-59
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
109
Centers for Disease Control (2005 October 29) In National Center on Birth Defects amp
Developmental Disabilities Retrieved July 7 2011 from CDC Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention Web site wwwcdcgov
Clark GM amp Patton J R (2009) Transition Planning Inventory Updated version
Austin Pro‑Ed
Cobb B amp Alwell M (2009) Transition planningcoordination interventions for youth
with disabilities Career Development for Exceptional Individuals 32(2) 70-81
Crane L (2002) Mental retardation A community approach (1st ed) Belmont CA
WadsworthThomson Learning
Denzin N amp Lincoln Y (1994) Handbook of qualitative research Thousand Oaks
CA Sage
Dewey J (1916) The pedagogic creed In D Flinders amp S Thornton (Eds) The
curriculum studies reader (3rd ed pp 34-41) New York Routledge
Etscheidt S (2006) Issues in the transition planning Legal decisions Career
Development of Exceptional Individuals 29(1) 28-47
Flexer R Baer M Luft P amp Simmons T (2001) Transition planning for secondary
students with disabilities (3rd ed) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Flinders D J and Thornton S J (Editors) (2004) The curriculum studies reader (2nd
ed) New York Routledge
Furney K Hasazi S amp Destefano L (1997) Transition policies practices and
promises Lessons from three states Exceptional Children 63(3) 343-355
GG Consulting LLC (2008) Special Education Manager [Software] Boulder CO I-
Suite Available from GG Consulting LLC
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
110
Glesne C (2006) Becoming a Qualitative Researcher (3rd ed) Boston Pearson
Education Inc (Original work published 1992)
Glutting J J amp Wilkinson G (2006) Wide Range Interest and Opinion Test ndash Revised
Austin Pro-Ed
Golden T Swenson S von Schrader S amp Bruyere S (2010) Launching into
adulthood Meaningful work (1st ed) (D Lollar Ed) Baltimore Paul H
Brookes
Grigal M Hart D amp Migliore A (2011) Comparing the transition planning
postsecondary education and employment outcomes of students with intellectual
and other disabilities Career Development for Exceptional Individuals 34(1) 4-
17
Hallahan D Kauffman J amp Hullen P (2012) Exceptional learners An introduction
to special education (12th ed) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson
Herbert Lorenz amp Trusty J Lorenz D amp Trusty J (2010) Career assessment
practices for high school students with disabilities and perceived value reported
by transition personnel Journal of Rehabilitation 76(4) 28-26
Hogan T (2007) Psychological testing (2nd ed) Danvers MA John Wiley and Sons
Hulett K (2007) Legal aspects of special education Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson
Education
Humphrey P Johnson C amp Albers K (2010 October) Transition in Texas Paper
presented at the State Autism Conference Corpus Christi TX
Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004 (IDEA) PL 108-446
20 USC sectsect 1400 et seq
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
111
Johnson J (2002) Commercial and noncommercial resources for promoting the
transition of youth with disabilities from school-to-adult life San Diego CA San
Diego State University
King G Baldwin P Currie M amp Evans J (2006) The effectiveness of transition
strategies for youth with disabilities Childrens Health Care 35(2) 155-178
Knapp-Lee L (2007) COPS-PIC Picture Inventory of Careers San Diego CA
ERASEducational Research and Services
Lagemann C (Editors) (1985) Jane Addams on Education (Classics in Education No
51) Publ Teachers College Press 1985-08 Columbia University Series Classics
in Education Ser No 51 PP New York Press
Layton C amp Lock R (2008) Assessing students with special needs to produce quality
outcomes Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Levinson E (2001) Current vocational assessment models for students with disabilities
Journal of Counseling and Development 73 94-101
Levinson E amp Palmer E (2005) Preparing students with disabilities for school-to-
work transition and postschool Life Principal Leadership 5(8) 11-15
Lichenstein S Rusch R amp Chadsey J (1998) Beyond high school transition from
school to work Belmont CA Wadsworth
Lollar D (2010) Launching into adulthood (1st ed) Baltimore Paul H Brookes
Luecking R (2009) The way to work How to facilitate work experiences for youth in
transition Baltimore MD Paul H Brookes
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
112
Martin J E Huber-Marshall L H Maxson L Jerman P Hughes W Miller T amp
McGill T (2000) Choice Maker Set Tools for school-to-work transition
Frederick CO Sopris West
Mazotti V Rowe D Kelley K Test D Fowler C Kohler P amp Kortering L
(2009) Linking transition assessment and postsecondary goals key elements in
the secondary transition planning process Teaching Exceptional Children 42(2)
44-51
McNaughton D amp Beulman D (2010) Transition strategies for adolescents and young
adults who use AAC Baltimore Paul H Brookes
Miles M amp Huberman M (1994) Qualitative data analysis (2nd ed) Thousand Oaks
CA Sage
Miller R Lombard R amp Corbey S (2007) Transition assessment planning transition
and IEP development for youth with mild and moderate disabilities New York
Pearson Education
Moon S Simenson M amp Neubert D (2011) Perceptions of supported employment
providers What students with developmental disabilities families and educators
need to know for transition planning Education and Training in Autism and
Developmental Disabilities 46(1) 94-105
Myers J B amp Briggs K C (1988) Myers-Briggs Type Indicator Form M Palo Alto
CA Consulting Psychologists Press
Neubert D Moon S amp Grigal M (2002) Postsecondary education and transition
services for students ages 18-21 with significant disabilities Focus on
Exceptional Children 34(8) 1-9
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
113
Oakland T Glutting J amp Horton C (1996) Students styles questionnaire Revised
(SSQR) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Oakwood Solutions (2010) Microcomputer Evaluation of Careers and Academics
(MECA) Appleton WI The Conover Company
Overton T (2009) Assessing learners with special needs an applied approach (6th ed)
Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Papay C amp Bambara L (2011) Postsecondary education for transition-age students
with significant intellectual and other developmental disabilities A national
survey Education and Training in Autism and Developmental Disabilities 46(1)
78-93
Salvia J Ysseldyke J amp Bolt S (2010) Assessment in special and inclusive education
(11th ed) Belmont CA Wadsworth Cengage Learning
Sax C amp Thoma C (2002) Transition assessment--wise practices for quality lives
Baltimore Paul H Brookes
Schmitz T (2008 October) Transition planning special education law and its impact
on your child Exceptional Parent Magazine
Sitlington P (2008) Students with reading and writing challenges Using informal
assessment to assist in planning for the transition to adult life Reading and
Writing Quarterly 24 22-100
Sitlington P Clark G amp Kolstoe O (2000) Transition education and services for
adolescents with disabilities Needham Heights MA Allyn amp Bacon
Sitlington P Neubert D amp Clark G (2010) Transition education and services Upper
Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
114
Snell M amp Brown F (2006) Instruction of students with severe disabilities (6th ed)
Columbus Ohio Pearson Merrill Prentice Hall
Spinelli C (2012) Classroom assessment for students in special and general education
(3rd ed) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Texas Association of Counties (2003) Texas Association of Counties Retrieved
February 1 2012 from Texas Association of Counties Web site wwwcountyorg
Texas Education Agency (2011 July 14) In Division of IDEA 2004coordination (Ed)
Special education rules and regulations ESC 18 July 14 2011 The Legal
Framework for the Child-Centered Special Education Process Web site http
frameworkesc18net
Trochim W (2006 October) Social research methods Retrieved November 15 2011
from Research Methods Knowledge Base Web site
wwwsocialresearchmethodsnet
Tyler R (1949) Basic principles of curriculum and instruction In D Flinders amp S
Thornton (Eds) The Curriculum Studies Reader (3rd ed pp 69-77) New York
Routledge
US Department of Education (2009 December 29) In US Department of Education
(Ed) OSERS Office of special education and rehabilitative services Retrieved
from www2edgov
US Department of Labor (2002) ONet Career Interest Inventory St Paul MN JIST
Works
University of North Carolina amp Western Michigan University (2011 May 11) In
University of North Carolina amp Western Michigan University (Eds) National
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
115
secondary transition technical assistance center Retrieved July 11 2011 from
NSTTAC National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center Web site
httpwwwnsttacorg
Wehman P (2001) Life beyond the classroom (3rd ed) Baltimore MD Paul H
Brookes
Wehman P (2009) Autism and the transition to adulthood Baltimore MD Paul H
Brookes
Wehman P (2011) Essentials of transition planning Baltimore MD (Humphrey
Johnson amp Albers 2010) MD Paul H Brookes Publishing
Wehmeyer M L amp Kelchner K (1995) The ARCs Self-Determination Scale
Washington DC The ARC of the United States
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
116
APPENDIX A
IRB
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
117
A Descriptive Study of Educational Professionalsrsquo Knowledge of Transition Assessment
for Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities
Robin Lock PhD
Principal Investigator
Kathryn J Tucker
Co-Investigator amp Doctoral Student
I Rationale
Transition planning is a mandate set forth in the Individuals with Disabilities Education
Act-Reauthorized from 2004 (IDEA-R) Additionally the Office of Special Education Programs
and Rehabilitative Services (OSEP) has also issued mandates to track transition services and
progress at the secondary and post-secondary levels (Mazotti et al 2009) The process of
developing a coordinated set of activities is the cornerstone of IDEA-R with regard to transition
planning for students with disabilities (Lollar 2010) Transition development is a critical issue
for the student who possesses a disability as they pass from secondary to post-secondary living
A great deal of research is available that pertains to cognitive assessment and
achievement assessment for individuals with disabilities However few studies have been
conducted that address assessment trends and practices driving the transition planning process
from high school to adulthood especially for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Furthermore little research dealing specifically with transition assessment for students with
intellectual disabilities exists at the present time
Specific Aims and Objectives of Study
This aims of this descriptive study is to obtain information regarding the knowledge base
of educators with respect to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
The study will survey educators to determine the assessment practices used by practitioners to
meet the mandates of transition assessment for these students The survey will be based on
previous transition assessment research by Herbert Lorenz amp Trusty (2010) The following
research questions will be addressed
1 What is the basic knowledge that educators possess regarding career assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What types of assessments are used by educators to evaluate transition needs of
students with intellectual disabilities
II Subjects
Participants in the study will be educators at the district level including special
education directors transitions coordinators diagnosticians and special education teachers who
work with high school students with intellectual disabilities in the Education Service Center
(ESC) Region XVII Participants will be obtained by utilizing a listserv located on the ESC
Region XVII website This listserv identifies all high schools in the region as well as school
district special education administrators A cover letter will be sent via the internet to campus
and district administrators requesting that the information about the survey be forwarded to
special education directors district transition coordinators diagnosticians and high school special
education teachers working with students with intellectual disabilities Approximately 100
participants will be sought
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
118
III Procedures
bull The ESC listserv will be utilized to contact participants
bull A cover letter email will be sent to request participation from special education
directors and with a request to forward the link of the survey to district transition coordinators
diagnosticians and high school special education teachers working with students with intellectual
disabilities
bull Approximately 100 educators will be potential participants in the survey
bull A 15 question survey will be supplied through surveymonkeycom which
includes demographic and descriptive questions
bull The survey will be disseminated for two weeks through the survey monkey link
bull Descriptive analysis will be utilized to analyze the data with the exception of the
one open-ended question which will require qualitative analysis
bull Confidentiality of the participants will be adhered to by a strict standard through
the use of careful storage of the data on a computer with pass code protections Hard copy data
will be stored in a locked location
bull Only the researchers will have access to the data for analysis purposes
bull Respondents may choose to or not to participate in the survey
Cover letter See the attached cover letter
Survey See the attached survey
IV Adverse Events and Liability
There are no anticipated specific liabilities or adverse events anticipated with this
study No liability plan is offered
V Consent Form
The research presents no more than minimal risk of harm to subjects and
involves no procedures for which written consent is normally required outside the research
context (Waiver of Written Consent) therefore no waiver or liability plan is offered
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
119
APPENDIX B
IRB Approval
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
120
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
121
APPENDIX C
Recruitment of Special Education Directors
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
122
February 9 2012
Dear Special Education Director
Please forward the accompanying letter requesting participation of your special education
director transition coordinator educational diagnosticians and special education teachers who
work with students with intellectual disabilities We are trying to obtain information to enhance
our research about the knowledge that educators have regarding transition assessment practices
for these students Their participation is crucial in gaining greater information pertaining to the
knowledge of transition assessment for individuals with disabilities
If you would like to review the survey before passing the request on the survey is located
at
httpwwwsurveymonkeycomstransitionassessmentID
Thank you for your time and consideration in helping us answer this important question
If you have any questions please do not hesitate to call Dr Robin Lock or myself at
(806) 742-1997 ext 288
Sincerely
Kathryn J Tucker MEd
Doctoral Student
Texas Tech University
College of Education
Box 41071
Lubbock TX 79409-1071
8067421997 x288
Fax 8067422179
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
123
APPENDIX D
Recruitment of Participants
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
124
February 9 2012
Dear Participant
You are being asked to voluntarily complete a short 10 minute survey over transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities This survey is being sent to you by your
district administrator
Transition assessment is an important mandate included in the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Act-Reauthorized We are trying to learn more about educatorsrsquo
knowledge regarding transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Enclosed is a link to the survey asking questions that may help us with our research to
better understand this issue No information will be gathered that could personally identify you
and we would ask that you not put your name on the survey By filling out and returning the
survey online you may help us better understand the current level of understanding of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Please follow the link that is included to
answer the short survey
httpwwwsurveymonkeycomstransitionassessmentID
Thank you for your time and consideration in helping us answer this important question
If you have any questions please do not hesitate to call Dr Robin Lock or myself at
(806) 742-1997 ext 288
Sincerely
Kathryn J Tucker MEd
Doctoral Student
Texas Tech University
College of Education
Box 41071
Lubbock TX 79409-1071
8067421997 x288
Fax 8067422179
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
125
APPENDIX E
Survey Instrument
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
126
Research Survey Instrument
Transition Assessment Knowledge of Educators for
Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities
Directions Answer the questions as it applies to you in your educational setting Your
participation is voluntary You may quit at any time by closing the browser window The
responses that you provide are anonymous and confidential Please read each choice
before making your final selection This survey should only take 10-15 minutes of your
time
1 The high school(s) where I work or consult with isare located in a(n)___________
settings (check all that apply)
A) Rural
B) Suburban
C) Urban
D) Combination (ruralSuburban)
2 At the high school(s) where I work or consult with in most instances transition
assessments are conducted at the __________ grade(s) (check all that apply)
A) 9th
B) 10th
C) 11th
D) 12th
E) All grade levels
F) No grade level assessments are provided
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
127
3 The job category that best describes my position is
A) District Administrator
B) Campus Administrator
C) Special Education Administrator
D) Vocational Adjustment Coordinator
E) Consultant
F) Campus Educator
G) District Educator
H) Educational Diagnostician
I) Other (please specify)
4 The school or educational setting where I work can be classified as
A) Middle School
B) High School
C) Alternative
D) AdministrativeCentral Office
E) Other (please specify)
5 The person(s) responsible for providing transition assessment to students with
intellectual disabilities at the high school where I work or consult with isare the
_____(check all that apply)
A) Career Counselor (School employee)
B) Career Counselor Consultant (Non-school employee)
C) High School Teacher
D) High School Counselor
E) School Psychologist
F) Vocational Adjustment Coordinator
G) Transition Services ConsultantCoordinator
H) No one is assigned the duty as services are not available
I) Other (Please specify)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
128
6 Areas that are typically addressed as part of transition assessment provided at our
high school include
A) Academic Achievement
B) Vocational Aptitude
C) Academic Aptitude
D) Career decision-making skills
E) Interests
F) Personality
G) Work Values
H) World of work knowledge
I) Other (please specify)
7 Choose the types of assessments pertaining specifically to transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities that you use have heard of or do not use or
have heard of (Choose all that apply)
Type of Assessment Heard of
this
Use this Have not
heard of
or use
this
Interest Inventories
Career Aptitude
Academic Achievement
Teacher Observation
Intellectual Aptitude (IQ)
Student Survey
Personality Profiles
Self-determination measures
Self-Advocacy Skills measures
Interviews
EcologicalEnvironmental
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
129
Authentic
Portfolio
Teacher Made
Curriculum-Based
Functional Skills Inventories
Learning Styles
Situational
Other
8 Choose the published assessments pertaining specifically to transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities that you use have heard of or do not
use or have heard of (Choose all that apply)
Type of Assessment Heard of this Use this Have not heard of
or use this
Microcomputer
Evaluation of
Careers and
Academics (MECA)
Reading-Free
Vocational Interest
Inventory 2 (R-
FVII2)
Transition Planning
Inventory (TPI)
Brigance
Employability Skills
Inventory
SEM (Special Ed
Manager)
Myers Briggs Type
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
130
9 In my opinion transition assessment for students with intellectual disabilities
provided at our school or schools that I consult with have_____ impact on
helping students identify and realize their potential
A) Significant
B) Moderate
C) Minimal
D) Little or no
10 As part of my professional training and work experience I have a __________
understanding about transition assessment for high school students with
intellectual disabilities
A) Very Clear
B) Moderately Clear
C) Limited
D) Little or No
Indicator
O-Net Career
Interest Inventory
Picture Interest
Career Survey
(PICS)
Wide Range Interest
and Occupation Test
WRIOT2
Arc Self-
Determination Scale
COPS-PIC Picture
Inventory of Careers
CITE Learning
Styles Inventory
Other
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
131
11 Which of the following training opportunities would you participate in to
increase your knowledge and use of transition assessment tools and procedures
for individuals with intellectual disabilities (check all that apply)
A) One-hour workshop
B) 1-day workshop
C) Team Collaboration
D) Self -Study (Independent discovery)
E) Multiple day workshops
F) Ongoing in-service training
G) Online training module
H) Online college course
I) College course (on campus or media-site)
J) College coursework toward TEA certification in Transition
K) None
L) Other (please specify)
12 What else do you use for transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities If you do not want to make any further comment proceed to the
next question
(Enter up to 4000 characters)
13 What do you know about transition assessment that you wish you could use for
students with intellectual disabilities If you do not want to make any further
comment proceed to the final section of the survey that contains a few
remaining demographic questions
(Enter up to 4000 characters)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
132
Demographic Information
This section contains a few demographic questions needed to describe the sample
Please remember that the responses you provide are anonymous and confidential
14 What is your current age (rounded to the nearest year)
Age Range Response
20-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41-45
46-50
51-55
56-60
61-65
66-70
15 What is your gender
A) Male
B) Female
16 What is your highest level of education
A) Bachelorrsquos degree
B) Masterrsquos degree
C) Doctorate
D) Other
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
133
17 What is your total number of years as an educator including this year Please
check the appropriate box
Number of years Response
1-2
3-5
6-10
11-15
16-20
21-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41 and above
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
134
18 How long have you been employed in your current position including this
year Please check the appropriate box
Number of year(s) Response
1-2
3-5
6-10
11-15
16-20
21-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41-or more
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
vii
Training 91
Trends for Assessment Practice 92
Areas of Assessment 92
Types of Assessment 94
Published Assessments 96
Perceived Impact 98
Thematic Results 98
Theme One Assessment Tools 99
Theme Two Parental Involvement 99
Theme Three Real-Life Situations 100
Theme Four Collaboration 101
Theme Five Isolated Comments 102
Practical Implications 102
Limitations of the Study 105
Directions for Future Research 106
Summary 106
References 108
APPENDICES 116
IRB 116
IRB Approval 119
Recruitment of Special Education Directors Letter 121
Recruitment of Participants Letter 123
Survey Instrument 125
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
viii
ABSTRACT
Transition planning requires implementation and direction by the findings of
transition assessment regarding the students needs strengths preferences and interests as
mandated in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act 2004 (IDEA
2004) Limited research is currently available that addresses what assessment tools
practitioners utilize to meet the mandates of transition assessment to aid in transition
planning for students with intellectual disabilities The descriptive study reported herein
attempted to determine educatorsrsquo knowledge about transition assessment practices and
what is being utilized specifically with students with intellectual disabilities as they
transition from secondary to postsecondary life This study employed the replication of a
previously published study
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
ix
LIST OF TABLES
41 Job Category Description 65
42 Gender 66
43 Age of the Participant 66
44 Level of Education 67
45 Years of Experience as an Educator 67
46 Years in the Current Position 68
47 Comparison of Demographics 68
48 EmploymentConsultation Location 69
49 Employment Setting 70
410 Perceived Grade Level Implementation of Transition Assessment 71
411 Perceived Person Responsible for Implementing Transition Assessment 71
412 Perceived Level of Understanding Regarding Transition Assessment 72
413 Interest in Additional Training 73
414 Perceived Areas Addressed with Transition Assessment 74
415 Level of Use for Types of Transition Assessments 75
416 Level of Use for Published Assessments 77
417 Perceived Impact of Transition Assessment 78
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
1
CHAPTER I
A DESCRIPTIVE STUDY OF EDUCATIONAL PROFESSIONALSrsquo
KNOWLEDGE OF TRANSITION ASSESSMENT FOR INDIVIDUALS
WITH INTELLECTUAL DISABILITIES
Transition planning is a mandate set forth in the Individuals with Disabilities
Education Improvement Act 2004 (IDEA 2004) The process of developing a
coordinated set of activities with regard to transition planning for students with
disabilities is the cornerstone of IDEA 2004(Lollar 2010) The federal Office of Special
Education Programs and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) issued mandates to track
transition services and progress at the secondary and postsecondary level (Mazotti et al
2009) Transition development is a critical issue for students with disabilities as they pass
from secondary to postsecondary life
A great deal of research is available that pertains to cognitive assessment and
achievement assessment as separate entities Transition planning is another unique and
important issue for students with disabilities that resulted in a wealth of literature
suggesting best practices for the implementation of transition services Likewise the
process of transition planning is guided by the assessment results however few studies
have been conducted that address the assessment trends and practices that drive the
transition planning process Little research dealing specifically with students with
intellectual disabilities as it pertains to transition assessment exists at the present time
Purpose of the Study
The purpose of this study was to determine educatorsrsquo knowledge of transition
assessment practices and what assessment mechanisms are being implemented with
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
2
students with intellectual disabilities The study reported herein has attempted to
determine educatorsrsquo knowledge about transition assessment practices being utilized
specifically with students with intellectual disabilities as they transition from secondary
to postsecondary life
Statement of the Problem
Transition planning is a mandate outlined in IDEA 2004 and by the Office of
Special Education Programs and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) through Indicator 13
Indicator 13 requires that a transition plan be developed implemented and driven by the
transition assessment process Current assessment trends are utilized on a continuous
basis for individuals with disabilities both formally and informally to address cognitive
and achievement skills Research studies that address transition assessment specifically
are limited Limited research is currently available that addresses what assessment tools
practitioners utilize to meet the mandates of transition assessment to aid in transition
planning for students with intellectual disabilities Research data that describe what
professionals are currently utilizing to address transition assessment would be beneficial
to assist practitioners and to aid in the development of high quality transition plans for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Research Questions
This study investigated educatorsrsquo knowledge of transition assessment practices
with individuals with intellectual disabilities A review of the literature was conducted to
reveal the issues and information available pertaining to transition assessment as it relates
to individuals with disabilities transition needs and mandates for individuals with
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
3
disabilities and current transition practices with educators This study sought to answer
the following questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
TheoreticalConceptual Framework
This study replicated a previously published study by Herbert Lorenz amp Trusty
(2010) from The Pennsylvania State University Descriptive statistical analysis was
required for the majority of the questions from their survey Descriptive statistics is a
process that presents quantitative information in a basic format (Trochim 2006)
Information is described utilizing summaries that will form the basis of the quantitative
analysis The descriptive analysis allows for a basic description of what the data reveals
Trochim (2006) wrote that descriptive analysis permits the data to be summarized in a
practical usable way
This study undertook the replication of an open-ended question in the Herbert et
al study (2010) This study used two open-ended questions and rephrased the questions
for greater clarification Subsequent analysis with the open-ended responses occurred
Qualitative research allows the researcher to get beyond their initial thoughts prejudices
preconceived notions and initial theories to delve into new realizations and syntheses of
knowledge (Miles amp Huberman 1994) Brantlinger Jimenez Klingner Pugach and
Richardson (2005) proclaimed that qualitative research is the mechanism for evaluating
the process of human behavior as it emerges within particular subject content The
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
4
purpose within an educational framework is to evoke change to improve the quality of
services education and programming with scientifically derived data Denzin and
Lincoln (1994) asserted that qualitative research is a set of various types of inferential
methods The research context for the open-ended survey questions will assume the
General Theory approach This type of practice attempts to analyze and interpret results
while seeking generalizations therefore allowing for discussion of the findings (Glezni
2006)
Assumptions
Students with intellectual disabilities must be met with the same stringent
assessment criteria as other disabled peers in order to meet the qualifications for special
education services All students with disabilities must participate in transition planning as
they begin the progression from secondary school settings to postsecondary options The
catalyst for the transition plan is the assessment process using formal and informal
approaches The literature that was available provided a plethora of information regarding
assessment methods and transition planning protocols Specific data should be
assimilated to address the specific transition assessment knowledge level of professionals
to meet the specific needs of students with intellectual disabilities
Definition of Terms
Adaptive Behavior Assessment is the assessment that when paired with
cognitive achievement assessment allows the child to be identified as a child with
an intellectual disability Adaptive behavior is characterized by the ability a child
has to be safe to interact with the environment and take into account the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
5
individualrsquos ability to interact with the physical environment and the world
around them (Salvia Ysseldyke amp Bolt 2007 2010)
Assessment is the process of gathering data and information to evaluate a
particular student or school The purpose is to provide information to make
instructional decisions (Salvia et al 2007 2010)
Diagnostician is the title of a position in the state of Texas for individuals who
are certified to administer testing and interpret intellectual and achievement
testing data for students to determine eligibility for special education services
(TEA 2011)
Disability is the results of impairment or medical conditions that adversely affect
a childrsquos education achievement There are 14 categories for individuals who are
identified as a child with a disability These include Other Health Impaired Deaf
and Hard of Hearing Visually Impaired Deafblind Health Impaired Emotional
Behavioral Impaired Autism Developmentally Delayed Learning Disabled
Speech and Language Impaired Multiple Severe Disabilities Physically
Disabled Traumatic Brain Injury and Intellectually Disabled (Bryant Smith amp
Bryant 2008)
Financial Planning involves the analysis of available resources and the
development of understanding the value of money and how to handle money
Individuals with disabilities require careful planning by family and community
agencies to ensure that financial matters are handled safely and in the best interest
of the individual with disabilities (Wehman 2009)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
6
Formal Assessment is characterized as standardized assessments This type of
assessment uses tests that are administered with specific instructions and
guidelines Included are interpretation procedures that require strict adherence to
specific protocols to receive correct and true results These tests are typically
manufactured assessments that test cognitive and achievement skills however
there are some manufactured formal assessments that evaluate transition skills and
aptitudes (Overton 2009)
Formal Transition Assessment includes a variety of published instruments to
assess skills aptitudes interests and preferences These include achievement
tests adaptive behavior and independent living assessments interest inventories
aptitude tests intelligence tests personality or preference tests career
development measures on-the-job or training evaluation and self-determination
assessments (University of North Carolina 2010)
Inclusive education is the process of educating students with disabilities in the
same class environment as their nondisabled peers (Salvia et al 2010)
Independent Living encompasses all the issues that surround a personrsquos life
pertaining to living on onersquos own The evaluation of this entity involves reflecting
on the continuum from residential living facilities to living on onersquos own All
aspects of life including transportation self-care money management
employment and community participation must be evaluated (Sitlington Clark amp
Kolstoe 2000)
Indictor 13 the ldquoU S Department of Education through the Office of Special
Education Rehabilitative Services required states to develop six-year State
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
7
Performance Plans in December 2005 around 20 indicators on which data is
submitted annually (beginning February 2007) in Annual Performance Reportsrdquo
Indicator 13 addresses secondary students (NSTTAC 2011)
Indicator 14 is the requirement by the OSERS to provide performance plans for
individuals with disabilities who are at the post-secondary level of their life
(NSTTAC 2011)
Individualized Education Plan (IEP) is a tool that is created after the child
meets eligibility criteria for special education This plan is specifically designed to
meet the individual needs of the child with a disability This plan outlines the
services the delivery of the services and the monitoring mechanisms that will be
utilized This document states the setting defines the length of programming
details methodology identifies evaluation modes documents the mode of
discipline determines the related services and sets the standard of progress for a
child with a disability (Hulett 2007)
Individualized Transition Plan (ITP) is the formal document that is developed
on an annual basis for a student who reaches the age of 16 and is identified as a
student with a disability The plan includes a coordinated set of goals and
objectives to address the individual childrsquos interests talents preferences and
strengths as they transition from secondary education to adulthood The ITP is the
plan that directs the annual IEP planning and course selection process (Miller et
al 2007)
Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act (IDEA 2004) is the
most recently reauthorized law that addresses providing a Free and Appropriate
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
8
Education for students with a disability The reauthorization in 2004 addressed
specifically the need and requirement for implementing a transition plan for
students when they reach the age of 16 (Hulett 2007)
Informal Assessment is the process of gathering non-standardized data to
evaluate progress Examples of informal assessment include checklists
interviews observations portfolios and teacher-made tests (Overton 2009)
Intellectual DisabilitiesMental Retardation is characterized by the American
Association on Mental Retardation as significantly subaverage intellectual
functioning which is paired with deficits in adaptive behavior and is manifested
during the developmental period (Crane 2002)
Local Education Agency (LEA) is local a district or school system that provides
public education to students with and without disabilities (Snell amp Brown 2006)
Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) is a federal
government agency that provides leadership and financial support to state
education agencies and local education agencies to improve the outcomes for
infants to youth with disabilities (US Department of Education 2009)
Person-centered planning is a nonthreatening approach to engaging the family
and the student into developing goals and objectives through active processes that
enhance the IEP (Sitlington et al 2010)
Postsecondary Education (PSE) is the period after high school when a student
engages in continuing or higher education This can include a vocational or trade
school two-year college or four-year college setting (Lichenstein Rusch amp
Chadsey 1998)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
9
Secondary Education (SE) is characterized as the high school years when
students begin ninth grade and move through to the twelfth grade It is at this
stage in education that students with disabilities not only address academic needs
but the process of developing the Individualized Transition Plan (ITP) is created
(Sitlington Neubert amp Clark 2010)
Self Determination is a skill that provides greater control and capacity for
students to be employed This involves tenacity and drive and the ability to strive
to reach ones potential via intrinsic motivation (Wehman 2011)
Special Education Manager is a computer software program that provides a
management system for writing reports and documentation of IEP reports to
school systems in Texas (GG Consulting LLC 2008)
State Education Agency (SEA) is the state education entity that governs the
local entities In Texas this is characterized as the Texas Education Agency
(TEA) (Texas Education Agency 20072011)
Supported Employment is paid employment that involves additional supports to
the individual to ensure success in the competitive employment arena This
involves at least 20 hours a week in real-work situations which differs from
sheltered employment (Wehman 2001)
Transition as it pertains to individuals with disabilities is the period of moving
toward postsecondary living and adulthood This includes various aspects
including employment postsecondary education community living and
involvement independent living and satisfactory social and personal
relationships This involves a set of coordinated and collaborative efforts between
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
10
the individual school family community resources and various stakeholders that
provide support (Halpern 1985 cited in Wehman 2011)
Transition Assessment is described as an ongoing process Information is
collected that includes the studentrsquos strengths interests preferences abilities and
a needs analysis This is the guiding information that directs the Individualized
Transition Planning process (Sitlington amp Clark 2006 cited in Luecking 2009)
Transition Planning is the process of developing a road map that provides
stepping stones to the future into adulthood for individuals with disabilities
(Flexer Baer Luft amp Simmons 2001)
Transition Services are defined by IDEA 2004 as a ldquocoordinated set of activities
for a child with a disability that is designed to be written with a results-oriented
process that is focused on improving the academic and functional achievement of
the child with a disability to facilitate the childrsquos movement from school to
postschool activities Included is postsecondary education vocational education
integrated employment including supported employment continuing and adult
education adult services independent living or community participation This is
based on the individual childrsquos needs taking into account the childrsquos strengths
preferences and interests This also includes instruction related services
community experiences the development of employment and other postschool
adult living objectives and when appropriate acquisition of daily living skills
and adaptive behavior evaluation (p 5)rdquo (Miller et al 2007)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
11
Vocational Adjustment Coordinator is a term used in the assigned region for
teachers who develop work habits skills training and employment opportunities
for individuals with disabilities in the secondary school setting
Vocational Education is the organized set of activities training and coursework
to prepare the individual with disabilities toward greater success in career choices
or postsecondary education options (Sitlington et al 2000)
Vocational Rehabilitation (VR) is a mandated requirement set forth in IDEA
2004 The process of VR is a collaborative effort with community agencies and
specialists to address employment and postsecondary educational options for
individuals with disabilities (Golden et al 2010)
Delimitations
This study replicated a previous study performed by Herbert et al (2010) from
The Pennsylvania State University The original survey employed was field tested to
allow for modifications and greater clarity Modifications were made to the replicated
study to gather specific data pertaining to transition assessment as a whole rather than just
career assessment staff training desires and knowledge about specific published
assessment tools Also the survey was designed to discover the knowledge of staff
working with students with intellectual disabilities as it pertains to transition assessment
The survey was disseminated to professionals in education including special educators
special education directors transition coordinators vocational adjustment coordinators
and diagnosticians working with students with intellectual disabilities The survey was
formatted to fit the online tool used to disseminate the survey An online format was
implemented similar to the original study Recommendations were provided in the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
12
original study which provided valuable advice to revise the study in order to refine the
process in order to achieve useful data Careful consideration by the researcher was
given to adhere to stringent protocols to gather accurate unbiased and useful data that
assisted with the findings of the research study
Limitations
Limitations included the following issues The study was originally conducted
with a group of 400 responders from across the state of Pennsylvania Limitations listed
in the original study included bias sample size and variability with variable awareness of
the participants Attempts to address these concerns were evaluated however certain
issues such as bias were difficult to control This study was conducted within the
specific region of West Texas The researcherrsquos involvement in special education in
particular the education of individuals with intellectual disabilities could have led to bias
and could have influenced the study however efforts were embarked upon to prevent
this confounding variable The relatively new use of the term intellectual disabilities to
characterize a student who was previously identified as a student with mental retardation
could have created some confusion
Significance of the Study
The study will add to the research findings associated with professionalsrsquo
knowledge about transition assessment as it pertains to individuals with intellectual
disabilities A great deal of research and literature is available pertaining to assessment
for both cognitive and achievement purposes There are also transition assessment
materials available and suggested practices for administering suggested assessment tools
Research information validating practice is missing from the transition assessment
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
13
process and indicating what practitioners actually utilize to meet the mandates of
Indicator 13 and IDEA 2004
Results of this study were utilized in several ways First the results were utilized
to substantiate or negate the findings of the original study The results will be
disseminated to the original researchers to verify or suggest revisions The results are
valuable to practitioners who utilize transition assessment tools with individuals with
disabilities In particular the results will aid those who work directly with individuals
with intellectual disabilities The results also add to the minimal available data with this
population of students which could stir further interest by other practitioners to replicate
even more research with transition assessment
School districts will utilize the data to develop appropriate transition assessment
strategies for individuals with disabilities in particular individuals with intellectual
disabilities From these data the professionals will develop a serviceable and appropriate
transition plan that meets the needs of the individual The goal of best practices for the
student as they transition from secondary to postsecondary venues was greatly fortified
In addition professionals will have valuable information allowing them to adhere to the
mandates outlined in Indicator 13 by the OSERS and through IDEA 2004
Organization of the Study
The literature review directed the emphasis of this study Few current research
studies exist that address professionalsrsquo knowledge level with regard to transition
assessment for individuals with disabilities This review included review of the literature
pertaining to historical influences on the transition plan components and mandates to the
transition process assessment practices and purposes transition assessment materials
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
14
and any available research studies that addressed the knowledge level of professionals
with regard to the transition assessment process
This study replicated a previously utilized research study that assessed current
assessment practices of professionals who interact with individuals with disabilities This
study was conducted through The Pennsylvania State University (Herbert et al 2010)
For this study a survey was disseminated to educators who deal specifically with
individuals with intellectual disabilities The purpose of utilizing a survey was to gather
additional information that was lacking on the research topic (American Association for
Public Opinion Research 2011) Modifications in the original format addressed unique
formatting specifications of the online survey modality Two open-ended questions
allowed a personal response which provided the respondent an opportunity to provide
additional insight to the researcher on the topic of knowledge of transition assessment for
individuals with disabilities
Analysis of the data occurred with several types of approaches as described in the
original survey report (Herbert et al 2010) Descriptive analysis occurred for the greater
portion of the survey questions Descriptive analysis was utilized to examine the
differences between responses across the various types of professionals such as self-
contained classroom teachers diagnosticians vocational adjustment coordinators and
special education administrators (Herbert et al 2010) Finally a qualitative analysis was
used to assimilate the data and to derive common themes and patterns from the open-
ended response questions
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
15
Summary
This study assessed educatorsrsquo knowledge of transition assessment strategies for
individuals with intellectual disabilities The study used a descriptive analysis approach
for 16 questions with two additional open-ended questions requiring qualitative analysis
to determine themes A review of the research addressed intellectual disabilities
transition practices transition assessment with disabilities in a general format and
specifically transition assessment for students with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
16
CHAPTER II
Review of the Literature
Special education began in the late 1700rsquos to the early 1800rsquos and is attributed to
Jean-Marc-Gaspard Itard (Bryant Smith amp Bryant 2008) He promoted the philosophy
that people with intellectual disabilitiesmental retardation are capable of learning (Crane
2002) From these early efforts the approach to educating and providing service to
individuals with intellectual disabilities emerged in the 20th
century when new laws
mandates and practices were introduced at a relatively fast rate Changes to services
paralleled many of the efforts of the Civil Rights movement of the 60rsquos and 70rsquos (Bryant
Smith amp Bryant 2008) The rights of individuals with intellectual disabilities were the
guiding principles influencing the introduction and further modifications to federal laws
that directed the treatment of these individuals
Several laws were enacted that guaranteed the rights of all individuals with
disabilities In 1973 the legislature passed the Vocational Rehabilitation Act in which
Section 504 set the stage for further legislation (Bryant et al 2008) This law guaranteed
basic civil rights to individuals with disabilities Furthermore accommodations were
made a requirement in public schools and society The intent was to prevent
discrimination against individuals with disabilities particularly within agencies receiving
federal funds
Perhaps one of the most powerful pieces of legislation that influenced the
education of individuals with disabilities was the Education for All Handicapped
Children Act better known as PL 94-142 of 1975 This law guaranteed that all students
with disabilities would receive at no cost a Free and Appropriate Public Education
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
17
(FAPE) This also established the Least Restrictive Environment (LRE) which
emphasized the education of children with their nondisabled peers (Bryant Smith amp
Bryant 2008) This law has undergone several changes and reauthorizations through the
years
The first reauthorization occurred in 1986 with the addition of services for infants
and toddlers The next reauthorization resulted in a title change to the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 1990 (IDEA) Two categories were added
autism and traumatic brain injury (Bryant et al 2008) Perhaps the most significant
change was the introduction of transition planning and services through the Individual
Transition Plan (ITP) (Bryant et al 2008)
Another monumental disability law was the Americans with Disabilities Act
(ADA) in 1990 Legislators and advocacy groups believed that Section 504 of the
Vocational Rehabilitation Act was not sufficient to protect the rights of individuals with
disabilities and further specifications needed to be defined This law went beyond the
classroom to community factors that influenced special needs individuals ADA
addressed discrimination ldquoin employment transportation public accommodations and
telecommunicationsrdquo (Bryant et al 2008 p 17)
Reauthorization of IDEA occurred in 1997 The reauthorization added behavioral
intervention plans (BIP) and functional behavioral assessments (FBA) as required
mandates The transition process for secondary special needs learners was also
strengthened by requiring that the ITP be a part of the studentrsquos Individualized Education
Program (IEP) (Bryant et al 2008)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
18
In 2001 No Child Left Behind (NCLB) was passed Some of the main features
addressed individuals with special needs Educators were now required to utilize
scientifically based programs and interventions Individuals with special needs would
have increased access to the general education curriculum Finally the evaluation of
student proficiency in any given subject area would require appropriate accommodations
(Bryant et al 2008)
The next reauthorization of the IDEA occurred in 2004 (IDEA 2004 US
Department of Education 2006 cited in Bryant et al 2008) Changes to the identification
of learning disabilities were specified and alternate education settings for disciplinary
actions were allowed Additionally a requirement that teachers would need to fulfill
provisions as a highly qualified teacher was also added Students with disabilities are now
required to participate in annual state and district testing while including appropriate
accommodations and alternative testing in certain instances for particular students with
intellectual disabilities (Bryant et al 2008)
Students with Intellectual Disabilities
Definition of Intellectual Disabilities
The American Association on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
(AAIDD 2011) formerly known at the as the American Association on Mental
Retardation defines intellectual disability as ldquoa disability characterized by significant
limitations both in intellectual functioning and in adaptive behavior which covers many
everyday social and practical skills This disability originates before the age of 18rdquo The
Centers for Disease Control (CDC 2005) further states that individuals with disabilities
perform below average on intelligence tests and display limitations in routines for daily
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
19
living and independent living skills These individuals display the ability to learn but at a
much slower pace
Individuals with intellectual disabilities perform at least two standard deviations
below the mean on a 100 average scale score on intelligence tests (Hogan 2007)
Categories for intellectual disabilities have been established to provide greater
understanding of intellectual functioning These include mild moderate severe and
profound intellectual disabilities Individuals classified as mildly intellectually disabled
perform at an intelligence quotient level of 50-55 to approximately 70 Individuals with
moderate intellectual disability display intelligence test scores from 35-40 to 50-55 The
severe intellectual disability category is classified as 20-25 to 35-40 Profound
Intellectual Disability is categorized as an IQ score below 20 or 25 (Hogan 2007)
In addition to sub-average performance on intelligence tests an evaluation of the
personrsquos adaptive skills is needed to determine that an individual meets the qualifications
for a diagnosis of intellectual disabilities An individual who is suspected of meeting the
criterion for intellectual disabilities within the intelligence testing process must also
display delays in the area of adaptive behavior Adaptive behavior includes social
intelligence and practical intelligence Social intelligence involves understanding social
situations Practical intelligence refers to independent living tasks and employability
skills (Hallahan et al 2012)
Characteristics of Students with Intellectual Disabilities
The CDC states that individuals with intellectual disabilities display the ability to
learn but at a much slower pace (CDC 2005) Hallahan and associates (2012) wrote that
with the proper supports the individual with intellectual disabilities can learn over time
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
20
According to Crane (2002) individuals with intelligence quotients in the mildly disabled
range perform typically at the second to fifth-grade level intellectually display a high
degree of daily living independence and are fully or partially employed Individuals with
moderate intellectual disabilities perform functional academic skills People performing
at the severely disabled level perform basic kindergarten and prekindergarten academics
require supervision for daily living skills and will typically require supervision in
community employment in a supported workshop setting Individuals performing at the
profoundly disabled level require intense supervised care in all areas of need (Crane
2002)
Statistical Data Regarding Prevalence of Students with Intellectual Disabilities
Nationwide 11 of individuals are identified as having some type of disability
(OSERS 2006 in Bryant et al 2008) Statistically about 214 of individuals will
measure two or more standard deviations below the normal average of 100 (Overton
2009) The prevalence of individuals with intellectual delays falling below 70 in public
school settings is about 227 (Hallahan et al 2012) Mild intellectual disabilities are
three times more prevalent than are severe intellectual disabilities (CDC 2005)
The economic cost associated with individuals with intellectual disabilities is
staggering Typically these individuals require long-term care and support to address all
areas of life The Centers for Disease Control (2005) reported that individuals with
intellectual disabilities average slightly more than one million dollars per person for
lifetime care Costs are incurred for medical care assistive devices home and automobile
modifications special education loss of revenue due to sub-average employment
opportunities and limited work opportunities Screenings and interventions need to be
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
21
employed to address the overwhelming reality of funding the care and education
individuals with intellectual disabilities (CDC 2004)
Historical Practices for Students with Intellectual Disabilities
In 1799 a French doctor by the name of Jean Marc-Gaspard Itard attempted to
educate a young boy known as a wild child who was believed to possess intellectual
disabilities (Bryant et al 2008) Itard established that those with intellectual disabilities
are able to learn (Crane 2002) Education underwent changes and developments over the
next two centuries Unfortunately some of the treatments for individuals included
barbaric practice through experimentation involuntary sterilization increased
segregation social control a type of ethnic cleansing and inhumane treatment (Crane
2002) Humanitarian reforms beginning in1960 were implemented that changed the
outlook for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Crane 2002)
In 1840 the first residential program for individuals with intellectual disabilities
was established In 1876 the American Association on Intellectual and Developmental
Disabilities (AAIDD) was created In 1896 the first class for students with all types of
intellectual disabilities was established By 1917 institutional settings were present for
most individuals with intellectual disabilities Edgar Doll proposed a definition for
intellectual disabilities that consisted of six criteria The Association for Retarded
Citizens known as the ARC was established in 1954 In 1959 a new groundbreaking
definition for intellectual disabilities was created By 1960 a unique project called the
Mimosa Project was created to work with girls with intellectual disabilities who
demonstrated they were able to learn many difficult tasks and daily living skills
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
22
President Kennedy initiated a national agenda which addressed the topic of intellectual
disabilities The state of New Hampshire in 1997 closed all institutional settings and
moved individuals with intellectual disabilities to group homes or private settings In
1999 the Disability Work Incentive Law was signed into action thereby eliminating
many of the barriers individuals with intellectual disabilities previously experienced
(Bryant et al 2008)
Transition Needs for Secondary Special Needs Learners
Transition planning and coordination of services for students with disabilities has
undergone a metamorphosis over the last two centuries Recent mandates changes and
requirements of the IDEA 2004 demanded that educators and service providers clarify
the individualrsquos needs and address the required mandates presented in the law (Schmitz
2008) The trend changed due to stakeholders including family members educators
service providers and most importantly the students desired quality outcomes for
postsecondary living Upon careful examination of the historical developments current
trends in transition planning and future needs and desires of students and caregivers now
require the implementation of best practices with regard to transition services
Transition planning for the student with disabilities is a critical area of concern
As the student with disabilities moves from high school to postsecondary life a
coordinated set of goals and objectives with defined implementation of services and
responsibilities for plausible outcomes must be implemented (IDEA 2004) Many of the
students with disabilities face a challenging road ahead and it is important that they be
provided with an Individualized Transition Plan (ITP) that includes their desires needs
strengths and preferences to afford greater positive outcomes Family members
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
23
educators students and community service providers must operate in a collaborative
manner to seek the best educational opportunities for the student with disabilities
(Wehman 2011)
Historical Influences on the Transition Process
Understanding historical developments that have transpired over the centuries
creates a greater awareness of the development of the person-centered approach that
exists in education today John Dewey a leader in curriculum theory from the
Progressive Era of the 19th
century developed the person-centered approach for
educating children He believed that education was a means to bolster social reform thus
encouraging the social intellectual and moral development of the child (Dewey 1916
cited in Flinders amp Thornton 2009) His person-centered approach directed the transition
process for the 21st century
Jane Addams a social reformer from the 19th
century transformed the social
work concept that existed with migrants coming to the United States She was known for
her social reform approach of providing services to her constituents at Hull House in
Chicago during the 19th
century Her enterprising concept of meeting the needs of her
constituents developed revolutionary changes for the immigrant child and family of the
Industrial Revolution Jane Addams recognized the need to educate all social classes to
meet the specific needs and interests of the immigrant populace (Addams cited in
Flinders amp Thornton 2009) Her enterprising holistic pursuit utilized a needs-assessment
approach accompanied by implementation of instruction in academic physical life skills
social and interests and preferences thereby affecting goals directed toward future adult
living objectives of Hull House Programming was created by assessing the needs
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
24
preferences and talents of those immigrant individuals who accessed Hull House
Although she was not an educator but a social worker her needs-assessment approach to
providing services to her immigrant constituents by evaluating the education vocational
social and independent living needs of the persons who attended Hull House improved
the quality of life in a holistic pursuit (Addams 1908 cited in Lagemann 1985)
Another individual from the 19th
century who influenced the transition planning
process that exists in special education today was Ralph Tyler Tyler believed that the
students learned best when they were able to experience learning in the natural
environment He surmised that the student must embrace a purpose for learning with the
objectives and experiences created in harmony with their life outside the classroom He
encouraged a study of ldquocontemporary life outside the classroom as the basis for deriving
objectivesrdquo (Tyler 1949 cited in Flinders amp Thornton 2009) He subsequently employed
a philosophy of experiential learning in and out of the classroom to reinforce the
purposeful continuum It was this experiential connection that attached profound meaning
to the learner Although not a direct contributor to the transition process for individuals
with special needs his philosophy provided a groundbreaking approach that paved the
way for current practices in special education with regard to transition planning
Examination of the mandates of IDEA 2004 pertaining to ITP reveals several
common comparisons to the aforementioned theorists The ITP is a person-centered plan
that includes the student and aligns postsecondary goals with transition services (Mazzoti
et al 2009) The goals are based on age-appropriate transition assessment related to
education employment training and independent living (Humphrey Johnson amp Albers
2010) Acknowledgment of the historical contributions of Addams Dewey and Tyler as
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
25
person-centered theorists allows one to opine that their beliefs have accelerated the
progress of education for students with disabilities This is particularly important with the
ITP process upon which the secondary student with disabilitiesrsquo annual individual
educational plan (IEP) is developed
Defining the Specifics of Transition Planning
In addition to historical perspectives interested stakeholders should be aware of
legal mandates and laws that pertain to individuals with disabilities Hulett (2007) has
described transition as the eighth component to the IEP process He states that IDEA
2004 demands that at the age of 16 the transition planning process is a requirement for
every studentrsquos annual IEP The transition plan must be reviewed annually The transition
planning process should be results driven to produce high-quality outcomes for
postsecondary living (Miller et al 2007) A statement of the needs or services must be
included in the IEP The ITP team must consider courses of study training supported
employment integrated employment adult services community participation and
independent living skills In addition they must look at community agencies that assist
with the child These services are at no cost to the student (Miller et al 2007)
Transition planning includes a coordinated set of goals and objectives to meet the
transition needs of students with disabilities as they transition into postsecondary life
(IDEA 2004) The ITP should include vocational education community living home
and family issues financial planning recreation and leisure mobility and health issues
Utilizing an authentic approach to implementation will increase the success of a
purposeful approach for the benefit of the student (Layton amp Lock 2008) The student
should be the focus by taking into account the desires talents interests and preferences
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
26
of the child (IDEA 2004 Wehman 2011) Vocational training postsecondary options
and continuing education opportunities should be included in the transition process (Snell
amp Brown 2006)
Transition planning requires that service providers develop and implement plans
that describe the services provided assessment and evaluation measures obligations of
team members person who are part of the plan and plausible service agencies (Overton
2009) Team members include the special educators general educators community
agencies student family members possible psychologists and counselors rehabilitation
specialists and other designated individuals who could provide support in the transition
planning ( Overton 2009 Wehman 2011) The student and parent should be included in
the transition planning process at all stages to secure greater positive outcomes at the
postsecondary level (Escheidt 2006)
Characteristics of Transition Needs
The student is the driving force of the transition planning process and its
subsequent annual goals and objectives This coordinated set of goals and objectives
becomes the model for the implementation of course selection vocational planning and
education for the student with regard to his or her annual IEP (Miller et al 2007) The
evaluation of the ability family structure community opportunities desires talents and
preferences of the student forms the basis for the transition plan (Wehman 2009)
Employment vocational training and postsecondary education are also carefully
considered in the ITP (Snell amp Brown 2006) The student should be given the tools to
live a successful life that is safe and provides the greatest opportunity for independence
(McNaughton amp Beulman 2010)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
27
Schmitz (2008) described the purpose of transition planning as a fundamental
requirement of IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 as outlined by the Office of Special
Education Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) In addition to the mandates presented in
IDEA 2004 pertaining to transition services there is an additional requirement that
schools and postsecondary agencies report on the results of transition services for
individuals with disabilities through Indicator 13 for secondary programs and Indicator
14 for postsecondary programs This has become the guiding structure when addressing
the needs and postsecondary planning of students with disabilities IDEA 2004 requires
that there must be a coordinated set of activities that focus on improving the academic
and functional achievement of the individual with disabilities Indicator 13 and Indicator
14 require that tracking mechanisms be put into place to assess the outcomes of
individuals with disabilities as they transition from secondary schooling to postsecondary
life
Statistics reveal that students with disabilities experience an unemployment rate
of 70 as opposed to their nondisabled peers at 22 (Schmitz 2008) The need to close
that gap is critical This is the reality that drives the mandates such as Indicator 13 for
educators to develop an appropriate transition IEP which includes age-appropriate
transition assessment and transition services that are to be delivered to students with
disabilities (Schmitz 2008)
The Individualized Transition Plan Process and Components
The foundation for the essential components and mandates associated with
transition come from IDEA 2004 which states the following
Transition services means a coordinated set of activities for a child with a
disability that is designed to be within a results-oriented process that is focused on
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
28
improving the academic and functional achievement of the child with a disability
to facilitate the childrsquos movement from school to postschool activities including
postsecondary education vocational education integrated employment (including
supported employment) continuing and adult education adult services
independent living or community participation is based on the individual childlsquos
needs taking into account the childrsquos strengths preferences and interests and
includes instruction related services community experiences the development of
employment and other postschool adult living objectives and if appropriate
acquisition of daily living skills and provision of a functional vocational
evaluation Transition services for children with disabilities may be special
education if provided as specially designed instruction or a related service if
required to assist a child with a disability to benefit from special education (TEA
cited in ESC 18 2011)
The process of including the student to a greater extent while engaging him or
her in greater collaboration with community agencies is emphasized in the transition
process The switch to a results-oriented approach as opposed to an input approach has
increased the need for greater accountability This is also evident with the
implementation of Indicator 13 pertaining to accountability for transition planning at the
secondary education stage and Indicator 14 at the postsecondary education stage Specific
changes to the IDEA 1997 to IDEA 2004 are the requirement of a coordinated set of
activities improvement with academic and functional achievement transition IEP age-
appropriate assessment and transition services (Schmitz 2008)
Components of the transition plan include a holistic approach to the education of
the student with disabilities Short-term goals should be developed with long range
planning as the over-all guiding purpose (Wehman 2009) The ITP should include the
assessment and development of critical life skills such as mobility recreation and leisure
opportunities health and safety training money management personal appearance skills
building social skills training and skills acquisition work habits and issues pertaining to
maintaining dignity (Wehman 2009)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
29
Assessment and evaluation results should take into account the strengths and
preferences of the child while being presented in user-friendly formats to the family
members and student The schedule of services time frames for implementation and
individual responsibilities and obligations for providers should be documented Efforts to
provide real-life vocational training to meet employability objectives should be outlined
Financial planning is a critical component and needs in this area should be included
Social skills training and access to increase full community participation and activities
are other important elements of the ITP process (Wehman 2009)
Critical life skills pertaining to self-help and self-determination independence
and socialization represent essential transition elements Access to community agencies
and possible acquisition of needed services should be outlined with contact information
available to the family members and student Recreation and leisure health and safety
money management work habits and maintaining dignity are additional areas that
should be addressed by the ITP team (Wehman 2009)
Real-life experiences in naturalist settings for all aspects of the personrsquos life
including employment education and life skills acquisition is recommended (Wehman
2011) National transition goals which are outlined in IDEA 2004 include promoting
self-determination and self-advocacy ensuring that students have access to the standards-
based curriculum increasing graduation rates providing access to full participation in
postsecondary education and employment increasing parent participation improving
collaboration for optimum school and postschool outcomes increasing the availability of
qualified workforce and encourages full participation in community life including
social recreation and leisure opportunities The ITP includes two major goals The first
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
30
is to identify outcomes students and parent desire which is the person-centered approach
by including the student and parent while respecting their values and beliefs The second
is community collaboration and participation through community resources program
development and interagency collaboration (Wehman 2011)
New resources are being developed and published continuously to encourage the
implementation of sound practices in transition planning and services Johnson (2002)
from the University of San Diego developed a sourcebook of books selected websites
aptitude tests vocational evaluations career planning resources information centers
curricular resources assessments life-centered education IEP planning interagency
links publishers postsecondary transition resources and selected reports and articles
These suggested resources are included to enhance the transition assessment
development and implementation process
Snell and Brown (2006) in Instruction of Students with Severe Disabilities
devoted a chapter to vocational preparation and transition They recommended that
individuals should develop valued employment skills and abilities through supportive
families vocational services and supports in the community They proposed that
Vocational Rehabilitation should be the primary facilitators of employment opportunities
for individuals with disabilities
It is necessary to include a review of Social Security benefits and Medicaid
sources The balanced school-based vocational preparation through collaborative efforts
should include a continuum of the studentrsquos interests and preferences The work-related
instruction should occur across grades and settings in real-world settings Community-
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
31
based training sites should be developed with systematic behavioral procedures with the
goal of paid employment with if needed supports after graduation
Finally vocational training is a necessary component of the transition process
Transition training should provide students with a curriculum that prepares them for the
job they intend to enter Broad-based knowledge and skills are necessary components to
the vocational training endeavor Some students require training with specific skills that
are needed for survival in the workplace as well as in the community These skills need
to be carefully and succinctly taught These include academic skills communication
skills social and interpersonal skills and occupational and vocational skills (Levinson amp
Palmer 2005)
Latest Research on Individual Transition Planning
Policy Furney Hasazi and Destefano (1997) conducted a policy study to review
transition services for youth with disabilities The cross-case analysis evaluated programs
that exemplified high-quality models for implementation of transition planning Furney
and his colleagues assessed the current trends that were present in existing transition
planning practices He surveyed 74 institutions pertaining to their implementation of
transition services during a two-year period from 1992-1994 His intent was to evaluate
services with the new mandates set forth in previously reauthorized version of IDEA
1997 A qualitative approach was implemented with site visits in three states The results
were analyzed using cross-case analysis The results revealed that the person-centered
approach must be implemented to a greater extent to meet the postsecondary needs
outcomes of students with disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
32
Etscheidt (2006) conducted a qualitative analysis to examine judicial decisions
regarding transition planning Thirty-six cases were reviewed that addressed the needs of
individuals with intellectual disabilities learning disabilities behavioral disorders
autism multiple disabilities physical disabilities other health impairment attention-
deficithyperactivity disorder traumatic brain injury and other unspecified disabilities
Five categories were established that addressed agency contacts student involvement
and individualization of the transition plan school district obligations and
appropriateness of the transition plan
Etscheidtrsquos finding revealed that litigation pertaining to transition planning for
students with disabilities centered on procedural issues and components of the transition
plan Ten issues were identified Agencies need to be in attendance and invited to
transition meetings Second student involvement must be included and must consider
student interests Third individualization of the ITP should be based on assessment and
meet the studentrsquos individual needs Fourth stakeholders need to examine the studentrsquos
and familyrsquos postsecondary goals and vision Fifth discussion and documentation of the
present level of performance should be included Sixth the team should formulate a
statement of needed transition services with goals and objectives Seventh
implementation of the transition plan needs to be monitored to evaluate effectiveness
Eighth the district has an obligation to make plans that meet the needs of the individuals
to promote movement from secondary to postsecondary settings Ninth stakeholders
need to evaluate the appropriateness of the transition plan Tenth the transition plan must
be developed and addressed to meet the needs of the student
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
33
Transition services Through OSERS a grant was awarded to create the National
Secondary Technical Training Assistance Center (NSTTAC) This organization addresses
concerns regarding transition for secondary students as they move into postsecondary
life Through this collaborative effort between the University of North Carolina in
Charlotte and Western Michigan University NSTTAC addressed and assisted with
implementation to consumers parents agencies and educators about transition policy
Expert panels were created and research was initiated that resulted in recommendations
to local education agencies (LEAs) and state education agencies (SEAs) regarding
transition practice and policy In addition to informational recommendations to the LEAs
and SEAs technical assistance was developed to assist educators administrators and
parents in implementing effective transition and education services to improve secondary
and postsecondary outcomes A website was developed that includes evidence-based
practices lesson plan starters products and resources transition toolkits and specific
student and parent resources (UNC amp WMU 2011)
King Baldwin Currie and Evans (2006) completed a review article analyzing
strategies that were utilized to implement planning for transition and transition education
for youth with disabilities The purpose of one review was to evaluate the quality of
services and to provide recommendations for improvement of services The strategies
were classified into three main categories personal-level strategies person-environment
fit and environmental level strategies
Results indicated that the strategies lacked significant evidenced-based research to
support the use of the strategies and the effectiveness of the strategies Four of the
strategies pertaining to direct experience contained sufficient research to warrant the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
34
effectiveness of these types of strategies A recommendation proposed the use of more
than skills-acquisition strategies including training and implementation of strategies in
the natural environment (King et al 2006)
Postsecondary education A study by Papay and Bambara (2011) examined
transition services for youth in postsecondary settings who possessed significant
intellectual disabilities This study utilized a survey with descriptive methods for
analysis The purpose of the study was to assess the over-all inclusion characteristics of
postsecondary programs on college campuses Eighty-seven institutions were identified
that provided opportunities for individuals with intellectual disabilities to participate in
postsecondary programs located on college campuses
The results suggested that students with disabilities participated in college courses
and in vocational training opportunities Twenty five percent of the students with
disabilities involved in postsecondary education were enrolled in college level courses
Only 2 of students with intellectual disabilities enrolled in the courses for credit Most
of the students who enrolled in the courses for credit were described as learning disabled
with reading levels that were near or slightly below those of nondisabled peers The
students with intellectual disabilities audited the courses primarily in the humanities and
basic entry level Reading level was a determining factor for these students as to whether
they were able to participate in the courses successfully for credit
Funding for these programs came primarily from the willingness of the higher
education institutions to sponsor the programs Some government resources were also
included to a lesser extent as well as partnerships with local school districts for students
who were past the age of majority but were still enrolled in high school Tuition revenue
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
35
was another slight source of income for the programs Grants were last on the list of
available sources of income At most institutions grants provided less that 10 of the
necessary budgetary demands of the postsecondary educational setting
Recommendations included conducting further research to gain a greater
understanding of the effectiveness of postsecondary education (PSE) programs
Additionally PSE institutions should continue to develop partnerships to promote
ldquolifelong inclusion and self-determinationrdquo (Papay amp Bambara 2011 p 93) Methods for
implementation were suggested as additional research agendas
Another research study (Neubert Moon amp Grigal 2002) focused attention on
postsecondary options for individuals with significant disabilities The purpose of the
article was to provide a review of the current literature available pertaining to secondary
educational opportunities for students aged 18-21 in their last year of high school A
descriptive approach was implemented to examine secondary education opportunities at
two-year and four-year institutions of higher education and community based settings
The results revealed three vocational training model approaches First students
attended 2-year schools with the intent to gain vocational skills and training while
experiencing college life A second model for students with significant disabilities
included attendance at four-year institutions A third model included programs in the
community to encourage employment and independent living options
Funding for these programs primarily came from local school districts and the
higher education institutions The need to assess logistic concerns pertaining to greater
collaboration and communication with community agencies was encouraged
Collaboration between local education agencies community settings and institutions of
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
36
higher learning should occur to allow families and caregivers various options for
secondary transition services to students nearing the transition phase into postsecondary
life
Transition process Levinson and Palmer (2005) undertook a descriptive study
that discussed general characteristics of the transition process for employment and
postsecondary life The authors described necessary components to implement transition
services as mandated by IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 The need to incorporate
assessment and comprehensive planning that utilized the transition assessment data was
highlighted The assessment should address academic skills daily living skills personal
and social skills and occupational and vocational skills
School staff should subsequently utilize the assessment data to implement a plan
that meets the needs and interests of the student Parental involvement is crucial for the
planning process Vocational training should incorporate the enhancement of academic
skills daily living skills personal and social skills and occupational and vocational skills
Schools should focus on a transdisciplinary approach to prepare students for successful
postsecondary life
Cobb and Alwell (2009) reviewed transition planning and coordination of
services for individuals in postsecondary settings The authors undertook a review of
existing studies to determine whether there had been sufficient research efforts to address
the issue of transition planning and intervention for youth with disabilities This
systematic review included studies published between 1984 and 2004 A total of 31
studies from 10 journals produced a total of 1461 individual participants
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
37
Studies were analyzed for employment and participation in postsecondary
education options Analysis included whether the student was maintained at home and the
satisfaction of experience with personal and social relationships for individuals with a
variety of disabilities including learning disability emotional disturbance intellectual
disability autism physical disabilities attention deficit disorder auditory impairment
and speech impairment The authors reviewed postschool environments student
development interagency and interdisciplinary planning family involvement and
program structure
Results demonstrated that student-focused planning demonstrated great promise
as an important outcome for students Studentsrsquo desires need to be heard at IEP meetings
and in the planning processes More time is needed for transition planning and this should
not be handled at IEP meeting They also stated that students gain insight when training is
involved There is a demand to develop talents and interests Individuals with disabilities
believe there is a need for real work experience and socialization skills training Efforts
should focus on needs to build specific job skills that continue after high school There is
a need for flexibility rather than fitting students into prescribed programs The emphasis
should be directed toward greater awareness of community resources for possible
employment education living options and community access according to the
consumers and family members
Transition compliance Grigal Hart and Magliore (2011) conducted a
secondary analysis using The National Longitudinal Transition Survey 2 to address the
mandates of Indicator 14 of IDEA 2004 In order to comply with Indicator 14
individuals must be enrolled in higher education employed or involved in another
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
38
postsecondary option The elements need to include high expectations person-centered or
student-directed goals and collaboration with partners and community agencies is
critical
In their comparative analysis Grigal et al (2011) ascertained that there were
disparaging differences between individuals with intellectual disabilities and other
individuals with disabilities regarding transition planning for those at the postsecondary
level One hundred eight families participated with fewer contributors who were
educators One hundred forty-nine programs for individuals with disabilities in 37 states
were included Programs varied in implementations and types of settings Data set
analysis included 11000 students from a random set from 500 LEAs and 30 special
schools with an 82 response rate
The study included five areas that influenced the mandates of Indicator 14 and is
addressed in the following sections First parent expectations were influenced by the
severity of disability of youth with intellectual disabilities autism and physical
disabilities Second students were less likely to graduate with a regular diploma This
increased to 62-70 if staff possessed higher expectations Third team members should
be more involved in the ITP planning process Fourth goals should focus more toward
sheltered or supportive employment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Fifth
goals most often identified included independent living competitive employment
supported employment sheltered employment vocational training and two-year to four-
year college programs
Additional findings noted that vocational rehabilitation (VR) counselor
participation was greater for individuals with intellectual disabilities for career planning
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
39
Participation in college level classes by individuals with intellectual disabilities was last
They noted that increased enrollment in postsecondary education has increased the
income levels for 73 of individuals with disabilities The authors suggested that causes
need to be evaluated for fewer individuals with intellectual disabilities enrolling in higher
education and that increased expectations at the secondary level should occur to change
the mind-set for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Grigal et al 2011)
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities
Transition planning is an important topic for the stakeholders and students with
disabilities as the students anticipate transitioning from secondary to postsecondary life
Transition planning is the eighth requirement of the Individual Education Plan (IEP)
process for students when they become 16 years of age (Hulett 2007) The transition
process begins with the assessment component to gain valuable information on which the
IEP is based (Hulett 2007) Transition assessment is a multidimensional process that
requires a collaborative approach to meet the specific needs of the student with a
disability who is receiving special education services (Miller et al 2007)
Purpose of Transition Assessment
Transition assessment meets the legal mandates of IDEA 2004 The requirement
decrees that students with an intellectual disability should be provided with an
appropriate evaluation (IDEA 2004) The purpose of transition assessment is to gather
ongoing data that leads to the development of a transition plan that meets the needs of the
student as they transition from secondary to postsecondary life Overton (2009) wrote
that assessment needs to be data-driven rather than relying on referral information alone
The data should be multidimensional and not reliant on just one piece of testing data
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
40
Data should reflect the studentrsquos needs strengths abilities interests and preferences
(IDEA 2004)
The National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (2001) states that
the transition assessment process should be ongoing in order to provide needed data to
guide the transition planning process for students as they look toward the future and to
aid in the development of the studentrsquos IEP It should be a collaborative endeavor with
input from a variety of stakeholders including the student and family or caregiver
involved in the process
Spinelli (2012) identified eight purposes of transition assessment for individuals
with disabilities The assessors should identify the studentrsquos a) career goals and interests
b) preferences c) independence level d) strengths e) hobbies f) interpersonal
relationships g) self-advocacy abilities and h) abilities in relation to postsecondary
goals These include employment education and training independent living community
involvement and personal social goals In addition there needs to be an ecological
assessment of new or future settings to determine psychological physical social
emotional and cognitive demands and requirements of the setting
In regard to employment Spinelli (2012) proposed that assessment should
evaluate the studentrsquos current skills and the desired skill levels to determine the studentrsquos
ability to deal with the demands of postsecondary employment ability to engage in
employment and community participation and independent living options The
assessment should seek to determine the particular curricular social-emotional and
physical skills that need addressing in the ITP and the studentrsquos self-determination skills
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
41
With regard to educational supports Spinelli (2012) wrote that the assessment
should determine appropriate placement within the education community in addition to
vocational and community settings in order for the student to attain postsecondary goals
Furthermore the assessment should seek to determine the accommodations supports and
services that are needed in order for the student to attain and maintain postsecondary
goals Finally the assessment should design a system for monitoring progress and
evaluating the success of the transition program
Miller et al (2007) has described transition assessment as ldquoa process that
determines the studentrsquos abilities attitudes aptitudes interests work behaviors levels of
self-determination and self-advocacy interpersonal skills academic skills level and
independent living skills over an extended period of time for the purpose of planning an
appropriate education program (p 5)rdquo This is an ongoing process Stakeholders must
gather data on the individual student Items that are necessary for the assessment include
the studentrsquos needs preferences strengths and interests These items should be evaluated
as these relate to the future and current programming of the individual with disabilities
The areas that should drive the evaluation include work education living personal and
social skills and environment of the individual with disabilities
Additionally Miller et al (2007) clarifies the components of the transition
assessment process He suggests that these components be intertwined in order to engage
in informed decision making The first component is future planning needs and goals
The second area to be addressed is self-determination and self-advocacy skills A third
area is academic strengths and deficits that include the studentrsquos learning styles and
behaviors that influence learning A fourth component is life-skills instruction when it is
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
42
deemed appropriate The fifth and final component is vocational interests aptitudes and
abilities both in the classroom and within the community environment
In 2004 with the reauthorization of IDEA OSERS required that states submit
additional data on 20 indicators Indicator 13 specifically addresses the transition
component More specifically this indicator requires that assessment must occur that
involves an ongoing process to collect transition-relevant data This assessment should
include the needs preferences strengths and interests of the student The requirement
states that the demands of current and future working educational and personal social
environments for the individual must evaluated (Mazotti et al 2009)
Mazotti et al (2009) proposed a six-component checklist for Indicator 13 The six
include the following first it is necessary to utilize user-friendly assessments to guide
parents students and other support personnel Second the goals for the ITP should focus
on employment education and training and when appropriate independent living Third
they suggest a simplified format that addresses where the student plans to work where he
or she will learn the necessary skills and where the student eventually lives Fourth
alignment of annual IEP goals should coincide with the transition services and
postsecondary goals This will allow the student the optimal opportunity to attain the
postsecondary goals
Schmitz (2008) identified seven areas that should be included in the transition
planning process in order to adhere to the mandates of Indicator 13 The components of
the transition assessment include interest assessment and career exploration assessment
measures It is crucial to include assessment of academic performance as it relates to the
workplace Essential is the process of career planning The practice of assessment and
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
43
skill building should be incorporated to evaluate self-determination social and emotional
learning and interventions for independent living
Types of Transition Assessment
Transition assessment is an ongoing process that involves a variety of sources in
order to create a data-driven plan that addresses the individual needs of the student with
disabilities Transition assessment includes assessment tools that are utilized to meet
eligibility requirements and to assist with the transition planning process Numerous
devices are available to provide valuable information that the Individualized Transition
Plan (ITP) team is able to access for transition assessment Assessment practice occurs
both formally and informally with the inclusion of adaptive measures (Miller et al
2007)
Assessment is employed for identifying individual student needs improving
instruction and program planning evaluating service delivery programs and
accountability The approach assumes a person-centered planning procedure The
assessment process must include the family Informal assessment procedures are valuable
and provide an abundant source of information (Sax amp Thoma 2002)
The National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (2010) described
an Assessment Toolkit that can be accessed by educators parents SEAs and LEAs to
gain knowledge about best practices with transition assessment The authors assert that
ldquothe results of transition assessment should be the basis for making recommendations for
instructional strategies and accommodations in instruction and environments to meet the
studentrsquos needsrdquo (National Secondary Technical Training Assistance Center 2010 p 3)
Formal and informal measures are listed with contact information and suggested
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
44
guidelines for the types of assessment Included are links to some of the recommended
assessments with examples to review
Schmitz (2008) states that transition assessment is best characterized as a
multifaceted approach Quality assessment involves interest assessment career
exploration assessment assessment of academic competencies career planning
assessment and skill-building for self-determination assessment and skill-building for
socialemotional learning and assessment and skill intervention for independent living
skills Through the implementation of these seven assessment modalities the individual
student will have the opportunity to participate in a transition assessment that is created
with fidelity to his or her needs
Informal versus formal measures of assessment All students receiving special
education services participate in assessment to meet eligibility requirements The
assessment measures fall into two basic categories informal and formal (CECIdeas that
Work 2011) Formal assessment tools include achievement tests high-stakes testing
intelligence tests and even career interest personality profile and self-determination
measures These tools produce quantitative results that are used to assess skills and
aptitudes interests and preferences
Examples of informal measures include curriculum- based assessments
interviews questionnaires observations authentic assessment and portfolios (Layton amp
Lock 2008) Informal measures require a qualitative approach to analyzing information
on an ongoing basis to provide guidance when creating the transition plan for the student
with a disability who receives special education services This information provides
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
45
valuable pieces of data which enhance the transition planning requirements for students
with disabilities
Informal assessment procedures are needed to identify the studentrsquos individual
needs and to develop an appropriate transition plan The ITP team must determine the
purpose of the assessment Individuals should assess the student in the natural
environment and in various settings and programs They should identify relevant
behaviors and verify the input from others The ITP team chooses the appropriate
measurement procedures such as observation interview questionnaires surveys
checklists interest inventories and self-assessments The team also evaluates social
support systems The assessment findings identify the transition goals and objectives
From this process curricular plans are implemented to achieve the goals and objectives
(Sax amp Thoma 2005)
Sitlington (2008) analyzed the process of utilizing informal assessment to
facilitate transition planning for students with significant reading and writing delays That
analysis addressed the use of informal assessment for high stakes testing exit
examinations diploma options and transition planning Outlined in the article are
competencies to address the needs from transition into adulthood Sitlington (2008)
identified 22 competencies needed to transition into adulthood which the planning team
must incorporate Transition planning was characterized as an ongoing process of
ldquocollecting information on the studentrsquos strengths needs preferences and interests as
they related to the demands of current and future livingrdquo (Sitlington 2008 p 87) She
suggested several tools to accomplish the assessment by gathering information to guide
the individualrsquos transition plan Analysis of the studentrsquos background information is
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
46
primary In addition interviews with parents should transpire to facilitate the assessment
component Psychometric instruments work samples and curriculum-based assessment
techniques are suggested assessment tools to aid in the planning process Sitlington
suggests situational assessment to gather real-life data that resembles the individualrsquos
future living conditions The approaches must be systematic and occur in a variety of
settings Transition assessment utilizing these measures directs the instructional
decisions
Vocationalcareer assessments A necessary part of the transition assessment
process is the use of career interests vocational aptitude measures personality profiles
self-determination measures and other assessment tools that aid in the vocational and
career component of transition assessment (Levinson 2001) These tools provide
valuable information about the studentrsquos skills in areas such as self-awareness awareness
of job skills interest seeking and abilities with social and emotional interactions The
types of assessments include interviews questionnaires observations ecological and
environmental situational and behavioral curriculum-based interest inventories
vocational profiles and portfolios
An additional area is the vocational profile Vocational profiles are described as
narratives that paint pictures These include biographical information educational
history work experience and current skills The studentrsquos learning and performing
characteristics should be included along with interests community-support connections
and necessary accommodations (Sax amp Thoma 2002)
An article from San Diego State University provided a list of suggested
assessment tools available to facilitate the transition process (Johnson 2002) Included
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
47
are resources for curriculum implementation for transition purposes A wide array of
career occupational and vocational assessment and evaluation resources are
characterized in addition to links addresses and pricing guides Training videos
curricular and planning resources for transition planning are included Family
involvement interagency guides and follow-up assessment tools to aid in the transition
planning process are also described
Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual Disabilities
In order for a child to meet the eligibility requirement as a student with an
intellectual disability an adaptive behavior assessment must be conducted (Overton
2009) This is one avenue whereby interested stakeholders may gather information about
life skills of students with intellectual disabilities That assessment tool alone does not
provide enough information needed to gather sufficient data to assist with the transition
planning process Assessment for the individuals with intellectual disabilities requires
assessment in the natural environment (Sitlington 2008) Sheltered or supported
employment arenas may be included utilizing qualitative measures to gather information
about a studentrsquos social emotional self-determination job skills and other pertinent data
necessary for assessment purposes (Overton 2009)
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities
IDEA 2004 states that with regard to the transition process the transition
assessment process for all students with disabilities involves the formal and informal
assessment-gathering mechanism on an ongoing basis (Mazotti et al 2010) As the child
reaches the age of 14 transition planning should begin At age 16 the formal process of
developing the transition plan takes place (Miller et al 2007)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
48
Assessment includes evaluating independent work skills planning and time
management skills and assessment of self-advocacy abilities For students with more
severe disabilities there must be an assessment for extended employment Assessment
includes the evaluation of vocational interests and aptitudes as well as the studentrsquos
ability and functional self-help skills The domains include cognitive ability social-
emotional adjustment communication skills academic functioning physical stamina and
adaptive behavior which are utilized by the multidisciplinary team to create the transition
plan (Spinelli 2012)
The transition assessment process can be conceived as a three-level approach
(Levinson 2001) Level one involves looking strictly at previously gathered assessment
data to prescribe a transition plan Data collection and interpretation of previous data is
the driving mechanism at this level Cumulative and confidential records are reviewed to
gather pertinent data This includes grades attendance academic achievement discipline
referrals and health records
The second level involves assessment of vocational interests and vocational
aptitudes using specific psychometric tests Assessment results and incorporating career
interest inventories and previously gathered formal and informal assessment data are
utilized in the creation of the transition plan
The third level occurs with individuals who require more information to gather a
realistic image of the studentrsquos abilities and interests This level is based on the
assessment of the first two levels This additional assessment includes work samples and
situational assessment techniques The implementation of any model must take into
consideration the available resources the characteristics and expertise of the available
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
49
personnel the population targeted for services the nature and availability of local
community services and the type of vocation placement options in the local area
(Levinson 2001)
Levinson and Palmer (2005) have written that assessment and planning are key
components to successful postschool living Assessment data can be gathered through
published tests and surveys as well as from direct interviews and observations of the
student Several areas are addressed including academic skills daily living skills
personal and social skills career maturity vocational interests and vocational aptitude
tests Additional assessment measures include occupational and vocational skills
assessments These are characterized as performance tests that assess a studentrsquos ability
to perform specific job-like tasks work samples that expose a student to natural job
responsibilities and situational assessments that measure a studentrsquos interests abilities
and work habits in actual and contrived environments
Characteristics of Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual Disabilities
Due to varying disability factors for individuals with intellectual disabilities
traditional methods do not meet the needs of transition assessment Many students with
more significant intellectual disabilities have difficulty with paper and pencil tasks
Alternative measures should be implemented to address the assessment component of the
transition plan (Grigal et al 2011) Questionnaires and interviews with family members
offer good sources of information (Moon et al 2011) Observations and skills analysis
should be incorporated into the standard informal and formal measurement protocols
(Wehman 2009) Of great importance in the assessment of students with more significant
disabilities are the critical life skills pertaining to self-help mobility self-determination
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
50
socialization health family and community supports self-awareness interests strengths
and preferences of the individual (Wehman 2011)
Latest Research on Transition Assessment for Students with Disabilities
Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities There is the lack of available research
on current assessment trends with students who have intellectual disabilities autism and
multiple-impairments There is considerable research available on assessment with
informal and formal measures in general contexts but not as much with regard to the
specific details regarding best practices for assessment of transition needs and services
including outcomes pertaining to students with intellectual disabilities One recent article
was discovered that dealt specifically with the assessment process for students with
intellectual disabilities sometimes described as developmentally delayed (Moon et al
2011)
A qualitative study was conducted by Moon et al (2011) to address the
perceptions of necessary skills experiences and information that youth with
developmental disabilities and their families perceive should exist for the student with
regard to supported employment in a postsecondary setting Discussed was the sheltered
work environment that many students with disabilities encounter as a postsecondary
option for employment Four research questions were introduced with one of the four
addressing transition assessment specifically A survey was developed that included
several open-ended questions The survey addressed recruiting skills needed
assessment and work experiences that are most important and suggestions for transition
planning Participants included community rehabilitation providers involved in intake and
service deployment The state that was targeted was subdivided into four regions Twelve
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
51
individuals from the four regions participated in the survey One-hour to two-hour
interviews ensued to gather qualitative data Data analysis followed to characterize
common themes
Results specific to transition assessment revealed that interests and preferences of
the client were important to consider however only three of the 12 revealed that this
information was obtained from the school or family They found it was important to
include the family to a greater extent in the assessment process Due to the disabling
conditions of the individuals with intellectual disabilities it was revealed that family input
was important There was concern expressed that transition assessment was lacking in the
secondary setting and results were not readily available Job trials and situational
assessment should be utilized in two of the settings for assessment purposes
Philosophical statements were discussed for implementation and acquisition of transition
assessment from high school to postsecondary sheltered settings to improve collaborative
efforts which results in better preparation of youth for supported employment services
(Moon et al 2011)
Individuals with all types of disabilities Current research pertaining to the
transition assessment component and process for students with disabilities is quite
limited One article by Herbert et al (2010) discussed the assessment process for students
with disabilities This article addressed the assessment process for all types of disabilities
The method involved an online questionnaire developed to assess respondent
demographic information career assessment practices type of services available and
career areas that are assessed with students Two groups were surveyed including the
Pennsylvania Office of Vocational Rehabilitation counselors working with high schools
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
52
possessing students with disabilities on their caseload and high school professionals
including administrators and educators who provided transition services to high school
students with disabilities The survey was disseminated over a two-month period More
than 400 teachers administrators and rehabilitation personnel responded to the survey
regarding assessment trends
Five research questions were identified with that study Current assessment trends
were revealed showing that a pluralistic approach was utilized rather than one specific
approach This included skills instruction self-awareness emotional support community
knowledge direct experience and community intervention rather than traditional
assessment Knowledge of available services was moderate overall Impact of career
services was moderate Collaboration was perceived at a moderate to minimal level
between families students and school officials and consultants Overall helpfulness of
career services was perceived as helpful by two thirds of the participants Areas assessed
were primarily vocational interest academic achievement and academic aptitude
Descriptive analysis was applied which revealed that school professionals
typically address career interests to the greatest extent Aptitude revealed slightly more
than 50 of programs addressed these aptitude assessments Achievement was at 48
Career decision making work values personality and world of work were close with
results from 37 to 29 Impact on transition service revealed moderate outcomes at
50 with the respondents and significant with only 21 of the respondents Four themes
emerged which included teamwork training needs parental involvement and unrealistic
career goals as issues that needed to be addressed Work samples were revealed as the
most infrequently utilized assessment tool They recommended that school professionals
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
53
need to give greater attention to the area of career and work decision-making which
should include career interests knowledge of work and also achievement aptitude and
personality which appears to be lacking in substantial emphasis with current transition
assessment according to the findings of that report (Herbert et al 2010)
Qualitative analysis was applied to one open-ended question Recommendations
were cited in the discussion portion of the article which supports transition assessment
early in the studentrsquos high school career Additional training opportunities were indicated
by the participants Collaboration with all stakeholders was a high-priority
recommendation Further knowledge of assessment areas and types of assessments was
recommended to increase the impact of transition assessment for students with
disabilities (Herbert et al 2010)
The lack of research-based information about transition assessment points to a
critical need in the field of special education Without data to clarify what transition
assessment practices are successful as well as studies that examine educatorrsquos
understanding about their use evidence-based transition assessment cannot progress
With this in mind the following research questions were addressed
Research Questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
54
Summary
Transition assessment does not involve exclusively the assessment of vocational
needs and abilities All stakeholders of the transition team must adhere to a holistic
approach to transition assessment for the individual with intellectual disabilities Informal
and formal measures must be utilized to gather ongoing data to develop an age-
appropriate transition plan for students as they transition into postsecondary life In order
to meet the needs of the individual with disabilities the interested stakeholders must
assess interests strengths aptitudes preferences social skills self-help skills self-
determination mobility community access and environmental concerns within the
natural environment When working with individuals with more significant intellectual
disabilities informal assessment should be the focus while taking into account formal
measures This should be the model for transition assessment Evaluating the individualrsquos
support system should be another source in order to provide a realistic holistic and
successful transition plan that will assist the students as they transition from secondary to
postsecondary life
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
55
CHAPTER III
Methodology
Transition assessment is the cornerstone for the development of the IEP Since the
reauthorization of the IDEA in 2004 the transition plan to meet the specific needs of the
student possessing a disability is required for a student who has reached the age of 16
The literature addresses the best-practice approaches to developing the transition plan for
the secondary student with a disability Essential components guidelines and
suggestions are highlighted Suggestions for implementation team planning
collaboration inputs outputs and curriculum goals saturate the literature on all levels
Additionally a wealth of information about the assessment process in general is
available Guidelines for achievement testing cognitive assessments behavioral
evaluations adaptive behavior curriculum-based measurements and dealing with high-
stakes testing within formal and informal categories are exhaustive Knowledge of what
is being utilized with regard to transition assessment is lacking It is important to
determine if educators possess knowledge regarding transition assessment and what is
being used to implement transition assessment especially for students with intellectual
disabilities
Research Questions
This study investigated two research questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
56
Rationale
In order to answer the research questions this study was conducted to gather
specific data that pertains to knowledge about transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities The study utilized a survey that was based on earlier research by
Herbert et al (2010) Gaining knowledge from a variety of professionals required the
selection of the individuals who best represented those who provide services to
individuals with intellectual disabilities who are involved in the transition planning phase
of their education (American Association for Public Opinion Research 2011)
To better answer the research questions it was necessary to conduct a descriptive
analysis of the survey results A qualitative analysis of the perceptions of the practitioners
who provide transition assessment to students with intellectual disabilities was used with
two open-ended questions Accordingly the previous survey was pilot tested and
administered with modifications following the pilot testing process (Herbert et al 2010)
The descriptive analysis conducted in the initial survey was replicated in order to provide
for reliability and validity
Context of the Study
The setting for this study was an area that included the western portion of Texas
characterized as West Texas This region is better known as a rural plains area with one
larger city that is surrounded by rural towns sprawling ranches and agricultural entities
(Texas Association of Counties 2003) According to the Texas Association of Counties
(2003) rural areas generally rely on agriculture that is more unstable which results in
higher unemployment and underemployment These areas show population that is more
sparsely populated as compared to urban regions The area is served by the Regional
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
57
Education Service Center Region 17 which includes Local Education Agencies
Logistics along with the researcherrsquos proximity to the research locale necessitated the
selection of the setting for the study
In addition to logistical concerns the data that was collected served the area that
is identified with a more regionalized specific purpose West Texas is a region that deals
with the unique needs of the plains and a rural locale that reflects different hurdles and
barriers that are different from those of a larger metroplex In addition to the wide spans
of the region as a whole the barriers that affect transition planning for individuals with
disabilities are affected by the rural setting the expanse of the region as a land mass and
the availability of services for individuals with disabilities
Data Sources
The group comprising the research participants included individuals in public
school settings that provide transition services to students with intellectual disabilities
This included special education teachers in self-contained settings special education
teachers in inclusive settings vocational adjustment coordinators diagnosticians special
education directors and transition coordinators who coordinate the transition planning
process and who work directly with individuals who have intellectual disabilities This
group best represented the parties that intervene with the chosen population of individuals
with intellectual disabilities West Texas residents and the persons who possess a vested
interest in the subject matter of transition assessment
Disadvantages to the choice of the participants were that the participants may not
have represented the community as a whole throughout the state of Texas who serve
individuals with intellectual disabilities In addition the goals and future outcomes for the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
58
individuals with intellectual disabilities in West Texas could vary from the future
outcomes for individuals in larger metroplex areas or who live in land areas not as vast as
West Texas Advantages could be that the rural setting could serve to provide information
that regions throughout the United States would be able to utilize to enhance the service
delivery for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Data Collection Methods
The process of collecting the data involved the use of an online survey for four
weeks that was replicated from a study that was conducted based out of The Pennsylvania
State University (Herbert et al 2010) The original plan was to disseminate the survey
for two weeks A reminder was sent after two weeks and another reminder was sent after
three weeks in order to obtain a sufficient number of participants
Included in the survey was basic demographic information such as job title years
of experience highest education level and area of concentration Additional data for the
present study was collected on types of current transition assessment practices being
utilized and what areas are assessed by the transition personnel The information
collected reflected who performed transition assessments to individuals with intellectual
disabilities what was the impact of transition assessment and their own level of
understanding by professionals regarding transition assessment
The original survey involved 13 questions that included demographic information
and knowledge of transition application procedures For the purpose of this study the
demographic component consisted of eight items including information about location
gender educational background and job title The survey questions directly associated
with transition assessment included a list of eight questions Two were open-ended
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
59
questions Sixteen of the questions required a descriptive analysis process The two open-
ended questions required qualitative analysis of the responses (Miles amp Huberman
1994)
The survey questions pertaining to transition also required a descriptive analysis
approach The questions included information from the respondents about their
understanding of services and their opinion about what was available and what was being
utilized with regard to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Respondents were asked about their understanding of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities The respondents had the opportunity to express
the level of effectiveness present in the current transition assessment practices they
experienced Respondents also responded to a portion of the survey that addressed the
level of impact that transition assessment had on assisting their students (Herbert et al
2010)
The Education Service Center Region 17 list-serve was accessed to identify the
directors of special education Those individuals were asked to forward the survey letter
and survey link to staff who work specifically with students with intellectual disabilities
and the transition process Additional list-serves were obtained through the Texas
Association of Vocational Adjustment Coordinators Texas Educational Diagnostician
Association Region 17 Education Service Center contacts and district e-mail contacts
More than one hundred participants were estimated as possible participants Possible
participants were contacted with the hopes of obtaining a sample of at least sixty Seventy
one participants submitted responses to the survey in the online format (Appendix C and
D)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
60
Data Analysis
Analysis of the data required a careful descriptive process The first step included
a best-practices analysis with regard to the data-collection process and the survey itself
The American Association for Public Opinion Research (2011) suggests 12 quality
standards for best practices with survey studies Some of these standards include
ldquopossessing specific goals for the survey considering alternatives to the survey approach
selecting samples that well represent the population to be studied and taking great care in
matching question wording to the concepts being measured and the population studiedrdquo
(AAPOR 2011 p1)
Descriptive analysis was ensued throughout the data analysis process for all but
the two open-ended questions Basic statistical analysis was reviewed using descriptive
analysis The purpose was to ldquoassign meaning to the descriptive or inferential
information compiled during the studyrdquo (Miles amp Huberman 1994 p 56) Descriptive
analysis involves ldquothe process of staying as close to the data as was originally recordedrdquo
(Glesne 2006)
Through the use of qualitative analysis further evolvement of recurring themes
and patterns was evaluated Lorenz and Trusty (2010) wrote ldquoa qualitative analysis must
be done to identify content themes to the open-ended questionrdquo (p20) A systematic
approach to review the given data for the two open-ended questions allowed for greater
usability of the common patterns themes and implications by interested stakeholders A
codification system was utilized to discover themes patterns and obscure outliers present
within the survey tool with the open-ended response questions (Miles amp Huberman
1994) Qualitative analysis was not simply a means to support the assumptions of the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
61
researcher Secondly care was adhered to so that the results of the initial study did not
lead to a biased approach to the data collected during this study
Data Management Plan
The initial step in the data management process required permission by the Texas
Tech University Institutional Review Board (IRB) to conduct the study Consent was
obtained from the participants through acknowledgment of their willingness to participate
in the online survey (Appendix A and B)
The data that was gathered required a carefully designed and organized data
management plan Following the data collection process the data was appropriately
securely and safely stored The data was password protected with access only by the
researcher The data was stored on a computer with password protection which was only
accessed by the researcher
Reliability and Validity
The reliability and validity of this study was enhanced due to the use of the survey
tool utilized in a former study (Herbert et al 2010) The survey tool was field tested and
later refined for greater clarification This was the second time this survey was utilized
There was a narrowing of the survey to specifically address the knowledge of assessment
practices of educational professionals with regard to transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities The online format was utilized for a four-week time span to
gather the data A smaller sampling of participants that better represented the West Texas
demographics was utilized to enhance the validity of the data from the selected region
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
62
Summary
This study investigated the knowledge that professionals possess regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities This study described
the knowledge of assessment practice within the West Texas region This was completed
using a mixed-methods approach of descriptive statistical analysis and a qualitative
analysis through the use of a replicated survey A review of the research in the areas of
transition planning and transition assessment was completed at the beginning
A survey that was previously conducted was replicated to address the research
questions pertaining to the knowledge that educational professionals possess with regard
to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The online survey
was available for a four-week period List-serves and district emails were used to identify
participants who best represented West Texas professionals and who best answered the
research questions for transition assessment pertaining to individuals with intellectual
disabilities
Data analysis required a mixed-methods approach of descriptive statistical
analysis for the majority of the survey responses and qualitative analysis for two open-
ended questions A carefully designed data management plan was used throughout the
study to adhere to a well-managed audit trail Careful protocol was followed to gather the
data organize the data and analyze the data
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
63
CHAPTER IV
Results
This study examined the level of knowledge professionals possessed regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Additionally
participants were asked what assessment tools were being utilized to address transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities including types of assessment and
specific assessment tools Questions explored areas examined during transition
assessment and who was responsible for implementing the assessment tools Participants
were contacted via e-mail to request their participation in the web-based survey
The process of contacting participants involved online requests to regional special
education directors diagnosticians transition personnel and vocational adjustment
coordinators serving students with intellectual disabilities in West Texas An initial
request was sent giving the participants two weeks to complete the survey A second
request was sent after the two week period A third and final request was sent as a
reminder giving the participants four more days to complete the survey A total of 71
participants completed the online survey
Modifications were made to the replicated study to gather specific data pertaining
to transition assessment as a whole rather than just career assessment staff training
desires and knowledge about specific published assessment tools Changes included
a) utilized descriptive statistics to increase practical understanding for educational
personnel in a usable format (Trochim 2006) b) changed from one to two open-ended
questions c) rephrased open-ended questions for greater clarification d) omitted
demographic question pertaining to race e) added a survey question related to training
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
64
desires due to overwhelming response in the original survey f) added additional
assessment areas types and mechanisms g) changed wording from career assessment to
transition assessment h) focused on education personnel versus rehabilitation personnel
and i) narrowed to two research questions
Data were obtained through the online survey utilizing descriptive data analysis
for 16 questions and qualitative analysis for two open-ended questions Participants were
asked if the assessment tools aided in identifying and meeting the potential of individuals
with intellectual disabilities Basic demographic questions were asked to gain an
understanding of the characteristics of the West Texas participants located in the Region
17 Education Service Center area
Research Questions
This study gathered information regarding knowledge of transition assessment for
students with intellectual disabilities located in West Texas and characterized as the
Region 17 Service Center area The following research questions were addressed
Research Questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Characteristics of the Sample
Job Category
The population for this study included 71 participants of whom 831 were
female and 169 were male This study included similar types of participants in the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
65
original study conducted at The Pennsylvania State University (Herbert et al 2010)
However emphasis for this study was directed toward education personnel rather than
rehabilitation personnel from the previous study Participants included district
administrators special education teachers district special education administrators
consultants diagnosticians transition coordinators vocational adjustment coordinators
campus administrators special education counselors and education service center
consultants Seventy-one individuals participated in the study which is reflected in Table
41
Table 41 Job Category Description (N = 71)
_______________________________________________________________________
Variability Category n
_______________________________________________________________________
Job Category Campus Educator 21 295
Educational Diagnostician 19 267
Vocational Adjustment Coordinator 8 112
Transition Coordinator 6 84
Special Education Administrator 5 70
District Administrator 3 42
Consultant 2 28
District Educator 2 28
Transition Vocational Counselor 2 28
Campus Administrator 1 14
Special Education Counselor 1 14
Rehabilitation Counselor 1 14
________________________________________________________________________
Gender
Gender was another demographic question asked of the participants Of the 71
participants fifty nine were female which equated to 831 Twelve of the participants
were male which equaled 169 These results were similar to the original study at
722 and 278 This is reflected in table 42
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
66
Table 42 Gender (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variability Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Gender Female 59 831
Male 12 169
________________________________________________________________________
Age of Participant
Age was also obtained from the participants Ten categories were used to organize
the ages of the participants The first category began with the age of 20 Ages 41-45
represented the largest age range with 225 of the participants in that group This was
followed closely by the age range of 51-55 years In original study 45 years old was the
average age of the participants which is similar to the findings in this study Three
categories had two participants The results are shown in Table 43
Table 43 Age of the Participant (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Age of Participant 20-25 2 28
26-30 3 42
31-35 6 85
36-40 2 28
41-45 16 225
46-50 8 113
51-55 14 197
56-60 10 141
61-65 8 113
66-70 2 28
________________________________________________________________________
Educational Level
Educational level was critical for understanding formal education that was
provided to the participants in their respective field A question was posed to the
participants in the online format to address this topic Table 44 demonstrates the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
67
education level of the participants A very large percentage of the participants 80
possessed a masterrsquos degree or higher Participants with a bachelorrsquos degree were
significantly lower at 20 This was similar to the findings in the original study with
687 for a masterrsquos degree and 247 for a bachelorrsquos degree
Table 44 Level of Education (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Level of Education Bachelorrsquos degree 15 217
Masterrsquos degree 51 732
Doctorate 1 14
Other (Post Masterrsquos) 4 56
________________________________________________________________________
Total Experience Years
A question was included that addressed total years as an educator The study
included a range of total years as an educator from 1-2 years up to 41 and above Twenty-
six percent of the participants possessed numerous years of experience ranging from 16-
20 years of experience An extremely high percentage of 788 of the participants
possessed more than 20 years of experience as an educator (Table 45) This was more
than the original survey which revealed 917 years of experience as the average
Table 45 Years of Experience as an Educator (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Total Years as an Educator 1-2 3 42
3-5 3 42
6-10 9 127
11-15 6 85
16-20 18 254
21-25 8 113
26-30 11 155
31-35 7 99
36-40 5 70
41 and above 1 14
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
68
Current Position Experience
Experience in the present position was another piece of demographic data
presented in the original study and in this online survey also Analysis of this survey
revealed that time in the present position included one to five years at 38 six to fifteen
years at 281 sixteen to thirty years at 267 and 7 at thirty-one or more years
(Table 46)
Table 46 Years in the Current Position (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Years in current position 1-5 27 380
6-15 20 281
16-30 19 267
31 or more 5 70
________________________________________________________________________
Comparison of Demographics
Descriptive statistics were utilized to provide a comparative analysis of the age of
the participant years as an educator and years in the current position The mean age for
the participants was 4842 years old Average years of experience were 2032 years
Average years in the participantsrsquo current position were 1230 years Each of these
comparisons demonstrates extensive longevity in all realms (Table 47)
Table 47 Comparison of Demographics (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable M SD Low High
________________________________________________________________________
Age 4842 1091 20-25 66-70
Total Years as an educator 2032 1037 1-2 41+
Years in current position 1230 954 1-5 31+
_______________________________________________________________________
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
69
Education Site Location
Participants were asked to select the type of location where they worked or
consulted (Table 48) The categories examined the various types of employment
scenarios for educators in the Region 17 Education Service Center area A good
sampling of participants was achieved across rural suburban and urban locations Forty
one percent of the participants are located in rural settings Twenty eight were located in
urban settings Twenty two of the participants were located in a combination of rural and
suburban settings Employment location that was the least was the suburban locale This
result would correlate with the reality that the West Texas region is primarily a rural
setting
Table 48 EmploymentConsultation Location (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
EmploymentConsultation Location Rural 28 406
Suburban 7 101
Urban 19 275
Combination (ruralsuburban) 15 217
No Response 2 28
________________________________________________________________________
Employment Setting
A frequency count was completed to determine the percentages as well as the
numbers of individuals in various consultation or employment settings The categories
examined the various types of employment scenarios for educators in the Region 17
Education Service Center area The largest number occurred for individuals working in
high school settings which was more than half (712) of the participants (Table 49)
Some participants remarked on other locales where they were also employed The lowest
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
70
numbers of employment settings occurred for Alternative State Facility Education
Service Center and an ldquootherrdquo response (n = 2 1 1 1)
Table 49 Employment Setting (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Employment Setting High School 42 512
Middle School 18 219
AdministrativeCentral Office 9 153
Alternative 2 34
Other Locations indicated State Facility 1 12
in addition to the ones surveyed All grade levels 6 73
District 2 24
Education Service Center 1 12
Elementary (other) 1 12
________________________________________________________________________
Research Questions
Research Question One
Grade level implementation What knowledge do educators possess regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities To answer this
question Table 410 displays the frequency count for grade level during which transition
assessment occurs Transition assessment should be administered at all grade levels
every year as mandated in the IDEA 2004 However implementation of transition
assessment at ldquoall grade levelsrdquo showed only to be 544 The participants marked
individual grade levels at 9th
grade 397 10th
grade 265 11th
grade 250 and
12th
grade 250 There were 49 of the participants who selected ldquonone providedrdquo
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
71
Table 410 Perceived Grade Level Implementation of Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Grade level transition assessments 9th
27
397
are conducted 10th
18 265
11th
17 250
12th
17 250
All grade levels 37 544
None provided 4 49
No response 3 42
________________________________________________________________________
Person responsible Persons responsible for transition assessment are displayed
in Table 411 The high school teacher was selelcted by the particpants as the individual
most likely to administer transition assessment at 521 Transition Coordinators and
Vocational Adjustment Coordinators were the next most likely individuals to be
conducting transition assessment (281 and 225) The school phsychologist was
selected as the least likely individual to administer transition assessments A significant
number participants did not know or skipped this question entirely (239)
Table 411 Person Responsible for Implementing Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Individual deemed High School Teacher 37 521
responsible for Transition Services ConsultantCoordinator 20 281
providing Vocational Adjustment Coordinator 16 225
transition Diagnostician 12 169
assessment High School Counselor 10 141
Career Counselor (School Employee) 7 98
Career Counselor Consultant (non-school
employee) 2 28
School Psychologist 1 14
No one assignednot available 3 42
Do not know 1 14
Varies 3 42
Skipped 16 225
________________________________________________________________________
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
72
Level of understanding The level of understanding regarding transition
assessment by participants is displayed in Table 412 Thirty-eight percent of the
participants marked a very clear understanding 45 marked moderately clear
understanding and 182 indicated little no or skipped the question pertaining to
understanding of transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Over-all 60 of the participants indicated they had moderate to little or no understanding
regarding transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities This result is
similar to the original study which indicated that education personnel perceive their level
of understanding to be less than optimal
Table 412 Perceived Level of Understanding Regarding Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Understanding about Very clear 27 380
transition assessment Moderately clear 32 450
Limited 9 126
Little or no 2 28
Skipped 2 28
Additional training In the original study an overwhelming number of
participants expressed a desire to obtain more training regarding transition assessment
through the open-ended response (Herbert et al 2010) A question was developed in this
study to allow the participants the opportunity to express what types of training they
would like to receive Table 413 displays the participantsrsquo desires to participate in
workshops and higher education opportunities pertaining to transition assessment An
extremely large number of participants expressed a desire to participate in one-day
workshops (912) Eighty-one percent of the participants desired one-day workshops
Training opportunities selected by participants in the 40-50 range were one-hour
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
73
workshops team collaborations on-going in-service training and online training
modules Twenty-one percent of the participants expressed interest in college-level
coursework Only three individuals indicated that they were not interested in any training
Table 413 Interest in Additional Training (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Training opportunities One-hour workshop 30 422
to increase knowledge of 1-day workshop 58 817
transition assessment Team Collaboration 34 479
Self-study 17 239
Multiple day workshops 18 253
Ongoing in-service training 29 408
Online training module 34 479
College course 15 211
College Course (onlinemedia-site) 9 126
TEA certification coursework 12 169
None 3 42
Other 1 14
Skipped 3 42
________________________________________________________________________
Research Question Two
Areas addressed What transition assessment practices are used by educational
personnel for individuals with intellectual disabilities To answer this question Table
414 describes the areas that the participants rated with regard to transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities Academic Achievement was rated at 563
Vocational Assessment at 676 Academic Aptitude at 366 Career Decision Making at
464 and the greatest amount at 887 was Interests In the original survey vocational
interest aptitude and achievement was noted as assessment area most used Additional
areas in this survey included Personality at 323 Work Values at 366 World of
Work Knowledge at 324 and ldquoDonrsquot know and No responserdquo a combined percentage
of 84 by the participants
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
74
Table 414 Perceived Areas Addressed with Transition Assessment (N = 71)
_______________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Areas addressed with Interests 63 887
transition assessment Vocational Aptitude 48 676
Academic Achievement 40 563
Career Decision Making 33 464
Academic Aptitude 26 366
Work Values 26 366
Personality 23 323
World of Work Knowledge 23 324
Donrsquot know 2 28
No response 4 56
________________________________________________________________________
Types of assessments Descriptive statistics were utilized for questions pertaining
to types of assessment areas as shown in Table 415 This question was added to this
survey to gather specific data pertaining to knowledge regarding types of transition
assessments used to assess students with intellectual disabilities Types of assessments
were rated from ldquoNot Used or Heard of to Heard of and Usedrdquo Frequency counts were
obtained for each area of assessments A scale of one was used for ldquoNot Used or Heard of
or Heard ofrdquo a score of two was given for ldquoHeard ofrdquo and a three was given for ldquoUsedrdquo
Mean scores ranged from the lowest at 16 for EcologicalEnvironment and Authentic
Assessment to the highest at 286 for Teacher Observation The next highest ratings were
for Interest Inventories at 277 Interviews and Student Surveys at 273 Academic
Achievement at 266 Intellectual Aptitude at 264 and Functional Skills Inventory at
253 A clear separation occurred with a 5050 ldquoUse and Heard ofrdquo result for Career
Aptitude Teacher Made Learning Styles and Curriculum-Based at 233 and 234 Types
of assessments that had been ldquoHeard ofrdquo but were ldquoNot Used or Heard ofrdquo as frequently
were Personality Profiles at 222 and Portfolio at 216 Several types of assessments
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
75
revealed limited ldquoUserdquo and ldquoHeard ofrdquo or ldquoNot Used or Heard ofrdquo to a greater extent
These included Self-determination measures at 193 Self-advocacy measures at 198
Situational at 181 Authentic at 168 and EcologicalEnvironmental at 160
Table 415 Level of Use for Types of Transition Assessments (N = 71)
____________________________________________________________________
Item Not Used (1) Heard of (2) Used (3) Rating M n
or Heard of
________________________________________________________________________
Teacher Observation 2 14 51 286 67
Interest Inventories 1 14 55 277 70
Student Survey 1 16 49 273 66
Interviews 3 13 54 273 70
Academic Achievement 0 22 42 266 64
Intellectual Aptitude 1 22 43 264 66
Functional Skills Inventory 4 22 38 253 64
Career Aptitude 2 31 31 245 64
Teacher Made 5 30 26 234 61
Curriculum-Based 7 27 27 233 61
Learning Styles 4 33 24 233 61
Personality Profiles 5 36 18 222 59
Portfolio 9 33 19 216 61
Self-advocacy measures 15 31 14 198 60
Self-determination measures 16 32 12 193 60
Situational 24 20 13 181 57
Authentic 26 27 7 168 60
EcologicalEnvironmental 30 21 7 160 58
________________________________________________________________________
Published assessments Descriptive statistics were employed for published
assessments as shown in Table 416 This was a question that was added to this survey to
gather information pertaining to knowledge regarding published assessment mechanisms
Frequency counts were obtained for 11 published transition assessment tools A rating
mean was obtained for each tool similar to the previous Areas Addressed question A
score of one was given for ldquoNot Used or Heard ofrdquo a score of two was given for ldquoHeard
ofrdquo and a three was given for ldquoUsedrdquo Score rating means ranged from 138 to 262
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
76
Special Education Manager (GG Consulting LLC 2008) received the highest
rating at 262 The next highest published tools included Transition Planning Inventory
(Clark amp Patton 2009) at 222 Moderate ratings went to the Reading-Free Vocational
Interest Inventory 2 (Becker 2005) at 205 and the Brigance Employability Skills
Inventory (Brigance 1995) at 208 The OrsquoNet Interest Survey (US Department of
Labor 2002) received a 187 rating score The Picture Interest Career Survey (PICS)
(Brady 2007) received a 182 rating score Lowest scores included the Arc Self-
determination Scale (Wehmeyer amp Kelchner 1995) at 138 and the MECA (Oakwood
Solutions LLC 2010) at 141 COPS-PIC (Knapp-Lee L (2007) at 144 Myers Briggs
Type Indicator (Myers amp Briggs 1988) at 158 and the WRIOT2 (Glutting amp Wilkinson
2006) at 153
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
77
Table 416 Level of Use for Published Assessments (N = 71) (ID=Insufficient Data)
________________________________________________________________________
Item Not Used (1) Heard of (2) Used (3) Rating M n
or Heard of
________________________________________________________________________
Special Education Manager (SEM) 3 19 44 262 66
Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) 8 19 36 222 63
Brigance Employability 12 33 17 208 62
Skills Inventory
Reading-Free Vocational Interest 23 19 20 205 59
Inventory 2 (R-FVII2)
O-Net Interest Inventory 45 11 15 187 60
Picture Interest Career Survey (PICS) 26 21 15 182 62
Myers Briggs Type Indicator 27 30 2 158 59
Wide Range Interest and 36 16 8 153 60
Occupation Test (WRIOT2
COPS-PIC Picture Inventory 31 17 8 144 62
Of Careers
Microcomputer Evaluation 34 14 11 141 59
Of Careers and Academics (MECA)
Arc Self-determination Scale 41 15 4 138 60
Other 0 0 10 ID 15
Unsure 2 0 0 ID 2
No Response 0 0 0 ID 3
________________________________________________________________________
Impact One question asked the participants to rate the impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Table 417) The participants
stated that transition assessment had a significant impact at 169 Moderate impact was
perceived by 468 Minimal impact was selected by 309 of the participants and little
or no impact by 56 of the participants Over-all participants rated current practices in
transition assessment as having Moderate to Minimal impact at an extremely high level
of 83 In the original study the results were similar with 503 indicating moderate
impact and 274 with minimal to no impact
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
78
Table 417 Perceived Impact of Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Impact of transition assessment Significant 12 169
Moderate 33 468
Minimal 22 309
Little or No Impact 2 56
No Response 3 42
________________________________________________________________________
Procedure Used with Open-Ended Questions
Qualitative analysis was used for two open-ended questions in the survey The
first question received 15 responses from the participants This question pertained to what
additional information the participant wanted to include with regard to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The second question resulted in
eight responses from the participants This question asked what the participant knew that
they wished they could use with students with intellectual disabilities with regard to
transition assessment The narrative responses were gathered and reviewed for similar
themes and content
Question One
Participants were asked ldquoWhat else do you use for transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilitiesrdquo Fifteen individualsrsquo responses were submitted
Specific assessment tools were identified by the participants in statements that included
the name of the assessment tool A coding system was utilized to clarify whether the
response was narrative or a specific assessment tool response Further analysis occurred
for the narrative responses to determine themes and common trends
Respondents suggested Career Cruising software (N = 4) (Anaca Technologies
2012) One response suggested the Career Clusters Interest Survey (Arizona State 2007)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
79
and one stated the Cops and Caps (CareerLife Skills Resources 2012) vocational
assessment measure One participant included the Student Styles Questionnaire Revised
(SSQR) (Oakland Glutting amp Horton 1996) Two people suggested the Bridges
Software (Xap Corporation 2009) which was also suggested by one person in the online
questionnaire section under ldquootherrdquo for specific assessment tools Two individuals
suggested questionnaires as a viable means to gather assessment data Participants
suggested parent input for transition and vocational assessment (N = 3) Individuals who
included narrative responses discussed the importance of conducting situational
assessments by including the input of other professionals including outside agencies and
other teachers (N = 2) Responses included observations to get to know the individual and
determining the specific needs of the student to determine what would benefit the student
after graduation (N = 3) One individual who actually answered the second open-ended
question suggested the Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) (Clark amp Patton 2009) as a
thorough tool for assessment
Question Two
Eight participants responded to question two about ldquoWhat do you know about
transition assessment that you wish you could use for students with intellectual
disabilitiesrdquo Two respondents expressed the need for more time to assess the students on
their caseload with regard to transition Another individual commented on the need for
more teacher involvement at each grade level Two individuals posited the need to assess
students in a variety of either job or real-life situational settings One participant stated
that the greatest tool for awareness by the student with regard to transition is receiving a
paycheck One respondent stated that parents need to be better educated with regard to
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
80
continuation of services after graduation This respondent stated that personal advocacy
time management and organization were major issues facing students as they transition
to postsecondary options One final respondent stated that the questionnaire they utilized
had little meaning for students in middle school
Summary
The purpose of this study was to survey educators responsible for implementing
transition assessment for secondary students with intellectual disabilities Participants
included educators from West Texas characterized as individuals located in the Region
17 Education Service Center area The total number of participants was 71 The
population for this study was district administrators special education teachers district
special education administrators consultants diagnosticians transition coordinators
vocational adjustment coordinators campus administrators special education counselors
and education service center consultants Participants were solicited via e-mail requests to
participate voluntarily and to answer the questions from the online survey provided by a
link to the questionnaire
This chapter reported the findings from the study about transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities An online survey was conducted pertaining to
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The first section of this
chapter included descriptive analysis for 16 items pertaining to demographics of the
sample areas and types of transition assessment tools perceived benefits of transition
assessment persons responsible for transition assessment and levels of knowledge
regarding transition assessment The next section of this chapter included a qualitative
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
81
analysis for two open-ended questions Data were described and grouped by common
themes from the participantsrsquo statements on the online format
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
82
CHAPTER V
Discussion
This chapter provides a brief background of the problem and includes a summary
of the study Also included is a description of the review of the literature that was the
foundation for the research study reported herein The methodology for this study is
summarized and followed by a discussion and analysis of the findings The significance
of the study is addressed with an emphasis on the conclusions and implications relevant
to the research pertaining to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities Additionally this chapter offers recommendations for further research based
on the findings Concluding thoughts included limitations of the study and suggestions
for further research
Summary of the Study
This descriptive study investigated the knowledge educators possessed with
regard to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The first four
chapters included an introduction to the study a review of the literature that centered on
the transition process and transition assessment a description of the methodology and an
analysis from the findings of the data that were collected through the study
Chapter I provided a brief overview regarding the mandate proposed with the
IDEA of 2004 which requires that all students in special education who reach the age of
16 must have an ITP which is directed by the transition assessment process In addition
to the purpose of the study this chapter included a statement of the problem the research
questions the theoreticalconceptual framework assumptions definitions of terms
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
83
utilized in the study the delimitations and limitations of the study a discussion of the
significance of the study and the over-all organization of the study
Chapter II provided a review of the literature as it pertains to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Definitions of intellectual
disabilities characteristics and historical practices related to individuals with intellectual
disabilities and transition planning for special needs learners were described
An overview of the research pertaining to transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities was presented Explanations of transition assessment
methods were presented A search of relevant research revealed that studies which
addressed transition planning were available however limited studies addressing
transition assessment existed Lesser studies pertaining specifically to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities existed
Chapter III outlined the methodology and the online survey utilized to complete
the research study Data were collected from education personnel working directly with
students with intellectual disabilities Data were collected over a 4 week period through
an online survey The survey was a replication of a previously utilized survey to address
transition assessment for individuals with disabilities (Herbert et al 2010) The
information from the literature review guided the development of the research as well as
refinement of a few of the survey questions to better address individuals with intellectual
disabilities
The survey replicated research conducted through The Pennsylvania State
University Career Assessment Practices for High School Students with Disabilities and
Perceived Value Reported by Transition Personnel (Herbert et al 2010) Modifications
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
84
were made to the replicated study to gather specific data pertaining to transition
assessment as a whole rather than just career assessment staff training desires and
knowledge about specific published assessment tools Changes included
a) utilized descriptive statistics to increase practical understanding for educational
personnel in a usable format (Trochim 2006) b) changed from one to two open-ended
questions c) rephrased open-ended questions for greater clarification d) omitted
demographic question pertaining to race e) added a survey question related to training
desires due to overwhelming response in original survey f) added additional assessment
areas types and mechanisms g) changed wording from career assessment to transition
assessment h) focused on education personnel versus rehabilitation personnel and
i) narrowed to two research questions Also the survey was designed to reveal the
knowledge of educational staff working with students with intellectual disabilities as it
pertains to transition assessment A copy of the survey is located in Appendix E
Chapter IV reported the findings of the study The chapter began with a review of
the mandates pertaining to transition assessment as outlined in IDEA 2004 best-practices
approach to transition planning and the limited available research pertaining to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Procedures utilized in analyzing
the descriptive data and the qualitative information produced by two open-ended
questions was explained Findings were presented with explanations of how the data
answered the following research questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
85
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Discussion of the Findings
An analysis evaluation and synthesis of the findings indicated that educators
who implement transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities utilize a
variety of assessment tools that address several areas pertaining to the transition process
Several topics emerged from the data regarding transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities The topics included demographics of participants that best
represent the West Texas region knowledge of transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities and types of assessment practices utilized by professionals
dealing with individuals with intellectual disabilities (Figure 51) A detailed discussion
of the topics will provide greater understanding of the answers to the research questions
and guide the implications for further research and practice in transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Figure 51 Transition Assessment Topics
Transition Assessment for Individuals with
Intellectual Disabilities
Demographics of the
Participants
Knowledge of Transition
Assessment
Assessment Practices
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
86
Impact of Demographics
Setting
In order to best represent the characteristics of the West Texas region it was
necessary to obtain a sampling from a variety of individuals who best represented the
West Texas region This area is better known as a rural plains area with one larger city
that is surrounded by rural towns sprawling ranches and agricultural entities (Texas
Association of Counties 2003) A large number of the participants (40) worked in
rural settings with equal numbers working in urban and suburban settings The variety of
settings that was obtained in the online survey format for this study represented an
excellent sampling of the West Texas region
The participants worked in various settings The majority of the participants
worked in high school settings This result was appropriate due to the requirement by the
IDEA of 2004 which states that when students reach the age of 16 a transition plan
should be developed which is directed by the findings of the transition assessment
Traditionally a student who is 16 years old is a high school student A portion of the
participants were from middle school settings which can be attributed to the awareness
that transition planning is recommended to begin at the age of 14 for individuals with
disabilities (Miller et al 2007) Typically students in middle school are introduced to the
transition planning process at this stage of their education career
Participants
The sample for this study included educators from West Texas characterized as
Education Service Center Region 17 The total number of participants was 71 Fifty nine
of the participants were female (831) and 12 were male (169) The population
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
87
included district administrators special education teachers district special education
administrators consultants diagnosticians transition coordinators vocational adjustment
coordinators campus administrators special education counselors and education service
center consultants Participants were solicited via e-mail requests to answer the questions
on the online survey provided by a link to the questionnaire
For the purposes of this study educators were the primary focus in order to gather
specific data pertaining to the level of knowledge they possessed regarding transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities School personnel who are
typically involved in the process were included such as vocational adjustment teachers
diagnosticians special education administrators district and campus educators transition
coordinators and district and campus administrators provided the greatest number of
those individuals who participated in the survey
Experience The research participants constituted a group representing vast years
of experience as educators All the participants possessed a college degree with the
majority of the participants possessing a masterrsquos degree or higher (n = 57) The age of
the participants provided a good sampling of age ranges with the majority of the
participants being over the age of 40 Obtaining the age years of experience and
education level of the participants was necessary in order to determine basic competency
levels of the participants
Job category A varied sampling was achieved pertaining to job categories Job
categories ranged from administrators educators diagnosticians and
counselorsconsultants The largest group was educators which included campus
educators and vocational adjustment coordinators A substantial number of diagnosticians
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
88
provided input on the online survey which added to the validity of the study Several
counselors and consultants provided input which increased the type of sampling that was
obtained for the study A lesser number of district and campus administrators provided
input to the survey Over-all the sampling varied and represented a variety of personnel
who addressed transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
The literature addressed the best-practices approach to developing a transition
plan for the secondary students with a disability The purpose of transition assessment is
to gather ongoing data that leads to the development of a transition plan that meets the
needs of the student as heshe transitions from secondary to postsecondary life The
development of the ITP is a team effort that should be a collaborative undertaking which
provides input from a variety of stakeholders (National Secondary Technical Training
Assistance Center 2010) Grigal Hart and Magliore (2011) stated that team members
should be more involved in the ITP planning process More input by all stakeholders with
regard to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities is needed in
order to develop a quality effective transition plan (IDEA 2004) Accordingly the
inclusion of a variety of education personnel for this study was appropriate
Knowledge
Research Question One asked ldquoWhat knowledge do educators possess regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilitiesrdquo Inconsistency is an
issue that persists with the practice of transition assessment (Morningstar 1997 cited in
Herbert et al 2010) Results from the study reported demonstrated that the same issue
still persists within the West Texas region among educators implementing transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
89
Understanding
Most of the participants indicated that their level of knowledge was moderate to
none regarding transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Thirty-
eight percent of the participants rated their level understanding of transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities as very clear However 45 stated they
possessed moderately clear understanding regarding transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities Eighteen percent of the participants reported they had
limited or little understanding regarding transition assessment Campus educators
expressed the greatest clarity with regard to understanding with 615 of the respondents
from that sector Data indicated that over-all staff perceptions pertaining to their own
level of understanding regarding transition assessment of individuals with intellectual
disabilities is not at the optimum level
Grade Level Implementation
Most of all the participants responded that some type of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities was performed in grades 9 10 11 and 12 Many
agreed that transition assessment was conducted either on their campus or the campus
they consulted with for all grade levels at 544 Equal numbers of participants
however chose specific grade levels Ninth grade (397) elicited the greatest number
when individual grade levels were chosen Seven participants 10 chose the ldquonone
providedrdquo or ldquono responserdquo selection Campus educators diagnosticians special
education administrators and vocational adjustment coordinators indicated transition
assessment took place at the 9th
grade level with 375-60 of the respondents
Variability in grade-level implementation and the ldquonone providedrdquo response indicated
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
90
that more knowledge is needed to address basic understanding regarding implementation
of transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities at all grade levels
Miller et al (2007) states that transition assessment is the process of gathering
information over an extended period of time in order to develop an appropriate IEP that
meets the studentrsquos needs Transition planning was characterized as an ongoing process
of ldquocollecting information on the studentrsquos strengths needs preferences and interests as
they related to the demands of current and future livingrdquo (Sitlington 2008 p 87) The
variability in the responses by the participants indicated a lack of awareness of the
mandates associated with IDEA 2004 Understanding that transition assessments as an
all-level ongoing process is needed for educators implementing a sound transition plan
that is directed by the transition assessment process (IDEA 2004 cited in Herbert et al
2010)
Responsibility
Several groups emerged from the analysis by those who answered this question
Campus educators constituted the largest group that was deemed the individual
responsible for implementing transition assessment of individuals with intellectual
disabilities (n = 53) Transition coordinators also emerged to a lesser extent as the
individual who provided transition assessment (n = 20) Counselors both school and
nonschool were identified by some of the participants as providing transition assessment
(n = 19) Thirteen individuals stated the diagnostician performed transition assessment to
individuals with disabilities The most revealing responses were ldquononerdquo ldquodo not knowrdquo
or participants simply skipped the item A total of 20 individuals were included with this
response
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
91
The literature and mandates of IDEA 2004 explicitly state that understanding the
role of the team member is critical when implementing transition assessment
Collaboration is required by all interested stakeholders including the school
administrators educators parents students and community agencies (Furney Hasazi
and Destafano 1997) Participants provided varied responses to the item that addressed
who was responsible for transition assessment The data revealed that knowledge
regarding who was responsible for the implementation of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities should be addressed
Training
In the original study the one open-ended question revealed an overwhelming
desire to seek further training and education pertaining to transition assessment for
individuals with disabilities (Herbert et al 2010) A question pertaining to training
options was added to the online format Participants in this study also expressed strong
desire to seek training opportunities to increase knowledge of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities by 91 of the participants Eighty-one percent of
the participants said they would participate in a one-day workshop Half of the
participants indicated they were interested in one-hour workshops team collaboration
ongoing in-service training and online training modules Participants indicated they were
also interested in self-study and multiple-day workshops
Several of the participants indicated they were interested in college-level
coursework Twenty percent of the participants were interested in face-to-face college
courses pertaining to transition A portion of the participants indicated they were
interested in online courses with a substantial portion of the participants interested in
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
92
obtaining transition teacher certification (169) There was a small percentage who did
not want any additional training (42) Over-all it was demonstrated through the data
that educators working with transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities expressed a strong desire to seek additional training opportunities to increase
their level of knowledge
Trends for Assessment Practice
Research Question Two asked ldquoWhat transition assessment practices are used by
educational personnel with individuals with intellectual disabilitiesrdquo Current trends
focus on employing a multifaceted approach to assessment (King Baldwin Currie and
Evans 2006) A systematic approach is needed (Neubert 2003) Assessment protocol
involves the use of formal and informal measures Types of information gathered in order
to develop a high-quality transition plan should include future needs and goals self-
determination and self-advocacy academic strengths learning styles behavioral issues
life skills needs and vocational interests attitudes and abilities (Miller et al 2007 p 5)
Levinson and Palmer (2005) described necessary components to implement transition
services as mandated by IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 They described the need to
incorporate assessment and comprehensive planning that utilized transition assessment
data that addressed academic skills daily living skills personal and social skills and
occupational and vocational skills
Areas of Assessment
Participants indicated strongly with an 886 response rate that interests
constituted the most common area addressed with transition assessment Vocational
aptitude resulted in 676 with academic achievement at 563 Falling within the 30-
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
93
40 percent range was academic aptitude personality profile work values and world of
work knowledge Vocational adjustment coordinators special education administrators
district administrators and diagnosticians indicated with 100 agreement that interests
was the area most assessed Vocational aptitude was indicated as an area assessed by a
rate of 84 to 100 by the campus administrator campus educator and special
education administrator Academic achievement was used to a greater extent in the
original study In this study this was indicated at a rate of 56 to 100 by the district
administrators special education directors and campus administrators It appears
administrators regard achievement as an important area of assessment The results if this
study revealed that greater awareness was needed to address all areas of assessment not
just interests vocational aptitude and academic achievement
Although interests are vital with regard to transition assessment it is necessary for
educators to address all the areas equally including those identified by Miller et al
(2007) future needs and goals self-determination and self-advocacy academic strengths
learning styles behavioral issues life skills needs and vocational interests attitudes and
abilities Several participants 84 indicated they did not know or chose not to answer
which indicates that greater knowledge pertaining to areas address with regard to
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities was needed
Overton (2009) wrote that assessment needed to be data driven rather than relying
on referral information alone The data should be multidimensional and not reliant on just
one set of test scores Data should reflect the studentrsquos strengths abilities interests and
preferences (IDEA 2004) Spinelli (2012) wrote that assessors should identify the
studentrsquos (a) career goals and interests (b) preferences (c) independence level
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
94
(d) strengths (e) hobbies (f) interpersonal relationships (g) self-advocacy abilities and
(h) abilities in relation to postsecondary goals
The research also found that Schmitz (2008) identified areas that should be
included in the transition planning process in order to adhere to the mandates of Indicator
13 The components of transition assessment include interest assessment and career
exploration assessment measures It is crucial to include assessment of academic
performance as it relates to the workplace The practice of assessment and skill building
should be incorporated to evaluate self-determination social and emotional learning and
interventions for independent living In order to accomplish Schmitzrsquos recommendations
ITP team members must expand their vision to include all aspects of the individualrsquos life
not just interests and academic achievement
Types of Assessment
ldquoGoals are developed based upon interests aptitudes abilities strengths and
limitations identified as significant and relevant to the student and family in the transition
planrdquo (Miller et al 2007 p 8) More specific types of assessment include interest
inventories career aptitude academic achievement teacher observation intellectual
aptitude student survey personality profiles self-determination measures self-advocacy
measures interviews ecologicalenvironmental factors authentic portfolio teacher
made curriculum-based functional skills inventories learning styles and situational
(Layton and Lock 2008 Miller et al 2007Moon 2011 Neubert 2003 Overton 2009
Sitlington 2006 Wehman 2009) Of great importance in the assessment of students with
more significant disabilities are the critical life skills pertaining to self-help mobility
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
95
self-determination socialization health family and community supports self-awareness
interests strengths and preferences of the individual (Wehman 2011)
Participants were allowed to rate types of assessments from ldquoNot used or heard of
heard of and usedrdquo Values of one two and three were attached to each response to allow
for descriptive analysis A rating mean was established for each type of assessment The
most popular type of assessment that participants used was teacher observation at a rating
mean of 286
Additional types of assessments that were indicated as ldquoused and heard ofrdquo
included interest inventories student surveys interviews academic achievement
intellectual aptitude tests and functional skills inventories These types of assessments
generate results that elicit the studentrsquos interests and preferences which are mandated in
IDEA 2004 Campus Educators vocational adjustment coordinators special education
administrators district administrators and diagnosticians rated interest inventories as one
of the more used types of assessments for 69 to 100 of these individuals
Falling into a range where less than half of the participants used the types of
measure yet they were a part of the participantrsquos awareness repertoire were career
aptitude teacher-made curriculum-based measures learning style inventories
personality profiles and portfolios Those types of assessments that fell within the mean
below 198 indicating that these have been ldquoheard of and or not used or heard ofrdquo are
self-advocacy measures self-determination measures situational authentic and
ecologicalenvironmental measures The data revealed that 65 of the types of transition
assessments were not being utilized by the majority of the participants This discovery
indicated that further education was needed to increase the knowledge regarding types of
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
96
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities These types of
assessments reveal strengths and needs which is mandated by IDEA 2004 Greater usage
was indicated in order to address assess the needs and strengths of the student with
intellectual disabilities
Located in the ldquonot used and not heard ofrdquo category were self-advocacy measures
self-determination measures situational authentic and ecological and environmental
types of assessments The lack of awareness of these measures was substantial In order
to gain valuable data pertaining to needs strengths interests and preferences for
individuals with intellectual disabilities it is important for all constituents to employ a
variety of types of assessments in order to develop a quality transition plan which is
directed by the transition assessment
The literature revealed that assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
required assessment in the natural environment (Sitlington 2008) Levinson and Palmer
(2005) emphasized the need for performance tests that assessed a studentrsquos ability to
perform specific job-like tasks work samples that expose a student to natural job
responsibilities and situational assessments that measure a studentrsquos interests abilities
and work habits in actual and contrived environments This should be included in the
transition assessment This was indicated by the participants in the open-ended question
format
Published Assessments
In the original study no question was included that addressed what specific tools
that were implemented to address transition assessment This item was added in order to
gather specific data pertaining to specific assessment trends being utilized and awareness
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
97
levels of available published assessment mechanisms Levinson and Palmer (2005) wrote
that assessment and planning are key components to successful post-school living
Assessment data can be gathered through published tests and surveys as well as from
direct interviews and observations of the student Several areas are addressed including
academic skills daily living skills personal and social skills career maturity vocational
interests and vocational aptitude tests
The National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (2010) has
developed an Assessment Toolkit that can be accessed by educators parents State
Education Agencies and Local Education Agencies to gain knowledge about best
practices with transition assessment From the results of this study information that is
contained in these types of resources is needed by educators to provide a comprehensive
contemporary assessment
Participants indicated that the Special Education Manager (GG Consulting LLC
2008) was overwhelmingly the most utilized published assessment measure in the West
Texas region with a rating mean of 262 Significantly lower utilization but was heard of
were the Reading-Free Vocational Interest Inventory 2 (R-FVII2) (Becker 2000) the
Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) (Clark amp Patton 2009) and the Brigance
Employability Skills Inventory (Brigance 1995) The majority of the remaining seven
specific published assessment tools were ldquoNot used or heard ofrdquo by the participants
Some of the participants indicated that they utilized other tools such as the Career
Cruising (Anaca Technologies Ltd 2012) Choices (Martin Huber-Marshall Maxson
Jerman Hughes Miller amp McGill 2000) and Bridges (Xap Corporation 2009) Over-
all the data revealed that participants require greater knowledge regarding published
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
98
transition assessment tools to meet the needs for transition planning with individual with
intellectual disabilities
Perceived Impact
Participants rated the impact of transition assessment for students with intellectual
disabilities Only 169 percent of the respondents selected significant as one of the
online survey choices Three-fourths of the respondents selected moderate to minimal
impact for students with intellectual disabilities Ten percent of the participants chose
little impact or chose not to answer The most revealing discovery from the research
transpired with the large response of moderate to minimal impact of transition assessment
with individuals with intellectual disabilities (833) Increased impact must be dealt
with in order to meet the mandates of IDEA 2004 and the OSERS requirements of
Indicator 13 regarding transition assessment (US Dept of Education 2009 and IDEA
2004)
Further training for educators is needed to increase the impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Transition assessment is the
driving mechanism for the ITP process Greater understanding of the areas addressed
typed of assessments purpose of assessments and published resources will provide a
greater foundation needed to develop a quality transition plan for students with
intellectual disabilities
Thematic Results
Qualitative analysis occurred for two open-ended items in the survey
Approximately one in five participants provided responses to the first open-ended
question on the survey One in nine of the participants responded to the second open-
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
99
ended question in the online format Five themes emerged from the two open-ended
questions
Theme One Assessment Tools
The largest group of respondents provided input with regard to other published
transition assessment tools that they would like to utilize or have utilized with individuals
with intellectual disabilities Four of the participants indicated that Career Cruising
(Anaca Technologies 2012) was a good choice One individual commented on a
transition assessment tool that was listed under the previously addressed published
assessment tools item on the online survey The participant commented on the
thoroughness of the Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) (Clark amp Patton 2009) Three
other participants included individual assessment tools which included the Student Styles
Questionnaire Revised (SSQR) (Oakland Glutting amp Horton 1996) Career Clusters
Interest Survey (Arizona State 2007) and the Cops and Caps assessments (CareerLife
Skills Resources 2012)
The research revealed that the National Secondary Transition Technical
Assistance Center (2010) provides a toolkit for assessment that can be accessed by
laymen and professionals with regard to transition assessment Greater utilization of a
variety of assessment mechanisms is needed to provide a quality all-inclusive assessment
to students with intellectual disabilities as outlined in IDEA 2004
Theme Two Parental Involvement
Four of the participants indicated that parental input was important when
implementing transition assessment One participant responded that it was important to
ask about the vision they had for their childrsquos future Two respondents commented on the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
100
need for parents to be interviewed and to allow the parents to provide input with
vocational assessment One participant stated that parents should be educated with what
is available to their child as a continuum of services from secondary to post-secondary
levels in order to prepare for the future
The research revealed numerous statements addressing parent involvement The
student and parent should be included in the transition planning process at all stages to
secure greater positive outcomes at the postsecondary level (Escheidt 2006) Levinson
and Palmer (2005) stated that parental involvement was important to the planning
process Moon et al (2011) found it was important to include the family to a greater
extent in the assessment process Due to the disabling conditions of the individuals with
intellectual disabilities it was revealed that family input was extremely important
Questionnaires and interviews with family members offer good sources of information
(Moon et al 2011)
Theme Three Real-life Situations
Four of the participants indicated that it was critical to provide hands-on activities
that were real-life and functional for the student Participants stated that students should
be exposed to a variety of real-life employment options Providing real work and
volunteer opportunities in various settings was emphasized One respondent commented
that the best real-life situation providing the greatest reinforcement was when the
student received a paycheck
The research revealed that assessing the student in the natural environment was
important Levinson and Palmer (2005) reported that assessments pertaining to
occupational and vocational skills are characterized as performance tests that assess a
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
101
studentrsquos ability to perform specific job-like tasks work samples that expose a student to
natural job responsibilities and situational assessments that measure a studentrsquos interests
abilities and work habits in actual and contrived environments Sitlington (2008) stated
that assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities requires assessment in the
natural environment
Theme Four Collaboration
Three of the participants discussed the need to develop teamwork between other
educators and community agencies One participant commented on the need to increase
teamwork with other educators in order to gather more input regarding transition
assessment Another respondent commented on the need to expose the student and family
to resources in the community and to enhance the contact with these agencies The
process of increasing collaboration with parents was discussed with six of the
participants Not only is this important to enhance parental involvement it also serves to
enhance the collaboration with the school to increase the outcomes of transition
assessment
As stated previously the research revealed that collaboration is required by all
interested stakeholders including the school administration educators and community
agencies (Furney et al 1997) Stated in IDEA 2004 is that the ITP process is a team
endeavor (IDEA 2004) Grigal et al (2011) emphasized the need to instill a collaborative
approach to assessment and the development of the ITP The original study emphasized
the need for all stakeholders including school and community agencies to collaborate to
a greater extent (Hebert et al 2010)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
102
Theme Five Isolated Comments
Time Two of the respondents indicated that they would like more time to
develop the transition plan In both instances the participants expressed sincere desire to
accomplish the task of assessing the student with the intent of providing a quality
transition assessment in order to develop a sound transition plan One of these
participants expressed a strong desire to assess the student with an authentic assessment
strategy One of the respondents stated that because they served in dual roles as both the
diagnostician and transition person they lacked the time to develop a transition plan in the
manner they deemed was appropriate
Practical Implications
Education personnel who implement transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities in West Texas as discovered in this study comprise a group of
individuals with extensive background higher education qualifications and longevity in
special education The findings for this study provide implications with regard to
mandates and implementation of transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities Because transition assessment is a mandate presented in IDEA 2004 and the
OSERSrsquo Indicator 13 it is important that educators possess sound knowledge and
understanding regarding transition assessment The findings from this study can benefit
the educator to assist the student with an intellectual disability to recognize their potential
as they transition from secondary to post-secondary options
Based upon the results of the study the researcher recommends that
Educators receive more training through self-study workshops college
coursework online training modules and team collaboration to increase
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
103
understanding regarding transition assessment Ninety-one percent of the
participants indicated that they desired further training This was similar to the
original study which was revealed in the open-ended question that participants
desired more training to obtain greater knowledge regarding transition assessment
(Herbert et al 2010)
Training should focus on providing knowledge to educators regarding mandates
of IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 The results indicated that 52 of the participants
noted that transition assessment is conducted at all grade levels from 9-12 IDEA
states that this should be an ongoing process with results reported at the annual
IEP meeting Also transition assessment is the cornerstone for developing the
transition plan and the IEP for the secondary student with a disability (IDEA
2004) Grigal et al (2011) and Hebert et al(2010)stated that compliance to the
law with regard to IDEA was needed
Training should focus on collaboration between all education personnel and
community agencies with regard to transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities as an ongoing collaborative venture Campus educators
were deemed the person most responsible when the effort should be considered a
multi-disciplinary collaborative team approach including the student and family
(Miller et al 2007)
Training endeavors need to delve into the characteristics of transition assessment
including the areas addressed with transition assessment types of transition
assessment and published assessments mechanisms (Wehman 2009) Thirty
eight percent of the participants indicated a clear understanding of transition
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
104
assessment with nearly sixty two percent indicating moderate to limited
understanding Additional training is needed to increase knowledge regarding
characteristics of transition assessment
Efforts should be made to increase the level of knowledge educators possess in
order to increase the types of assessment practices utilized for transition
assessment (Layton and Lock 2008 Miller et al 2007Moon 2011 Neubert
2003 Overton 2009 Sitlington 2006 Wehman 2009) Eighty eight percent of
the participants responded that interest inventories constituted the most common
area utilized with transition assessment Academic achievement was area utilized
by fifty six percent of the participants Sixty five percent of the various types of
assessments that were surveyed were not being utilized by the participants SEM
was the preferred mechanism for published tools This is due to the utilization of
SEM as a documentation tool for record keeping purposes by the districts in the
assigned region Many surveyed mechanisms had ldquonot been heard of or had been
heard ofrdquo however were not being utilized by the participants
Emphasis should be placed on increasing the overall impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities to reach their full
potential Over-all perceived impact of transition assessment for students with
intellectual disabilities was moderate to none Increased knowledge will allow for
greater impact by addressing the mandates of IDEA 2004 that transition
assessment includes the studentrsquos strengths needs interests and preferences
(IDEA 2004)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
105
Limitations of the Study
The following limitations were noted in this study The sample was composed of
educators who provided transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
The study was conducted in West Texas an area with unique transition constraints for
individuals with intellectual disabilities as compared with many other areas in Texas
This study was originally conducted with a group of 400 responders from across the state
of Pennsylvania Due to attempts to limit this survey to specific education personnel
ample input from all transition personnel including community personnel is lacking The
researcherrsquos involvement in special education in particular the education of individuals
with intellectual disabilities could have led to bias and could have influenced the study
The relatively new use of the term intellectual disabilities to characterize a student who
was previously identified as a student with mental retardation could have created some
confusion
The participants who agreed to participate in the online survey might indicate that
they possess different views not shared by all special education personnel Additionally
efforts to obtain a varied population of participants were attempted and obtained to meet
the initial criteria However the process of sending a request for participation to special
education directors and requesting them to forward the survey to possible participants
could have interfered with obtaining consistent participants Efforts to obtain input from
family members and students were not included in the online survey Therefore these
and other factors may have skewed the results and thereby restrict the generalizability to
an extent
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
106
Directions for Future Research
This study has provided additional understanding regarding transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities Review of the literature revealed that
although extensive research was available regarding transition development limited
research was available regarding transition assessment particularly with individuals who
have intellectual disabilities Other regions in Texas should be surveyed to address the
concerns expressed in this survey with regard to knowledge that educators possess
regarding transition assessment of individuals with intellectual disabilities
Also further research should include all disability categories which greater
parallels the original study Additionally a follow-up study to explore the benefits of
additional training should be utilized to provide insights regarding the benefits of training
and if positive perceptions regarding the impact of transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities increases
Summary
The purpose of this descriptive study was to evaluate educatorsrsquo knowledge of
transition assessment practices and what assessment mechanisms are being implemented
by education personnel with students who have intellectual disabilities Research was
completed through an online survey format that was disseminated to education personnel
providing transition assessment to individuals with intellectual disabilities in the West
Texas region Included was an introduction to the study a review of the literature that
centered on the transition process and transition assessment an extensive description of
the methodology and an analysis of the findings of the data that was collected through
the study
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
107
The online survey provided data concerning demographic characteristics
knowledge educators perceived they possessed level of implementation types of
assessments used interest in further training and overall perceived impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Descriptive statistics were
utilized to analyze the data Information suggested that further training was needed and
requested by education personnel to enhance the impact of increase the knowledge of
and improve appropriate utilization of assessment tools regarding transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities as mandated in IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13
The online survey provided two open-ended questions that required qualitative
analysis The data were analyzed and categorized Five themes resulted from the open-
ended questions which included (a) use of additional assessment tools utilized by school
personnel (b) the need to include parental involvement (c) pursuing real-life situations
(d) collaboration with school personnel and community agencies and (e) more time to
complete assessment tasks with efficacy The findings provided additional information
from the limited research available that addressed transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
108
REFERENCES
American Association for Public Opinion Research (2011) Retrieved from AAPOR
American Association for Public Opinion Research Web site wwwaapororg
American Association on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (2011 September
4) Retrieved from American Association on Intellectual and Developmental
Disabilities Web site httpaamrorg
Anaca Technologies Ltd (2012) Career Cruising (wwwpubliccareercrusingcom
Arizona State University (2007) Career Clusters Interest Survey (1st ed) [Brochure]
Retrieved May 1 2012 from Virtual Counseling Center Web site
wwwvccauedus
Becker R L (2000) Reading-free vocational Interest inventory (2nd Ed) Columbus
OH Elbern Publishing
Brantlinger E Jimenez R Klingner J Pugach M amp Richardson V (2005)
Qualitative studies in special education Council for Exceptional Children 71(2)
195-207
Brady R P (2007) Picture Interest Career Survey St Paul MN JIST Works
Brigance A R (1995) Brigance Employability Skills Inventory North Billerica MA
Curriculum Associates Inc
Bryant D Smith D amp Bryant B (2008) Teaching students with special needs in
inclusive classrooms New York Pearson Education
Centers for Disease Control (2004) Economic costs associated with mental retardation
cerebral palsy hearing loss and vision impairment--United States 2003 MMMR
Weekly 53(03) 57-59
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
109
Centers for Disease Control (2005 October 29) In National Center on Birth Defects amp
Developmental Disabilities Retrieved July 7 2011 from CDC Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention Web site wwwcdcgov
Clark GM amp Patton J R (2009) Transition Planning Inventory Updated version
Austin Pro‑Ed
Cobb B amp Alwell M (2009) Transition planningcoordination interventions for youth
with disabilities Career Development for Exceptional Individuals 32(2) 70-81
Crane L (2002) Mental retardation A community approach (1st ed) Belmont CA
WadsworthThomson Learning
Denzin N amp Lincoln Y (1994) Handbook of qualitative research Thousand Oaks
CA Sage
Dewey J (1916) The pedagogic creed In D Flinders amp S Thornton (Eds) The
curriculum studies reader (3rd ed pp 34-41) New York Routledge
Etscheidt S (2006) Issues in the transition planning Legal decisions Career
Development of Exceptional Individuals 29(1) 28-47
Flexer R Baer M Luft P amp Simmons T (2001) Transition planning for secondary
students with disabilities (3rd ed) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Flinders D J and Thornton S J (Editors) (2004) The curriculum studies reader (2nd
ed) New York Routledge
Furney K Hasazi S amp Destefano L (1997) Transition policies practices and
promises Lessons from three states Exceptional Children 63(3) 343-355
GG Consulting LLC (2008) Special Education Manager [Software] Boulder CO I-
Suite Available from GG Consulting LLC
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
110
Glesne C (2006) Becoming a Qualitative Researcher (3rd ed) Boston Pearson
Education Inc (Original work published 1992)
Glutting J J amp Wilkinson G (2006) Wide Range Interest and Opinion Test ndash Revised
Austin Pro-Ed
Golden T Swenson S von Schrader S amp Bruyere S (2010) Launching into
adulthood Meaningful work (1st ed) (D Lollar Ed) Baltimore Paul H
Brookes
Grigal M Hart D amp Migliore A (2011) Comparing the transition planning
postsecondary education and employment outcomes of students with intellectual
and other disabilities Career Development for Exceptional Individuals 34(1) 4-
17
Hallahan D Kauffman J amp Hullen P (2012) Exceptional learners An introduction
to special education (12th ed) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson
Herbert Lorenz amp Trusty J Lorenz D amp Trusty J (2010) Career assessment
practices for high school students with disabilities and perceived value reported
by transition personnel Journal of Rehabilitation 76(4) 28-26
Hogan T (2007) Psychological testing (2nd ed) Danvers MA John Wiley and Sons
Hulett K (2007) Legal aspects of special education Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson
Education
Humphrey P Johnson C amp Albers K (2010 October) Transition in Texas Paper
presented at the State Autism Conference Corpus Christi TX
Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004 (IDEA) PL 108-446
20 USC sectsect 1400 et seq
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
111
Johnson J (2002) Commercial and noncommercial resources for promoting the
transition of youth with disabilities from school-to-adult life San Diego CA San
Diego State University
King G Baldwin P Currie M amp Evans J (2006) The effectiveness of transition
strategies for youth with disabilities Childrens Health Care 35(2) 155-178
Knapp-Lee L (2007) COPS-PIC Picture Inventory of Careers San Diego CA
ERASEducational Research and Services
Lagemann C (Editors) (1985) Jane Addams on Education (Classics in Education No
51) Publ Teachers College Press 1985-08 Columbia University Series Classics
in Education Ser No 51 PP New York Press
Layton C amp Lock R (2008) Assessing students with special needs to produce quality
outcomes Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Levinson E (2001) Current vocational assessment models for students with disabilities
Journal of Counseling and Development 73 94-101
Levinson E amp Palmer E (2005) Preparing students with disabilities for school-to-
work transition and postschool Life Principal Leadership 5(8) 11-15
Lichenstein S Rusch R amp Chadsey J (1998) Beyond high school transition from
school to work Belmont CA Wadsworth
Lollar D (2010) Launching into adulthood (1st ed) Baltimore Paul H Brookes
Luecking R (2009) The way to work How to facilitate work experiences for youth in
transition Baltimore MD Paul H Brookes
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
112
Martin J E Huber-Marshall L H Maxson L Jerman P Hughes W Miller T amp
McGill T (2000) Choice Maker Set Tools for school-to-work transition
Frederick CO Sopris West
Mazotti V Rowe D Kelley K Test D Fowler C Kohler P amp Kortering L
(2009) Linking transition assessment and postsecondary goals key elements in
the secondary transition planning process Teaching Exceptional Children 42(2)
44-51
McNaughton D amp Beulman D (2010) Transition strategies for adolescents and young
adults who use AAC Baltimore Paul H Brookes
Miles M amp Huberman M (1994) Qualitative data analysis (2nd ed) Thousand Oaks
CA Sage
Miller R Lombard R amp Corbey S (2007) Transition assessment planning transition
and IEP development for youth with mild and moderate disabilities New York
Pearson Education
Moon S Simenson M amp Neubert D (2011) Perceptions of supported employment
providers What students with developmental disabilities families and educators
need to know for transition planning Education and Training in Autism and
Developmental Disabilities 46(1) 94-105
Myers J B amp Briggs K C (1988) Myers-Briggs Type Indicator Form M Palo Alto
CA Consulting Psychologists Press
Neubert D Moon S amp Grigal M (2002) Postsecondary education and transition
services for students ages 18-21 with significant disabilities Focus on
Exceptional Children 34(8) 1-9
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
113
Oakland T Glutting J amp Horton C (1996) Students styles questionnaire Revised
(SSQR) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Oakwood Solutions (2010) Microcomputer Evaluation of Careers and Academics
(MECA) Appleton WI The Conover Company
Overton T (2009) Assessing learners with special needs an applied approach (6th ed)
Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Papay C amp Bambara L (2011) Postsecondary education for transition-age students
with significant intellectual and other developmental disabilities A national
survey Education and Training in Autism and Developmental Disabilities 46(1)
78-93
Salvia J Ysseldyke J amp Bolt S (2010) Assessment in special and inclusive education
(11th ed) Belmont CA Wadsworth Cengage Learning
Sax C amp Thoma C (2002) Transition assessment--wise practices for quality lives
Baltimore Paul H Brookes
Schmitz T (2008 October) Transition planning special education law and its impact
on your child Exceptional Parent Magazine
Sitlington P (2008) Students with reading and writing challenges Using informal
assessment to assist in planning for the transition to adult life Reading and
Writing Quarterly 24 22-100
Sitlington P Clark G amp Kolstoe O (2000) Transition education and services for
adolescents with disabilities Needham Heights MA Allyn amp Bacon
Sitlington P Neubert D amp Clark G (2010) Transition education and services Upper
Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
114
Snell M amp Brown F (2006) Instruction of students with severe disabilities (6th ed)
Columbus Ohio Pearson Merrill Prentice Hall
Spinelli C (2012) Classroom assessment for students in special and general education
(3rd ed) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Texas Association of Counties (2003) Texas Association of Counties Retrieved
February 1 2012 from Texas Association of Counties Web site wwwcountyorg
Texas Education Agency (2011 July 14) In Division of IDEA 2004coordination (Ed)
Special education rules and regulations ESC 18 July 14 2011 The Legal
Framework for the Child-Centered Special Education Process Web site http
frameworkesc18net
Trochim W (2006 October) Social research methods Retrieved November 15 2011
from Research Methods Knowledge Base Web site
wwwsocialresearchmethodsnet
Tyler R (1949) Basic principles of curriculum and instruction In D Flinders amp S
Thornton (Eds) The Curriculum Studies Reader (3rd ed pp 69-77) New York
Routledge
US Department of Education (2009 December 29) In US Department of Education
(Ed) OSERS Office of special education and rehabilitative services Retrieved
from www2edgov
US Department of Labor (2002) ONet Career Interest Inventory St Paul MN JIST
Works
University of North Carolina amp Western Michigan University (2011 May 11) In
University of North Carolina amp Western Michigan University (Eds) National
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
115
secondary transition technical assistance center Retrieved July 11 2011 from
NSTTAC National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center Web site
httpwwwnsttacorg
Wehman P (2001) Life beyond the classroom (3rd ed) Baltimore MD Paul H
Brookes
Wehman P (2009) Autism and the transition to adulthood Baltimore MD Paul H
Brookes
Wehman P (2011) Essentials of transition planning Baltimore MD (Humphrey
Johnson amp Albers 2010) MD Paul H Brookes Publishing
Wehmeyer M L amp Kelchner K (1995) The ARCs Self-Determination Scale
Washington DC The ARC of the United States
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
116
APPENDIX A
IRB
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
117
A Descriptive Study of Educational Professionalsrsquo Knowledge of Transition Assessment
for Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities
Robin Lock PhD
Principal Investigator
Kathryn J Tucker
Co-Investigator amp Doctoral Student
I Rationale
Transition planning is a mandate set forth in the Individuals with Disabilities Education
Act-Reauthorized from 2004 (IDEA-R) Additionally the Office of Special Education Programs
and Rehabilitative Services (OSEP) has also issued mandates to track transition services and
progress at the secondary and post-secondary levels (Mazotti et al 2009) The process of
developing a coordinated set of activities is the cornerstone of IDEA-R with regard to transition
planning for students with disabilities (Lollar 2010) Transition development is a critical issue
for the student who possesses a disability as they pass from secondary to post-secondary living
A great deal of research is available that pertains to cognitive assessment and
achievement assessment for individuals with disabilities However few studies have been
conducted that address assessment trends and practices driving the transition planning process
from high school to adulthood especially for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Furthermore little research dealing specifically with transition assessment for students with
intellectual disabilities exists at the present time
Specific Aims and Objectives of Study
This aims of this descriptive study is to obtain information regarding the knowledge base
of educators with respect to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
The study will survey educators to determine the assessment practices used by practitioners to
meet the mandates of transition assessment for these students The survey will be based on
previous transition assessment research by Herbert Lorenz amp Trusty (2010) The following
research questions will be addressed
1 What is the basic knowledge that educators possess regarding career assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What types of assessments are used by educators to evaluate transition needs of
students with intellectual disabilities
II Subjects
Participants in the study will be educators at the district level including special
education directors transitions coordinators diagnosticians and special education teachers who
work with high school students with intellectual disabilities in the Education Service Center
(ESC) Region XVII Participants will be obtained by utilizing a listserv located on the ESC
Region XVII website This listserv identifies all high schools in the region as well as school
district special education administrators A cover letter will be sent via the internet to campus
and district administrators requesting that the information about the survey be forwarded to
special education directors district transition coordinators diagnosticians and high school special
education teachers working with students with intellectual disabilities Approximately 100
participants will be sought
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
118
III Procedures
bull The ESC listserv will be utilized to contact participants
bull A cover letter email will be sent to request participation from special education
directors and with a request to forward the link of the survey to district transition coordinators
diagnosticians and high school special education teachers working with students with intellectual
disabilities
bull Approximately 100 educators will be potential participants in the survey
bull A 15 question survey will be supplied through surveymonkeycom which
includes demographic and descriptive questions
bull The survey will be disseminated for two weeks through the survey monkey link
bull Descriptive analysis will be utilized to analyze the data with the exception of the
one open-ended question which will require qualitative analysis
bull Confidentiality of the participants will be adhered to by a strict standard through
the use of careful storage of the data on a computer with pass code protections Hard copy data
will be stored in a locked location
bull Only the researchers will have access to the data for analysis purposes
bull Respondents may choose to or not to participate in the survey
Cover letter See the attached cover letter
Survey See the attached survey
IV Adverse Events and Liability
There are no anticipated specific liabilities or adverse events anticipated with this
study No liability plan is offered
V Consent Form
The research presents no more than minimal risk of harm to subjects and
involves no procedures for which written consent is normally required outside the research
context (Waiver of Written Consent) therefore no waiver or liability plan is offered
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
119
APPENDIX B
IRB Approval
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
120
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
121
APPENDIX C
Recruitment of Special Education Directors
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
122
February 9 2012
Dear Special Education Director
Please forward the accompanying letter requesting participation of your special education
director transition coordinator educational diagnosticians and special education teachers who
work with students with intellectual disabilities We are trying to obtain information to enhance
our research about the knowledge that educators have regarding transition assessment practices
for these students Their participation is crucial in gaining greater information pertaining to the
knowledge of transition assessment for individuals with disabilities
If you would like to review the survey before passing the request on the survey is located
at
httpwwwsurveymonkeycomstransitionassessmentID
Thank you for your time and consideration in helping us answer this important question
If you have any questions please do not hesitate to call Dr Robin Lock or myself at
(806) 742-1997 ext 288
Sincerely
Kathryn J Tucker MEd
Doctoral Student
Texas Tech University
College of Education
Box 41071
Lubbock TX 79409-1071
8067421997 x288
Fax 8067422179
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
123
APPENDIX D
Recruitment of Participants
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
124
February 9 2012
Dear Participant
You are being asked to voluntarily complete a short 10 minute survey over transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities This survey is being sent to you by your
district administrator
Transition assessment is an important mandate included in the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Act-Reauthorized We are trying to learn more about educatorsrsquo
knowledge regarding transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Enclosed is a link to the survey asking questions that may help us with our research to
better understand this issue No information will be gathered that could personally identify you
and we would ask that you not put your name on the survey By filling out and returning the
survey online you may help us better understand the current level of understanding of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Please follow the link that is included to
answer the short survey
httpwwwsurveymonkeycomstransitionassessmentID
Thank you for your time and consideration in helping us answer this important question
If you have any questions please do not hesitate to call Dr Robin Lock or myself at
(806) 742-1997 ext 288
Sincerely
Kathryn J Tucker MEd
Doctoral Student
Texas Tech University
College of Education
Box 41071
Lubbock TX 79409-1071
8067421997 x288
Fax 8067422179
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
125
APPENDIX E
Survey Instrument
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
126
Research Survey Instrument
Transition Assessment Knowledge of Educators for
Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities
Directions Answer the questions as it applies to you in your educational setting Your
participation is voluntary You may quit at any time by closing the browser window The
responses that you provide are anonymous and confidential Please read each choice
before making your final selection This survey should only take 10-15 minutes of your
time
1 The high school(s) where I work or consult with isare located in a(n)___________
settings (check all that apply)
A) Rural
B) Suburban
C) Urban
D) Combination (ruralSuburban)
2 At the high school(s) where I work or consult with in most instances transition
assessments are conducted at the __________ grade(s) (check all that apply)
A) 9th
B) 10th
C) 11th
D) 12th
E) All grade levels
F) No grade level assessments are provided
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
127
3 The job category that best describes my position is
A) District Administrator
B) Campus Administrator
C) Special Education Administrator
D) Vocational Adjustment Coordinator
E) Consultant
F) Campus Educator
G) District Educator
H) Educational Diagnostician
I) Other (please specify)
4 The school or educational setting where I work can be classified as
A) Middle School
B) High School
C) Alternative
D) AdministrativeCentral Office
E) Other (please specify)
5 The person(s) responsible for providing transition assessment to students with
intellectual disabilities at the high school where I work or consult with isare the
_____(check all that apply)
A) Career Counselor (School employee)
B) Career Counselor Consultant (Non-school employee)
C) High School Teacher
D) High School Counselor
E) School Psychologist
F) Vocational Adjustment Coordinator
G) Transition Services ConsultantCoordinator
H) No one is assigned the duty as services are not available
I) Other (Please specify)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
128
6 Areas that are typically addressed as part of transition assessment provided at our
high school include
A) Academic Achievement
B) Vocational Aptitude
C) Academic Aptitude
D) Career decision-making skills
E) Interests
F) Personality
G) Work Values
H) World of work knowledge
I) Other (please specify)
7 Choose the types of assessments pertaining specifically to transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities that you use have heard of or do not use or
have heard of (Choose all that apply)
Type of Assessment Heard of
this
Use this Have not
heard of
or use
this
Interest Inventories
Career Aptitude
Academic Achievement
Teacher Observation
Intellectual Aptitude (IQ)
Student Survey
Personality Profiles
Self-determination measures
Self-Advocacy Skills measures
Interviews
EcologicalEnvironmental
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
129
Authentic
Portfolio
Teacher Made
Curriculum-Based
Functional Skills Inventories
Learning Styles
Situational
Other
8 Choose the published assessments pertaining specifically to transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities that you use have heard of or do not
use or have heard of (Choose all that apply)
Type of Assessment Heard of this Use this Have not heard of
or use this
Microcomputer
Evaluation of
Careers and
Academics (MECA)
Reading-Free
Vocational Interest
Inventory 2 (R-
FVII2)
Transition Planning
Inventory (TPI)
Brigance
Employability Skills
Inventory
SEM (Special Ed
Manager)
Myers Briggs Type
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
130
9 In my opinion transition assessment for students with intellectual disabilities
provided at our school or schools that I consult with have_____ impact on
helping students identify and realize their potential
A) Significant
B) Moderate
C) Minimal
D) Little or no
10 As part of my professional training and work experience I have a __________
understanding about transition assessment for high school students with
intellectual disabilities
A) Very Clear
B) Moderately Clear
C) Limited
D) Little or No
Indicator
O-Net Career
Interest Inventory
Picture Interest
Career Survey
(PICS)
Wide Range Interest
and Occupation Test
WRIOT2
Arc Self-
Determination Scale
COPS-PIC Picture
Inventory of Careers
CITE Learning
Styles Inventory
Other
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
131
11 Which of the following training opportunities would you participate in to
increase your knowledge and use of transition assessment tools and procedures
for individuals with intellectual disabilities (check all that apply)
A) One-hour workshop
B) 1-day workshop
C) Team Collaboration
D) Self -Study (Independent discovery)
E) Multiple day workshops
F) Ongoing in-service training
G) Online training module
H) Online college course
I) College course (on campus or media-site)
J) College coursework toward TEA certification in Transition
K) None
L) Other (please specify)
12 What else do you use for transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities If you do not want to make any further comment proceed to the
next question
(Enter up to 4000 characters)
13 What do you know about transition assessment that you wish you could use for
students with intellectual disabilities If you do not want to make any further
comment proceed to the final section of the survey that contains a few
remaining demographic questions
(Enter up to 4000 characters)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
132
Demographic Information
This section contains a few demographic questions needed to describe the sample
Please remember that the responses you provide are anonymous and confidential
14 What is your current age (rounded to the nearest year)
Age Range Response
20-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41-45
46-50
51-55
56-60
61-65
66-70
15 What is your gender
A) Male
B) Female
16 What is your highest level of education
A) Bachelorrsquos degree
B) Masterrsquos degree
C) Doctorate
D) Other
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
133
17 What is your total number of years as an educator including this year Please
check the appropriate box
Number of years Response
1-2
3-5
6-10
11-15
16-20
21-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41 and above
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
134
18 How long have you been employed in your current position including this
year Please check the appropriate box
Number of year(s) Response
1-2
3-5
6-10
11-15
16-20
21-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41-or more
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
viii
ABSTRACT
Transition planning requires implementation and direction by the findings of
transition assessment regarding the students needs strengths preferences and interests as
mandated in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act 2004 (IDEA
2004) Limited research is currently available that addresses what assessment tools
practitioners utilize to meet the mandates of transition assessment to aid in transition
planning for students with intellectual disabilities The descriptive study reported herein
attempted to determine educatorsrsquo knowledge about transition assessment practices and
what is being utilized specifically with students with intellectual disabilities as they
transition from secondary to postsecondary life This study employed the replication of a
previously published study
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
ix
LIST OF TABLES
41 Job Category Description 65
42 Gender 66
43 Age of the Participant 66
44 Level of Education 67
45 Years of Experience as an Educator 67
46 Years in the Current Position 68
47 Comparison of Demographics 68
48 EmploymentConsultation Location 69
49 Employment Setting 70
410 Perceived Grade Level Implementation of Transition Assessment 71
411 Perceived Person Responsible for Implementing Transition Assessment 71
412 Perceived Level of Understanding Regarding Transition Assessment 72
413 Interest in Additional Training 73
414 Perceived Areas Addressed with Transition Assessment 74
415 Level of Use for Types of Transition Assessments 75
416 Level of Use for Published Assessments 77
417 Perceived Impact of Transition Assessment 78
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
1
CHAPTER I
A DESCRIPTIVE STUDY OF EDUCATIONAL PROFESSIONALSrsquo
KNOWLEDGE OF TRANSITION ASSESSMENT FOR INDIVIDUALS
WITH INTELLECTUAL DISABILITIES
Transition planning is a mandate set forth in the Individuals with Disabilities
Education Improvement Act 2004 (IDEA 2004) The process of developing a
coordinated set of activities with regard to transition planning for students with
disabilities is the cornerstone of IDEA 2004(Lollar 2010) The federal Office of Special
Education Programs and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) issued mandates to track
transition services and progress at the secondary and postsecondary level (Mazotti et al
2009) Transition development is a critical issue for students with disabilities as they pass
from secondary to postsecondary life
A great deal of research is available that pertains to cognitive assessment and
achievement assessment as separate entities Transition planning is another unique and
important issue for students with disabilities that resulted in a wealth of literature
suggesting best practices for the implementation of transition services Likewise the
process of transition planning is guided by the assessment results however few studies
have been conducted that address the assessment trends and practices that drive the
transition planning process Little research dealing specifically with students with
intellectual disabilities as it pertains to transition assessment exists at the present time
Purpose of the Study
The purpose of this study was to determine educatorsrsquo knowledge of transition
assessment practices and what assessment mechanisms are being implemented with
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
2
students with intellectual disabilities The study reported herein has attempted to
determine educatorsrsquo knowledge about transition assessment practices being utilized
specifically with students with intellectual disabilities as they transition from secondary
to postsecondary life
Statement of the Problem
Transition planning is a mandate outlined in IDEA 2004 and by the Office of
Special Education Programs and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) through Indicator 13
Indicator 13 requires that a transition plan be developed implemented and driven by the
transition assessment process Current assessment trends are utilized on a continuous
basis for individuals with disabilities both formally and informally to address cognitive
and achievement skills Research studies that address transition assessment specifically
are limited Limited research is currently available that addresses what assessment tools
practitioners utilize to meet the mandates of transition assessment to aid in transition
planning for students with intellectual disabilities Research data that describe what
professionals are currently utilizing to address transition assessment would be beneficial
to assist practitioners and to aid in the development of high quality transition plans for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Research Questions
This study investigated educatorsrsquo knowledge of transition assessment practices
with individuals with intellectual disabilities A review of the literature was conducted to
reveal the issues and information available pertaining to transition assessment as it relates
to individuals with disabilities transition needs and mandates for individuals with
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
3
disabilities and current transition practices with educators This study sought to answer
the following questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
TheoreticalConceptual Framework
This study replicated a previously published study by Herbert Lorenz amp Trusty
(2010) from The Pennsylvania State University Descriptive statistical analysis was
required for the majority of the questions from their survey Descriptive statistics is a
process that presents quantitative information in a basic format (Trochim 2006)
Information is described utilizing summaries that will form the basis of the quantitative
analysis The descriptive analysis allows for a basic description of what the data reveals
Trochim (2006) wrote that descriptive analysis permits the data to be summarized in a
practical usable way
This study undertook the replication of an open-ended question in the Herbert et
al study (2010) This study used two open-ended questions and rephrased the questions
for greater clarification Subsequent analysis with the open-ended responses occurred
Qualitative research allows the researcher to get beyond their initial thoughts prejudices
preconceived notions and initial theories to delve into new realizations and syntheses of
knowledge (Miles amp Huberman 1994) Brantlinger Jimenez Klingner Pugach and
Richardson (2005) proclaimed that qualitative research is the mechanism for evaluating
the process of human behavior as it emerges within particular subject content The
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
4
purpose within an educational framework is to evoke change to improve the quality of
services education and programming with scientifically derived data Denzin and
Lincoln (1994) asserted that qualitative research is a set of various types of inferential
methods The research context for the open-ended survey questions will assume the
General Theory approach This type of practice attempts to analyze and interpret results
while seeking generalizations therefore allowing for discussion of the findings (Glezni
2006)
Assumptions
Students with intellectual disabilities must be met with the same stringent
assessment criteria as other disabled peers in order to meet the qualifications for special
education services All students with disabilities must participate in transition planning as
they begin the progression from secondary school settings to postsecondary options The
catalyst for the transition plan is the assessment process using formal and informal
approaches The literature that was available provided a plethora of information regarding
assessment methods and transition planning protocols Specific data should be
assimilated to address the specific transition assessment knowledge level of professionals
to meet the specific needs of students with intellectual disabilities
Definition of Terms
Adaptive Behavior Assessment is the assessment that when paired with
cognitive achievement assessment allows the child to be identified as a child with
an intellectual disability Adaptive behavior is characterized by the ability a child
has to be safe to interact with the environment and take into account the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
5
individualrsquos ability to interact with the physical environment and the world
around them (Salvia Ysseldyke amp Bolt 2007 2010)
Assessment is the process of gathering data and information to evaluate a
particular student or school The purpose is to provide information to make
instructional decisions (Salvia et al 2007 2010)
Diagnostician is the title of a position in the state of Texas for individuals who
are certified to administer testing and interpret intellectual and achievement
testing data for students to determine eligibility for special education services
(TEA 2011)
Disability is the results of impairment or medical conditions that adversely affect
a childrsquos education achievement There are 14 categories for individuals who are
identified as a child with a disability These include Other Health Impaired Deaf
and Hard of Hearing Visually Impaired Deafblind Health Impaired Emotional
Behavioral Impaired Autism Developmentally Delayed Learning Disabled
Speech and Language Impaired Multiple Severe Disabilities Physically
Disabled Traumatic Brain Injury and Intellectually Disabled (Bryant Smith amp
Bryant 2008)
Financial Planning involves the analysis of available resources and the
development of understanding the value of money and how to handle money
Individuals with disabilities require careful planning by family and community
agencies to ensure that financial matters are handled safely and in the best interest
of the individual with disabilities (Wehman 2009)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
6
Formal Assessment is characterized as standardized assessments This type of
assessment uses tests that are administered with specific instructions and
guidelines Included are interpretation procedures that require strict adherence to
specific protocols to receive correct and true results These tests are typically
manufactured assessments that test cognitive and achievement skills however
there are some manufactured formal assessments that evaluate transition skills and
aptitudes (Overton 2009)
Formal Transition Assessment includes a variety of published instruments to
assess skills aptitudes interests and preferences These include achievement
tests adaptive behavior and independent living assessments interest inventories
aptitude tests intelligence tests personality or preference tests career
development measures on-the-job or training evaluation and self-determination
assessments (University of North Carolina 2010)
Inclusive education is the process of educating students with disabilities in the
same class environment as their nondisabled peers (Salvia et al 2010)
Independent Living encompasses all the issues that surround a personrsquos life
pertaining to living on onersquos own The evaluation of this entity involves reflecting
on the continuum from residential living facilities to living on onersquos own All
aspects of life including transportation self-care money management
employment and community participation must be evaluated (Sitlington Clark amp
Kolstoe 2000)
Indictor 13 the ldquoU S Department of Education through the Office of Special
Education Rehabilitative Services required states to develop six-year State
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
7
Performance Plans in December 2005 around 20 indicators on which data is
submitted annually (beginning February 2007) in Annual Performance Reportsrdquo
Indicator 13 addresses secondary students (NSTTAC 2011)
Indicator 14 is the requirement by the OSERS to provide performance plans for
individuals with disabilities who are at the post-secondary level of their life
(NSTTAC 2011)
Individualized Education Plan (IEP) is a tool that is created after the child
meets eligibility criteria for special education This plan is specifically designed to
meet the individual needs of the child with a disability This plan outlines the
services the delivery of the services and the monitoring mechanisms that will be
utilized This document states the setting defines the length of programming
details methodology identifies evaluation modes documents the mode of
discipline determines the related services and sets the standard of progress for a
child with a disability (Hulett 2007)
Individualized Transition Plan (ITP) is the formal document that is developed
on an annual basis for a student who reaches the age of 16 and is identified as a
student with a disability The plan includes a coordinated set of goals and
objectives to address the individual childrsquos interests talents preferences and
strengths as they transition from secondary education to adulthood The ITP is the
plan that directs the annual IEP planning and course selection process (Miller et
al 2007)
Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act (IDEA 2004) is the
most recently reauthorized law that addresses providing a Free and Appropriate
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
8
Education for students with a disability The reauthorization in 2004 addressed
specifically the need and requirement for implementing a transition plan for
students when they reach the age of 16 (Hulett 2007)
Informal Assessment is the process of gathering non-standardized data to
evaluate progress Examples of informal assessment include checklists
interviews observations portfolios and teacher-made tests (Overton 2009)
Intellectual DisabilitiesMental Retardation is characterized by the American
Association on Mental Retardation as significantly subaverage intellectual
functioning which is paired with deficits in adaptive behavior and is manifested
during the developmental period (Crane 2002)
Local Education Agency (LEA) is local a district or school system that provides
public education to students with and without disabilities (Snell amp Brown 2006)
Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) is a federal
government agency that provides leadership and financial support to state
education agencies and local education agencies to improve the outcomes for
infants to youth with disabilities (US Department of Education 2009)
Person-centered planning is a nonthreatening approach to engaging the family
and the student into developing goals and objectives through active processes that
enhance the IEP (Sitlington et al 2010)
Postsecondary Education (PSE) is the period after high school when a student
engages in continuing or higher education This can include a vocational or trade
school two-year college or four-year college setting (Lichenstein Rusch amp
Chadsey 1998)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
9
Secondary Education (SE) is characterized as the high school years when
students begin ninth grade and move through to the twelfth grade It is at this
stage in education that students with disabilities not only address academic needs
but the process of developing the Individualized Transition Plan (ITP) is created
(Sitlington Neubert amp Clark 2010)
Self Determination is a skill that provides greater control and capacity for
students to be employed This involves tenacity and drive and the ability to strive
to reach ones potential via intrinsic motivation (Wehman 2011)
Special Education Manager is a computer software program that provides a
management system for writing reports and documentation of IEP reports to
school systems in Texas (GG Consulting LLC 2008)
State Education Agency (SEA) is the state education entity that governs the
local entities In Texas this is characterized as the Texas Education Agency
(TEA) (Texas Education Agency 20072011)
Supported Employment is paid employment that involves additional supports to
the individual to ensure success in the competitive employment arena This
involves at least 20 hours a week in real-work situations which differs from
sheltered employment (Wehman 2001)
Transition as it pertains to individuals with disabilities is the period of moving
toward postsecondary living and adulthood This includes various aspects
including employment postsecondary education community living and
involvement independent living and satisfactory social and personal
relationships This involves a set of coordinated and collaborative efforts between
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
10
the individual school family community resources and various stakeholders that
provide support (Halpern 1985 cited in Wehman 2011)
Transition Assessment is described as an ongoing process Information is
collected that includes the studentrsquos strengths interests preferences abilities and
a needs analysis This is the guiding information that directs the Individualized
Transition Planning process (Sitlington amp Clark 2006 cited in Luecking 2009)
Transition Planning is the process of developing a road map that provides
stepping stones to the future into adulthood for individuals with disabilities
(Flexer Baer Luft amp Simmons 2001)
Transition Services are defined by IDEA 2004 as a ldquocoordinated set of activities
for a child with a disability that is designed to be written with a results-oriented
process that is focused on improving the academic and functional achievement of
the child with a disability to facilitate the childrsquos movement from school to
postschool activities Included is postsecondary education vocational education
integrated employment including supported employment continuing and adult
education adult services independent living or community participation This is
based on the individual childrsquos needs taking into account the childrsquos strengths
preferences and interests This also includes instruction related services
community experiences the development of employment and other postschool
adult living objectives and when appropriate acquisition of daily living skills
and adaptive behavior evaluation (p 5)rdquo (Miller et al 2007)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
11
Vocational Adjustment Coordinator is a term used in the assigned region for
teachers who develop work habits skills training and employment opportunities
for individuals with disabilities in the secondary school setting
Vocational Education is the organized set of activities training and coursework
to prepare the individual with disabilities toward greater success in career choices
or postsecondary education options (Sitlington et al 2000)
Vocational Rehabilitation (VR) is a mandated requirement set forth in IDEA
2004 The process of VR is a collaborative effort with community agencies and
specialists to address employment and postsecondary educational options for
individuals with disabilities (Golden et al 2010)
Delimitations
This study replicated a previous study performed by Herbert et al (2010) from
The Pennsylvania State University The original survey employed was field tested to
allow for modifications and greater clarity Modifications were made to the replicated
study to gather specific data pertaining to transition assessment as a whole rather than just
career assessment staff training desires and knowledge about specific published
assessment tools Also the survey was designed to discover the knowledge of staff
working with students with intellectual disabilities as it pertains to transition assessment
The survey was disseminated to professionals in education including special educators
special education directors transition coordinators vocational adjustment coordinators
and diagnosticians working with students with intellectual disabilities The survey was
formatted to fit the online tool used to disseminate the survey An online format was
implemented similar to the original study Recommendations were provided in the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
12
original study which provided valuable advice to revise the study in order to refine the
process in order to achieve useful data Careful consideration by the researcher was
given to adhere to stringent protocols to gather accurate unbiased and useful data that
assisted with the findings of the research study
Limitations
Limitations included the following issues The study was originally conducted
with a group of 400 responders from across the state of Pennsylvania Limitations listed
in the original study included bias sample size and variability with variable awareness of
the participants Attempts to address these concerns were evaluated however certain
issues such as bias were difficult to control This study was conducted within the
specific region of West Texas The researcherrsquos involvement in special education in
particular the education of individuals with intellectual disabilities could have led to bias
and could have influenced the study however efforts were embarked upon to prevent
this confounding variable The relatively new use of the term intellectual disabilities to
characterize a student who was previously identified as a student with mental retardation
could have created some confusion
Significance of the Study
The study will add to the research findings associated with professionalsrsquo
knowledge about transition assessment as it pertains to individuals with intellectual
disabilities A great deal of research and literature is available pertaining to assessment
for both cognitive and achievement purposes There are also transition assessment
materials available and suggested practices for administering suggested assessment tools
Research information validating practice is missing from the transition assessment
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
13
process and indicating what practitioners actually utilize to meet the mandates of
Indicator 13 and IDEA 2004
Results of this study were utilized in several ways First the results were utilized
to substantiate or negate the findings of the original study The results will be
disseminated to the original researchers to verify or suggest revisions The results are
valuable to practitioners who utilize transition assessment tools with individuals with
disabilities In particular the results will aid those who work directly with individuals
with intellectual disabilities The results also add to the minimal available data with this
population of students which could stir further interest by other practitioners to replicate
even more research with transition assessment
School districts will utilize the data to develop appropriate transition assessment
strategies for individuals with disabilities in particular individuals with intellectual
disabilities From these data the professionals will develop a serviceable and appropriate
transition plan that meets the needs of the individual The goal of best practices for the
student as they transition from secondary to postsecondary venues was greatly fortified
In addition professionals will have valuable information allowing them to adhere to the
mandates outlined in Indicator 13 by the OSERS and through IDEA 2004
Organization of the Study
The literature review directed the emphasis of this study Few current research
studies exist that address professionalsrsquo knowledge level with regard to transition
assessment for individuals with disabilities This review included review of the literature
pertaining to historical influences on the transition plan components and mandates to the
transition process assessment practices and purposes transition assessment materials
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
14
and any available research studies that addressed the knowledge level of professionals
with regard to the transition assessment process
This study replicated a previously utilized research study that assessed current
assessment practices of professionals who interact with individuals with disabilities This
study was conducted through The Pennsylvania State University (Herbert et al 2010)
For this study a survey was disseminated to educators who deal specifically with
individuals with intellectual disabilities The purpose of utilizing a survey was to gather
additional information that was lacking on the research topic (American Association for
Public Opinion Research 2011) Modifications in the original format addressed unique
formatting specifications of the online survey modality Two open-ended questions
allowed a personal response which provided the respondent an opportunity to provide
additional insight to the researcher on the topic of knowledge of transition assessment for
individuals with disabilities
Analysis of the data occurred with several types of approaches as described in the
original survey report (Herbert et al 2010) Descriptive analysis occurred for the greater
portion of the survey questions Descriptive analysis was utilized to examine the
differences between responses across the various types of professionals such as self-
contained classroom teachers diagnosticians vocational adjustment coordinators and
special education administrators (Herbert et al 2010) Finally a qualitative analysis was
used to assimilate the data and to derive common themes and patterns from the open-
ended response questions
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
15
Summary
This study assessed educatorsrsquo knowledge of transition assessment strategies for
individuals with intellectual disabilities The study used a descriptive analysis approach
for 16 questions with two additional open-ended questions requiring qualitative analysis
to determine themes A review of the research addressed intellectual disabilities
transition practices transition assessment with disabilities in a general format and
specifically transition assessment for students with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
16
CHAPTER II
Review of the Literature
Special education began in the late 1700rsquos to the early 1800rsquos and is attributed to
Jean-Marc-Gaspard Itard (Bryant Smith amp Bryant 2008) He promoted the philosophy
that people with intellectual disabilitiesmental retardation are capable of learning (Crane
2002) From these early efforts the approach to educating and providing service to
individuals with intellectual disabilities emerged in the 20th
century when new laws
mandates and practices were introduced at a relatively fast rate Changes to services
paralleled many of the efforts of the Civil Rights movement of the 60rsquos and 70rsquos (Bryant
Smith amp Bryant 2008) The rights of individuals with intellectual disabilities were the
guiding principles influencing the introduction and further modifications to federal laws
that directed the treatment of these individuals
Several laws were enacted that guaranteed the rights of all individuals with
disabilities In 1973 the legislature passed the Vocational Rehabilitation Act in which
Section 504 set the stage for further legislation (Bryant et al 2008) This law guaranteed
basic civil rights to individuals with disabilities Furthermore accommodations were
made a requirement in public schools and society The intent was to prevent
discrimination against individuals with disabilities particularly within agencies receiving
federal funds
Perhaps one of the most powerful pieces of legislation that influenced the
education of individuals with disabilities was the Education for All Handicapped
Children Act better known as PL 94-142 of 1975 This law guaranteed that all students
with disabilities would receive at no cost a Free and Appropriate Public Education
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
17
(FAPE) This also established the Least Restrictive Environment (LRE) which
emphasized the education of children with their nondisabled peers (Bryant Smith amp
Bryant 2008) This law has undergone several changes and reauthorizations through the
years
The first reauthorization occurred in 1986 with the addition of services for infants
and toddlers The next reauthorization resulted in a title change to the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 1990 (IDEA) Two categories were added
autism and traumatic brain injury (Bryant et al 2008) Perhaps the most significant
change was the introduction of transition planning and services through the Individual
Transition Plan (ITP) (Bryant et al 2008)
Another monumental disability law was the Americans with Disabilities Act
(ADA) in 1990 Legislators and advocacy groups believed that Section 504 of the
Vocational Rehabilitation Act was not sufficient to protect the rights of individuals with
disabilities and further specifications needed to be defined This law went beyond the
classroom to community factors that influenced special needs individuals ADA
addressed discrimination ldquoin employment transportation public accommodations and
telecommunicationsrdquo (Bryant et al 2008 p 17)
Reauthorization of IDEA occurred in 1997 The reauthorization added behavioral
intervention plans (BIP) and functional behavioral assessments (FBA) as required
mandates The transition process for secondary special needs learners was also
strengthened by requiring that the ITP be a part of the studentrsquos Individualized Education
Program (IEP) (Bryant et al 2008)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
18
In 2001 No Child Left Behind (NCLB) was passed Some of the main features
addressed individuals with special needs Educators were now required to utilize
scientifically based programs and interventions Individuals with special needs would
have increased access to the general education curriculum Finally the evaluation of
student proficiency in any given subject area would require appropriate accommodations
(Bryant et al 2008)
The next reauthorization of the IDEA occurred in 2004 (IDEA 2004 US
Department of Education 2006 cited in Bryant et al 2008) Changes to the identification
of learning disabilities were specified and alternate education settings for disciplinary
actions were allowed Additionally a requirement that teachers would need to fulfill
provisions as a highly qualified teacher was also added Students with disabilities are now
required to participate in annual state and district testing while including appropriate
accommodations and alternative testing in certain instances for particular students with
intellectual disabilities (Bryant et al 2008)
Students with Intellectual Disabilities
Definition of Intellectual Disabilities
The American Association on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
(AAIDD 2011) formerly known at the as the American Association on Mental
Retardation defines intellectual disability as ldquoa disability characterized by significant
limitations both in intellectual functioning and in adaptive behavior which covers many
everyday social and practical skills This disability originates before the age of 18rdquo The
Centers for Disease Control (CDC 2005) further states that individuals with disabilities
perform below average on intelligence tests and display limitations in routines for daily
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
19
living and independent living skills These individuals display the ability to learn but at a
much slower pace
Individuals with intellectual disabilities perform at least two standard deviations
below the mean on a 100 average scale score on intelligence tests (Hogan 2007)
Categories for intellectual disabilities have been established to provide greater
understanding of intellectual functioning These include mild moderate severe and
profound intellectual disabilities Individuals classified as mildly intellectually disabled
perform at an intelligence quotient level of 50-55 to approximately 70 Individuals with
moderate intellectual disability display intelligence test scores from 35-40 to 50-55 The
severe intellectual disability category is classified as 20-25 to 35-40 Profound
Intellectual Disability is categorized as an IQ score below 20 or 25 (Hogan 2007)
In addition to sub-average performance on intelligence tests an evaluation of the
personrsquos adaptive skills is needed to determine that an individual meets the qualifications
for a diagnosis of intellectual disabilities An individual who is suspected of meeting the
criterion for intellectual disabilities within the intelligence testing process must also
display delays in the area of adaptive behavior Adaptive behavior includes social
intelligence and practical intelligence Social intelligence involves understanding social
situations Practical intelligence refers to independent living tasks and employability
skills (Hallahan et al 2012)
Characteristics of Students with Intellectual Disabilities
The CDC states that individuals with intellectual disabilities display the ability to
learn but at a much slower pace (CDC 2005) Hallahan and associates (2012) wrote that
with the proper supports the individual with intellectual disabilities can learn over time
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
20
According to Crane (2002) individuals with intelligence quotients in the mildly disabled
range perform typically at the second to fifth-grade level intellectually display a high
degree of daily living independence and are fully or partially employed Individuals with
moderate intellectual disabilities perform functional academic skills People performing
at the severely disabled level perform basic kindergarten and prekindergarten academics
require supervision for daily living skills and will typically require supervision in
community employment in a supported workshop setting Individuals performing at the
profoundly disabled level require intense supervised care in all areas of need (Crane
2002)
Statistical Data Regarding Prevalence of Students with Intellectual Disabilities
Nationwide 11 of individuals are identified as having some type of disability
(OSERS 2006 in Bryant et al 2008) Statistically about 214 of individuals will
measure two or more standard deviations below the normal average of 100 (Overton
2009) The prevalence of individuals with intellectual delays falling below 70 in public
school settings is about 227 (Hallahan et al 2012) Mild intellectual disabilities are
three times more prevalent than are severe intellectual disabilities (CDC 2005)
The economic cost associated with individuals with intellectual disabilities is
staggering Typically these individuals require long-term care and support to address all
areas of life The Centers for Disease Control (2005) reported that individuals with
intellectual disabilities average slightly more than one million dollars per person for
lifetime care Costs are incurred for medical care assistive devices home and automobile
modifications special education loss of revenue due to sub-average employment
opportunities and limited work opportunities Screenings and interventions need to be
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
21
employed to address the overwhelming reality of funding the care and education
individuals with intellectual disabilities (CDC 2004)
Historical Practices for Students with Intellectual Disabilities
In 1799 a French doctor by the name of Jean Marc-Gaspard Itard attempted to
educate a young boy known as a wild child who was believed to possess intellectual
disabilities (Bryant et al 2008) Itard established that those with intellectual disabilities
are able to learn (Crane 2002) Education underwent changes and developments over the
next two centuries Unfortunately some of the treatments for individuals included
barbaric practice through experimentation involuntary sterilization increased
segregation social control a type of ethnic cleansing and inhumane treatment (Crane
2002) Humanitarian reforms beginning in1960 were implemented that changed the
outlook for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Crane 2002)
In 1840 the first residential program for individuals with intellectual disabilities
was established In 1876 the American Association on Intellectual and Developmental
Disabilities (AAIDD) was created In 1896 the first class for students with all types of
intellectual disabilities was established By 1917 institutional settings were present for
most individuals with intellectual disabilities Edgar Doll proposed a definition for
intellectual disabilities that consisted of six criteria The Association for Retarded
Citizens known as the ARC was established in 1954 In 1959 a new groundbreaking
definition for intellectual disabilities was created By 1960 a unique project called the
Mimosa Project was created to work with girls with intellectual disabilities who
demonstrated they were able to learn many difficult tasks and daily living skills
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
22
President Kennedy initiated a national agenda which addressed the topic of intellectual
disabilities The state of New Hampshire in 1997 closed all institutional settings and
moved individuals with intellectual disabilities to group homes or private settings In
1999 the Disability Work Incentive Law was signed into action thereby eliminating
many of the barriers individuals with intellectual disabilities previously experienced
(Bryant et al 2008)
Transition Needs for Secondary Special Needs Learners
Transition planning and coordination of services for students with disabilities has
undergone a metamorphosis over the last two centuries Recent mandates changes and
requirements of the IDEA 2004 demanded that educators and service providers clarify
the individualrsquos needs and address the required mandates presented in the law (Schmitz
2008) The trend changed due to stakeholders including family members educators
service providers and most importantly the students desired quality outcomes for
postsecondary living Upon careful examination of the historical developments current
trends in transition planning and future needs and desires of students and caregivers now
require the implementation of best practices with regard to transition services
Transition planning for the student with disabilities is a critical area of concern
As the student with disabilities moves from high school to postsecondary life a
coordinated set of goals and objectives with defined implementation of services and
responsibilities for plausible outcomes must be implemented (IDEA 2004) Many of the
students with disabilities face a challenging road ahead and it is important that they be
provided with an Individualized Transition Plan (ITP) that includes their desires needs
strengths and preferences to afford greater positive outcomes Family members
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
23
educators students and community service providers must operate in a collaborative
manner to seek the best educational opportunities for the student with disabilities
(Wehman 2011)
Historical Influences on the Transition Process
Understanding historical developments that have transpired over the centuries
creates a greater awareness of the development of the person-centered approach that
exists in education today John Dewey a leader in curriculum theory from the
Progressive Era of the 19th
century developed the person-centered approach for
educating children He believed that education was a means to bolster social reform thus
encouraging the social intellectual and moral development of the child (Dewey 1916
cited in Flinders amp Thornton 2009) His person-centered approach directed the transition
process for the 21st century
Jane Addams a social reformer from the 19th
century transformed the social
work concept that existed with migrants coming to the United States She was known for
her social reform approach of providing services to her constituents at Hull House in
Chicago during the 19th
century Her enterprising concept of meeting the needs of her
constituents developed revolutionary changes for the immigrant child and family of the
Industrial Revolution Jane Addams recognized the need to educate all social classes to
meet the specific needs and interests of the immigrant populace (Addams cited in
Flinders amp Thornton 2009) Her enterprising holistic pursuit utilized a needs-assessment
approach accompanied by implementation of instruction in academic physical life skills
social and interests and preferences thereby affecting goals directed toward future adult
living objectives of Hull House Programming was created by assessing the needs
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
24
preferences and talents of those immigrant individuals who accessed Hull House
Although she was not an educator but a social worker her needs-assessment approach to
providing services to her immigrant constituents by evaluating the education vocational
social and independent living needs of the persons who attended Hull House improved
the quality of life in a holistic pursuit (Addams 1908 cited in Lagemann 1985)
Another individual from the 19th
century who influenced the transition planning
process that exists in special education today was Ralph Tyler Tyler believed that the
students learned best when they were able to experience learning in the natural
environment He surmised that the student must embrace a purpose for learning with the
objectives and experiences created in harmony with their life outside the classroom He
encouraged a study of ldquocontemporary life outside the classroom as the basis for deriving
objectivesrdquo (Tyler 1949 cited in Flinders amp Thornton 2009) He subsequently employed
a philosophy of experiential learning in and out of the classroom to reinforce the
purposeful continuum It was this experiential connection that attached profound meaning
to the learner Although not a direct contributor to the transition process for individuals
with special needs his philosophy provided a groundbreaking approach that paved the
way for current practices in special education with regard to transition planning
Examination of the mandates of IDEA 2004 pertaining to ITP reveals several
common comparisons to the aforementioned theorists The ITP is a person-centered plan
that includes the student and aligns postsecondary goals with transition services (Mazzoti
et al 2009) The goals are based on age-appropriate transition assessment related to
education employment training and independent living (Humphrey Johnson amp Albers
2010) Acknowledgment of the historical contributions of Addams Dewey and Tyler as
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
25
person-centered theorists allows one to opine that their beliefs have accelerated the
progress of education for students with disabilities This is particularly important with the
ITP process upon which the secondary student with disabilitiesrsquo annual individual
educational plan (IEP) is developed
Defining the Specifics of Transition Planning
In addition to historical perspectives interested stakeholders should be aware of
legal mandates and laws that pertain to individuals with disabilities Hulett (2007) has
described transition as the eighth component to the IEP process He states that IDEA
2004 demands that at the age of 16 the transition planning process is a requirement for
every studentrsquos annual IEP The transition plan must be reviewed annually The transition
planning process should be results driven to produce high-quality outcomes for
postsecondary living (Miller et al 2007) A statement of the needs or services must be
included in the IEP The ITP team must consider courses of study training supported
employment integrated employment adult services community participation and
independent living skills In addition they must look at community agencies that assist
with the child These services are at no cost to the student (Miller et al 2007)
Transition planning includes a coordinated set of goals and objectives to meet the
transition needs of students with disabilities as they transition into postsecondary life
(IDEA 2004) The ITP should include vocational education community living home
and family issues financial planning recreation and leisure mobility and health issues
Utilizing an authentic approach to implementation will increase the success of a
purposeful approach for the benefit of the student (Layton amp Lock 2008) The student
should be the focus by taking into account the desires talents interests and preferences
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
26
of the child (IDEA 2004 Wehman 2011) Vocational training postsecondary options
and continuing education opportunities should be included in the transition process (Snell
amp Brown 2006)
Transition planning requires that service providers develop and implement plans
that describe the services provided assessment and evaluation measures obligations of
team members person who are part of the plan and plausible service agencies (Overton
2009) Team members include the special educators general educators community
agencies student family members possible psychologists and counselors rehabilitation
specialists and other designated individuals who could provide support in the transition
planning ( Overton 2009 Wehman 2011) The student and parent should be included in
the transition planning process at all stages to secure greater positive outcomes at the
postsecondary level (Escheidt 2006)
Characteristics of Transition Needs
The student is the driving force of the transition planning process and its
subsequent annual goals and objectives This coordinated set of goals and objectives
becomes the model for the implementation of course selection vocational planning and
education for the student with regard to his or her annual IEP (Miller et al 2007) The
evaluation of the ability family structure community opportunities desires talents and
preferences of the student forms the basis for the transition plan (Wehman 2009)
Employment vocational training and postsecondary education are also carefully
considered in the ITP (Snell amp Brown 2006) The student should be given the tools to
live a successful life that is safe and provides the greatest opportunity for independence
(McNaughton amp Beulman 2010)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
27
Schmitz (2008) described the purpose of transition planning as a fundamental
requirement of IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 as outlined by the Office of Special
Education Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) In addition to the mandates presented in
IDEA 2004 pertaining to transition services there is an additional requirement that
schools and postsecondary agencies report on the results of transition services for
individuals with disabilities through Indicator 13 for secondary programs and Indicator
14 for postsecondary programs This has become the guiding structure when addressing
the needs and postsecondary planning of students with disabilities IDEA 2004 requires
that there must be a coordinated set of activities that focus on improving the academic
and functional achievement of the individual with disabilities Indicator 13 and Indicator
14 require that tracking mechanisms be put into place to assess the outcomes of
individuals with disabilities as they transition from secondary schooling to postsecondary
life
Statistics reveal that students with disabilities experience an unemployment rate
of 70 as opposed to their nondisabled peers at 22 (Schmitz 2008) The need to close
that gap is critical This is the reality that drives the mandates such as Indicator 13 for
educators to develop an appropriate transition IEP which includes age-appropriate
transition assessment and transition services that are to be delivered to students with
disabilities (Schmitz 2008)
The Individualized Transition Plan Process and Components
The foundation for the essential components and mandates associated with
transition come from IDEA 2004 which states the following
Transition services means a coordinated set of activities for a child with a
disability that is designed to be within a results-oriented process that is focused on
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
28
improving the academic and functional achievement of the child with a disability
to facilitate the childrsquos movement from school to postschool activities including
postsecondary education vocational education integrated employment (including
supported employment) continuing and adult education adult services
independent living or community participation is based on the individual childlsquos
needs taking into account the childrsquos strengths preferences and interests and
includes instruction related services community experiences the development of
employment and other postschool adult living objectives and if appropriate
acquisition of daily living skills and provision of a functional vocational
evaluation Transition services for children with disabilities may be special
education if provided as specially designed instruction or a related service if
required to assist a child with a disability to benefit from special education (TEA
cited in ESC 18 2011)
The process of including the student to a greater extent while engaging him or
her in greater collaboration with community agencies is emphasized in the transition
process The switch to a results-oriented approach as opposed to an input approach has
increased the need for greater accountability This is also evident with the
implementation of Indicator 13 pertaining to accountability for transition planning at the
secondary education stage and Indicator 14 at the postsecondary education stage Specific
changes to the IDEA 1997 to IDEA 2004 are the requirement of a coordinated set of
activities improvement with academic and functional achievement transition IEP age-
appropriate assessment and transition services (Schmitz 2008)
Components of the transition plan include a holistic approach to the education of
the student with disabilities Short-term goals should be developed with long range
planning as the over-all guiding purpose (Wehman 2009) The ITP should include the
assessment and development of critical life skills such as mobility recreation and leisure
opportunities health and safety training money management personal appearance skills
building social skills training and skills acquisition work habits and issues pertaining to
maintaining dignity (Wehman 2009)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
29
Assessment and evaluation results should take into account the strengths and
preferences of the child while being presented in user-friendly formats to the family
members and student The schedule of services time frames for implementation and
individual responsibilities and obligations for providers should be documented Efforts to
provide real-life vocational training to meet employability objectives should be outlined
Financial planning is a critical component and needs in this area should be included
Social skills training and access to increase full community participation and activities
are other important elements of the ITP process (Wehman 2009)
Critical life skills pertaining to self-help and self-determination independence
and socialization represent essential transition elements Access to community agencies
and possible acquisition of needed services should be outlined with contact information
available to the family members and student Recreation and leisure health and safety
money management work habits and maintaining dignity are additional areas that
should be addressed by the ITP team (Wehman 2009)
Real-life experiences in naturalist settings for all aspects of the personrsquos life
including employment education and life skills acquisition is recommended (Wehman
2011) National transition goals which are outlined in IDEA 2004 include promoting
self-determination and self-advocacy ensuring that students have access to the standards-
based curriculum increasing graduation rates providing access to full participation in
postsecondary education and employment increasing parent participation improving
collaboration for optimum school and postschool outcomes increasing the availability of
qualified workforce and encourages full participation in community life including
social recreation and leisure opportunities The ITP includes two major goals The first
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
30
is to identify outcomes students and parent desire which is the person-centered approach
by including the student and parent while respecting their values and beliefs The second
is community collaboration and participation through community resources program
development and interagency collaboration (Wehman 2011)
New resources are being developed and published continuously to encourage the
implementation of sound practices in transition planning and services Johnson (2002)
from the University of San Diego developed a sourcebook of books selected websites
aptitude tests vocational evaluations career planning resources information centers
curricular resources assessments life-centered education IEP planning interagency
links publishers postsecondary transition resources and selected reports and articles
These suggested resources are included to enhance the transition assessment
development and implementation process
Snell and Brown (2006) in Instruction of Students with Severe Disabilities
devoted a chapter to vocational preparation and transition They recommended that
individuals should develop valued employment skills and abilities through supportive
families vocational services and supports in the community They proposed that
Vocational Rehabilitation should be the primary facilitators of employment opportunities
for individuals with disabilities
It is necessary to include a review of Social Security benefits and Medicaid
sources The balanced school-based vocational preparation through collaborative efforts
should include a continuum of the studentrsquos interests and preferences The work-related
instruction should occur across grades and settings in real-world settings Community-
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
31
based training sites should be developed with systematic behavioral procedures with the
goal of paid employment with if needed supports after graduation
Finally vocational training is a necessary component of the transition process
Transition training should provide students with a curriculum that prepares them for the
job they intend to enter Broad-based knowledge and skills are necessary components to
the vocational training endeavor Some students require training with specific skills that
are needed for survival in the workplace as well as in the community These skills need
to be carefully and succinctly taught These include academic skills communication
skills social and interpersonal skills and occupational and vocational skills (Levinson amp
Palmer 2005)
Latest Research on Individual Transition Planning
Policy Furney Hasazi and Destefano (1997) conducted a policy study to review
transition services for youth with disabilities The cross-case analysis evaluated programs
that exemplified high-quality models for implementation of transition planning Furney
and his colleagues assessed the current trends that were present in existing transition
planning practices He surveyed 74 institutions pertaining to their implementation of
transition services during a two-year period from 1992-1994 His intent was to evaluate
services with the new mandates set forth in previously reauthorized version of IDEA
1997 A qualitative approach was implemented with site visits in three states The results
were analyzed using cross-case analysis The results revealed that the person-centered
approach must be implemented to a greater extent to meet the postsecondary needs
outcomes of students with disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
32
Etscheidt (2006) conducted a qualitative analysis to examine judicial decisions
regarding transition planning Thirty-six cases were reviewed that addressed the needs of
individuals with intellectual disabilities learning disabilities behavioral disorders
autism multiple disabilities physical disabilities other health impairment attention-
deficithyperactivity disorder traumatic brain injury and other unspecified disabilities
Five categories were established that addressed agency contacts student involvement
and individualization of the transition plan school district obligations and
appropriateness of the transition plan
Etscheidtrsquos finding revealed that litigation pertaining to transition planning for
students with disabilities centered on procedural issues and components of the transition
plan Ten issues were identified Agencies need to be in attendance and invited to
transition meetings Second student involvement must be included and must consider
student interests Third individualization of the ITP should be based on assessment and
meet the studentrsquos individual needs Fourth stakeholders need to examine the studentrsquos
and familyrsquos postsecondary goals and vision Fifth discussion and documentation of the
present level of performance should be included Sixth the team should formulate a
statement of needed transition services with goals and objectives Seventh
implementation of the transition plan needs to be monitored to evaluate effectiveness
Eighth the district has an obligation to make plans that meet the needs of the individuals
to promote movement from secondary to postsecondary settings Ninth stakeholders
need to evaluate the appropriateness of the transition plan Tenth the transition plan must
be developed and addressed to meet the needs of the student
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
33
Transition services Through OSERS a grant was awarded to create the National
Secondary Technical Training Assistance Center (NSTTAC) This organization addresses
concerns regarding transition for secondary students as they move into postsecondary
life Through this collaborative effort between the University of North Carolina in
Charlotte and Western Michigan University NSTTAC addressed and assisted with
implementation to consumers parents agencies and educators about transition policy
Expert panels were created and research was initiated that resulted in recommendations
to local education agencies (LEAs) and state education agencies (SEAs) regarding
transition practice and policy In addition to informational recommendations to the LEAs
and SEAs technical assistance was developed to assist educators administrators and
parents in implementing effective transition and education services to improve secondary
and postsecondary outcomes A website was developed that includes evidence-based
practices lesson plan starters products and resources transition toolkits and specific
student and parent resources (UNC amp WMU 2011)
King Baldwin Currie and Evans (2006) completed a review article analyzing
strategies that were utilized to implement planning for transition and transition education
for youth with disabilities The purpose of one review was to evaluate the quality of
services and to provide recommendations for improvement of services The strategies
were classified into three main categories personal-level strategies person-environment
fit and environmental level strategies
Results indicated that the strategies lacked significant evidenced-based research to
support the use of the strategies and the effectiveness of the strategies Four of the
strategies pertaining to direct experience contained sufficient research to warrant the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
34
effectiveness of these types of strategies A recommendation proposed the use of more
than skills-acquisition strategies including training and implementation of strategies in
the natural environment (King et al 2006)
Postsecondary education A study by Papay and Bambara (2011) examined
transition services for youth in postsecondary settings who possessed significant
intellectual disabilities This study utilized a survey with descriptive methods for
analysis The purpose of the study was to assess the over-all inclusion characteristics of
postsecondary programs on college campuses Eighty-seven institutions were identified
that provided opportunities for individuals with intellectual disabilities to participate in
postsecondary programs located on college campuses
The results suggested that students with disabilities participated in college courses
and in vocational training opportunities Twenty five percent of the students with
disabilities involved in postsecondary education were enrolled in college level courses
Only 2 of students with intellectual disabilities enrolled in the courses for credit Most
of the students who enrolled in the courses for credit were described as learning disabled
with reading levels that were near or slightly below those of nondisabled peers The
students with intellectual disabilities audited the courses primarily in the humanities and
basic entry level Reading level was a determining factor for these students as to whether
they were able to participate in the courses successfully for credit
Funding for these programs came primarily from the willingness of the higher
education institutions to sponsor the programs Some government resources were also
included to a lesser extent as well as partnerships with local school districts for students
who were past the age of majority but were still enrolled in high school Tuition revenue
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
35
was another slight source of income for the programs Grants were last on the list of
available sources of income At most institutions grants provided less that 10 of the
necessary budgetary demands of the postsecondary educational setting
Recommendations included conducting further research to gain a greater
understanding of the effectiveness of postsecondary education (PSE) programs
Additionally PSE institutions should continue to develop partnerships to promote
ldquolifelong inclusion and self-determinationrdquo (Papay amp Bambara 2011 p 93) Methods for
implementation were suggested as additional research agendas
Another research study (Neubert Moon amp Grigal 2002) focused attention on
postsecondary options for individuals with significant disabilities The purpose of the
article was to provide a review of the current literature available pertaining to secondary
educational opportunities for students aged 18-21 in their last year of high school A
descriptive approach was implemented to examine secondary education opportunities at
two-year and four-year institutions of higher education and community based settings
The results revealed three vocational training model approaches First students
attended 2-year schools with the intent to gain vocational skills and training while
experiencing college life A second model for students with significant disabilities
included attendance at four-year institutions A third model included programs in the
community to encourage employment and independent living options
Funding for these programs primarily came from local school districts and the
higher education institutions The need to assess logistic concerns pertaining to greater
collaboration and communication with community agencies was encouraged
Collaboration between local education agencies community settings and institutions of
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
36
higher learning should occur to allow families and caregivers various options for
secondary transition services to students nearing the transition phase into postsecondary
life
Transition process Levinson and Palmer (2005) undertook a descriptive study
that discussed general characteristics of the transition process for employment and
postsecondary life The authors described necessary components to implement transition
services as mandated by IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 The need to incorporate
assessment and comprehensive planning that utilized the transition assessment data was
highlighted The assessment should address academic skills daily living skills personal
and social skills and occupational and vocational skills
School staff should subsequently utilize the assessment data to implement a plan
that meets the needs and interests of the student Parental involvement is crucial for the
planning process Vocational training should incorporate the enhancement of academic
skills daily living skills personal and social skills and occupational and vocational skills
Schools should focus on a transdisciplinary approach to prepare students for successful
postsecondary life
Cobb and Alwell (2009) reviewed transition planning and coordination of
services for individuals in postsecondary settings The authors undertook a review of
existing studies to determine whether there had been sufficient research efforts to address
the issue of transition planning and intervention for youth with disabilities This
systematic review included studies published between 1984 and 2004 A total of 31
studies from 10 journals produced a total of 1461 individual participants
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
37
Studies were analyzed for employment and participation in postsecondary
education options Analysis included whether the student was maintained at home and the
satisfaction of experience with personal and social relationships for individuals with a
variety of disabilities including learning disability emotional disturbance intellectual
disability autism physical disabilities attention deficit disorder auditory impairment
and speech impairment The authors reviewed postschool environments student
development interagency and interdisciplinary planning family involvement and
program structure
Results demonstrated that student-focused planning demonstrated great promise
as an important outcome for students Studentsrsquo desires need to be heard at IEP meetings
and in the planning processes More time is needed for transition planning and this should
not be handled at IEP meeting They also stated that students gain insight when training is
involved There is a demand to develop talents and interests Individuals with disabilities
believe there is a need for real work experience and socialization skills training Efforts
should focus on needs to build specific job skills that continue after high school There is
a need for flexibility rather than fitting students into prescribed programs The emphasis
should be directed toward greater awareness of community resources for possible
employment education living options and community access according to the
consumers and family members
Transition compliance Grigal Hart and Magliore (2011) conducted a
secondary analysis using The National Longitudinal Transition Survey 2 to address the
mandates of Indicator 14 of IDEA 2004 In order to comply with Indicator 14
individuals must be enrolled in higher education employed or involved in another
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
38
postsecondary option The elements need to include high expectations person-centered or
student-directed goals and collaboration with partners and community agencies is
critical
In their comparative analysis Grigal et al (2011) ascertained that there were
disparaging differences between individuals with intellectual disabilities and other
individuals with disabilities regarding transition planning for those at the postsecondary
level One hundred eight families participated with fewer contributors who were
educators One hundred forty-nine programs for individuals with disabilities in 37 states
were included Programs varied in implementations and types of settings Data set
analysis included 11000 students from a random set from 500 LEAs and 30 special
schools with an 82 response rate
The study included five areas that influenced the mandates of Indicator 14 and is
addressed in the following sections First parent expectations were influenced by the
severity of disability of youth with intellectual disabilities autism and physical
disabilities Second students were less likely to graduate with a regular diploma This
increased to 62-70 if staff possessed higher expectations Third team members should
be more involved in the ITP planning process Fourth goals should focus more toward
sheltered or supportive employment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Fifth
goals most often identified included independent living competitive employment
supported employment sheltered employment vocational training and two-year to four-
year college programs
Additional findings noted that vocational rehabilitation (VR) counselor
participation was greater for individuals with intellectual disabilities for career planning
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
39
Participation in college level classes by individuals with intellectual disabilities was last
They noted that increased enrollment in postsecondary education has increased the
income levels for 73 of individuals with disabilities The authors suggested that causes
need to be evaluated for fewer individuals with intellectual disabilities enrolling in higher
education and that increased expectations at the secondary level should occur to change
the mind-set for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Grigal et al 2011)
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities
Transition planning is an important topic for the stakeholders and students with
disabilities as the students anticipate transitioning from secondary to postsecondary life
Transition planning is the eighth requirement of the Individual Education Plan (IEP)
process for students when they become 16 years of age (Hulett 2007) The transition
process begins with the assessment component to gain valuable information on which the
IEP is based (Hulett 2007) Transition assessment is a multidimensional process that
requires a collaborative approach to meet the specific needs of the student with a
disability who is receiving special education services (Miller et al 2007)
Purpose of Transition Assessment
Transition assessment meets the legal mandates of IDEA 2004 The requirement
decrees that students with an intellectual disability should be provided with an
appropriate evaluation (IDEA 2004) The purpose of transition assessment is to gather
ongoing data that leads to the development of a transition plan that meets the needs of the
student as they transition from secondary to postsecondary life Overton (2009) wrote
that assessment needs to be data-driven rather than relying on referral information alone
The data should be multidimensional and not reliant on just one piece of testing data
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
40
Data should reflect the studentrsquos needs strengths abilities interests and preferences
(IDEA 2004)
The National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (2001) states that
the transition assessment process should be ongoing in order to provide needed data to
guide the transition planning process for students as they look toward the future and to
aid in the development of the studentrsquos IEP It should be a collaborative endeavor with
input from a variety of stakeholders including the student and family or caregiver
involved in the process
Spinelli (2012) identified eight purposes of transition assessment for individuals
with disabilities The assessors should identify the studentrsquos a) career goals and interests
b) preferences c) independence level d) strengths e) hobbies f) interpersonal
relationships g) self-advocacy abilities and h) abilities in relation to postsecondary
goals These include employment education and training independent living community
involvement and personal social goals In addition there needs to be an ecological
assessment of new or future settings to determine psychological physical social
emotional and cognitive demands and requirements of the setting
In regard to employment Spinelli (2012) proposed that assessment should
evaluate the studentrsquos current skills and the desired skill levels to determine the studentrsquos
ability to deal with the demands of postsecondary employment ability to engage in
employment and community participation and independent living options The
assessment should seek to determine the particular curricular social-emotional and
physical skills that need addressing in the ITP and the studentrsquos self-determination skills
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
41
With regard to educational supports Spinelli (2012) wrote that the assessment
should determine appropriate placement within the education community in addition to
vocational and community settings in order for the student to attain postsecondary goals
Furthermore the assessment should seek to determine the accommodations supports and
services that are needed in order for the student to attain and maintain postsecondary
goals Finally the assessment should design a system for monitoring progress and
evaluating the success of the transition program
Miller et al (2007) has described transition assessment as ldquoa process that
determines the studentrsquos abilities attitudes aptitudes interests work behaviors levels of
self-determination and self-advocacy interpersonal skills academic skills level and
independent living skills over an extended period of time for the purpose of planning an
appropriate education program (p 5)rdquo This is an ongoing process Stakeholders must
gather data on the individual student Items that are necessary for the assessment include
the studentrsquos needs preferences strengths and interests These items should be evaluated
as these relate to the future and current programming of the individual with disabilities
The areas that should drive the evaluation include work education living personal and
social skills and environment of the individual with disabilities
Additionally Miller et al (2007) clarifies the components of the transition
assessment process He suggests that these components be intertwined in order to engage
in informed decision making The first component is future planning needs and goals
The second area to be addressed is self-determination and self-advocacy skills A third
area is academic strengths and deficits that include the studentrsquos learning styles and
behaviors that influence learning A fourth component is life-skills instruction when it is
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
42
deemed appropriate The fifth and final component is vocational interests aptitudes and
abilities both in the classroom and within the community environment
In 2004 with the reauthorization of IDEA OSERS required that states submit
additional data on 20 indicators Indicator 13 specifically addresses the transition
component More specifically this indicator requires that assessment must occur that
involves an ongoing process to collect transition-relevant data This assessment should
include the needs preferences strengths and interests of the student The requirement
states that the demands of current and future working educational and personal social
environments for the individual must evaluated (Mazotti et al 2009)
Mazotti et al (2009) proposed a six-component checklist for Indicator 13 The six
include the following first it is necessary to utilize user-friendly assessments to guide
parents students and other support personnel Second the goals for the ITP should focus
on employment education and training and when appropriate independent living Third
they suggest a simplified format that addresses where the student plans to work where he
or she will learn the necessary skills and where the student eventually lives Fourth
alignment of annual IEP goals should coincide with the transition services and
postsecondary goals This will allow the student the optimal opportunity to attain the
postsecondary goals
Schmitz (2008) identified seven areas that should be included in the transition
planning process in order to adhere to the mandates of Indicator 13 The components of
the transition assessment include interest assessment and career exploration assessment
measures It is crucial to include assessment of academic performance as it relates to the
workplace Essential is the process of career planning The practice of assessment and
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
43
skill building should be incorporated to evaluate self-determination social and emotional
learning and interventions for independent living
Types of Transition Assessment
Transition assessment is an ongoing process that involves a variety of sources in
order to create a data-driven plan that addresses the individual needs of the student with
disabilities Transition assessment includes assessment tools that are utilized to meet
eligibility requirements and to assist with the transition planning process Numerous
devices are available to provide valuable information that the Individualized Transition
Plan (ITP) team is able to access for transition assessment Assessment practice occurs
both formally and informally with the inclusion of adaptive measures (Miller et al
2007)
Assessment is employed for identifying individual student needs improving
instruction and program planning evaluating service delivery programs and
accountability The approach assumes a person-centered planning procedure The
assessment process must include the family Informal assessment procedures are valuable
and provide an abundant source of information (Sax amp Thoma 2002)
The National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (2010) described
an Assessment Toolkit that can be accessed by educators parents SEAs and LEAs to
gain knowledge about best practices with transition assessment The authors assert that
ldquothe results of transition assessment should be the basis for making recommendations for
instructional strategies and accommodations in instruction and environments to meet the
studentrsquos needsrdquo (National Secondary Technical Training Assistance Center 2010 p 3)
Formal and informal measures are listed with contact information and suggested
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
44
guidelines for the types of assessment Included are links to some of the recommended
assessments with examples to review
Schmitz (2008) states that transition assessment is best characterized as a
multifaceted approach Quality assessment involves interest assessment career
exploration assessment assessment of academic competencies career planning
assessment and skill-building for self-determination assessment and skill-building for
socialemotional learning and assessment and skill intervention for independent living
skills Through the implementation of these seven assessment modalities the individual
student will have the opportunity to participate in a transition assessment that is created
with fidelity to his or her needs
Informal versus formal measures of assessment All students receiving special
education services participate in assessment to meet eligibility requirements The
assessment measures fall into two basic categories informal and formal (CECIdeas that
Work 2011) Formal assessment tools include achievement tests high-stakes testing
intelligence tests and even career interest personality profile and self-determination
measures These tools produce quantitative results that are used to assess skills and
aptitudes interests and preferences
Examples of informal measures include curriculum- based assessments
interviews questionnaires observations authentic assessment and portfolios (Layton amp
Lock 2008) Informal measures require a qualitative approach to analyzing information
on an ongoing basis to provide guidance when creating the transition plan for the student
with a disability who receives special education services This information provides
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
45
valuable pieces of data which enhance the transition planning requirements for students
with disabilities
Informal assessment procedures are needed to identify the studentrsquos individual
needs and to develop an appropriate transition plan The ITP team must determine the
purpose of the assessment Individuals should assess the student in the natural
environment and in various settings and programs They should identify relevant
behaviors and verify the input from others The ITP team chooses the appropriate
measurement procedures such as observation interview questionnaires surveys
checklists interest inventories and self-assessments The team also evaluates social
support systems The assessment findings identify the transition goals and objectives
From this process curricular plans are implemented to achieve the goals and objectives
(Sax amp Thoma 2005)
Sitlington (2008) analyzed the process of utilizing informal assessment to
facilitate transition planning for students with significant reading and writing delays That
analysis addressed the use of informal assessment for high stakes testing exit
examinations diploma options and transition planning Outlined in the article are
competencies to address the needs from transition into adulthood Sitlington (2008)
identified 22 competencies needed to transition into adulthood which the planning team
must incorporate Transition planning was characterized as an ongoing process of
ldquocollecting information on the studentrsquos strengths needs preferences and interests as
they related to the demands of current and future livingrdquo (Sitlington 2008 p 87) She
suggested several tools to accomplish the assessment by gathering information to guide
the individualrsquos transition plan Analysis of the studentrsquos background information is
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
46
primary In addition interviews with parents should transpire to facilitate the assessment
component Psychometric instruments work samples and curriculum-based assessment
techniques are suggested assessment tools to aid in the planning process Sitlington
suggests situational assessment to gather real-life data that resembles the individualrsquos
future living conditions The approaches must be systematic and occur in a variety of
settings Transition assessment utilizing these measures directs the instructional
decisions
Vocationalcareer assessments A necessary part of the transition assessment
process is the use of career interests vocational aptitude measures personality profiles
self-determination measures and other assessment tools that aid in the vocational and
career component of transition assessment (Levinson 2001) These tools provide
valuable information about the studentrsquos skills in areas such as self-awareness awareness
of job skills interest seeking and abilities with social and emotional interactions The
types of assessments include interviews questionnaires observations ecological and
environmental situational and behavioral curriculum-based interest inventories
vocational profiles and portfolios
An additional area is the vocational profile Vocational profiles are described as
narratives that paint pictures These include biographical information educational
history work experience and current skills The studentrsquos learning and performing
characteristics should be included along with interests community-support connections
and necessary accommodations (Sax amp Thoma 2002)
An article from San Diego State University provided a list of suggested
assessment tools available to facilitate the transition process (Johnson 2002) Included
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
47
are resources for curriculum implementation for transition purposes A wide array of
career occupational and vocational assessment and evaluation resources are
characterized in addition to links addresses and pricing guides Training videos
curricular and planning resources for transition planning are included Family
involvement interagency guides and follow-up assessment tools to aid in the transition
planning process are also described
Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual Disabilities
In order for a child to meet the eligibility requirement as a student with an
intellectual disability an adaptive behavior assessment must be conducted (Overton
2009) This is one avenue whereby interested stakeholders may gather information about
life skills of students with intellectual disabilities That assessment tool alone does not
provide enough information needed to gather sufficient data to assist with the transition
planning process Assessment for the individuals with intellectual disabilities requires
assessment in the natural environment (Sitlington 2008) Sheltered or supported
employment arenas may be included utilizing qualitative measures to gather information
about a studentrsquos social emotional self-determination job skills and other pertinent data
necessary for assessment purposes (Overton 2009)
Transition Assessment Practices for Students with Disabilities
IDEA 2004 states that with regard to the transition process the transition
assessment process for all students with disabilities involves the formal and informal
assessment-gathering mechanism on an ongoing basis (Mazotti et al 2010) As the child
reaches the age of 14 transition planning should begin At age 16 the formal process of
developing the transition plan takes place (Miller et al 2007)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
48
Assessment includes evaluating independent work skills planning and time
management skills and assessment of self-advocacy abilities For students with more
severe disabilities there must be an assessment for extended employment Assessment
includes the evaluation of vocational interests and aptitudes as well as the studentrsquos
ability and functional self-help skills The domains include cognitive ability social-
emotional adjustment communication skills academic functioning physical stamina and
adaptive behavior which are utilized by the multidisciplinary team to create the transition
plan (Spinelli 2012)
The transition assessment process can be conceived as a three-level approach
(Levinson 2001) Level one involves looking strictly at previously gathered assessment
data to prescribe a transition plan Data collection and interpretation of previous data is
the driving mechanism at this level Cumulative and confidential records are reviewed to
gather pertinent data This includes grades attendance academic achievement discipline
referrals and health records
The second level involves assessment of vocational interests and vocational
aptitudes using specific psychometric tests Assessment results and incorporating career
interest inventories and previously gathered formal and informal assessment data are
utilized in the creation of the transition plan
The third level occurs with individuals who require more information to gather a
realistic image of the studentrsquos abilities and interests This level is based on the
assessment of the first two levels This additional assessment includes work samples and
situational assessment techniques The implementation of any model must take into
consideration the available resources the characteristics and expertise of the available
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
49
personnel the population targeted for services the nature and availability of local
community services and the type of vocation placement options in the local area
(Levinson 2001)
Levinson and Palmer (2005) have written that assessment and planning are key
components to successful postschool living Assessment data can be gathered through
published tests and surveys as well as from direct interviews and observations of the
student Several areas are addressed including academic skills daily living skills
personal and social skills career maturity vocational interests and vocational aptitude
tests Additional assessment measures include occupational and vocational skills
assessments These are characterized as performance tests that assess a studentrsquos ability
to perform specific job-like tasks work samples that expose a student to natural job
responsibilities and situational assessments that measure a studentrsquos interests abilities
and work habits in actual and contrived environments
Characteristics of Transition Assessment for Students with Intellectual Disabilities
Due to varying disability factors for individuals with intellectual disabilities
traditional methods do not meet the needs of transition assessment Many students with
more significant intellectual disabilities have difficulty with paper and pencil tasks
Alternative measures should be implemented to address the assessment component of the
transition plan (Grigal et al 2011) Questionnaires and interviews with family members
offer good sources of information (Moon et al 2011) Observations and skills analysis
should be incorporated into the standard informal and formal measurement protocols
(Wehman 2009) Of great importance in the assessment of students with more significant
disabilities are the critical life skills pertaining to self-help mobility self-determination
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
50
socialization health family and community supports self-awareness interests strengths
and preferences of the individual (Wehman 2011)
Latest Research on Transition Assessment for Students with Disabilities
Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities There is the lack of available research
on current assessment trends with students who have intellectual disabilities autism and
multiple-impairments There is considerable research available on assessment with
informal and formal measures in general contexts but not as much with regard to the
specific details regarding best practices for assessment of transition needs and services
including outcomes pertaining to students with intellectual disabilities One recent article
was discovered that dealt specifically with the assessment process for students with
intellectual disabilities sometimes described as developmentally delayed (Moon et al
2011)
A qualitative study was conducted by Moon et al (2011) to address the
perceptions of necessary skills experiences and information that youth with
developmental disabilities and their families perceive should exist for the student with
regard to supported employment in a postsecondary setting Discussed was the sheltered
work environment that many students with disabilities encounter as a postsecondary
option for employment Four research questions were introduced with one of the four
addressing transition assessment specifically A survey was developed that included
several open-ended questions The survey addressed recruiting skills needed
assessment and work experiences that are most important and suggestions for transition
planning Participants included community rehabilitation providers involved in intake and
service deployment The state that was targeted was subdivided into four regions Twelve
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
51
individuals from the four regions participated in the survey One-hour to two-hour
interviews ensued to gather qualitative data Data analysis followed to characterize
common themes
Results specific to transition assessment revealed that interests and preferences of
the client were important to consider however only three of the 12 revealed that this
information was obtained from the school or family They found it was important to
include the family to a greater extent in the assessment process Due to the disabling
conditions of the individuals with intellectual disabilities it was revealed that family input
was important There was concern expressed that transition assessment was lacking in the
secondary setting and results were not readily available Job trials and situational
assessment should be utilized in two of the settings for assessment purposes
Philosophical statements were discussed for implementation and acquisition of transition
assessment from high school to postsecondary sheltered settings to improve collaborative
efforts which results in better preparation of youth for supported employment services
(Moon et al 2011)
Individuals with all types of disabilities Current research pertaining to the
transition assessment component and process for students with disabilities is quite
limited One article by Herbert et al (2010) discussed the assessment process for students
with disabilities This article addressed the assessment process for all types of disabilities
The method involved an online questionnaire developed to assess respondent
demographic information career assessment practices type of services available and
career areas that are assessed with students Two groups were surveyed including the
Pennsylvania Office of Vocational Rehabilitation counselors working with high schools
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
52
possessing students with disabilities on their caseload and high school professionals
including administrators and educators who provided transition services to high school
students with disabilities The survey was disseminated over a two-month period More
than 400 teachers administrators and rehabilitation personnel responded to the survey
regarding assessment trends
Five research questions were identified with that study Current assessment trends
were revealed showing that a pluralistic approach was utilized rather than one specific
approach This included skills instruction self-awareness emotional support community
knowledge direct experience and community intervention rather than traditional
assessment Knowledge of available services was moderate overall Impact of career
services was moderate Collaboration was perceived at a moderate to minimal level
between families students and school officials and consultants Overall helpfulness of
career services was perceived as helpful by two thirds of the participants Areas assessed
were primarily vocational interest academic achievement and academic aptitude
Descriptive analysis was applied which revealed that school professionals
typically address career interests to the greatest extent Aptitude revealed slightly more
than 50 of programs addressed these aptitude assessments Achievement was at 48
Career decision making work values personality and world of work were close with
results from 37 to 29 Impact on transition service revealed moderate outcomes at
50 with the respondents and significant with only 21 of the respondents Four themes
emerged which included teamwork training needs parental involvement and unrealistic
career goals as issues that needed to be addressed Work samples were revealed as the
most infrequently utilized assessment tool They recommended that school professionals
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
53
need to give greater attention to the area of career and work decision-making which
should include career interests knowledge of work and also achievement aptitude and
personality which appears to be lacking in substantial emphasis with current transition
assessment according to the findings of that report (Herbert et al 2010)
Qualitative analysis was applied to one open-ended question Recommendations
were cited in the discussion portion of the article which supports transition assessment
early in the studentrsquos high school career Additional training opportunities were indicated
by the participants Collaboration with all stakeholders was a high-priority
recommendation Further knowledge of assessment areas and types of assessments was
recommended to increase the impact of transition assessment for students with
disabilities (Herbert et al 2010)
The lack of research-based information about transition assessment points to a
critical need in the field of special education Without data to clarify what transition
assessment practices are successful as well as studies that examine educatorrsquos
understanding about their use evidence-based transition assessment cannot progress
With this in mind the following research questions were addressed
Research Questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
54
Summary
Transition assessment does not involve exclusively the assessment of vocational
needs and abilities All stakeholders of the transition team must adhere to a holistic
approach to transition assessment for the individual with intellectual disabilities Informal
and formal measures must be utilized to gather ongoing data to develop an age-
appropriate transition plan for students as they transition into postsecondary life In order
to meet the needs of the individual with disabilities the interested stakeholders must
assess interests strengths aptitudes preferences social skills self-help skills self-
determination mobility community access and environmental concerns within the
natural environment When working with individuals with more significant intellectual
disabilities informal assessment should be the focus while taking into account formal
measures This should be the model for transition assessment Evaluating the individualrsquos
support system should be another source in order to provide a realistic holistic and
successful transition plan that will assist the students as they transition from secondary to
postsecondary life
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
55
CHAPTER III
Methodology
Transition assessment is the cornerstone for the development of the IEP Since the
reauthorization of the IDEA in 2004 the transition plan to meet the specific needs of the
student possessing a disability is required for a student who has reached the age of 16
The literature addresses the best-practice approaches to developing the transition plan for
the secondary student with a disability Essential components guidelines and
suggestions are highlighted Suggestions for implementation team planning
collaboration inputs outputs and curriculum goals saturate the literature on all levels
Additionally a wealth of information about the assessment process in general is
available Guidelines for achievement testing cognitive assessments behavioral
evaluations adaptive behavior curriculum-based measurements and dealing with high-
stakes testing within formal and informal categories are exhaustive Knowledge of what
is being utilized with regard to transition assessment is lacking It is important to
determine if educators possess knowledge regarding transition assessment and what is
being used to implement transition assessment especially for students with intellectual
disabilities
Research Questions
This study investigated two research questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
56
Rationale
In order to answer the research questions this study was conducted to gather
specific data that pertains to knowledge about transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities The study utilized a survey that was based on earlier research by
Herbert et al (2010) Gaining knowledge from a variety of professionals required the
selection of the individuals who best represented those who provide services to
individuals with intellectual disabilities who are involved in the transition planning phase
of their education (American Association for Public Opinion Research 2011)
To better answer the research questions it was necessary to conduct a descriptive
analysis of the survey results A qualitative analysis of the perceptions of the practitioners
who provide transition assessment to students with intellectual disabilities was used with
two open-ended questions Accordingly the previous survey was pilot tested and
administered with modifications following the pilot testing process (Herbert et al 2010)
The descriptive analysis conducted in the initial survey was replicated in order to provide
for reliability and validity
Context of the Study
The setting for this study was an area that included the western portion of Texas
characterized as West Texas This region is better known as a rural plains area with one
larger city that is surrounded by rural towns sprawling ranches and agricultural entities
(Texas Association of Counties 2003) According to the Texas Association of Counties
(2003) rural areas generally rely on agriculture that is more unstable which results in
higher unemployment and underemployment These areas show population that is more
sparsely populated as compared to urban regions The area is served by the Regional
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
57
Education Service Center Region 17 which includes Local Education Agencies
Logistics along with the researcherrsquos proximity to the research locale necessitated the
selection of the setting for the study
In addition to logistical concerns the data that was collected served the area that
is identified with a more regionalized specific purpose West Texas is a region that deals
with the unique needs of the plains and a rural locale that reflects different hurdles and
barriers that are different from those of a larger metroplex In addition to the wide spans
of the region as a whole the barriers that affect transition planning for individuals with
disabilities are affected by the rural setting the expanse of the region as a land mass and
the availability of services for individuals with disabilities
Data Sources
The group comprising the research participants included individuals in public
school settings that provide transition services to students with intellectual disabilities
This included special education teachers in self-contained settings special education
teachers in inclusive settings vocational adjustment coordinators diagnosticians special
education directors and transition coordinators who coordinate the transition planning
process and who work directly with individuals who have intellectual disabilities This
group best represented the parties that intervene with the chosen population of individuals
with intellectual disabilities West Texas residents and the persons who possess a vested
interest in the subject matter of transition assessment
Disadvantages to the choice of the participants were that the participants may not
have represented the community as a whole throughout the state of Texas who serve
individuals with intellectual disabilities In addition the goals and future outcomes for the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
58
individuals with intellectual disabilities in West Texas could vary from the future
outcomes for individuals in larger metroplex areas or who live in land areas not as vast as
West Texas Advantages could be that the rural setting could serve to provide information
that regions throughout the United States would be able to utilize to enhance the service
delivery for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Data Collection Methods
The process of collecting the data involved the use of an online survey for four
weeks that was replicated from a study that was conducted based out of The Pennsylvania
State University (Herbert et al 2010) The original plan was to disseminate the survey
for two weeks A reminder was sent after two weeks and another reminder was sent after
three weeks in order to obtain a sufficient number of participants
Included in the survey was basic demographic information such as job title years
of experience highest education level and area of concentration Additional data for the
present study was collected on types of current transition assessment practices being
utilized and what areas are assessed by the transition personnel The information
collected reflected who performed transition assessments to individuals with intellectual
disabilities what was the impact of transition assessment and their own level of
understanding by professionals regarding transition assessment
The original survey involved 13 questions that included demographic information
and knowledge of transition application procedures For the purpose of this study the
demographic component consisted of eight items including information about location
gender educational background and job title The survey questions directly associated
with transition assessment included a list of eight questions Two were open-ended
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
59
questions Sixteen of the questions required a descriptive analysis process The two open-
ended questions required qualitative analysis of the responses (Miles amp Huberman
1994)
The survey questions pertaining to transition also required a descriptive analysis
approach The questions included information from the respondents about their
understanding of services and their opinion about what was available and what was being
utilized with regard to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Respondents were asked about their understanding of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities The respondents had the opportunity to express
the level of effectiveness present in the current transition assessment practices they
experienced Respondents also responded to a portion of the survey that addressed the
level of impact that transition assessment had on assisting their students (Herbert et al
2010)
The Education Service Center Region 17 list-serve was accessed to identify the
directors of special education Those individuals were asked to forward the survey letter
and survey link to staff who work specifically with students with intellectual disabilities
and the transition process Additional list-serves were obtained through the Texas
Association of Vocational Adjustment Coordinators Texas Educational Diagnostician
Association Region 17 Education Service Center contacts and district e-mail contacts
More than one hundred participants were estimated as possible participants Possible
participants were contacted with the hopes of obtaining a sample of at least sixty Seventy
one participants submitted responses to the survey in the online format (Appendix C and
D)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
60
Data Analysis
Analysis of the data required a careful descriptive process The first step included
a best-practices analysis with regard to the data-collection process and the survey itself
The American Association for Public Opinion Research (2011) suggests 12 quality
standards for best practices with survey studies Some of these standards include
ldquopossessing specific goals for the survey considering alternatives to the survey approach
selecting samples that well represent the population to be studied and taking great care in
matching question wording to the concepts being measured and the population studiedrdquo
(AAPOR 2011 p1)
Descriptive analysis was ensued throughout the data analysis process for all but
the two open-ended questions Basic statistical analysis was reviewed using descriptive
analysis The purpose was to ldquoassign meaning to the descriptive or inferential
information compiled during the studyrdquo (Miles amp Huberman 1994 p 56) Descriptive
analysis involves ldquothe process of staying as close to the data as was originally recordedrdquo
(Glesne 2006)
Through the use of qualitative analysis further evolvement of recurring themes
and patterns was evaluated Lorenz and Trusty (2010) wrote ldquoa qualitative analysis must
be done to identify content themes to the open-ended questionrdquo (p20) A systematic
approach to review the given data for the two open-ended questions allowed for greater
usability of the common patterns themes and implications by interested stakeholders A
codification system was utilized to discover themes patterns and obscure outliers present
within the survey tool with the open-ended response questions (Miles amp Huberman
1994) Qualitative analysis was not simply a means to support the assumptions of the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
61
researcher Secondly care was adhered to so that the results of the initial study did not
lead to a biased approach to the data collected during this study
Data Management Plan
The initial step in the data management process required permission by the Texas
Tech University Institutional Review Board (IRB) to conduct the study Consent was
obtained from the participants through acknowledgment of their willingness to participate
in the online survey (Appendix A and B)
The data that was gathered required a carefully designed and organized data
management plan Following the data collection process the data was appropriately
securely and safely stored The data was password protected with access only by the
researcher The data was stored on a computer with password protection which was only
accessed by the researcher
Reliability and Validity
The reliability and validity of this study was enhanced due to the use of the survey
tool utilized in a former study (Herbert et al 2010) The survey tool was field tested and
later refined for greater clarification This was the second time this survey was utilized
There was a narrowing of the survey to specifically address the knowledge of assessment
practices of educational professionals with regard to transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities The online format was utilized for a four-week time span to
gather the data A smaller sampling of participants that better represented the West Texas
demographics was utilized to enhance the validity of the data from the selected region
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
62
Summary
This study investigated the knowledge that professionals possess regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities This study described
the knowledge of assessment practice within the West Texas region This was completed
using a mixed-methods approach of descriptive statistical analysis and a qualitative
analysis through the use of a replicated survey A review of the research in the areas of
transition planning and transition assessment was completed at the beginning
A survey that was previously conducted was replicated to address the research
questions pertaining to the knowledge that educational professionals possess with regard
to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The online survey
was available for a four-week period List-serves and district emails were used to identify
participants who best represented West Texas professionals and who best answered the
research questions for transition assessment pertaining to individuals with intellectual
disabilities
Data analysis required a mixed-methods approach of descriptive statistical
analysis for the majority of the survey responses and qualitative analysis for two open-
ended questions A carefully designed data management plan was used throughout the
study to adhere to a well-managed audit trail Careful protocol was followed to gather the
data organize the data and analyze the data
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
63
CHAPTER IV
Results
This study examined the level of knowledge professionals possessed regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Additionally
participants were asked what assessment tools were being utilized to address transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities including types of assessment and
specific assessment tools Questions explored areas examined during transition
assessment and who was responsible for implementing the assessment tools Participants
were contacted via e-mail to request their participation in the web-based survey
The process of contacting participants involved online requests to regional special
education directors diagnosticians transition personnel and vocational adjustment
coordinators serving students with intellectual disabilities in West Texas An initial
request was sent giving the participants two weeks to complete the survey A second
request was sent after the two week period A third and final request was sent as a
reminder giving the participants four more days to complete the survey A total of 71
participants completed the online survey
Modifications were made to the replicated study to gather specific data pertaining
to transition assessment as a whole rather than just career assessment staff training
desires and knowledge about specific published assessment tools Changes included
a) utilized descriptive statistics to increase practical understanding for educational
personnel in a usable format (Trochim 2006) b) changed from one to two open-ended
questions c) rephrased open-ended questions for greater clarification d) omitted
demographic question pertaining to race e) added a survey question related to training
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
64
desires due to overwhelming response in the original survey f) added additional
assessment areas types and mechanisms g) changed wording from career assessment to
transition assessment h) focused on education personnel versus rehabilitation personnel
and i) narrowed to two research questions
Data were obtained through the online survey utilizing descriptive data analysis
for 16 questions and qualitative analysis for two open-ended questions Participants were
asked if the assessment tools aided in identifying and meeting the potential of individuals
with intellectual disabilities Basic demographic questions were asked to gain an
understanding of the characteristics of the West Texas participants located in the Region
17 Education Service Center area
Research Questions
This study gathered information regarding knowledge of transition assessment for
students with intellectual disabilities located in West Texas and characterized as the
Region 17 Service Center area The following research questions were addressed
Research Questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Characteristics of the Sample
Job Category
The population for this study included 71 participants of whom 831 were
female and 169 were male This study included similar types of participants in the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
65
original study conducted at The Pennsylvania State University (Herbert et al 2010)
However emphasis for this study was directed toward education personnel rather than
rehabilitation personnel from the previous study Participants included district
administrators special education teachers district special education administrators
consultants diagnosticians transition coordinators vocational adjustment coordinators
campus administrators special education counselors and education service center
consultants Seventy-one individuals participated in the study which is reflected in Table
41
Table 41 Job Category Description (N = 71)
_______________________________________________________________________
Variability Category n
_______________________________________________________________________
Job Category Campus Educator 21 295
Educational Diagnostician 19 267
Vocational Adjustment Coordinator 8 112
Transition Coordinator 6 84
Special Education Administrator 5 70
District Administrator 3 42
Consultant 2 28
District Educator 2 28
Transition Vocational Counselor 2 28
Campus Administrator 1 14
Special Education Counselor 1 14
Rehabilitation Counselor 1 14
________________________________________________________________________
Gender
Gender was another demographic question asked of the participants Of the 71
participants fifty nine were female which equated to 831 Twelve of the participants
were male which equaled 169 These results were similar to the original study at
722 and 278 This is reflected in table 42
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
66
Table 42 Gender (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variability Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Gender Female 59 831
Male 12 169
________________________________________________________________________
Age of Participant
Age was also obtained from the participants Ten categories were used to organize
the ages of the participants The first category began with the age of 20 Ages 41-45
represented the largest age range with 225 of the participants in that group This was
followed closely by the age range of 51-55 years In original study 45 years old was the
average age of the participants which is similar to the findings in this study Three
categories had two participants The results are shown in Table 43
Table 43 Age of the Participant (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Age of Participant 20-25 2 28
26-30 3 42
31-35 6 85
36-40 2 28
41-45 16 225
46-50 8 113
51-55 14 197
56-60 10 141
61-65 8 113
66-70 2 28
________________________________________________________________________
Educational Level
Educational level was critical for understanding formal education that was
provided to the participants in their respective field A question was posed to the
participants in the online format to address this topic Table 44 demonstrates the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
67
education level of the participants A very large percentage of the participants 80
possessed a masterrsquos degree or higher Participants with a bachelorrsquos degree were
significantly lower at 20 This was similar to the findings in the original study with
687 for a masterrsquos degree and 247 for a bachelorrsquos degree
Table 44 Level of Education (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Level of Education Bachelorrsquos degree 15 217
Masterrsquos degree 51 732
Doctorate 1 14
Other (Post Masterrsquos) 4 56
________________________________________________________________________
Total Experience Years
A question was included that addressed total years as an educator The study
included a range of total years as an educator from 1-2 years up to 41 and above Twenty-
six percent of the participants possessed numerous years of experience ranging from 16-
20 years of experience An extremely high percentage of 788 of the participants
possessed more than 20 years of experience as an educator (Table 45) This was more
than the original survey which revealed 917 years of experience as the average
Table 45 Years of Experience as an Educator (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Total Years as an Educator 1-2 3 42
3-5 3 42
6-10 9 127
11-15 6 85
16-20 18 254
21-25 8 113
26-30 11 155
31-35 7 99
36-40 5 70
41 and above 1 14
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
68
Current Position Experience
Experience in the present position was another piece of demographic data
presented in the original study and in this online survey also Analysis of this survey
revealed that time in the present position included one to five years at 38 six to fifteen
years at 281 sixteen to thirty years at 267 and 7 at thirty-one or more years
(Table 46)
Table 46 Years in the Current Position (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Years in current position 1-5 27 380
6-15 20 281
16-30 19 267
31 or more 5 70
________________________________________________________________________
Comparison of Demographics
Descriptive statistics were utilized to provide a comparative analysis of the age of
the participant years as an educator and years in the current position The mean age for
the participants was 4842 years old Average years of experience were 2032 years
Average years in the participantsrsquo current position were 1230 years Each of these
comparisons demonstrates extensive longevity in all realms (Table 47)
Table 47 Comparison of Demographics (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable M SD Low High
________________________________________________________________________
Age 4842 1091 20-25 66-70
Total Years as an educator 2032 1037 1-2 41+
Years in current position 1230 954 1-5 31+
_______________________________________________________________________
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
69
Education Site Location
Participants were asked to select the type of location where they worked or
consulted (Table 48) The categories examined the various types of employment
scenarios for educators in the Region 17 Education Service Center area A good
sampling of participants was achieved across rural suburban and urban locations Forty
one percent of the participants are located in rural settings Twenty eight were located in
urban settings Twenty two of the participants were located in a combination of rural and
suburban settings Employment location that was the least was the suburban locale This
result would correlate with the reality that the West Texas region is primarily a rural
setting
Table 48 EmploymentConsultation Location (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
EmploymentConsultation Location Rural 28 406
Suburban 7 101
Urban 19 275
Combination (ruralsuburban) 15 217
No Response 2 28
________________________________________________________________________
Employment Setting
A frequency count was completed to determine the percentages as well as the
numbers of individuals in various consultation or employment settings The categories
examined the various types of employment scenarios for educators in the Region 17
Education Service Center area The largest number occurred for individuals working in
high school settings which was more than half (712) of the participants (Table 49)
Some participants remarked on other locales where they were also employed The lowest
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
70
numbers of employment settings occurred for Alternative State Facility Education
Service Center and an ldquootherrdquo response (n = 2 1 1 1)
Table 49 Employment Setting (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Employment Setting High School 42 512
Middle School 18 219
AdministrativeCentral Office 9 153
Alternative 2 34
Other Locations indicated State Facility 1 12
in addition to the ones surveyed All grade levels 6 73
District 2 24
Education Service Center 1 12
Elementary (other) 1 12
________________________________________________________________________
Research Questions
Research Question One
Grade level implementation What knowledge do educators possess regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities To answer this
question Table 410 displays the frequency count for grade level during which transition
assessment occurs Transition assessment should be administered at all grade levels
every year as mandated in the IDEA 2004 However implementation of transition
assessment at ldquoall grade levelsrdquo showed only to be 544 The participants marked
individual grade levels at 9th
grade 397 10th
grade 265 11th
grade 250 and
12th
grade 250 There were 49 of the participants who selected ldquonone providedrdquo
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
71
Table 410 Perceived Grade Level Implementation of Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Grade level transition assessments 9th
27
397
are conducted 10th
18 265
11th
17 250
12th
17 250
All grade levels 37 544
None provided 4 49
No response 3 42
________________________________________________________________________
Person responsible Persons responsible for transition assessment are displayed
in Table 411 The high school teacher was selelcted by the particpants as the individual
most likely to administer transition assessment at 521 Transition Coordinators and
Vocational Adjustment Coordinators were the next most likely individuals to be
conducting transition assessment (281 and 225) The school phsychologist was
selected as the least likely individual to administer transition assessments A significant
number participants did not know or skipped this question entirely (239)
Table 411 Person Responsible for Implementing Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Individual deemed High School Teacher 37 521
responsible for Transition Services ConsultantCoordinator 20 281
providing Vocational Adjustment Coordinator 16 225
transition Diagnostician 12 169
assessment High School Counselor 10 141
Career Counselor (School Employee) 7 98
Career Counselor Consultant (non-school
employee) 2 28
School Psychologist 1 14
No one assignednot available 3 42
Do not know 1 14
Varies 3 42
Skipped 16 225
________________________________________________________________________
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
72
Level of understanding The level of understanding regarding transition
assessment by participants is displayed in Table 412 Thirty-eight percent of the
participants marked a very clear understanding 45 marked moderately clear
understanding and 182 indicated little no or skipped the question pertaining to
understanding of transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Over-all 60 of the participants indicated they had moderate to little or no understanding
regarding transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities This result is
similar to the original study which indicated that education personnel perceive their level
of understanding to be less than optimal
Table 412 Perceived Level of Understanding Regarding Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Understanding about Very clear 27 380
transition assessment Moderately clear 32 450
Limited 9 126
Little or no 2 28
Skipped 2 28
Additional training In the original study an overwhelming number of
participants expressed a desire to obtain more training regarding transition assessment
through the open-ended response (Herbert et al 2010) A question was developed in this
study to allow the participants the opportunity to express what types of training they
would like to receive Table 413 displays the participantsrsquo desires to participate in
workshops and higher education opportunities pertaining to transition assessment An
extremely large number of participants expressed a desire to participate in one-day
workshops (912) Eighty-one percent of the participants desired one-day workshops
Training opportunities selected by participants in the 40-50 range were one-hour
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
73
workshops team collaborations on-going in-service training and online training
modules Twenty-one percent of the participants expressed interest in college-level
coursework Only three individuals indicated that they were not interested in any training
Table 413 Interest in Additional Training (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Training opportunities One-hour workshop 30 422
to increase knowledge of 1-day workshop 58 817
transition assessment Team Collaboration 34 479
Self-study 17 239
Multiple day workshops 18 253
Ongoing in-service training 29 408
Online training module 34 479
College course 15 211
College Course (onlinemedia-site) 9 126
TEA certification coursework 12 169
None 3 42
Other 1 14
Skipped 3 42
________________________________________________________________________
Research Question Two
Areas addressed What transition assessment practices are used by educational
personnel for individuals with intellectual disabilities To answer this question Table
414 describes the areas that the participants rated with regard to transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities Academic Achievement was rated at 563
Vocational Assessment at 676 Academic Aptitude at 366 Career Decision Making at
464 and the greatest amount at 887 was Interests In the original survey vocational
interest aptitude and achievement was noted as assessment area most used Additional
areas in this survey included Personality at 323 Work Values at 366 World of
Work Knowledge at 324 and ldquoDonrsquot know and No responserdquo a combined percentage
of 84 by the participants
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
74
Table 414 Perceived Areas Addressed with Transition Assessment (N = 71)
_______________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Areas addressed with Interests 63 887
transition assessment Vocational Aptitude 48 676
Academic Achievement 40 563
Career Decision Making 33 464
Academic Aptitude 26 366
Work Values 26 366
Personality 23 323
World of Work Knowledge 23 324
Donrsquot know 2 28
No response 4 56
________________________________________________________________________
Types of assessments Descriptive statistics were utilized for questions pertaining
to types of assessment areas as shown in Table 415 This question was added to this
survey to gather specific data pertaining to knowledge regarding types of transition
assessments used to assess students with intellectual disabilities Types of assessments
were rated from ldquoNot Used or Heard of to Heard of and Usedrdquo Frequency counts were
obtained for each area of assessments A scale of one was used for ldquoNot Used or Heard of
or Heard ofrdquo a score of two was given for ldquoHeard ofrdquo and a three was given for ldquoUsedrdquo
Mean scores ranged from the lowest at 16 for EcologicalEnvironment and Authentic
Assessment to the highest at 286 for Teacher Observation The next highest ratings were
for Interest Inventories at 277 Interviews and Student Surveys at 273 Academic
Achievement at 266 Intellectual Aptitude at 264 and Functional Skills Inventory at
253 A clear separation occurred with a 5050 ldquoUse and Heard ofrdquo result for Career
Aptitude Teacher Made Learning Styles and Curriculum-Based at 233 and 234 Types
of assessments that had been ldquoHeard ofrdquo but were ldquoNot Used or Heard ofrdquo as frequently
were Personality Profiles at 222 and Portfolio at 216 Several types of assessments
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
75
revealed limited ldquoUserdquo and ldquoHeard ofrdquo or ldquoNot Used or Heard ofrdquo to a greater extent
These included Self-determination measures at 193 Self-advocacy measures at 198
Situational at 181 Authentic at 168 and EcologicalEnvironmental at 160
Table 415 Level of Use for Types of Transition Assessments (N = 71)
____________________________________________________________________
Item Not Used (1) Heard of (2) Used (3) Rating M n
or Heard of
________________________________________________________________________
Teacher Observation 2 14 51 286 67
Interest Inventories 1 14 55 277 70
Student Survey 1 16 49 273 66
Interviews 3 13 54 273 70
Academic Achievement 0 22 42 266 64
Intellectual Aptitude 1 22 43 264 66
Functional Skills Inventory 4 22 38 253 64
Career Aptitude 2 31 31 245 64
Teacher Made 5 30 26 234 61
Curriculum-Based 7 27 27 233 61
Learning Styles 4 33 24 233 61
Personality Profiles 5 36 18 222 59
Portfolio 9 33 19 216 61
Self-advocacy measures 15 31 14 198 60
Self-determination measures 16 32 12 193 60
Situational 24 20 13 181 57
Authentic 26 27 7 168 60
EcologicalEnvironmental 30 21 7 160 58
________________________________________________________________________
Published assessments Descriptive statistics were employed for published
assessments as shown in Table 416 This was a question that was added to this survey to
gather information pertaining to knowledge regarding published assessment mechanisms
Frequency counts were obtained for 11 published transition assessment tools A rating
mean was obtained for each tool similar to the previous Areas Addressed question A
score of one was given for ldquoNot Used or Heard ofrdquo a score of two was given for ldquoHeard
ofrdquo and a three was given for ldquoUsedrdquo Score rating means ranged from 138 to 262
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
76
Special Education Manager (GG Consulting LLC 2008) received the highest
rating at 262 The next highest published tools included Transition Planning Inventory
(Clark amp Patton 2009) at 222 Moderate ratings went to the Reading-Free Vocational
Interest Inventory 2 (Becker 2005) at 205 and the Brigance Employability Skills
Inventory (Brigance 1995) at 208 The OrsquoNet Interest Survey (US Department of
Labor 2002) received a 187 rating score The Picture Interest Career Survey (PICS)
(Brady 2007) received a 182 rating score Lowest scores included the Arc Self-
determination Scale (Wehmeyer amp Kelchner 1995) at 138 and the MECA (Oakwood
Solutions LLC 2010) at 141 COPS-PIC (Knapp-Lee L (2007) at 144 Myers Briggs
Type Indicator (Myers amp Briggs 1988) at 158 and the WRIOT2 (Glutting amp Wilkinson
2006) at 153
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
77
Table 416 Level of Use for Published Assessments (N = 71) (ID=Insufficient Data)
________________________________________________________________________
Item Not Used (1) Heard of (2) Used (3) Rating M n
or Heard of
________________________________________________________________________
Special Education Manager (SEM) 3 19 44 262 66
Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) 8 19 36 222 63
Brigance Employability 12 33 17 208 62
Skills Inventory
Reading-Free Vocational Interest 23 19 20 205 59
Inventory 2 (R-FVII2)
O-Net Interest Inventory 45 11 15 187 60
Picture Interest Career Survey (PICS) 26 21 15 182 62
Myers Briggs Type Indicator 27 30 2 158 59
Wide Range Interest and 36 16 8 153 60
Occupation Test (WRIOT2
COPS-PIC Picture Inventory 31 17 8 144 62
Of Careers
Microcomputer Evaluation 34 14 11 141 59
Of Careers and Academics (MECA)
Arc Self-determination Scale 41 15 4 138 60
Other 0 0 10 ID 15
Unsure 2 0 0 ID 2
No Response 0 0 0 ID 3
________________________________________________________________________
Impact One question asked the participants to rate the impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities (Table 417) The participants
stated that transition assessment had a significant impact at 169 Moderate impact was
perceived by 468 Minimal impact was selected by 309 of the participants and little
or no impact by 56 of the participants Over-all participants rated current practices in
transition assessment as having Moderate to Minimal impact at an extremely high level
of 83 In the original study the results were similar with 503 indicating moderate
impact and 274 with minimal to no impact
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
78
Table 417 Perceived Impact of Transition Assessment (N = 71)
________________________________________________________________________
Variable Category n
________________________________________________________________________
Impact of transition assessment Significant 12 169
Moderate 33 468
Minimal 22 309
Little or No Impact 2 56
No Response 3 42
________________________________________________________________________
Procedure Used with Open-Ended Questions
Qualitative analysis was used for two open-ended questions in the survey The
first question received 15 responses from the participants This question pertained to what
additional information the participant wanted to include with regard to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The second question resulted in
eight responses from the participants This question asked what the participant knew that
they wished they could use with students with intellectual disabilities with regard to
transition assessment The narrative responses were gathered and reviewed for similar
themes and content
Question One
Participants were asked ldquoWhat else do you use for transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilitiesrdquo Fifteen individualsrsquo responses were submitted
Specific assessment tools were identified by the participants in statements that included
the name of the assessment tool A coding system was utilized to clarify whether the
response was narrative or a specific assessment tool response Further analysis occurred
for the narrative responses to determine themes and common trends
Respondents suggested Career Cruising software (N = 4) (Anaca Technologies
2012) One response suggested the Career Clusters Interest Survey (Arizona State 2007)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
79
and one stated the Cops and Caps (CareerLife Skills Resources 2012) vocational
assessment measure One participant included the Student Styles Questionnaire Revised
(SSQR) (Oakland Glutting amp Horton 1996) Two people suggested the Bridges
Software (Xap Corporation 2009) which was also suggested by one person in the online
questionnaire section under ldquootherrdquo for specific assessment tools Two individuals
suggested questionnaires as a viable means to gather assessment data Participants
suggested parent input for transition and vocational assessment (N = 3) Individuals who
included narrative responses discussed the importance of conducting situational
assessments by including the input of other professionals including outside agencies and
other teachers (N = 2) Responses included observations to get to know the individual and
determining the specific needs of the student to determine what would benefit the student
after graduation (N = 3) One individual who actually answered the second open-ended
question suggested the Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) (Clark amp Patton 2009) as a
thorough tool for assessment
Question Two
Eight participants responded to question two about ldquoWhat do you know about
transition assessment that you wish you could use for students with intellectual
disabilitiesrdquo Two respondents expressed the need for more time to assess the students on
their caseload with regard to transition Another individual commented on the need for
more teacher involvement at each grade level Two individuals posited the need to assess
students in a variety of either job or real-life situational settings One participant stated
that the greatest tool for awareness by the student with regard to transition is receiving a
paycheck One respondent stated that parents need to be better educated with regard to
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
80
continuation of services after graduation This respondent stated that personal advocacy
time management and organization were major issues facing students as they transition
to postsecondary options One final respondent stated that the questionnaire they utilized
had little meaning for students in middle school
Summary
The purpose of this study was to survey educators responsible for implementing
transition assessment for secondary students with intellectual disabilities Participants
included educators from West Texas characterized as individuals located in the Region
17 Education Service Center area The total number of participants was 71 The
population for this study was district administrators special education teachers district
special education administrators consultants diagnosticians transition coordinators
vocational adjustment coordinators campus administrators special education counselors
and education service center consultants Participants were solicited via e-mail requests to
participate voluntarily and to answer the questions from the online survey provided by a
link to the questionnaire
This chapter reported the findings from the study about transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities An online survey was conducted pertaining to
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The first section of this
chapter included descriptive analysis for 16 items pertaining to demographics of the
sample areas and types of transition assessment tools perceived benefits of transition
assessment persons responsible for transition assessment and levels of knowledge
regarding transition assessment The next section of this chapter included a qualitative
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
81
analysis for two open-ended questions Data were described and grouped by common
themes from the participantsrsquo statements on the online format
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
82
CHAPTER V
Discussion
This chapter provides a brief background of the problem and includes a summary
of the study Also included is a description of the review of the literature that was the
foundation for the research study reported herein The methodology for this study is
summarized and followed by a discussion and analysis of the findings The significance
of the study is addressed with an emphasis on the conclusions and implications relevant
to the research pertaining to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities Additionally this chapter offers recommendations for further research based
on the findings Concluding thoughts included limitations of the study and suggestions
for further research
Summary of the Study
This descriptive study investigated the knowledge educators possessed with
regard to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities The first four
chapters included an introduction to the study a review of the literature that centered on
the transition process and transition assessment a description of the methodology and an
analysis from the findings of the data that were collected through the study
Chapter I provided a brief overview regarding the mandate proposed with the
IDEA of 2004 which requires that all students in special education who reach the age of
16 must have an ITP which is directed by the transition assessment process In addition
to the purpose of the study this chapter included a statement of the problem the research
questions the theoreticalconceptual framework assumptions definitions of terms
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
83
utilized in the study the delimitations and limitations of the study a discussion of the
significance of the study and the over-all organization of the study
Chapter II provided a review of the literature as it pertains to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Definitions of intellectual
disabilities characteristics and historical practices related to individuals with intellectual
disabilities and transition planning for special needs learners were described
An overview of the research pertaining to transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities was presented Explanations of transition assessment
methods were presented A search of relevant research revealed that studies which
addressed transition planning were available however limited studies addressing
transition assessment existed Lesser studies pertaining specifically to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities existed
Chapter III outlined the methodology and the online survey utilized to complete
the research study Data were collected from education personnel working directly with
students with intellectual disabilities Data were collected over a 4 week period through
an online survey The survey was a replication of a previously utilized survey to address
transition assessment for individuals with disabilities (Herbert et al 2010) The
information from the literature review guided the development of the research as well as
refinement of a few of the survey questions to better address individuals with intellectual
disabilities
The survey replicated research conducted through The Pennsylvania State
University Career Assessment Practices for High School Students with Disabilities and
Perceived Value Reported by Transition Personnel (Herbert et al 2010) Modifications
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
84
were made to the replicated study to gather specific data pertaining to transition
assessment as a whole rather than just career assessment staff training desires and
knowledge about specific published assessment tools Changes included
a) utilized descriptive statistics to increase practical understanding for educational
personnel in a usable format (Trochim 2006) b) changed from one to two open-ended
questions c) rephrased open-ended questions for greater clarification d) omitted
demographic question pertaining to race e) added a survey question related to training
desires due to overwhelming response in original survey f) added additional assessment
areas types and mechanisms g) changed wording from career assessment to transition
assessment h) focused on education personnel versus rehabilitation personnel and
i) narrowed to two research questions Also the survey was designed to reveal the
knowledge of educational staff working with students with intellectual disabilities as it
pertains to transition assessment A copy of the survey is located in Appendix E
Chapter IV reported the findings of the study The chapter began with a review of
the mandates pertaining to transition assessment as outlined in IDEA 2004 best-practices
approach to transition planning and the limited available research pertaining to transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Procedures utilized in analyzing
the descriptive data and the qualitative information produced by two open-ended
questions was explained Findings were presented with explanations of how the data
answered the following research questions
1 What knowledge do educators possess regarding transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
85
2 What transition assessment practices are used by educational personnel for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Discussion of the Findings
An analysis evaluation and synthesis of the findings indicated that educators
who implement transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities utilize a
variety of assessment tools that address several areas pertaining to the transition process
Several topics emerged from the data regarding transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities The topics included demographics of participants that best
represent the West Texas region knowledge of transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities and types of assessment practices utilized by professionals
dealing with individuals with intellectual disabilities (Figure 51) A detailed discussion
of the topics will provide greater understanding of the answers to the research questions
and guide the implications for further research and practice in transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities
Figure 51 Transition Assessment Topics
Transition Assessment for Individuals with
Intellectual Disabilities
Demographics of the
Participants
Knowledge of Transition
Assessment
Assessment Practices
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
86
Impact of Demographics
Setting
In order to best represent the characteristics of the West Texas region it was
necessary to obtain a sampling from a variety of individuals who best represented the
West Texas region This area is better known as a rural plains area with one larger city
that is surrounded by rural towns sprawling ranches and agricultural entities (Texas
Association of Counties 2003) A large number of the participants (40) worked in
rural settings with equal numbers working in urban and suburban settings The variety of
settings that was obtained in the online survey format for this study represented an
excellent sampling of the West Texas region
The participants worked in various settings The majority of the participants
worked in high school settings This result was appropriate due to the requirement by the
IDEA of 2004 which states that when students reach the age of 16 a transition plan
should be developed which is directed by the findings of the transition assessment
Traditionally a student who is 16 years old is a high school student A portion of the
participants were from middle school settings which can be attributed to the awareness
that transition planning is recommended to begin at the age of 14 for individuals with
disabilities (Miller et al 2007) Typically students in middle school are introduced to the
transition planning process at this stage of their education career
Participants
The sample for this study included educators from West Texas characterized as
Education Service Center Region 17 The total number of participants was 71 Fifty nine
of the participants were female (831) and 12 were male (169) The population
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
87
included district administrators special education teachers district special education
administrators consultants diagnosticians transition coordinators vocational adjustment
coordinators campus administrators special education counselors and education service
center consultants Participants were solicited via e-mail requests to answer the questions
on the online survey provided by a link to the questionnaire
For the purposes of this study educators were the primary focus in order to gather
specific data pertaining to the level of knowledge they possessed regarding transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities School personnel who are
typically involved in the process were included such as vocational adjustment teachers
diagnosticians special education administrators district and campus educators transition
coordinators and district and campus administrators provided the greatest number of
those individuals who participated in the survey
Experience The research participants constituted a group representing vast years
of experience as educators All the participants possessed a college degree with the
majority of the participants possessing a masterrsquos degree or higher (n = 57) The age of
the participants provided a good sampling of age ranges with the majority of the
participants being over the age of 40 Obtaining the age years of experience and
education level of the participants was necessary in order to determine basic competency
levels of the participants
Job category A varied sampling was achieved pertaining to job categories Job
categories ranged from administrators educators diagnosticians and
counselorsconsultants The largest group was educators which included campus
educators and vocational adjustment coordinators A substantial number of diagnosticians
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
88
provided input on the online survey which added to the validity of the study Several
counselors and consultants provided input which increased the type of sampling that was
obtained for the study A lesser number of district and campus administrators provided
input to the survey Over-all the sampling varied and represented a variety of personnel
who addressed transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
The literature addressed the best-practices approach to developing a transition
plan for the secondary students with a disability The purpose of transition assessment is
to gather ongoing data that leads to the development of a transition plan that meets the
needs of the student as heshe transitions from secondary to postsecondary life The
development of the ITP is a team effort that should be a collaborative undertaking which
provides input from a variety of stakeholders (National Secondary Technical Training
Assistance Center 2010) Grigal Hart and Magliore (2011) stated that team members
should be more involved in the ITP planning process More input by all stakeholders with
regard to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities is needed in
order to develop a quality effective transition plan (IDEA 2004) Accordingly the
inclusion of a variety of education personnel for this study was appropriate
Knowledge
Research Question One asked ldquoWhat knowledge do educators possess regarding
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilitiesrdquo Inconsistency is an
issue that persists with the practice of transition assessment (Morningstar 1997 cited in
Herbert et al 2010) Results from the study reported demonstrated that the same issue
still persists within the West Texas region among educators implementing transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
89
Understanding
Most of the participants indicated that their level of knowledge was moderate to
none regarding transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Thirty-
eight percent of the participants rated their level understanding of transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities as very clear However 45 stated they
possessed moderately clear understanding regarding transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities Eighteen percent of the participants reported they had
limited or little understanding regarding transition assessment Campus educators
expressed the greatest clarity with regard to understanding with 615 of the respondents
from that sector Data indicated that over-all staff perceptions pertaining to their own
level of understanding regarding transition assessment of individuals with intellectual
disabilities is not at the optimum level
Grade Level Implementation
Most of all the participants responded that some type of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities was performed in grades 9 10 11 and 12 Many
agreed that transition assessment was conducted either on their campus or the campus
they consulted with for all grade levels at 544 Equal numbers of participants
however chose specific grade levels Ninth grade (397) elicited the greatest number
when individual grade levels were chosen Seven participants 10 chose the ldquonone
providedrdquo or ldquono responserdquo selection Campus educators diagnosticians special
education administrators and vocational adjustment coordinators indicated transition
assessment took place at the 9th
grade level with 375-60 of the respondents
Variability in grade-level implementation and the ldquonone providedrdquo response indicated
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
90
that more knowledge is needed to address basic understanding regarding implementation
of transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities at all grade levels
Miller et al (2007) states that transition assessment is the process of gathering
information over an extended period of time in order to develop an appropriate IEP that
meets the studentrsquos needs Transition planning was characterized as an ongoing process
of ldquocollecting information on the studentrsquos strengths needs preferences and interests as
they related to the demands of current and future livingrdquo (Sitlington 2008 p 87) The
variability in the responses by the participants indicated a lack of awareness of the
mandates associated with IDEA 2004 Understanding that transition assessments as an
all-level ongoing process is needed for educators implementing a sound transition plan
that is directed by the transition assessment process (IDEA 2004 cited in Herbert et al
2010)
Responsibility
Several groups emerged from the analysis by those who answered this question
Campus educators constituted the largest group that was deemed the individual
responsible for implementing transition assessment of individuals with intellectual
disabilities (n = 53) Transition coordinators also emerged to a lesser extent as the
individual who provided transition assessment (n = 20) Counselors both school and
nonschool were identified by some of the participants as providing transition assessment
(n = 19) Thirteen individuals stated the diagnostician performed transition assessment to
individuals with disabilities The most revealing responses were ldquononerdquo ldquodo not knowrdquo
or participants simply skipped the item A total of 20 individuals were included with this
response
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
91
The literature and mandates of IDEA 2004 explicitly state that understanding the
role of the team member is critical when implementing transition assessment
Collaboration is required by all interested stakeholders including the school
administrators educators parents students and community agencies (Furney Hasazi
and Destafano 1997) Participants provided varied responses to the item that addressed
who was responsible for transition assessment The data revealed that knowledge
regarding who was responsible for the implementation of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities should be addressed
Training
In the original study the one open-ended question revealed an overwhelming
desire to seek further training and education pertaining to transition assessment for
individuals with disabilities (Herbert et al 2010) A question pertaining to training
options was added to the online format Participants in this study also expressed strong
desire to seek training opportunities to increase knowledge of transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities by 91 of the participants Eighty-one percent of
the participants said they would participate in a one-day workshop Half of the
participants indicated they were interested in one-hour workshops team collaboration
ongoing in-service training and online training modules Participants indicated they were
also interested in self-study and multiple-day workshops
Several of the participants indicated they were interested in college-level
coursework Twenty percent of the participants were interested in face-to-face college
courses pertaining to transition A portion of the participants indicated they were
interested in online courses with a substantial portion of the participants interested in
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
92
obtaining transition teacher certification (169) There was a small percentage who did
not want any additional training (42) Over-all it was demonstrated through the data
that educators working with transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities expressed a strong desire to seek additional training opportunities to increase
their level of knowledge
Trends for Assessment Practice
Research Question Two asked ldquoWhat transition assessment practices are used by
educational personnel with individuals with intellectual disabilitiesrdquo Current trends
focus on employing a multifaceted approach to assessment (King Baldwin Currie and
Evans 2006) A systematic approach is needed (Neubert 2003) Assessment protocol
involves the use of formal and informal measures Types of information gathered in order
to develop a high-quality transition plan should include future needs and goals self-
determination and self-advocacy academic strengths learning styles behavioral issues
life skills needs and vocational interests attitudes and abilities (Miller et al 2007 p 5)
Levinson and Palmer (2005) described necessary components to implement transition
services as mandated by IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 They described the need to
incorporate assessment and comprehensive planning that utilized transition assessment
data that addressed academic skills daily living skills personal and social skills and
occupational and vocational skills
Areas of Assessment
Participants indicated strongly with an 886 response rate that interests
constituted the most common area addressed with transition assessment Vocational
aptitude resulted in 676 with academic achievement at 563 Falling within the 30-
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
93
40 percent range was academic aptitude personality profile work values and world of
work knowledge Vocational adjustment coordinators special education administrators
district administrators and diagnosticians indicated with 100 agreement that interests
was the area most assessed Vocational aptitude was indicated as an area assessed by a
rate of 84 to 100 by the campus administrator campus educator and special
education administrator Academic achievement was used to a greater extent in the
original study In this study this was indicated at a rate of 56 to 100 by the district
administrators special education directors and campus administrators It appears
administrators regard achievement as an important area of assessment The results if this
study revealed that greater awareness was needed to address all areas of assessment not
just interests vocational aptitude and academic achievement
Although interests are vital with regard to transition assessment it is necessary for
educators to address all the areas equally including those identified by Miller et al
(2007) future needs and goals self-determination and self-advocacy academic strengths
learning styles behavioral issues life skills needs and vocational interests attitudes and
abilities Several participants 84 indicated they did not know or chose not to answer
which indicates that greater knowledge pertaining to areas address with regard to
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities was needed
Overton (2009) wrote that assessment needed to be data driven rather than relying
on referral information alone The data should be multidimensional and not reliant on just
one set of test scores Data should reflect the studentrsquos strengths abilities interests and
preferences (IDEA 2004) Spinelli (2012) wrote that assessors should identify the
studentrsquos (a) career goals and interests (b) preferences (c) independence level
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
94
(d) strengths (e) hobbies (f) interpersonal relationships (g) self-advocacy abilities and
(h) abilities in relation to postsecondary goals
The research also found that Schmitz (2008) identified areas that should be
included in the transition planning process in order to adhere to the mandates of Indicator
13 The components of transition assessment include interest assessment and career
exploration assessment measures It is crucial to include assessment of academic
performance as it relates to the workplace The practice of assessment and skill building
should be incorporated to evaluate self-determination social and emotional learning and
interventions for independent living In order to accomplish Schmitzrsquos recommendations
ITP team members must expand their vision to include all aspects of the individualrsquos life
not just interests and academic achievement
Types of Assessment
ldquoGoals are developed based upon interests aptitudes abilities strengths and
limitations identified as significant and relevant to the student and family in the transition
planrdquo (Miller et al 2007 p 8) More specific types of assessment include interest
inventories career aptitude academic achievement teacher observation intellectual
aptitude student survey personality profiles self-determination measures self-advocacy
measures interviews ecologicalenvironmental factors authentic portfolio teacher
made curriculum-based functional skills inventories learning styles and situational
(Layton and Lock 2008 Miller et al 2007Moon 2011 Neubert 2003 Overton 2009
Sitlington 2006 Wehman 2009) Of great importance in the assessment of students with
more significant disabilities are the critical life skills pertaining to self-help mobility
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
95
self-determination socialization health family and community supports self-awareness
interests strengths and preferences of the individual (Wehman 2011)
Participants were allowed to rate types of assessments from ldquoNot used or heard of
heard of and usedrdquo Values of one two and three were attached to each response to allow
for descriptive analysis A rating mean was established for each type of assessment The
most popular type of assessment that participants used was teacher observation at a rating
mean of 286
Additional types of assessments that were indicated as ldquoused and heard ofrdquo
included interest inventories student surveys interviews academic achievement
intellectual aptitude tests and functional skills inventories These types of assessments
generate results that elicit the studentrsquos interests and preferences which are mandated in
IDEA 2004 Campus Educators vocational adjustment coordinators special education
administrators district administrators and diagnosticians rated interest inventories as one
of the more used types of assessments for 69 to 100 of these individuals
Falling into a range where less than half of the participants used the types of
measure yet they were a part of the participantrsquos awareness repertoire were career
aptitude teacher-made curriculum-based measures learning style inventories
personality profiles and portfolios Those types of assessments that fell within the mean
below 198 indicating that these have been ldquoheard of and or not used or heard ofrdquo are
self-advocacy measures self-determination measures situational authentic and
ecologicalenvironmental measures The data revealed that 65 of the types of transition
assessments were not being utilized by the majority of the participants This discovery
indicated that further education was needed to increase the knowledge regarding types of
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
96
transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities These types of
assessments reveal strengths and needs which is mandated by IDEA 2004 Greater usage
was indicated in order to address assess the needs and strengths of the student with
intellectual disabilities
Located in the ldquonot used and not heard ofrdquo category were self-advocacy measures
self-determination measures situational authentic and ecological and environmental
types of assessments The lack of awareness of these measures was substantial In order
to gain valuable data pertaining to needs strengths interests and preferences for
individuals with intellectual disabilities it is important for all constituents to employ a
variety of types of assessments in order to develop a quality transition plan which is
directed by the transition assessment
The literature revealed that assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
required assessment in the natural environment (Sitlington 2008) Levinson and Palmer
(2005) emphasized the need for performance tests that assessed a studentrsquos ability to
perform specific job-like tasks work samples that expose a student to natural job
responsibilities and situational assessments that measure a studentrsquos interests abilities
and work habits in actual and contrived environments This should be included in the
transition assessment This was indicated by the participants in the open-ended question
format
Published Assessments
In the original study no question was included that addressed what specific tools
that were implemented to address transition assessment This item was added in order to
gather specific data pertaining to specific assessment trends being utilized and awareness
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
97
levels of available published assessment mechanisms Levinson and Palmer (2005) wrote
that assessment and planning are key components to successful post-school living
Assessment data can be gathered through published tests and surveys as well as from
direct interviews and observations of the student Several areas are addressed including
academic skills daily living skills personal and social skills career maturity vocational
interests and vocational aptitude tests
The National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center (2010) has
developed an Assessment Toolkit that can be accessed by educators parents State
Education Agencies and Local Education Agencies to gain knowledge about best
practices with transition assessment From the results of this study information that is
contained in these types of resources is needed by educators to provide a comprehensive
contemporary assessment
Participants indicated that the Special Education Manager (GG Consulting LLC
2008) was overwhelmingly the most utilized published assessment measure in the West
Texas region with a rating mean of 262 Significantly lower utilization but was heard of
were the Reading-Free Vocational Interest Inventory 2 (R-FVII2) (Becker 2000) the
Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) (Clark amp Patton 2009) and the Brigance
Employability Skills Inventory (Brigance 1995) The majority of the remaining seven
specific published assessment tools were ldquoNot used or heard ofrdquo by the participants
Some of the participants indicated that they utilized other tools such as the Career
Cruising (Anaca Technologies Ltd 2012) Choices (Martin Huber-Marshall Maxson
Jerman Hughes Miller amp McGill 2000) and Bridges (Xap Corporation 2009) Over-
all the data revealed that participants require greater knowledge regarding published
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
98
transition assessment tools to meet the needs for transition planning with individual with
intellectual disabilities
Perceived Impact
Participants rated the impact of transition assessment for students with intellectual
disabilities Only 169 percent of the respondents selected significant as one of the
online survey choices Three-fourths of the respondents selected moderate to minimal
impact for students with intellectual disabilities Ten percent of the participants chose
little impact or chose not to answer The most revealing discovery from the research
transpired with the large response of moderate to minimal impact of transition assessment
with individuals with intellectual disabilities (833) Increased impact must be dealt
with in order to meet the mandates of IDEA 2004 and the OSERS requirements of
Indicator 13 regarding transition assessment (US Dept of Education 2009 and IDEA
2004)
Further training for educators is needed to increase the impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Transition assessment is the
driving mechanism for the ITP process Greater understanding of the areas addressed
typed of assessments purpose of assessments and published resources will provide a
greater foundation needed to develop a quality transition plan for students with
intellectual disabilities
Thematic Results
Qualitative analysis occurred for two open-ended items in the survey
Approximately one in five participants provided responses to the first open-ended
question on the survey One in nine of the participants responded to the second open-
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
99
ended question in the online format Five themes emerged from the two open-ended
questions
Theme One Assessment Tools
The largest group of respondents provided input with regard to other published
transition assessment tools that they would like to utilize or have utilized with individuals
with intellectual disabilities Four of the participants indicated that Career Cruising
(Anaca Technologies 2012) was a good choice One individual commented on a
transition assessment tool that was listed under the previously addressed published
assessment tools item on the online survey The participant commented on the
thoroughness of the Transition Planning Inventory (TPI) (Clark amp Patton 2009) Three
other participants included individual assessment tools which included the Student Styles
Questionnaire Revised (SSQR) (Oakland Glutting amp Horton 1996) Career Clusters
Interest Survey (Arizona State 2007) and the Cops and Caps assessments (CareerLife
Skills Resources 2012)
The research revealed that the National Secondary Transition Technical
Assistance Center (2010) provides a toolkit for assessment that can be accessed by
laymen and professionals with regard to transition assessment Greater utilization of a
variety of assessment mechanisms is needed to provide a quality all-inclusive assessment
to students with intellectual disabilities as outlined in IDEA 2004
Theme Two Parental Involvement
Four of the participants indicated that parental input was important when
implementing transition assessment One participant responded that it was important to
ask about the vision they had for their childrsquos future Two respondents commented on the
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
100
need for parents to be interviewed and to allow the parents to provide input with
vocational assessment One participant stated that parents should be educated with what
is available to their child as a continuum of services from secondary to post-secondary
levels in order to prepare for the future
The research revealed numerous statements addressing parent involvement The
student and parent should be included in the transition planning process at all stages to
secure greater positive outcomes at the postsecondary level (Escheidt 2006) Levinson
and Palmer (2005) stated that parental involvement was important to the planning
process Moon et al (2011) found it was important to include the family to a greater
extent in the assessment process Due to the disabling conditions of the individuals with
intellectual disabilities it was revealed that family input was extremely important
Questionnaires and interviews with family members offer good sources of information
(Moon et al 2011)
Theme Three Real-life Situations
Four of the participants indicated that it was critical to provide hands-on activities
that were real-life and functional for the student Participants stated that students should
be exposed to a variety of real-life employment options Providing real work and
volunteer opportunities in various settings was emphasized One respondent commented
that the best real-life situation providing the greatest reinforcement was when the
student received a paycheck
The research revealed that assessing the student in the natural environment was
important Levinson and Palmer (2005) reported that assessments pertaining to
occupational and vocational skills are characterized as performance tests that assess a
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
101
studentrsquos ability to perform specific job-like tasks work samples that expose a student to
natural job responsibilities and situational assessments that measure a studentrsquos interests
abilities and work habits in actual and contrived environments Sitlington (2008) stated
that assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities requires assessment in the
natural environment
Theme Four Collaboration
Three of the participants discussed the need to develop teamwork between other
educators and community agencies One participant commented on the need to increase
teamwork with other educators in order to gather more input regarding transition
assessment Another respondent commented on the need to expose the student and family
to resources in the community and to enhance the contact with these agencies The
process of increasing collaboration with parents was discussed with six of the
participants Not only is this important to enhance parental involvement it also serves to
enhance the collaboration with the school to increase the outcomes of transition
assessment
As stated previously the research revealed that collaboration is required by all
interested stakeholders including the school administration educators and community
agencies (Furney et al 1997) Stated in IDEA 2004 is that the ITP process is a team
endeavor (IDEA 2004) Grigal et al (2011) emphasized the need to instill a collaborative
approach to assessment and the development of the ITP The original study emphasized
the need for all stakeholders including school and community agencies to collaborate to
a greater extent (Hebert et al 2010)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
102
Theme Five Isolated Comments
Time Two of the respondents indicated that they would like more time to
develop the transition plan In both instances the participants expressed sincere desire to
accomplish the task of assessing the student with the intent of providing a quality
transition assessment in order to develop a sound transition plan One of these
participants expressed a strong desire to assess the student with an authentic assessment
strategy One of the respondents stated that because they served in dual roles as both the
diagnostician and transition person they lacked the time to develop a transition plan in the
manner they deemed was appropriate
Practical Implications
Education personnel who implement transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities in West Texas as discovered in this study comprise a group of
individuals with extensive background higher education qualifications and longevity in
special education The findings for this study provide implications with regard to
mandates and implementation of transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities Because transition assessment is a mandate presented in IDEA 2004 and the
OSERSrsquo Indicator 13 it is important that educators possess sound knowledge and
understanding regarding transition assessment The findings from this study can benefit
the educator to assist the student with an intellectual disability to recognize their potential
as they transition from secondary to post-secondary options
Based upon the results of the study the researcher recommends that
Educators receive more training through self-study workshops college
coursework online training modules and team collaboration to increase
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
103
understanding regarding transition assessment Ninety-one percent of the
participants indicated that they desired further training This was similar to the
original study which was revealed in the open-ended question that participants
desired more training to obtain greater knowledge regarding transition assessment
(Herbert et al 2010)
Training should focus on providing knowledge to educators regarding mandates
of IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13 The results indicated that 52 of the participants
noted that transition assessment is conducted at all grade levels from 9-12 IDEA
states that this should be an ongoing process with results reported at the annual
IEP meeting Also transition assessment is the cornerstone for developing the
transition plan and the IEP for the secondary student with a disability (IDEA
2004) Grigal et al (2011) and Hebert et al(2010)stated that compliance to the
law with regard to IDEA was needed
Training should focus on collaboration between all education personnel and
community agencies with regard to transition assessment for individuals with
intellectual disabilities as an ongoing collaborative venture Campus educators
were deemed the person most responsible when the effort should be considered a
multi-disciplinary collaborative team approach including the student and family
(Miller et al 2007)
Training endeavors need to delve into the characteristics of transition assessment
including the areas addressed with transition assessment types of transition
assessment and published assessments mechanisms (Wehman 2009) Thirty
eight percent of the participants indicated a clear understanding of transition
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
104
assessment with nearly sixty two percent indicating moderate to limited
understanding Additional training is needed to increase knowledge regarding
characteristics of transition assessment
Efforts should be made to increase the level of knowledge educators possess in
order to increase the types of assessment practices utilized for transition
assessment (Layton and Lock 2008 Miller et al 2007Moon 2011 Neubert
2003 Overton 2009 Sitlington 2006 Wehman 2009) Eighty eight percent of
the participants responded that interest inventories constituted the most common
area utilized with transition assessment Academic achievement was area utilized
by fifty six percent of the participants Sixty five percent of the various types of
assessments that were surveyed were not being utilized by the participants SEM
was the preferred mechanism for published tools This is due to the utilization of
SEM as a documentation tool for record keeping purposes by the districts in the
assigned region Many surveyed mechanisms had ldquonot been heard of or had been
heard ofrdquo however were not being utilized by the participants
Emphasis should be placed on increasing the overall impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities to reach their full
potential Over-all perceived impact of transition assessment for students with
intellectual disabilities was moderate to none Increased knowledge will allow for
greater impact by addressing the mandates of IDEA 2004 that transition
assessment includes the studentrsquos strengths needs interests and preferences
(IDEA 2004)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
105
Limitations of the Study
The following limitations were noted in this study The sample was composed of
educators who provided transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
The study was conducted in West Texas an area with unique transition constraints for
individuals with intellectual disabilities as compared with many other areas in Texas
This study was originally conducted with a group of 400 responders from across the state
of Pennsylvania Due to attempts to limit this survey to specific education personnel
ample input from all transition personnel including community personnel is lacking The
researcherrsquos involvement in special education in particular the education of individuals
with intellectual disabilities could have led to bias and could have influenced the study
The relatively new use of the term intellectual disabilities to characterize a student who
was previously identified as a student with mental retardation could have created some
confusion
The participants who agreed to participate in the online survey might indicate that
they possess different views not shared by all special education personnel Additionally
efforts to obtain a varied population of participants were attempted and obtained to meet
the initial criteria However the process of sending a request for participation to special
education directors and requesting them to forward the survey to possible participants
could have interfered with obtaining consistent participants Efforts to obtain input from
family members and students were not included in the online survey Therefore these
and other factors may have skewed the results and thereby restrict the generalizability to
an extent
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
106
Directions for Future Research
This study has provided additional understanding regarding transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities Review of the literature revealed that
although extensive research was available regarding transition development limited
research was available regarding transition assessment particularly with individuals who
have intellectual disabilities Other regions in Texas should be surveyed to address the
concerns expressed in this survey with regard to knowledge that educators possess
regarding transition assessment of individuals with intellectual disabilities
Also further research should include all disability categories which greater
parallels the original study Additionally a follow-up study to explore the benefits of
additional training should be utilized to provide insights regarding the benefits of training
and if positive perceptions regarding the impact of transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities increases
Summary
The purpose of this descriptive study was to evaluate educatorsrsquo knowledge of
transition assessment practices and what assessment mechanisms are being implemented
by education personnel with students who have intellectual disabilities Research was
completed through an online survey format that was disseminated to education personnel
providing transition assessment to individuals with intellectual disabilities in the West
Texas region Included was an introduction to the study a review of the literature that
centered on the transition process and transition assessment an extensive description of
the methodology and an analysis of the findings of the data that was collected through
the study
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
107
The online survey provided data concerning demographic characteristics
knowledge educators perceived they possessed level of implementation types of
assessments used interest in further training and overall perceived impact of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Descriptive statistics were
utilized to analyze the data Information suggested that further training was needed and
requested by education personnel to enhance the impact of increase the knowledge of
and improve appropriate utilization of assessment tools regarding transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities as mandated in IDEA 2004 and Indicator 13
The online survey provided two open-ended questions that required qualitative
analysis The data were analyzed and categorized Five themes resulted from the open-
ended questions which included (a) use of additional assessment tools utilized by school
personnel (b) the need to include parental involvement (c) pursuing real-life situations
(d) collaboration with school personnel and community agencies and (e) more time to
complete assessment tasks with efficacy The findings provided additional information
from the limited research available that addressed transition assessment for individuals
with intellectual disabilities
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
108
REFERENCES
American Association for Public Opinion Research (2011) Retrieved from AAPOR
American Association for Public Opinion Research Web site wwwaapororg
American Association on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (2011 September
4) Retrieved from American Association on Intellectual and Developmental
Disabilities Web site httpaamrorg
Anaca Technologies Ltd (2012) Career Cruising (wwwpubliccareercrusingcom
Arizona State University (2007) Career Clusters Interest Survey (1st ed) [Brochure]
Retrieved May 1 2012 from Virtual Counseling Center Web site
wwwvccauedus
Becker R L (2000) Reading-free vocational Interest inventory (2nd Ed) Columbus
OH Elbern Publishing
Brantlinger E Jimenez R Klingner J Pugach M amp Richardson V (2005)
Qualitative studies in special education Council for Exceptional Children 71(2)
195-207
Brady R P (2007) Picture Interest Career Survey St Paul MN JIST Works
Brigance A R (1995) Brigance Employability Skills Inventory North Billerica MA
Curriculum Associates Inc
Bryant D Smith D amp Bryant B (2008) Teaching students with special needs in
inclusive classrooms New York Pearson Education
Centers for Disease Control (2004) Economic costs associated with mental retardation
cerebral palsy hearing loss and vision impairment--United States 2003 MMMR
Weekly 53(03) 57-59
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
109
Centers for Disease Control (2005 October 29) In National Center on Birth Defects amp
Developmental Disabilities Retrieved July 7 2011 from CDC Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention Web site wwwcdcgov
Clark GM amp Patton J R (2009) Transition Planning Inventory Updated version
Austin Pro‑Ed
Cobb B amp Alwell M (2009) Transition planningcoordination interventions for youth
with disabilities Career Development for Exceptional Individuals 32(2) 70-81
Crane L (2002) Mental retardation A community approach (1st ed) Belmont CA
WadsworthThomson Learning
Denzin N amp Lincoln Y (1994) Handbook of qualitative research Thousand Oaks
CA Sage
Dewey J (1916) The pedagogic creed In D Flinders amp S Thornton (Eds) The
curriculum studies reader (3rd ed pp 34-41) New York Routledge
Etscheidt S (2006) Issues in the transition planning Legal decisions Career
Development of Exceptional Individuals 29(1) 28-47
Flexer R Baer M Luft P amp Simmons T (2001) Transition planning for secondary
students with disabilities (3rd ed) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Flinders D J and Thornton S J (Editors) (2004) The curriculum studies reader (2nd
ed) New York Routledge
Furney K Hasazi S amp Destefano L (1997) Transition policies practices and
promises Lessons from three states Exceptional Children 63(3) 343-355
GG Consulting LLC (2008) Special Education Manager [Software] Boulder CO I-
Suite Available from GG Consulting LLC
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
110
Glesne C (2006) Becoming a Qualitative Researcher (3rd ed) Boston Pearson
Education Inc (Original work published 1992)
Glutting J J amp Wilkinson G (2006) Wide Range Interest and Opinion Test ndash Revised
Austin Pro-Ed
Golden T Swenson S von Schrader S amp Bruyere S (2010) Launching into
adulthood Meaningful work (1st ed) (D Lollar Ed) Baltimore Paul H
Brookes
Grigal M Hart D amp Migliore A (2011) Comparing the transition planning
postsecondary education and employment outcomes of students with intellectual
and other disabilities Career Development for Exceptional Individuals 34(1) 4-
17
Hallahan D Kauffman J amp Hullen P (2012) Exceptional learners An introduction
to special education (12th ed) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson
Herbert Lorenz amp Trusty J Lorenz D amp Trusty J (2010) Career assessment
practices for high school students with disabilities and perceived value reported
by transition personnel Journal of Rehabilitation 76(4) 28-26
Hogan T (2007) Psychological testing (2nd ed) Danvers MA John Wiley and Sons
Hulett K (2007) Legal aspects of special education Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson
Education
Humphrey P Johnson C amp Albers K (2010 October) Transition in Texas Paper
presented at the State Autism Conference Corpus Christi TX
Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act of 2004 (IDEA) PL 108-446
20 USC sectsect 1400 et seq
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
111
Johnson J (2002) Commercial and noncommercial resources for promoting the
transition of youth with disabilities from school-to-adult life San Diego CA San
Diego State University
King G Baldwin P Currie M amp Evans J (2006) The effectiveness of transition
strategies for youth with disabilities Childrens Health Care 35(2) 155-178
Knapp-Lee L (2007) COPS-PIC Picture Inventory of Careers San Diego CA
ERASEducational Research and Services
Lagemann C (Editors) (1985) Jane Addams on Education (Classics in Education No
51) Publ Teachers College Press 1985-08 Columbia University Series Classics
in Education Ser No 51 PP New York Press
Layton C amp Lock R (2008) Assessing students with special needs to produce quality
outcomes Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Levinson E (2001) Current vocational assessment models for students with disabilities
Journal of Counseling and Development 73 94-101
Levinson E amp Palmer E (2005) Preparing students with disabilities for school-to-
work transition and postschool Life Principal Leadership 5(8) 11-15
Lichenstein S Rusch R amp Chadsey J (1998) Beyond high school transition from
school to work Belmont CA Wadsworth
Lollar D (2010) Launching into adulthood (1st ed) Baltimore Paul H Brookes
Luecking R (2009) The way to work How to facilitate work experiences for youth in
transition Baltimore MD Paul H Brookes
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
112
Martin J E Huber-Marshall L H Maxson L Jerman P Hughes W Miller T amp
McGill T (2000) Choice Maker Set Tools for school-to-work transition
Frederick CO Sopris West
Mazotti V Rowe D Kelley K Test D Fowler C Kohler P amp Kortering L
(2009) Linking transition assessment and postsecondary goals key elements in
the secondary transition planning process Teaching Exceptional Children 42(2)
44-51
McNaughton D amp Beulman D (2010) Transition strategies for adolescents and young
adults who use AAC Baltimore Paul H Brookes
Miles M amp Huberman M (1994) Qualitative data analysis (2nd ed) Thousand Oaks
CA Sage
Miller R Lombard R amp Corbey S (2007) Transition assessment planning transition
and IEP development for youth with mild and moderate disabilities New York
Pearson Education
Moon S Simenson M amp Neubert D (2011) Perceptions of supported employment
providers What students with developmental disabilities families and educators
need to know for transition planning Education and Training in Autism and
Developmental Disabilities 46(1) 94-105
Myers J B amp Briggs K C (1988) Myers-Briggs Type Indicator Form M Palo Alto
CA Consulting Psychologists Press
Neubert D Moon S amp Grigal M (2002) Postsecondary education and transition
services for students ages 18-21 with significant disabilities Focus on
Exceptional Children 34(8) 1-9
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
113
Oakland T Glutting J amp Horton C (1996) Students styles questionnaire Revised
(SSQR) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Oakwood Solutions (2010) Microcomputer Evaluation of Careers and Academics
(MECA) Appleton WI The Conover Company
Overton T (2009) Assessing learners with special needs an applied approach (6th ed)
Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Papay C amp Bambara L (2011) Postsecondary education for transition-age students
with significant intellectual and other developmental disabilities A national
survey Education and Training in Autism and Developmental Disabilities 46(1)
78-93
Salvia J Ysseldyke J amp Bolt S (2010) Assessment in special and inclusive education
(11th ed) Belmont CA Wadsworth Cengage Learning
Sax C amp Thoma C (2002) Transition assessment--wise practices for quality lives
Baltimore Paul H Brookes
Schmitz T (2008 October) Transition planning special education law and its impact
on your child Exceptional Parent Magazine
Sitlington P (2008) Students with reading and writing challenges Using informal
assessment to assist in planning for the transition to adult life Reading and
Writing Quarterly 24 22-100
Sitlington P Clark G amp Kolstoe O (2000) Transition education and services for
adolescents with disabilities Needham Heights MA Allyn amp Bacon
Sitlington P Neubert D amp Clark G (2010) Transition education and services Upper
Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
114
Snell M amp Brown F (2006) Instruction of students with severe disabilities (6th ed)
Columbus Ohio Pearson Merrill Prentice Hall
Spinelli C (2012) Classroom assessment for students in special and general education
(3rd ed) Upper Saddle River NJ Pearson Education
Texas Association of Counties (2003) Texas Association of Counties Retrieved
February 1 2012 from Texas Association of Counties Web site wwwcountyorg
Texas Education Agency (2011 July 14) In Division of IDEA 2004coordination (Ed)
Special education rules and regulations ESC 18 July 14 2011 The Legal
Framework for the Child-Centered Special Education Process Web site http
frameworkesc18net
Trochim W (2006 October) Social research methods Retrieved November 15 2011
from Research Methods Knowledge Base Web site
wwwsocialresearchmethodsnet
Tyler R (1949) Basic principles of curriculum and instruction In D Flinders amp S
Thornton (Eds) The Curriculum Studies Reader (3rd ed pp 69-77) New York
Routledge
US Department of Education (2009 December 29) In US Department of Education
(Ed) OSERS Office of special education and rehabilitative services Retrieved
from www2edgov
US Department of Labor (2002) ONet Career Interest Inventory St Paul MN JIST
Works
University of North Carolina amp Western Michigan University (2011 May 11) In
University of North Carolina amp Western Michigan University (Eds) National
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
115
secondary transition technical assistance center Retrieved July 11 2011 from
NSTTAC National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Center Web site
httpwwwnsttacorg
Wehman P (2001) Life beyond the classroom (3rd ed) Baltimore MD Paul H
Brookes
Wehman P (2009) Autism and the transition to adulthood Baltimore MD Paul H
Brookes
Wehman P (2011) Essentials of transition planning Baltimore MD (Humphrey
Johnson amp Albers 2010) MD Paul H Brookes Publishing
Wehmeyer M L amp Kelchner K (1995) The ARCs Self-Determination Scale
Washington DC The ARC of the United States
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
116
APPENDIX A
IRB
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
117
A Descriptive Study of Educational Professionalsrsquo Knowledge of Transition Assessment
for Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities
Robin Lock PhD
Principal Investigator
Kathryn J Tucker
Co-Investigator amp Doctoral Student
I Rationale
Transition planning is a mandate set forth in the Individuals with Disabilities Education
Act-Reauthorized from 2004 (IDEA-R) Additionally the Office of Special Education Programs
and Rehabilitative Services (OSEP) has also issued mandates to track transition services and
progress at the secondary and post-secondary levels (Mazotti et al 2009) The process of
developing a coordinated set of activities is the cornerstone of IDEA-R with regard to transition
planning for students with disabilities (Lollar 2010) Transition development is a critical issue
for the student who possesses a disability as they pass from secondary to post-secondary living
A great deal of research is available that pertains to cognitive assessment and
achievement assessment for individuals with disabilities However few studies have been
conducted that address assessment trends and practices driving the transition planning process
from high school to adulthood especially for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Furthermore little research dealing specifically with transition assessment for students with
intellectual disabilities exists at the present time
Specific Aims and Objectives of Study
This aims of this descriptive study is to obtain information regarding the knowledge base
of educators with respect to transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
The study will survey educators to determine the assessment practices used by practitioners to
meet the mandates of transition assessment for these students The survey will be based on
previous transition assessment research by Herbert Lorenz amp Trusty (2010) The following
research questions will be addressed
1 What is the basic knowledge that educators possess regarding career assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities
2 What types of assessments are used by educators to evaluate transition needs of
students with intellectual disabilities
II Subjects
Participants in the study will be educators at the district level including special
education directors transitions coordinators diagnosticians and special education teachers who
work with high school students with intellectual disabilities in the Education Service Center
(ESC) Region XVII Participants will be obtained by utilizing a listserv located on the ESC
Region XVII website This listserv identifies all high schools in the region as well as school
district special education administrators A cover letter will be sent via the internet to campus
and district administrators requesting that the information about the survey be forwarded to
special education directors district transition coordinators diagnosticians and high school special
education teachers working with students with intellectual disabilities Approximately 100
participants will be sought
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
118
III Procedures
bull The ESC listserv will be utilized to contact participants
bull A cover letter email will be sent to request participation from special education
directors and with a request to forward the link of the survey to district transition coordinators
diagnosticians and high school special education teachers working with students with intellectual
disabilities
bull Approximately 100 educators will be potential participants in the survey
bull A 15 question survey will be supplied through surveymonkeycom which
includes demographic and descriptive questions
bull The survey will be disseminated for two weeks through the survey monkey link
bull Descriptive analysis will be utilized to analyze the data with the exception of the
one open-ended question which will require qualitative analysis
bull Confidentiality of the participants will be adhered to by a strict standard through
the use of careful storage of the data on a computer with pass code protections Hard copy data
will be stored in a locked location
bull Only the researchers will have access to the data for analysis purposes
bull Respondents may choose to or not to participate in the survey
Cover letter See the attached cover letter
Survey See the attached survey
IV Adverse Events and Liability
There are no anticipated specific liabilities or adverse events anticipated with this
study No liability plan is offered
V Consent Form
The research presents no more than minimal risk of harm to subjects and
involves no procedures for which written consent is normally required outside the research
context (Waiver of Written Consent) therefore no waiver or liability plan is offered
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
119
APPENDIX B
IRB Approval
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
120
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
121
APPENDIX C
Recruitment of Special Education Directors
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
122
February 9 2012
Dear Special Education Director
Please forward the accompanying letter requesting participation of your special education
director transition coordinator educational diagnosticians and special education teachers who
work with students with intellectual disabilities We are trying to obtain information to enhance
our research about the knowledge that educators have regarding transition assessment practices
for these students Their participation is crucial in gaining greater information pertaining to the
knowledge of transition assessment for individuals with disabilities
If you would like to review the survey before passing the request on the survey is located
at
httpwwwsurveymonkeycomstransitionassessmentID
Thank you for your time and consideration in helping us answer this important question
If you have any questions please do not hesitate to call Dr Robin Lock or myself at
(806) 742-1997 ext 288
Sincerely
Kathryn J Tucker MEd
Doctoral Student
Texas Tech University
College of Education
Box 41071
Lubbock TX 79409-1071
8067421997 x288
Fax 8067422179
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
123
APPENDIX D
Recruitment of Participants
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
124
February 9 2012
Dear Participant
You are being asked to voluntarily complete a short 10 minute survey over transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities This survey is being sent to you by your
district administrator
Transition assessment is an important mandate included in the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Act-Reauthorized We are trying to learn more about educatorsrsquo
knowledge regarding transition assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities
Enclosed is a link to the survey asking questions that may help us with our research to
better understand this issue No information will be gathered that could personally identify you
and we would ask that you not put your name on the survey By filling out and returning the
survey online you may help us better understand the current level of understanding of transition
assessment for individuals with intellectual disabilities Please follow the link that is included to
answer the short survey
httpwwwsurveymonkeycomstransitionassessmentID
Thank you for your time and consideration in helping us answer this important question
If you have any questions please do not hesitate to call Dr Robin Lock or myself at
(806) 742-1997 ext 288
Sincerely
Kathryn J Tucker MEd
Doctoral Student
Texas Tech University
College of Education
Box 41071
Lubbock TX 79409-1071
8067421997 x288
Fax 8067422179
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
125
APPENDIX E
Survey Instrument
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
126
Research Survey Instrument
Transition Assessment Knowledge of Educators for
Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities
Directions Answer the questions as it applies to you in your educational setting Your
participation is voluntary You may quit at any time by closing the browser window The
responses that you provide are anonymous and confidential Please read each choice
before making your final selection This survey should only take 10-15 minutes of your
time
1 The high school(s) where I work or consult with isare located in a(n)___________
settings (check all that apply)
A) Rural
B) Suburban
C) Urban
D) Combination (ruralSuburban)
2 At the high school(s) where I work or consult with in most instances transition
assessments are conducted at the __________ grade(s) (check all that apply)
A) 9th
B) 10th
C) 11th
D) 12th
E) All grade levels
F) No grade level assessments are provided
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
127
3 The job category that best describes my position is
A) District Administrator
B) Campus Administrator
C) Special Education Administrator
D) Vocational Adjustment Coordinator
E) Consultant
F) Campus Educator
G) District Educator
H) Educational Diagnostician
I) Other (please specify)
4 The school or educational setting where I work can be classified as
A) Middle School
B) High School
C) Alternative
D) AdministrativeCentral Office
E) Other (please specify)
5 The person(s) responsible for providing transition assessment to students with
intellectual disabilities at the high school where I work or consult with isare the
_____(check all that apply)
A) Career Counselor (School employee)
B) Career Counselor Consultant (Non-school employee)
C) High School Teacher
D) High School Counselor
E) School Psychologist
F) Vocational Adjustment Coordinator
G) Transition Services ConsultantCoordinator
H) No one is assigned the duty as services are not available
I) Other (Please specify)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
128
6 Areas that are typically addressed as part of transition assessment provided at our
high school include
A) Academic Achievement
B) Vocational Aptitude
C) Academic Aptitude
D) Career decision-making skills
E) Interests
F) Personality
G) Work Values
H) World of work knowledge
I) Other (please specify)
7 Choose the types of assessments pertaining specifically to transition assessment for
individuals with intellectual disabilities that you use have heard of or do not use or
have heard of (Choose all that apply)
Type of Assessment Heard of
this
Use this Have not
heard of
or use
this
Interest Inventories
Career Aptitude
Academic Achievement
Teacher Observation
Intellectual Aptitude (IQ)
Student Survey
Personality Profiles
Self-determination measures
Self-Advocacy Skills measures
Interviews
EcologicalEnvironmental
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
129
Authentic
Portfolio
Teacher Made
Curriculum-Based
Functional Skills Inventories
Learning Styles
Situational
Other
8 Choose the published assessments pertaining specifically to transition assessment
for individuals with intellectual disabilities that you use have heard of or do not
use or have heard of (Choose all that apply)
Type of Assessment Heard of this Use this Have not heard of
or use this
Microcomputer
Evaluation of
Careers and
Academics (MECA)
Reading-Free
Vocational Interest
Inventory 2 (R-
FVII2)
Transition Planning
Inventory (TPI)
Brigance
Employability Skills
Inventory
SEM (Special Ed
Manager)
Myers Briggs Type
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
130
9 In my opinion transition assessment for students with intellectual disabilities
provided at our school or schools that I consult with have_____ impact on
helping students identify and realize their potential
A) Significant
B) Moderate
C) Minimal
D) Little or no
10 As part of my professional training and work experience I have a __________
understanding about transition assessment for high school students with
intellectual disabilities
A) Very Clear
B) Moderately Clear
C) Limited
D) Little or No
Indicator
O-Net Career
Interest Inventory
Picture Interest
Career Survey
(PICS)
Wide Range Interest
and Occupation Test
WRIOT2
Arc Self-
Determination Scale
COPS-PIC Picture
Inventory of Careers
CITE Learning
Styles Inventory
Other
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
131
11 Which of the following training opportunities would you participate in to
increase your knowledge and use of transition assessment tools and procedures
for individuals with intellectual disabilities (check all that apply)
A) One-hour workshop
B) 1-day workshop
C) Team Collaboration
D) Self -Study (Independent discovery)
E) Multiple day workshops
F) Ongoing in-service training
G) Online training module
H) Online college course
I) College course (on campus or media-site)
J) College coursework toward TEA certification in Transition
K) None
L) Other (please specify)
12 What else do you use for transition assessment for individuals with intellectual
disabilities If you do not want to make any further comment proceed to the
next question
(Enter up to 4000 characters)
13 What do you know about transition assessment that you wish you could use for
students with intellectual disabilities If you do not want to make any further
comment proceed to the final section of the survey that contains a few
remaining demographic questions
(Enter up to 4000 characters)
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
132
Demographic Information
This section contains a few demographic questions needed to describe the sample
Please remember that the responses you provide are anonymous and confidential
14 What is your current age (rounded to the nearest year)
Age Range Response
20-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41-45
46-50
51-55
56-60
61-65
66-70
15 What is your gender
A) Male
B) Female
16 What is your highest level of education
A) Bachelorrsquos degree
B) Masterrsquos degree
C) Doctorate
D) Other
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
133
17 What is your total number of years as an educator including this year Please
check the appropriate box
Number of years Response
1-2
3-5
6-10
11-15
16-20
21-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41 and above
Texas Tech University Kathryn Tucker August 2012
134
18 How long have you been employed in your current position including this
year Please check the appropriate box
Number of year(s) Response
1-2
3-5
6-10
11-15
16-20
21-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41-or more